Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 26; 10MR 222-224; BTS 10/1902. + Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
We are home again. I have received and read your letter. I praise God with heart and voice for what you have written.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 1)
In your letter you speak of not being able to get Dr. Kellogg to help you at a certain important time. Think you the Lord cannot work by few as well as by many, by more simple agencies as well as by men who are in more important positions, such as Dr. Kellogg? “This is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] If these words were studied and believed, the wish for Dr. Kellogg or some other man to help on some important occasion would not be indulged. Look beyond Dr. Kellogg. Look to Him who is the Light and Life of the world. Look, I say, to Him who has promised to be your helper in every time of need. To every man according to his several ability, God has given his work. Why will not our people learn this lesson? Why must my pen trace the words again and again?
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 2)
It is not always the men apparently in possession of the greatest capabilities who have the most success in some lines of the work. The Lord uses so-called less capable men. They may not be eloquent, but if they are connected with God, He will richly bless them. Their rugged, solid words coming directly from the heart are of great value and are appreciated by the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 3)
Let not those connected with the Master’s service look to men of large abilities to do their work for them. God stands behind the one who does his best. Let every worker rely on His power, and He will impress the hearts of those for whom they labor. Great good may be accomplished by the sincere, humble worker who realizes that success does not depend on appearances, but on the One who has given him his commission.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 4)
Now is the time to work in Greater New York. The Lord has many workers to use in this great city, and He has a great many kinds of work to be done there. Some of the work will be great, some small, but all is to unite to make a perfect whole.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 5)
The reason the number of workers is so much smaller than it should be is that men are looking at their supposed weakness and putting their trust in one whose appearances and capabilities will, they suppose, win success. Thus spiritual consumption is brought into the church, and souls are dying because the spiritual life-blood is poisoned. Men have depended on men till they are strengthless.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 6)
God desires a different mold placed on His work. Let men go forth to labor, trusting in the Lord, and He will go with them, convicting and converting souls. One worker may be a ready speaker, another a ready writer, another may have the gift of sincere, earnest, fervent prayer, another the gift of singing. Another may have special power to explain the Word of God with clearness. And each gift is to become a power for God because He works with the laborer. To one God gives the word of wisdom, to another knowledge, to another faith. But all are to work under the same Head. The diversity of gifts leads to a diversity of operations, “but it is the same God which worketh all in all.” [1 Corinthians 12:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 7)
Let no man despise the supposed lesser gifts. Let all go to work. Let no one fold his hands in unbelief because he thinks he can do no mighty work. Cease looking at self. Look at your Leader. In sincerity, meekness, and love do what you can.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 8)
Brother Haskell, say to your workers, “Only do your best in faith, brethren, and out of weakness you shall be made strong.”
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 9)
God will certainly bless whole-hearted workers. If the Lord chooses your feet to do His work, give your feet to Him. With the feet you may hunt for souls. Christ says, “If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my Father’s commandments, and abide in his love.” [John 15:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 10)
I beg of you not to send for Dr. Kellogg to do a work that the workers on the ground can do if they will take hold of God’s strength and rely on His power. It is not right to continue to pile responsibilities on Dr. Kellogg. Thus his brethren place him where God should be. The man you look to carry you successfully through an emergency has perhaps done his best. But he would have been more greatly blessed if he had put God first, hiding himself in Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 11)
I cannot believe that God has appointed Dr. Kellogg to bear so many burdens that his very life is in danger of going out. He is human, compassed with infirmities, and the Lord will not hold excusable those who load him with their burdens. Christ is our burden-bearer. He says, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 12)
We all need to learn to call upon Him who is near and not afar off. We need to learn to look in humility for help from One who has never disappointed us. I should be glad for you to have at any time the help that Dr. kellogg can give you from his larger experience. But remember that Dr. Kellogg will be unable to endure the heavy loads that are being placed on him.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 13)
Christ is the Light of the world. Pure, clear, and undimmed, this light shines out in sharp Satan’s darkness. Into the gloom of error and deception it casts a light that is a perpetual reproach to the sensuality and sin of the world. Our Redeemer did no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth. He is “the true light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world.” [John 1:9.] He offers to cover our unworthiness with the spotless robe of His righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 14)
Satan charged God with possessing the attributes that he himself possessed. Christ came to this world to reveal God’s character as it really is. He is the perfect representation of the Father. His life of sinlessness, lived on this earth in human nature, is a complete refutation of Satan’s charge against the character of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 15)
Thousands of years before, Christ had shown to Moses the character of the Father, passing before him and proclaiming, “The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity, and transgression, and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty.”“Thou shalt worship no other God; for the Lord, whose name is Jealous, is a jealous God.” [Exodus 34:6, 7, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 16)
With intense interest the loyal angels and the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds are watching the controversy going on in this world. Soon the conflict will be forever ended. Soon Christ will come to take to Himself those who have fought the good fight of faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 17)
The world is enshrouded in the darkness of error. Satan and his angels are urging on their warfare against the truth. We must have help. But the help we need will not come from human beings. We must look to Him who has said, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] “These signs shall follow them that believe: In my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” [Mark 16:17, 18.] “And lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 18)
Claim this promise, instead of casting your burdens upon an over-worked man, who is already so loaded down with responsibilities that he cannot find time to go apart and gain refreshment by resting for a while with Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 19)
There stands among you the Mighty Counsellor of the ages, inviting you to place your confidence in Him. Shall we turn from Him to uncertain human beings, who are as wholly dependent on God as we ourselves are? Have we not fallen far below our privilege? Have we not been guilty of expecting so little that we have not asked for what God is longing to give?
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 20)
My brother, my sister, you who have had experience, will you not do all in your power to train those who accept the truth under your labors, who are just beginning to understand their relation to God and His relation to them? God is seeking to draw us to Him, that we may draw others to Him. He desires us to cherish correct ideas, to raise our estimate of life and of the sacredness of our responsibilities. “Ye are not your own; for ye have been bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 21)
In a variety of figures, matters have been presented to me regarding the church members who are dwarfed in spirituality because they do not look to Jesus, their ever-present help in time of trouble. I see men bearing a heavy burden of responsibility, but they are not gaining the strength of hope and courage by exercising faith in God. The promise is, “Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] But when in trouble many think that they must write to their earthly friends, telling them their perplexities, and begging for help. Under trying circumstances, unbelief comes in, and the way seems dark. And all the time Jesus, the great Burden-bearer, stands beside them, saying, Come unto me, and I will give you the rest for which you are longing. Why will we turn from him?
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 22)
“I will mention the lovingkindnesses of the Lord, and the praises of the Lord, according to all that the Lord hath bestowed on us, and the great goodness toward the house of Israel, which he hath bestowed on them according to his mercies, and according to the multitude of his lovingkindnesses. For he said, Surely they are my people, children that will not lie; so he was their Saviour. In all their afflictions he was afflicted, and the angel of his presence saved them; in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; so he bare them, and carried them all the days of old.” [Isaiah 63:7-9.] “Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind; for he that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin; that he no longer should live the rest of his time in the flesh to the lusts of men, but to the will of God.” [1 Peter 4:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 23)
Let us show more confidence in our Redeemer. Turn not from the waters of Lebanon to seek refreshment at broken cisterns, which can hold no water. Have faith in God. Praise Him with heart and voice. God demands heart and life service. Reach higher and still higher, and catch divine rays from Him who is light and peace and joy and gladness. Do not wait for some one more ready of speech, but do what you can in the meekness of the great Master, who gave His life for you, that His joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.
(17LtMs, Lt 1, 1902, 24)
Lt 2, 1902
Leaders in the Medical Missionary Work Refiled as Lt 192, 1901.
Lt 3, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister Nashville, Tennessee January 1, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 396-397. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I greet you this morning with a Happy New Year to yourselves and all who compose your family. I am thankful to my heavenly Father that I am a little stronger. I shall put my trust in God, and if He will give me strength, I will praise His holy name. I have spoken only once since I have been here, and that was a few moments on Christmas. I am praying for you at the family altar; all of you are remembered in my prayers. I am not discouraged, but am trying to gather the rays of sunshine into my soul. I have felt sometimes that I could not wait even to attend this meeting, before going home, but now for a few days the weather is improved, and the sun shines. Monday and Tuesday I rode out. We have had much fog. The meeting commences Friday, and I leave myself wholly in the Lord’s hands, to be worked by His Holy Spirit. I wish to be passive in the hands of the Lord. I still cough, at times very hard, and raise but little; but I have much to be thankful for. My appetite is beginning to come to me, and the malaria to be overcome.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 1)
***** January 2
We have thick fog again this morning, though it was clear through the night. But all this will pass away.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 2)
We must seek, in this place, on this occasion, to bring about a condition of unity, for here is our great error. We do not see and feel the importance of answering that last prayer of Christ, which means so much to us and to those who believe the truth. We may make the truth of none effect by keeping fresh and distinct before us our little differences. The Lord wants us to make a record of a very different character in this respect than we have made in the past. The patient, individual effort to be good and to do good means that we are to make more determined efforts to secure oneness, as Christ prayed might be among His disciples. Shall we answer that prayer? We must leave others just as untrammeled to do their part in the vineyard as we want them to leave us to work out our part in the appointed work. Patient continuance in well-doing will make its mark. Sinners will be converted and bring rejoicing to hearts. “Likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sinner that repenteth more than over ninety and nine just persons, which [suppose they] need no repentance.” [Luke 15:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 3)
Now do not get so much work laid out that you will not have time to rest. We are to fight the good fight of faith with a steady purpose; if we would not fail nor be discouraged, we must have periods of rest and quietude of mind. Encourage peace. Think healthful thoughts. We are to cultivate charity, fervent charity, among ourselves. Let us live daily the thirteenth chapter of first Corinthians. God help us to obtain every advantage possible, that we may bring all the sunlight into our lives, to bless others as well as ourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 4)
***** January 3
I was conversing with you on one occasion, and we had a very profitable review of things. I was repeating this verse: 2 Corinthians 4:6, 7. This is our work. I was saying to you that there is danger of expecting too much of persons who have not had experience in mission work. Be careful, in such a place as New York City, to get quietness as much as possible. Do not require the mind to be kept on the strain constantly, but have some periods for rest. Your head must not be allowed to become over taxed. And Sister Haskell must not feel it is her duty to pledge herself to so much work that she cannot be with her husband more than she is. You both must lighten your work, or you will have to stop work altogether. Is it not better to act your part than to take so much work as to imperil your future usefulness?
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 5)
Sister Haskell, we feel that you should have less care and responsibility. Now do not think this is said because we do not appreciate your labors, because we do. We want you to be more pleasantly situated, and we ask you to consider that we are anxious for your lives to be prolonged. Do not worry and feel perplexed over things you cannot help. One thing God requires, and that is that you preserve your health. I shall have some things more to say to you shortly. We shall be glad to hear from you, but do not look on the dark side. Sister Haskell, your good, cheery letter was very precious to us. I thank you.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 6)
W. C. White was very anxious I should go to Graysville, but I dared not make any change because it seemed to me it would be at the peril of my life. I heard they said at Graysville that Sister White would come; it was made an important matter. When I heard you thought of coming, I said to Willie, “I would not have him come. I fear he would be afflicted as I have been.” Traveling at this time of year is not good for those not acclimated.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 7)
***** January 6, 6:30 A.M.
I have had a very disagreeable experience with sickness at the stomach this morning. I aroused Sarah, and she got me a bowl of hot malted nuts. But I threw up the malted nuts. Then I drank considerable hot water, with no after effects. Now I will write a little more.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 8)
Our meeting on Sabbath was good. The colored people were seated on one side of the chapel by themselves. I could talk only about thirty-five minutes. We then had several excellent testimonies from ministers and people, both white and colored. Last night Brother Sheafe preached an excellent discourse in their own church,—a good, nice church which has been secured for the colored people. Friday evening, I think it was, they had a social meeting. A white man came to the door, and asked if he might come in. He said, “I never heard anything in any meeting like this.” This, of course, caused a wave of gladness to come into the meeting. There was excellent, sensible talk. The blessing of the Lord has been in the colored meetings. I was much pleased with the good impressions made. The Lord has greatly blessed the colored people, as well as the congregation of whites.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 9)
Many have been suffering with colds and have brought them to this meeting. I believe the Lord will strengthen me to bear my testimony during this meeting. I prayed much about this last night, and I believe I shall be able to speak. I have been having noise enough, but this I expected.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 10)
Human agencies are to combine in the great work. I see a large field here, but not the most healthful atmosphere. Brother Palmer and Edson have a good company of workers and have been building for their convenience. Every one is trying to do his best, and I am pleased with the workers. Some work for less wages than others, according to the work done.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 11)
Elder Haskell and wife, we have no warnings to give you to stimulate zeal and earnestness. You could not look upon this field, or upon any field in its destitution, without putting your shoulder to the wheel. But the light given me from God is, that you need to consider that if you would serve the work, you must not disqualify yourselves physically or morally by overdoing. Keep fresh, that you may educate others how to work; and do not get discouraged because you cannot carry the whole load. The Lord does not place upon you burdens so heavy that you cannot carry them without sacrificing your mental, moral, and spiritual capabilities. Prudence in speech and in devising is a good thing. “For the Lord giveth wisdom: out of his mouth cometh knowledge and understanding. He layeth up sound wisdom for the righteous: he is a buckler to them that walk uprightly. He keepeth the paths of judgment, and preserveth the way of his saints. Then shalt thou understand righteousness, and judgment, and equity; yea, every good path.” [Proverbs 2:6-9.] We thank the Lord for all these blessed assurances. We pray most earnestly for you all at the family altar, and we are praying for ourselves. We cast our helpless souls upon Jesus Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 12)
We are not always to retain the same mold of character. By beholding we become changed into His likeness. We must get out of self, and become one with Christ. Every member of the church may do a good work in the service of the Lord if he will make diligent efforts to work in Christ’s lines. Truth has triumph in itself because it is truth, with no error in it.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 13)
I have strong faith that the Lord will work at this meeting. Christ has, in His divine nature taking human nature, shown a sufficiency for all. Nothing that Christ might say or suffer could give an exaggerated conception of the infinite love of God to men.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 14)
Well, Elder Haskell and wife, the Lord will help and strengthen and bless you. I cannot write much of the meeting when I am not allowed to attend it, but I hear good reports. No one sees me now but the family. I have had relapse after relapse, and with the exception of the first day, Friday, I have not seen any company.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 15)
I shall feel relieved when Elder Franke takes up his work again, for we have no time to lose. The world is to be warned, and many souls will be converted from the high ranks as well as the low. God will fit every one for his work who is willing to be worked by the Holy Spirit. When God has poured the Holy Spirit upon all who ask Him in faith, why do they not claim the promise?
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 16)
I was pleased to hear of the goldsmith, and that the Lord’s eye is upon him, and opening his way.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 17)
Tell all that the hall in which you congregate—the walls, the floor—has not sinned; it is the human agencies that have been the sinners. The men who had souls to save or to lose have corrupted their ways before the Lord. Yet Christ died for them. There are polluted souls in every church in New York City,—some who are guilty of the worst crimes that Satan can put into the mind of men to commit. But what has the building done? It was not the sins of the hall that polluted the worshipers. It is the conforming in soul and body and spirit to wicked practices that corrupts the soul. When any one demerits the hall because of the wicked agencies of men who performed evil in it, tell him, “Hold your peace: you know not what you are talking about.” The pavements of our streets are defiled by unholy feet that walk in the way of unrighteousness. Shall we refuse to walk upon those pavements? What do the churches in our day contain? (Revelation 18:1-[5]): “And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven and God hath remembered her iniquities.”
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 18)
Let all bear in mind that it is not the house, that building of stone, that is polluted, but the human agencies who have souls to save or to lose. They are the ones who have committed transgression and sins. All their great riches have come to naught. Great cities will be consumed by the fire of God’s wrath. Verses 18-24.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 19)
Let no one demerit the hall which God has mercifully placed in the hands of His people for a time. When that hall is unsuitable, there will be another provided. Shall the hall be abandoned? I say, No.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 20)
Now is the time to search out the particular sins which have called down denunciations upon the church of Ephesus and quenched their first love. Whatever sin has made us worldly, forgetful of our responsibility to God, and opened the door of the heart to worldliness or pride or sensuality, turning the grace of God into licentiousness; whatever has eaten godliness out of the soul, enfeebled the moral courage, fostered selfishness, covetousness, and a variety of forms of cupidity and dishonest dealing,—let all repent of who will. Christ’s grace and strength will be imparted to give nourishment and vigor and health of body and soul, but not one act of lawlessness, not one act of evil, to rob a man of his right, will be overlooked by the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 21)
All church members are on trial. All who dishonor the name of God will have no place in His kingdom. Let all, for their own soul’s sake, obtain guiding light from the experience of the past. The great Head who moves in the midst of the candlesticks will never be without a church. Faithful and true witnesses to His name and His glory will stand unflinchingly when the test comes. If some fail to testify to the Word, their candle will be put out. It will be demonstrated who are the faithless ones, and those who are faithful will take the places of those who refuse to shine. Some will refuse to shine for Christ and His glory, but others will shine. “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works.” [Revelation 2:5.] Revelation 3.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 22)
We need to be calling the people more and more to the work of unity. The Lord would have us know how precious are the people of God in His eyes. There will be men who will arise, like Nelson, who are certainly deceived by the enemy. He knows not what he is doing. He thinks if he takes certain Scriptures and strings them together, and then tells you the application is thus and thus, that is enough. Believe him not. Any man could do this work. It has been done over and over again, but in my experience for the last sixty years, men have arisen with wonderful testimonies, applying Scriptures to different things which they offered as a message from God, just as Nelson has done; and these men have led away disciples after them, but the Lord did not send them. The Lord has not given Nelson the message he claims to have for the people. For in this very message was a glaring falsehood—that I did not treat my workers well. The only one who ever claimed this told it to Nelson, and he came way on to California to give me that mess. That poor girl had taken so inconsistent a course that I could not retain her in my service. I have her confessions in regard to the wickedness of her course. And when I could not retain her, she framed falsehoods, and Nelson came way from Battle Creek to give me my message of abuse to my workers. Of this sin I have never been guilty; so his message was not from God, and I told him so and would have no more conversation with him.
(17LtMs, Lt 3, 1902, 23)
Lt 4, 1902
White, Ella May; White, Mabel Nashville, Tennessee January 1, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in PM 291; 3MR 424. + Dear Granddaughters Ella May and Mabel White,—
I wish to say Happy New Year to you both. You are, I believe, the children of God, and I would not place any obstruction in your way in obtaining an experience in doing God service. That which I have said I will not retract, but not leave you bound by the restrictions if you think it your duty to canvass. I am sorry if my cautions have been stronger than I intended, for I did not intend a positive do nothing in the line in which you have been working. But I have felt great fears of having a girl at your age go alone into this work. Accidents are liable to occur, endangering life. Life is endangered by your wheel’s meeting a mischance. If another sensible person were with you, then one could be a safeguard to the other. If one should become injured, and no one at hand to help, what then? All these things are to be considered and guarded against.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 1)
Another danger: there are tramps everywhere, and evil, dissolute characters, who will do wicked works, and run and kill, because they have given themselves to Satan’s power. I would therefore be very cautious how in any way you are unguarded. For Satan has come down in great power. He is represented as going about as a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. These things must be considered. You two girls have been the cause of many hours’ loss of sleep, for I felt very anxious. Now, my dear children, this is the reason I have written you as I have. I did not suppose I had written so forbidding as you have taken it. But if you feel that it is your work to canvass, and that you can do good in that line, I remove all my objections, but not my cautions that every precaution should be taken against exposing you to danger. This I insist upon.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 2)
I feel a deep interest in Mabel, that there may be no careless lack of forethought by her, and she, brave girl as she is, and courageous, ready to do almost anything, shall not imperil her health in any wise.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 3)
You are both my dear children, bought with a price. You are not your own, and you need to take special precautions that you may not be careless and reckless in the treatment of your bodies. Guard against taking cold, being in drafts of air when in perspiration, against wet feet. Keep your feet warm. These things are essential. The Lord would have you so care for your health that it shall be a religious duty on your part, that you shall care for the citadel of the soul’s best interest in caring for the body that is so fearfully and wonderfully made. As to thinking attentively in regard to these matters, it is a religious duty which belongs to you individually. Take excellent care of the body with its wonderful machinery, for this is essential in order to keep the whole religious experience, the spiritual character, healthy and strong.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 4)
Christ and God have a work to do for you which you cannot do. But it is your work to take special pains to think and to bear in mind, I am fearfully and wonderfully made. An active conscience and correct judgment are essential on your part. A healthy body is necessary for a healthy mind. Do your part, which the Lord has assigned you, to preserve the laws of life and health. Christ is our life, just as in the body the life is in the blood. Christ abiding in the soul is the life blood of the soul. He is made unto us wisdom and righteousness and sanctification, as well as our redemption. There is no part of the spiritual being but [that] Christ is the living supply. Galatians 5:22. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against such there is no law.” [Verses 22, 23.] “If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit.” [Verse 25.] Ephesians 5:9. “For the fruit of the Spirit is in all goodness and righteousness and truth. Proving what is acceptable unto the Lord.” [Verses 9, 10.] Christ is to us all and in all. Is not Christ in us the hope of glory? Is not the abiding presence of Christ in the soul life, as the blood dwells and moves in the veins? the source and pledge of our joy and glory and hope? “As thou, Father, art in me and I in thee.”“That they also may be one in us: ... I in them and thou in me, ... that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:21, 23, 26.] The blood is formed in the body from the food eaten. So Christ is formed in us from eating His flesh and drinking His blood.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 5)
We need to understand these words of Christ, “The flesh profiteth nothing. The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life”—the Holy Word accepted and brought into the practical life. [John 6:63.] Spiritual life consists in Christ’s being the light and life of the soul temple, as the blood is the life of the body. All who study the Word are represented as eating the Word, feeding on Christ. Even as the bodily necessities must be supplied daily, so the Word of God must be daily studied—eaten and digested and practiced. This sustains the nourishment to keep the soul in health. The neglect of the Word means starvation to the soul. The Word describes the blessed man as one meditating day and night upon the truths of God’s Word. We all are to feast upon the Word of God. The relation of the Word to the believer is a vital matter. Appropriating the Word to our spiritual necessities is the eating of the leaves of the tree of life that are for the healing of the nations. Study the Word, and practice the Word, for it is your life.
(17LtMs, Lt 4, 1902, 6)
Grandmother.
Lt 4a, 1902
Caro, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 3, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in AH 381-382; MM 133. + Dear brother and sister Caro,—
God calls for the service of the whole being. He will not accept a divided heart, a service given partly to Him and partly to self. When the lawyer came to Christ with the question, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life,” Christ answered, “What is written in the law? how readest thou?”“And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” And Christ said, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 1)
Christ came to reinstate in the earth the divine government, to vindicate God’s holy law, to make an end of transgression, and to bring in everlasting righteousness for His people. The completeness of His atonement is the assurance that as we give ourselves to God, we shall be accepted in the Beloved.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 2)
The Saviour is now pleading before the throne of God in our behalf—our compassionate, sympathetic, faithful High Priest. “It became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through suffering.... In all things it behoved him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succor them that are tempted.”“We have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities, but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.” [Hebrews 2:10, 17, 18; 4:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 3)
In order to be our Redeemer, Christ must know by experience what we suffer. He must know what is meant by a wounded, bleeding heart. He learned obedience by the things which He suffered. He was made perfect through suffering. He knows how to sympathize with and help a suffering church. Then let those who are in trouble bring their sorrows to One who can help them—One who is too wise to err and too good to do them harm.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 4)
In order to become acquainted with the disappointments and trials and griefs that come to human beings, Christ reached to the lowest depths of woe and humiliation. He has traveled the path that He asks His followers to travel. He says to them, “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Matthew 16:24.] But professing Christians are not always willing to practice the self-denial that the Saviour calls for. They are not willing to bind about their wishes and desires in order that they may have more to give to the Lord. One says, “My family is expensive in its tastes, and it costs much to keep it.” This shows that he and they need to learn the lessons of economy taught by the life of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 5)
One family that indulges expensive tastes will spend in self-gratification money sufficient to support two families with proper economy. I would advise those whose tastes are so expensive not to connect with a work that calls for constant self-denial and self-sacrifice.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 6)
To all comes the temptation to gratify selfish, extravagant desires, but let us remember that the Lord of life and glory came to this world to teach humanity the lesson of self-denial. Just before His ascension, He gave His disciples the work to which they were to make all else subordinate. “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 7)
Think of the greatness of the work before God’s people. The world is to be warned. To all parts of the earth the message of present truth is to be carried. This work calls for means. Those who are inclined to be extravagant must overcome their desire to indulge self. Only thus can they be true followers of Christ. Those who take the name of Christian are to follow their Leader. He resigned His high position in the heavenly courts. Laying off His kingly crown and royal robe, He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might lay hold of divinity, becoming partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. He died for sinful human beings, that they might live forever in the kingdom of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 8)
I ask those who live in the vanity of self-indulgence, Will you continue to act as if there rested on you no responsibility to practice self-denial? For what purpose are you living? What good are you accomplishing? Can you afford to live for self? Can you gain eternal life while you live thus? Has not God a place and a work for you? Is there not something more for you to do than merely to please and gratify self?
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 9)
Sister Caro, you are not a happy woman, because you do not view things in a right light. You are not satisfied. Forget self, and work for others. Use in unselfish service the powers of body and mind. Thus you will find true happiness. Thus is the use that God intended you to make of the human machinery, and upon this use of it depends its harmonious action.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 10)
There are higher attainments for you. No longer cherish such an exalted idea of yourself that you are unwilling to do for others the work that your Lord and Master did while on this earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 11)
There is much for us to learn from God’s great book of nature. Notice the loveliness of the roses and the lilies and the pinks. Educate yourself to love these beautiful things. Draw from them lessons of trust, and teach these lessons to your little ones. Pointing to the lilies, Christ said, “Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow, they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?” [Matthew 6:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 12)
My sister, do not rest content to be merely an ornament. Such a life will never satisfy a mind created to grasp eternal realities. Within your reach are God’s choicest blessings.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 13)
You can have them if you will awake to the thought that you have a higher life to live than you have been living. Will you not use your physical, mental, and moral powers in the Master’s service? Your husband needs your help in planning to reduce the expenses of his family. In the near future this will have to be done. Help your husband by personal activity. Do not live for self-gratification. This will never bring you real happiness.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 14)
I am intensely desirous that you shall rise above the dwarfing ideas that you have entertained with regard to what constitutes a lady. These ideas are altogether out of harmony with God’s ideas, and therefore your mind is sick, diseased. It does not meet the mind of Him who has bought you with a price. You yourself are not satisfied with your attainments. How can you be? As you are now, life’s prospects cannot appear altogether inviting. Life’s realities must be painfully oppressive to your sensitive, discouraged feelings. But it is not too late for you to make an effort to be a useful wife and mother. With the simple, childlike confidence that it is the privilege of every Christian to have, believe that you will yet see the goodness of the Lord in the land of the living. Remember that the Lord designed your life to be a blessing to those around you. He has a higher standard for you to reach than you have yet reached. Do not spend your time and strength in the effort to be a lady in the eyes of the world. She who is a true lady in God’s sight is the one whose life is filled with good works.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 15)
You need not be an invalid, and you will not be unless you allow wrong ideas and habits to make you thus. If you would bring into your life the principles of genuine health reform, this would have a saving influence on yourself and your husband.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 16)
Christ prayed for His disciples, “I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” [John 17:15.] This prayer is the rule by which you are to regulate your life. Those who receive the Spirit of Christ realize that there is in His words more than appears on the surface. The Christianity of the true believer looks beneath the surface, and sees in Christ’s teaching a religion perfectly adapted to every human being—a religion ever actively engaged in doing good.
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 17)
The cultivation of the intellect is not of the right order if it lifts the mind above the simplicity of the gospel of Christ. We need to exercise faith, faith in hearing God’s Word and faith in practicing it. No one who lives is at liberty to do as he pleases. Christ has pointed out the path in which every one is to travel. “Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 18)
I entreat you and your husband, my dear sister, to become trees of righteousness. Profession is worthless without corresponding practice. Christ declares, “Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, and figs of thistles. Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringing not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.” [Verses 16-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 4a, 1902, 19)
Lt 5, 1902
White, May; White, Ella; White, Mabel Nashville, Tennessee January 1, 1902 Previously unpublished. + My dear Daughter May Lacey White, and all your little flock, and my Ella White and Mabel White,—
I greet you with a Happy New Year for you all. And also May Jones, whom we have remembered in our prayers, that the blessing of the Lord should rest upon you, May Jones. We have a great desire that the blessing of the dear Saviour may come to May Jones this year 1902. I wish you, May Jones, a Happy New Year. We have remembered you all in our prayers, and I have believed that the precious Saviour would shield and protect you all.
(17LtMs, Lt 5, 1902, 1)
The Lord Jesus will be a father to you all. His loving-kindness faileth not. While we have had sorrow with thinking of the inconvenience to which you have been subjected, we have believed the Lord would be with you. I opened the Scriptures for an appropriate promise to you, and this my eye rested upon immediately: “And I will strengthen them in the Lord; and they shall walk up and down in his name, saith the Lord.”Zechariah 10:12. We have believed, while the husband and father was absent, the Lord would be unto you all a present help in every time of need. Praise His holy name.
(17LtMs, Lt 5, 1902, 2)
The good hand of the Lord has been over you in protection and love, and your lives have been precious in His sight. He has been to you a sun and a shield. He loves you and has cared for you.
(17LtMs, Lt 5, 1902, 3)
My dear sister and daughter, I have not forgotten you in your trials; and then, we consider that you have all been bearing your testimony for the Master, that you have put your trust in Him who is strong to save and mighty to deliver you. And you have in your affliction adorned the doctrine of God our Saviour in practice and hopefulness. The Lord sometimes permits us to be placed in most trying circumstances, that we may seek Him and bear a testimony for His truth. Christ Jesus is your guide and counsellor. Have you not proved Him? He is the rock that is higher than we. He is a sun and shield. It is by His might that we conquer, and by His righteousness that we are saved. It is by His Spirit that we are sanctified.
(17LtMs, Lt 5, 1902, 4)
I have had my trials on this journey. At times I have feared that I might not live. But when to outward appearance there seemed but little hope for life, there have come to me the words, “I shall not die, but live to declare the words of the Lord. [Psalm 118:17.] You have duties to the church and messages from God to those who are in danger and working contrary to His will.” I have suffered, but my faith in God’s love is strong. Be of good courage, all of you, in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 5, 1902, 5)
Mother.
Lt 6, 1902
Collins, Gilbert Nashville, Tennessee January 3, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 320-321. + Dear Brother Gilbert Collins,—
When in the East, I desired to visit you. But, my brother, I dared not go. While in South Lancaster, I was very ill. It was thought that my case was dangerous. Three times a day I took very heavy treatment. For this reason I could not possibly visit you.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 1)
My brother, you may not live long. Have you made your will? We know that you want to be the Lord’s right hand, working in co-operation with Him. Even after your life ends, it is your privilege to carry forward His work. Will you please consider this, and return to the Lord His own, that you may know that you have faithfully acted your part, doing what you could? If you do this, when you are called upon to lay off the armor, you will illustrate the words that God instructed John to write: “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 2)
Have you not been reaching out and purchasing property? And yet now, just now, is the time when the work must be carried on in our cities. Greater New York is to be worked. But it costs something to carry forward the work in a large city. Do you not feel it your privilege to give something to advance the work in New York City?
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 3)
How many claim that all they have is their own! Is it not time to return to the Lord His own means? May the Lord help you to understand your whole duty, as well as your privilege. May you never forget that you are His steward.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 4)
Will you, my brother, do as I have done—make your will? But first, will you not make a donation to the cause of God? Means is so much needed. Every dollar that can be invested should be placed where it will do the greatest amount of good in advancing the Lord’s work. And our offerings, as well as our tithes, are to be brought into the Lord’s storehouse, that there may be meat in His house. Your gifts will advance the work in new fields. In the kingdom of God will you, my brother, see a harvest of souls that your offerings have been the means of saving?
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 5)
I do not want you to forget to make a wise provision for the disposition of your means. The Lord will bless you in doing faithful work in this matter, placing His means where it will be used in His cause. After leaving to your wife a portion that will secure her from want, you will receive the Lord’s blessing if you make provision for the needs of His cause. Remember that years ago, when death had claimed you as his victim, the Lord in a remarkable manner spared your life. He heard our prayers in your behalf, and brought you back from the brink of the grave. My brother, I am drawn out to write to you, to ask you whether, after leaving to your wife that which will provide for her necessities, you would be willing to make me, or any other one in whom you have perfect confidence, the steward of your means? If you will entrust me with any portion of the remainder to use as the cause of God demands, I will take this responsibility, in connection with my son W. C. White, who is wholly and sincerely devoted to the work and cause of God. I make this proposition, because I believe it is the best plan that I can suggest. You may have in mind some other person whom you would like to have act as your steward after your life shall have ended, in order that your means may still be used as God’s helping hand. But do not delay in settling this matter. Arrange to return to the Lord His means, that it may be used at this time, when money can do so much to promulgate the gospel message.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 6)
The world is to be warned. Large cities are to be worked. The higher classes are to be given an opportunity to hear the important themes of present truth. Many are hungering for the spirituality that the churches have lost because they have left their first love. Every one should fully believe that the Lord Jesus Christ is able through His merits to secure prosperity, purity of character, righteousness, and peace for those who co-operate with Him in the great work that must now be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 7)
All who can do so, should now make decided efforts to show to others the binding claims of the law of God. By pen, by voice, and by God’s entrusted talent of means, every one should labor to the utmost of his ability to bring to an end the elements of strife and discord, and to expose the deceptive errors that like a flood of corruption are deluging the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 8)
A decided awakening, a careful searching of the Word of God, must take place in the great cities. Such a work is now being carried forward in Greater New York. And, thank the Lord, many minds are being awakened, not by eloquent preachers, but by humble workers who bear witness of the Lord Jesus Christ through His Word. Many are doing as did the noble Bereans, who “searched the Scriptures daily, whether those things were so.” [Acts 17:11.] The Lord is certainly opening doors before the workers, and people are being instructed in the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 9)
Our earnest desire is to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth as it is in Christ Jesus. We hold no fanciful theories. Everything contrary to the word should be rejected as false. All who desire salvation are pledged to submit their judgment to the plainly revealed Word—to a “Thus saith the Lord.”
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 10)
After Christ’s resurrection, just before He ascended to heaven, He gave to His disciples the message, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] This is a great and solemn work; but what greater help could we ask than the assurance given in the words, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world”?
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 11)
Mark’s record is: “Afterward He appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen him after he was risen. And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe; In my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 12)
“So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:14-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 13)
God calls for workers to preach the Word, and to canvass—workers to go forth everywhere with the assurance that He works through those who are true and whole-hearted. With God, nothing will be impossible. The sufficiency is all of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 14)
I submit these statements to you, because in the providence of God my husband and myself were His chosen instrumentalities through whom, by earnest supplication, your life was spared. By living, reverent faith we laid hold on the life-giving power of Jesus Christ. Our prayers were heard. The answer came.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 15)
Now, my brother, I leave these words with you. If you will at once make earnest and wise efforts to return to the Lord His own, a blessing will rest upon you; for thus you will be a faithful steward of the grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 16)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 6, 1902, 17)
Lt 7, 1902
White, J.E.White, Emma Refiled as Lt 193, 1901.
Lt 8, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 146. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I received your letter yesterday. W. C. White is in San Francisco. Sara has been in Oakland ever since our return. She accompanied me home Friday morning and that afternoon took the train for Oakland. Her sister’s daughter has a baby, then four days old. He is a strong, healthy boy, and weighed nine pounds at his birth. But when he was born, a blood-vessel on his head was ruptured. This has made a swelling on his head, and causes them some anxiety. It may prove to be a serious matter. Sara thought it would be best for her to stay with her sister and her niece for a few days.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 1)
Since my return I have improved in health. My cough has almost left me. My appetite has come back. I eat thistle-greens and zwieback with relish. But I am not yet strong. I have not sat at the table with the family since I came home. I have been out to drive twice.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 2)
We have Willie and May and part of their family staying with us for a while. They sleep in my spare parlor. Mabel and May Jones stay in the woodshed at their new house. Ella is in San Francisco, attending an educational institute. Willie went to San Francisco a day or two ago to attend a council meeting. We expect him home tomorrow.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 3)
I have read your letter carefully. Before it came, I had written one to Brethren Daniells and Evans. But since writing this letter, I have changed my mind entirely. I cannot feel clear to ask for Steps to Christ, thus giving the impression that I wish to cut all the cords that bind me to the publishing house.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 4)
There is such a thing as putting into operation very imprudent plans. From the light God has given me, I know that we must be guarded. We must strive to keep every door of temptation closed.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 5)
I fear that the work the Southern Publishing Association is doing in handling Patriarchs and Prophets will create feelings that will not tend to unity. Should I now present a request for the plates of Steps to Christ, this would bring temptations to minds and would work against the unity that should exist among God’s people.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 6)
We are now to do all we possibly can to harmonize. Most earnestly we must strive to help one another. We must do nothing that will excite prejudice, nothing that will stir up strife. We are to do all in our power to answer the prayer in the seventeenth chapter of John—Christ’s prayer for unity. We must be very guarded, lest we place a stumbling block in our brother’s way. We are to do our appointed work with an eye single to the glory of God. We are to learn the meekness and lowliness of Christ, doing all we can to secure peace and unity. We are to hedge up, if possible, the way of the enemy. We are to exemplify in our lives the love of Christ, soothing disturbed and tempted minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 7)
We need to seek God most earnestly. Let us study the words of one of Christ’s followers, “Thy gentleness hath made me great.” [Psalm 18:35.] We must bring ourselves into line. We must gain complete control of our words, of the tones of the voice, and of our actions. “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” [Galatians 6:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 8)
We need, my dear children, to learn how to wear Christ’s yoke gracefully. He says, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 9)
You have, my dear son, natural force of character. You must cultivate simplicity and godly sincerity. Never allow the enemy to control your feelings. Always remember Christ’s promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Before you speak, think of who is your Companion. Respect the heavenly Guest by tempering the natural impetuosity of your nature with meekness and gentleness. Do not forget that you are honored with the presence of heaven’s nobility.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 10)
With you are associated men of excellent ability. How thankful I feel for this! Preserve their confidence. Be ever on your guard. This self-training will keep you very near Christ. You have the privilege of cultivating the Christlike habits that you delight to see in others. Ever preserve habits of reverence in your dealings with your associates.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 11)
My son, strive to be a whole man. Keep ever on your guard. You are watched, and if you follow Jesus, men will see that you are learning of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 12)
We need to remember that we must not take on us all the heavy responsibilities that we can possibly carry. Do not get under too many loads. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] Let every step you take carry you nearer heaven. Grow in grace, in self-reliance, in self-control. Let every day find you more nearly prepared to unite with the royal family in the heavenly courts.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 13)
Perplexities will arise with regard to the food business. I have articles written on this subject. These articles extend over several years, and as fast as I can find them, I am having them copied.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 14)
Jan. 28, 1902
I had to leave this letter to put some copy into the hands of my copyist. W. C. White came home Thursday and is moving into his house. I am so glad that he can have a few days with his wife. For the last few months their family has been somewhat broken up. But May has been very patient. She is not one of the kind that complain. Since they came to America she has certainly had a very hard, trying time. My family has tried to help her all they could. The sickness the children have had has made things very unpleasant for May, to say the least.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 15)
I shall now close this letter by saying that I am very much improved in health, especially as regards my appetite. I am still weak, but my system seems to be cleansed, and I am very hungry for my meals. How good my favorite dishes—thistle-greens and potato-meal—taste! I am like a fever patient who has been half-starved. I feel hungry, hungry. I am easily satisfied at the time, but before the next meal, I am very hungry again. I am glad that terrible sickness is over. I feel comparatively well again health-wise, but I can make no boast of strength. When on my feet, I totter as if just learning to walk.
(17LtMs, Lt 8, 1902, 16)
Lt 9, 1902
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 29, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 252-256. + Elder J. E. White My dear Son,—
Read carefully the sixth chapter of John. Today Christ is the same compassionate Saviour. He did not overlook the physical needs of the hungry multitude that had followed Him in their eagerness to hear from His lips words of life. How wonderful is this record of the Saviour’s ministry! After every one of the multitude had been fed, the Lord Jesus said to the disciples, “Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost. Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 1)
By this the Lord shows us the importance of exercising care not to allow anything to go to waste. By His creative power He increased the five barley loaves and two small fishes so that there was sufficient food for all on that occasion. But although He could provide any quantity of food necessary for His people, yet He gave direction that every fragment should be gathered up.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 2)
If the Lord Jesus could by increasing the supply of food meet the necessities of five thousand hungry men, besides women and children, on that occasion, He will at the present time impart knowledge to His people in different places, whereby in various ways they will be provided with food. His hand of benevolence is not stayed.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 3)
By this miracle the Lord Jesus desired to give the people a spiritual lesson. The next morning many who had heard of the miracle went out to search for Christ. Going to the place where the miracle had been performed, they found neither Jesus nor His disciples. “When the people therefore saw that Jesus was not there, neither his disciples, they also took shipping, and came to Capernaum, seeking for Jesus. And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi, when camest thou hither? Jesus answered them and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled. Labor not (that is, bestow not your chief labor, make it not a matter of anxiety) for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for Him hath God the Father sealed. Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we might work the works of God? Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent. They said therefore unto him, What sign showest thou then, that we may see, and believe thee? what dost thou work? Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat. Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven.” [Verses 24-32.]
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 4)
Those who had followed Christ referred to the standing miracle of the manna given to the Israelites in the wilderness during the time when, as the Psalmist states, “Man did eat angels’ food.” [Psalm 78:25.] They were desirous of knowing whether Christ would continue to provide His followers with plenty of palatable food, as He had provided food for the children of Israel in the wilderness.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 5)
From Christ’s answer we may draw a lesson that we should learn. He is not unmindful of the physical wants of His followers. He will provide food to satisfy bodily necessities. But He teaches us that the spiritual food which He provides is of far more consequence to us than is temporal food. He teaches us to have far more anxiety to secure the living bread that endureth unto eternal life, than to secure perishable bread for physical sustenance. He teaches us that the bread from heaven can be obtained from no human agent. Through the gift of Christ, God Himself gives to man this living bread. “For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world. Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread.” [John 6:33, 34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 6)
To emphasize this lesson, Christ declared: “I am the Bread of Life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst.” [Verse 35.]
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 7)
All the gifts of God come to us through Jesus Christ. In giving His Son to our world, God gave all heaven. And in everything connected with the health food business, God is the One who is to be honored and glorified. The Lord Jesus Christ desires all to understand His declaration, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 8)
Concerning the food question in the Southern field: If the Committee of the Southern Union Conference desires to handle the manufacturing of health foods for the benefit of the cause in the Southern field, and thus help that field; and if they have the proper men to undertake this work; let the whole Union Conference take hold of this work with unselfish interest; and let Edson and Brother Palmer keep to the work of publishing the truth. If these brethren can successfully carry forward the work in the publishing line, that is all that it is well for them to attempt to accomplish, taking into consideration their state of health. Both have been under a great strain. In this movement on the part of the Southern Union Conference to take hold of the manufacture and sale of health foods, I can see the possibility of establishing an industry that would help the cause all through the Southern field. I hope that no ill feelings will be created over this matter. All that men as missionaries for God can do for the Southern field should be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 9)
There must be no misunderstanding, my son, in regard to the words I spoke to you just as I was leaving Nashville. My remarks were in reference to the way the work has been carried on heretofore. I have no special light with reference to particulars in detail or concerning the point of who should carry the responsibility of manufacturing health foods in the Southern field. But the light given me is that it should not be, and must not be, carried on in the Southern field in the way in which it is now being done in Battle Creek. The light I have had is that in every effort made to manufacture health foods in the Southern field, the business should be conducted not as a speculation for personal benefits, but as a business that God has devised whereby a door of hope may be opened for the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 10)
If in connection with providing the common foods the health foods that Dr. Kellogg is selling could be supplied without the objections I tried to specify in a letter to him, of which you have a copy, then let the Southern field have the benefit of the profits on these productions to sustain the work there. But you will not be able to carry both of these responsibilities—the publishing work and the manufacture and sale of health foods. Brother Palmer has a feeble hold on life. It is necessary for him to be most careful in regard to his diet, and he is often in need of special treatment. You yourself are in danger. Your nervous system needs careful guarding. Emma needs great care. But the Lord will be with you, if you will be with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 11)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 9, 1902, 12)
Lt 10, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CD 324; 3MR 263-264. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I thank the Lord that I am at home. I have not yet had strength to look over my writings. When I attempt to do this, I become confused. You and Brother Palmer must be patient. Remember that there are some things I shall not be able to do till I get my strength. One evening I went down to prayers. This effort cut down my strength so that I have not dared to repeat it.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 1)
I am so glad that I am at home. We are having clear, cold January weather. I have good accommodations for keeping warm, as I had at Nashville. But there I was so much reduced in strength that I dared not keep a fire in the stove all the time. For four days I did not have a fire.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 2)
The four days and nights I spent on the cars coming home were a rest to me. I suffered somewhat, but most of the time was free from pain, though not able to eat.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 3)
My appetite left me sometime before I went to the East. But now it has returned, and I am hungry when mealtime comes. My thistle-greens, nicely cooked, and seasoned with sterilized cream and lemon juice, are very appetizing. I have vermicelli-tomato soup one meal and greens the next. I have begun again to eat potato meal. My food all tastes good. I am like a fever patient who has been half-starved and I am in danger of over-eating.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 4)
Sara has just returned from Oakland. She spent a week with her niece. When the baby was born, there was something the matter with his head. The doctor thought a blood-vessel had been ruptured. But the lump on the baby’s head is disappearing, and he is doing nicely.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 5)
After dinner today Sara and I drove to St. Helena. We had just returned when Dr. Winegar and Sister Gotzian called. I talked with them for an hour. Now the afternoon has almost gone.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 6)
I sent you a short letter today. I have received your letter and the copies you sent. I was much pleased with your letter. Your plans are right. I see that Nashville cannot be a center for the school interests and the other interests that will be built up in the South.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 7)
The Southern field must be worked. I shall try to collect all I have written on this subject and put it in shape to be used. And as soon as I can gather a little strength, I shall write some things. But I find that I have some articles written, and that I am in danger of repeating. I shall have some matters copied out of my diaries.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 8)
My son, now is the time for you and Brother Palmer to move guardedly. I hope that you and he will not take yourselves in your own hands. Do not put your trust in men. Be self-controlled. Be sure that you will walk with God in great peace of mind if you study His Word and practice its teachings.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 9)
You must have rest. Do not do as I have done—become so worn that you cannot work. I wish you would come apart and rest awhile. But wherever you go, exert a Christlike influence. Come as near as possible to all the believers you meet. You will see many inconsistencies, but be wise in speech and action. Make friends, and the Lord will surely bless you and them.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 10)
In regard to the food question, it is not the easiest thing in the world to state in clear lines what should be done in regard to this matter, and in regard to the restrictions that are being prepared to bind God’s people with cord’s—restrictions that are contrary to God’s mind and will.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 11)
What a comfort it is, when tempted and tried, to know that if we draw near to God, He will draw near to us. He will be to you a present help in every time of need. What a comfort it is to know that we may walk with God in peace. When tempted and tried, rely on the One who says to you, “Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33.] We can trust fully in His power. The Lord understands your motives, and the purity of the plans He designs you to carry out in the turning of the wheel of providence. You will see more clearly when the cloud lifts. Jesus will open the way. Only trust in Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 12)
You need not make all your joys and all your sorrows public property. Silence is often eloquence. The promise is that if you ask God for wisdom, He will give it to you without reproaching you. He will regulate your thoughts and actions, so that you shall act with propriety toward God and man.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 13)
I wish to say that I do not feel clear in regard to Steps to Christ. I shall not make any move until I get further light in reference to the matter. I do not wish to make it appear that I desire to sever all connection with the Review & Herald. At the present time those there are having many trials. C. H. Jones was asked if he would connect with the Review & Herald for a few months. He says that he has no light to do this. He regards the publishing house in Battle Creek as a hard place to be in. Things there are to be worked out on right lines, but how this is to be done we do not yet understand.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 14)
The great wheel of God’s providence is turning. God will work with you. I have not dared to write out that which I hope to write in regard to perplexing questions. I have some matter which I wrote in Battle Creek, April 28, 1901. This I shall have copied. When the warnings were given me in reference to your engaging in the boat business, the Lord saw the result of the whole matter. He saw the opportunity it would give the enemy to misconstrue and magnify every jot and tittle of what was done. Therefore you were warned to beware, lest you should give occasion for criticism from those who would make the most of your every mistake. There are those who make a man an offender for a word. You know that all I said has been fulfilled.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 15)
Who tried to save J. E. White when he was well-nigh overwhelmed? His course of action had not been right. But those who denounced you were themselves guilty before God of wrongs that will not stand the test of the judgment. The love of God was not in their hearts. What hand was stretched out to save one who was driven into discouragement?
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 16)
But the hand of Christ was stretched out still. He drew you by the cords of His love, and He has never let go His hold of you. The Lord has sustained you and blessed you. He has signified that your work in the South is acceptable to Him. If men had ceased to find fault, if they had gone to work themselves, instead of placing stones before the wheels of the car someone was trying to push uphill, the Lord would have been better pleased. The Lord does not commend those who have hindered instead of taking hold to help to draw the load. He has blessed the workers who in the emergency acted a noble part.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 17)
Now, Edson, my son, I have words to speak to you and Brother Palmer. It has been presented to me that the work of the Lord will advance in the South, but it will be under greater difficulties. There will be great opposition from those who in the past have neglected this field. But the Lord has a care for the Southern field. He will bless you as you strive to do your part. But avoid all meddling and gossiping. Do not allow prejudice to lead you to hinder the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 10, 1902, 18)
Lt 11, 1902
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January, 28, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 255; 5Bio 143-144. + H. W. Kellogg Dear brother,—
I know you will be interested to hear how we are at the present time. I have every reason to praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. He strengthened me to reach my home. I dreaded the journey not a little; for we had to come by a northern route. W. C. White tried to secure passage on the southern route, but the sleepers and drawing-rooms were engaged for two weeks ahead.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 1)
We were on the train four days and four nights. The journey I dreaded so much was made pleasant for us by all with whom we came in contact.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 2)
At the Chicago railway station we found one of your automobiles waiting to take us to the Sanitarium. It was a covered carriage, shaped like a streetcar, and I lay down on one of the seats running along each side. It was a great relief to me to be able to lie down. At the Sanitarium I took treatment and was in every way treated with the greatest tenderness.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 3)
A wheel chair took me from the carriage into the station, and two gentlemen carried me from the chair into the train.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 4)
I was pleased to meet, while in Chicago, several of the members of the firm with which you are connected.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 5)
The weather was good all the time we were on the way home. I suffered somewhat, but was not in pain all the time. I could not eat at all.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 6)
After you left Nashville, I had a time of great suffering. I had to keep to my room and only took part in the meeting a few times.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 7)
At Nashville I met Brother George I. Butler and Sister Lockwood. I was very glad to see them. We had a long visit together and talked of many of our past experiences. While at Nashville I called together some of the pioneer workers to ask the Lord if it was His will to heal me and give me strength to continue my journey. We had a precious season of prayer together. I felt great blessing in presenting my case to God. My soul was all light in the Lord. A heavenly fragrance seemed to surround me. I was not healed, but I was given the comforting assurance that the Lord’s presence would be with me. It is not possible for me to describe the peace I felt. I had the same assurance on my homeward journey. I could not eat, but I found peace and comfort in my Saviour. How precious He was to my soul every moment!
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 8)
We found nothing unpleasant in passing the Sierra Nevada Mountains. The cars moved as gently and noiselessly as one moving over a carpeted room. The trees along the way were covered with snow.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 9)
In [New (?)] Mexico we were detained for five hours. The road was blocked by a broken freight car. On account of this delay, we could not reach St. Helena on Thursday. We went on to Oakland and spent the night at the home of Brother C. H. Jones, taking the train for St. Helena Friday morning.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 10)
Oh, how thankful I am to be in my quiet home once more. My appetite has come back, and I am so hungry that I have been afraid I should overeat. But so far I have received no injury. There are plenty of thistle-greens here now, and they are very appetizing.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 11)
Last week Willie spent several days in San Francisco attending a council meeting. He returned at the end of the week to help his wife to move into their new house. He left again today to attend another important meeting in San Francisco.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 12)
It is Tuesday morning. I am still improving in health. The terrible pains have gone. But I am weak yet. I hope that my strength will soon return. Sister Ings invited me to spend a week at the Sanitarium and take treatment. But to tell the truth, I dare not take any but the lightest treatment. There is such a thing as doing a patient great harm by giving continuous treatment when there is not the physical strength to endure it. I take a bath daily. I eat only the simplest food, and I ride out when the weather is pleasant.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 13)
I’m glad to be at home with my workers, where I can select copy for them and communicate with them. When I am away from home, they cannot work to such good advantage.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 14)
This is the first afternoon I have been able to write since my return. Till now, my head has let me write only in the forepart of the day. I cannot sleep after one o’clock A.M. Last night I slept till three. I can assure you that this was a victory for me.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 15)
When we reached Oakland, we found that Sister C. H. Jones’s father, Brother Lunt, had fallen asleep in Christ and had been laid to rest until the morning of the resurrection. He died without suffering. Brother Hansen, an aged Scandinavian minister, had died a day or two before. And what was my surprise to learn, yesterday, that Sister Lockwood died a day or two after reaching her home in Florida. When I parted from her in Nashville, I little thought that I should never see her again. She took sick in the train, and Brother Butler had to carry her from the train in his arms. She knew she was dying, and was very happy. She died just nine weeks to a day after Sister Butler died, and at the same time of the day.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 16)
I have suffered much, but my life is spared. I thank the Lord for this; for I have much to do. I shall be very careful of my strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 17)
I have just signed a note for the money you lent me. I am writing to a sister in California, asking her to lend me one thousand dollars. I believe she will do this. If she will, I shall return your money at once. If she cannot let me have the money, I shall try to get some elsewhere. You were very kind to loan me the money that you did, and I shall not keep you waiting long.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 18)
I must now close. I have written more than I thought I could write.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 19)
Much love to Sister Austin and her family, and to your wife. I should be pleased to see her.
(17LtMs, Lt 11, 1902, 20)
Lt 12, 1902
Kellogg, J.H. Refiled as Lt 199, 1901.
Lt 13, 1902
Caro, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 3, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in MM 46-47, 135; Ev 347; 3SM 80; 6MR 63. + Dear brother and sister Caro,—
I have just been reading in my diary snatches regarding Dr. Caro’s experience in connection with the work in Australia. I have by no means lost my interest in you. I have an intense desire that you shall both take hold in the right way to fight and win the battle of life. There are victories for you to gain. Keep your eyes fixed on the ideal God has set before you; then day by day you will triumph over your defects of character.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 1)
You began your experience in the work by viewing things in a false light. You acted with regard to outward display. You failed to go to the root of things. You did not see the need of conquering self daily, and thus making true progress. In a large degree you have lived for self, to meet the world’s standard. Let your powers now be exerted to obtain the higher education. And do not become discouraged.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 2)
You are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. My brother, my sister, make it your life work to be a man and a woman of uncommon goodness. Let the world see that you have a deep sense of your accountability to God, that you realize what He desires you to be and to do in this life. You cannot afford to slight or abuse your talents; for in the great day that is right upon us, God will call on you to give an account of the way in which you have used these talents. Let all see that you are the Lord’s stewards and that it is your highest desire to magnify His truth by your practice.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 3)
My brother, God desires you to carry forward your life work in straight lines, in accordance with the principles of the law that will judge every man’s work of what sort it is. Follow the light of Christ’s manhood. Take Him as your pattern. You may be sure that genuine merit will be seen and appreciated.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 4)
You have sought the highest seat, but the very motive that prompted this seeking has brought you to a low level. When you lose the desire for gloss and pretense, and build on the sure foundation, you will be more precious in God’s sight than fine gold. When you strike deep root in Christ, you will bear fruit to God’s glory. Your good works will be fragrant to Him. But if you make men your trust, you will surely place yourself where you cannot be depended on. Financially, you will be a helpless invalid, obliged to be lifted out of financial embarrassment as you have had to be all your life, because you thought your success in your profession depended on making a striking impression before the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 5)
What amazing revelations will be made in the great day of God, when His measurement of character testifies as to what He estimates of worth! True advancement in life is not measured by outward show. God does not wish His servants to appear to be great men, in order that they may be recognized by the world as such. There is an abundance of show and pretense in our world. God does not estimate a man by his position or occupation, but by the character he forms. It is the one who feels the burden of his responsibility to live out the principles of heaven, who strives to honor and obey the law of Jehovah, who builds his life work on pure, ennobling principles, who will be recognized and honored by the Lord of hosts as a man of worth.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 6)
He who strives to form a character after the divine model will surely advance in the higher education. But when a man’s life is guided by principles that God does not endorse, principles that find no entrance into the heavenly city, the righteousness of Christ does not go before him; the glory of God is not his rereward. How much such a man misses! The seal of God is not set on anything that is not after the similitude of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 7)
This, my dear brother, is the presentation placed before me.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 8)
In the life of every one there is a time when he stands at the parting of two ways, when he begins either to ascend or to descend. And before any one can take steps of sure advancement, he must sit down and count the cost. You are a man that begins to build without first sitting down to count the cost of the tower. Because of this, your structures are always unfinished.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 9)
A physician may prescribe for a patient, but the prescription will avail nothing unless the patient follows it. The Lord God of heaven would have been the right arm of your strength, had you acknowledged Him as such. He graciously gave you light and grace and opportunities to stand forth as one following His plans, working on Christlike methods. But the course you pursued when working in Maitland was not after God’s order. You were not walking in the light. You turned away from Christ, choosing human wisdom. You were lost in the fog.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 10)
God is dishonored when men are placed where He should be. He is dishonored when His children go to human beings for the help He only can give. Make not flesh your arm. Human agencies are untrustworthy. They allow circumstances to change the atmosphere surrounding them. When they should be dwelling in the sunlight of Christ’s righteousness, they are surrounded by a thick fog of unbelief. With God, their wisdom is foolishness. Let God be true, and every man a liar. The time has come when unconverted humanity cannot be trusted. “Trust ye not in a friend; put ye not confidence in a guide.” [Micah 7:5.] Man may be deceived. In his ignorance or his inexperience, he may mislead by his words, when he supposes that what he is saying is the truth. In every case, under every circumstance, we must depend as did Christ on the word, “It is written.” When He was assailed by the enemy, He did not attempt to argue or to reason. “It is written” was the weapon with which He met every attack of the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 11)
The faith in Christ that works by love leads those who cherish it to apply for help to Him who is light and life and truth. And they receive for the asking.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 12)
The Lord Jesus invited you to Him, saying, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] This instruction is to be brought into every phase of the work undertaken for God. Man is to humble himself before God, letting the Saviour do the lifting up.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 13)
If you continue to follow the course you have pursued in the past, you will become confused, and you will make crooked paths for your feet. In trying to climb to the highest place, you will fall to the lowest. You have tried to be a Dr. Kellogg, without having his stern, self-denying, determined purpose, without having passed through the experience that would make you a man of solid worth—a man of wisdom and sound judgment. You have tried to grasp the higher rounds of the ladder without climbing round by round from the bottom.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 14)
The plans you lay appear to you in a very flattering light. You are certain that they will have wonderful success, but when they are tried, lo, there is failure and disappointment. You are full of ardent expectations of success, but you do not commit yourself, body, soul, and spirit, to God’s keeping. Self comes in. A bewitching desire to do something great takes possession of the mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 15)
It is not too late for you to learn the Lord’s method of working. But with you in the work there must be connected men of experience and forethought, who will carefully consider the plans you present with the glowing assurance that they are just the plans that should be adopted.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 16)
Do not refuse to unite with your brethren, fearing that if you put yourself on an equality with them, you will not be able to do all that your own judgment might suggest. God’s workers are to counsel together. Ministers, physicians, or directors are walking in false paths when they regard themselves as a complete whole, when they feel no need of counsel from men of experience, who have been led by the Lord, who, as they have moved forward in self-denial to advance the work, have given evidence that they were led and controlled by the Holy Spirit, and were thus enabled to speak and plan and act wisely and understandingly.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 17)
The Lord calls for men who are willing to yoke up with Christ and with their brethren; men who are willing to strive to be altogether that which they must be in order to carry forward the work of God intelligently; men who look to Jesus, complying with the invitation, “Come unto me, ... and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Verses 28, 29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 18)
In ploughing, the farmer keeps his eye on a mark before him, else his crooked furrows will testify to his ignorance of his calling. God’s servants are to keep their eyes fixed on Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith, pressing forward in His strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 19)
In recording the parable of the sower, Luke says, “And some fell among thorns; and the thorns sprang up with it, and choked it.” [Luke 8:7.] Matthew speaks more definitely: “He also that received seed among thorns is he that heareth the word, and the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruitful.” [Matthew 13:22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 20)
Many who profess to be Christians are so engrossed with earthly cares that they have no time for the cultivation of piety. They do not regard true religion as of the first importance. A man may seem to receive the truth, but if he does not overcome his unchristlike traits of character, these thorns grow and strengthen, killing the precious graces of the Spirit. The thorns in the heart must be uprooted and cast out, for good and evil cannot grow in the heart at the same time. Unsanctified human inclinations and desires must be cut away from the life as hindrances to Christian growth.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 21)
“And other fell on good ground, and sprang up, and bare fruit an hundred-fold. And when he had said these things, he cried, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. And his disciples asked him, saying, What might this parable be?” [Luke 8:8, 9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 22)
Then Christ gave the explanation of the parable. “The parable is this: The seed is the word of God. Those by the wayside are they that hear; then cometh the devil, and taketh away the word out of their hearts, lest they should believe and be saved. They on the rock are they, which, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root, which for a time believe, and in time of temptation fall away. And that which fell among thorns are they, which, when they have heard, go forth, and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life, and bring no fruit to perfection. But that on the good ground are they which in an honest and good heart, having heard the word, keep it, and bring forth fruit with patience.” [Verses 11-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 23)
“Take heed therefore how ye hear; for whosoever hath, to him shall be given; and whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he seemeth to have.” [Verse 18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 24)
The Lord loves you, my brother. Do not, I beseech of you, make a failure in your character-building. Your experience must be entirely different from what it has been if you ever hear the voice of Him who never makes a mistake, saying, “Friend, come up higher.”
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 25)
My dear brother, can not you put your whole heart and soul into the work of building up the sanitarium in New South Wales? Will you not place yourself in Christ’s school, constantly learning lessons from Him? Then you could connect with the new sanitarium as one able to give wise and helpful instruction to your fellow workers. But it would not be for the best interest of the institution for you to connect with it as the leading physician. You must bear the test and proving of God before you can stand in that position, which means so much to the institution. You show indiscretion in some things, and notwithstanding your past experience, you do not realize that God cannot endorse all your movements. You do not see that some of your actions are of a nature to hinder the work of God. You are not prepared to conduct a sanitarium in right lines. You are not prepared to give the patients and helpers instruction in the higher education, to lead them in spiritual lines. Why, my dear brother, you have never yet learned what it means to have success in spiritual work.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 26)
If you had pursued a right course from the beginning of your student-life in America, you might have followed on to know the Lord and to know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 27)
Your spendthrift habits must be reformed. It is contrary to the Lord’s will for you to make an appearance of having plenty of money to spend freely. Extravagance is to be strenuously avoided. You need to put a strict guard over your propensity to use money extravagantly. Your lack of economy, your inclination to follow your own impulses, makes it necessary for you to be connected with men of experience, who have learned from the great Teacher how to use their stewardship.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 28)
And let me tell you that your practice of charging a large fee for a few minutes’ work is not pleasing to the Lord and has hurt the medical missionary work. Cut down some of your expenditures. Then you will not have to charge such high prices. Do to others as you would they should do unto you.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 29)
There are serious accounts that will certainly have to be met unless physicians engaged in so-called medical missionary work are converted. The charging of these exorbitant fees is just as surely robbery as is robbery in other lines. The commandments of God mean just what they say, and any disregard of them must be met.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 30)
The inexhaustible fulness and sufficiency that is in Christ is for you, my brother. You need to build upon an elevated level and upon a foundation of the firmest integrity. Build not on the sand, but on the Rock of Ages. Christ will supply what you lack when you are willing to see and understand your danger. When you draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to you, and will lift up for you a standard against the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 31)
But never seek to justify your past course in all things. If you cannot see that you need to make decided reforms, lest the cause of the Master shall be imperilled by your course, then do not attempt to place yourself in responsible positions.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 32)
Christ requires undivided service. He calls for the whole heart, for unreserved surrender. His call to you is His rightful claim to immediate and entire surrender and willing obedience. He will accept no excuse for the defects of your character. Give Him the homage of your heart, and He will create you anew.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 33)
My brother, you cannot afford to run the risk of setting your ideas in opposition to the pure principles that must be practiced on this earth by all who become citizens of the heavenly country. If you will now take hold of the Lord’s work in earnest, willing to serve Him in any position, you will become that which the Lord desires you to be, but which now you are not.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 34)
I have written faithfully to you, but you have taken what you chose out of the messages sent you by the Lord and have put the rest in the waste-basket, because it did not please you to receive the counsel it contained. Do not feel it your privilege to select certain encouraging portions of the testimonies sent you and to cast the warnings aside. The Lord’s eye is upon us. He marks our spirit and words and actions. And when He sees one walking in a path that leads to death, He sends him a message, that he may heed the warning and leave the path of danger.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 35)
This message I have for you, my brother, whom I love in the Lord. I have the most tender feelings toward you, and this is why I speak so plainly. I cannot endure the thought that you should fail of securing the life that measures with the life of God. I want to make no failure in reaching God’s high standard of righteousness and true holiness; and I do not want you to fail. “God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] I want to lay down my pen and fall on my knees and thank God for the way that has been opened for you and for me.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 36)
I have just bowed before God, and from the depths of my heart prayed in your behalf. I am so thankful that probation has not ended. I plead with you not to allow the enemy to rob you of your heirship to the eternal inheritance.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 37)
“And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law? How readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength. And with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.] This is the standard you may reach if you will give yourself to Christ. Will you not strive to reach it?
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 38)
God has given you precious talents. They are His gifts and are to be employed to His name’s glory. The Lord did not bestow His gifts on you for your glorification, but that you might honor Him and bless your fellow men by their right use, by revealing goodness, mercy, and righteousness. His service is too pure to be perverted into wrong lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 39)
I have just asked God to quicken the understanding of His people. “Hear ye now what the Lord saith: Arise, contend thou before the mountains, and let the hills hear thy voice. Hear ye, O mountains, the Lord’s controversy, and ye strong foundations of the earth; for the Lord hath a controversy with his people, and he will plead with Israel. O my people, what have I done unto thee; and wherein have I wearied thee? testify against me. For I brought thee up out of the land of Egypt, and redeemed thee out of the house of servants; and I sent before thee Moses, Aaron, and Miriam. O my people, remember now what Balak king of Moab consulted, and what Balaam the son of Beor answered him from Shittim unto Gilgal; that ye may know the righteousness of the Lord. Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow myself before the high God? shall I come before him with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old? Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousand of rivers of oil? shall I give my first-born for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul? He hath showed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth the Lord require of thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?” [Micah 6:1-8.] All these things God requires. He requires of His people humiliation of spirit. The Lord will not be trifled with. He will surely punish those who persist in misrepresenting His character.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 40)
“Are there yet the treasures of wickedness in the house of the wicked, and the scant measure that is abominable? Shall I count them pure with the wicked balances, and with the bag of deceitful weights? For the rich men thereof are full of violence, and the inhabitants thereof have spoken lies, and their tongue is deceitful in their mouth.” [Verses 10-12.] Fraud is a common sin. God abhors sharp dealing. Such dealing is never to be brought into any line of His work. There is to be nothing about this work that savors of a grasping, selfish spirit. God will surely turn aside any advantage gained by selfish, unjust dealing.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 41)
My brother, our senses must be cleansed and sanctified. We must reach a higher standard. We must watch, we must pray, always standing ready for action.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 42)
The illumination of the Spirit is for God’s commandment-keeping people. Those who are not controlled by the Holy Spirit will be controlled by the enemy of God. Only the sufficiency of the Redeemer can enable man to behold His glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 43)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for my salvation is near to come, and my righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.” [Isaiah 56:1, 2.] “For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] The Lord knows how to distinguish the righteous from the wicked. To the obedient He will give peace and comfort in this life, even amid trial and affliction, and in the life to come He will give them glory, honor, and immortality.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 44)
My brother, I plead before God for the salvation of you and your wife. It is not too late for both of you to gain a new and rich experience. I have prayed for you, and I am comforted in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 45)
While praying for you this afternoon, this assurance came to me to send to you: In the gift of His Son, God has given His believing, trusting, working, waiting people the greatest gift heaven can bestow. He could give us no stronger pledge of His willingness to receive those who return to Him and obey the laws of His kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 46)
For many months, excepting for a few nights, I have not been able to sleep past one o’clock. I find myself sitting in conversation with you, , pleading with you as a mother would plead with her son. “Seek ye the Lord while he may be found, call ye upon him while he is near; let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, he will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.] What are the conditions of receiving pardon? “Seek ye the Lord while he may be found;” and, “Let him return unto the Lord.”
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 47)
You are doubtless surprised, as I expected you would be, that I write to you in so plain and decided a manner. But this I must do; for I am made a steward of the grace of Christ, and I must do this errand for the Lord. You may feel well satisfied with yourself. You may deny the representation given me of your case. Read a little further. “For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, saith the Lord.” [Verse 8.] This is the reason men and women do not always see their errors and mistakes, even when these are pointed out to them. They claim to believe the testimonies that come to them, until the message comes that they must change their plans and methods, that their character-building must be altogether different, else the storm and tempest will sweep it from its foundation. Then the enemy tempts them to justify themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 48)
After reading this message, you will doubtless be tempted to say, This is not so. I am not as I am represented here. Some one has filled Sister White’s mind with a mass of trash about me. But I tell you in the name of the Lord that the words of this writing are from God. If you choose thus to dispose of the matter, you show the measure of your faith in the work that the Lord has given His servant to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 49)
If the Lord bids me to write to you again, I shall do it. But my heart is pained as I understand how the messages I have sent are regarded—that you receive only that which you wish to receive, and say, as so many say when receiving a message to correct wrong, “Some one has told her.” You may refuse correction because you are right in your own estimation. But I pray that the converting, sanctifying power of God will touch your heart and mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 13, 1902, 50)
Lt 14, 1902
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 4, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CM 140-141; 10MR 224-225. + Dear Brother and Sister Irwin,—
I cannot write you much of a letter; for I have just written a communication of some length to Brother Caro. I felt that I should not let the time for this mail pass by without writing something to him. I am very desirous of doing everything possible to prevent him from making shipwreck of his faith. I hope the words I have written to him will be of a character to help him. I hope you will all try to help him, and not allow him to become desperate and make moves ruinous to his soul’s salvation. At every step we need to move guardedly. Satan is on the track of every one. He is trying to turn men from the truth, and cause them to believe fables.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 1)
If Brother Caro had followed the light God has given him, he would now be a man whom the Lord could use. But his early experience has been defective. In obtaining an education, he did not begin right. There is danger in giving to him the leading position in one of our institutions. By this you would virtually say, “We have confidence in the man, because he has proved himself to be sound, thorough, and trustworthy.” But in the past he has revealed a decided weakness, which would place the new sanitarium in peril, if he were given control.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 2)
We are thankful that in Greater New York doors are opening for the truth to find entrance in many hearts. Elder Haskell and wife are of good courage in the Lord. Certainly they have a grand opening. Before Elder Haskell’s special effort was begun, there were some good workers in Greater New York. But until Elder Haskell and wife went there, the way was not fully opened. Brother and Sister Haskell began their effort quietly in some of the immense blocks in the City, doing house-to-house work. This is as it should be. Already a good company has been raised up.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 3)
Apparently the Mission in Greater New York is well provided with an excellent force of workers, and the work is advancing in accordance with the faith of the laborers. Elder Warren, who is now with them, is an earnest, wide-awake speaker. I see by the daily papers that the weather in New York is now very cold. Elder Haskell has gone to South Lancaster for a ten-day rest. His wife joined him later, and will take a week’s rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 4)
We all need to be wide-awake, that as the way opens, we may advance the work in the large cities. We are far behind in following the light given us to enter the large cities and erect memorials for God. Step by step we are to lead souls into the full light of truth. Many seem to be longing for spiritual food. We are to continue working until a church is organized and a humble house of worship built. I am greatly encouraged to believe that many persons not of our faith will help considerably by their means. The light given me is that in many places, especially in the cities of America, help will be given by such persons.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 5)
Since coming to America, we have had much more wearing labor to do than we had in Australia. If I were to choose, I should much prefer the Australian field. God is helping us to set things in order. But this work has nearly killed me. We need to do much more. There is most difficult work to be done now to set in order the ministry and the churches. We cannot afford the time to go through a long process in order to have things done exactly in accordance with our ideas. If we set about the work most earnestly, we shall see something accomplished. Our institutions are making desperate efforts to free themselves from the load of debt under which they labor. We see encouraging features in this work. The terrible financial condition of the Scandinavian institutions will, we hope, be successfully relieved. But this effort makes it hard to do many other things that we should have been glad to see accomplished. We want to move no faster than we can carry the work solidly. We must now finish that which has been begun in the South and in Greater New York.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 6)
The fields are ripe, ready for the harvest. “Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.” This is so. “And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together.” [John 4:35, 36.]
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 7)
All who know the truth should be impressed with the importance of giving their knowledge to others. We now need to train men, and set them to work, giving them every facility for the impartation of truth. We need producers, as well as consumers. There are scarcely enough laborers at this time. Scores of men and women might be set to work. This need should have been foreseen. We must learn to provide for emergencies.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 8)
I have a message for all our people, and especially for those living in California, to awaken, spread their tents, and enlarge their borders. Men and women must act an earnest part in saving souls. The present crippled state of things must end. Our church members must awaken to the situation. They should begin work where they are. Everywhere are persons who know not the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 9)
The heathen in the cities at our doors have been strangely neglected. No organized effort has yet been made to save them. We now desire to convert the heathen who are in the midst of us—those who are living within the shadow of our doors. A new song is to be put in their mouths, and they are to go forth to impart to others now in darkness the light of the third angel’s message.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 10)
Canvassing for our publications is an important and most profitable evangelistic work. In Australia many should be engaged in this line of work. While we have said much in regard to canvassing for the health books—and we still feel that we should circulate these books—yet more decided efforts should be made to carry our important religious books to the people. Our publications can go to places where meetings cannot now be held. In such places the faithful evangelistic canvasser takes the place of the living preacher.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 11)
Ministers must not hover over our churches. They must sow the seeds of truth where they have not yet been sown. Those for whom we have never labored are now to have our attention. Work is to be done in various ways. Humble men willing to make sacrifices and to work as Christ worked are needed.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 12)
During the life of Jesus on earth, He frequently said to His disciples, “Follow me.”“If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me.” [Luke 9:23.] Obstacles will certainly confront us on our way; but we must bravely, uncomplainingly press onward. The Lord is good. He is a present help in time of trouble. If we tell the Lord all our troubles , He will hear and answer prayer. He invites us to come to Him. “Ask,” He says, “and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] The treasure-house is full. We may draw from it continually. Never will it become exhausted.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 13)
Is the Lord ever wearied with our prayers? No, no. When we importune Him with earnestness of heart, He hears. He will say to us, “Here I am.” [Isaiah 58:9.] We need never be discouraged. If we had to depend upon ourselves to work out the problem of salvation, we should be distrustful of self and be full of trying perplexities. But this burden has not been laid upon us. Hear and understand this most precious invitation given to every human being: “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke the yoke of restraint, submission, and obedience upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Shall we not individually say, “By the grace of God, I will comply with the conditions”?
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 14)
About two weeks ago I returned from my trip in the East. I was very sick all the time I was in the East. But the Lord in mercy has spared my life. I have every reason to praise Him with heart and soul and voice. O how thankful I am to be in my quiet home once more! I have suffered much; but my life is spared. I thank the Lord; for I have much to do. I shall be very careful of my strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 15)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 14, 1902, 16)
Lt 15, 1902
Kellar, Brother and Sister [P. M.] St. Helena, California February 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in KC 21-22. + Dear brother and sister Kellar,—
I am somewhat troubled in regard to you, my dear friends. I am so anxious for you to take hold of the work in Australia in the right way. I am very desirous that you shall avoid the mistakes some have made. At the beginning, your work may not be pleasant. But if you will take hold unitedly to do your best, to improve your capabilities and talents, you will come very close to the Saviour. You are in a new country, on missionary ground, and you need to be very careful to do all the Saviour requires. You need to be ever under the supervision of Him who has purchased you with His own life.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 1)
My sister, I wish to say a few words to you. You can be a great blessing to your husband. But you need a work done for you before you can be a blessing to those with whom you are brought in contact. You know little in regard to heart-consecration. Will you not make an unreserved surrender of all you have and are to the Lord? Do not spoil your record by cheapness of word or action.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 2)
I feel a deep interest in both of you. I desire to see you working as the Lord’s helping hand to bring others to the knowledge of the truth. You can be either a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 3)
To all His followers the Lord gives talents; and He calls upon all to work while the day lasts. For everything received from God we must render a strict account. By faithful, diligent use we are to increase our talents. God will expect a return proportionate to the amount we have received. If we have been given five talents, He will call for the increase of five. It is by the faithful use of our talents that means is to be brought to the Lord’s treasury, to supply the necessities of His ever-enlarging work.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 4)
Many, instead of taking up the work God has given them, are looking for some service that will distinguish them as workers of marked talent. Do not aspire to do some great thing. Take up the work waiting to be done near you. Every word prompted by the Spirit of God, every duty faithfully performed, is a seed sown unto eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 5)
A few pence well handled are of more use than pounds that lie unused. The one who uses one talent faithfully for the Master is of far more value in His sight than the one who has many talents, but who refuses to use them aright, who looks down on the one who does humble service. The faithful performance of small duties fits us for larger responsibilities. Of those who take up their appointed work, no matter how small it may seem, who perform faithfully the humble duties nearest them, Christ says, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 6)
We have no time to complain or to disparage others. God calls upon us to carry our work forward in right lines, for Christ’s sake exerting a correct influence in the daily life. He calls upon us to lead others to His throne. He teaches us to pray, “Thy kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.” [Matthew 6:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 7)
We are never to exhaust our means of doing good by using them for self-indulgence. As we study the great plan of redemption and think of what Christ has done for us, we shall feel that no sacrifice is too great if we can thereby do Him service. At every step we shall be strengthened and inspired by God’s Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 8)
Christ gave His all—His glory, His riches, His life—for the salvation of sinners. Shall not those to whom He has given power to become sons and daughters of God consecrate their all to him? Shall they not devote their talents to the work of saving sinners? The great Medical Missionary has made it binding on His followers to co-operate with Him, to be His helping hand in seeking and saving that which is lost. He is the good shepherd. He declares, “I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine. As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep. And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.... My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me: and I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand. My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’s hand.” [John 10:14-16, 27-29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 9)
The church is the Lord’s garden, adorned with trees and plants and flowers. God designs the members of His church to feel that by their baptismal vow they are placed under solemn obligation to work for the interest of His cause. He will excuse no indifference or self-serving.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 10)
“He that is not with me is against me, and he that gathereth not with me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Thus the Lord denounces the indifference, the inactivity, of those who have been entrusted with great light, yet feel no burden of service. They may profess to serve Him, but He ranks them with open unbelievers. Their indifference leads others to make light of God-given responsibilities.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 11)
Study carefully, verse by verse, the first chapter of second Peter. And as you study it, may the Lord impress your mind, showing you your right relation to His work in our sanitariums and toward those who are connected with this work. Seek the Lord and walk in all humility of mind before Him. My sister, I write this as a caution, and I ask you to heed it.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 12)
I know you will have some trials, but do not get discouraged. Think of the trials Christ bore for us, and press forward, brave and courageous. Remember Christ’s word: “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Matthew 16:24.] We do Christ service when we deny self for His sake.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 13)
I leave these words with you. There is more I would be glad to write, but I cannot write it now; for the mail goes tomorrow.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 14)
I was very sick all the time I was in the East. But the Lord in mercy spared my life, and I am gaining strength. I cannot write more now. Only this: We each have a work to do. I feel that mine is almost accomplished, and I want to meet you both around the throne of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 15)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 15, 1902, 16)
Lt 16, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 135. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I should be so pleased to see you and converse with you. But the broad Pacific Ocean is between you and us, and I fear I shall not have the privilege I so much desire, the privilege of meeting you in Australia. Many times we have wished that you were right here in St. Helena; but you are where you should be, and the Lord will be your strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 1)
It is not the will of the Lord that the work on the sanitarium should move so slowly. But when men who ought to put shoulder to shoulder, both in Australia and elsewhere, fail to come up to the help of the Lord, fail to be laborers together with Him, then the work moves slowly. But the Lord God is our helper, and His eye is upon all our works. When you do the very best you can, after straining every nerve to carry forward the building up of an institution that ought to have been established years ago, as the Lord’s memorial in Australia, and you then see this institution standing unfinished, hope deferred makes the heart sick. But the Lord is our God. He is our strong tower of strength and efficiency. He will regard the self-sacrificing efforts that you have made.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 2)
We mean to secure means at once, if we can. But the Lord is our only dependence. The sanitarium building has been hindered because the human, helping hands have not co-operated with the divine. And the Judgment will reveal this matter just as it is.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 3)
Since coming to this country I have had all the burden I could possibly carry, and again and again it has seemed as if I could not live through the night. Last night I could not sleep after eleven o’clock. I see many things that I cannot write about, because my brethren cannot bear it.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 4)
Since we came to America, a whole year with its burden of record has passed into eternity. Some months ago changes were made at the Sanitarium here. But the labor has well-nigh killed me, I carried the burden so long. And nothing was done. It seemed that we were in danger of depending upon human help instead of taking right hold and setting things in order.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 5)
The Lord knows all about these things. When men come into God’s line, something will be done. For months Brethren A. T. Jones and Taylor have been doing all in their power to change the order of things spiritually at the Sanitarium; and there is a decided change for the better. I thank the Lord for this.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 6)
While you have been harassed with hindrances and delay in completing the building that for years has been contemplated, the work has also been hard and trying here in St. Helena. For the last fifteen years it has been in a slipshod, raveled-out condition. And until within the last few months, there has not been a rallying to make a thorough change.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 7)
I have carried a very heavy load, not only for the work at St. Helena, but for the cause at large in America. Something is now being done in right lines. Dr. Kellogg has had so many responsibilities to carry in his line of work that he is breaking down. Unless he changes his program, he will be laid aside. He carries too many burdens. We need to realize that to every man God has given his work, and that Dr. Kellogg is not a complete whole.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 8)
It takes men of varied capabilities to shoulder the load as you have done in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 9)
I can write but little this morning. I wrote diligently all day yesterday. But henceforth I shall not write many letters. I might spend every jot of my life-force in writing letters; but I am carrying on my soul important subjects, Bible subjects, that must be written out. So if letters do not come often from me, do not think that we have forgotten you. We pray constantly for you.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 10)
I do not know how long my life may be spared, but while I live, may the Lord give me courage and firmness to speak the truth as it is at all times and in all places. Bible principles must once more take the field. Self-denial and self-sacrifice must once more be practiced. I must bear a clear, sharp testimony against the worldly policy of dealing with one another as if no one can be trusted. Thus men have dealt with their brethren. They have no confidence in those who will not carry out all their schemes and methods and plans. If the subduing love of Christ were received into the heart, if self-confidence were weakened and faith were established in the Word of the living God, we should see changes in our sanitariums, our printing offices, [and] our schools that would cause all heaven to rejoice. If those who are connected with these lines of work would let the love of Jesus fill the heart, the miserable feelings of selfishness and suspicion would be banished.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 11)
There needs to be less self-importance; then there would be less arbitrary authority. If all would yield to the power of Christlikeness in the practical life, what a change would take place! Heavenly grace would bring peace. Sin would not be allowed to run riot. God desires to see an altogether different atmosphere pervading every institution established to advance His work—every sanitarium, every publishing house, every school. If His will in this were obeyed, spirituality would revive. The holiness and peace of heaven would come in. That love of Christ in the soul would be as an ever-flowing stream in the desert, refreshing all, turning the sear and barren wilderness into a green pasture, in which flowers spring into a life of fragrance to delight the senses.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 12)
Has the truth been lodged in the heart? Is the mind of God, the law of the Lord, our guide? Wherever the love of Jesus reigns, there is peace; for those whose minds are as Christ’s mind seek the highest good of those with whom they are brought in contact. We must live as Christ has given us an example in His life.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 13)
There is much to be done. But I am instructed that many who are continually busy are putting the means for the end. This is a matter with which [it] is most difficult to deal. It has come to be that man rarely regards aright the life given him, which, if thoroughly sanctified, is to live through eternal ages. So many are satisfied with a busy life, with something done. They do not think it essential to inquire whether they have followed the right methods and plans—methods and plans that will show their fellow laborers heaven’s way of working.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 14)
Man must not only read the Word of God, supposing that a casual knowledge of this Word will bring about in him a reformation of character. This work only the One who is the way, the truth, and the life can accomplish. Firmly may certain doctrines of truth be held. Again and again they may be reiterated, till the holders come to think that they are indeed in possession of the great blessings which these doctrines represent. But the greatest, most powerful truths may be held, and yet kept in the outer court, exerting little influence to make the daily life wholesome and fragrant. The soul is not sanctified through the truth that is not practiced. Correct precepts may be uttered by the one who does not receive the truth into the inner sanctuary of the soul, but when his track is crossed, the worst of all feelings are aroused, and these feelings guide and control him in his dealings with others. In spirit and life such a one is represented by Chorazin and Bethsaida.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 15)
The Word of God is a means to an end. The death of Christ means something to every one of us. By eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God, we are to build up the spiritual life, and in this our end is to be the glory of God. As the physical life is built up from the food that we eat, so our Christian experience is of the same nature as the food which, day by day, we give to the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 16)
Jesus said unto them, “I am the bread of life; he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst. But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believe not. All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me.” [John 6:35-38.]
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 17)
What a lesson this is to all who claim to be Christians. O that the weak souls would take courage! Christian worth does not depend on brilliant talents, lofty birth, wonderful powers, but on a clean heart—a heart purified and refined, that does not exalt self, but, by beholding Christ, reflects the long-lost image of divinity.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 18)
O how impatient some become when their schemes are interfered with. The Lord in mercy sends a message to save them, to give them an opportunity to save others who are in danger. But they make of none effect the word sent them from God. Some go on proudly and blindly in their own way, and when too late they find out their mistake.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 19)
My brother, to you and to those in your family, I desire to say, Continue to follow on to know the Lord. Walk humbly with God, and His peace shall dwell in your hearts by faith. Let nothing interpose between you and your God. Time is short. We must form characters for the future life. The folly of man’s wisdom is not always discerned; therefore keep close to your Saviour. Do not take one false step. Walk in Christ’s footsteps. Then you will surely enter the gates of the city of our God. Be true to principle. Do not sacrifice one jot or tittle of the sacred precepts of the law of God; for it is your life, your eternal salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 20)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 16, 1902, 21)
Lt 17, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 95, 130-131, 136-139; 1MCP 46, 49; 7MR 398. + Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
Your letters are received. Thank you for your faithfulness in writing. I was not favorably impressed with the startling notices of your meetings. They savor of fanaticism. I know that at present the great work to be done in New York City will be best carried forward without the startling things that will have to come into the message further on. Now is not the time to bring in the startling things that can be said. Our work is to educate and train the believers to build on the true foundation, to plant their feet on a plain, “Thus saith the Lord.” We need now to hold every influence with a calm, “It is written.” Let not the people become confused with excitement.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 1)
In 1844 we had to meet fanaticism on every hand, but always the word came to me: A great wave of excitement is an injury to the work. Keep your feet in the footprints of Christ. I was given a message to meet every phase of fanaticism. I was instructed to show the people that under a wave of excitement a strange work is done. There are those who improve the opportunity to bring in superstitions. Thus the door is closed to the promulgation of sound doctrine.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 2)
Now do not issue notices so worded as to create an alarm. When the Lord is ready for the advanced denunciation of wicked cities, He will let His people know. But this will be after these wicked cities have had an opportunity to hear the Word and to receive the Word that is unto life eternal. Our work now is to enlighten and educate minds as to the sayings of the Scripture. Doors are now opened for the entrance of truth. Avail yourselves of the opportunity to reach those who have never heard the truth. Explain the truth, as did Christ, in many ways, by figures and parables. And Elder Franke’s striking presentation of the truth by the means of charts may be followed to advantage. Let these things speak to the senses of the people. Do not encourage anything like a fanatical movement. Satan works in this line, seeking to draw away disciples after him by representations that, if it were possible, will deceive the very elect.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 3)
There are persons that are ready to catch at something strange, which they can bring as a surprise upon the people to awaken their fears, and begin a strange work that will spoil the good work that has been begun right.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 4)
The people must have time to search the Word of God for themselves. Pastors, teachers, Bible instructors, must point them to the strong fortress, into which the righteous may run and be safe. Those who are handling the great, grand, ennobling truths of the Word must ever reveal a spirit of deep, earnest, fervent, but calm, and full of sound sense, that the mouths of gainsayers may be stopped. Encourage not a wave of fanaticism that will spoil a work begun as it should be, and carried on with the Word of God in your hands.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 5)
Continue to educate the people in medical missionary lines. Present this subject without a shade of levity, with a solemn sense that you are teaching the very truths Christ taught. Then you will bring into your labor convincing arguments, which will do a great work.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 6)
This is the higher education, fitted for every occasion, and to be given in every place. Give the people opportunity to hear the higher class of instruction given by those who know and practice the truth. Use the language of Scripture. Let them eat and thoroughly digest the bread of life, the statements of Revelation.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 7)
Those engaged in the work in New York are not to suppose that some strange thing must be brought in and mingled with their labor, as evidence of the supernatural character of the work, setting on it the seal that it is of God. Their work is to speak to the people in humble, trustful faith, asking counsel of God, not following their own ideas, not trusting to the bringing out of fanciful things to arouse the senses of those who are dead in trespasses and sins. The system of truth found in the Word of God is capable of making impressions such as the great Teacher desires to have made upon the intellect.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 8)
Ever bear in mind that a Paul plants, an Apollos waters, but God gives the increase. The people need to be educated to understand the Word of God. Help every soul to build on a sure foundation. The Word of God is to be their counsellor. Our ministers, physicians, and evangelists are to understand that they are to be shepherds of the flock of God. “Feed my sheep;”“feed my lambs,” was the word of God to Peter. [John 21:15-17.] “When thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren.” [Luke 22:32.] The instruction the Lord of glory gave to His disciples when He was on this earth is a type and pattern of the instruction His servants are to give to the people who in this our day are seeking for truth. Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever. His last words to His disciples, just before the cloud of angels received Him out of their sight, were, “All power is given unto me in heaven and earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 9)
“So then after the Lord has spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 10)
The Lord’s human agents are to do just as the Saviour commanded them. Faithfully they are to discharge the commission, “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:20.] “All things.” This comprehends much. Christ has authority over all, and power to direct and govern all. We are to put our trust in Him whose we are by creation and by redemption. Constantly exercising faith, putting full confidence in His power, following His example, as we strive to save souls we shall see the fruit of our labor. Christ has given us the assurance that He will work with us.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 11)
In this work a variety of gifts will be used. Some will labor in one way, some in another. The Lord desires the cities to be worked by the united efforts of laborers of different capabilities. All are to look to Jesus for direction, not depending on man for wisdom, lest they shall be led astray.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 12)
He to whom the Lord has given a commission is not to submerge his identity in any human being. God declares, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that given to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. A double-minded man is unstable in all his ways.” [James 1:5-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 13)
These words point out distinctly the source of our strength. Your faith must reach the point where you believe these words without questioning. You have asked; now believe that you will receive the things you asked for; and you shall have them.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 14)
“Doth a fountain send forth at the same place sweet water and bitter? Can the fig-tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine, figs? so can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh. Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you: let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom.” [James 3:11-13.] All boasting is out of place. The words spoken to exalt self bring weakness, and not strength. “But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work, But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [Verses 14-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 15)
The truth is to be taught line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. The knowledge of God’s Word, and the best manner of communicating it, is to be regarded of first importance. All our teaching in spiritual lines is to be after the manner of Christ’s teaching. Crowd into your teaching all the affirmative truths you possibly can. Pastors, teachers, evangelists, are to be workers together with God. “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] One is not to depend upon another; every one is to become acquainted with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 16)
“This is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] This instruction is for us. We are not to cultivate an appetite for the sensational. We are to continue in the work of drawing souls to Jesus Christ. It is not safe for a man to take the position that he must always follow the dictates of his own conscience. Paul followed the dictates of his conscience when with great zeal he persecuted the saints of God, causing them to be cast into prison and put to death. The revelation of Christ changed Paul’s character and his conscience, and revealed the work he had been doing against Christ. The view given him of his wicked course was a terrible revelation to Paul. The Lord’s glory struck him with blindness in order to teach him that his conscience must be enlightened before he could correctly discern spiritual things.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 17)
We are not to encourage a spirit of enthusiasm that brings zeal for a while, but soon fades away, leaving discouragement and depression. We need the bread of life that comes down from heaven to give life to the soul. Study the Word of God. Do not be controlled by feeling. All who labor in the vineyard of the Lord must learn that feeling is not faith. To be always in a state of elevation is not required. But it is required that we have firm faith in the Word of God as the flesh and blood of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 18)
Those who do the work of the Lord in our cities must close and bolt the doors firmly against excitement and fanaticism. The Word of God is our sanctification and righteousness, because it is spiritual food. To study it is to eat the leaves of the tree of life. Nothing is more uplifting to God’s servants than to teach the Scriptures just as Christ taught them. The Word of God contains divine nourishment, which satisfies the appetite for spiritual food.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 19)
The people are to be educated in Bible lines, that they may know the will of God as expressed in His Word. All are to understand that Christ is the way, the truth, and the life.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 20)
Well-planned efforts are to made at the Mission School. The workers are to reach out into families and neighborhoods, doing house-to-house work. And in the public assemblies also the Word of God is to be proclaimed. God desires every worker to labor calmly, trustfully, and in faith, looking unto Him who is the author and finisher of their faith. The Lord God is to be their dependence. Then He can make His impression on mind and character.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 21)
And I must urge that the workers shall have their work so planned that they will not become wearied out by overwork.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 22)
I thank the Lord that I am improving in health. Tuesday night I could not sleep after eleven o’clock p.m. At twelve o’clock I was up writing. I sent off many letters to Australia. Last night I went to bed at eight, and slept until four this morning. My appetite is good, and I am gaining in strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 23)
I have hastily written you these few pages this morning. I assure you that we are praying for you and for the work in New York City. But please do withdraw those startling notices of your meetings. If a fanatical wave should strike New York now, Satan would work upon human minds, setting in operation a work that none of you is prepared to handle. It is not excitement that we need at this time, but calm, steady, devoted effort for the education of the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 24)
I am very glad to hear that you are having success in your work. And I am glad that you write me in regard to the encouraging features of this work. It is never best to look on the dark side. We need to train our spiritual powers to cheerfulness and faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 25)
I must close now. I shall finish this letter at another time. May the Lord bless you.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 26)
With love to you all.
(17LtMs, Lt 17, 1902, 27)
Lt 18, 1902
Sanderson, Sister [A. J.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 130. Mrs. Sanderson My dear sister,—
Do you know that you are spending your life for naught? If converted to the truth, you could be a help to your husband, but you have been a great hindrance. You are not satisfied with your position. You are not building on the Rock of ages, but are laying your foundation on the sand; and when the tempest beats on the house you are building, it will surely be swept away.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 1)
I will copy a few lines from a book I have just opened. Giving an account of the last days of Sir David Brewster, his daughter writes: “He thanked God that the way of salvation was so simple. No labored argument, no hard attainment was required. To believe in the Lord Jesus Christ was to live. He trusted in Him, and enjoyed His peace.” The last words of this great man of science were, “Life has been very bright to me, and now there is the brightness beyond. I shall see Jesus, who created all things, who made the world. I shall see Him as He is. Yes, I have had the Light for many years. Oh, how bright it is! I feel so safe, so satisfied!”
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 2)
I cannot feel at rest while I know that your life is misspent, your entrusted talents unimproved. Unless you change right about, you can neither see the kingdom of God by faith now nor by sight hereafter. Will you not turn to the Lord, and live? Will you not give up your fallacious ideas? Will you not see the errors of your ways, and be converted? When you are worked by the Holy Spirit, you will be meek and lowly in heart. As you are now, you have a cruel spirit, which leads you, when you are irritated, to do cruel things. When you undertake to punish a child, a spirit of satanic harshness and cruelty takes possession of your mind. It has been presented to me that this was the way it was with you when you were teaching the church school in Battle Creek. Oh, how often the angels of God were grieved by your wicked, overbearing spirit!
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 3)
As you are now, you are not prepared to care thoughtfully and patiently, in all goodness and love, for your only child. And until you change, the child of your husband’s first wife should in no case be entrusted to your charge.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 4)
Unless you are cleansed from every vestige of this harshness, this hardheartedness, you will never enter the gates of the city of God. A reformation is needed in your life. Will you not think of what you are, and of what you may be through Jesus Christ? He gives to you the invitation, “Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your soul.” [Matthew 11:29.] In accepting this invitation you will learn by personal experience that Christ’s yoke is easy and His burden light.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 5)
The road to happiness is clearly indicated. Give up your own way, subdue your strong, undisciplined will, and come into right relation with Christ. Will you do this? It is a life and death question. Will you venture to continue the course you have been pursing? Will you continue to counterwork the influence of your husband? Will you grieve the Spirit of God till it leaves you to your own way, to receive the reward of your own doings? Will you obey God and be blessed by His Spirit, or will you continue in perversity till the close of your life. Remember that if you are destroyed, it will be because you have destroyed yourself.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 6)
Had you been a converted woman, converted in body, mind, and heart, you would have been a great blessing to your husband. But you have been and are now blighting his life. At times there are exhibitions on your part that cause him intense anguish of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 7)
As you are now, Satan finds you a channel through which he can work to prevent the good your husband might do if you were not so great a hindrance. This hindrance you need not be if you will give yourself to Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 8)
You are often discouraged with yourself, but still you will not surrender to Christ. There is no need for you to have the disagreeable discouragements you have, which make you sick. When you are under the control of the Spirit of God, you will not be subject to Satan’s rule, and your health will not suffer as it does now in consequence of his power. If you eat the Word of God, its truths will be to you as the leaves of the tree of life, healing and restoring you.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 9)
These things concerning you have been opened to me. But it is not too late for you to change. The Lord’s hand is stretched out still. If you will surrender all to Christ, He will change your heart by His mighty power, casting out Satan, and reforming your life. It rests with you yourself whether you are under the control of the Spirit of God or under the control of the enemy. Oh, pray, pray, before Mercy’s sweet voice is no longer heard.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 10)
The law of God is our rule of life. The secret of genuine sanctification lies in the promise of the new covenant, “I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts.” [Jeremiah 31:33.] Consecrate yourself to Christ. Withhold nothing from Him. Let His holy presence abide with you. Do not spoil your husband’s life. “Be not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 11)
I present this testimony to you both, that your husband may understand. I want him to see the danger of following your leading unless you are transformed in character. He must maintain his own individuality. He must be led by the Lord Jesus Christ, whose he is by creation, and by redemption. He has been bought with a price, and is accountable to God for the improvement of his entrusted talents. You too have been bought with a price. But if you choose to continue to serve the enemy, your husband must not allow you to lead him away from God. He must look to the Lord for strength to serve Him with full purpose of heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 12)
It requires much grace to walk in the Spirit. If you do not make a determined effort to follow the light, to be in harmony with the Spirit’s leading, you will fall a prey to the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 13)
I must now stop writing. I have been unable to sleep since eleven o’clock P.M. My sister, do not give way to hard, bitter feelings against me because I tell you the truth. I greatly desire to see you a converted woman, a wholehearted Christian, serving the Lord with full purpose of heart. I greatly desire to see you softened and subdued, cleansed from all satanic attributes. This must be, this must be, if you are to fill any position in the Lord’s work.
(17LtMs, Lt 18, 1902, 14)
Lt 19, 1902
Sanderson, A. J. NP February 16, 1902 [typed] Previously unpublished. + Dr. Sanderson Dear brother,—
I wish to make some statements that I have not made before. I should have been glad to see you when on several occasions you asked to see me. But I was not strong enough to talk with you, and knowing my danger, I had to say, I cannot see him. I had been carrying such a heavy burden that I had not been able to sleep.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 1)
Before I decided to go to the Conference at Battle Creek, I spoke of the great burden resting on me for the Sanitarium here, saying that there was a work that must be done for the institution. There were things that I wished to say to you at that time, but I had not the strength to enable me to say them. I was sure that the Sanitarium was in need of help that it had not. Very little was being done to give the patients spiritual help. The work presented to me as needing to be done at the Sanitarium could not be done by those in charge without the help of some one of more experience in the things of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 2)
As soon as I came to this place, I spoke to you of the work that needed to be done in the Sanitarium, and I thought that my suggestions would be sufficient. But though I spoke decidedly, no change was made at the institution.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 3)
Then I wrote to Battle Creek, urging that Dr. Rand be sent here. Dr. Kellogg wrote in reply, “Please do not make any move that will bring about a crisis; for we have all on our hands that we can manage. When you come to Battle Creek, this matter shall receive consideration, and something will be done for the Sanitarium at St. Helena.”
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 4)
Dr. Kellogg’s plea was so strong and his entreaties so urgent that I kept still. I knew that I was not able to take up the work without help. And I knew that while matters continued to be as they were, my labors would have no special influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 5)
I designed to speak of the reforms needed in the Sanitarium here while I was in Battle Creek. But after the Conference closed, I was completely exhausted, and up to the present time I have had no rest of mind. For many nights I have not been able to sleep past one and two o’clock, and several times I have wakened at eleven and twelve. Hour after hour I have walked the floor, praying for strength and guidance. Night after night this has been repeated. It was the condition of things at the Sanitarium that caused me such suffering of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 6)
For some time after returning from the General Conference, I could not endure any mention of the difficulties at the Sanitarium. The pain in my head was severe, and I could not attend private or public meetings.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 7)
Just before I left St. Helena for the Los Angeles camp-meeting, when Brother Jones was here from Oakland, a meeting of the Medical Board was held at the Sanitarium. I offered to attend; for I had a message to bear. You will remember what I said at that meeting in regard to the condition of things at the Sanitarium. I spoke very plainly, saying that the nurses were not receiving in their education the instruction they needed in their work. I had been shown that Dr. Sanderson and his wife were not exerting the influence that should be exerted in the Sanitarium, and that, until they were changed spiritually, they could not exert this influence. I had been shown that Sister Sanderson is not a Christian, that she understands the theory of truth, but has not surrendered her will to God’s will. In her state of unfitness, she must not be given a position in the Sanitarium; for she would stand directly opposed to essential reforms.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 8)
I was instructed by the Lord to speak the words I spoke at that meeting. You presented your resignation.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 9)
When I took the train to Los Angeles, to attend the camp-meeting, I was pressed down as a cart beneath sheaves, so heavy was the burden resting on me. But at this time the Lord gave me a wonderful manifestation of His care. He hid me in the pavilion of His protection, and my peace was as a river. I was at rest, knowing that the everlasting arms were underneath me. I seemed to hear the words, “Lo, I am with you alway.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 10)
While at Los Angeles, I was given some things to write in regard to the Sanitarium. But I dared not say anything. I thought it might be that I would die, and leave these things unsaid, before another physician was placed in charge of the Sanitarium. And I thought that perhaps this would be better.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 11)
I wrote out some things in regard to the mind-cure theories that had been presented to the nurses. But I could not get this matter copied; for the time of my copyist was occupied in writing out matters for the meeting that we were attending. But before we returned from Los Angeles, I placed the matter in Maggie’s hands,to be copied and sent to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 12)
My dear brother, the Lord will use you when you will accept His Word and follow the pattern He has given. I greatly desire that you shall reach the higher life. It is your privilege and duty to be a vessel unto honor, but the vessel needs to be thoroughly cleansed from all defilement. It has been shown me that at present you are as a man walking in his sleep. You have heard much truth, and at times your spirit has been stirred, but you have never been aroused to see that you need to fall on the Rock, and be broken.
(17LtMs, Lt 19, 1902, 13)
Lt 20, 1902
Sanderson, Brother and Sister [A. J.] NP February 16, 1902 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 715-716; OHC 108; MM 31-32, 189. + Dear Brother and Sister Sanderson,—
We should all have been pleased to see the reformation so essential take place while you were in the Sanitarium. Why did you leave? We knew that the time had come for decided changes to be made. We felt deeply over this matter. How I longed to see you both unite in the work of making straight paths for your feet while you were in the Sanitarium, that the lame might not be turned out of the way!
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 1)
Your course in leaving the Sanitarium makes me very, very sad. But perhaps it is the best thing, because you were unable to understand the work that must be accomplished. You have been asleep, asleep. Sanitariums are places in which men must work with skill and quickened, vital energy. In these institutions are souls who, properly labored for, would be saved. But in the St. Helena Sanitarium the evening after the Sabbath has often been devoted to an entertainment or some gathering for pleasure that counteracted all the favorable influences made during the day.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 2)
I have a message from God for both of you. He calls upon you to humble your hearts before Him. Brother Sanderson, so long as you take the position that you are a complete whole, that in mind and in talent you are fully competent to carry forward the medical missionary work by yourself independently of others, and that you have sufficient judgment and wisdom to stand alone at the head of an institution, just so long you show that you are deceived, and that you are placing upon yourself a false estimate. Few men in the world have so much confidence in self as you have. If cherished, your self-confidence will ever cripple your usefulness. Unless you crucify self, you will never become complete in Christ, and deficiency will ever be apparent in your work.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 3)
My brother, you are not to feel that you should occupy the highest position of responsibility. Concerning the gifts of the Spirit, Paul writes: “And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry (the physician’s work is in the highest sense a work of ministry), for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:11-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 4)
Brother Sanderson, it is because you have false, erratic notions, unsanctioned by God’s Word, that you think you cannot work by the side of another physician. You still have much to learn concerning what is comprehended in the science of true Christianity. It is not because of talent or high position that God values you. You are valued in His sight only when, although you are unworthy, Christ covers you with the robe of His righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 5)
The Lord has revealed to me that with you should long ago have been connected a helper whom you would have respected, one whom you would have regarded as being fully your equal in talent, one who had gifts differing from your special gifts and who could have made up for your deficiencies. Your special tact and your skill in practical work is of great value. But your talent of communication is defective. And you have so little talent for educating students that you cannot properly do the work which should be done to keep the standard elevated. This is one of the reasons presented to me as making it advisable for you to be associated with other experienced physicians. You need to be awakened out of sleep, and placed where you can be gaining new thoughts, new methods.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 6)
Sister Sanderson, you have reason for the greatest thankfulness that the Lord has presented before you and your husband your dangers. My sister, you have already lost many years during which you should have been gaining an experience in the Christian life. We have but a few more years in which to give proof whether we will choose the Man Christ Jesus for our King; or Barabbas, a robber and a murderer. You are making your choice. Shall Barabbas be your king? or will you choose Christ? You have power of will. Whether you will sanctify your will-power to God or not, is a question that you have not yet decided.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 7)
Christ invites you, my sister, to come to Him. If you choose to accept His invitation, He will receive you. I beseech you to yield without delay. It is not too late for Him to pardon you. But your soul has become hardened. Like Pharaoh, every invitation you refuse to accept hardens your heart and causes you to resist further invitations. God loves your soul, but He does not commend your spirit, your unsanctified mind, your faulty character. Oh, He expects of you something better than this!
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 8)
My sister, I am studying how to reach you. No longer refuse the cross of Christ. Create not by your own perverse course an atmosphere about you that will hinder you in making spiritual progress, and will result in eternal loss. Procrastinate no longer. You have long been familiar with the truth, and yet you have not obeyed it or received the commendation that comes to all who obey. If you and your husband had listened to the lessons of the Great Teacher, given in His Word, how different your case would be in His sight today! Bear in mind that your irreligious life will not only confuse the understanding and lessen the faith and courage of your husband, but unless your character undergoes a re-formation, your course of action will have a destructive influence on many more, leading them into false paths.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 9)
Brother and sister Sanderson, in the name of the Lord I ask you to remember that unless your sentiments regarding the science of mind-cure are changed, unless you both understand that you are in decided need of having your own minds converted and transformed, you will be stumbling blocks—pitiful spectacles to angels and to men.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 10)
The truth has had but little influence over you. It is dangerous for any one, no matter how good a man he is, to endeavor to influence another human mind to come under the control of his mind. Let me tell you that the mind-cure is a satanic science. Already you have gone far enough in it to endanger seriously your future experience. From its very first entrance into your mind until the present time, it has been a most injurious growth. Unless you can see that Satan is the master-mind who has devised this science, it will not be so easy a matter as you suppose to separate from it, root and branch. The whole philosophy of this science is a masterpiece of satanic deception. For your souls’ sakes, cut loose from everything of this order. Every time you put into the mind of another person ideas concerning this science, that you may gain control of his mind, you are on Satan’s ground, decidedly co-operating with him. For your souls’ sakes, break loose from this snare of the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 11)
Neither one of you should study the science in which you have been interested. To study this science is to pluck the fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. God forbids you or any other mortal to learn or to teach such a science. The fact that you have had anything to do with this science, ought alone to be sufficient to show you, brother Sanderson, the inconsistency of your being the leading physician in the Sanitarium. You and your wife should now begin to learn the first lessons of meekness and lowliness of heart. If you do this, your characters will be transformed, and you will be Christians whose light will shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. Then you will be taking part with Jesus Christ in medical missionary work, and will reach a higher and still higher standard. He does not desire us to stop short of attaining perfection.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 12)
The prayer that Christ has given us, that the will of God shall be done in earth as it is in heaven, is to be answered. Wonderful is this prayer, which we are to offer to God, and then fulfil in the daily life! The science of holiness, the ethics that the gospel inculcates, acknowledges no standard but the perfection of God’s mind, God’s will. It is the character and mind of Christ which, by conversion and transformation, men are to receive. Through His Son, God has revealed the excellency to which man is capable of attaining. And before the world God is developing us as living witnesses of what man may become through the grace of Christ. Oh, why do so many grieve the heart of Infinite Love?
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 13)
In dealing with the science of mind-cure, you have been eating of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, which God has forbidden you to touch. It is now high time for you to begin to look to Jesus, and by beholding His character become changed into the divine likeness.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 14)
Cut away from yourselves everything that savors of hypnotism—the science by which satanic agencies work. I do desire to see you plunge by faith into the fountain prepared for every repentant sinner, that you may be cleansed and made white. I beseech of you, my brother, my sister, for whom Christ has died, that you accept His character. Do not lose this opportunity. I want you to come into the closest fellowship with God’s servants.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 15)
I urge you, my brother, to make diligent work for the salvation of your soul. If I had not been so faint on account of the impure air, I should have spoken these words to you at the Board meeting in San Francisco. I had much to say and an intense longing of soul to see you come to the tree of life, the Word of God, and eat of its leaves, which are for the healing of the nations. Make haste! Make a break! Quickly, decidedly step off Satan’s ground. Renew your covenant with God by sacrifice.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 16)
Just now you have an opportunity to turn square about. Do not wait one moment for your wife. Her only hope is to break away from the power of satanic agencies, and to yield her will and way to God’s will and way. Jesus invites her to become a child of God, and an heir of the heavenly kingdom; but if she wills to do so, she can choose to stand in her own garments of self-righteousness, as did the man who came in his own garments to the wedding feast. If she wills to do so, she can choose to be covered with the garment of Christ’s righteousness. But her will so often stands in the way. She wills to remain on Satan’s side of the question. I am so sorry. Day after day I carry the burden of her case to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 17)
God permits every person to exercise his individuality. No human mind should be submerged in another human mind. But the invitation has been given, “Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 2:5.] Each person is to stand before God with an individual faith, an individual experience, knowing for himself that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. For us to imitate the example of any man—even a person who in our human judgment we might regard as nearly perfect in character—would be to put our trust in an imperfect, defective human being, who is unable to impart one jot or tittle of perfection to any other human being.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 18)
As our pattern we have One who is all and in all, the Chiefest among ten thousand, One whose excellency is beyond comparison. What saith the Divine Teacher? “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] Would Christ tantalize us by requiring of us an impossibility? Never, never! What an honor He confers upon us, in urging us to be holy in our sphere, as the Father is holy in His sphere! And through His power we are able to do this; for He declares, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] This unlimited power it is your privilege and mine to claim.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 19)
Remember that Satan has come down with great power to take possession of minds and to hold them captive under his sway. Neither of you can do anything acceptably to God, unless you follow the Saviour, who says, “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Matthew 16:24.] In all things Christ is our example.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 20)
We are to have a continual realization of Christ’s presence. In our life we may exemplify His life. He graciously adapted His life so that it could be of universal imitation. United in Christ were wealth and poverty; majesty and abasement; unlimited power, and the meekness and lowliness which characterized His every action and which all should strive to imitate. In Him the wisdom of the greatest Teacher the world has ever known was united with the human mind. Men who desire to be transformed into the divine image are not to look to men for wisdom, but to God. What honor Christ confers upon us! By yoking up with Him, and learning of Him, we become like Him in aspirations, in fragrance of character, in meekness and lowliness of heart, and are permitted to take part with Him in ascribing praise and honor and glory to God as supreme. True believers will join the heavenly musicians in sweet accord in singing songs of praise to God and to the Lamb.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 21)
My heart aches as I consider how the St. Helena Sanitarium has been managed. It is not the great number who patronize a sanitarium, that gives evidence of its prosperity. There would be very little need for sanitariums, if the work done in them reached no higher standard than the standard reached by the work which you and your associates have done in this institution. In your parlor lectures and in your helpers’ meetings, have you had a burden to bring before patients and helpers the precious truths of health reform? During your administration you have had many opportunities for doing this. Very few persons, however, have been converted. The spiritual atmosphere in the Sanitarium has not been such as to bring heaven and heavenly things before the minds of the patients, who so much need a knowledge of spiritual things.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 22)
I cannot express the grief that fills my soul as I think of the opportunities that have been neglected by those who have borne responsibilities in this institution. Tender words of sympathy go a long way toward the recovery of patients. You should have presented to them the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the wounds that sin has made. You should have pointed them to Christ’s words, which He declares are spirit and life. When proper methods of labor are followed, much prejudice is removed.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 23)
Dr. Sanderson, if you and your wife had realized the responsibility resting on you, you would have done a work that would have caused the heavenly angels to rejoice. “In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not: and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:16, 17.] All heaven is interested in the great work that ought to be done in our sanitariums, but which sometimes is not done.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 24)
We do not ask you to connect again with the St. Helena Sanitarium until you are both thoroughly converted. Otherwise, it would be in vain for you to connect with this institution. In your present state of mind neither of you is prepared to deal with the souls as well as the bodies of suffering humanity. If you had chosen to do so, you could have heeded the light given you and walked in the way of the Lord, and His blessing would have rested upon you because you consented to do His will. The Lord does not expect impossibilities of either of you.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 25)
*****
Every medical practitioner, whether he acknowledges it or not, is responsible for the souls as well as the bodies of his patients. The Lord expects of us much more than we often do for Him. Every physician should be a devoted, intelligent, gospel medical missionary, familiar with heaven’s remedy for the sin-sick soul as well as with the science of healing bodily disease. Coming, as he does, in daily contact with disease and death, his mind should be filled with a knowledge of the Scriptures, that from this treasure-house he may draw words of consolation and hope, and drop them as good seed into hearts ready to receive them. He should encourage the dying to trust in Christ as the sin-pardoning Saviour and should prepare them to meet their Lord in peace. Physicians need a double portion of religion. Of men in any calling, physicians are most in need of clearness of mind, purity of spirit, and that faith which works by love and purifies the soul, that they may make the right impression upon all who come within the sphere of their influence. The physician should not only give as much physical relief as possible to those who are soon to lie in the grave, but he should also relieve their burdened souls. Present before them the uplifted Saviour. Let them behold the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 26)
The physician who proves himself worthy of being placed as leading physician in a sanitarium will do a grand work. But his work in religious lines should ever be of such a nature that the divine Antidote for the relief of sin-burdened souls will be presented before the patients. All physicians should understand that such work should be done with tenderness and wisdom. In our institutions where mental patients are brought for treatment, the comforting words of truth spoken to the afflicted one will often be the means of soothing the mind and restoring peace to the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 27)
When the leading physician passes by the spiritual part of the work, he is remiss in his duty and gives a wrong example to the younger helpers who are learning to do the work of a Christian physician. These students neglect a part of the work that is most essential. This, I greatly fear, will result in a loss that can never be remedied.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 28)
Those who understand the science of Christianity have a personal religious experience. He who acts as a guardian of the health of the body should have tact to work for the salvation of the soul. Until the Saviour is indeed the saviour of his own soul, the physician will not know how to respond to the question, “What shall I do to be saved?” Oh, what a field for missionary work our sanitariums are! These opportunities for saving both body and soul must be improved.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 29)
Medical missionary work is supposed to be done in every one of our institutions established for the treatment of disease. Is it neglected? Do you who claim to be physicians, care for the salvation of suffering humanity? Have you forgotten your responsibility before God? The gospel ministry is to blend with the medical missionary work. Persons relieved of physical suffering are prepared for the presentation of the religion of Jesus Christ. The Great Physician is ready to receive all who come to Him. In order to awaken souls to eternal realities, we should strive to give them spiritual health as well as relief from physical suffering.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 30)
What an opportunity the consecrated physician has to show a Christlike interest in the patients under his care! It is his privilege to speak encouragingly to them and bow at their bedside to offer a few words of prayer. To stand by the sick-bed and have nothing to say is a sad mistake. Let the physician make his mind a store-house full of fresh thoughts. Let him learn to repeat the comforting words that Christ spoke during His earthly ministry when giving His lessons and healing the sick. Let him speak words of hope and confidence in God. A genuine interest will be manifested. The precious words of Scripture that the Holy Spirit fixes in the memory will win hearts to Jesus, their Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 20, 1902, 31)
Lt 21, 1902
Daniells, A. G.; Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 16, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CM 20; 11MR 354-356; 5Bio 147. Dear brethren Daniells and Palmer,—
I thank the Lord that I am improving in health. But the continual care of answering letters that need to be answered with the greatest discretion is a strain on my nerves. Frequently I am unable to sleep past eleven o’clock p.m. Last night was a hard night for me, I could not sleep after eleven.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 1)
Many important questions come up for decision from day to day. My book work is far behind. Since we came to America, W. C. White and I have devoted most of our time to attending important meetings in California and other places, so that my book work has been left without our help. It is now in need of diligent, faithful, concentrated effort, in order for it to produce fruit. I cannot do much; for I am not strong. During the past sixteen months, I have done the work that properly belongs to three years.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 2)
I have just read a few pages of the book on education. I feel that W. C. White and I should now give our time to preparing my books for publication. We have been in America a year and four months, but to a great extent my workers have been deprived of our help in getting the books ready for the press. We have been called from place to place. We shall now change the program. We shall take up another line of work, a line more important than attending meetings. The burden of my book work must not again be laid down as it has been.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 3)
The royalty on my books comes in driblets. The largest sum reported for sometime has just come in a letter from Brother Conradi. He says that I have a royalty credit of over one thousand dollars. Brother Conradi wishes to use a portion of it in the educational work in Europe, but I think Object Lessons should be sufficient for the educational work. I shall use part of the money in the translation of my books, and I think I shall be compelled to use the remainder elsewhere. But we shall consider the matter carefully and prayerfully, that we may move in the counsel of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 4)
I feel very grateful to my heavenly Father that He has heard the prayers offered in my behalf. I am not in the least discouraged. But I feel very sorry that the books which should be finding ready sale are lying on the office shelves. These books contain the light that the people need. May the Lord move upon many of our young men to enter the canvassing field as canvassing-evangelists. By the canvassing work the truth is presented to thousands that otherwise would not hear it. Our time for work is short. Many, very many, need the “quickly” in them, to lead them to arouse and go to work. The Lord calls for workers just now.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 5)
We need to feel the vivifying influence of the Holy Spirit as the disciples felt it on the day of Pentecost. Of their experience at that time, we read: “And when they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word of God with boldness. And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul; neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own.” Selfishness was expelled from the heart. “And with great power gave the apostle witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus; and great grace was upon them all.” [Acts 4:31-33.]
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 6)
Why is there not a more diligent seeking of the Lord, that hundreds may be filled with the Holy Spirit, and may go forth to proclaim the truth, “the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following?” [Mark 16:20.] Our commission is to let the light shine forth everywhere from the press. By the printed page, the light reaches the isolated ones who have no opportunity to hear the living preachers. This is most blessed missionary work. Canvassers can be the Lord’s helping hand, opening doors for the entrance of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 7)
“Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; and he shall send Jesus, which before was preached unto you.” [Acts 3:19, 20.] This is the message we are to proclaim. Talk it, pray it, live it! This great work should without delay be entered upon by hundreds in our churches. The softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit should be felt on our hearts and seen in our lives.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 8)
Our faith is small. We need more earnestness in prayer. A heaven full of blessings awaits our demand. These blessings will be given in answer to the fervent, effectual prayer that asks with an earnestness that will not be denied. The firm hold of a wrestling Jacob is called for now. The holding power of unquestioning faith needs to come into the lives of God’s people. God’s work needs men who will say, “I will not let thee go except thou bless me.” [Genesis 32:26.] It needs men who will consecrate themselves unreservedly to God. Genuine, earnest faith will prepare the heart for the reception of God’s power.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 9)
Is it true that the end of all things is at hand? What mean the awful calamities by sea—vessels shipwrecked and lives hurled into eternity without a moment’s warning? What mean the awful accidents by land—fire consuming the riches men have hoarded, much of which has been accumulated by oppression of the poor? The Lord will not interfere to protect the property of those who transgress His law, break His covenant, and trample upon His Sabbath, accepting in its place a spurious rest day. As Nebuchadnezzar set up an image in the plains of Dura, and commanded all to bow before it, so this false sabbath has been exalted before the world, and men are commanded to keep it holy. But it has not a vestige of sanctity. Nowhere in God’s Word are we commanded to reverence the first day of the week.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 10)
Thus men will continue to disobey their Maker. And the plagues of God are already falling upon the earth, sweeping away costly structures as if by a breath of fire from heaven. Will not these judgments bring professing Christians to their senses? God permits them to come that the world may take heed, that sinners may be afraid and tremble before him.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 11)
“Curse ye Meroz, said the angel of the Lord, curse ye bitterly the inhabitants thereof; because they came not to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [Judges 5:23.] Let the indifferent ones arouse and do their part in the work of the Lord, lest this curse be spoken against them. Let all who can, give themselves to the long-neglected work in our cities, a work that has been looked at and then passed by on the other side, as the wounded man was passed by by the priest and Levite. Take up the work in the cities, whole-heartedly, intelligently, unselfishly. I am instructed to encourage decided efforts to secure helping hands to do missionary work, to give Bible instruction, and to sell the books containing present truth. Thus skilful work may be done in hunting and fishing for souls. Young men, your help is called for. Make a covenant with God by sacrifice. Take hold of His work. He is your sufficiency. “Be strong, yea, be strong.” [Daniel 10:19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 12)
Not only men, but women can enter the canvassing field. And canvassers are to go out two by two. This is the Lord’s plan.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 13)
My brethren, will you use the talent of speech in earnest persuasion to lead our people to see the importance of the work? We must arouse the zeal and earnestness of the canvassing agents, calling on them to take the light into the dark places of the earth. There is no release for any who have talents and capabilities. They are required to be the Lord’s instruments, required to co-operate with the Lord Jesus in shedding the light of heaven into this sin-darkened world.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 14)
To secure your present and future good, Christ gave Himself as a sacrifice. Will you draw back from making a covenant with God by sacrifice? Christ died on the cross to save the world from perishing in sin. He asks your co-operation in his work of soul-saving. You are to be His helping hand, to do the work that needs to be done, to place the truth before as many as possible. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 15)
“We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Lay hold of His work with clean hands, a pure heart, and holy, consecrated endeavor. Press forward to gain the triumphs of the cross of Christ. Are you not striving for a crown of immortality, for a life that measures with the life of God? Oh, put your whole heart into the work. Let nothing cause your zeal to flag.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 16)
Let us press forward unitedly to the help of the Lord, all of one heart and of one mind. Let us not depend on human wisdom. Let us not lean on man. Look beyond human beings to the One appointed by God to carry our griefs and sorrows and to supply our necessities. Taking God at His word, move forward with steadfast, persevering faith. Christ’s Presence and His Word, “Lo, I am with you alway,” is our wisdom and righteousness. [Matthew 28:20.] It is the living Presence that makes the living Word. The kingdom comes to us, not in word only, but in power. It is unwavering faith in Christ’s Presence that gives power.
(17LtMs, Lt 21, 1902, 17)
Lt 22, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 333, 336; 5MR 216; 5Bio 144-145. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
We are home again, and I feel so thankful. You know how I dreaded taking the northern route at that time of the year, when storms are so frequent, and trains are likely to be snowed in. We hoped against hope that when we reached Chicago we should be able to secure a drawing-room for my use.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 1)
For awhile after leaving Nashville for Chicago, we found the road very rough. The train jerked and jolted. They put me in my berth as soon as possible, and Sara gave me treatment—a witch-hazel rub—and then, although the jerking and pounding went on, I slept well. On reaching Chicago, we found an automobile waiting to take us to the Sanitarium. From the train I got into a wheelchair, and two young men carried the chair down the steps as carefully as if I were their mother. I could not have been treated more kindly by my sons than I was by these young men.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 2)
I was much exhausted when I reached the Sanitarium. Dr. Paulson was very tender of me and gave me an earnest scolding for leaving California at this time of the year. I took it, thinking I might deserve it. He told the truth from his standpoint and my own. He was thoroughly indignant to think that the brethren had had no more mercy on me. “Why,” he said, “I wonder that you are alive. We have too much interest in you and your work to want to bury you. We want your life to be spared.”
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 3)
He was certainly very much aroused as he saw my feebleness. He talked as if he could not be reconciled to what I had done. I told him that I might have made a mistake. “Yes,” he said, “I am sure of it. You will lose your life if you venture to travel at this season of the year. Circumstances will occur that you cannot control. The Lord wants no such presumptuous movements. Your life is too precious to be thrown away in this manner.”
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 4)
We rested for several hours at the Sanitarium. I took some treatment. In the afternoon the automobile took us to the station. Willie had secured good accommodations. The cars moved as noiselessly as a person walking with slippered feet across a carpeted room.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 5)
Feb. 2
I am improving somewhat in health. How good it is to be at home, with the long-dreaded journey in the past.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 6)
Feb. 4
I am improving in health, but am still weak. I can get little exercise, for I am not strong enough to walk much. I ride out whenever the sun shines. The day we reached home, Sara went to Oakland to help her sister and her niece in their emergency. She herself was sick nearly all the time she was there. Her throat and mouth were very sore. Somewhere she had inhaled poison. But though she could not do much herself, her presence was a comfort and her knowledge and experience a great help. I missed her ever so much.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 7)
Yesterday morning I could not sleep after one o’clock. I began coughing. I thought that Dr. Kellogg was sleeping in the bedroom under my room, and fearing to disturb him, I got up quietly and went to my office. In this room there is a lounge, and after taking a sponge-bath, and dressing, I lay down and slept from three till six. I was thankful for this blessing. But I felt weak all day.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 8)
In the afternoon I had a conversation with Dr. Kellogg. I spoke very plainly in regard to the work and how it should be carried on.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 9)
Dr. Kellogg has been visiting the Sanitariums in Colorado and Nebraska. He spoke two or three times in San Francisco, where an important meeting is in session.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 10)
W. C. White spent two or three days at the meeting in San Francisco. But he came home a week ago, feeling that his family needed his help in moving into their new house. Besides the rooms occupied by Willie’s family, there will be room enough in the house for three or four families. I think four married couples are to have rooms there. Two of them have no children, and the other two have one child each. These people work in the bakery, and it is very convenient for them to have rooms so near their work. Mr. and Mrs Boeker will have rooms in Willie’s house. Mr. Boeker is the manager of the Food Company.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 11)
I am so glad that Willie’s family is settled. It is not pleasant for them to be broken up as they have been. Willie left for San Francisco again on Wednesday, and returned to St. Helena Friday evening with Dr. Kellogg.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 12)
I am sorry you have made your home in the office. I do not like this. I fear for your health. I wish you had a home separate from the office. But if it pleases Emma best to have rooms in the office, I have nothing to say. It would kill me to live in that part of Nashville. Emma’s health must be carefully guarded.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 13)
My son, at times I am troubled about you. It may be for your present and eternal good for you not to have your own way. But you do not always take advice kindly when your way is crossed. At times your indignation is aroused. You need at this time to be under the special grace of the Holy Spirit. You are in danger of being impulsive, in danger of saying and doing that which hurts your influence. This you cannot afford to do. There is too much at stake. If you expect your brethren to have confidence in you, you must work carefully and circumspectly. You cannot always safely carry out your own wishes or follow your own will. You need an experienced counsellor. I would be much pleased if Brother Rogers were with you. He is a man of good judgment.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 14)
You are in danger of using money unwisely, of investing it in enterprises that will not always bear close investigation. Again and again God has helped you. And in many ways the scarcity of means from which you have suffered has been a blessing to you. But the lessons you ought to have learned years ago you did not learn. The apparent advantages to be derived from your plans were to you as the mirage in the desert is to the traveler. Though the prospect was flattering, the reality brought failure and disappointment.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 15)
One thing you must do if you desire the peace of God. You must follow the light God has given you in the warnings and reproofs He has sent you. The Lord is earnestly striving to keep you steadfast and immovable, always abounding in His work. This is the will of God concerning you, even your sanctification. So long as you keep hold of the hand of God, heeding the instruction you have received to devote yourself to the ministry of the Word and to the preparation of books for the press, thus laboring with pen and voice for the conversion of souls, the Lord will be with you.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 16)
I desire every jot of your influence to be refined, purified, sanctified. I want you to be constantly preparing for entrance to the heavenly courts. Daily my heart goes out in prayer for you, that you may put on Christ. I have never given you the least encouragement in your boat-building. After I said what I did in the Review and Herald Chapel in condemnation of the course some had followed, what kind of an impression would be made upon minds of our people if you should speak of all you do as having your mother’s sanction?
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 17)
My son, will you take hold of the ministerial work and the work of preparing books as God desires you to do? Give this question careful, candid consideration. If you put your heart into this missionary work, it will be all the burden you ought to carry. I have been shown that if you and Brother Palmer undertake to carry on the manufacture of health foods, it will be altogether inconsistent with your missionary work. From the way in which matters have been opened before me, should you take up this work, you would be engaging in a work that would disqualify you for engaging in lines of work more decidedly spiritual, which are now the most important. There are others who can carry this line of work. If the Southern Union Conference desires to take it up, well. If it chooses men who have ability to handle it successfully, great blessing will result. But strict economy will have to be practiced in order to make this business a success.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 18)
To every man is given his work. And God has given both you and Brother Palmer a work to do. Your lines of work differ somewhat, but each is of weighty importance. You should not covet any more responsibilities than you can carry, and at the same time keep the love of Christ dwelling in the heart and expressed in the life. Both you and Brother Palmer have all the work you can carry and keep your souls fresh in the grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 19)
If the Lord were to bid you take up the manufacture and sale of health foods, He would sustain you. But you would have uphill work. You would meet trials and criticisms that you are ill-prepared to meet. Your nervous system has been overstrained. This brings weakness of judgment and a feeling of nervous hurry.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 20)
Pray, O pray, and watch unto prayer. Keep out of all controversy. The Lord desires you to show that you are not standing on the side of controversy.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 21)
I am instructed to say to you that you are both in danger of using God’s property—your physical strength—recklessly. Neither of you is in perfect health. You should strive with the greatest solicitude to keep the machinery of the body in the best working order. You should take time to consider, time to pray, time to exercise faith. You should keep a strict guard over yourselves, being careful not to overtax the nervous system by taking too many responsibilities. If you gather to yourselves more burdens than you can carry, you will meet with decided failure. Not only will your spiritual experience be endangered; your physical health will be impaired.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 22)
My son, the light given me is that Brother Palmer is in danger of being influenced by you in too many ways. Brother Palmer has been reckless in the expenditure of means. At one time he entered into business that was not of a kind to give him the experience essential for his present and eternal good. At that time he had plenty of money, and he did his soul great harm by spending this money lavishly in company with his associates. He desired to appear liberal, and money slipped through his fingers. This experience was an injury to him. His enterprises for making money did not fulfil his expectations. Some who were associated with him were terribly disappointed. All this hurt his experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 23)
After you and Brother Palmer have been for some time separated, the Lord has brought you together again, that you may be a help to one another. But I am afraid for you both. Be sure that your words are right words. Do not become careless in regard to the influence you exert over each other and the impressions you make on each other. You must each guard carefully against standing in each other’s way. God desires you both to work earnestly to help yourselves and each other. You are His property. He has full right to direct and order your course of action. If you plan unwisely in regard to the use you make of the powers Christ has entrusted to you, you forfeit rich privileges and deprive yourselves of the advantages that Christ is able and willing to give to those who serve Him in truth. Thus you serve the enemy, and in so doing you cast a shadow over your fellow beings.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 24)
You have been chosen by God as missionaries. But you are both in danger. My son, the Lord desires you to guard your weak points of character. Let your words be wise and well chosen. Redeem the time. Brother Palmer is in danger in his association with business men of the world. You both need to remember that you are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 25)
Men are watching you, to see the effect of your faith and religion. Some, seeing that you are industrious and enterprising, will suppose that you are sharp, keen business men. But they do not understand your weaknesses. Others will say, They are ambitious, scheming men. If you show that you are men of prayer, men of self-control, patient, kind, unhurried in speech, those with whom you are brought in contact will see that your religion is a reality.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 26)
In His prayer for His disciples, Christ utters words that need not be misunderstood or misinterpreted. He said: “I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth. As thou has sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:15-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 27)
A most solemn responsibility rests on me to say to you, Your only hope is in God. Before giving us the baptism of the Holy Spirit, our heavenly Father will try us, to see if we can live without dishonoring Him. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Do not think, my children, that you have received all the spiritual help you need. And do not think that you can have great spiritual blessings without complying with the conditions God Himself has laid down. James and John thought that for the asking, they could have the highest place in the kingdom of God. Oh, how far short they fell of understanding the situation! They did not realize that before they could share Christ’s glory, they must wear His yoke and daily learn His meekness and lowliness.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 28)
The Lord will save to the uttermost all who come to Him. But His law is to be obeyed and honored, not regarded indifferently. Those who strive for the crown of eternal life have a race to run and battles to fight. The cross comes before the crown. All who gain rest will learn by experience that Christ’s yoke is easy and His burden light. Learn of Christ. Thus you will find rest to your souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 29)
The Lord has repeatedly told you, Edson, that He has laid upon you the burden of opening the Word of God to your fellow men. In the humble and intelligent performance of this work is the assurance of acceptance with God. His Word is, “Go, ... teach all nations;” and to the command is added the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] The Lord requires of us nothing that He does not give us power to perform. The disciples obeyed the command to bear witness for Christ, and of their experience we read: “They went forth and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:20.] To you as well as to the disciples these words may be spoken.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 30)
My children, whom I love in the Lord, I ask you to consider the words I have written. My son, you are not above temptation. You need to dedicate yourself unreservedly to God. The Lord through your mother has encouraged you. But by indiscreet moves you can put a blight on it all. Remember that your danger lies in mingling with the ministerial work that which should not be mingled with it. Put no yoke on your own neck, and refuse to let any other human being put a yoke on you or bind you with cords that will keep you from doing the grand, sacred work that God has entrusted to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 31)
Temptations will come to you, but do not fail to give full proof of your ministry, showing that you realize that you have been appointed to do the work of Christ in our world. Keep your soul from any defilement. Sinners are to be saved, not alone by the preaching of the Word, but by the lives revealing the power of the grace Christ longs to bestow on all. We are to represent Christ as Christ represented the Father. Do you, my son, realize that you are to work the works of Christ and live His life?
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 32)
God has given Brother Palmer another , and his eternal interests depend on the course he shall pursue. Conformity to the will of God is his only safety. And in this matter much depends, my son, on the course you pursue, on your spirit, your words, your actions, your religious experience. You can be either a help or a hindrance to Brother Palmer. Remember that the Lord has associated Brother Palmer with you that you may be a help to him and that he may be a help to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 33)
My son, live very near the mercy seat. Then by the grace of Christ you will be enabled to reflect the precious light of His example. Let no thought or murmuring enter your mind because you are restrained from gathering so many responsibilities that you would have no time to pray, no time to gain strength to reveal the likeness of Christ—the way, the truth, and the life; the fountain, the source, of all refreshing, invigorating influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 22, 1902, 34)
Lt 22a, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 11, 1902 Previously unpublished. + My dear children Edson and Emma,—
I cannot sleep after half past eleven P.M. I have not yet regained my strength. I have begun several letters to you and have had to leave them partially completed. I shall try to finish this letter so that you will get something from me soon. I thank you for writing so faithfully. What you wrote regarding the purchase of the property in Hildebran pleased both W. C. White and your mother. It is in accordance with what I have written regarding the way in which the work should be carried on, the way in which it will be carried on when all the workers labor in harmony.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 1)
Well, I have just had fifteen minutes’ sleep, and I feel better. I fell asleep while I was writing.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 2)
I have something to say to you, Edson. I love you as a mother only can love a son. If you knew how it grieves me to hear you speak as you do sometimes, before Brother Palmer, about your brother, expressing yourself freely in disparaging criticisms, I know you would change. Frank Belden and many others have heard the words you have spoken against W. C. White. These words have exerted a wrong influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 3)
I know W. C. White better than do you or any one else. I know that your feelings are not just, that they are not reconcilable with Christian principles. I know how the Lord regards your brother and his work. W. C. W. tries to be as true to the Lord’s work as the compass to the pole. He may err in judgment. But it is not right, it is unchristian, for one to express himself unfavorably regarding his brother.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 4)
I must ask you to leave unsaid things that you imagine are true regarding your brother. Many times they are not as you represent them. I know what you do not know. To my certain knowledge, W. C. White has again and again tried to help you financially, when he himself was in great need of means. And I know that he has placed himself in any position of sacrifice to help the cause of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 5)
I am deeply pained when I read letters from your hand speaking lightly of your brother and criticizing positions he has taken. You are in the habit of speaking hastily. For you to have so little control over your words makes me question your spiritual safety.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 6)
The letter Frank Belden wrote was unjust, unfair, and impudent. And he wanted you to know its contents, to show you that he dared to speak to W. C. White as he supposed he deserved.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 7)
These things come up before me in the night, and once awakened, I cannot sleep again.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 8)
You well know that there have been mistakes in your life. Can you be surprised if there are fears that you are in danger, that you will make mistakes which will cause your brethren to lose confidence in you? I am in fear and trembling lest you shall make unwise moves, which will cause others to be tempted. By these moves your hopes will be disappointed; but that is not the worst. Those who have been watching you for some time will find occasion to represent you in a most unfavorable light. Then you will expect your mother to come to your help. And even if the Lord should present things to me to vindicate your case, as He has done, you know that it places me where the enemy can and will tempt souls to lose confidence in the light God desires His people to accept.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 9)
The light God has given me is most sacred. It must not be overdrawn in any wise to sustain you before the Conference. If the people get the idea that your mother’s testimony—claimed to be from God—sustains the movements you have made and shall make, nothing will so strengthen doubt, and throw a cloud over the testimonies God has given to warn and correct His people; for it does not appear, as they regard the matter, to be like the work of the Lord. From time to time the Lord has given you encouragement. For this reason you should be careful of your speech and wise unto righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 10)
Your freedom and blessing in the gospel ministry will be a safeguard to you. When you present the Word of God to the people, you feel the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. Then you witness to the truth, giving it power.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 11)
I beg of you not to engage in boat-making, or in any other business that the Lord has not called you to; for such a course will hedge up your way. It will cause reflections to be cast on you, and these reflections do not sweeten your disposition. The Lord desires you to abstain from even the appearance of evil. He will bless you in doing His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 12)
For you to be a minister of the Word of God, it is necessary for you to make the Lord Jesus your daily strength, your all and in all. You and those connected with you in the work are to be as far as possible above criticism. You are to give evidence that you are worked by the Holy Spirit. I have felt it a positive necessity to use every means in my power to preserve a pure, spiritual atmosphere in my home. You have an opportunity to exert a precious, holy influence in your home, an influence that will be the gospel preached as well as practiced.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 13)
From the light given me by the Lord, I know that you must guard against becoming overworked. Be as regular as possible at your meals, and avoid eating food that your stomach cannot take care of. You are not to make perplexity for yourself by gathering to yourself extra responsibilities. I have been instructed to give you a message of warning that at times you are greatly overtaxed. You need to guard against doing double labor without taking sufficient time for rest. You place yourself under too many burdens and overdraw on your store of strength, consuming more than you produce until nature will no longer bear the abuse placed upon her. Nervous prostration cripples the energies. The nerves and muscles will not obey, and you worry because you cannot do that which you desire to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 14)
Brother Palmer is in the same danger that I have been shown you are in. You can both accomplish a large amount of valuable service if you will be faithful stewards over yourselves, if you will practice self-control by shortening the hours of labor and lengthening the hours of rest. Educate yourselves to work without rushing.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 15)
Day by day we are to be preparing for the better country. We are to dig deep and lay a sure foundation.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 16)
My son, I want you and your brother to blend together. You are not alike in temperament, but nevertheless you should harmonize. You and W. C. White can help me more by your words and deportment, by your Christian love and unity, than any one else. And disagreements between you will have a hundredfold more influence for harm than if you had no connection with me. I do hope that you will see the necessity of walking and working carefully, giving no occasion for your good to be evil spoken of. I want you both to stand in strict obedience to the Word of God, so that the enemy may not obtain any advantage over you. You must be one in mind and judgment. Do not think that you honor God by keeping as far apart as possible. Even though you both have to give up your own way, you are to be in harmony. Thus you will exert a strong influence for good. You and your brother are to respect each other. You will be tempted to disagree, for you differ in temperament. But if you will deal uprightly and carefully with each other, taking pains to help each other, God will bless you both.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 17)
Your words should be strictly guarded. Keep the tongue under perfect control. Oh, how guarded you should be, not only now and then, but now and always. Never, by uncourteous words, give others occasion to think that you do not regard speaking sharp words as a sin. How terrible it would be to prejudice one soul against one of the Lord’s appointed workmen by sharp words and suspicious suggestions.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 18)
I meant to say this to you when I was with you, but I had not strength, and you had not time. I must now tell you that you need a reformation in mind and heart. Do not put the worst construction on the words and actions of others. “A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches, and loving favor rather than silver and gold.” [Proverbs 22:1.] “Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth.” [John 17:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 19)
In all that you do and say, preserve the dignity and grace of Christ. Do not allow one careless action to pass, even though it is done playfully. Remember that you are to represent the elevation and nobility of heaven. Christ says to you, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 20)
My son, do not speak unadvisedly. When sanctification through the Word of God does its work on your heart, you will be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 21)
My dear children, you are forming characters for the future life. You do have compassion on those who are exposed to temptation. You are readily touched with human woe. You have taken great satisfaction in relieving the necessities of the needy ones brought to your notice, whether these persons were black or white. The Lord knows that your character is not stamped with selfishness in this respect. Your quickness to see what must be done, your readiness to relieve the necessities of those in need of help, your kind words and actions, have opened doors of usefulness, which, had you not fed the hungry and clothed the naked, would have remained closed. Your efforts to uplift, your prayers and entreaties, have been blessed of God. You have come close to those in trouble, and the persuasive influence of your words has drawn many trembling souls to Christ. They have been greatly helped by your personal interest in them, as you have told them of your experience in danger—how, when your feet had well-nigh slipped, the loving Saviour stretched out His hand to save. Your gifts of books, as well as of food and clothing, have won hearts to you, so that your words have not been as idle tales. And you receive your reward by seeing those you have helped place their feet on the Rock of Ages and engage in the work of imparting truth to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 22)
I am drawn out to mention that which is commendable in your experience; but I wish to say at the same time, Do not forget that daily you are to make improvement. The subject may present itself to your mind in this way, “I must be a Christian, because I desire to help others.” But it will not do to take that ground. The desire to help others was born in you and was cultivated in you from your babyhood.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 23)
My son, the Word of God is spirit and life. In obeying His commands, you will have great reward in this life and in the future life. In loving and reverencing Him, you will find constant happiness. You will experience the truth of His promises. You will realize that your Redeemer keeps you by His grace. A realization of how much your salvation cost will lead you to walk and work in humility and meekness. Wearing Christ’s yoke and learning of Him, you will find rest to your soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 24)
You need the influence of the Holy Spirit. You need to realize that every moment you are dependent on the power of Christ. Read carefully the third chapter of James. God’s Word is plain, His requirements clear and forcible. None need to mistake the way. In all of us Christ may be formed, the hope of glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 25)
If it is not possible to reach a state of perfect unity, why has God required it? Paul writes, “Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” God desires the different gifts He has entrusted to His servants to be blended in His work. “For it hath been declared unto me of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. Now this I say, that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ. Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye baptized in the name of Paul?” [1 Corinthians 1:10-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 26)
All are not given the same work to do; for Paul declares, “Christ sent me not to baptize, but to preach the gospel; not with words of wisdom, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect. For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God. For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent.” [Verses 17-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 27)
“I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in everything ye are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you; so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ; who shall confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [Verses 4-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 22a, 1902, 28)
Lt 23, 1902
Palmer, Brother and Sister [W. O.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 257-258. + Dear Brother and Sister Palmer,—
I wish to write you a few words. I am still weak, but my trust is in the Lord, and I shall not worry. I have written a letter to Edson, and have another nearly finished. But it has disappeared. I have looked for it, but cannot find it.
(17LtMs, Lt 23, 1902, 1)
There are many things deeply impressed on my mind. In the night season I am conversing with you and Edson, telling you that at this time there is a great necessity for you to show wisdom, to speak chosen words, to talk with God and place yourselves in his hands, to refuse to move hastily in any matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 23, 1902, 2)
To you and to Edson I desire to say, Please do not use my name as sustaining you in taking an independent course. I advise you both to unite with those who are bearing responsibilities in the Southern Union Conference. Assist them all you possibly can. You can best advance the work in the Southern field by uniting with your brethren in the Conference, by showing them that you do not regard your capabilities as all that is necessary to make the work a success. Let all see that you are gaining spiritual life as you advance step by step.
(17LtMs, Lt 23, 1902, 3)
For you to establish a business for the manufacture of health foods would, I fear, be a great mistake. If the Southern Union Conference wishes to take up this work, let them do it. You will thus be relieved of a heavy responsibility. This you ought not to regret; for from the light I have, I know that you already have all the burdens that you can carry, especially if you carry out the plans you have laid for the publishing work. You have all the responsibilities you can bear and at the same time preserve physical soundness and a calm, restful spirit. Unless you have some seasons of rest, you will become unbalanced in mind, and this would cause the enemy to rejoice. He would be very glad to see you moving indiscreetly.
(17LtMs, Lt 23, 1902, 4)
I am trembling for Edson. I am sure he is passing over the same ground where before he failed to bear the test. Those who have said so much that ought not to be said will make the most of any injudicious movement on his part or on yours. You must both labor unselfishly, showing that you are controlled by the Spirit of an abiding Christ, if you expect your brethren to look upon you as trustworthy men, and if you expect the Lord to work with you.
(17LtMs, Lt 23, 1902, 5)
Lt 24, 1902
White, J. E.; Palmer, W. O. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear brother Palmer and Edson,—
I wish to write you a short letter. I am still physically weak. But I spend the sleepless hours of the night praying the Lord to strengthen me by His healing power and give me a sound mind that I may be able to write and speak the truth He gives me for His people. I believe my prayers will be answered. My trust is in God. I am seeking Him with heart and mind and soul. And He is blessing me. Although I am weak in body, my mind seems clear, and for this blessing I am more grateful than I can express. During the night I have many hours of wakefulness; and oh, how many precious words come to my soul, to comfort, strengthen, and encourage me.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 1)
I am instructed not to become worried in regard to the Southern field, for the Lord is at the helm. He will give His servants grace and wisdom to advise and counsel with those who are in perplexity. Many matters will need to be adjusted, and with some of the things done you will not be pleased because they will cut across your plans. But do not allow the natural feelings to gain the supremacy. Crucify self. One man’s judgment and plans and methods must in no case be urged against the united judgment of men who have been placed as stewards in positions of trust. It is God’s purpose that men entrusted with responsibility are to counsel and pray together in Christian unity. Edson, I am instructed to say to you, Be guarded. Speak only words that God can commend.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 2)
Brother Palmer, in the night season I am talking with you and Edson, presenting the situation before you, and telling you that you should both feel most grateful that something is being done to enlarge and extend the work in the Southern field. Matters are now being reviewed by men of sound judgment. You should praise the Lord that relief has come. Let not one thought of jealousy or envy come into your minds. God has men of His appointment to do His work. In His providence He has selected these men. Blend with them. Do not draw apart from them. Guard carefully against speaking unadvisedly in council meetings or to your workers. The words spoken by you before your workers have not always been wise words. Talk with God far more than you do. Then you will be able to speak wise words to those who are connected with you in the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 3)
Edson, my dear son, now, as never before, you need to understand that you are not to use your mother’s name to sustain all that you shall say or do, because when you were struggling, with few to help you or to take an interest in your work, the Lord spoke encouraging words to you. You can make of none effect the testimonies given me by the Lord if you use them inconsiderately, as, in the representations given me in the night season, you were doing. You do not understand the testimonies if you think that this is the way the Lord desires you to use them. You can do the cause of God and yourself great injury by using the testimonies to vindicate you in all that you have devised. You are not in your words to give the impression that in all things you are following light that the Lord has given your mother.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 4)
In some cases you have interpreted my words to mean what I never meant them to mean. My son, do not, I beseech you, bring in your mother’s name as encouraging you in any course of action contrary to the advice and counsels the Lord has given you in the past. Do not mingle your own spirit with the words that I have tried to speak to you. In my weakness and suffering, I may not have expressed myself plainly. You must not give the impression that your mother vindicates in all things your plans and propositions.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 5)
I address you both: Watch for souls as they that must give an account. This means that you must first take heed to yourselves and to the doctrine. Christ is inviting you, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 6)
My son, you are overworked and worn, and you do not view all things in a correct light. I feel very sorry for you. When your brethren, in exercising their judgment and wisdom in reference to the work to be done in the Southern field, differ from your ideas and plans, you must not think they are doing you an injustice. It would not be pleasing to the Lord for you to have your own way in regard to investing means in the boat-building business. Every dollar of the means you are planning to invest thus is the Lord’s and is to be used to advance His work. You cannot afford to run the risks you ran years ago. If you did expend money unwisely, do not add more to this unwise expenditure.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 7)
God help you to become rested, to sit calmly at the feet of Him who is meek and lowly in heart, learning of Him. Satan is playing the game of life for the souls perishing in sin. God desires your heart to be cleansed from everything unchristlike, that you may be able to speak words in season to the weary.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 8)
February 2
I have been too sick to finish this letter till now. I have before me a little history. Walter Harper has been investing much money in a mining business. I dared not write him a word, fearing that whatever I might say, he would take it for granted that it was to encourage him in his investment. A few days ago he came to my room and laid before me $95 of tithe money. Then he said, “Sister White, I have given up my mining operations. It was hard for me to do this, but it is done.” I said, “Thank the Lord, Brother Harper.” He continued, “I have given myself wholly to the Lord.” He is now a happy man; for he has surrendered all to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 9)
He has since started out on another canvassing tour and will give the profits of one month’s work to the cause—the profits of one week to the work in the South, of another to the work in Australia, of another to the relief of the schools, and of another to the Skodsborg Sanitarium.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 10)
While calling on me, Brother Harper said, “I am greatly blessed of God. It is a marvel to me how readily the books that I am handling sell.”
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 11)
I said, “Brother Harper, many times I have prayed that no Seventh-day Adventist should invest money in mines. I have said, ‘Hedge up their way, O Lord; hedge up their way.’”
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 12)
If after they had thus invested money, success should follow their eager hope of finding golden treasure in the earth, it would be the greatest calamity that could come to our people. Thousands and thousands of dollars have already been invested by our people in speculation—in coal mines, oil fields, and in various other worldly enterprises. And there have been many failures and many frauds. Thus our people have been duped—robbed of their means by flattering representations.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 13)
God has told us where to place any money we have to spare. We are to place it in heaven. How? By using it to advance His work in the world, to sustain gospel teachers, to open new fields, to shed forth the light of truth into the dark places of the earth. Thus we may lay up treasure in heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 14)
One soul saved is worth more to Christ than the whole world. Know you not the commission given, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] Christ understands the value of human souls, and He desires His people to put forth all their powers in the work of soul-saving. Then souls will be convicted and converted. This work of soul-saving is to be our burden at this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 15)
There is a special work to be done in the publication of the truth. The press is one of God’s instrumentalities for the advancement of His cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 16)
No human being can work for God successfully in his own power. Christ says, “Without me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] Those who surrender body, mind, and spirit into the hands of God to be controlled by Him, will see of His salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 24, 1902, 17)
Lt 25, 1902
Leaders in the Southern Field “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CL 19-20; HFM 55-57; MM 268, 323; Te 29; 2MR 64-65; 10MR 265, 388. + To those in positions of responsibility in the Southern field Dear brethren,—
The unworked, barren conditions of the Southern field calls for our serious consideration. A work must be done in the South that has not yet been even entered upon.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 1)
I feel deeply sensible of the fact that the lines of work to be established in different places in the South will need men and women of wisdom and prayer, men and women who will carry the work forward from stage to stage soundly, intelligently, toiling, praying, working economically, as men and women of God’s appointment. The situation calls for personal, untiring, united effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 2)
“One brick upon another, and the highest wall is made; One flake upon another, and the deepest snow is laid.” Patient continuance in well-doing—this is to be our motto. We are to put forth persevering effort, advancing step by step until the race is run, the victory gained. Paul writes, “This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Jesus Christ.” [Philippians 3:13, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 3)
The work that God has specified is to be done is a work which can be done only by the presence of an abiding Christ. No one in his own power can work successfully for God. Only those who surrender body, mind, and spirit into the hands of the Lord, to be controlled by Him, will see of His salvation. Let every one remember Christ’s words, “Without me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] Let all the workers unite their efforts, standing under the blood-stained banner of prince Emmanuel.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 4)
Brethren, we have a great work before us. We must not continue to stand as we have stood for years—dreading this work. There are souls who have done stern, hard labor. Edson White and those associated with him have done a noble work, and the Lord recognizes and commends their self-sacrificing efforts. He has blessed them in their work. They have relieved the necessities of the needy ones brought to their notice, whether these persons were white or black. Their quickness to see what needed to be done, their readiness to help those in need of help, their kind words and actions, have opened doors of usefulness, which, had they not fed the hungry and clothed the naked, would have remained closed. Their efforts to uplift, their prayers and entreaties, have been blessed of God. They have come close to those in trouble, and the persuasive influence of their words has drawn many trembling souls to God. These have been greatly helped by their personal interest in them as they have told them of their experience in danger, how when their feet had well-nigh slipped, the loving Saviour stretched out His hand to save. They have received their reward by seeing those they helped placing their feet on the Rock of Ages and engaging in the work of helping others.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 5)
Edson White has long been under a heavy strain. He should now come apart and rest awhile. And the Lord desires him to remember that he can best advance the work in the Southern field by uniting with those bearing responsibilities in the Southern Union Conference, and assisting them all he possibly can. God has men of His appointment to do His work. One man’s judgment and plans and methods must in no case be urged against the united judgment of men who have been placed as stewards in positions of trust. It is God’s purpose that the men entrusted with responsibility are to counsel and pray together in Christian unity. If it is not possible to reach perfect unity, why has God required it? Paul writes, “Now, I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [1 Corinthians 1:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 6)
I have a deep interest in the Southern work, and I have been trying to give light that I knew could be safely followed. In this work large centers are not to be made in the cities. Schools are to be established away from the cities, in places where plenty of land can be obtained. Thus the students can be given opportunity to help to support themselves while in schools, and at the same time they learn the valuable lessons taught by the cultivation of the soil. With the schools are to be connected various other industries. Teachers and ministers are to be wide awake to put to the very best use the talents they find in different ones. The Lord expects every man to make the best use of his physical and mental capabilities.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 7)
Hygienic restaurants and small sanitariums are to be established in different places.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 8)
The Son of man is represented as one taking a long journey, who left His home, and gave authority to His servants and to every man his work. What a blessing it would be if those who today are working for the Lord would comprehend the meaning of the words, “To every man his work.” [Mark 13:34.] To every one there is given a work—something to do to keep the physical, mental, and spiritual capabilities in exercise. And as the capabilities entrusted to man by the Lord are used in His service, they increase in usefulness.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 9)
Some may say, “If the Lord is coming soon, what need is there to establish schools, sanitariums, and food factories? What need is there for our young people to learn trades?” It is the Lord’s design that we shall constantly improve the talents He has given us. We cannot do this unless we use them. The prospect of Christ’s soon coming should not lead us to idleness. Instead, it should lead us to do all we possibly can to bless and benefit humanity. No idler is guiltless in the Lord’s sight.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 10)
Bible religion never makes men idlers. We believe that Christ’s coming is near. Then let every one make the most of his God-given time in seeking to prepare himself and others for this great event. Teach the importance of life’s duties to those who are wasting their opportunities. Work for the intemperate man and the tobacco user, telling them that no drunkard shall inherit the kingdom of God, and that “there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth.” [Revelation 21:27.] Show them the good they could do with the money they now spend for that which does them only harm.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 11)
There is a an abundance of money in our world. How different the condition of the world would be if this money were put into circulation to help the poor, to provide facilities, or establish industries that would give them employment. Thus many who are now spoiling their lives by inaction, or spending their time planning mischief, would be led to live useful lives.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 12)
Think of the money wasted in saloons, where men sell their reason for that which places them wholly under Satan’s control. What a change there would be in society if this money were used to establish schools where children and youth would be given instruction in Bible lines, taught how to help their fellow beings, how to seek and save the lost!
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 13)
There is a work to be done for all classes of society. We are to come close to the poor and depraved, those who have fallen through intemperance. And at the same time, we are not to forget the ministers, lawyers, senators, judges, many of whom use strong drink and tobacco. Leave no effort untried to show them that their souls are worth saving, that eternal life is worth striving for. Present the total abstinence pledge to those in high positions. Ask them to give the money they would otherwise spend for the harmful indulgences of liquor and tobacco, to the establishment of institutions where children and youth can be prepared to fill positions of usefulness in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 14)
We are looking for the second coming of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. We are not only to believe that the end of all things is at hand. We are to be filled with the advent spirit, that, when the Lord comes, He may find us ready to meet Him, whether we are working in the field, or building a house, or preaching the Word; ready to say, “Lo, this is our God; we have waited for him, and he will save us.” [Isaiah 25:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 15)
Our work is to prepare a people for the soon coming of the Lord. We are to be in the world, but not of the world. Let us consider the work before us. We are laborers together with God. We are to prepare the way of the Lord. Let us bind ourselves to His sacred work. We have no time to lose in inaction. We must provide facilities for the accomplishment of the missionary work that the Lord has said must be done. We must teach old and young, men and women, to lay up treasure beside the throne of God. How are we to lay up treasure there? By using our talents to advance God’s work in the world, to sustain gospel teachers, to open new fields, to shed forth the light into the dark places of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 16)
One soul saved is worth more to Christ than the whole world. Know you not the commission given: “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world”? [Matthew 28:19, 20.] Christ understands the value of human souls, and He desires His people to put forth all their powers in the work of soul-saving.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 17)
In the night season I was taken from place to place, from city to city, in the Southern field. I saw the great work to be done—the work that ought to have been done years ago. We seemed to be looking at many places. Our first interest was the places where the work has already been established and for the places where the way has opened for a beginning to be made. I saw the places in the South where institutions have been established for the advancement of the Lord’s work. One of the places that I saw was Graysville, and another Huntsville. The Lord led in the establishment of these schools. Their work is not to be discouraged, but encouraged. They are to receive encouragement and support. Both of these places have a advantages of their own. There has been delay in pushing forward the work in these places. Let us delay no longer. At these schools, students may gain an education that, with the blessing of God, will prepare them to win souls to Christ. If they unite with the Saviour, they will grow in spirituality, and will be prepared to present the truth to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 18)
We must provide greater facilities for the education and training of the youth, both white and colored. We are to establish schools away from the cities, where the youth can learn to cultivate the soil, and thus help to make themselves and the school self-supporting. Let means be gathered for the establishment of such schools. In connection with these schools work is to be done in mechanical and agricultural lines. All the different lines of work that the situation of the place will warrant are to be brought in.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 19)
Carpentering, blacksmithing, agriculture, the best way to make the most of what the earth produces—all these things are part of the education to be given to the youth.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 20)
In every place where schools are established, we are to study what industries can be started that will give the students employment. Small sanitariums should be established in connection with our larger schools, that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as part of the regular instruction. Such sanitariums should be established in connection with the schools at Graysville and Huntsville. The Lord will give those in charge of the different lines of work wisdom to use their talents for the best advancement of the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 21)
Believers who are now living in the cities will have to move to the country, that they may save their children from ruin. Attention must be given to the establishment of industries in which these families can find employment. Those who have charge of the school work at Graysville and Huntsville should see what can be done by these institutions to establish such industries so that our people desiring to leave the cities can obtain modest homes without a large outlay of means and can also find employment. In both Graysville and Huntsville there are favorable and encouraging features for the development of this plan. Study what these features are.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 22)
All that needs to be done cannot be specified till a beginning is made. Pray over the matter, and remember that God stands at the helm, that He is guiding in the work of the various enterprises. A place in which the work is conducted on right lines is an object lesson to other places. There must be no narrowness, no selfishness, in the work done. The work is to be placed on a simple, sensible basis. All are to be taught not only to claim to believe the truth as the truth, but to exemplify the truth in the daily life.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 23)
There are places, where the work has been started, that seem unprofitable. But let not these places be abandoned. Let earnest, diligent efforts be put forth to make the work in them a success. Some places are specially adapted for the cultivation of fruit. And in planting, cultivating, and pruning fruit trees, students may learn precious spiritual lessons. Other places may be adapted for the cultivation of grains and vegetables.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 24)
In the Southern fields there should be facilities for the manufacture of inexpensive, necessary health foods. Worldly policy is not to be brought into this work. Christ said, “My kingdom is not of this world.” [John 18:36.] It was not established by human power, and human power cannot overthrow it.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 26)
All the gifts of God come to us through Jesus Christ. In giving His Son to our world, God gave all heaven. And in everything connected with the health food business, God is the One who is to be honored and glorified. The Lord Jesus desires all to understand His declaration, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 27)
Concerning the manufacture and sale of health foods in the Southern field, I would say: If the Southern Union Conference will choose men of ability and strict economy to take up this work for the benefit of the cause in the South, it is well. But the greatest wisdom and economy will have to be exercised in order to make this work a success. If proper men are to be found to take up this work, then let the whole Union Conference take hold with unselfish interest to make their work a success. In this movement I can see that industries may be established which will help the cause in the Southern field. And centers of influence may be established in many places by the opening up of food stores and restaurants. All that men as missionaries for God can do for the Southern field should be done. The light I have been given is, that every effort made to manufacture health foods in the Southern field, the business should be conducted, not as a speculation for personal benefit, but as a business that God has devised whereby a door of hope may be opened for the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 28)
There must be no misunderstanding in regard to what I said just before leaving Nashville. Some of my remarks were with reference to conditions which have existed in the South heretofore. If the Conference were to leave the burden-bearers without support, it should place no barrier in the way of their manufacturing health foods on a plan that would furnish them a living. The spirit of selfish monopoly must not enter into this work, but the spirit to help the people to get healthful foods freely and at moderate prices. This work must not be carried on in the South just as it has been in the North. The health food business should be regarded as God’s gift to His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 29)
In connection with the commoner foods which you may make in the South, you may be able to arrange to handle many of the special foods manufactured by our people at Battle Creek.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 30)
In all our work we are to remember that the same Jesus who fed the multitude with five loaves and two small fishes is able today to give us the fruit of our labor. He who said to the fishers of Galilee, “Let down your nets for a draught,” and who, as they obeyed, filled their nets till they broke, desires His people to see in this evidence of what He will do for them today. [Luke 5:4-6.] The same God who gave the children of Israel manna from heaven lives and reigns, He will give skill and understanding in the preparation of health foods. He will guide His people in the preparation of wholesome food. He desires them to see what they can do in the preparation of such food, not only for their own families, which is their first responsibility, but for the help of the poor. They are to show Christlike liberality, realizing that they are representing God, and that all they have is His endowment.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 31)
Christ declares, “It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore, that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me.” [John 6:45.] We do not place sufficient importance on the instruction Christ has given. He who has given us His Word—the leaves of the tree of life—will not withhold from us the knowledge of how to prepare healthful food for the sustenance of His needy children.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 32)
We desire all to realize that true believers, who keep the commandments of God, doing the things pleasing in His sight, will increase more and more in knowledge and wisdom. God’s past dealing with His people warrants us in taking Him at His Word and believing His promises. Have faith that something will be done to advance the work in the Southern field and to prepare laborers for this work. Go forward in faith and hope. He will bring His Word to pass. Your hopes will be realized.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 33)
The love of Christ is revealed in the lives of those who believe in Him. John says, “As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name.” [John 1:12.] Live the life of love for God and Christ and for one another. Unite in Christian fellowship. By this unity you bear witness to the world that God sent His Son to the earth to save sinners.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 34)
The mystical union of Christ with His church has a greater influence than the church herself realizes. Listen to Christ’s prayer for His disciples: “That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee: that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me. Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me; for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee; but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it, that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:21-26.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 35)
My brethren, unquestioning faith in the Word of God will enable you to see and do the work God desires to have done. Unswerving faith and unselfish love will overcome the difficulties that arise in the path of duty to hinder the aggressive warfare. As those inspired by this faith go forward in the work of saving souls, they will run and not be weary, and will walk and not faint.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 36)
I beseech you to live very near the Lord. Talk with Him in prayer. Draw nigh to Him, and He will draw nigh to you. He is wisdom and righteousness and sanctification and redemption to those who feel their need of Him. He desires you to realize that in order to make advancement in His work, you must accept His invitation, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Bearing Christ’s yoke and lifting His burdens will bring you rest. Filled with the consciousness of His presence, your doubts will vanish as the mist of the morning before the rising sun.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 37)
We need more faith. It is because we turn from Christ to human beings, who are so prone to err, that we are lacking in spiritual power. Shall we not return to God, through Christ? Shall we not accept the Saviour’s gracious invitation? Shall we not learn His meekness and lowliness? Those who place their entire dependence on the Saviour, daily learning of Him, will not make mistakes.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 38)
“I say, sayest thou, (but they are vain words) I have counsel and strength for war; now on whom dost thou trust, that thou rebellest against me? Lo, thou trustest in the staff of this broken reed, on Egypt; whereon if a man lean, it will go into his hand, and pierce it; so is Pharaoh king of Egypt to all that trust in him.” [Isaiah 36:5, 6.] “Woe to them that go down to Egypt for help; and stay on horses and trust in chariots, because they are many; and in horsemen, because they are very strong; but they look not unto the Holy One of Israel, neither seek the Lord.” [Isaiah 31:1.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 39)
O that at this time, a time of such great importance, we might turn to the living God! “The Lord is good, a stronghold in the day of trouble; and he knoweth them that trust in him.” [Nahum 1:7.] To those who trust in him, he will give skill and understanding and wisdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 40)
God’s people are to place their dependence on the power revealed in the love of Christ. The name by which they shall be called is found in the book of Daniel. “The saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom and possess the kingdom forever and ever.” [Daniel 7:18.] Our citizenship is in heaven, and we may claim the rights and privileges of subjects of the kingdom of heaven. God requires us not to do anything that will disgrace our citizenship. When Paul wrote to the “saints in Christ Jesus” [Philippians 1:1], he was not writing to those who were perfect in character, those who were in no danger of falling, but to men and women who were striving against temptation. He charges them to stand fast in the faith, and to guard against strife, vain glory, selfishness, and dishonesty. Let us serve the Lord in sincerity of mind, guided by the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. “Know ye not that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey; whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto righteousness.” [Romans 6:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 41)
The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. Let us be sure that the principles of true godliness lie at the foundation of all our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 42)
“I thank God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in everything ye are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you; so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ; who shall confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [1 Corinthians 1:4-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 25, 1902, 43)
Lt 26, 1902
Hoover, H.W. Refiled as Lt 191, 1901.
Lt 27, 1902
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 26, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in HFM 57-58; 5Bio 145. Elder G. I. Butler Dear brother in Christ,—
Yesterday, I received your letter of February 15. Thank you for writing such a long, interesting epistle.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 1)
I was surprised and shocked to hear of your sister’s death. I least expected, when talking with her at Nashville, that I was holding my last conversation with her. I am glad that I saw her. I should indeed have felt sad had she died and I had not seen her.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 2)
I can write only a short letter this evening, and I shall come at once to the point. I have sent you copies of letters that I have been writing regarding the work in the Southern field. I wish you to understand how I regard the situation at Nashville. For weeks before the Union Conference, Edson had been doing the work of three men. Brother Palmer, too, had strained every nerve to get the building ready for the meeting. I was on the ground, and I know whereof I speak. Edson had not taken his meals regularly, and he had not had enough sleep. The meeting was a terrible strain upon him.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 3)
I had a very hard experience while I was in Nashville, but the morning that we had our season of prayer, the assurance of peace and comfort and hope was given me by the Lord, and this assurance was fulfilled on our homeward journey. I was sick all the way home, and could only taste food; but I was at rest, for the peace and comfort and love of God were with me the whole way.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 4)
An automobile met us at the station in Chicago and took us to the Sanitarium. I was weak, and the changing exhausted me; and when Dr. Paulson saw my condition, he gave me a most decided scolding for venturing to make the trip to New York in the middle of winter. But I dare not say it was a mistake. I leave it all with the Lord. Certainly, I should not have gone to New York had I seen the end from the beginning. But I did not, and therefore I went in response to the call of Elder Haskell—and in obedience, I thought, to the impression of the Spirit of God. I am so glad to be at home again.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 5)
I need not repeat what you have already read in the copies of letters sent you. But I wish to say that special efforts should be put forth to perfect the work in the places in the South where schools have been established—Graysville, Huntsville, and Hildebran. The schools are to be sustained by the starting of various industries.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 6)
The time will come when those who embrace the truth in the cities will have to take their families away from the cities, and these industries will help to provide them with homes and employment.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 7)
A sanitarium is to be established in Nashville. The site for this institution should not be right in the city, but outside the city limits, where land can be purchased for a reasonable sum. Nashville is to be a center for the work in the South, and a few miles from Nashville a school and a sanitarium should be established. Land should be secured, and believers should be encouraged to settle on it.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 8)
In establishing schools, the important thing is to find a location where industries can be started that will enable the students to be self-supporting. The work should be carried on with as little outlay of means as possible. In connection with a school there should be enough land to raise sufficient crops for the school consumption and also some to sell for the benefit of the school.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 9)
Nashville, Graysville, Huntsville, and Hildebran have been presented to me as places favorable for raising crops for the use of the schools and for marketing.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 10)
At Nashville a sanitarium should be established, not an immense building, but one larger than can be established in a smaller place.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 11)
The students should learn to cultivate the soil and to raise whatever the land will produce. No one can tell what can be done with the soil till he has experimented—planting seeds and setting out fruit frees and vines.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 12)
The young men attending our schools should be taught how to build houses plainly and inexpensively, yet substantially. They are to be taught that God will not accept any haphazard, slipshod work. From whatever work they do—building, sowing, planting, or reaping, they are to learn the lesson, “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] They are to learn that which will prepare them to act their part in teaching others trades. Some are to learn one trade, some another. Some are specially adapted for the work of printing. Such can be prepared to connect with the publishing work.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 13)
The publishing work at Nashville is a very important interest, and if rightly managed, will be the means of reaching many, nigh and afar off. May the Lord guide at every step, is my prayer. Edson has an excellent class of workers connected with him, and I am anxious that in the printing office at Nashville, apprentices shall be trained for office work.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 14)
I have the deepest interest in the work in the South, and I greatly desire that it shall make advancement in every line. I have been clearly instructed that it would not be wisdom for Edson and Brother Palmer, with their present responsibilities, to take up the food work. Neither of them has the physical strength to endure the strain that would certainly come upon them with such a responsibility. They must guard against taxing their health so heavily that sickness will come upon them. And the mind must not be overtaxed. In the publishing work and the work of the ministry, they have all the responsibilities they can carry. The work of the gospel is of first importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 15)
The food business, if entered into largely, is going to be most perplexing and soul-harrowing. Those who take it up, whatever talent the Lord may give them, will meet with many perplexities. I do not want my children to have this trial to contend with. I have been instructed that the production of health foods is of the Lord’s devising and is not to be regarded as the special property of any one man. But no one should take what I say as giving liberty to infringe on Dr. Kellogg’s patents or the patents of any man.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 16)
The Lord will most surely impress minds in every place to devise means for the maintenance of the interests which are to feed the hungry, clothe the naked, and teach the ignorant, educating them in simple lines of book learning and in agriculture. He will give them wisdom to manufacture necessary, wholesome foods, which will be more needed in the Southern states than in any other part of America. He who feeds the ravens and cares for the wild beasts will give wisdom and skill, talent and ingenuity, for the production of wholesome foods, which are to be sold to the poor at as low a rate as possible.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 17)
There is much at stake in this work. The wholesome productions of the earth must be experimented upon in an effort to make wholesome, inexpensive foods.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 18)
The food business is to be made the subject of earnest prayer. Let the people ask God for wisdom to prepare wholesome foods. He who fed the five thousand with five loaves and two small fishes will supply the needs of His children today. After Christ had performed this wonderful miracle, He gave a lesson on economy. After the hunger of the multitude had been satisfied, He said, “Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost.”“And they took up of the fragments that remained twelve baskets full.” [John 6:12, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 19)
The Lord is our God, and He will be for us as long as we will be with Him. But when we are self-confident, the Lord will not, cannot exercise His great favor toward us. He expects every one to carry out the principles of His kingdom in this world, that He may be prepared to reveal His attributes in the royal family above. We must expect large things of our heavenly Father.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 20)
I must speak to you on the point of your doing so much work. You are not to do so much as to exhaust your strength. Husband the strength God has given you. I am giving warnings from the Lord to His people, especially to old, experienced men like yourself, that there must not be prodigality in expending strength; for we shall have to meet important issues, and all the strength of mind and body will be required to endure the strain.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 21)
We know that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord God of Israel will be our shield and defense if we will put our whole trust in Him and have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 22)
I am so glad that at this time you can come in to bear the living testimony that is so much needed. Be of good courage in the Lord, and do not be presumptuous in using your strength. The Lord will give wisdom and light and knowledge. May His rich blessing rest upon you, is my prayer. I have firm trust in the Lord and shall not worry about unimportant matters.
(17LtMs, Lt 27, 1902, 23)
Lt 28, 1902
Corliss, J. O.; Brown, Brother Refiled as Lt 202, 1901.
Lt 29, 1902
Druillard, Brother and Sister [N. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in AH 17, 440; CG 319; 5Bio 151. + Dear brother and sister Druillard,—
For some time I have been trying to write to you, but each time I have begun I have been interrupted.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 1)
I feel very much troubled about the burning of the Sanitarium. This is indeed a sad calamity. I fear there are among our people those who will put their own construction on this accident and will act the part of Job’s comforters, searching for something to condemn in Dr. Kellogg. Such need to realize that their own condition makes Christ’s message to the Laodicean church applicable to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 2)
In the Board meeting held at College View at the time of the disagreement between the College and the Sanitarium in regard to the Bakery, a wrong spirit was manifested by both parties. The Lord was greatly dishonored. I shall never forget the scenes of that meeting as they were presented to me. The Lord showed me how He regards such transactions. He will withdraw His Spirit from those who continue to strive against one another. He desires His people, by Christian unity and love, to give evidence to the world of the transforming power of the grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 3)
Many among the believers in Nebraska need to feel the converting power of God. If ever a people needed to humble themselves before God, repenting, and confessing their sins, it is those who have given themselves up to strife and contention. If they would do this, they would have a more vivid sense of the sinfulness of strife and contention. They would realize that by giving place to these evils, they put themselves on Satan’s side of the question. Then a work would be done in Nebraska that would break the terrible spell by which Satan has been taking souls captive.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 4)
The great trouble is that God’s people have not surrendered their hearts to Him, to be cleansed and sanctified. The soul-temple needs to be cleansed. God calls for repentance and confession.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 5)
You cannot understand my solicitude with regard to these things. No one can. This contention among our people must cease. Think of how it grieves the Spirit of God. We profess to believe the most sacred truth ever given to mortals. Let us remember that profession does not make us Christians, that it is the spirit, the words, the actions, that tell. Lift up the standard, my brethren and sisters. Remember that none of you has been made a sin-bearer for your brethren. You cannot bear your own sins. Christ is the sin-bearer. He came to this world to take away sin. But He cannot take away the sins of those who refuse to put away their perverse spirit, their unchristlike words, their crooked dealing.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 6)
Let every one diligently examine his own heart. Before the door of the hearts of many, much rubbish is piled. Jesus cannot find entrance. In the name of the Lord, I say to the members of our churches: Clear your own souls; confess your own faults, not the faults of your brother or the faults of your sister. You have an abundance of your own to confess. Let the believers throughout Nebraska put forth earnest effort to make themselves right with God. Some have harbored bitter feelings against Dr. Kellogg. This is decidedly wrong. Some have not been specially favorable to health reform, and some have never been in favor of medical missionary work.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 7)
The medical missionary work is the Lord’s work for this time. It is Christ’s work, and by your opposition to it, you have enshrouded your souls in the mist of unbelief. It may appear to you that wrong ideas and plans and methods are brought into the medical missionary work. But you cannot help this by manifesting an unchristlike spirit. Remember that two wrongs do not make one right. The Lord calls upon every one to begin to build over his own house, to come into line without delay. He calls upon all to examine themselves closely and to remember that He has not set them to measure or condemn Dr. Kellogg. Let no one show carelessness in regard to the work of self-examination.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 8)
“To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20.] Those who are Christians have the mind of Christ, and His Spirit and its quickening influence are not satisfied with pretense. Are we learning of Christ? Every member of His church ought to be. If we are not, our wisdom is foolishness. The Lord has given great light to His church, in His Word, and in the messages of warning He has sent. We all need to become more and more convinced that we must put on Christ—in action, in word, in the very tones of our voice. In our council meetings we are to act like wise men, knowing that the Lord God of heaven is present in every such meeting. Never allow a boisterous speech or an irreverent tone to be heard. Those who are taught of God show profound reverence for sacred things.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 9)
“Judge not, that ye be not judged,” were the words spoken to some professing great piety. [Matthew 7:1.] O what trouble some have brought to themselves and the work of God by failing to obey this word. Is it profitable to bring into council meetings words that oppress, words that create strife? Of some it is spoken, “Ye have turned judgment into gall and the fruit of righteousness into hemlock.” [Amos 6:12.] The prophet draws a contrast between human wisdom and the wisdom that comes from above. Human wisdom may appear correct, and yet it may bring in harshness, denunciation, and bitterness, resulting in loss of friendship and the Christian love that believers should cherish for one another. Men are to guard their words most carefully. The judgment their lips may pronounce may be right in their own sight, but not in the sight of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 10)
From the highest to the lowest you need to have a work done for your souls. This work must be done, or you will never see the kingdom of heaven. You need to humble yourselves before God. You need to feel the converting power of the Spirit of God. Some have come to feel that the form of godliness is sufficient. But is it? How will those who have trusted in a form of godliness stand in that great day when every one is judged by his words and his works. Christ declares, “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 11)
The Bible is the storehouse of wisdom. We are to search its pages, not casually, but diligently, with the earnest inquiry in the heart, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” [Mark 10:17.] What is the answer? What saith the Scripture? “Whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:17.] This is Paul’s charge to the Colossians. Writing to the Corinthians he makes a still more definite charge: “Whether therefore ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” [1 Corinthians 10:31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 12)
We show our allegiance to God by practicing Bible truth. Day by day, hour by hour, we are to practice this truth. If we yield ourselves to the truth, its power is revealed in our lives, controlling word and action.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 13)
Had the people proclaiming the third angel’s message brought into their lives the spirit of this message, they would have borne to the world a living testimony of its power. Our churches are robbing God by their listless indifference. Lift up your hearts to God. Lift up your heads. Lift up the hands that hang down. Lift them all up. Pray for the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that you may work the works of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 14)
It is in the heart that this work is to begin. The reason for this is that out of the heart are the issues of life. Then open the door of the heart to the sunshine of heaven, the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness. God’s message to each of us is, “My son, my daughter, give Me thine heart.” [Proverbs 23:26.] Are we willing to do this? When once the Holy Spirit is received, it becomes the very wellspring of life, and it is this in us that responds to the call of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 15)
“Who by searching can find out God?” [Job 11:7.] With his highest capabilities man cannot reason out the mystery of the Invisible One. Men try to explain this mystery, but they cannot comprehend it. In their human wisdom they cannot know God. The wonderful things of the spiritual world are hidden from the wise and prudent, but the Holy Spirit reveals them unto babes. “Thus saith the High and Lofty One, that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the hearts of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] “The heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool; where is the house that ye build unto me? and where is the place of my rest? For all those things hath my hand made, and all those things have been, saith the Lord; but to this man will I look, even to him that is poor and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at my word.” [Isaiah 66:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 16)
The eighteenth chapter of Matthew contains a most important lesson given by Christ to us all. “At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whosoever shall receive one such little child in my name receiveth me. But who so shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.” [Verses 1-6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 17)
Who can read these words without being filled with a desire to be meek and lowly enough to practice them? The Saviour has given us this lesson to lead us to humble ourselves and strive for the teachableness of little children.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 18)
Let no man take pride in his own greatness. The power to use the talents God has given may be highly developed. God will not excuse His blood-bought heritage if they neglect to use aright their entrusted capabilities. Every man is to strive to become through grace a perfect man in Christ. But let no one take honor to himself. “He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.” [1 Corinthians 1:31.] Nothing can make a man truly great but being truly good. And no one can be truly good without partaking of the grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 19)
*****
It would be well for every man to sign a pledge to speak kindly in his home, to let the law of love rule his speech. Parents, never speak hastily. If your children do wrong, correct them, but let your words be full of tenderness and love. Every time you scold, you lose a precious opportunity of giving a lesson in forbearance and patience. Let love be the most prominent feature in your correction of wrong. Children are the Lord’s property, and parents are to treat them with Christlike tenderness, teaching them to love and serve God. Disobedience must not be allowed. Parents who make light of their children’s faults, overlooking disobedience, are neglecting their responsibilities. That love is not true love which permits children to follow wrong habits.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 20)
During the first years of a child’s life, the father and mother are to be his teacher. Parents, remember that “as the twig is bent, the tree is inclined.” Teach your child in love, filled with a desire for his present and eternal good. One thing desire of the Lord—that He will mold and fashion you, so that you may train your children for usefulness in this life, teaching them to co-operate with you in making a happy home—a home that the angels will love to visit.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 21)
Keep the Lord ever before your children. But let no harshness appear in your management of them. Keep the windows of the soul closed earthward and opened heavenward. Be faithful in teaching the children to love God and to do His will. This is the first duty, the first privilege, of parents.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 22)
Never forget that you are to make the home bright and happy by cherishing the Saviour’s attributes. If you bring Christ into the home, you will know good from evil. You will be able to help your children to be trees of righteousness, bearing the fruit of the Spirit. The children will carry with them into the schoolroom the influence of your training. As godly parents and godly teachers work in harmony, the hearts of the children are prepared to take a deep interest in the work of God in the church. The graces cultivated in the home are carried into the church, and God is glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 23)
In all sincerity let believers ask themselves the question, Am I not my brother’s keeper? Wherever we turn, we meet with human woe. We are to be God’s co-workers, to alleviate suffering and restore our fellow beings.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 24)
Let believers encourage one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual psalms, making melody to God in their hearts. Let them work for the good of one another, each following the example of Christ. Be thankful that God has pity on our weakness, and that He is willing to use us as His instruments to carry out His plans. Never forget that He is the giver of all good. Be cheerful Christians, marching steadily onward, your faces set heavenward, rejoicing as those who behold the glory of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 29, 1902, 25)
Lt 30, 1902
Sanderson, Sister [A. J.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 132. Dear Sister Sanderson,—
I have just read your letter. I need not say that I am very glad that you are making use of your will to break the power of Satan, that you may be his slave no longer. I thank the Lord for this movement in the right direction. I shall pray for you and unite with you in drawing near to Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 1)
The world refuses to accept Jesus. We must, then, come out from the world, and be separate. We must repent and be converted, that our sins may be blotted out. “Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.” [Romans 12:1, 2.] The Lord and yourself, united, can so subdue your strong, defiant will, that it will be changed from an unsanctified will to a will molded and fashioned after the divine similitude.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 2)
What does the cross of Christ prove? That God is love. What does that cross prove as regards the world? That its guilt is consummated, its doom sealed, because it has united with the traitor Lucifer in rebellion against God. And unless the poor souls under Satan’s black banner are rescued from his power, they are without hope.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 3)
Shall we not put to the tax all our ability to rescue perishing souls? Shall we not will to have our will identified with Christ’s will, to receive His grace, to enter His service, and to stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel?
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 4)
The world that rejected Christ—who is the personification of all goodness, truth, and righteousness—choosing to have the rebel flag wave over them, will be asked by the Sovereign of the universe, What have you done with My Son? And the answer will come back, We rejected Him, we scourged Him, we crowned His brow with thorns, we struck Him in the face, we spat upon Him to show our contempt of Him. We hated Him. When Pilate asked whom we would choose to have released, we cried out, “Release unto us Barabbas.” [Luke 23:18.] We preferred a robber to your Son. We reviled Him, and scourged Him; and blood came from His bruised temples. He had done nothing to harm us. But we crucified Him, choosing in His stead a robber and a murderer.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 5)
Then, I asked, can we be surprised that the world cannot be trusted? Christ gave His precious life to save a perishing world. He said: “If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth me hateth my Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hateth both me and my Father. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated me without a cause.” [John 15:22-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 6)
My sister, be assured that just as soon as you surrender yourself—body, soul, and spirit—to the Lord, He accepts the offering of your sin-polluted soul, cleansing, purifying, and sanctifying it by the impartation of His Holy Spirit. You will be tempted, it is true; but if you have faith to take Christ at His Word, He will save you. You must not make self your dependence. Place your whole dependence on the sin-pardoning Saviour. He says, “Him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.] “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] I thank the Lord that Christ is knocking at the door of your heart. Respond to His call. Open the door, and say, “Come in Thou heavenly Guest.”
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 7)
I do sincerely hope that our people, who have had such great light, may be led to search the Scriptures for themselves, walking and working with increasing faith. The more you study the Word, the greater will be your interest in God’s truth, and the more deeply will you be impressed with the practical importance of this truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 8)
O how sad it is that so few understand the Word as it reads! How much is comprehended in the words: “I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live, ye shall live also. At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you. He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth me: and he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him.” [John 14:16-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 9)
Christ’s words are full and complete. Just believe them, taking the Lord at His word. He is speaking to you. Cast your helpless soul upon Him. He is ready to receive you, and to pardon every transgression, every sin. Believe, believe in His mercy and His readiness to receive you. Looking unto Jesus continually, you will learn how to come to Him by faith. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 10)
In your character building you must work in union with your heavenly Father, your will conformed to His will. We are to work in union with Him “who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works.” [Titus 2:14.] Then why should we doubt Him? Do not stop, my sister, with a work half done. Do not stop before receiving a new and sanctified nature in which will appear the fruits of righteousness. Those who stop short of this are Christians only in name. Make diligent work for eternity. Take hold with your husband, walking and working in all humility, and you shall receive grace for grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 11)
Magnify the name of the Lord for His great goodness, His loving mercy, and His tender compassion. As you reveal His grace in your character, you magnify the Lord God of Hosts by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. Your disposition will be sweetened; irritability will pass away. Cherish constantly the spirit of gentleness and kindness. Cultivate sympathy—not for yourself, but for others; “in all things showing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine showing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity, sound speech, that cannot be condemned; that he that is of the contrary part may be ashamed, having no evil thing to say of you.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 12)
Come to Jesus just as you are. With humility of mind and contrition of soul, express your penitence to Him. I must now cease writing. I will receive you as my sister, if you will make a vigilant, earnest effort to serve God and will perseveringly keep up this effort. “The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another, and toward all men, even as we do toward you: to the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all his saints.” [1 Thessalonians 3:12, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 30, 1902, 13)
Lt 31, 1902
Zelinsky, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 9, 1902 [typed] Previously unpublished. Dr. Zelinsky My dear brother,—
I cannot sleep after one o’clock. I have words that I must write to you. I am much worn with continuous labor in travelling and speaking, and I have not the strength to speak with you face to face.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 1)
I should be glad if I did not have to write the words I must write this morning. I have a message from the Lord for you. You have married a wife; but I shall not find fault with you on this account, unless you make your marriage an excuse for not responding to the invitation to the supper of the Lamb. Christ has prepared the feast and has sent out His servants with the invitation, “Come; for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.] In the parable of the call to the supper, Christ says, “They all with one accord began to make excuse.” The first said unto him, “I have bought a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see it; I pray thee have me excused.” And another said, “I have bought five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove them; I pray thee have me excused.” And another said, “I have married a wife and therefore I cannot come.” [Verses 18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 2)
If in your marriage you had the glory of God in view, if this was your object in getting married, you will not be a hindrance to your wife in spiritual things, neither will she be a hindrance to you. But both of you have many things to learn. Your wife is young; your influence over her may be either a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death. You may give her the impression that she is no longer to serve as she did before she married you. Her time and strength are now bound up with your life and happiness. You must be very careful not to spoil her life and your own by yielding to worldly ambition.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 3)
Jesus has purchased you both. You have been bought with a price, even the precious blood of the Son of God. You are not your own. Your service belongs to your Redeemer. You are to be true and faithful to Him whose you are by creation and by redemption. It becomes you to study your relation to the Lord Jesus. You are His purchased possession. But for a long time you have not appreciated the light shining on your pathway. You have not kept your lamp trimmed and burning, and its light has almost gone out.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 4)
You are a man of strong ideas, of strong mind. You are allowing yourself to be dissatisfied, unhappy, discontented, because you cannot get your own way in regard to setting up in business for yourself. But you exaggerate your powers. You want to build the tower without first sitting down to count the cost, to see whether you would be able to finish. Even though you should begin to do what you have planned, you could not finish. Your physical infirmity is a serious objection to your castle-building. Your physical condition forbids your plans.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 5)
At my special request, Sister Gotzian took up your case and helped you to obtain a medical education. Seeing she has done this, you should not look to her to set you up in practice, to establish and strengthen you at every point. You should accommodate yourself to circumstances. Remember that you cannot always be carried. You and your wife should do your best to support yourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 6)
You think that Sister Gotzian could not employ her means in any better way than by putting you in charge of a sanitarium of your own. To you this looks like a good plan. But Sister Gotzian understands the matter better than you do, and she does not favor your plan. Has the Lord appointed her to do this work? She should know for herself what is comprehended in her stewardship in your case. She must study this subject from a Bible standpoint. Her money has been lent her in trust by the Lord. She has used it to help you and to help the cause of the Lord in many ways.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 7)
You must not flatter yourself that you could manage a sanitarium. It would do you no good to have the experience of trying to do this. You have a strong mind and a stubborn will, and you have a large amount of pride and sensitiveness. This combination of elements would make it impossible for you to do what you think you can in managing a sanitarium. You would not heed the advice and counsel of your brethren. You would reach far beyond your capabilities. You would be a consumer and not a producer.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 8)
The question for you to answer is, What do you purpose doing that will bring hope and comfort to Sister Gotzian’s heart, giving her the assurance that she has not made a mistake in helping you, but has used her means wisely? You are not to depend on Sister Gotzian to sustain you always. You are not to take it for granted that if she should still further invest her means in helping you, she would be doing altogether that which the Lord desires her to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 9)
Now is your time of test and trial. You cannot expect Sister Gotzian to set you up in business in an institution, when as yet you know scarcely anything of the practical work of a physician. The Lord is watching and waiting with great forbearance to see what course you intend to pursue. You now have an opportunity of proving yourself wise. But you are not making wise calculations. You are in need of wisdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 10)
Your wife, if she acts as a wise woman, can help you financially. Practice the economy that our Saviour enjoined, and you will become much wiser than you are now. Christ took human nature on Himself and came to this earth to stand at the head of the race. He set us a perfect example. He gave the lessons all must learn who are received into the heavenly city.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 11)
In His Word, God predicts the things that are to take place in our world, “the things which shall be hereafter.” [Revelation 1:19.] All the events foretold in prophecy have their appointed time for fulfilment. All take place in their season. In successive order they pass into history.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 12)
God’s Word gives a very unpromising description of the world’s so-called wise men. They appear on the pages of history, and fill up their life record, the record sketched thousands of years before. In the estimation of the world, they are noted men, men of genius. From the standpoint of prophecy, they fill their lot and place, doing the work the Lord foretold, carrying out the purpose of heaven according to the plan outlined by God. These men are executors of God’s design. With accuracy they do their appointed work, as a chisel in the hand of the great Sculptor of all.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 13)
By His power the Lord causes certain events to take place to accomplish certain ends. The after-view shows that these events were to come to pass in their heaven-appointed order. We may see, if we will to see, how defective is that which a man of the world calls great, that which stands forth in human glory as his achievement. Only that which God declares to be as enduring as eternity is truly great. All that Christ came to our world to do is pronounced by the heavenly universe as true greatness.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 14)
God uses no force. He gave His only begotten Son to die for a fallen world, and He pardons those who come to Him in penitence. Those who accept His gift, and in sincerity and truth enter the service of Christ, are freely forgiven.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 15)
When we stand in the presence of God, we shall see how shortsighted we have been in our conclusions in regard to what heaven records as success. We shall see that the honor given to man is due to God alone, that the things for which in this world a man is exalted and glorified are of God, and that to Him belongs all the glory. From the lips of the inhabitants of the universe will peal forth the chorus, “Bring forth the royal diadem, and crown Him Lord of all.” And the redeemed host will join in the chorus, and will declare, “Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints. Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name; for thou only art holy; for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.” [Revelation 15:3, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 16)
As the redeemed review their efforts to achieve success, they will see how foolish were their plans, how petty their supposed trials, how unreasonable their doubts, and how unnecessary their conflicts. They will see that if they had only taken God at His Word, they should have seen all things clearly. And one thing will stand out in clear lines: that position does not make a man a fit candidate for entrance into the heavenly courts.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 17)
Before the inhabitants of this world are set life and death. Obedience to the high and holy authority of Him who cannot err is the only security of the fallen race. Christ came to this world to live a perfect life. He came to represent true, uncorrupted religion, to set a perfect example, to exert a pure, heavenly influence, to shine as a light amid the darkness of sin. The influence exerted by the Sent of God was never to be contaminated by worldly maxims. His Word to His followers is, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 18)
The whole of the fifth chapter of Matthew is a lesson to those who claim to be children of God. Learn from it who are blessed; and I urge you and your wife to place yourselves among the number.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 19)
Why do you remain in the condition you are in? You know the truth. Those who know the truth, and yet refuse to obey, are a great hindrance to the work the Lord desires to have done. In your present state of mind, you might just as well be among unbelievers as among believers, because you are certainly a stumbling block. The attitude you take, and the way in which you reason, are reflecting no light to the Sanitarium. Your course [is] objectionable. You are not in harmony with the religious influence that is essential in such an institution. Your will and your way are not conformed to the will and way of God. Your ideas are so set and your will so determined that you are not in a position to be a spiritual help to the institution. You are rather a positive hindrance to your fellow physicians, to the patients, and to the helpers. Christ declares, “He that is not with me is against me, and he that gathereth not with me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] If you have a determination to resist the influence of the Spirit of God, you would better either come into working order, or separate from the Sanitarium. Your influence is not a savor of life.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 20)
What have you gained in spirituality since you have been connected with the Sanitarium. You have set yourself stubbornly to follow your own way, and you have failed of exerting the influence the Lord desires you to exert on those who come to the Sanitarium. How much interest have you taken in the efforts made in the Sanitarium to draw near to God? Do you not realize that every one who acts a part in the work of the institution should exert an influence in favor of the truth? Decided efforts are to be made to save the souls and bodies of those who come to our sanitariums. By the work of these institutions, prejudice is to be broken down. They are to stand as witnesses for God.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 21)
You are helping your wife to feel discontented and restless and unhappy. You could exert a saving influence over her, but you have filled her mind with your ambitious idea of setting up in business for yourself. Should you do this, how many would your influence bring to the faith? How many would see in you the light of good works? The Lord is not pleased with you, neither are you pleased. You are sour, discontented, unhappy. How can the Lord co-operate with you? If you are not walking in the light of truth and righteousness, and I know that you are not, how can the Lord give you skill and understanding?
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 22)
Do not let the enemy entice you to his side. Do not let him put his yoke on your neck. If you do this, how can the Lord give you wisdom and intelligence and righteousness?
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 23)
We cannot consent for you to continue as you are—proof against the manifestation of the Holy Spirit’s working. If you feel no rest or satisfaction or happiness in your work, you bring discouragement to yourself and to those connected with you. You impart no spiritual strength. You do not exert the influence that every worker for the Lord should exert. Those whose minds are not as strong as yours will be inclined to yield to your ideas rather than to oppose them, even if they are not right. You have lost your interest in spiritual things, and therefore you cannot give the spiritual help that is needed in the Sanitarium.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 24)
In plain, decided words, the apostle Paul speaks of our work. “We are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise master-builder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereon. For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest, for the day shall declare it; because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is. If any man’s work abide which he hath built there upon, he shall receive a reward. If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire.” [1 Corinthians 3:9-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 25)
You are certainly in need of the grace of Christ in your character building. The words given me by God for you were of a nature to bring home to you your great need of consecrating yourself, body, soul, and spirit to Jesus. You are to be transformed to His likeness, not conformed to the principles of worldlings.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 26)
The Lord has looked pitifully upon you and has opened ways before you to make a plain path for you, but you have not appreciated that which has been done for you. You should be thankful to God, seeing His goodness in your experience; but you act like one who is dissatisfied, because you cannot stretch yourself beyond your measure. You certainly are not acting as a converted man—gratefully, humbly, realizing the goodness of God. Those who cherish a factious spirit work on human principles, not on the principles of true religion. This you have been doing.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 27)
You cannot possibly be a full-fledged physician. You cannot act this part, and you should be content to do what you can. You may be qualified in theoretical knowledge to be physician in chief, but you are not fully qualified for the practical duties. You can go so far, and no further. Remember that you may spoil the life God has given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 28)
Carefully study the words, “We are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [Verse 9.] There is a building designed by no human skill and wrought by no human hand. This building is to be a dwelling place for the Most High. God expects you to prepare a dwelling place for Him. “Thus saith the high and lofty One, that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] “Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness. And again, The Lord knoweth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain.” This is applicable to you. “Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours; ... and ye are Christ’s; and Christ is God’s.” [1 Corinthians 3:16-21, 23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 29)
“Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. Wherefore also it is contained in the scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief cornerstone, elect, precious; and he that believeth on him shall not be confounded.” [1 Peter 2:5, 6.] Christ is the corner stone of God’s spiritual building. He is the salvation and the support of His sincere followers. “Unto you therefore which believe he is precious; but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed, the same is made the head of the corner, and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offense, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient; whereunto also they were appointed. But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvellous light.” [Verses 7-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 31, 1902, 30)
Lt 32, 1902
Haskell, Br-Sr. Refiled as Lt 197, 1901.
Lt 33, 1902
Temple, Sr. Refiled as Lt 39a, 1874.
Lt 34, 1902
Franke, E.E. Refiled as Lt 194, 1901.
Lt 35, 1902
Haskell, Br-Sr. Refiled as Lt 195, 1901.
Lt 36, 1902
Ferrell, Br-Sr. Refiled as Lt 4, 1891.
Lt 37, 1902
Matteson, Br. Refiled as Lt 10, 1884.
Lt 38, 1902
Franke, E. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 2, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 277. Dear Brother Franke,—
I have received and read your letter. Thank you for writing. As you have invited me to be free in writing to you, I shall write freely. I have a great interest in you. But the presentation given me in the night season of you and your work is not flattering to you. Your spirit is not like Christ’s Spirit. I would say to you, Come apart, and rest awhile. Take time to talk with God. The spirit that has often come upon you in your connection with the church is a spirit that creates division and contention. You exert an influence that tends to fasten minds to yourself. This is a sort of mesmeric influence. Evil angels work through you to fill minds with your ideas. I must tell you that this power is of Satan. But you do not recognize it as such. I speak decidedly, because you are imparting your objectionable traits of character to those for whom you work. There are those who will accept anything you may say or do as law and gospel, when in reality it is neither law nor gospel.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 1)
In the night season I was present in an assembly in which the members of the different Seventh-day Adventist churches in New York were in contention and strife. It was your words that were causing the dissension. You were not controlled by the Spirit of Christ, but by another spirit. Several times before I went to New York, such a meeting was presented to me. Your words were ill-advised. They were not leaves for the healing of diseased, irritable minds. Those who were shown me as united in church capacity needed not your words to provoke their easily irritated spirit. A leaf from the tree of life—the words of Christ—would have soothed and allayed their irritation. But hasty, unguarded words stir up a hasty, passionate spirit of dissension and strife.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 2)
Does Christ recognize this gendering of strife as something to be commended in one who is a delegated minister of the gospel? No, indeed. Can He accept one who stirs up strife and dissension? Will He declare of such an one, “I acknowledge him as My representative”? I answer decidedly, No, no! My brother, I plead with you to open the door of your heart to Jesus. Draw with Christ. Drawing apart from Him, you cause disaffection and disorder. You need to sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Unless you are controlled by a different spirit, a condition of things will be brought in that will be a great dishonor to the truth and a great hindrance to its advancement.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 3)
I cannot say to you, Move to another place, and thus remedy the difficulty; for you would carry with you the traits of character that make your work defective where you now are.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 4)
You present most forcible Bible truth, and then, when souls accept the truth, and are united in church capacity, you bind them to yourself as your property, as if no one else but yourself had any right to influence them. This is the reason the word was given that you could not properly educate the believers accepting the truth under your labors. Your peculiar traits of character must not come in as a domineering influence to control them. The work of educating and training believers is a gift, a talent, that you do not possess.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 5)
When ministers allow themselves to be annoyed because their ideas are not accepted and their plans are not carried out, when they feel that they should be made first, they are in great danger. You need to guard this point.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 6)
I write you this because I want you to be altogether the man the Lord desires you to be. Then Christ will recognize and commend the spirit you possess, seeing in you His own mind, His own will.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 7)
In spirit, in word, in action, you are to confess Christ. By revealing His meekness and lowliness, you bear witness to the power of His grace. By carefully guarding your spirit, you will place yourself under the influence of the sweet Spirit of Christ, to be guided by Him. Close the door against the selfish, wicked spirit of variance, so baleful in its influence. This spirit is easily aroused in souls who are not truly converted, who have merely made a profession.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 8)
If you have not qualifications that enable you, by words of wisdom and love, to cement in Christian unity hearts naturally inclined to variance, do not, I beseech you, feel that it is your prerogative to rule in the church, to exercise a kingship over the church. You cannot afford to sow one seed of dissension and variance.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 9)
Never do anything that will scatter the sheep of Christ’s pasture. Christ says, “My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me.” [John 10:27.] He loves His children, and says, I will confess them before My Father and before His angels.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 10)
Christ is watching every professed believer in Him, marking the influence that he exerts. I say to you, my brother, Please use your capabilities in some other work than in working with the church. You have not the tact or ability necessary for this work. Many times you speak rashly and unadvisedly. You sow the seeds of strife. Instead of drawing souls to Christ, you scatter them from Him. Leave church work for those who can pour into the hearts of the ones, for whom they work, the oil of grace and love.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 11)
“Whosoever therefore will confess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 10:32.] Study these words. The Lord Jesus has many times been dishonored by your rash, passionate speeches. Will you not cease to utter such speeches. This you must do if you [are] ever [to] exert in the church an influence that is Christlike. Will you ask yourself the question, Am I confessing Christ, whose I am by creation and by redemption.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 12)
When Christ utters His decision, basing what He says on the acts of the past, what, oh, what will He say of some of your speeches and their truth-dishonoring results? What will He say of your spirit of self-exaltation? This is a solemn question. Will you not change in your manner of working? Will you not cultivate patience. Remember that Paul may plant, and Apollos water, but that it is God alone who gives the increase.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 13)
I am intensely desirous that as the Lord’s appointed agency you shall stand in your lot and in your place, awakening unbelievers to a realization of their peril. But this work you can do successfully only as you depend on the Lord. Say in sincerity, “Let the words of my mouth, and the meditations of my heart, be acceptable in thy sight, O Lord, my strength, and my Redeemer.” [Psalm 19:14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 14)
In infinite mercy God has given us His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life. We are to form characters like the character of Christ. Now is our time of test and trial. Now is our sowing time. Each must decide for himself what his harvest shall be. Now is the time for us to lay up in store for ourselves “a good foundation, against the time to come,” that we may lay hold on eternal life. [1 Timothy 6:19.] Our inheritance in the glories of the future world will be proportioned to the degree in which in this life we receive into our hearts the knowledge of Christ, and conform our lives to His character.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 15)
My brother, we have a God-given message on health reform to proclaim. No one will be more decidedly benefited than yourself by taking up this work with earnest purpose. You need a wholesome diet. The Lord will give you much of His Holy Spirit if you will not counterwork His purposes by eating as you please, thus creating such a condition of things in the stomach that the machinery of the body is hindered in its work. I beseech you, my brother, to be careful of what you put into your stomach. In order for the blood to be pure and the body to be in good working order, the food eaten must be wholesome and nutritious. How can sinful mortals most acceptably worship God? is the question we should ask ourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 16)
Place yourself in right relation to God. It pleases and honors Him for us to expect great things at His hands. The promise is to us and to our children.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 17)
Brother Franke, I feel the most earnest interest in you and your family. I have a deep longing of soul for the salvation of your eldest son. God grant that he may not be lost. It is his privilege to be saved. I want you to take a course that will bind your children up with Christ. The Lord will be your helper in this work.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 18)
I ask you to remember that you are not doing the will of your heavenly Father in withholding from Him the tithe. We should all pay tithe. Why? Because it is required of us by the Lord Himself, and in the plainest terms. It is the plan of heaven to teach us that we are subjects of Christ’s kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 19)
The need and importance of paying tithe is plainly pointed out in the third chapter of Malachi. God says, “Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it.” [Verse 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 20)
Carefully read the whole of this chapter, and follow its instruction, for your own good as well as for the sake of others, who will be helped by your example. After reading this chapter, will you venture to disregard God’s plain requirement? Those who, after their attention has been called to this subject, refuse to comply with the Lord’s claims, venturing to disregard them as non-essential, will be dealt with in the manner described in this chapter.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 21)
If you lead the church to disregard this requirement of the Lord, will you not be leading them in crooked paths, and will not the Lord hold you accountable for their neglect of duty? If you neglect so plain a “Thus saith the Lord,” I greatly fear that you will make of little account many other of His requirements, choosing to do as you please, and to risk the consequences. Temptations to make of none effect the requirements of God are abundant. Yield not to them. Come up square and true to the very line God has laid down. Satan tempts us to withhold from the Lord His own. Can we doubt what the result of yielding to this temptation will be when we read the words, “Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed me, even this whole nation.” [Verses 8, 9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 22)
We may well be afraid of a man in any position, high or low, minister or layman, who, in the face of such statements, ventures to set aside God’s requirement as something that does not concern him.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 23)
We are in no case to allow one statement of Scripture to obscure another statement of Scripture. God’s Word in regard to paying tithe is plain and decided. Sad indeed will be the consequences to those who disobey. Blessings are given for obedience and curses for disobedience. To those who disobey, God says, “Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed me.” To those who obey, He says, “I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed; for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Verses 9, 11, 12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 24)
By strict obedience to God’s command to return to Him His own, parents should impress their children with its importance. Let children be educated to deny self and pay their tithe. All that can be done should be done to lead them to realize their accountability to return to the Lord His own. They should be taught that they are to follow His directions in the use they make of the talent of means. They should be taught that they are to deny themselves of worldly pleasures, in order that they may be able to help to advance the Lord’s work. The Lord has made plans and built up safeguards purposely to help parents and children to be workers together with Him, to practice self-denial for the good of others. Let children be taught to bring their offerings to the Lord, however small these offerings may be. Thus they become fruitful in good works, bearing fruit to the glory of God. By deeds of self-denial they sow seed that will spring up and bear fruit unto eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 25)
In the third chapter of Malachi the danger signal is uplifted. In this chapter the Lord cautions His people against every species of self-indulgence. He who yields to selfishness, withholding from the Lord the portion He claims as His own, is making a record that he will not care to meet. He is leaving undone that which the Lord requires him to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 26)
Parents should work diligently in the family to cut out the roots of self-indulgence and selfishness. They are to teach their children to work the works of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 27)
“Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] In these words Christ reminded His disciples of the work that had been committed to them. They were to spread throughout the world the tidings of truth. The light shining on them from the Saviour, they were to reflect to others. And to us also this work is given. By words of warning and entreaty, by missionary work in every line, by the printed page, the light of truth is to be reflected to the world. Thus Christians are to show forth their good works, that men may be led to glorify their heavenly Father.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 28)
My brother, I send these lines to you in the hope that you may be benefited by them. I greatly desire that your work shall be wrought in God. I greatly desire that you shall educate yourself and those over whom you have an influence to bring the tithe money to the Lord, to be used in the work of the gospel ministry.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 29)
I am weary now, and must close. In looking over my diary today, I found a letter written to you last September, which had not been copied. I shall have it copied and sent to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 30)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 38, 1902, 31)
Lt 39, 1902
Franke, E. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 12, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 85; Ev 331; 7BC 985-986. + Dear brother Franke,—
I wish to say to you that you need to make the Lord Jesus your efficiency. You are presented to me as one who is not the best qualified to exert a saving influence on those who are convicted by the presentation of Bible truth. Remember that it is not you who converts souls; the converting power comes from the Lord Jesus. You can but point souls to the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 1)
You are not the best qualified to work in church organization. You have become acquainted with the science that deals with the control of one mind by another mind. This you may call hypnotism. I call it mesmerism. I lift the danger signal before you. Never seek to draw men’s minds to yourself. This you have done, and you will continue to do it more or less, unless you yield to the power of God, but it is dangerous work for any one.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 2)
I must tell you, my brother, that you are exerting an undue influence on minds, an influence that has not its origin in Jesus Christ. In working for those who are converted under your labors, you would be highly pleased if they were called Elder Franke’s church. You would like to manipulate their minds in such a way that they would be guided by sentiments of your choosing. But God forbid! In fastening minds to yourself, you lead them to disconnect from the Source of their wisdom and efficiency. Their dependence must be wholly in God. Only thus can they grow in grace. They are dependent on Him for success, for usefulness, for power to be laborers together with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 3)
However large may be a man’s claim to knowledge, to wisdom, unless he is under the teaching of the Holy Spirit, he is exceedingly ignorant of spiritual things. He may handle truth in such a way that little understanding is imparted to his inner heart-life. You need to realize your danger and your inefficiency. Place your entire dependence on the One who is able to keep the souls committed to His trust, able to imbue them with His Spirit, able to fill them with unselfish love for one another, thus enabling them to bear witness that He has sent His Son into the world to save sinners.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 4)
In plain language, the Holy Spirit has communicated to us the clearest, deepest, most sanctifying truths. In all your stewardship, my brother, it is safe for you to rely on the Word of the living God. This Word is as a light shining in a dark place. When the Word of God is received into the mind, into the soul-temple, the result is a faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The truth makes its influence felt. There is seen consecration, devotion, and sanctification of body, soul, and spirit. Converts to the truth blend together with Christ in God.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 5)
Ministers of God may have different gifts, but these gifts are never to be used in a way that will separate believers from one another. This is where your work needs reformation. You are not to think that you can be conscience for other men. You are not to think that you can gain an experience for other men. God’s truth is not to be promulgated in such a way that those who accept the truth will form into separate parties under different heads. When contention comes in, when a party spirit is manifested, it is time to make investigation and call things by their right names. All dissension is born of the narrow conceptions of unsanctified minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 6)
Man is not sinless, and you have repeatedly shown by your hot, scathing speeches and your harsh denunciations of God’s sons and daughters, whom He loves, that you need a knowledge of God, that you need to understand that it is your duty to guard your words and your spirit, so that you will not make intemperate speeches.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 7)
“Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Mark 8:34.] When this injunction is obeyed, those who accept the truth will not be led in false paths, even though those who enlightened them in regard to the truth choose the wide gate and the broad road. You are in positive danger of refusing to deny self. At times, when you are under the special influence of the Spirit of God, you feel that you could die for the Saviour. But you allow counterworking influences to control you. You allow human appetites and passions to bear sway. The root of all true self-sacrifice is an affection for the Lord Jesus so strong that it makes the wearing of His yoke easy and pleasant, and leads men to choose to learn His meekness and lowliness.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 8)
He who pursues a course that confuses souls, causing his brother to err, is working on Satan’s side of the question. This is one of your dangers. I speak plainly, because you are under deceptions that are blinding your spiritual discernment. Your work must not bear the defects that it will develop if you are left alone to follow your own judgment.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 9)
God’s servants have one common work. Their aim is to convert people to the pure truth of the Word of God. They are not to attach men to themselves, so that they will echo what they say and carry out the suggestions they may make.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 10)
Christ is the foundation of every true church. All who are brought to a new faith are to be established on Him. The plain, simple truths of the gospel are to be kept before minds. Christ crucified as the atonement for sin is the great central truth of the gospel, round which all truths cluster. To this great truth all other truths are tributary.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 11)
All truths, rightly understood, derive their value and importance from their connection with this truth. The apostle Paul makes this fact stand out in royal dignity. He calls the minds of all teachers of the Word to the importance of pointing souls to Christ as the only means of salvation. “God forbid that I should glory,” he says, “save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.” [Galatians 6:14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 12)
“Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man. I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase. So then neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the increase. Now he that planteth and he that watereth are one; and every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labor. For we are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is.” [1 Corinthians 3:5-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 13)
“I have planted.” It was Paul who first preached the gospel to the Corinthians and gathered the church together. This was the work the Lord assigned him. “I have planted, Apollos watered.” The Lord directed that other workers should be brought in to stand in their lot and place. The seed sown must be watered, and this work Apollos was to do. He followed Paul in his work, to give further instruction, to help the seed sown to develop. “But God giveth the increase.” [Verse 6.] His was the power that gave success to the efforts of the laborers. Those that plant and those that water are not the cause of the growth of the seed. They work under God. They are His helping hand, co-operating with Him in His work. They are instruments in the hands of the unseen Master Worker.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 14)
The Lord has commissioned men to do a certain work, to make known the gospel to all nations. They are so to work that the truth shall be seen and accepted, leading to the exercise of faith, and to a belief in God as the Author of all true wisdom. Is man to be glorified? No, indeed. It is not the power of man’s will that leads men to accept the truth. They are convicted and converted because a tender, holy Spirit from God has found its way to the soul, and heart unites with heart in a loving, sensible, explainable union. The work is of the Holy Spirit, and there is in it no fitful, passionate, spasmodic effort. Man is not set up as an idol. He is hid with Christ in God, and Christ appears as the chiefest among ten thousand, the One altogether lovely. Above all, he is the Authority.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 15)
Who is Christ? Ask Isaiah, a worker prominent in the carrying out of God’s purpose. “Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given; and the government shall be upon his shoulder; and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this.” [Isaiah 9:6, 7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 16)
Our Saviour is one with us in humanity; for He was born of a woman; yet He is one with God. It was God’s plan that the human race should be saved by the sacrifice of the life of His Son. The only way in which human beings could be redeemed was by the union of man’s humanity with the divinity of the One whom God has made the head over all things. Every line of business, every church, every human being, is embraced in God’s merciful provision. This is the pledge that “of the increase of His government and peace there shall be no end.” [Verse 7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 17)
The Lord’s covenant of peace embraces all who will receive Him and believe in Him, all who will exercise the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. God is faithfulness and truth. It is the narrowness of man’s comprehension that limits his discernment, so that he is not able to realize the length and breadth and depth of God’s loving-kindness. God subjects His church to discipline, that He may test and prove them. Those who are willing to be disciplined, willing to wear Christ’s yoke and bear His burdens, will increase in the knowledge of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 18)
“Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Those who obey this word know by experience what it means to find rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 19)
The Lord has in store great enlargement for His church, great exhibitions of His power. “In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Judah: We have a strong city; salvation will God appoint for walls and bulwarks. Open ye the gates, that the righteous nation which keepeth the truth may enter in. Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee; because he trusteth in thee. Trust ye in the Lord forever; for in the Lord JEHOVAH is everlasting strength.” [Isaiah 26:1-4.] True faith in God always brings assurance and peace to the humble and contrite in heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 20)
Let not man seek to fasten minds to himself. God Himself is the Founder of His church, and we have His unalterable promise that His presence and protection will be given to His faithful ones, who walk in His counsel. To the end of time, Christ is to be first. He is the source of life and strength and righteousness and holiness. All this He is to those who wear His yoke, and learn of Him how to be meek and lowly. He will not tolerate self-exaltation. Extravagance and prodigality are a sin in His sight. His people are to practice His lessons of economy.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 21)
“Hear, ye that are far off, what I have done; and, ye that are near, acknowledge my might. The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness hath surprised the hypocrites! Who among us shall dwell with the devouring fire? who among us shall dwell with everlasting burnings? He that walketh righteously, and speaketh uprightly; he that despiseth the gain of oppressions, that shaketh his hands from holding of bribes; that stoppeth his ears from hearing of blood, and shutteth his eyes from seeing evil. He shall dwell on high; his place of defense shall be the munitions of rocks; bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure. Thine eyes shall see the king in his beauty; they shall behold the land that is very far off.” [Isaiah 33:13-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 22)
Brother Franke, remember that God is the husband of His church. The church is the bride, the Lamb’s wife. Every true believer is a part of the body of Christ. Christ regards unfaithfulness shown to Him by His people as the unfaithfulness of a wife to her husband. We are to remember that we are members of Christ’s body.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 23)
Every messenger for the Lord is to blend with his fellow messenger. In loving sympathy and confidence God’s workers are to unite with one another. He who says or does anything that tends to separate the members of Christ’s church is counterworking the Lord’s purpose. Wrangling and dissension in the church, the encouragement of suspicion and unbelief, the yielding to worldly indulgences, are dishonoring to Christ. He will judge for these things. Self-denial is ever to be practiced. Self-indulgence is to be put aside. In love and unity we are to labor for the Master.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 24)
“We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please ourselves. Let every one of us please his neighbor for his good to edification. For even Christ pleased not himself; but, as it is written, The reproaches of them that reproached thee fell on me. For whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope. Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be like-minded one toward another according to Christ Jesus; that ye may with one mind and one mouth glorify God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Wherefore receive ye one another, as Christ also received us to the glory of God.” [Romans 15:1-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 25)
My brother, will you work for unity? Will you work for health reform? Or will you plead for liberty to eat and drink as you please? If you yield to appetite, your nerves and muscles will suffer, and you will pay the penalty in a disturbed, fractious, restless spirit, a spirit that finds relief in creating dissension.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 26)
I entreat you to be soundly converted. Eat wholesome food, and guard the door of the lips against unwholesome words. Render to God the fruit of your lips, glorifying Him by offering Him praise and thanksgiving.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 27)
Let it be your endeavor to assist your brethren to preserve unity in the church. God desires His servants to cultivate Christian affection for one another. True religion unites hearts not only with Christ but with one another, in a most tender union. When you know what it means to be thus united with Christ and with your brethren, a fragrant influence will attend your work wherever you go.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 28)
I have many things to say, but I am so weary that I cannot go further now. I leave this with you, beseeching you to keep your feet from straying out of the right way. “Make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way.” [Hebrews 12:13.] May the Lord help you and strengthen and bless you, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 39, 1902, 29)
Lt 40, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 45. + Dear son Edson,—
I received your letter yesterday. Thank you for writing. I have been heavily burdened, but I shall not take time now to tell you of this matter. I wish to say that I fully endorse your conclusions. I believe them to be wise. You have borne many responsibilities, and it is time now for you to come apart and rest awhile. You are in need of rest. Your propositions with regard to your future plans please me. If your father could have taken time to rest before he had his first shock of paralysis, he might have been alive now. But I look in thought upon his grave, and am glad that he is not in the turmoil of the battle.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 1)
Later. Well, I had to leave your letter to finish an article to send to Los Angeles. I shall send you a copy of what I have written. W. C. White has just left here for Los Angeles. He has gone down to attend to business connected with the Sanitarium there. We had a praying season together before he left.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 2)
We have learned that Dr. Moran has negotiated for some land in the city of Los Angeles on which to erect a sanitarium. For a long time the brethren have been contemplating the establishment of a sanitarium in Southern California. All could see the wisdom of placing this sanitarium in the country. Many desirable and beautiful sites were visited. But the erection of the sanitarium has been delayed because, in the meeting held to decide the question [of] location, Dr. Moran refused to vote in harmony with his brethren. The matter has been hanging for months. Those in charge of the work in California have visited Los Angeles again and again, but nothing has been accomplished.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 3)
And now Dr. Moran, without consulting those he should have consulted, has made a hasty move with regard to buying some property in Los Angeles for the sanitarium site. He then wrote to the medical board that he had found a suitable location for the sanitarium, had paid a thousand dollars on it, and that he wished the medical board to sign a note for twenty thousand dollars, which would be lent by the business men in the city. He said that it would require about $40,000 more to erect and furnish the building.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 4)
The brethren told Dr. Moran that light had been given in the testimonies that sanitariums should not be established in the cities, but away from the cities. The condition of things in the cities will grow more and more objectionable, and the influence of these surroundings will be unfavorable to the accomplishment of the work that our sanitariums should do. From a health standpoint, the smoke of the cities is a strong objection to them as places for the location of sanitariums.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 5)
Dr. Moran then said that the institution in Los Angeles would be used as a branch sanitarium, and that the sanitarium proper could be established out of Los Angeles.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 6)
My soul was deeply burdened over this matter. The night before last, I was in bed by eight o’clock. In the night season I was in a council meeting where the brethren were discussing the matter of the sanitarium in Los Angeles. One of the brethren presented the advantages of establishing the sanitarium in the city of Los Angeles. Then One of Authority arose and presented the matter with clearness and force. I arose at half past ten o’clock, and began writing out the instruction I had received. The copies I send you will speak for themselves. I now feel greatly relieved.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 7)
The matter that the Lord helped me to write out yesterday and this morning will be a great help to our people in settling the question of the location of our sanitariums.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 8)
Much is involved in the location of the sanitarium in Southern California. In their restlessness and haste, men are in danger of making moves without giving due consideration as to what the result of these moves will be. Often they fail to see that there is danger of going too fast, and thus bringing confusion. It is the duty of the Lord’s workers to move when they know that the Lord desires them to move, not before. Until the word comes, “Go forward,” their part is to wait. “To obey is better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of lambs.” [1 Samuel 15:22.] While they are waiting, they may learn lessons of trust and confidence. Thus they may gather stores of wisdom and experience. There is much to be learned in seeking the Lord and submitting to His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 9)
Since my return from the East, I have not been able to use my voice in public speaking. But it has been gradually growing stronger; and last week W. C. White, Sara, Maggie Hare, and I drove to Calistoga, a town about nine miles from here. I thought I would test my voice by trying to speak to the few who assemble there on the Sabbath. When we reached the church, I stayed in the carriage while Willie went inside and asked that the building be well ventilated. The church is heated with stove heat, and I dared not venture inside till the windows had been opened and the air cooled. I spoke for twenty-five minutes, and then went out and sat in the carriage in the sunshine till Willie had finished speaking. I slept very little that night, but I do not think my speaking hurt me.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 10)
For some time I have had few good nights’ sleep. Various things have been troubling my mind. I have had Elder Franke’s case on my soul, and Elder Haskell’s, and Dr. Zelinsky’s, and Dr. and Mrs. Sanderson’s. These all need help, and I must write to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 11)
The many letters that come, full of complaint, and asking for advice, perplex and worry me. Sara helps me much in this. In the case of some of the letters, I tell her what to say in reply, and others, she answers without asking me.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 12)
Since I came home, I have written five hundred pages of typewritten matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 13)
Nothing hurts me so much as for you to be perplexed and troubled and disappointed, and for me not to be able to help you. You do not understand me, and I dare not write to you, fearing that I shall not help you. I do not want you to be so heavily burdened. It worries me to think that you are. What does the Lord require of you and of me? Obedience, simply obedience. Christ says, “Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 14)
I dare not encourage you to gather more responsibilities to yourself. I feel free to urge you to preach the Word; for I know that you will try to practice what you teach. You feel intensely over many things. But do not allow yourself to be provoked to anger. The way I do is to keep quiet. A hasty word will open the floodgates, and then I should be in danger of speaking unadvisedly. If I do not speak, but instead, send up a prayer to God, relief comes to me. I try to be careful of my words, because I read, “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 15)
You will never be idle, but always busy. But do not gather to yourself too many responsibilities. Shall not you and Emma and I seek the Lord most earnestly? He says, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, who giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering.” [James 1:5, 6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 16)
I fear that we lose much by not showing firm confidence and trust and unwavering faith in God. I ask Him to help me to carry all my burdens to the Saviour, and to let Him work for me as He chooses. And I must show my faith by doing His will as far as it is in my power, believing that the Lord is answering my prayers.
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 17)
Let us be more diligent in trying to lead others to the Lord. Let us be more willing to work as Christ and the disciples worked. The Saviour says, “Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Mark 8:34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 40, 1902, 18)
Lt 41, 1902
Palmer, Brother and Sister [W. O.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 341; 5Bio 147. + Dear brother and sister Palmer,—
I am just beginning to be able to pray aloud at family worship. I rejoice to think that I may hope to be once more as well as I was before I went to New York. I can now walk as readily as I could before my last sickness. I do not feel troubled in regard to my age. My mind is clear.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 1)
I should be glad to see you and all the friends in Nashville. But I am determined never again to attempt to visit the East in the winter time. The weather here is beautiful. Yesterday it rained gently all day. Today the sunshine is bright.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 2)
I am pressed by my burden of writing. I have written some important matters in regard to the location of sanitariums. I will send copies to you and to Edson. I am not able to lay off the burden night or day. But I pray, and the confidence I have in my Saviour keeps my courage good. When I cannot rest, I plead with God, saying, “Only let me know Thy will, that I may do it.”
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 3)
I have been carrying a burden for many, who, I am instructed, are in peril. I have written out many things that have been presented to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 4)
We are certainly living in perilous times, and we need to keep our minds stayed upon God every moment. He who knows the power that the enemy has over those who do not trust fully in the Lord Jesus, says, “Come unto Me. I am thy refuge, thy hiding place. I will preserve thee from trouble. I will compass thee about with songs of deliverance.” He knows the depths of darkness into which Satan would cast the soul. He is the exceeding brightness of the Father’s glory, and He invites all to follow Him, saying, “He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] He shows us the prodigal, a little while before sitting with the swine, now clothed in the Father’s best robe.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 5)
I am fully convinced that Brother Wales should be given encouragement to stand forth in the strength of the Lord as an overcomer. I see no reason why he should be hounded to death by his fellow men, when the Lord Jesus says, “Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool. If ye be willing and obedient, ye shall eat the good of the land.... And I will turn my hand upon thee, and purely purge away thy dross, and take away thy tin.” [Isaiah 1:18, 19, 25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 6)
I see no reason why we should not encourage Brother Wales to be a worker in the Lord’s vineyard. The cleansing of the soul from sin includes the gifts of forgiveness, justification, and sanctification. And the inward cleansing of the heart is shown by the outward cleansing of the life.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 7)
God’s mercy to those who sincerely repent and come to Him through Christ knows no limit. He will pardon the most guilty and purify the most polluted.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 8)
Brother Wales’ case has been a trouble to me, but I have more distinct light on it, and I will now say that if Brother Wales keeps close to the Lord Jesus, he will be safe; for Christ has pledged his infinite power, faithfulness, and love to save to the uttermost. Let Brother Wales know that I have written this.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 9)
Brother Palmer, God is the Ruler of the world. The trials that come on the members of His church are sent for their purification and their advancement. In times of darkness, let us not despond. Let us comfort our hearts by remembering that if we walk and work with God, in humility and sincerity, He will be our joy and peace and hope, and will give us precious victories. Let it be your work to consecrate your soul to God. Regard Him with holy reverence, and commit the keeping of your soul to His care.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 10)
God’s Word is, “Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples.” [Isaiah 8:16.] His law and His testimony are His messengers to the world. They are hid from worldlings who have no appreciation of them and cannot understand their significance.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 11)
True humility never hinders the Lord’s servants from undertaking the most arduous and responsible service, if the Lord requires it of them. You will see the salvation of God. Amid trials and perplexities, hear His voice saying to you, “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] God’s work will be carried on, though we may not always see how. God’s Word in our hearts will give us confidence and assurance and strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 12)
I hope you will strengthen your souls in the Lord. Night after night I plead with God to reveal His wonder-working power to you at Nashville. I am sure that He will be with you, leading and guiding you step by step.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 13)
I hope that some time you can take a vacation, and visit us in California. We should be glad indeed to entertain you.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 14)
May the Lord guide you by His Holy Spirit. Tell your sister that God is her Helper, and that she is to put her trust in His love and mercy. The Lord says to her, “Come unto me, ... and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.] He asks her to take His yoke and learn His meekness and lowliness, and she will find rest to her soul. His yoke is easy and His burden is light.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 15)
I must close now. Should any one be coming to Oakland from Nashville, please send by them some of the books I prize so highly to use as diaries. Should you be sending books to the Pacific Press, you could, perhaps, put some of these books in the box.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 16)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 41, 1902, 17)
Lt 42, 1902
Brethren in Australia “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 19, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in AUCR 06/15/1902. My dear brethren in Australia,—
Strengthen your souls in the Lord. I plead with God to reveal His wonder-working power to you. I am sure that He will be with you, leading and guiding you step by step. We are certainly living in perilous times, and we need to keep our minds stayed upon God every moment. He who knows the power that the enemy has over those who do not trust fully in the Lord Jesus, says, “Come unto Me. I am thy refuge, thy hiding place. I will preserve thee from trouble. I will compass thee about with songs of deliverance.” [Matthew 11:28; Deuteronomy 33:27; Psalm 32:7.] He knows the depths of darkness into which Satan would cast the soul. He is the exceeding brightness of the Father’s glory, and He invites us to follow Him, saying, “He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 42, 1902, 1)
“We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Lay hold of His work with clean hands, a pure heart, and holy, consecrated endeavor. Press forward to gain the triumphs of the cross of Christ. Are you not striving for a crown of immortality, for a life that measures with the life of God? O put your whole heart into the work. Let nothing cause your zeal to flag. Amidst trials and perplexities, hear His voice saying to you, “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] True humility never hinders the Lord’s servants from undertaking the most arduous and responsible service, if the Lord requires it of them.
(17LtMs, Lt 42, 1902, 2)
Patient continuance in well-doing—this is to be our motto. We are to put forth persevering effort, advancing step by step until the race is run, the victory gained. Paul writes, “This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 3:13, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 42, 1902, 3)
God’s work will be carried on, though we may not always see how. His Word in our hearts will give us confidence and assurance and hope. He is the Ruler of the world. The trials that come to the members of His church are sent for their purification and their advancement. In times of darkness, let us not despond. Let us comfort our hearts by remembering that if we walk and work with God, in humility and sincerity, He will be our joy and peace and hope, and will give us precious victories. Let us consecrate ourselves to Him. Let us regard Him with holy reverence and commit the keeping of our souls to His care.
(17LtMs, Lt 42, 1902, 4)
Christ’s Presence, and His Word, “Lo, I am with you alway” [Matthew 28:20], is our wisdom and our righteousness. It is the living Presence that makes the living Word. The kingdom comes to us not in word only, but in power. It is unwavering faith in Christ’s Presence that gives us power. Press forward unitedly to the help of the Lord, all of one heart and one mind. Depend not on human wisdom. Look beyond human beings to the One appointed by God to carry our griefs and sorrows. Taking God at His word, move forward with steadfast, persevering faith. You will see of His salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 42, 1902, 5)
Lt 43, 1902
Hart, J. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 19, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 17-18; CM 77; 3MR 310-311. Dear brother Hart,—
I have read your letter, and I cannot fully comprehend it. I have received instruction in regard to laborers in many places who did not seem to produce fruit. They were consumers, and not producers. The figure of idle shepherds was presented to me. I saw that in different places there were idle shepherds, who were not bringing fruit to the church. They were not themselves receiving grace from God to impart to others. Some of the laborers in Iowa were presented to me as not doing the work they should do. They were not reaching the high standard that their knowledge of the truth required them to reach.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 1)
Can we not see that the judgments of God are in the world? As I think of godless men sailing the broad waters, with only a few boards between them and eternity, I am filled with awe and with fear for them. Scene after scene has passed before me concerning the loss of vessels. I saw vessels lost in dense fogs. Angels of God were commissioned to withdraw from the some of these vessels, and they withdrew. The officers and crew were cursing and swearing, and acting in a godless manner, as if there were no God. Those in charge were half drunk. Their reason was confused. There were ministers of the gospel among the passengers, but some of them were smoking and drinking, and their example was no restraint on officers or crew. Those in charge were half drunk. Their reason was confused.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 2)
Vessel after vessel was lost that might have been saved had the men in charge been in possession of their reasoning powers. But the Lord did not work a miracle to save them. He did not say to the angry, tumultuous waters, “Peace, be still” [Mark 4:39], neither did He give clear discernment to the men who by self-indulgence had robbed themselves of understanding. Disaster came, and nearly all were lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 3)
Years ago this scene passed before me as a representation of what would happen in the future. I saw also that costly buildings in the cities, supposed to be fire proof, would be consumed by fire. The fire that lately swept through Patterson, N. Y., and the fires that have been in other places, are a fulfilment, in part, of the warning. Yet God has not executed His wrath without mercy. His hand is stretched out still. His message must be given in Greater New York. The people must be shown how it is possible for God, by a touch of His hand, to destroy the property they have gathered together against the last great day.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 4)
A little longer will the voice of mercy be heard; a little longer will the gracious invitation be given, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink.” [John 7:37.] God sends His warning message to the cities everywhere. Let the messengers He sends work so harmoniously that all will take knowledge of them, that they have learned of Jesus. Let them speak the words of reason and good sense. Let their message be that all who accept Christ will gain eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 5)
If our ministers realize how soon the inhabitants of the world are to be arraigned before the judgment seat of God, to answer for the deeds done in the body, how earnestly they would work, together with God, to present the truth! How earnestly they would strive to lead men to accept the truth. How untiringly they would labor to advance God’s cause in the world, proclaiming in word and deed, “The end of all things is at hand.” [1 Peter 4:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 6)
“Prepare to meet thy God” is the message we are everywhere to proclaim. [Amos 4:12.] The trumpet is to give a certain sound. Clearly and distinctly the warning is to ring out, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen.... Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.” [Revelation 18:2, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 7)
John writes, “And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and the cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.” [Verses 1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 8)
The words of this Scripture are to be fulfilled. Soon the last test is to come to all the inhabitants of the earth. At that time prompt decisions will be made. Those who have been convicted under the presentation of the Word will range themselves under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. They will see and understand as never before that they have missed many opportunities for doing the good they ought to have done. They will realize that they have not worked as zealously as they should to seek and save the lost, to snatch them, as it were, out of the fire.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 9)
But when I began this letter, I had no idea of writing in this way. While writing, I seemed to be looking beyond the present to the future.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 10)
Our work has been marked out for us by our heavenly Father. We are to take our Bibles and go forth to warn the world. We are to be God’s helping hand in saving souls. We are to be channels through which His love is day by day to flow to the perishing. The realization of the great work in which he has the privilege of taking part ennobles and sanctifies the true worker. He is filled with the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Nothing is drudgery to the one who submits to the will of God. “Doing it unto the Lord” [Matthew 25:40] is a thought that throws a charm over the work that God gives him to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 11)
God’s servants are to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] Listlessness and inefficiency are not piety. When we realize that we are working for God, we shall have a higher sense than we have ever had before of the sacredness of spiritual service. This realization will put life and vigilance and persevering energy into the discharge of every duty. Religion, pure, undefiled religion, is intensely practical. Nothing but earnest, wholehearted labor will avail in the saving of souls. We are to make our every-day duties acts of devotion, constantly increasing in usefulness because we see our work in the light of eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 12)
My brother, I advise you still to seek to do God service. Though you may not be recognized as a minister on the pay roll of the Conference, you need not regard yourself as dismissed from God’s service, if in all things you are consulting His will and living for His glory. Carry on all your work on strictly religious principles. Let your earnest inquiry be, “What can I do to please the Master?” Visit places where the believers need encouragement and help. At every step, ask, “Is this the way of the Lord? Am I, in spirit, in word, in action, in harmony with His will?”
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 13)
If you labor for God with an eye single to His glory, your work will bear the divine mold, and you will be carrying out the Lord’s purpose. Look ever to Jesus, constantly asking Him for guidance. Then your citizen’s dress will be replaced by the robe of Christ’s righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 14)
By beholding Christ, we become changed into His image. The expression of the countenance is changed. Cheerfulness takes the place of gloom, testifying that he whom the Son of God makes free is free indeed. Under the light of Christ’s countenance, the life is brightened, the actions beautified. The truth improves all with which it is brought in contact. It binds together human beings of different dispositions. Its silken threads, mingling with the coarse and fine threads in the great web of life, cause it to bear the impress of divinity.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 15)
Bring the precious pictures of Christ’s love and work into your home life and into your work outside the home. Fill out in the pattern the figures God has given you to fill out, drawing in the threads as perfectly as possible. Do your work faithfully. Do not let go. Do you not want to work for the Master? There are souls to be saved. Enter into the work with earnestness and diligence. Heed the words I have spoken to you. Enter God’s service as a canvasser-evangelist. Do not think that you are taking a lowly position, or that you are working in a limited capacity. Draw, draw with all your might for Christ. Get right down to bedrock in experience, and give such evidence that you are working with Christ that no one will question your tact or skill or the worth of your work.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 16)
Draw your power from the highest Authority, the Lord Jesus Christ. He will reward you according to your work. “Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” [1 Corinthians 10:31.] Remember that you are working for God, not for man. Plead earnestly for power, as you strive to win souls to the truth. Show a constantly increasing devotion to God’s service, and leave with Him the measurement of your work. Confer not with flesh and blood. Lay hold of the promises God has given. Do not complain. With a heart melted with the love of God, work for those who know not the truth. Let your inquiry be, “Lord, what wilt thou have me do?” [Acts 9:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 17)
O, it will be a blessed thing for you when your natural self-will is changed for a child-like, teachable, submissive spirit. Lean not to your own understanding; for it will lead you into false paths. Conform to the mind of Christ. Wear His yoke. Sit at His feet, and learn of Him. He says to you, “Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart.” [Matthew 11:29.] Then you will find rest. You will know that Christ’s yoke is easy and His burden light. As you recognize Christ’s authority, allowing Him to lead and guide you, you will feel the need of obeying Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 18)
Do not evade the cross of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Strive to realize the need of unquestioning obedience to the highest authority, the need of glorifying God in spirit, in word, in action. You must consecrate yourself to God. You must bear the fruit of the Spirit. In order to express the love of God, you must cherish earnest, whole-souled religion. Henceforward, you must work on a higher plane of action. Use your talent of speech to speak words that will comfort and bless and edify. Even if you are not working in the Conference, you can do genuine, earnest work for the Master. To scores and even hundreds you may say, “Come; for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 19)
Give yourself unreservedly to the work of helping souls in out-of-the-way places. Do not give up. Pray and work. Draw with you those who can help others. Hold on, Brother Hart. Let your voice be heard in prayer, in song, in entreaty. Do missionary work among those who have never heard the truth. Lead all you possibly can to the light.
(17LtMs, Lt 43, 1902, 20)
Lt 44, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 23, 1902 Previously unpublished. Elder W. C. White My dear son Willie,—
I received your card this Sunday morning. I have written something more in regard to sanitariums being established outside of the cities. I hope you will still be in Los Angeles when this manuscript reaches that place. I hope that the brethren will find buildings that they can utilize for sanitarium purposes, and that they can move into them and begin work.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 1)
As I look over my writings, I find some things that were written before the Los Angeles matter came up. I have written quite plainly in regard to sanitarium work. I shall collect all the rays of light that have been given me. I am well satisfied that our sanitariums should not be established in cities. “Out of the cities” is my message. Our physicians ought to have been wide awake on this point long ago. I hope and pray and believe that they will now wake up and see the importance of getting out into the country.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 2)
If our people would only come into line, how much time and expensive traveling might be saved.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 3)
I send you this much more on the location of our sanitariums. I could finish writing on this question, and send you a complete copy, if it were not for other things that my mind is impressed to write out for our people.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 4)
Earnest work is to be done. May the Lord fill the hearts of the workers with His Holy Spirit. I think that if our brethren could purchase a suitable tract of land on which there are buildings and other conveniences, they could make a beginning and some headway without so great an outlay of means as they have planned. The light that has been given me is that there are men whom our brethren, by careful management and earnest prayer, can induce to make large reductions on the price of property, in order to have the sanitarium established in their locality. I think it is best to consider the offers that will be made by monied men.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 5)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 44, 1902, 6)
Lt 45, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 23, 1902 Previously unpublished. Elder W. C. White My dear son Willie,—
I have not slept since one o’clock this morning. I felt urged to write the matter that I have written concerning Los Angeles. The last three pages were written after I felt as if I could write no more. My head was weary, O so weary! When Maggie came for the copy, I said, “Maggie, I cannot write any more. Tell them that I will write again soon.” But I took up my pen once more, and the feeling of oppression in my head left me. Instantly my brain was entirely relieved from weariness. I know that the hand of the Lord touched me; for I am not tired now, and I was so tired before.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 1)
I felt so grateful to my Saviour that when the time came for the evening season of prayer, I went downstairs and united in worship with the family. I opened to the one hundred and fourth Psalm, and read it. The blessing of the Lord came upon me in rich measure, and He indited prayer. We prayed for you who are in Los Angeles, that the Lord might give you knowledge and understanding. We also prayed for the workers East of the Rocky Mountains—especially for those in Battle Creek and Berrien Springs. O my brethren, go to God for the help that He alone can give!
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 2)
The grace of God is the chief theme of the gospel. His grace is a manifestation of His love—a love that makes it possible, through Christ, for fallen man to be saved. His grace is promised, in all its fulness and sufficiency, to every one who is engaged in His service. The love that is bestowed by the Holy One upon human agencies is to be manifested by them to others. His grace makes possible the union and co-operation of humanity with divinity. Justice and mercy and love are blended to save to the uttermost all who come to the Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 3)
We need to lay hold on the promises of God’s Word, appropriating them to ourselves. “God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, (by grace ye are saved;) and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus: that in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace.” [Ephesians 2:4-7.] Grace, rich grace, is for us. Let us not allow our unbelief to keep us in a state of hesitancy and cause us to lose the blessing that we might have gained. God’s grace is given to those who will appreciate and use it.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 4)
May the Lord bless you and strengthen you, my brethren, as you counsel together and make decisions in regard to the sanitarium work in Los Angeles.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 5)
It is past my bedtime. The Lord bless you.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 6)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 45, 1902, 7)
Lt 46, 1902
Santee, C.; Moran, F. B. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 22, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother Santee and brother Moran,—
I send you copies of manuscripts containing the instruction I have received in regard to establishing sanitariums in the cities. I am so sorry our brethren do not discern all things clearly. It is not a small matter to establish a sanitarium, and it is not a small matter to conduct a sanitarium properly. It is hard to find the right men to act as managers and directors, men who can stand in their lot and place, managing the work as it ought to be managed. To deal aright with the patients and with the helpers, and to keep the work of the institution on the high spiritual level it ought always to occupy, is something that requires tact and skill and much of the grace of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 1)
Enlightened by the Holy Spirit, we can move forward safely and intelligently. We need a zeal that is combined with prudence, a zeal that will lead us to work earnestly and intelligently. Ministers, physicians, and teachers need to be melted over again, as it were, that the dross that has been accumulating for years may be cleansed from heart and brain, and that the character may be transformed into Christ’s likeness. Humanity is altogether too confident of what it can accomplish in the strength of its own capabilities.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 2)
If there were no possibility of a change, I should not write these words to you. I am anxious and troubled in regard to the lack of foresight, the failure to reason from cause to effect. There seems to be a lack of keen discernment. Since returning from my long, taxing journey, I have been given many representations showing that God’s people are not meeting the necessities of the present time. And when I know that my brethren, after all I have said, would plan to locate a sanitarium in the city of Los Angeles, I ask myself why they so strangely fail to reason from cause to effect, why they do not show clearer discernment. I am deeply pained as I see that at such a time as this, when the work requires so much of you, when you need, as never before, to stand in your lot and place, you are not wide-awake.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 3)
My brethren, at this time you need the help of businessmen who have sharp, clear eyesight, else you will do bungling work. We cannot afford to make a mistake now. We need to ask God to give us spiritual enlightenment.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 4)
I think of our experience in carrying forward the work in Australia. We had to look constantly to our Saviour Jesus Christ, else we should have been led astray by supposedly wise men. And in spite of all our efforts to advance, we were hindered by a variety of phantoms. For two years, unbelief blocked the wheels and kept us back. We had to move in faith, looking to Jesus, and paying no heed to those who declared, “This is the way.” We had to keep our eyes fixed on our Leader, looking neither to the right hand nor to the left.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 5)
Now, I want you to have a clear, definite understanding of the object for which the sanitarium is to be established. Ask yourselves, “What do we expect to accomplish by the establishment of this institution?” Is the institution to be merely a hotel, for the accommodation of tourists, or is it to be an agency for the promulgation of truth, for the doing of true medical missionary work? Are you prepared to understand what the will of the Lord is?
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 6)
When I see men in positions of trust who are not considerate, I think of how different their course would be if they took Christ as their Companion, to give them counsel, to guide them, to lead them in plain paths, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Let those who seek to control the ones who need direction ask themselves the question, Are we willing first to be controlled by God? Submit to God’s way. When you drink largely of the Holy Spirit, all pettishness will be overcome, all harshness, in speech or action, will be put away.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 7)
The grace of God is the chief theme of the Bible. It is the light of the spiritual universe. O we need so much a conversion of the whole being, body, mind, and soul!
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 8)
Give yourselves to prayer. You cannot afford to move hastily in a matter that means so much. I urge you not to allow busy activity to keep you from earnest prayer. Establish yourselves in covenant relation with God. Go, put yourselves in fellowship with the great Teacher. Go, for your souls’ sakes, go to the throne of grace, and in contrition prostrate yourselves before God, pleading for clear light, that you may know that you are in the right way, because you see before you the footprints of Jesus. Go to God. Cast your helpless souls upon Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 9)
I address this to you, my brethren, and through you embrace all the brethren and sisters in Los Angeles. The perils of the last days are upon us. I ask you to present to the church the matter of being so far behind in the Lord’s work, and to urge them to arouse to earnest action.
(17LtMs, Lt 46, 1902, 10)
Lt 47, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 219-222. Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
I have received and read your encouraging letter in reference to the doors that are opening in different parts of New York for the entrance of truth. Thank the Lord, my brother and sister, that you are able to stand in your lot and in your place. The Lord is giving you evidence that He is going before you. But while you are anxious to do all that you possibly can, remember, Elder Haskell, that it is only by the great mercy and grace of God that you have been spared these many years to bear your testimony. Do not take upon yourself loads that others who are younger can carry.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 1)
It is your duty to be careful in your habits of life. You are to be wise in the use of your physical, mental, and spiritual strength. We who have passed through so many and such varied experiences are to do all that it is possible for us to do to preserve our powers, that we may labor for the Lord as long as He permits us to stand in our lot to help to advance His work.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 2)
The cause needs the help of the old hands, the aged workers, who have had many years’ experience in the cause of God, who have seen many going into fanaticism—cherishing the delusion of false theories, and resisting all the efforts made to let the true light shine forth in the darkness to reveal the superstitions that were coming in to confuse judgment—and to make of none effect the message of truth that in these last days must be given in its purity to the remnant people of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 3)
Many of the tried servants of God have fallen asleep in Jesus. We greatly appreciate the help of those who are left alive to this day. We value their testimony. Read the first chapter of First John, and then praise the Lord that, notwithstanding your many infirmities, you can still bear witness for Him. The Lord has brought you through many trying, difficult places. And He has given you the opportunity of laboring in connection with your wife. He has given her to you to help you, to be one with you, to have a care for you in her stronger physical strength. The Lord has given Sister Haskell a knowledge of the Scriptures, so that, at the times when you are called away for a season of rest, she is able to take your place. I can see that the good hand of the Lord has been with you. He will uphold you by His strong arm, saying, “Lean on Me. I will be your strength and your exceeding great reward.”
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 4)
We can easily count the first burden-bearers now alive. Elder Smith was connected with us at the beginning of the publishing work. He labored in connection with my husband. We hope always to see his name in the Review and Herald at the head of the list of editors; for thus it should be. Those who began the work, who fought bravely when the battle went so hard, must not lose their hold now. They are to be honored by those who entered the work after the hardest privation had been borne.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 5)
I feel very tender toward Elder Smith. My life-interest in the publishing work is bound up with his. He came to us as a young man, possessing talents that qualified him to stand in his lot and place as an editor. How I rejoice as I read his articles in the Review—so excellent, so full of spiritual truth. I thank God for them. I feel a strong sympathy for Elder Smith, and I believe that his name should always appear in the Review as the name of the leading editor. Thus God would have it. When, some years ago, his name was placed second, I felt hurt. When it was again placed first, I wept, and said, “Thank God.” May it always be there, as God designs it shall be, while Elder Smith’s right hand can hold a pen. And when the power of his hand fails, let his sons write at his dictation.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 6)
I am thankful that Elder Loughborough can still use his abilities and his gifts in God’s work. He has stood faithful amid storm and trial. With Elder Smith, my husband, Brother Butler—who joined us at a later period, and yourself, he can say, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and shew unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his Word is not in us.” [Verses 1-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 7)
It is with feelings of satisfaction and of gratitude to God that we see Elder Butler again in active service. His gray hairs testify that he understands what trials are. We welcome him into our ranks once more and regard him as one of our most valuable laborers.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 8)
May the Lord help the brethren who have borne their testimony in the early days of the message, to be wise in regard to the preservation of their physical, mental, and spiritual powers. I have been instructed by the Lord to say that He has endowed you with the power of reason, and He desires you to understand the laws that affect the health of the being and to resolve to obey them. These laws are God’s laws. He desires every pioneer worker to stand in his lot and place, that he may do his part in saving the people from being swept downward to destruction by the mighty current of evil—of physical, mental, and spiritual declension. My brethren, He desires you to keep your armor on to the very close of the conflict. Do not be imprudent; do not overwork. Take periods of rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 9)
The church militant is not the church triumphant. The Lord desires His tried servants, as long as they live, to advocate temperance reform. Unfurl the temperance banner. Teach the people to practice strict temperance in all things and to be champions in favor of obedience to physical laws. Stand firmly for God’s truth. Exalt before the people the banner bearing the inscription, “Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 10)
Those who bear the seal of the living God will be tested; for we read: “The dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.” [Revelation 12:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 11)
A few of the old standard-bearers are still living. I am intensely desirous that our brethren and sisters shall respect and honor these pioneers. We present them before you as men who know what trials are. I am instructed to say, Let every believer respect the men who acted a prominent part during the early days of the message, and who have borne trials and hardships and many privations. These men have grown gray in service. Not long hence, they will receive their reward. Writing of the last days, John says: “The nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great: and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth. And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.” [Revelation 11:18, 19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 12)
When God’s temple in heaven is opened, what a triumphant time that will be for all who have been faithful and true! In the temple will be seen the ark of the testament in which were placed the two tables of stone, on which are written God’s law. These tables of stone will be brought forth from their hiding place, and on them will be seen the ten commandments engraved by the finger of God. These tables of stone now lying in the ark of the testament will be a convincing testimony to the truth and binding claims of God’s law.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 13)
From every nation, kindred, tongue, and people is to be gathered out a people who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus. This is the work to be accomplished in these last days. Since Satan’s rebellion in heaven against the commandments of God, he has kept up a continual warfare against these commandments, and he will continue to carry on his work relentlessly to the end. To counteract the effects of the enemy, the Lord desires His servants, who have grown gray in the advocacy of truth, to stand faithful and true, bearing their testimony in favor of the law.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 14)
God’s tried servants must not be put in hard places. Those who served their Master when the work went hard, those who endured poverty and remained faithful in the love of the truth when our numbers were small, are ever to be honored and respected. Let those who have come into the truth in later years take heed to these words. God desires all to heed this caution.
(17LtMs, Lt 47, 1902, 15)
Lt 47a, 1902
Nelson, Mary “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 19, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in AH 253; CG 110; DG 186-189, 206-208. + Dear Sister Mary Nelson,—
As a Christian, you have duties to do that are left undone. You are not giving your children the education that they need. Your disposition is such that you are not molding and fashioning their characters after the divine similitude. You are in as much need of having your temper sweetened as is your husband. Your harshness of voice and your disagreeable disposition should be entirely overcome. Although a mother, you have not been learning lessons of self-control. You should cultivate pleasing traits of character. You may and should cultivate sweetness of disposition. Do not delay; for your habits are becoming fixed.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 1)
You rule, but not in love. What an objectionable education your children are receiving! It is not right for you to bring up the younger members of the Lord’s family as you are bringing up your children.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 2)
You should teach your children to form good habits. Will you spoil them for future usefulness by neglecting to train them as you should in habits of cleanliness and order? Will you not patiently teach and assist them always to keep their rooms and their clothing in order?
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 3)
Fretting and scolding will not help to reform your children. In governing them, you should exercise firmness; but with this, kindness should be mingled. Diligently teach them how to be Christians. Never raise your voice in passion; never strike a blow in anger; for this, in the place of correcting their faults, will confirm them in a wrong course. Remember that they have inherited their parents’ dispositions. You have now to meet in your children your own defects of character. Remember that if you speak harshly, you are giving them an example that they will learn to imitate. Sooner or later they will act toward you in the same harsh manner in which you have acted toward them, because in the home-life you have set before them a wrong example.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 4)
Is it not time for you to take up your neglected duties and try to please your husband and to train your children aright? My sister, the best thing you can do is to confess your mistakes to your husband and to your children. Tell the children that the harsh, rough spirit which you have cultivated is unchristlike. Then say, “Children, by the strength and grace that Christ gives us, we will now make a decided change.” Ask them to help you. Promise that you will help them.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 5)
Christ is ready to teach the father and the mother to be true educators. Those who learn in His school will never strike a child in passion. They will never speak in a harsh, unsympathetic tone; for words spoken in this manner grate upon the ear, wear upon the nerves, cause mental suffering, and create a state of mind that makes it impossible to curb the temper of the child to whom such words are spoken. This is often the reason why children speak disrespectfully to parents.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 6)
Remember that children have rights which must be respected. Your self-will is very strong. You have given this trait of character to your children. You may be busy from morning till night, and yet fail of doing the work that God has appointed you to do. You need to act the part of a mother in guiding and training your little flock.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 7)
You have had the children very much to yourself; but you have not always manifested patience and kindness to them. Remember that they are the Lord’s heritage. What example are you placing before them to influence them in the formation of character? Would you desire to see them carry into married life the spirit that they now reveal in words, in deportment, and in manners? If they should remain unchanged, they would manage throughout life as you have managed.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 8)
Take a retrospective view of your married life. In some respects your husband was superior to yourself. When he tried to help you, he was often too abrupt, and thus he hurt your feelings. But it was your duty to make every effort in your power to improve as a housekeeper. Your husband appreciates order, tact, and tidiness. After you found out what his preferences were, you should have risen to the emergency, keeping your house in order. Thus you could have set a proper example before your children. The cultivation of order and taste is an important part of the education of children.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 9)
Mary, I have always respected you, and I have very tender feelings toward you. As the guardian and teacher of your children, you are in duty bound to do every little thing in the home with nicety and in order. Teach your children the invaluable lesson of keeping their clothing tidy. Keep your own clothing clean and sweet and respectable. If you do this, your children will not think that you do not care for your own appearance or for theirs.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 10)
Mary, change your habits of slackness and disorder. Your untidiness displeases your husband; and if he speaks to you concerning the matter, you charge him with wanting to rule you. In the place of doing that which the Lord desires you to do, you become angry with your husband for pointing out these things. Both of you are under obligation to God always to be patterns of propriety in your home. Teach your children that the Lord required the Israelites to be clean. He directed that their whole encampment should be clean, lest, passing by and seeing them in their uncleanness, He could not favor them with His presence or give them victory in battle. He directed that they should wash their clothes and keep them clean. My sister, will you improve in this respect? If you will to do so, you can. It all depends upon the way in which you use your will. If you will to take hold of the Lord by faith, He will enable you to do your part. Remember that in heaven there is no disorder, and that your home should be a heaven here below. Remember that in doing faithfully from day to day the little things to be done in the home, you are a laborer together with God, perfecting a Christian character.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 11)
Your husband should in his turn act a noble part in the homelife. He should put away his spirit of domineering, and try rather to be a help. The spirit of criticism that Brother Nelson has cherished has brought into his home an atmosphere of discontent and unhappiness. I beg of both of you to control your spirit and your words. Put away all despondency.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 12)
Mary, wear clothing that is becoming to you. This will increase the respect of your children for you. See to it that they, too, are dressed in a becoming manner. Do not allow them to fall into habits of untidiness. You have before you a work to do in counteracting the wrong habits that you have formed in the past. If you realize your need and call upon God for help, He will give you His grace in abundant measure.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 13)
The mother is the queen of the home. Her children are her subjects. They are to receive her first and constant care. The work of teaching her children to form correct habits is to be secondary to no other line of work. By kindness she is to win them to herself, giving them evidence by kind words and manifestations of affection that she loves them.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 14)
My dear sister, you are in need of divine help. You must wear Christ’s yoke yourself before you can properly teach your children that they are to give their hearts to Jesus. That you may be fitted to do this work, seek for God’s special blessing. Let the Holy Spirit abide in your heart, making it a wellspring of love and joy. Pray most earnestly for a meek and quiet spirit. In the spirit of meekness, seek daily for God’s blessing. If you daily receive blessings from above, you will be refreshed and will impart to your children that which you have received. And as your disposition and character change, you will have a beneficial influence over the disposition and character of your children.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 15)
Christ’s invitation to every weary, heavy-laden soul is, “Come unto Me.” My sister, if you take Christ’s yoke upon you, His promise is, “I will give you rest.” Yes, there is rest in wearing the yoke of obedience to His requirements. “Learn of Me,” He says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” That is, in your daily experience you will realize what precious rest there is in Christ Jesus. “For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Just as soon as you are obedient to the Word of God, you will cease to wear the galling yoke that you have manufactured and chosen to wear by bearing the responsibility of the home cares and business.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 16)
Your children need a father, you need a husband, and your husband needs a wife. You need the help of your husband, and you both need the help of the Saviour. Both of you should cultivate faith. Your children need a father who will wear Christ’s yoke, a father who will submit his will to God’s will, to be molded and fashioned by the divine hand.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 17)
My brother, my sister, for some time you have not been living together. You should not have pursued this course, and would not have done so, if both of you had been cultivating the patience, kindness, and forbearance that should ever exist between husband and wife. Neither of you should set up your own will and try to carry out your individual ideas and plans, whatever the consequences may be. Neither of you should be determined to do as you please. Let the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God work upon your hearts, and fit you for the work of training your children. Your work, under God, is to mold and fashion their characters. In order to lay hold on the strength and power that the Lord alone can give you, you must exercise faith. Appeal to your heavenly Father to keep you from yielding to the temptation to speak in an impatient, harsh, wilful manner to each other, the husband to the wife, and the wife to the husband. Both of you have imperfect characters. Because you have not been under God’s control, your conduct toward each other has been unwise.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 18)
I beseech you to bring yourselves under God’s control. When tempted to speak provokingly, refrain from saying anything. You will be tempted on this point, because you have never overcome this objectionable trait of character. But every wrong habit must be overcome. Make a complete surrender to God. Fall on the Rock, Christ Jesus, and be broken. As husband and wife, discipline yourselves. Go to Christ for help. He will willingly supply you with His divine sympathy, His free grace. He who for thirty years was a faithful son, working at the carpenter’s trade in order to do His share in bearing the burdens of the family firm, will give His followers strength faithfully to do their part in sharing the burdens of homelife.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 19)
My sister, Christ has committed to you the sacred work of teaching His commandments to your children. In order to be fitted for this work, you must yourself live in obedience to all His precepts. Cultivate a watchful observance of every word and action. Guard most diligently your words. Overcome all hastiness of temper; for impatience, if manifested, will help the adversary to make the homelife disagreeable and unpleasant for your children
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 20)
We are all the property of the Lord Jesus. He gave His life as a ransom to redeem us. By His gift, every family—father, mother, and children—may be saved. My sister, will you neglect your home duties by not putting to tax your God-given power of will in an effort to help your children? In the name of the Lord, I charge you to make every effort, with your husband’s help, to save your children.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 21)
Upon each of you, as parents, rests the equal responsibility of guarding every word and action, that neither your words nor your deportment shall disparage you in the estimation of your children. Bring into the household all the pleasantness and comfort and joy that you possibly can.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 22)
My dear Brother and Sister Nelson, repent before God for your past course. Come to an understanding, and reunite as husband and wife. Put away the disagreeable, unhappy experience of your past life. Take courage in the Lord. Close the windows of the soul earthward, and open them heavenward. If your voices are uplifted in prayer to heaven for light, the Lord Jesus, who is light and life, peace and joy, will hear your cry. He, the Sun of righteousness, will shine into the chambers of the mind, lighting up the soul temple. If you welcome the sunshine of His presence into your home, you will not utter words of a nature to cause feelings of unhappiness.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 23)
O Mary, I beg of you to stop and consider how much you are grieving the Holy Spirit of God! Seek the Lord with your whole heart, that the Sun of righteousness may shine into your soul, and work in you an entire transformation, sanctifying your every word and action.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 24)
How I wish I could cry with a loud voice to every mother in the land: Sanctify your spirit through the grace that Christ freely gives to those who ask Him for grace. Practice tenderness. Manifest a sanctified love for your children. Interest yourself in their happiness. Teach them to exercise good sense. Acquaint them with God and His purpose for them. Make the religion of Jesus Christ attractive. Never offend the Lord God by dissension and unhappy differences. Seek for meekness and lowliness of heart. Cultivate affection.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 25)
Brother and Sister Nelson, while in the past you have disagreed, you are now under solemn obligation to God to make the most of your God-given abilities and powers. You should improve every opportunity you have for reaching a higher standard. It is God’s purpose, signified to you through Sister White, His servant, that you should look to Jesus, and, by beholding Him, be changed into His likeness. The Lord desires that you shall no longer be children in your Christian experience, but, through the impartation of His grace, that you shall be complete in Him. If you take advantage of the present opportunity for reaching a higher experience, you can become strong and complete in Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 26)
Brother Nelson, will you soften and subdue your nature? You may become like Jesus and be His missionary, His helping hand. He never prompts you to be exacting, dictatorial, and severe toward the members of your family and toward others with whom you associate. You can live this life only once. Will you not bring the pleasantness and the goodness of a perfect character into this life? The Lord wants you to be good and to do good. We can individually make life what we please. If we choose, we can honor God by using aright the talent of speech.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 27)
My brother, take up the care of your children. It will do no good to blame them; for they have received your disposition as an inheritance. In governing them, be firm, but not arbitrary. In talking with them, speak in a manner that will not create a feeling of stubborn resistance.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 28)
Brother and Sister Nelson, the example that you have set before your children has not been what it would have been, had you been converted. If you were changed by the grace of Christ, you would show that you had overcome selfishness and the desire to have your own way, to consult your natural inclinations, and to do as you please. Now is the time to show that you do not live to please self. Bring into the character the fragrance of Christ’s character. Put away the spirit of scolding, fretting, and repining. Cultivate purity of speech. Pray and sing to the glory of God. Let the peace of God rule in your hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 29)
“Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? Let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom. But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthy, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:13-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 30)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity (love), which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 31)
“Let the Word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him. Wives, submit yourselves unto your husbands, as it is fit in the Lord. Husbands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them. Children, obey your parents in all things: for this is well pleasing unto the Lord. Fathers, provoke not your children to anger, lest they be discouraged.... Whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance: for ye serve the Lord Jesus.” [Colossians 3:12-21, 23, 24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 47a, 1902, 32)
Lt 48, 1902
Franke, Brother and Sister [E. E.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 19, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 148, 169; 1NL 113-115. + Dear brother and sister Franke,—
I have written you some important things that the Lord has given me to write for you. The Lord loves you, and He will draw near to you if you will draw near to Him. Remember that your safety is in praying constantly for the molding of the Holy Spirit. God’s Word plainly declares the manner of Christ’s work. As Christ is our example in all things, let us study His plans and His ways, and not try to study out methods different from His. The more straightforward you are in practicing the Word of God, in truth and righteousness, the more acceptable will the truth appear to those you are trying to help. It is not your work to call the attention of the people to yourself. It is your work to proclaim the most solemn truth ever given to mortals. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and in the closing scenes of these days we have a part to act. The Lord desires you to learn of Him, to love and fear Him. Not in the art of display, but in lifting up Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer, will you find success in winning souls. As you work for God in humility and lowliness of heart, He will manifest Himself to you. But when you exalt yourself and your family before the people, you interpose between Christ and those for whom He died.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 1)
Walk and work humbly with God. If you heed the cautions given you, you will place yourself where the Lord can work with you. But if you make yourself the central figures, the force of your message will be greatly weakened. God’s servants have been given the most solemn truth to present, and their actions and methods and plans must correspond to the importance of the truth they advocate. If your way of presenting the truth is God’s way, your audience will be deeply impressed with the truth you present. The conviction will come to them that it is the Word of the living God, and you will accomplish the will of God in power.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 2)
Let not your efforts be to follow the world’s way, but to follow God’s way. Outward display will not do the work the Lord desires to have done to arouse the higher classes to a conviction that they have heard the truth. Do not divest the truth of its dignity and impressiveness by preliminaries that are more after the order of the world than after the order of heaven. Let your hearers understand that you do not hold Sunday evening meetings to charm their senses with music and other things, but to preach the truth in all its solemnity, that it may come to them as a warning, arousing them from their death-like sleep of self-indulgence. It is the naked truth that, like a sharp, two-edged sword, cuts both ways. It is this that will arouse those who are dead in trespasses and sins. The preaching of John the Baptist, the forerunner of Christ, made a decided impression on the minds of his hearers, because he gave a message startling in its plainness, a message that cut to their hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 3)
I have a message for you. A change is needed in your manner of working. Cease to be so prodigal in your use of means. I have seen that the Lord does not approve your extravagant display. This is not the way in which the truth is to be proclaimed. I desire your work to bear the unmistakable impress of the divine Worker. He who gave His life to save men and women from idolatry and self-indulgence left an example to be followed by all who should take up the work of presenting the truth that those who are saved must bring into the practical life. Your manner of laboring is to illustrate true economy. Do your work in a humble, Christ-like way, remembering that there are many cities to be worked. The Lord will bless and favor with His love those who reveal humility in their work for Him. But He abhors the proud and self-indulgent.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 4)
Those who in their work for God depend on worldly plans for gaining success will make a failure. The Lord calls for a change in your manner of labor. He desires you to practice the lessons taught in the life of Christ. Then the mold of Christ will be seen on all the meetings that you hold.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 5)
There are no difficulties in the way which leads to the city of God that those who trust in Him may not overcome. There are no dangers that they may not escape. Jehovah is our stronghold. He has infinite fulness, and from this fulness He can replenish with grace and wisdom the minds and hearts of all who follow Christ. His righteousness will go before them, enabling them to shine as lights in the world. He will make them channels through which are poured rich blessings for the refreshing of others. If you allow the grace of God to flow through you to others, you will not only bring refreshing to them, but you yourself will be refreshed.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 6)
You need the peace of God in your heart and in your home. The Lord desires you to let His peace rule in your heart. You are in great danger of taking upon yourself cares and responsibilities that do not give strength, but weakness. What is the chaff to the wheat? In trying to interest the people, you should not employ [methods] that call for such tremendous effort and for such a large outlay of means. I just wish to say that the Lord does not require you to bear this extra burden. At times the thought of where you are to find the money to meet the cost of your efforts sends you almost distracted. And the result of these efforts does not meet your expectations. Your work would be better without some of these efforts. They call the attention of the people to human productions, and their minds are directed to the study of these productions, so that Christ is scarcely thought of. The power of His grace is intercepted by human devising.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 7)
The Lord calls upon you to take heed, to save your mental and physical powers from decay.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 8)
Let everything be done to the glory of God. Tell your audience that you are going to correct your expensive methods of labor, that you must labor more economically, because there is much to be done to seek and save those who are perishing in sin. Tell them that you need their help in inviting others to the meetings. Tell them that you have a message from the Word of the Lord. Show them what the words of Isaiah mean: “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] Though heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain God, His chosen temple is the soul of the humble and contrite one. His blessed presence fills the heart with peace and light and strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 9)
God will richly bless those who are humble and sincere, those who are kind and benevolent, who relieve the wants of the widow and the fatherless.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 10)
This is an age of extravagance and display. Men think that it is necessary to make a display in order to gain success. But this is not so. Take up your work in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, and show the fallacy of expending means needlessly for effect. Preach and practice economy. Labor with simplicity, humility, and graceful dignity, and your work will make a lasting impression. Trustful dependence on God, earnest prayer to Him for help, obedience to His Word—these are as gold and silver and precious stones brought to the foundation.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 11)
Make it stand out with the greatest clearness that all created things are dependent on and under the control of Jehovah, and that as He sees best, He uses them as His instruments for the salvation of those who believe and as instruments for the destruction of those who harden their hearts in impenitence.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 12)
There are thousands to be reached by the truth. There are thousands who are to receive Christ as a personal Saviour. Greater New York must be worked on an altogether more economical plan than the plan on which you have been working. Christ says, “Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow me.” [Mark 8:34.] Talk the truth, live the truth. Walk before God in all humility of mind and in all simplicity of action. Let the angels see that you love God, and that you practice the humility of Christ. This all must do who enter the courts of the Lord. In this life they must walk in the new and precious way that Christ has provided for His followers.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 13)
My brother, I write you at this time because I want you to be prepared to engage in camp-meeting work, prepared to speak to thousands, making plain by word and illustration the truths that must be presented. Suffer me to say the things that must be said to you. Hasty decisions, formed under the influence of strong feeling, without time for deliberation or for asking counsel from God, are generally wrong and are often exceedingly unjust.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 14)
I have the word of the Lord for you. You need to cultivate the gentleness of Christ. Communion with God will give you increased influence for good. Bring humility into your business life and into your religious life. Watch, watch, watch! For the sake of your children, watch! Unite with your brethren in counsel. Do not, I beg of you, stand apart as a separate whole. Unify, unify. Exercise care to avoid discord and strife. Do not speak words such as I heard you speak when in the night season I was in a council meeting at which you were present. Speak the words that Christ would speak were He in your place.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 15)
The Lord is your only safeguard. Fear Him, and tremble at His word. He will manifest Himself to His people as He does not to the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 16)
Those who claim to believe the truth are to guard carefully the powers of body and mind, so that God and His cause will not be in any way dishonored by their words or actions. The habits and practices are to be brought into subjection to the will of God. We are to give careful attention to our diet.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 17)
It has been clearly presented to me that God’s people are to take a firm stand against meat-eating. Would God for thirty years give His people the message that if they desire to have pure blood and clear minds, they must give up the use of flesh meat, if He did not want them to heed this message? By the use of flesh meat the animal nature is strengthened and the spiritual nature weakened. Such men as you, who are engaged in the most solemn and important work ever entrusted to human beings, need to give special heed to what they eat.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 18)
Remember that when you eat flesh meat, you are but eating grains and vegetables secondhand; for the animal receives from these things the nutrition that makes it grow and prepares it for market. The life that was in the grains and vegetables passes into the animal, and becomes part of its life, and then human beings eat the animal. Why are they so willing to eat their food secondhand?
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 19)
In the beginning, fruit was pronounced by God as “good for food.” [Genesis 2:9.] The permission to eat flesh meat was a consequence of the fall. Not till after the flood was man given permission to eat the flesh of animals. Why then need we eat flesh meat? Few who eat this know how full it is of disease. Flesh meat never was the best food, and now it is cursed by disease.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 20)
The thought of killing animals to be eaten is in itself revolting. If man’s natural sense had not been perverted by this indulgence of appetite, human beings would not think of eating the flesh of animals.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 21)
We have been given the work of advancing health reform. The Lord desires His people to be in harmony with one another. As you must know, we shall not leave the position in which, for the last thirty-five years, the Lord has been bidding us stand. Beware how you place yourself in opposition to the work of health reform. It will go forward; for it is the Lord’s means of lessening the suffering in our world, and of purifying His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 22)
Be careful what attitude you assume, lest you be found causing division. My brother, even while you fail to bring into your life and into your family the blessing that comes from following the principles of health reform, do not harm others by opposing the light God has given on this subject.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 23)
While we do not make the use of flesh meat a test, while we do not want to force any one to give up its use, yet it is our duty to request that no minister of the Conference shall make light of or oppose the message of reform on this point. If, in the face of the light God has given concerning the effect of meat-eating on the system, you will still continue to eat meat, you must bear the consequences. But do not take a position before the people that will permit them to think that it is not necessary to call for a reform in regard to meat-eating, because the Lord is calling for reform. The Lord has given us the work of proclaiming the message of health reform, and if you cannot step forward in the ranks of those who are giving this message, you are not to make this prominent. In counter-working the efforts of your fellow laborers who are teaching health reform, you are out of order, working on the wrong side.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 24)
Christ is our Example. He was God in the heavenly courts. But He came to this earth to live among men. “If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfil ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name that is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things on earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:1-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 25)
Please study this Scripture and grasp its true meaning. We are to put on Christ. Everything good in man is the result of the Holy Spirit’s work. Our own righteousness is worthless. Man cannot of himself do one good thing. But when he gives himself unreservedly to God, the Lord by His Holy Spirit begins in his heart the work of grace, teaching him how to practice self-denial, how to take up the cross and follow Christ. Sanctify the Lord God in your hearts. To love God supremely and to love our neighbor as ourselves are the two great principles on which hang all the law and the prophets. When these principles are obeyed, man, through perfect obedience, is bound up with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 26)
We may expect that God will give fulness of grace to carry forward every good work in the home and in the church, till His people come “in unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God,” unto perfect men and women, “unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 27)
My dear brother and sister Franke, I write these things to you because I have an intense desire that you shall in no wise be overcome by the power of the enemy, but that with clear discernment you may see his craft and subtlety, and resist him. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. He will lift up for you a standard against the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 28)
“I thank my God upon every remembrance of you, always in every prayer of mine for you all making request with joy, for your fellowship in the gospel from the first day until now; being confident of this very thing, that He which hath begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ.”“Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. Do all things without murmuring and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God without rebuke in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world.” [Philippians 1:3-6; 2:12-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 48, 1902, 29)
Lt 49, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 63, 89-90, 264-265, 501, 509, 672; MM 275; 3MR 279; 8MR 331; 9MR 387-388; BTS 06/1902. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have every reason for gratitude to God that I have been able to continue my writing. Even when I was sick in Nashville, my head was clear, and I could write. I am still unable to use my voice. Sometimes when I attempt to speak, I can make no sound. But while I continue weak, I now have an excellent appetite, and my food tastes good. For this I am thankful.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 1)
How many disasters are now taking place! These are admonitions to us that we are living in the last days. Daily we read of earthquakes; of the going down of many ships, with great loss of life; of destructive floods; and of the burning of immense buildings costing millions of dollars—buildings which men have pronounced fireproof, but which, when touched by the finger of God, are consumed. With a loud voice these things speak to us, saying, “The end of all things is at hand.” [1 Peter 4:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 2)
We are living in the closing period of this earth’s history. What shall we do to awaken the people to a realization of their dangerous condition? Already the plagues of God are coming upon the world; yet many of those who for years have been expecting to behold Christ at His second appearing are assuming an attitude of listless indifference to the daily events which show that His coming is drawing near.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 3)
In the twenty-fourth of Matthew is recorded Christ’s prophecy in regard to the signs that precede His second coming. After mentioning some of them, He says: “Now learn a parable of the fig-tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh: so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.... But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only. But as the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Verses 32, 33, 36-39.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 4)
As the inhabitants of the antediluvian world “knew not” the time in which they were living, so the inhabitants of the world today know not, because they do not choose to know, that they are living in the last days. Christ has warned us to watch for His second coming. He says: “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.... Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season?” Every one of us may well ask, Does this Scripture refer to me? Lord, is it I? “Blessed is that servant,” Christ says, “whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming, and shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” [Verses 42, 45-51.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 5)
Every Christian is now to stand in his lot. This is no time to be careless. The judgments of God are in the world. They will surprise many. Vessels filled with passengers will suddenly go down, and all on board will perish. Some one may be saved to bear witness to the intemperance of those on board—the drinking, the card-playing, the swearing, the wickedness of every description. We need to watch, the Lord says, lest, coming suddenly, He will find us sleeping in dreamland, or engaged in worldly projects and foolish diversions.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 6)
In these perilous times we should leave untried no means of warning the people. We should be deeply interested in everything that will stay the tide of iniquity. Work on. Have faith in God. Christ has said, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] This is the power that He longs to bestow upon all. He declares that those who seek Him with all the heart shall find Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 7)
Both Brother Haskell and Brother Franke have a work to do. There is great danger, however, that Brother Franke will not co-operate with God, but will carry on the work in a strange way. While giving God’s message to the world, he should have a most solemn sense of its sacredness. In every attitude, in every word spoken, he should be reverential. He is handling the Word of God. He should act as he would if he could see the Saviour personally in the congregation.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 8)
The one who teaches the Word of God needs to do so with great solemnity, because of the elevated character of this work. In every assembly where the truth is presented are angels of God. It is because of the connection of the human agent with the divine agencies that the minds of the hearers are impressed as Christ desires them to be. Heavenly intelligences can do work on the minds of those in the congregation that, as people leave the place of meeting, realize that Christ was there.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 9)
The minds of the people whom you address are to be correctly impressed. Christ says, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verses 19, 20.] He who while on this earth declared that He had many things to say that His hearers could not bear, is today in the congregation with those for whom He gave His precious life.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 10)
Gospel meetings can be conducted in such a way as to consume much money from the Lord’s treasury in an effort to make a display. When teachers of the Word depend upon outward appearance, they forget the nobler scene before them. They forget the great and mighty Worker who has promised to be with them alway. They forget that there is present One who can enlarge the faculties of the speaker, One who can make impressive the presentation of the power and grace of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 11)
The gospel minister should realize that he is a laborer together with God. He should reflect into the hearts of others the divine rays of light that shine into his heart. Thus he will co-operate with God in stamping upon human hearts the divine likeness. The speaker should never put self into his work; for by drawing the attention of his hearers to himself, he turns their attention from Christ. He may say and do many things that affect the minds of his hearers; but the power of his influence is counterworked by methods that bring the human agent into prominence, causing the people to lose sight of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 12)
Let no man weave himself into the work of God. The Lord does not give all the same talents. The gifts of His workers are varied. Each worker must stand in his lot and in his place, doing his work in an acceptable manner. There are men to whom God will give a message for the people; but in giving the message these men are not to reveal themselves. Christ is to appear as the only hope of salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 13)
Those who make use of devices that are theatrical in nature to hold the attention of the people, lose the realization of the presence of Christ. Those who use so much time in preparing for their meetings, depending to a large extent on outward appearance to impress the people, give Jesus no opportunity to work on hearts. They mingle the common with the sacred.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 14)
We shall have to gain a deeper knowledge of Christ’s manner of working. Our faith must reach lofty, sacred heights. In His ministry the Majesty of heaven has given us a perfect pattern by which to shape our methods of labor. We must know by experience that the best and only way to learn how to reach hearts is to study this pattern.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 15)
In the Christian life there is no preparation that can take the place of that enjoined by the words, Watch, Pray, Work. The co-operation of God with man is all-sufficient. There is such a thing as excluding Christ from our meetings. This we do by neglecting to pray and by neglecting to recognize His presence as our light and life—the One who has power to give us success in all our efforts. The great Teacher will instruct every soul that waits upon Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 16)
Many things have been presented to me that worry my mind. I am writing this at twelve o’clock at night. In the night season the case of Elder Franke has been presented before me. He was in great excitement. In seeking to carry on the work in a way that the Lord does not approve, he was going beyond his depth, breadth, and height. By the use of charts, symbols, and representations of various kinds, he can make the truth stand out clearly and distinctly. This is a help, and in harmony with the Word of God. But when Brother Franke makes his labor so very expensive to himself and to others, he is not working in harmony with God’s plan. It is not necessary to use so much of the Lord’s money in New York City, when the funds in the Lord’s treasury are so scarce that ministers cannot be paid for their labors.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 17)
Let our workers do some careful thinking, earnest praying, and wise planning. The Lord wants His work to be carried on solidly and intelligently. He says that we are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. [1 Corinthians 4:9.] The presentation before me was that if Elder Franke would heed the counsel of his brethren, and not rush on in the way he does in making a great effort to secure large congregations, he would have more influence for good, and his work would have a more telling effect.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 18)
He should cut off from his meetings everything that has a semblance of theatrical display; for such outward appearances give no strength to the message that he bears. When the Lord can co-operate with him, his work will not need to be done in so expensive a manner. He will not need then to go to so much expense in advertising his meetings. He will not place so much dependence on the musical program. This part of his services is conducted more after the order of a concert in a theater, than a song service in a religious meeting. It makes an impression on minds for time and for eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 19)
One of authority asked, “Brother Franke, who has required this at your hand?” The time has come for Brother Franke to consider that this great effort and excitement in preparing for a meeting does not bear the stamp of divine approval. It is mingled altogether too much with human devising. Christ has very little to do with these preparations. Brother Franke is not taking into consideration the efficiency of the Holy Spirit. Like the man who began to build a tower, he is endeavoring to do a large work without first counting the cost.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 20)
I speak to our brethren in New York City. You must follow Elder Franke no further than he follows the Lord Jesus. The time has come when there must be a decided change. If Elder Franke cannot labor as did the Lord Jesus Christ and His disciples, in planting and sowing the seeds of truth; if he cannot work in the large cities without making so much labor for himself and others by his preparations, and without expending so much money, he might better come apart and rest awhile. He is in danger of becoming unbalanced in mind because he cannot have all the money he wants for a certain line of work. But what does he accomplish by the methods of labor that he follows? His work of explaining the prophecies would make a deeper impression on the minds of people of the higher class if it were stripped of all preliminaries and eccentricities. Let present truth be presented with solemnity and the utmost simplicity.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 21)
Let Elder Franke begin to lay a different foundation for his work, not depending so much on outward display and expensive preparation to call the people out to hear the truth. Brother Franke, in this yourself and your family are brought in, and God is left out. The creature is put before the Creator. The appetite of the people for a theatrical style of preaching may be satisfied, but the effects made have not saving results. Outward display, expensive arrangements, do not give the people the education in gospel missionary work that the Lord desires them to receive. These things work against the truth, hindering instead of advancing it; for the truth is mingled with common, worldly methods. God’s money is not to be expended in this way.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 22)
The injury this manner of working is doing to Elder Franke terrifies me. He is presented to me as a man almost desperate when he cannot get funds to invest in his extravagant preparations. His mind becomes unbalanced, and in the effort to secure money, he makes wild moves. He is exhausted. His nervous system has been severely taxed.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 23)
Elder Franke uses with prodigality money that should go to the sustaining of workers in different parts of the field. He needs to remember that others besides him are to have opportunity to use their talents in the Lord’s work. And they are to be given facilities for work, so that they can labor without sacrificing health and even life itself. One worker is not to absorb a large amount of money to carry on his line of work according to his own plans, leaving his fellow worker without the means he ought to have in order to do the work assigned him. God has not ordained that one worker should have a superabundance, while his fellow worker is so bound about by a lack of means that he cannot accomplish the work that should be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 24)
I see Brother Franke’s danger. It is the greatest injury his brethren can do him to lend him money. He must not involve himself in debt to keep up an extravagant display, to hire the most expensive halls and the best singers. He is to cut down his expenses. In the place of display, he is to put solid piety and earnest prayer. In the meetings held, the singing should not be neglected. God can be glorified by this part of the service. And when singers offer their services, they should be accepted. But money should not be used to hire singers. Often the singing of simple hymns by the congregation has a charm that is not possessed by the singing of a choir, however skilled it may be.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 25)
Let the work be carried on with greater economy. The Lord is not pleased with Elder Franke’s extravagant outlay of means in his work in New York. This must not be permitted, for such an example is injurious to his fellow workmen. Should he continue to carry on the work in such an extravagant way, means would have to be gathered from every available source for its support, and the work in other parts of the vineyard would be crippled. Elder Franke himself would become bankrupt, and those sustaining him would become confused and perplexed. He would suffer from the thought that he had done thus and so, bringing disaster and defeat to his work.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 26)
Elder Franke overworks, and then, supposing that he needs a stimulus, he has recourse to a meat diet. His energies are taxed to the utmost. He does not give himself sufficient time to sleep, and his brethren suffer with him because they love him.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 27)
God does not require His workers to tax themselves to get up new and strange schemes for interesting the people. There is fanaticism in this kind of labor, and God disapproves of it. Christ’s example does not call for such service. Let not fanaticism mingle with the proclamation of the most solemn truth ever given to the world. God is dishonored when His servants give place to love of display and love of power. The religion that trusts in display is not a sanctified religion, and we need to be afraid of it. Elder Franke should be afraid of it.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 28)
The object of all we do, whether we eat, or drink, or whatever we do, is to be the glory of God. The health and strength that He has given us is to be carefully guarded. We are never to plan our work in a way that calls for a prodigal outlay of means or for an undue taxation of the mental and physical powers. The worker who plans his work in this way does great harm to himself. He worries, and his mind is worn out by his anxiety to make everything appear to what he supposes to be the best effect; for he gets nervous if he cannot obtain all the means he needs to carry out his plans to his satisfaction. While a worker follows such methods, he cannot be guided by the Holy Spirit. He is working in a worldly way to satisfy a worldly appetite. He forgets that true success is dependent on the One who has said, “Without me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] The things that should have taken the first and highest control of the mind are lost sight of in the effort to make a striking impression. The common fire, not the sacred fire of God’s kindling, is used.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 29)
In our efforts to proclaim the truth, God’s glory is ever to be kept in view. We are to worship Him in spirit and truth and in the beauty of holiness. We are to appear before Him cleansed and purified, so that He can teach us the meaning of the words, “We are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 30)
While we are to be economical, we are not to carry economy to excess. It is one of the sad, strange things in life that great mistakes are made in carrying the virtue of self-sacrifice to an extreme. It is possible for the Lord’s workers to be presumptuous and to carry too far the self-sacrifice that prompts them to go without sufficient food and without sufficient clothing, in order that they may make every dollar go as far as possible. Some laborers overwork, and do without things they ought to have, because there is not enough money in the treasury to sustain the number of workers that ought to be in the field. There would be more money if all would work in accordance with Christ’s injunction: “Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Mark 8:34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 31)
Absolute truth and righteousness and honesty are always to be maintained. Every one is to feel that he is the Lord’s property. There is to be no sacrifice of the precious gift of health to satisfy narrow, contracted minds. We are to do nothing that will give the people an excuse to call us fanatics. In dress and behavior we are to reveal propriety. Never are we to be slack or untidy in our appearance or our work. And never are we to show the selfish indulgence that is a denial of our faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 32)
The work in Greater New York is to be carried on in a way that will properly represent the sacredness and holiness of the truth of God. Vegetarian restaurants, treatment rooms, cooking schools, are to be established. The people are to be taught how to prepare wholesome food. They are to be educated by showing the need of discarding tea, coffee, and flesh meat. There are to be suitably furnished rooms where people can be received and given religious instruction. These things are necessary for the advancement of the work. The work is not to be carried on in such a self-sacrificing way that an unfavorable impression will be made on the minds of the people because of its meager showing. All that is done is to bear favorable witness to the Author of truth. The worship of God in the beauty of holiness demands a dignity and nicety that is in harmony with the sacredness and importance of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 33)
Missions are to be established in all our cities. A work of equalization is to be done. All the workers are to be properly sustained in their respective lines of work. The work in one place is not to be carried forward without thought of the work in another place.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 34)
Those who are filled with unselfish love for the souls for whom the Saviour died will make every effort to save them. But even in good work, care is to be exercised. God’s workers are to move cautiously. They are not to exhaust their strength, thus bringing reproach upon God because their health and strength have greatly decreased. Some are indolent. They love their ease and therefore do little good in the world. This is a great evil. But it is a greater evil for earnest, self-sacrificing laborers to overwork, and perhaps lose their lives just at the time when they are most needed. Prevention is better than cure.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 35)
God’s ministers, deeply conscious of their weakness and their many infirmities, yet doing the best they can, find unspeakable consciousness in the assurance, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] God’s Word will not return unto Him void; it will accomplish that whereunto He sends it. The great Master-worker moves on the minds of His human instrumentalities, teaching them to speak words that are right to the point. The truth presented is effectual because the worker relies on the One who is mighty, the One who has power to prepare hearts for the seeds of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 36)
The duty and delight of all service is to uplift Christ before the people. “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] All our efforts are to tend to the uplifting of the Redeemer. This is the end of all true labor. Let Christ appear; let man be hidden behind Him. This is self-sacrifice that is of worth. Such self-sacrifice God accepts. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] “The heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool.... But to this man will I look, even to him that is poor, and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at my word.” [Isaiah 66:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 37)
I thought that the subjects on which I have touched in this letter had been so fully dealt with in letters already written that I did not try to collect all that had not been copied. I am now very busy, but when the present stress is over, I shall gather together everything I can find on the subject.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 38)
Keep the work of health reform to the front, is the message I am given to bear. Show so plainly the value of health reform that a widespread need for it will be felt. But never advocate a starvation diet. It is possible to have a wholesome, nutritious diet without using flesh meat. Think of placing the flesh of animals on our tables! Abstinence from all hurtful food and drink is the fruit of true religion.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 39)
Men and women have many habits that are antagonistic to the principles of the Bible. The victims of strong drink and tobacco are corrupted—body, soul, and spirit. Such ones should not be received into the church until they give evidence that they are truly converted, that they feel the need of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The truth of God will purify the true believer. He who is thoroughly converted will abandon every defiling habit and appetite. By total abstinence he will overcome his desire for health-destroying indulgences.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 40)
At this stage of the earth’s history, meat eating is dishonoring to God. It is meat eating and liquor drinking that are making the world as it was in the days of Noah. These things are strengthening the lower passions of human beings, animalizing the race. By giving way to base passions, man is corrupting body, soul, and spirit. The murders committed by men under the influence of strong drink show what a cruel, satanic spirit strong drink inspires in a man. Often the liquor sold is adulterated, poisoned; and those who drink it are made mad. Under its influence they show a satanic ferocity. They place themselves under Satan’s control, and he works through them.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 41)
Liquor drinking encourages the vilest debauchery and strengthens the most satanic propensities. Yet the law legalizes the liquor traffic, because it brings the country a revenue.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 42)
As we face these things, and see the terrible consequences of liquor drinking, shall we not do all in our power to rally to the help of God in fighting against this great evil? At the foundation of liquor drinking lie wrong habits of eating. Those who believe present truth should refuse to drink tea or coffee; for these excite a desire for stronger stimulant. They should refuse to eat flesh meat; for this too excites a desire for strong drink. Wholesome food, prepared with taste and skill, should be our diet now.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 43)
Those who are not health reformers treat themselves unfairly and unwisely. By the indulgence of appetite, they do themselves fearful injury. Some may think that the question of diet is not important enough to be included in the question of religion. But such make a great mistake. God’s Word declares, “Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” [1 Corinthians 10:31.] The subject of temperance, in all its bearings, has an important place in the working out of our salvation. Because of wrong habits of eating, the world is becoming more and more immoral.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 44)
We are deeply pained as we see men and women of talent and influence, who are handling sacred truth and at the same time ruining their digestive organs by eating unwholesome food. We ask them to go further than abstaining from liquor and tobacco.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 45)
The work of teaching people how to prepare food that is at once wholesome and appetizing is of the utmost importance. Greater interest should be shown in the education of workers for this line of work which is far behind, because those who ought to be foremost in advocating the need for instruction in the intelligent preparation of wholesome food are standing back, unwilling to see the reform extend.
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 46)
I am instructed to say to health-reform educators, “Go forward.” [Exodus 14:15.] The world needs every jot of the influence you can exert to press back the tide of moral woe. Let those who believe the truth stand true to their colors. “I beseech you ... by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 49, 1902, 47)
Lt 50, 1902
Nelson, L.C. Refiled as Lt 198, 1901.
Lt 51, 1902
Franke, E. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 20, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 127, 203, 250, 509, 558-560, 658; 3MR 277. + Dear Brother Franke,—
I greatly desire that you shall be under the constant guidance and control of the grace of God. You have given much study to the matter of how to make the truth interesting, and the charts you have made are in perfect accord with the work to be carried forward. These charts are object lessons to the people. You have put intensity of thought into the work of getting out these striking illustrations. And they have a marked effect as they are presented to the people in vindication of truth. The Lord uses them to impress minds. Instruction has been given me clearly and distinctly that charts should be used in the presentation of truth. And these illustrations should be made still more impressive by words showing the importance of obedience.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 1)
But, my brother, you are inclined to bring into your work, for display, other things which are represented to me as common fire, and these cause the solemn conviction of truth to lose its force.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 2)
I have a message to bear to you. Cut down the expense of advertising your meetings, and if a large amount of money is given in the collections made at the meeting, use this money to carry on your efforts in new places.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 3)
Do not hire worldly musicians if this can possibly be avoided. Gather together singers who will sing with the spirit and with the understanding also. The extra display which you sometimes make entails unnecessary expense, which the brethren should not be asked to meet; and you will find that, after a time, unbelievers will not be willing to give money to meet these expenses.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 4)
It is part of your work to teach those whom you bring into the truth to bring the tithe into the storehouse as an acknowledgment of their dependence on God. They should be fully enlightened as to their duty to return to the Lord His own. The command to pay tithe is so plain that there is no semblance of excuse for disregarding it. If you neglect to give the new converts instruction on this point, you leave undone a most important part of your work.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 5)
There are many who are not fully enlightened in regard to the obligation resting on them to observe the Sabbath and to pay tithe, yet who are living up to all the light they have. There are many represented by Cornelius, of whom we read, “There was a certain man of Caesarea, called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band, a devout man, and one that feared God, with all his house, which gave much alms to the people and prayed to God alway.” [Acts 10:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 6)
Here was a man in a high position of trust in the Roman army, who was serving the Lord to the best of his ability and knowledge. His household followed his example of integrity. This man was living up to all the light he had, and heavenly angels were commissioned to bring him in connection with the apostle Peter, that he might receive additional light. “He saw in a vision, evidently about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of the Lord coming unto him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord. And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter; he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side! he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do.” [Verses 3-6.] The Lord does not withhold words of encouragement from those who do well.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 7)
The Lord’s dealing with Cornelius should encourage us to do our best according to the knowledge we have. The Lord takes special notice of those who serve Him, who by their prayers and their deeds of charity show that they are walking in the light. The Lord keeps a watch over the work to be accomplished. His children in this world are connected with the angels in heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 8)
Read this chapter (the tenth of Acts), and mark the way in which the Lord deals with human minds. A larger work was to be done for the Gentiles, many of whom were living in closer accordance with the principles of the Old Testament Scriptures than were the Jewish leaders. By His own methods, the Lord would bring them to a belief in His Son. By bringing Peter into connection with Cornelius, God brought the gospel to those who had been strangers and foreigners, making them fellow citizens with the saints and of the household of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 9)
Paul writes, “Ye have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God, which is given me to you-ward; how that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; ... which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit; that the Gentiles should be fellow heirs, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel.” [Ephesians 3:2, 3, 5, 6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 10)
How large a work there is to be accomplished! We are to work for the conversion of men like Cornelius, who are to act a prominent part in God’s cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 11)
After Cornelius had related his experience to Peter, the apostle said, “Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons; but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him.” [Acts 10:34, 35.] Yes, this is true. There needs to be a waking up among God’s people, that His work may be carried forward with power. We need the baptism of the Holy Spirit. We need to understand that God will add to the ranks of His people men of ability and influence, who are to act their part in warning the world. All in the world are not lawless and sinful. God has many thousands who have not bowed the knee to Baal. There are God-fearing men in the fallen churches. If this were not so, we should not be given the message to bear, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen.... Come out of her, my people.” [Revelation 18:2, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 12)
The gospel is to be proclaimed in our cities. Men of learning and influence are to hear the message. Not only white men, but colored men of ability are to accept the faith. These are to work for their own people, and they are to be supported in doing the work the Lord desires to have done.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 13)
Much more prayer, much more Christlikeness, much more conformity to God’s will, is to be brought into God’s work. Outward show, an extravagant outlay of means, will not accomplish the work to be done. Many are gasping for a breath of life from heaven. They will recognize the gospel when it is brought to them in the way that God designs it to be brought.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 14)
Into the busy world, filled with the din of commerce, and the altercation of trade, where men were trying selfishly to get all they could for self, Christ same; and above the confusion, His voice, like the trump of God, was heard: “What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 15)
Christ points men to the nobler world, which they have lost out of their reckoning, and declares that the only city that will endure is the city whose builder and maker is God. He shows them the threshold of heaven, flushed with God’s living glory, and assures them that the heavenly treasures are for those who overcome. He calls upon them to strive with sanctified ambition to secure the immortal inheritance. He urges them to lay up their treasure beside the throne of God. Then, instead of taxing themselves almost beyond endurance to gain earthly riches, they will work with all the powers of body and mind for Christ. By using their talent of means to win souls to Him, they will be doing a work of more importance than any other work in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 16)
There are among the monied men of the world those who will heed the message of warning: “Charge them that are rich in this world that they be not highminded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life.” [1 Timothy 6:17-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 17)
Your danger, my dear brother, is in making the grave mistake of supposing that success depends on drawing a large congregation by outward display. To bring anything of a theatrical nature into the preaching of the Word of God is to use common fire instead of the sacred fire of God’s kindling. The Lord is not glorified by this manner of working. Not by startling notices and expensive display is His work to be carried to completion. Take up your work with greater humility, and carry it forward by Christlike methods. Let the truth have the field. For Christ’s sake do not hinder its progress by your own inventions. Save your own soul and the souls of those who hear you.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 18)
I beg of you not to continue to follow such expensive methods of labor. I must tell you that the Lord does not endorse these methods. And they do not accomplish what you suppose they do. In following these methods, you become wrought up to so high a tension that you are overtaxed. You get nervous and then speak words that hurt your influence. You do not gather with Christ as it is your privilege to do. I speak decidedly; for the Lord has given me this message for you.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 19)
“Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance; but as he which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy. And if ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear; forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers; but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot; who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you, who by him do believe in God, that raised him up from the dead, and gave him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God. Seeing that ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently; being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth forever.” [1 Peter 1:13-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 20)
We have the assurance that if we obey God, we shall have the aid of divine influence. But we must remember that it is one thing to read the Bible and claim to believe its teaching, and another thing to have a deep experience in the truth that the Holy Spirit is seeking to impress on the heart of every one. He who has true faith carries with him the evidence that he has become a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King, that he has fellowship with the Father, and with His Son, because he does the things that are pleasing in His sight. As Seventh-day Adventists, we need a vital element in our experience. Then the slumbering church will awake to new vigor, and will realize the importance of her responsibility. May the Lord send these things home to our hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 21)
You need a deeper experience in the things of God, else you will make shipwreck of your faith. You must sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him. Your Sunday night meetings are a heavy strain on you; for you allow yourself to become wrought up to a high tension. Then, afterward, a corresponding reaction comes, and as a result, your association with the church does not bring peace and righteousness. It would be better for you to remain away from the church rather than bring into it a spirit that creates confusion and discord and strife.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 22)
Again and again this has been presented to me. Your labor must be after Christ’s order. The tremendous efforts you make in preparing for your meetings do not accomplish the work that is most needed. You may be praised and exalted by men, but this is no evidence that your work exerts the right influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 23)
Thus saith the Lord, “You must guard against becoming wrought up to a high tension in preparing to speak to the people.”
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 24)
Camp-meeting season is approaching, and we want you to be ready to take part in camp-meeting work. Thousands of people will attend these meetings, and you can do a good work in presenting the truth to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 25)
I leave these words with you, my brother. May the Lord help and strengthen you to work in all humility of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 51, 1902, 26)
Lt 52, 1902
Boeker, Br. Refiled as Lt 196, 1901.
Lt 53, 1902
Jones, Brother; Brown, M. H. NP March 28, 1902 [typed] Previously unpublished. Dear brethren Jones and Brown,—
I send you with this a letter written last November regarding the case of Brother Myers. I took this letter with me to New York, and decided not to send it, when I heard that the church had decided to take up the case of this brother. I was rejoiced to hear that the Oakland church was finally aroused to do a long-neglected duty to a poor, suffering brother.
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 1)
I hear that some have made complaint because the rooms in which Brother and Sister Myers were living cost six dollars a month. I am very sorry that our people could look upon this brother and sister, and yet not do their duty toward them. How would these criticizing complainers like to be placed in similar circumstances?
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 2)
The Lord’s eye is upon the Oakland church. He is watching every member, and He will reward each one, not according to his profession, but according to his works.
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 3)
Take Brother Myers from the poor-house as quickly as possible, and put him where he ought to be. If the Oakland church is not willing to support him free-heartedly, without one complaint, I will take him off your hands. But I do not believe that the church as a whole is unwilling. I think the unwillingness is with one or two whose hearts need to be warmed by the love of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 4)
I request that this letter and the letter written in November be read in the church.
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 5)
May the Lord help you to remember the words, “Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.” [Matthew 25:45.] May He help you so to work that He can say to you, “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world: for I was an hungered, and ye gave me meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink. I was a stranger, and ye took me in; naked, and ye clothed me; I was sick, and ye visited me; I was in prison, and ye came unto me.... Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.” [Verses 34-36, 40.]
(17LtMs, Lt 53, 1902, 6)
Lt 54, 1902
Prescott, Brother and Sister [W. W.] St. Helena, California March 30, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in PM 83-84; MRmnt 110; 10MR 352. + Dear Brother and Sister Prescott,—
I wish that I could see you. I should like to talk with you. I shall feel thankful indeed if you can connect with Elder Smith in the editorial work on the Review and Herald. You have had experience as an editor, and you can be a great help to Elder Smith. He should not be left out of the editorial work. In no case drop his name off the editorial list. You should co-operate with him in the work, that you and his son Leon may together be the strength that he needs. The Review is our church paper, and strength and vitality should be put into it. There is need of all the sharpened talent that the younger helpers can give. Impress upon the contributors the necessity of writing live, spirited articles.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 1)
You can be a real comfort and blessing to Elder Smith, and he can be a help to you. The Lord will aid you, my brother, in this good work.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 2)
Your influence in the Review and Herald Office can be a great blessing. The workers there have not received the spiritual help they should have received. In the past they have shown great deficiency because they have failed to understand how to make the most of their opportunities.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 3)
Will you not exert an influence that will elevate them? Strive to arouse them to realize the opportunities they have in working for the Lord in the publishing house. Try to lead all who are working in the Office to see that they are engaged in God’s service, and that they should no longer fail to comprehend the needs of the present time. Every hour has its importance. Teach them the need of standing in their lot and place, of putting all their ability to the stretch in doing their appointed work.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 4)
Work patiently. Remember that the entrance of God’s Word gives light. “It giveth understanding unto the simple.” [Psalm 119:130.] The word “simple” as used here does not refer to those of weak mind, but to those whose hearts are humble and contrite. When the hearts of the workers are united with Christ, when they realize that they are laborers together with God, angels will communicate with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 5)
Some in responsible positions have shown but a feeble interest in those around them. They have not helped those weak in spirituality. They have not, by precept and example, led them to turn their faces heavenward to catch every ray of light. Let those in positions of trust shed the pure light of a bright experience on the pathway of those connected with them. Many are in darkness, surrounded by worldly influences. Take hold of such by faith. Save them from being swept away by the current of worldliness. Let them not drift from divine influences. Grasp them and hold them by the power of love and faith. In faith and patience labor for the erring. The Lord desires every one connected with the publishing house to obtain a rich Christian experience; and then to use this experience intelligently. As they do this, the Lord will give them His peace. They will become rich in thoughts and plans for helping those who are weak, and lame, and spiritless.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 6)
Why are there so many idlers among those professedly engaged in the highest service for the Lord? Every soul may catch the divine fervor. How can these idlers afford to hoard their wealth of knowledge and experience, while precious souls are out of the fold, while those for whom Christ died are putting their hands into the hand of Satan? Impress upon them that they cannot afford thus to work on the enemy’s side. Souls are perishing. Have you not a leaf from the tree of life to present to them? Will you not be the Lord’s helping hand?
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 7)
The Lord wants the workers in the Review and Herald Office to learn to submit their judgment to His judgment, and then to use all their capabilities for Him, giving Him their best thoughts and their best efforts. The Lord has a vineyard to be cultivated. The cultivation of this vineyard makes it necessary for every believer to be a producer of good works, as well as a consumer.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 8)
Wisdom is at our command. “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering.” [James 1:5, 6.] The Lord Jesus is waiting for His people to feel their need of His grace. When they draw nigh to Him, He will draw nigh to them. By His infinite wisdom He will supply their deficiency.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 9)
All your physical, mental, and spiritual powers are His gifts. Use them wisely. Develop the capabilities that God has given you. Let every ability, every power of body and mind, be used in earnest, willing service for God. Let there be no shirking of responsibilities. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of his good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] The human agent works, and God works.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 10)
Gather the precious leaves from the tree of life that are for the healing of the nations. Let the peace of God rule in your hearts. Christ is longing for you to open the door and let Him in, that His joy may be in you and your joy may be full. “They that seek me early shall find me.” [Proverbs 8:17.] This Scripture may be urged home to the youth as applicable to them. But it does not refer only to those who seek God in youth. It means more than this. Those who seek Him at the dawn of day will not find Him asleep. Let us seek Him in the early morning, to ask for strength for the work of the day.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 11)
We need the deep moving of the Spirit of God. We need the love of God in the soul. All along the way we see souls dropping out of the ranks. Why? Because they are not yoked up with Christ. He says to us, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Yoked up with Christ, we are safe in any peril. Faith cleaves to Him, twining about Him. The promise is fulfilled, “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 12)
My dear brother, I send this message to the workers in the publishing house. I have written it to you, as you will know to whom to read it. I seemed to be addressing the words to the workers in the Office. I am intensely desirous that they shall draw near to God, that He may draw near to them. His light and presence will be recognized and appreciated by all who seek Him with the whole heart. Please read these words to the workers. Tell them that as they become one with Christ, they possess the riches of His grace. They walk in His footsteps. They follow His example of love and sympathy, helping those who need help, lifting up the hands that hang down, and strengthening the feeble knees, directing the gaze to Him who gave His life for the life of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 13)
Brother and Sister Prescott, I feel a longing desire that the light of the Lord shall fill the Review and Herald Office. We pray for you in Battle Creek. Our hearts go out with your hearts for the saving grace of Jesus Christ to be so largely revealed that the souls who have been walking in darkness shall walk in the light.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 14)
I rejoice in the Lord that I am gaining strength. I am now able to walk as well as I did before my journey to New York. I am obliged to continue my writing, and I praise the Lord for the strength that He gives me. I am carrying so heavy a burden that often I cannot sleep past twelve or one o’clock. When my mind is so pressed, I can find relief only in prayer and writing. My workers tell me that since my return from the East, I have written about six hundred pages of typewritten matter. And during the whole of this time, I have been in feeble health. In deep earnestness I am trying to accomplish the work the Lord has given me to do. I am trying to be a blessing to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 15)
I am so desirous that the Lord shall work at this time. It is evident that the end is near, that the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the world. As I read of floods and fires, cyclones and earthquakes, in different places, I know that the Lord is soon to come. Are we as a people asleep? O if the young men and young women in our institutions who are now unready for the Lord’s appearing, unfitted to become members of the redeemed family, could only discern the signs of the times, what a change would be seen in them!
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 16)
John writes: “And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.” [Revelation 20:11, 12.] Are we prepared to meet our record in the judgment?
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 17)
The Lord Jesus is calling for self-denying, self-sacrificing workers to follow in His footsteps, to walk and work for Him, to lift the cross, and follow where He leads the way. We may, yes, we may be ready when our Lord appears, and we may be helping others to prepare the way of the Lord, to make in the desert a highway for our God. Let us have faith in the Lord. Even amid discouragements let us have all faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 18)
If our brethren will get out of the rut in which they have been for so long, the Lord by His mighty power will help them to make advancement.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 19)
I am glad that you are at the present time in Battle Creek. I am very hopeful that the work there will be carried on in a way that will honor and glorify the Lord. You must not become discouraged. You will have to lift with all the power you have, but never lose the assurance that it is not in your might, your power, that you are to have confidence, but in One who is all-powerful, and who is willing to help and bless and strengthen you, that you may strengthen others.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 20)
It will take experience and trial to make the fields in all parts of God’s vineyard productive. It takes God’s power to uproot the forest and to turn and overturn until His will shall be done on earth as it is in heaven. It takes the sunshine as well as shower to cause vegetation to flourish. The Lord is our hope, our trust. By His mighty power He can cause the waning faith to become strong and mighty.
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 21)
“Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended; but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 3:13, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 54, 1902, 22)
Lt 55, 1902
Zelinsky, Brother and Sister [F.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in AH 118-119; CG 211-212, 301-302. My dear brother and sister,—
You need to know yourselves. There is a particular knowledge that will be of the highest value to both of you—the knowledge of how to be refined, kind, and conciliatory in your dealings with one another. To gain a proper understanding of the marriage relation is a lifework. Those who marry enter a school of discipline from which they are never to be graduated in this life. In this the very first year of your married life, let there not be chapters that will spoil your future experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 1)
My sister, you now have opportunity to learn your first practical lessons in regard to the responsibilities of married life. Be sure to learn these lessons day by day. You are not to become discontented and moody. Try to be a real medical missionary. You must not forget that you have a husband who has suffered much. His life will always be more or less an affliction to him because he cannot do all that other physicians do. There are many reasons why he should not suppose himself able to be in all respects a complete physician. He often becomes over-fatigued in mind. But even when tired, his brain is filled with a kind of strength that leads him to feel capable of doing anything. He is a very proud-spirited man and is inclined to let high ambitions and imaginations predominate over firm, solid judgment.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 2)
Every work of human beings, be they men or women, “shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work, of what sort it is.” [1 Corinthians 3:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 3)
As men and women are generally designed for the home life, they should from an early age be trained to perform the duties of this life. They should be taught to use their hands and feet in helpful ways. Constantly they should be taught to see the need of learning to be useful. They are to be regarded as a part of the family firm.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 4)
Such a training is of untold value to a child, and this training need not be a painful process. It can be so given that the child will find pleasure in learning to be helpful. Mothers can amuse their children while teaching them to perform little offices of love, little home duties. This is the mother’s work—patiently to instruct her children, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. And in doing this work, the mother will gain an invaluable training and discipline.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 5)
If the child has a stubborn will, the mother, if she understands her responsibility, will realize that this stubborn will is part of the inheritance she has given him. She will not look upon his will as something that must be broken. There are times when the determination of the mother meets the determination of the child, when the firm, matured will of the mother meets the unreasoning will of the child; and when either the mother rules because of her advantage of age and experience, or there is a ruling of the older will by the younger, undisciplined will of the child, at such times there is need of great wisdom; for by unwise management, by stern compulsion, the child may be spoiled for this life and the next. By a lack of wisdom everything may be lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 6)
This is a crisis that should seldom be permitted to come; for both mother and child will have a hard struggle. Great care should be shown to avoid such an issue. But once such a issue is entered into, the child must be led to yield to the superior wisdom of the parent. The mother is to keep her words under perfect control. There are to be no loud-voiced commands. Nothing is to be done that will develop a defiant spirit in the child. The mother must study how to deal with him in such a way that he will be drawn to Jesus. She must pray in faith that Satan shall not be victor over the child’s will. The heavenly angels are watching the scene.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 7)
The mother must realize that God is her helper; that love is her success, her power. If she is a wise Christian, she will not attempt to force the child into submission. She will pray; and as she prays, she will be conscious of a renewal of spiritual life within herself. And she will see that at the same time the power that is working in her is working also in the child. And the child, in the place of being compelled, is led, and grows gentler; and the battle is gained. Each kindly thought, each patient action, each word of wise restraint, is like apples of gold in pictures of silver. The mother has gained a victory more precious than language can express. She has renewed light and increased experience. The “true Light, which lighteneth every man that cometh into the world,” has subdued her will. [John 1:9.] There is peace after the storm, like the shining of the sun after rain.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 8)
Such crises come also between husband and wife, who, perhaps, bring childishness into the married life. Unless men and women have learned of Christ His meekness and lowliness, they will reveal the impulsive, unreasonable spirit so often revealed by children. The strong, undisciplined will will seek to rule. Such ones need to study the words of Paul: “When I was a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things.” [1 Corinthians 13:11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 9)
Both of you need to soften the disposition, else, when there is any difference of judgment between you, it will be as flint striking flint. Watch your words; for speech is a precious, God-given talent. Be careful not to put sharpness into your words. Let not your married life be one of contention. If it is, you will both be miserable. You can make each other miserable, or you can make each other happy.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 10)
My sister, your husband is not a stranger to suffering. He has not yet been truly converted, and neither have you. Your first work should be to heed the invitation of Christ, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.] The Lord desires you to wear His yoke. Remember that we cannot have rest in this life or in the future life unless we comply with Christ’s invitation. His Holy Spirit alone can develop a harmonious character, a character that will produce uniformity and peace. By praying and watching unto prayer, bring fragrance into your lives. Both of you need to feel your entire dependence on God. It is only by His aid that any of us can gain spiritual power. You may both at times struggle hard and long, to rule and subdue self, but you will fail unless you receive help from on high. Only through our Lord Jesus Christ can we gain the victory over self and selfishness. Let us acknowledge God as the source of all our blessings. Let there be in our lives no boasting, no feeling of superiority. Let us humble ourselves before the Lord, consecrating all we have and are to Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 11)
You may with safety cherish an ambition to obtain the divine favor by a surrender to the Spirit of God. If this is the grand aim and purpose of life, we shall repress all desire for self-exaltation, all vain-glory, all self-sufficiency, and self-confidence. It is safe for us to glory only when we glory in the thought that we have an all-powerful Redeemer and that He is our personal Saviour. As we do the things He has commanded us, we glorify God in our body and in our spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 12)
It is not enough for you to admit that the truth is good. The light of God is good, yet if you keep the door of your heart closed against it, of what avail is it to you? Truth is a wonderful power, but unless it is imparted to the understanding, unless it is brought into the life and, through the Holy Spirit, made a working agency, it is of no help to us.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 13)
Men and women are to be received or rejected by God. The characters we form here will decide our eternal destiny. And it is the condition of the heart that determines the character. Our own estimate of our value in God’s sight is not to be depended on, because the human mind, unless worked by the Holy Spirit, makes grievous blunders, blunders that may result in the eternal loss of the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 14)
Both of you need the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Neither of you will gain peace or hope or comfort by exhibitions of passion or self-will. The Christian should be a man of true, pure, sensitive spirit. By the love of the truth he is to walk in the narrow path. I urge you both to humble your minds, and always to be kind, pitiful, and respectful to each other, a help to each other. My brother, remember that your wife accepted you as her husband, not that you might rule her, but that you and she might be a help to each other. Husband and wife are to be kind in speech and gentle in spirit, bearing and forbearing with one another. The husband is to be considerate and courteous, not over-bearing or dictatorial. Truth is never advanced by a haughty, belligerent spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 15)
Brother Zelinsky is a cripple, and the knowledge that he is humiliates him. But if this humility is of the right order, if it does not lead to discouragement and rebellion, but to trust in God, he will receive great blessing. My brother, be not discouraged. A discouraged man is good for nothing. In His life in this earth, the Lord Jesus has left us a perfect example, and He will give us strength to follow this example. Afflicted as you are, my brother, you have a work to do for God in the world. This work is to seek to undo the work that Satan is doing in planting the seeds of evil. The Lord Jesus is looking upon you both. He who has given you so great an evidence of His love bids you follow the path of the just, which shines brighter and brighter unto the perfect day. Christ is your leader, and He calls upon you to deny self, to take up the cross, and follow Him. Then nothing will come in to prevent the development of the whole nature. The cultivation of the powers will tend to the glory of God’s name. All spiritual blessings will be appreciated. The experience will reveal healthfulness and harmonious action.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 16)
Christ gave His precious life that the life of man might be bound up with His in the union of humanity and divinity. He came to our world and lived a divine-human life, that human beings might be partakers of the divine nature, that their life might be as harmonious as God designed it should be. It is only when man is in harmony with himself as Christ’s redeemed possession that he can be in harmony with his Creator.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 17)
You have a battle to fight against the world, the flesh, and the devil. One victory is positively essential for your present and eternal good. It is the victory over the stubborn will. It requires a long time to free the minds of young men and young women from the erroneous impressions that have been received from unwise instructors. May the Lord help you, my brother. In your own strength you will never be able to conquer the hungering ambition for worldly honor. In this struggle you can gain success only through Christ. As you partake of His sufferings, showing self-sacrifice at every point, strengthening your sympathy for fallen humanity, you will obtain victory after victory in and through your Redeemer. And you will be preparing to be a partaker of Christ’s glory in the life to come.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 18)
My brother, if you stand on God’s side of theology, cherishing the faith which works by love and purifies the soul, you will no longer be discontented, unreconciled, unhappy. Let your hearts, my brother and my sister, be in unity with God. Take hold of the work that you may constantly do for God. Speak to the suffering words of sympathy, of cheer, of hope. Seek to show them the blunders they have made, that they may redeem the past.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 19)
Remember, my dear brother and sister, that God is love, and that by His grace you can succeed in making each other happy, as you promised to do in your marriage pledge. And in the strength of the crucified Redeemer you can work with wisdom and power to help some crooked life to be straight in God. What is there that God cannot do? He is perfect in wisdom, righteousness, power, and love.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 20)
Let us strive harmoniously to live in God’s sunshine, that our influence may bless the world. Let us break Satan’s power over ourselves, that Christ may abide in our hearts. The loving spirit of Jesus is ever to control us. The law of kindness is ever to be on our lips. Forbearance and unselfishness mark the words and acts of those who are born again to live a new life in Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 21)
We are to gain breadth and nobility where Paul gained them. He says, “Covet earnestly the best gifts.” [1 Corinthians 12:31.] Faith, hope, and charity are the best gifts that we can have, because they bring our hearts into harmony with the purposes of God. What a blessed thing it would be if we all felt an intense longing for these gifts. If we earnestly covet them, we shall, when we obtain them, use them in such a way that our influence will draw those around us nearer to Christ. In coveting these gifts, we are imparting to others the richest blessings. In cherishing these gifts, we increase in Christlikeness, in love, in self-denial, in generosity, in compassion. We shall find many things that have to be given up, because we would use them in such a way as to make them stumbling blocks. But if we have these best and highest gifts, their influence will make our experience wholesome and helpful.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 22)
Remember that for our sake the Commander of the heavenly hosts clothed His divinity with humanity. The Highest stooped to be the servant of all, that He might beautify the meek with salvation and be the wisdom of all who learn of Him. “Where I am, there shall also my servant be.” [John 12:26.] He giveth grace to the humble and to the contrite in heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 23)
Wealth we shall have when we are welcomed to the heavenly courts, to tread the streets of gold in the city of God. We shall not exalt earthly gain, human genius, when we see light in God’s light.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 24)
My brother, my sister, will you, without delay, lay down your self-sufficiency, and at the cross of Christ obtain wholeness of restoration? God help you to be kind, condescending, courteous. Open your hearts to the softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit, the light of the Sun of Righteousness, that radiates from the throne of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 55, 1902, 25)
Lt 56, 1902
Magan, P. T. St. Helena, California April 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 216. + Dear brother Magan,—
This morning I received the second letter you have lately written me. The first of these letters was a wonderful statement of success. Yesterday morning I read in the Review and Herald an account of what has been accomplished in the recent effort to sell Object Lessons. I am very much pleased with what has been done. We must do all we possibly can to press the battle to the gates.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 1)
The Lord knew just the best way to help us out of our difficulty in regard to the debt on the schools. The school work is to me a part of myself, and I am greatly encouraged by the success of the plan to relieve our schools from debt. My heart is made glad in the Lord as I hear of the money brought in by the sale of Object Lessons. The sale of this book is the Lord’s own plan, and His blessing is attending the efforts made to carry out this plan. I have already seen much more accomplished than I expected to see.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 2)
I hope that no one who can engage in this work will excuse himself, and so lose the blessing that there is in it. This is the means the Lord has ordained for uniting the hearts of His people to one another by the same link that unites them to Himself as His co-workers. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] These words seem so appropriate to the work now being done.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 3)
Many of the servants of Christ, although constantly reminded, seem to forget that they are stewards of their Lord’s goods. I have been shown that many of those who claim to be the children of God have become rusty from inaction; and the Lord in His providence has given them something to do, and in thus doing, has opened the way for them to help others to become acquainted with the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 4)
God has given His people a work to do that will bring about a great and grand result. In getting up out of the easy chair of self-satisfaction and going forth to give the light of truth to their fellow men, God’s people will learn an excellent lesson. By selling Object Lessons, they are doing a two-fold work—helping to lift the debt from our schools, and at the same time giving the most precious light to those who really need it.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 5)
There are many, many souls that the Lord Jesus desires to save. And He asks for co-operation in this work. These souls cost Him an infinite price. Let the question come home to us, Are we willing to be workers together with God? Are we willing to go to people outside the faith and plant in their hearts the precious seeds of truth?
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 6)
The work being done with Object Lessons is a good beginning to the work the Lord desires to see carried forward by His people, because it calls for sacrifices and gifts, and because it enables all to act a part. This is a work in which old and young can engage. The Lord’s plan has opened the way for all to do something. This is a work that is to be a blessing to all who engage in it. The more you do of this work, the less weary and the less perplexed you will be. As you go forth to sell the book the Lord has declared should be sold, you will realize that to you is spoken the benediction, “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God and the communion of the Holy Spirit be with you.” [2 Corinthians 13:14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 7)
The Lord comes near the workers, and angels go before them. The work of selling the book is to accomplish double and triple good in different lines. Many more will buy the book when they are told of the object for which it is being sold, than if it were being sold for the ordinary purpose. Those who purchase the book feel that they are doing something to advance a good cause. The work is done with such earnestness that it appeals to their hearts. It is a lesson to them, and although many are not of our faith, they appreciate the effort that is being made. They are impressed with the earnestness of the workers. They realize that what they are doing is commended by the Lord, who blesses every good work. Light shines into their hearts. To many the conviction of the Spirit of God will come through the seed sown by this unselfish work done for the Master. The saving of many precious souls will be the result of the work done in canvassing for Object Lessons.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 8)
Under the divine guidance, go forward with your work, and, as you go, trust in the Lord for aid. Remember that when with thankful hearts you do the very best you can, you are closely allied to the angels of God. They go before you. There is sympathy and union between divine and human agencies.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 9)
As you seek to become acquainted with those who have no knowledge of the truth, as you strive to speak words in season, remember that you are God’s helping hand, and that He will teach you to speak words that will cause light to shine into darkened minds. Doors will open for the work of soul-saving. Enter into conversation with the people. Become familiar with their experience, and from the book you are selling read passages that will help them. Take with you into the homes of the people the sunshine of heaven. Outside of the truth of heaven, there is little enough of this sunshine now in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 10)
Never forget in whose company you are. Say, “In thought, in word, in attitude, I will be a blessing to those I meet, I will let my light shine forth.” Speak and act to the glory of God. See by faith an angelic host all around you. Believe that the Lord Jesus is by your side, and that His excellent glory enfolds you, that He is pouring upon you the refreshing showers of His grace. Many who enter Christ’s service at the eleventh hour will labor with great earnestness in their appointed work. They will appreciate the great truths of the Word of God and will bring these truths into the daily experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 11)
I have never seen so good an opportunity for all who will work, to give spiritual help to their neighbors and to strangers, as is presented in the work of selling Christ’s Object Lessons. Let all who know the truth engage in this work in the meekness of Christ and in the love of God, striving to communicate the light of truth. When you are called upon to defend a point of faith, do this in the meekness of wisdom, speaking the truth in love. “The servant of God must not strive; but be gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of that truth.” [2 Timothy 2:24, 25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 12)
While the workers may be strong in the faith, they are never to show any self-assertion. They are ever to reveal the meekness and gentleness of Jesus. Before angels and men, such workers bear testimony to the power of the truth. They make a favorable impression on the minds of those for whom they work.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 13)
Let the workers remember that their spirit and their actions have a great influence on the minds of those they meet. Let them feel their dependence on God. It is only when we place ourselves in His hands, to be worked by His Spirit, that He can use us to break the power of the enemy over souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 14)
Ever remember that to those with whom you become acquainted in this work, you are to speak of the love of the Saviour, who, though He was rich, yet for our sakes became poor, that the fallen human race might have the opportunity and privilege of becoming rich. He left His honor, His glory, His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity, and divinity lay hold upon Almighty power. Thus He made it possible for us to be clothed with the robe of His righteousness. Let us follow where He leads the way, denying self and taking up the cross. As we share His humiliation in this life, partaking with Him of His suffering, we are preparing to share in His glory in the future life, if we hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 15)
We are to unite in doing Christ’s medical missionary work, seeking with all our power to represent Him to all with whom we come in contact as One who can and will save to the uttermost all who come to Him confessing their sins. In this work we are to use all our capabilities, all our powers. As John declared Christ, so we are to declare Him: “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] John’s message is to be our message.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 16)
Christ gave Himself to a life of lowliness, privation and poverty, that He might know how to reach every suffering, afflicted sinner. In all our afflictions He was afflicted. He was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. “He was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 17)
“In all things it behoved him”—the Commander of the heavenly host—“to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of his people. For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succor them that are tempted.”“Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest that cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.” [Hebrews 2:17, 18; 4:14-16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 18)
“In Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were afar off are made nigh by the blood of Christ. For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us; having abolished in his flesh the enmity, even the law of commandments contained in ordinances; for to make in himself of twain one new man, so making peace; that he might reconcile both unto God in one body by the cross, having slain the enmity thereby; and came and preached peace to you which were afar off, and to them that were nigh. For through him we both have access by one Spirit unto the Father. Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints and of the household of God; and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” [Ephesians 2:13-22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 19)
With heart and soul and voice, I praise God for these words. How can we better serve the Master than by using His precious words to bring help and assurance and blessing to those who are worried and troubled and confused.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 20)
“You hath he quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins; wherein in times past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience; among whom also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling the desires of the flesh and of the mind, and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others. But God, who is rich in mercy, for his great love wherewith he loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, (by grace ye are saved;) and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus; that in the ages to come he might show the exceeding riches of his kindness toward us through Christ Jesus. For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God; not of works, lest any man should boast. For we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them.” [Verses 1-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 21)
The Lord desires His workers to become familiar with these words, which are so full of meaning. Our own souls must be filled with the love of Christ; then, when an opportunity offers, we can give expression to his love, speaking a word in season to those that are weary. We may fear that it is a word out of season; but let us do our best, and trust in God, leaving with Him the results. We are to sow the seeds of truth beside all waters.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 22)
I say these things because I feel the force of them. My soul is uplifted as I contemplate the rich grace in store for those who are laborers together with God. O how I long to present Christ in all His fulness to those who are in the darkness of error. No one need be hopeless. No one need sink into discouragement. The very highest incentives are presented to us to lead us to form characters that God can approve.
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 23)
“Wherefore seeing ye also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.... No chastening for the present seemeth to be joyest, but grievous; nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruits of righteousness unto them which are exercised thereby. Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord; looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” [Hebrews 12:1, 2, 11-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 24)
“That he might sanctify the people with his own blood,” Jesus “suffered without the camp, bearing the reproach. Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach. For here we have no continuing city, but we seek one to come. By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to his name.... Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is well-pleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ.” [Hebrews 13:12-15, 20, 21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 56, 1902, 25)
Lt 57, 1902
Zelinsky, Brother and Sister [F.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in AH 94-96. + Dear brother and sister Zelinsky,—
I have words to speak to you. You have united with each other in a lifelong covenant, and your education in married life has begun. My brother, you are no longer to live to yourself. You and your wife are to blend as one. But you are not to lose your individuality in each other. God owns the individuality He has entrusted to you. His will is to be your will. Of Him you are to ask, What is right? what is wrong? For what purpose was I created?
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 1)
“Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] You are to live for Him who gave His life for you. Your love for that which is human is to be secondary to your love for God. The wealth of your souls’ affection is to flow forth to Him whose you are by creation and by redemption. Living in God, the soul sends forth its best and highest affections to Him who made it, giving Him firm and willing service. Is your greatest outflow of love toward Him who has purchased you with His own life? If it is, your love for each other will be after the divine order.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 2)
The first year of married life is a year of experience, a year in which husband and wife learn each other’s different traits of character as a child learns a lesson in school. In your life-connection, your affections are to be tributary to each other’s happiness. Constantly you are to reveal unselfishness, each acting his part to minister to the happiness of the other. This is the will of God concerning you.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 3)
Affection may be as clear as crystal and beauteous in its purity. Yet it may be shallow, because it has not been tested and tried. As your love and faith in Christ increase, your affections will deepen and widen and strengthen. Spiritual life is progressive. As we behold Christ, our love for Him becomes daily deeper and stronger as it is submitted to the proof of trial. “We all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory”—from character to character—“even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 4)
In this life we are to improve every opportunity for learning what claims God has upon us. Thus we grow to the full stature of men and women in Christ. Paul writes, “When I was a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child; but when I became a man, I put away childish things.” [1 Corinthians 13:11.] When this is our experience, the conversation will not be deficient in knowledge, as in the days of childish inexperience. The imperfect, childish knowledge is no longer seen. Higher and still higher attainments are reached in spiritual growth and understanding. The conception of the grace of the Spirit of God is not governed by childish ignorance, but by Christlike development.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 5)
Will you each remember that in this life it is your privilege to gain a preparation for the future life? Much is at stake with us individually. Not only are we to covet earnestly the possession of the best gifts offered to us in Christ, but we are to remember that these precious gifts are to fit us for usefulness in this life. To every man God has given a sphere of usefulness, and He desires all to improve their opportunities, their privileges, and their capabilities, that they may obtain a deeper and still deeper experience, and thus be enabled to glorify God. We are to repress every evil inclination by availing ourselves of the possibility of being partakers of the divine nature. Thus we are to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 6)
There is no more reason for strife among the people of God as to who shall be greatest than there is reason for strife among the members of the body as to which shall be greatest. Christians are members of Christ’s body, and there is to be between them no division or contention. All are to have one common interest. All are to co-operate with Christ in the great, grand work of restoring in man the moral image of God. Every Christian will strive to work out his own salvation, the salvation of his family, and the salvation of those with whom he is associated. This is the work devolving upon all. Those who are regardless of their God-given responsibility in this life will find no place in the redeemed family in the kingdom of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 7)
The highest usefulness of the human agent consists not so much in the possession of talents as in his use of these talents in and through the sanctified influence of the Holy Spirit. He is to perform his duties with exactitude. Let him not forget to put his talents to the best use, lest in the books of heaven there is found the record, “Unfaithful servant.”
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 8)
God wants every one to discharge his duty according to the knowledge he daily gains in righteousness. Every one is to be a true worker with Jesus Christ for the saving of his own soul. Endowments are of value in proportion as they are improved, in proportion as they are used by their possessor in the effort to be and to do good. The Christian is to set a Christlike example. He is to be a blessing to others by the way in which he trades upon his God-given talents.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 9)
To obtain the greatest blessing for himself and his fellow men the Christian worker must seek Christ in earnestness and sincerity. He is to recognize Christ as the Master-worker and labor under His direction. Christ has purchased every human being. We are His property. By His right as Creator and Redeemer, He claims our service. We are to consecrate ourselves to Him. To do otherwise is to rob Him of His due. To refuse to do the work He has given us to do, as His helping hand, is to dishonor God.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 10)
You now have duties that you did not have before your marriage. “Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering.” [Colossians 3:12.] “Walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor.... Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church; and he is the saviour of the body. Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own husbands in everything. Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave himself for it; that he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, that he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that it should be holy and without blemish. So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wife loveth himself. For no man ever yet hated his own flesh; but nourisheth and cherisheth it, even as the Lord the church.” [Ephesians 5:2, 22-29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 11)
No one who is consecrated to God will use these words to excuse a masterly, dictatorial spirit. When the first part of this message is accepted, the latter part will come in naturally. There will be no lording it over each other. If the husband and wife are sanctified to God, body, soul, and spirit, they will not try to turn aside from the strong, definite lines of duty laid down in the Word of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 12)
Husband and wife are to recognize each other’s rights. Both are to cultivate a grateful, submissive spirit. The husband is not to think that his wife has no rights. He is not to forget that she has an individuality that is not to be submerged in any one else. He is to respect his wife’s individuality.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 13)
Marriage, a union for life, is a symbol of the union between Christ and His church. The spirit that Christ manifests toward His church is the spirit that the husband and wife are to manifest toward each other. If they love God supremely, they will love each other in the Lord, ever treating each other courteously, drawing in even cords. In their mutual self-denial and self-sacrifice, they will be a blessing to each other.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 14)
Family religion is a wonderful power. The conduct of the husband toward the wife and of the wife toward the husband may be such that it will make the home life a preparation for entrance to the family above.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 15)
My brother and sister, you are not to try to compel each other to do as you wish. You cannot do this and retain each other’s love. Both of you have strong will power. You may exercise this power in a way that will make you a great blessing to each other. And, by yielding to self, you may exercise it in a way that will be a curse.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 16)
Neither husband nor wife is to make a plea for rulership. The Lord has laid down the principle that is to guide in this matter. The husband is to cherish his wife as Christ cherishes His church. And the wife, in her turn, is to show respect for her husband. Both are to cherish the precious spirit of kindness, being determined never to grieve or injure each other. My brother, as a husband, you must be patient, kind, and forbearing. Never are you to domineer over your wife. You have strong will power, but you are not to exercise this to compel your wife to do as you wish her to do. You must remember that she has a will, and that she may wish to have her way as much as you wish to have yours. Remember, too, that you are older than she is, and that you have the advantage of your wider experience. “The wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruit.” [James 3:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 17)
Before a man connects with any one as closely as men and women are connected in the marriage relation, he should learn to deal with his own mind and with the minds of others.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 18)
Both of you need to be converted. Neither of you has a proper idea of the meaning of obedience to God. Study the words, “He that is not with me is against me, and he that gathereth not with me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] I sincerely hope that you will both become true children of God, servants to whom He can entrust responsibilities. Then peace and confidence and faith will come to you. Yes, you may both be happy, consistent Christians. Cultivate keenness of perception, that you may know how to choose the good and refuse the evil. Make the Word of God your study. The Lord Jesus wants you to be saved. He has wonderfully preserved you, my brother, that your life may be one of usefulness. Bring all the good works possible into it.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 19)
Unless you have an earnest desire to become children of God, you will not understand clearly how to help each other. To each other ever be tender and thoughtful, giving up your own wishes and purposes to make each other happy. Day by day you may make advancement in self-knowledge. Day by day you may learn better how to strengthen your weak points of character. The Lord Jesus will be your light, your strength, your crown of rejoicing, because you yield the will to His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 20)
My sister, you need the subduing grace of God in your heart. Do not desire a life of ease and inactivity. All who are connected with the Lord’s work must be constantly on guard against selfishness. Keep your lamp trimmed and burning. Then you will not be reckless of your words and actions. You will both be happy if you try to please each other. Keep the windows of the soul closed earthward and opened heavenward.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 21)
Men and women may reach a high standard, if they will but acknowledge Christ as their personal Saviour. Watch and pray, making a surrender of all to God. The knowledge that you are striving for eternal life will strengthen and comfort you both.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 22)
In thought, in word, in action, you are to be lights in the world. Discipline yourselves in the Lord; for He has committed to you sacred trusts, which you cannot properly fulfil without this discipline. By believing in Jesus, you are not only to save your own souls, but by precept and example you are to seek to save other souls. Take Christ as your pattern. Hold Him up as the One who can give you power to overcome. Utterly destroy the root of selfishness. Magnify God; for you are His children. Glorify your Redeemer, and He will give you a place in His kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 57, 1902, 23)
Lt 58, 1902
Manager of the Sanitarium and Food Factory “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 9, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in MM 171-172, 182-185. To the manager of the Sanitarium and of the Food Factory,—
All our institutions should be missionary agencies in every sense of the word. No work is to be allowed to hinder the work of soul-saving. In every institution there is missionary work to be done. From the manager down to the humblest worker, all should feel a responsibility for the unconverted among their own number. They should put forth earnest efforts to win them to Christ. As a result of such effort, many will be won to the Saviour and will become faithful and true in service to God. The consistent, religious life, the holy conversation, the unswerving integrity, the godly example—these are the means God uses to fasten conviction on the hearts and consciences of unbelievers.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 1)
My brethren, in the providence of God, young men who have not accepted Christ as their Saviour have been brought into association, in business lines, with you. You have had years of experience in the truth. You have children of your own. You ought to know how to deal with these young men in a way that will draw them nearer to the Saviour. And yet, as the matter has been presented to me by the Lord, you have made little effort to win them, little effort to show love and respect for them. If converted, these young men could be used by the Lord in His work. But who of you who are so much older, so much more experienced, have carried on your hearts the burden of their salvation? Christ died to save them. Have you revealed for them a Christlike tenderness? Do you talk with them as if you thought them worth saving, or do you repulse them? Have you given them evidence that you have a loving, tender interest in them, or have you, by your attitude toward them, shown that you regarded them as beneath your notice?
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 2)
God holds the managers of His institutions accountable to treat the youth in the employ of these institutions with courtesy, respect, and fatherly kindness. They are to deal with them as they themselves wish to be dealt with by Christ. Our first work, as the Lord has presented it to me, is to be so kind to the youth, so thoughtful of their interests, that they will feel at home in our presence.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 3)
Have you tried to be unselfish, to be kind, to make your words and actions fragrant? Can those in your charge look up to you as true Christians? You are fathers. Will you ask yourselves if you would be willing to have your children treated as you have treated some of the youth in your charge? From the light given me, I know that there are some bearing responsibilities here, who, unless converted, will never see the kingdom of heaven. It pains me to know that in the life-practice they are not revealing wisdom, faith, and love for perishing souls. The treatment that some youth have received has given them hardly a ray of warm, genial friendship. They need an experience altogether different from the experience they are receiving in their association with men who ought to know God.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 4)
At times you have encouraged the workers to think that their wages would be raised, and then you have failed to fulfil the promise made. Is this letting your light shine forth in good works? Is such service acceptable to the Master? Is this kind of work to continue in God’s institutions, which were established to do a work for the saving of the souls of those connected with them? You have restitution to make for wages as long as possible withheld. Did you not know, when withholding these wages, that you were not doing as you would be done by? Why will men profess to be Christians, and yet follow the sharp practices of the enemy. He will flatter your vanity. He will try to deceive you, to lead you to think that the course you are pursuing is the best course to follow in dealing with minds. But you will be without excuse in allowing him to deceive you; for God has marked out a plain path for you to follow.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 5)
God is now giving you an opportunity to bring yourselves into order, to learn what is meant by Christlike dealing with those who connected with you in labor.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 6)
“Ye are the salt of the earth,” Christ said; “But if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? it is henceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden underfoot of men.” [Matthew 5:13.] Do not forget that your profession of Christianity may be as salt that has lost its savor. In our words we may acknowledge Christ, while in our works we put Him to open shame.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 7)
For Christ’s sake, be converted. Do not be Christians in name only. When we are in line with Christ, our attitude toward the youth will be Christlike. We need an experimental knowledge of Christ in order to draw the youth to Him. The strongest evidence we can give of the sincerity of our profession of allegiance to our Redeemer is to manifest unselfish, self-sacrificing love for our fellow men.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 8)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering, forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness, and let the peace of God rule in your hearts.” [Colossians 3:12-15.] Remember that the religion of Christ works a reformation in the life and character. The true Christian seeks constantly for the grace that changes the objectionable features of the natural character. Instead of speaking sharp, dictatorial words, he speaks the words of encouragement that Christ would speak were He in his place. From his life shines forth the purity and unselfishness that shone forth from the life of the Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 9)
Christ came to the world to seek and save the lost. When accused by the Pharisees of eating with publicans and sinners, He replied, “I am not come to call the [professedly] righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:13.] He came to save, not to destroy. Souls are very precious in His sight; for by creation and by redemption they are His. Do not you realize that He holds you responsible for the salvation of those with whom you are dealing? Do your realize that He will require at your hands the souls you have not tried to save? Have you sought to outwit the enemy, who is constantly trying to lead the youth to think that the course of unbelievers is more nearly correct than the course of those who claim to believe the truth?
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 10)
Unless managers cherish the love of God, young men and young women might better not be brought within the sphere of their influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 11)
Is it not time that you accepted the invitation, “Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] You will find, when you are yoked up with Christ, that He carries the weight of the burden. And in learning of Christ, in wearing His yoke, you will become meek and lowly in heart, and you will learn by experience that which the world cannot explain—that rest is found in service. With joy you will bear the testimony, “His yoke is easy, and his burden is light.”
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 12)
Remember that day by day the great Master-artist is taking a picture of your character. Your thoughts, your words, your actions, are transferred to His record book, as the features of the human countenance are transferred to the polished plate of the artist.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 13)
We are to be Christ’s representatives on the earth—pure, kind, just, and merciful, full of compassion, showing unselfishness in word and deed. Avarice and covetousness are vices that God abominates. They are the offspring of selfishness and sin; and they spoil every work with which they are allowed to mingle. Roughness and coarseness of character are imperfections which the Scriptures decidedly condemn as dishonoring to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 14)
“Let your conversation”—your disposition and habits—“be without covetousness, and be content with such things as ye have. For he hath said, I will never leave thee nor forsake thee.” [Hebrews 13:5.] “Therefore as ye abound in everything, in faith, and utterance, and knowledge, and in all diligence, and in your love to us, see that ye abound in this grace also”—the grace of Christian liberality. [2 Corinthians 8:7.] “To do good and to communicate forget not; for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.” [Hebrews 13:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 15)
The Word of the Lord to those connected with His institutions is, “Be ye clean that bear the vessels of the Lord.” [Isaiah 52:11.] In all our institutions let self-seeking give place to unselfish love and labor. Then the golden oil will be emptied from the two olive branches into the golden pipes, which will empty themselves into the vessels prepared to receive it. Then the lives of Christ’s workers will indeed be an exposition of the sacred truths of His Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 16)
The fear of God, the sense of His goodness, His holiness, will circulate through every institution. An atmosphere of love and peace will pervade every department. Every word spoken, every work performed, will have an influence that corresponds to the influence of heaven. Christ will abide in humanity, and humanity will abide in Christ. In all the work will appear not the character of finite men, but the character of the infinite God. The divine influence imparted by holy angels will impress the minds brought in contact with the workers; and from these workers a fragrant influence will go forth to all who choose to inhale it. The goodly fabric of character wrought through divine power will receive light and glory from heaven, and will stand out before the world as a witness, pointing to the throne of the living God.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 17)
Then the work will move forward with solidity and double strength. A new efficiency will be imparted to the workers in every line. Men will learn of the reconciliation from iniquity which the Messiah has brought in through His sacrifice. The last message of warning and salvation will be given with mighty power. The earth will be lightened with the glory of God, and it will be ours to witness the soon coming, in power and glory, of our Lord and Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 18)
My brethren in the food factory, in your dealing, do not forget to travel in the only safe path. When one of your number is injured at his work, as was the case some time ago, deal with him as you would like to be dealt with under similar circumstances. Show Christlike sympathy. This is God’s way of dealing. Anything short of this is not true justice or nobility.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 19)
Special care should have been shown in dealing with the one hurt; for he was an unbeliever. You have reason to thank your heavenly Father that his life was spared.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 20)
If the one injured has to be taken to the Sanitarium, the charge made for his treatment should be light, if any charge at all is made. And let it also be considered if justice does not require that his wages be paid during the time that he is away from his work because of the accident.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 21)
In no case is advantage to be taken of any worker; for all things are open before the eyes of Him with whom we have to do. He requires that integrity be cherished in the soul and revealed in the life.
(17LtMs, Lt 58, 1902, 22)
Lt 59, 1902
Rice, Br. Refiled as Lt 30, 1887.
Lt 60, 1902
Gibbs, Dr. Refiled as Lt 55, 1887.
Lt 61, 1902
Shireman, Brother and Sister [D. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 17, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 121. Dear brother and sister Shireman,—
Some days ago I received copies of a number of testimonials written for Brother Shireman by different men in official position. I read these testimonials. In the night season a representation passed before me. Brother and Sister Shireman were looking over these testimonials. As they were talking together, there stood by their side, not the One who appeared to Brother Shireman on a certain occasion—the Messenger of heaven—but an evil messenger, who insinuated into Brother Shireman’s mind the belief that his brethren wanted to get control of his property, and to put him and his wife out of the work. Sister Shireman assented to the suspicions and false statements of the evil messenger in regard to the brethren with whom they had just completed a business transaction. The messenger said that they had been turned out in their old age in order that these brethren might carry on the work they had begun. Sister Shireman accepted this statement. Many false reports were received as truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 1)
Next, Brother Shireman was represented to me as writing letters containing these false reports. He was leavened with the spirit of the enemy. Angels of God looked on as he addressed words to Brother Johnston, appealing to him for sympathy.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 2)
Then the scene changed. I heard words of counsel addressed to Brother Shireman by his brethren, but he was not willing to receive help from those who had always been his sincere friends.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 3)
It was represented to me that Brother and Sister Shireman were both deceived by the enemy. They had become subject to his temptations and were deceiving themselves to their own hurt. One stood by the side of the tempted ones, and said, “Have you lost sight of Him who said, ‘Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.’ [Matthew 11:28-30.] Will you, by envy and evil surmising, spoil the good work that has been done?”
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 4)
My brother and sister, you now have the word of counsel from the Messenger of God. You are in danger, by yielding to jealousy, of counterworking the good work you have done. Stop right where you are. The Lord has helped you. He has worked in your behalf. But for some time the Hildebran school has needed the help of those whose talents fit them to manage a growing school.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 5)
Brother Shireman, your wife is not fitted to take charge of the school home. Therefore, in His great mercy, the Lord has provided helpers to carry the larger responsibilities. Sister Nichols can do acceptable service in the school if she will keep close to the side of Christ. She has done a good work. Sister Shireman has done her best, but the position she has occupied requires a worker of adaptability and talent to raise a growing work to a higher and still higher plane of service.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 6)
Brother and Sister Shireman, when you were given an opportunity to be relieved of your burdens, you should have regarded yourselves as favored rather than wronged. But an enemy has been working upon your minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 7)
Addressing you, the Lord’s messenger said, “Cease to heed the suggestions of the enemy. Be led by the Lord. Walk in the way of His providence. Do not betray the work into the enemy’s hands by yielding to his evil suggestions. Look to Jesus. He will forgive you, and will lead you. In no case turn from your brethren, who have been your true friends. Sister Shireman has not the ability to manage the school home. The Lord has provided helpers to carry this line of work.”
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 8)
I shall stop now, so that this may be sent in this mail. At a future time I shall write out the rest of the instruction given me for you both.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 9)
This is the first letter I have dared to write for some time. My head and my eyes have suffered much. I shall write again when I am able.
(17LtMs, Lt 61, 1902, 10)
Lt 62, 1902
Caro, E. R. NP April 20, 1902 [typed] Previously unpublished. + Dr. Caro Dear brother,—
God’s people are to stand before the world in purity and holiness, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing. They are to shine as lights in the world. The light they receive from Christ they are to reflect to those in darkness. They are not to walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling. Doing this, they will find only sorrow and disappointment. The Lord God is to be their sufficiency and their strength. We need a closer connection with the great Teacher. This we must have before we can clearly understand His instruction. We are to walk before the Lord in humility of mind, else we shall plan according to our own opinions and preferences. We are to guard every step, realizing that the wisdom of God is our safeguard.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 1)
The treasure house of the mind is to be stored with the truths of God’s Word. We are to be familiar with this Word. We are to put on the whole armor of God. Then, under the Holy Spirit’s guidance, we can go forth conquering and to conquer.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 2)
We are to work in union with God and with our brethren, always walking in the way of the Lord. Read carefully the third chapter of Zechariah. Notice especially the seventh verse. “Thus saith the Lord of hosts, If thou wilt walk in my ways, and if thou wilt keep my charge, then thou shalt also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by.”“My covenant was with him of life and peace; and I gave them to him for the fear where with he feared me, and was afraid before my name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and iniquity was not found in his lips; he walked with me in peace and equity; and did turn many away from iniquity. For the priest’s lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth; for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 2:5-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 3)
Our sanitariums will be a great help in the work of reaching the higher classes. You will have opportunity to work in the same lines as those laid out before Dr. Kellogg. I was shown how in his work in the Sanitarium he would be brought in connection with men in high positions of trust, who were destroying themselves by lack of knowledge, by the use of tobacco and liquor, and by intemperance in eating; and that he would be able to help them.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 4)
A connection with God means everything to you. A connection with worldly men is of little value to physicians who have received a knowledge of present truth. The Lord calls upon you to be a true representative of Him. To devote large sums of money to outward display will not accomplish what you suppose it will. This is one way of calling the attention of the higher classes to your work, but it is not the Lord’s way. You need to bind about your desire to make a striking appearance. You need to learn of the great Teacher the lessons that will make you wise unto salvation. Set Christ ever before you. Remember that He is your efficiency. “Without me,” He says, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 5)
He who gives himself to God will find a noble, uplifting work to do. He will strive to keep the way of the Lord. He will walk in the footsteps of the Redeemer, giving Him all the honor. All who learn of Christ will find rest and peace. In God’s hands they will be the means of accomplishing a work the value of which they do not realize.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 6)
Counsel with your brethren. This is the path of safety. If you follow your own judgment, you will make mistakes that you cannot afford to make. There is a deeper, broader work to be done in medical missionary lines than you realize. Much more than you think is to be accomplished by means of our health institutions. Few comprehend the importance of their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 7)
Give your time and tact and skill to the patients, rather than to doubtful projects and enterprises. Do not allow your ability to be diverted into channels that will bring no returns. Guard against neglecting your work in the Sanitarium for lines of work that God has not given you to do. It is not your work to establish institutions in various places. You have not the experience or the ability to enable you to do this work as it should be done. If you attempt to do it, you will surely lose your balance.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 8)
“Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance; but as he which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy.... Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently; being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth forever.” [1 Peter 1:13-16, 22, 23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 9)
Those who obey the Word of God stand on vantage ground; for God is their defense. Strengthened and guided by the holy utterances of His Word, they build themselves up in the most holy faith. Those who eat God’s Word, and digest it, making it a part of every action, of every attribute of character, will grow strong in the strength of God. It will be seen that their faith is of heavenly origin. Before angels and before men, they will stand as those who have a strong, consistent Christian experience. To every man, according to his several ability, the Master Worker has given his task. No one is to think that he is to be mind and judgment for his fellow workers. There are boundaries to every man’s work. There are limits to his power. Physicians with a work to do in a sanitarium are not to suppose that they are to be called hither and thither to decide questions of minor importance. Those to whom God has entrusted a work to do are to look to Him for guidance. They must learn to bear responsibilities without referring every question to some one who perhaps occupies a higher position than they do, and to whom it has been the rule to refer. In nine cases out of ten, those who are on the ground know better what should be done than a man who is far away, whose mind is occupied with many things relating to his own work, so that he is not prepared to give due consideration to the case presented to him.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 10)
Emergencies arise when questions have to be settled at once. Men are to be trained to exercise the judgment the Lord has given them. Let God work through His instrumentalities. Many times, if the men on the ground were left untrammelled, they would do much better work than they do when calling for and receiving help from fellow workers. And the men who are called for have to leave their work to decide matters that they are poorly qualified to decide because they are not acquainted with the circumstances.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 11)
Let the Lord’s workers depend on Him to help them in emergencies. He will give them wisdom to decide the questions that are continually arising. A man depending on the Lord, and obtaining wisdom from Him, has a right to think that he can, without being a shadow of another man, do the work the Lord has given him. A worker is never to be humiliated by unkind criticism. His brethren are to give him opportunity to prove himself. He is not to feel that he must depend on another man in an emergency. He should be given liberty to act for himself. And he is to do all he possibly can to improve in his work.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 12)
Do not strive to be acknowledged as the first. Those who take part in medical missionary work are to show abiding faith in Jesus Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 13)
It is not pleasing to God for you to charge such large prices for your operations. The Word of God forbids all extortion. It is not right to ask from our ministers and from our people, upon whom we depend for tithes and offerings for the support of the work, the same prices for treatment as are asked from the world. Let us study the work of the great Physician, and then do judgment and justice.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 14)
*****
I have been asked, “Did you say that Dr. Caro was to be superintendent of our medical institutions in Australia?” Never, never! Dr. Caro has not sufficient experience or knowledge to enable him to fill such a position. He has not a personal knowledge of the sanctification of the Spirit of God. This position requires a man of strong judgment, who knows what it means to bind about the edges. It is not essential that a man should be a graduate of a medical college to fill this position. There should be business men to take charge of business matters. Our physicians need such men as helpers.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 15)
Dr. Caro has a place in the institution, but he is not to think that he can fill in Australia the place that Dr. Kellogg fills in America. Let him take up the work where Dr. Kellogg took it up, and let him grow with it. Let him give proof of his capabilities. If he will conduct himself prudently, as a man under God’s supervision, the people will have confidence in him. He is to ask counsel of the men who have long borne responsibilities in the work of God. When he is willing to do as faithful work as Dr. Kellogg has done, the Lord can use him as a man of opportunity.
(17LtMs, Lt 62, 1902, 16)
Lt 63, 1902
Shireman, Brother and Sister [D. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in RY 75-78. Dear Brother and Sister Shireman,—
A few days ago I wrote you a short letter, but was unable to give you all the counsel that the Lord instructed me to give. I now wish to complete this letter.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 1)
The One who was instructing you for your present and eternal good said: The Lord has been very merciful and kind to both of you. He has given you the privilege of beginning a work for Him. When the school that you opened grew larger and required more helpers, you were not set aside, but were permitted to remain connected with the institution.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 2)
Addressing Sister Shireman, the heavenly Instructor continued: Notwithstanding the Lord’s goodness, you have opened your heart to Satan’s suggestions. You have allowed evil-surmising to take possession of your mind. But it is not yet too late for you to make matters right. You have the intercessory advocacy of One who knows the end from the beginning. He has encouraged all to entrust their cases to Him. You have had many trials to bear. Now, my sister, help has come, and you need no longer engage in school work. You need wisdom to discern the necessity for persons of educational ability who can still further advance the interests of the school.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 3)
Sister Shireman, the Lord has given you a part to act in beginning a good work in His cause. But the time has come when He does not desire you to carry a heavy burden in connection with the school work. The Comforter will come to you and help you; but you must not be placed where heavy responsibilities would rest upon you or upon your husband; for you could not carry them. When difficulties arise, you have not clear judgment to make the wrongs right. You are tempted to think that it is impossible for others to do the work that you are not qualified to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 4)
Brother and Sister Shireman, you cannot complete the work that you have so well begun. You have carried the school as far as your capabilities enable you to carry it successfully. Those who have broader ideas should now bear the heavier responsibilities, advancing step by step as others have advanced in the past.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 5)
In the work you have been carrying forward, One infinite in capabilities and resources, the divine Educator, has been your efficiency. Never could a human being excel the Lord Jesus Christ in any line of work. He it is who has given men and women the commission: “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 6)
The Lord is directing His work. To every man He has given a work. Each one can go only so far as he has the ability to go. Some are able to teach only the primary lessons. It is then essential for others to teach the lessons studied in the higher grades. Thus the church is perfected.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 7)
Brother and Sister Shireman, for some time it would have been far better if you had discovered that you were not fully capable of carrying the work that you were attempting to carry. The eye of the Lord has been upon you. He has desired to open before you a way to do the work that you are capable of doing. Sister Shireman, the Lord will give you the power of comprehending that in your own strength you cannot control yourself. You have the idea that everything must be done in your way. When you see others in active service, you are tempted to think that you are left out; and for this reason you easily become impatient.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 8)
The love of Christ must be an abiding principle in the soul. At your age, after your life of toil, can anything be more desirable than quietude—love, peace, restfulness, and time in which to prepare to meet your Lord in peace when He shall come? You are worn and do not view things aright. To ask you to remain in the position of a trainer of the youth would be to bring upon you too great a burden. It would be a mistake to place you, with tired nerves, in a position full of perplexity. In the management of children you often manifest a species of severity. Can there be any power so great as the power of love? Love to God and love to your neighbor—this is the whole duty that God requires of you. Do not spoil the good work that you have done. Withdraw from the turmoil of battle, and seek rest and peace in following God’s way. Doors of usefulness will open to you. Brother Shireman, take up the work that God has given you as an evangelist.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 9)
Brother and Sister Shireman, the testing question now comes to you, Will you seek for rest and peace, cultivating all your powers for the future, immortal life? The Lord regards you with the greatest tenderness. Both of you need to have less responsibility in the school work. The Lord desires both of you to stand free from the burdens that you have hitherto carried. He desires both of you to cherish tenderness and love for your brethren and sisters. Pray for the unity that Christ prayed might exist among His disciples as it existed between the Father and the Son. As members of a family born again through the Spirit of truth, God’s people should be united to one another by the truth, cherishing every principle of truth as an evidence of their unity with the Spirit of truth that works by love, refining and sanctifying the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 10)
Speaking to Sister Shireman, the Instructor continued: You have become suspicious of your best friends, your feelings have been harassed, and you have spoken unadvisedly. Instead of exerting a healing influence, your words have created strife and perplexity. How much more peace you would have enjoyed, if you had loved God with the whole heart, and refused to cherish feelings of envy and jealousy toward your brethren and sisters—feelings that create discord and spoil your own experience. Are you not bringing a strange element into sacred work? May the Lord help you to cultivate a different spirit. Pleasantness of disposition and the thinking of pleasant thoughts create a heavenly atmosphere.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 11)
Neither of you is to feel as if you were divorced from the work. As it progresses, you should feel an interest in it, and be thankful that there are others who can carry it forward successfully. One laborer is adapted to one line of work, and another laborer to another line; all are to move forward together, advancing the work harmoniously. A Paul may plant, an Apollos water, but God gives the increase. The Lord uses some men to plow the field and to sow the seed, and others to reap; and He causes both those who sow and those who reap to rejoice together in the time of harvest. This is the way the Lord has always worked. He has given to every man his work. Let us do our best. If the Lord is with us, we shall be prospered.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 12)
Brother and Sister Shireman, can you not see that each one has a distinctive work? that from the lowliest worker to the most highly educated, the most efficient, each has his place in the work of soul-saving? “He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:11-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 13)
As you read this letter, I desire you to regard me as your best friend. I respect you both for your past faithfulness. You have a work to do for the Lord. But you are to bear less responsibility than you have borne in the past. The reason for my speaking especially of Sister Shireman’s being released from the work of teaching, is that she may have opportunity constantly to cultivate sweetness of disposition. My Sister, never cherish unhappy thoughts, or think that you are not treated right. You have become childish. You may not recognize this, nevertheless it is so. You need quietude and rest. You have strong likes and dislikes. Beware of hindering the work of God. Because I speak to you on these points, do not for a moment suppose that I wish to do you an injury.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 14)
My son Edson has labored untiringly to have both of you sustain the right relation to the school interest. Let God work out His infinite plans. Co-operate with Him as His helping hand in working out these plans. Stand not as hindrances; for thus you would cause things to be said and done that would hinder the work which you have called in wise helpers to advance.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 15)
My dear Sister, I beseech you to put away all feelings of suspicion and jealousy. God’s eye is over both of you. I am pained because I fear that this letter may possibly be misunderstood; but I am instructed to say to you, Know who your friends are, and appreciate them. When it is necessary for a work to be done in order to reform abuses that have crept into the church, thank the Lord that He has spoken. And when the Lord speaks to you, thank Him for saving you from future sorrow.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 16)
I am instructed to warn you to be careful what manner of spirit you manifest in regard to enlarging and perfecting the school work; for you are not to suppose that, unaided, you are equal to the task of carrying forward the increasing work that you have begun. Create no dissension by unadvised words of criticism in regard to the course of others, even if some things which displease you may seem to have been unnecessarily done. It makes me sad to think that you have become discontented over trivial matters.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 17)
I am sure the hand of the Lord was in the purchasing of property near the Hildebran School. That field is white already to harvest and should be worked most earnestly.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 18)
If you appeal to your own sympathies, or receive the impression that you are treated unjustly and misused, you have no one but yourselves to blame for such impressions. No course of action has been designedly pursued toward you that needs adjustment. Do not disturb the peace of mind of the few believers near the school by suggestions that my words are severe.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 19)
The Lord first gave me words of encouragement to speak to you in regard to opening up work in new fields and preparing the way for other workers possessing varied talents to come in and to carry forward that which you are able to begin. The Lord has not qualified you to do school work successfully without the aid of others who have ability to plan, devise, and advance in God’s appointed way. While you were starting your school at Hildebran, those who did not show you proper respect were reproved. There were imperfections in the manner in which some things were done; but the Lord commended you for doing the best that you could do.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 20)
The time came when it was advisable for you to be relieved of your heavy burdens in connection with the school. The Lord saw that the work to be done by and through His grace required a variety of talents. In His mercy, laborers possessing other talents have been brought into the school. This was in accordance with your earnest desire. Do not now block the wheels by criticism.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 21)
It is often the case that the talents of some workers do not enable them to harmonize well with other workers. The laborers are to advance steadily, carefully pondering at every step, else there will be marked failure.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 22)
I hope, Brother Shireman, that you will not be turned from your purpose of visiting many places to obtain means for carrying forward the work at Hildebran. I believe that the Lord will bless this effort, and that, so far as possible, He will move upon the hearts of the people to give you the gifts that you desire. At this time, means are greatly needed to advance the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 23)
I hope that in your effort to secure means for the support of the work, you will go forth full of faith, hope, and love. By becoming acquainted with the people and their necessities, and by finding openings where the truth will gain a ready entrance into honest hearts, you can be of much service to the cause of God. If you do this work, you will not only accomplish good and gain valuable experience, but the Lord will teach you what He desires you to do. He wishes you to do the work that He has fitted you to do. His Holy Spirit will move upon the hearts of other persons to come in and carry on the work in the school—persons who have had experience in caring for and instructing children.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 24)
Brother and Sister Shireman, I am interested in you, and for your present and eternal good I must write to you plainly. Because I write to you as I have written, do not conclude that I am not your friend. Although that which often I must speak is proper and right, yet it causes me great pain of heart to send such words to those whom I love and respect. How I wish that my brethren and sisters would always walk and work in humility! If they would remain humble, I should not need to speak so plainly to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 25)
It pained me to send my first message to you. And I am pained as I finish writing out the message that the Lord has given me for you. It makes me sad to think of the pain that this will cause you, Brother and Sister Shireman. I am afflicted in your affliction. But although it is painful for me to write this message to you, yet saving and happy results will come to you, if you take it as the Lord desires you to take it. God’s message cannot be withheld. It is a painful duty to me to do the work that it is right and necessary for me to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 26)
Brother Shireman, we are all in danger of forgetting God. Only by letting the Lord work out His will through us can we learn the lessons He desires us to learn. Temptations will come to us, but if we make God our trust, we shall be taught of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 27)
My Brother, my Sister, come into harmony with the will of the Lord. Look to Jesus. Do not spoil your record by giving way to envy and distrust. I hope you will see these things in a true light. May the Lord bless you, and keep you in hope and grace and peace, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 63, 1902, 28)
Lt 64, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 24, 1902 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in UL 128. + My dear son Edson,—
I see dangers that I am afraid you do not clearly discern. I am cautioned to consider carefully the case of Brother and Sister Shireman. He has done a work that many in like circumstances could have done and ought to have done, but did not do. Had they ventured out in this work, the Lord would greatly have blessed them, and as a result of their efforts, much fruit would have been borne to His glory. The Lord has worked through Brother Shireman. Brother Shireman has been rewarded in this life, and he will be rewarded in the future life, if he will hold the beginning of his confidence firm unto the end.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 1)
I was writing a letter in commendation of Brother Shireman when something appeared before me in print that led me to refrain from writing further. I was strongly impressed that it would not be best to praise Brother Shireman; that at the present time praise would be inappropriate and unwise; for it would prove a temptation to him.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 2)
Those who do faithful service for the Master have His commendation. But circumstances will arise in their experience that will lead them to take the words of the Lord, spoken to encourage them in a time of emergency, when they were in great difficulty, and use them in a way that will tarnish their future experience. When they should walk softly before the Lord, and tremble at His word, they will repeat His words of encouragement as a vindication of their course of action. Their misconception of the Lord’s approval places them in great danger. He spoke these words to them to show them that He was not unmindful of their works and their labor of love, not to lead them to become self-sufficient.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 3)
I was about to write some words of encouragement to one who had helped in the work in the Southern field at a time when it was going very hard. A hand was placed upon the paper, forbidding me to write, and a voice said, “These words of commendation will do harm to the one you are addressing. God is the Master-worker. Glorify Him, not man.”
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 4)
My son, let us be very careful not to praise or flatter any human being. Do not place before the Lord’s servants the temptation of human praise. It is God who enables men and women to accomplish good. He is behind every worker. Without His power, man is helpless.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 5)
Light has been given me that sufficient has been said and done to place Brother Shireman in a proper light before his brethren. Brother and Sister Shireman’s danger is in thinking they can carry forward to a successful completion the work they have begun. But should they be allowed to follow their plans, the work would not develop as it should, and they would be a hindrance instead of a help.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 6)
There are those who by self-denial and self-sacrifice have prepared the way for a good work, yet who have not the capabilities that enable them to carry this work forward successfully when it has reached a certain stage of advancement. They would not be able to give it the right mold.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 7)
Brother Shireman has been greatly blessed by God. The Lord used him to start the work at Hildebran. But he is not to think, because of this, that he is fitted to carry the school work forward on the broad, elevated plane on which it must be carried. Others, whose education and training fit them for it, must take up the work in its advanced stages, . But the Lord does not value the less those who in self-sacrifice and self-denial prepared the way for the work to advance.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 8)
The Lord’s workers must not think that they must be their own judges of the position they should fill. Let all remember that there are many different lines of work, and that all these lines of work are necessary. The hewers of wood and drawers of water do acceptable service and make a success where others would certainly make a failure.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 9)
Cannot Brother and Sister Shireman see that each laborer has a distinctive work, that from the lowliest worker to the most highly educated, the most efficient, each has his place to fill in the work of soul-saving. “He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some pastors and teachers, for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ, till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:11-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 10)
Brother Shireman should feel thankful that the work he began is growing, and that there is a demand for men of larger talents to carry it to the place the Lord desires it to occupy. Neither Brother nor Sister Shireman can do this. They are not fitted to carry the work forward after it has reached a certain stage of development. They must leave this to others. The Lord desires both of them to see this matter in a right light. Temptation will come to them, but the Lord speaks to them the words He spoke to Peter, “I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not.” [Luke 22:32.]
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 11)
Brother and Sister Shireman have a work to do for the Lord. But they are to bear less responsibility than they have borne in the past. Sister Shireman needs quietude and rest. She has strong likes and dislikes. Let her beware of hindering the work of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 12)
Do you remember, Edson, when Brother Shireman was doing the self-sacrificing work that he began in Kansas City, how he was, in his humility, taught of God? Under the impressions made on his mind by the Holy Spirit, he knew that he could not carry forward the work he had started, and he called for help, for some one to come and make a success of the work he had begun. This same spirit he should show in connection with the work in Hildebran.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 13)
May the Lord help you in arranging matters at Hildebran. The Lord desires us to exercise great caution. From the light given me, I know that the work at Hildebran, if properly managed, will be a great blessing to the surrounding country. We are glad that the Lord directed Brother Shireman to this place. I have been shown that we must establish schools in just such places, away from the cities and their temptations. The sights and sounds of the cities make it almost impossible for children to receive a proper education while living in them. The youth living in the cities need constant help from God. They need to pray constantly for guidance, that they may escape the temptations surrounding them. They need friends. They need to be hedged about by faithful watchcare. Earnest prayer should ascend to heaven in their behalf. They need to be prayed for and with, that they may give themselves to the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 14)
I hope that what I have written will not confuse Brother and Sister Shireman. The Lord desires them to be sanctified daily to the truth. He desires them to close the heart against every phase of selfishness. The Lord is acquainted with our dangers. He has tasted of the fruit of the tree of self-denial. He knows the meaning of love to God and man. God forbid that Brother and Sister Shireman, whom I love in the Lord, should turn to the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, to eat of the forbidden fruit, the fruit of selfishness. The Lord is full of tenderness for them. How deeply it would grieve Him for them to have a wrong conception of their position or their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 15)
Edson, look to Jesus. Do not spoil your record by giving way to despondency and distrust. Make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. The Lord has a work for you to do. But in doing His work, you must move in harmony with your brethren.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 16)
The man who is nearest the Lord is the man who waits for Him as one waits for the morning, the man who has the least confidence in self and the strongest confidence in God as the One who can save to the uttermost all who come to Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 17)
I have written this letter a little at a time; for my eyes will not bear any strain. The Lord has an interest in all the work you are trying to do for Him. Do not worry. The day of trust is in our hands. The day of reckoning will bear faithful witness as to how we have done our work. Let us do our best. If the Lord is with us, we shall be prospered.
(17LtMs, Lt 64, 1902, 18)
Lt 65, 1902
Jones, Brother and Sister [C. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 166-167. + Dear brother and sister C. H. Jones,—
I have words from the Lord for you. Recently I read a very important letter from Brother Jones. That night I was instructed of the Lord by object lessons and explanations that made a deep impression on me. I do not now purpose relating all that was presented to me; but there are some things that I must relate.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 1)
We seem to be assembled in council with a number interested in the working of the Pacific Press. Some things were said with regard to the past management of the institution. The statement was made that the results of this management were not altogether satisfactory. Papers were read. Many perplexing problems were introduced. There seemed to be so many questions to consider that little headway was made, and no light from God seemed to be shining in.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 2)
One of the questions under consideration was, “Should Brother C. H. Jones resign, who will occupy the position that he has occupied in the institution since he was a young man?”
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 3)
One who has often been present in our councils now stepped forward, and looking with intense interest and sympathy upon Brother Jones, stepped to his side, and speaking to the brethren, said, “Should your brother leave the office now, he would wrong himself and the work. Would his resignation remove the difficulties in the institution? Who of those present would consent to stand in his place? Who of you have prayed and counselled with him as faithful missionaries for God? Who have helped him just when and where he needed help? Who have stood as true, faithful sentinels, ready to do their duty to God and to their brother? None of you could honor the position your brother has occupied, unless as helpers you had men who were burden-bearers, and who would stand on a higher, more spiritual plane of action than you have stood in your relation to Brother Jones.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 4)
“Bear in mind that we have a high priest who is touched with the feeling of our infirmities. He is a Helper who never fails us, never disappoints us when we call upon Him. He is the example we are to follow in our efforts to help our fellow workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 5)
“You who have criticized your brother as he has borne responsibilities may not have made just the same mistakes that you criticize in him. But you have made mistakes and failures deserving of more severe criticism then you have given him.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 6)
“Too often those who stand in positions of responsibility are criticized by their associates in labor, who ought to have wisdom to know that silence is eloquence, and that the one supposed to be in the wrong is not to be condemned before he has been given opportunity to make explanation.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 7)
“When you saw defects in your brother, how honorable it would have been to go to him alone, and faithfully, in tenderness and love, try to show him his errors. Those who refuse to take heed to Christ’s words, ‘Tell him his fault between thee and him alone’ [Matthew 18:15], show that they think unjustly, and that they are themselves deficient.”
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 8)
Our Instructor placed his hand on Brother Jones’s shoulder, and said, “My brother, should you leave the position you now occupy, great injustice would be done. Those of your associates who have had so much to say in criticism would think their words true. You can honor God now by being ‘strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.’ [Ephesians 6:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 9)
“‘Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of darkness in this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplications in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.’” [Verses 11-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 10)
Addressing Brother C. H. Jones, our Instructor said, “Take up the work anew; and”—turning to the others present—“learn of Jesus, His meekness, His lowliness. Empty the mind of unkind criticism, and fill it with the determination to cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. With sanctified determination take up the work of making yourselves all that Christ wishes you to be. You all need to put on every piece of the Christian armor; for you have battles to fight. There is a stern conflict before the people of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 11)
“When Christ was on this earth, He chose twelve disciples to be constantly with Him. These it was His purpose to train for His work. He did not call their attention to the purposes and laws of the kingdoms of the world, but to a higher, holier theme—the purposes and laws of the kingdom of God. He did not speak to them of politics, but of the subjects that concerned them as stewards of His grace. He gave them a general idea of the character of His kingdom, and of its working, as a kingdom of grace in this world and a kingdom of glory in the future world. He told them that it was not an earthy, temporal kingdom, but a kingdom that would endure forever. He revealed to them the covenant of peace, the great charter that declares the principles of His kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 12)
“When the twelve were elected to the apostleship, they expected that Christ would give them preferments, but instead, He gave them commandments. And He gave them the Holy Spirit, His presence, as a Comforter, to abide with them and teach them. ‘Peace be unto you,’ He said; ‘as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you. And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost.’ [John 20:21, 22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 13)
“Do those present on this occasion feel that they are fitted to be thus honored, to have their commission thus sealed?
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 14)
“In order to fulfil their mission, the disciples were to work under the Holy Spirit’s teaching. Thus only could they fill acceptably the position of trust in which they had been placed. Christ gave them a high and holy work to do. This they were able to accomplish, not by uniting with the world, but by standing on the platform of truth, ‘sealed with that Holy Spirit of promise,’‘the earnest of our inheritance.’
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 15)
“The words spoken to the disciples are spoken also to you. The work the Saviour gave them He has given also to you. Are you doing this work?
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 16)
“Light has been repeatedly given regarding the qualifications needed by those who are chosen to do God’s work. They are to walk in the light of heaven, bringing into the daily life the principles of pure and undefiled religion. They are to be a peculiar people, distinguished from the world by their refusal to conform to its customs, amusements, and principles. Christ is to be glorified by the difference between the lives of His people and the wickedness and perversity of worldlings. Then, as they stand on vantage ground, He will work through them with mighty power.”
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 17)
The only way in which you can do acceptable service, after delaying so long to heed the word of the Lord, is by separating from the institution, not those you can train and educate, but those who, though supposed to be believers, have never been converted, those whose words and works declare that their example is as unholy leaven. Who will now be burden-bearers, filled with a resolute determination to honor God? This is the test that is to be our guide in retaining or dismissing workers. No worker is needed in the Lord’s institution whose love of worldly pleasure leads others astray. All connected with the Lord’s work are held responsible to bring into this work a refining, purifying influence. Each worker is to help his fellow worker to fill his appointed place. Each is to help the other to reach a higher standard.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 18)
All are to study how they can blend with their fellow workers. All are to strive to become workers who can educate others. Those who direct in the work must not excuse themselves from the faithful discharge of their duty to reprove wrong in those who are not trying to work and walk in obedience to God’s Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 19)
In this institution a large number of hands are employed to do commercial work. God does not require the doing of this work. Light has been given you in regard to this matter. “How long halt ye between two opinions? If the Lord be God, follow him; but if Baal, then follow him.” [1 Kings 18:21.] Will you now do thorough work in carrying out the instruction God has given regarding the work to be done by our publishing houses? If you continue to follow the plans you have been following, you will lose heaven. Leave to worldlings the business of the world. Do much more whole-souled, diligent work for the Master. The lines of business that have no relation to the cause of God should be cut away from the publishing house. The time and talents of the workers should be devoted to the publication of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 20)
There is a great work to be done for God. Enter boldly into the warfare against sin and wrong. It is safe to be in earnest in battling for the right. Unite with one another in the determination to restore righteous principles in the Lord’s institution. Be faithful and true to one another. Break the yoke that Satan has placed on your necks, and take Christ’s yoke—a yoke that is pleasant to bear. Learn of the great Teacher.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 21)
God will raise up men and women to be educators in the printing work, men and women who love and fear Him, whose hearts are aglow with the love of Christ, who will be fathers and mothers in Israel.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 22)
Earnest effort, strong purpose, and unwavering trust in God will enable us in every emergency to do that which will glorify God.
(17LtMs, Lt 65, 1902, 23)
Lt 66, 1902
NA [Brother] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 24, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother,—
I am trying to do all in my power to advance the work of God. The work is constantly broadening, and I see much to do. If you, my brother, have means that you can spare, and will lend it to me, I shall be glad to borrow some at four or five per cent interest. And if you choose to lend me some money without interest, to be lent by me to the Lord’s work, I will accept it; for I wish to help the Sydney Sanitarium by a loan without interest. This is a very important enterprise that just now needs this kind of help. I also desire to invest something in the publication of my books in foreign languages, but cannot pay interest on this.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 1)
In regard to my own business, I wish to say that when I came from Australia, I did not expect ever to own a home again. I tried to rent a place in Oakland, but the way seemed to be hedged up. I was then led to buy a fruit-farm, with good buildings, close to the St. Helena Sanitarium. This proves to be a good place for me healthwise and an excellent place for my work. Since coming here I have done much writing, and I thank the Lord for a home away from the cities.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 2)
When I left Australia, I allowed some of my money to remain in our institutions there. After my return to America, I bought this place for eight thousand dollars, subject to a six-thousand-dollar mortgage. I have sold to the Sanitarium one of the springs, valued at two thousand dollars, and ten acres of the best land; also five acres to the Health Food Factory; and five acres to my farmer Brother James, and to my son. All of these purchasers desire deeds free from encumbrance. Therefore I desire to lift what remains of the mortgage, which is now four thousand dollars. I also desire to pay some old loans.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 3)
More urgent than these things is the demand for means with which to secure the publication of my books in many languages. New fields are opening. From many places come calls for help. From Japan, from India, from South America, from Polynesia, and from Europe come appeals for counsel and assistance in having my books translated and published in the various languages of the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 4)
In this work we are far behind our duty. Our large publishing houses have not done all that they might have done in this line. I must now do what I can to help. For years I have given all the author’s royalties on my translated books to missionary work—mostly to the education of home and foreign missionaries. I now feel that all that comes under my control from this source must be used to secure the translation and publication of new works in many languages. If my brethren help me in this work, with some gifts and loans without interest, the work will advance more rapidly.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 5)
About two years ago, when I was asked what could be done about the debts on our schools, I laid the matter before the Lord. There came to me the thought that I could give the book Christ’s Object Lessons to the schools. Then came another thought, “I have depended on this book to pay my workers, and I must be just before I am generous.” In the night season I was considering the problem of my finances. I desired to save money in order to pay my debts and be free from the burden of interest. But I could see no other way for the schools to be relieved than for me to give Object Lessons for this purpose, and I said, “It must be done.” Then the conflict ended. Light filled my mind. I began at once to write to our publishing houses, asking them if they would be willing to share the gift with me by giving the work that must be done in the publication of the book.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 6)
The plan was presented as one that could be an all-round blessing. It was a plan by which leaders and people would be enabled to act a part and receive a blessing. Scene after scene was presented to me in which ministers were being aroused to do their part. Church members became interested, and whole families took part in the work. Angels of God united with the workers, opening doors for the canvassers to enter and tell the people of the work they were trying to do in selling Object Lessons.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 7)
The book found a ready sale. It was bought by thousands not of our faith; and some, after seeing the value of the matter it contained, bought several copies for distribution among friends.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 8)
The workers gave their time, receiving nothing as far as money is concerned, but receiving something of infinitely greater value.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 9)
Individual action brought a consciousness of well-doing. All who engaged in the work improved in health of body and health of mind. They received an experience that made their hearts glad in the Lord. They had no time to speak needless words. Their thought was, “The book must be sold; the debt must be lifted from the schools.” It seemed as if in every place prayer could be heard; and faith in the work constantly increased. A happy enthusiasm filled the hearts of the workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 10)
I was made happy by the result of the plan. And all who engaged in selling the book were happy. They all helped one another to make the work a success.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 11)
I saw that in selling Object Lessons our people were learning how to handle larger books. They were being prepared to enter the canvassing field. The earnestness with which they took hold of the work showed that they appreciated the opportunity of learning to canvass. Prejudice was removed. In becoming acquainted with the people, the workers obtained a valuable experience. As they were thus sinking fresh shafts, their example helped the church to see that all around them there was work to do. There were those in the church who needed the experience to be gained by telling the truth, and as they went out to work for others, their talents were greatly increased. The Saviour went before them, and the blessing of the Lord became His people’s blessing. The pulpit became a place of power.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 12)
I saw that the sale of Object Lessons opened the way for the establishment of missions. In the church there was a revival of the missionary spirit. An earnest desire to learn how to work for the Lord was shown. Small companies gathered together for prayer and Bible study. All moved forward with harmonious force of action. Believers went to places where the people have no opportunity to hear the Word of God and gathered the children for Sabbath School. Efforts were made to help isolated families. Plans were laid for these families to meet with other families for Bible study. Thus the way was opened for light to shine forth from the Word of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 13)
With this representation of the results of this work before my mind, I have looked for the success now attending the faithful workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 14)
Go forward, brethren and sisters, in this work; and in forgetfulness of self and unselfish efforts to help others, you will receive rich blessing. The Lord will open ways for you. Ministers will arouse and will labor to arouse church members. Let there be much more prayer. God does not limit His grace to any special time or any special effort. Only have a heart to obey the Word of the Lord, and your example will make an impression in favor of the truth. Only be wide awake to see your opportunities, and God will help you to improve them. Only do what you can, in humility and sincerity, and you may be sure that you will not lose the blessing the Lord has for you. This will be the means of drawing the soul out after God for the saving of parents and children. Simple, earnest efforts made to help souls are wholly acceptable to God. Obedience is better than sacrifice.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 15)
Those who know not the truth should be prayed with and instructed. Many can take up this work. Small meetings should now be arranged for, in which two or three workers unite in explaining the truth to the people. Such meetings have been held in many places, and as a result, people have been brought into the truth, and meeting-houses have been built. At first, the work may have to be carried on in a room in a private house. Perhaps, if the weather is favorable, the meeting can be held out-of-doors. Give a kindly welcome to all who come. Draw near to God and to one another. Let the songs of praise be sung. Let the Word of God be simply and clearly explained. Such a service will make a lasting impression.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 16)
I shall encourage such efforts; and may the Lord be with the workers and with those for whom they work.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 17)
The foregoing is a brief description of what can be done by those who know the truth. Such channels of service are much needed. And I believe that the work of selling Object Lessons will arouse our people to see what can and should be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 18)
What I have written in this letter will explain to you why I wish to borrow money at this time. When my other books shall be more thoroughly canvassed for, I can return the loans. Since the attention of our people has been so largely called to Object Lessons, I have received little from the sale of my other books. But I am not discouraged because of this. When I made the proposal to give Object Lessons to the schools, I felt that I could afford to wait, even if I should have to borrow money to carry forward my work; for I knew that the Lord was in the plan.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 19)
If you will lend me one or two thousand dollars, without interest, for a period of three to five years, I shall place it where it will accomplish much for the Master. And I shall report to you the results.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 20)
If you desire to send me an offering for the advancement of the Lord’s work, I shall try to see that every dollar is used where it is most needed. I shall be glad to give you an account of the way in which the money has been used.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 21)
A great work is before us. Let us use our time, and our talents of experience, of influence, and of means, for the advancement of the special work for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 66, 1902, 22)
Lt 67, 1902
Brethren at the Pacific Press “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 25, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in MM 180-182; 7ABC 468; UL 129; 9MR 161; 5Bio 167. + To my brethren in positions of responsibility in the Pacific Press,—
The case of Brother C. H. Jones has been presented to me. Should he resign his position to take up some other line of work? If the Lord should say, “This is My will,” it would be right for Brother Jones to do this. But where is the man with the necessary capabilities and a sufficient understanding of the work in the different departments of the publishing house who could take Brother Jones’ place? When the Lord selects a man who in His sight is the proper man for this place, it will be right for Brother Jones to sever his connection with the Pacific Press. But at present the Lord does not accept his resignation.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 1)
There are those who find fault with the past management of the Pacific Press. Let them understand that it is easier to question and find fault than to say what should be done to set things right—easier to criticize the men who are managing than to find men to carry out the principles of righteousness on the high plane of action that the Lord commends.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 2)
When the men working in the different lines of God’s cause are faithful Christians, laboring under the supervision of God, they will be enabled to do with honor the work placed in their hands. They are to go forward with fear and trembling, fearing lest in some emergency they do something that will misrepresent the institution which is one of the Lord’s great agencies for the advancement of His truth. They are to show that they realize that they are not working in a common, worldly place, but in a place made sacred by the presence of One who investigates every action.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 3)
The following words were spoken to those who are associated with Brother C. H. Jones in the management of the Pacific Press:
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 4)
Are you clear before God? Can He acknowledge you as true representatives of His truth? Have you not made it very hard for your manager to do the work appointed him, very hard for him to be a faithful steward? Have you realized that your position in the office makes you a part of the firm, held responsible by God to do all in your power to keep the work of the institution on a high plane? Is your record, in its integrity and righteousness, in harmony with your profession of faith? Will you measure your development, your breadth of Christian experience, by the description given in the Scriptures of God’s true followers?—“Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvellous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 5)
In the books of heaven true Christians are registered as one family. Through faith and love, their hearts are knit together. In principles and practice, they are distinct from the world; for they have been chosen as members of the royal family. The excellency of their words and actions show that they are the princes of God. Their business transactions are after the order of heaven. And in God’s sight they are of more value than all else in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 6)
Have you, as heads of the different departments of this institution, assembled daily to offer prayer to God for the Holy Spirit’s guidance and for the wisdom and grace that God alone can give? In your work, have you stood as a unit, not criticizing and condemning one another, but pulling together in even cords? You could have remedied the condition of things in the office by humbling yourselves before God, and obeying the words, “Be ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord.” [Isaiah 52:11.] Obedience to the instruction the Lord gave would have brought among you the angels of heaven. You should have put forth personal efforts for those in your charge. This would have placed you on vantage ground. But the work the Lord desired you to do, you did not do. The Lord is very merciful to forgive your errors and mistakes.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 7)
Let all now come into line. The work in this institution must be better understood and better planned. The workers, instead of looking for defects in their fellow workers, are to search their own hearts, overcoming the spirit that prompts to unwise actions and harsh words, and correcting their own mistakes. Then they will not bring about a condition of spiritual defection that takes the life and spirit out of those who should be strong to bear burdens.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 8)
When those in positions of responsibility in this institution see among the workers those who need reproof and caution, let them not think that they have done their duty by throwing the burden of this work on the manager. They are to go to the one in error, and in kindness and tenderness tell him of his wrong and of its sure result unless he changes. Invite him to talk with God about the matter. Kneel down with him, and pray for help.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 9)
The wrongs in this institution are to be corrected, but those who are associated with Brother C. H. Jones in labor are not to think that he is to bear this burden alone. It is not necessary to bring everything that needs to be corrected before the manager. When you see a worker in error, go to him, and talk with him kindly and tenderly, showing a sincere desire for his welfare. In nine cases out of ten, your efforts will be successful. You will save a soul from death and hide a multitude of sins.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 10)
Whatever your position may be, in no case throw your work on Brother Jones. You occupy positions of trust. Is it not, then, your duty to look after the apprentices, to see that they are not led astray? Is it not your duty to watch for souls as they that must give an account.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 11)
How may those in your charge be won to Christ? This is the great problem before you. In order to prepare them for present usefulness and for the future life, you must do far more personal work. You must labor in a way that will win the respect and confidence of the youth under your supervision. Never be impatient with them. Remember that Christ died to save them. In the wisdom and love of the Saviour make personal efforts for them. Be faithful shepherds over them. Treat them in a way that you know Christ will approve. You offend God when you are impatient and overbearing. Christian politeness, Christian courtesy, is due from the Christian to every other human being. Nothing else will God accept.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 12)
Let those in charge of the youth in the different departments of this institution remember that they do them great harm when they allow their own words and actions to be out of harmony with their profession of Christianity, when they use the methods of the enemy instead of the methods of the Saviour in their efforts to bring about reforms.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 13)
Into your discipline bring not a particle of harshness. Lay no rigid injunctions on the youth. It is these ironclad rules and commands that sometimes lead them to feel that they must and will do the thing they are charged not to do. When giving caution or reproof to the youth, do it as one who has a special interest in them. Let them see that you have an earnest desire for them to make a good record in the books of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 14)
“And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God, and the books were opened, and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.” [Revelation 20:12.] By the words and works of this life is decided the eternal destiny of every one; be very careful, therefore not to drive a tempted soul on to the enemy’s battle ground. Provoke not the youth to wrath. Stir not up in them, by unjust charges and harsh treatment, the impulse to act rashly. Often those who ought to know how to deal with the youth drive them away from God by injudicious words and actions. God records such treatment of the youth as a sin against himself. Treat the tempted ones in a way that will draw them to you as a friend who will not misjudge or hurt them. The admonitions God has given in His Word are infinitely better than any words of reproof you can speak. Lead the youth to see that it is for their eternal good to follow the path the Lord has marked out for them. Tell them they must not sin, because it grieves the heart of the Redeemer. Tell them to fear to sin, because the wages of sin is death. In gentleness and love try to inspire in them an earnest purpose to do their whole duty to God and to their fellow men. Remember that the future experience of these youth will bear the stamp of the teaching you have given them.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 15)
As you thus strive to educate the youth in your care, you are educating yourselves, preparing yourselves to do better work for the Master. There is brought about in your character a reformation that makes you a safe example for the tempted and tried. In disciplining others, you are disciplining and training yourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 16)
Paul has given a lesson for all who are educators in any line of work. Speaking of the high priest and his work, he says, “Who can have compassion on the ignorant and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity,” subject to temptation. [Hebrews 5:2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 17)
Our great High Priest was taken from among men. In order for Him to understand the temptations that come to human beings, He must take human nature. He must be bone of our bone, flesh of our flesh. Among ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of angels, Christ is a standard bearer. To Him has been given the prerogative of approaching God in His human nature, as well as in His divine nature. Through Him we are accepted in the Beloved. God welcomes all who come to Him in the name of the great High Priest.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 18)
Let no human being suppose that position or authority will give him one jot of favor with God. We can come to God only through the chosen Mediator, His only begotten Son, who knew no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth. The One who bore the penalty of sin, that through His grace man might render perfect obedience to the laws of God, and so obtain eternal life, is the only One who can enable man to become a member of the royal family.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 19)
“And by reason hereof, he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to offer for sins. And no man taketh this honor unto himself but he that was called of God, as was Aaron. So Christ also glorified not himself to be made an high priest; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son; today have I begotten thee.... Who in the days of his flesh, when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears unto him that was able to save him from death, and was heard in that he feared; though he were a Son, yet learned he obedience by the things which he suffered; and being made perfect, he became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey him.” [Verses 3-5, 7-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 20)
The only One who could with hope approach God in humanity was the only begotten Son of God. That sinful, repentant human beings might be received by the Father, and clothed with the robe of righteousness, Christ came to the earth, and made an offering of such value that He redeemed the race. Through the sacrifice made on Calvary is offered to every one the sanctification of grace. All may become obedient sons and daughters of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 21)
Let those who are placed in responsible positions beware lest, by defective characters and unchristlike tempters, they work against God’s plan. The glory of God and the good of human beings should lead every man to strive to be a example of what man may become through the grace of Christ. He is to rely wholly on the merits of the One who gave Himself as an offering that He might stand between God and man. The efforts of every one in whose heart the work of grace is daily done will be a savor of life unto life to all who are under his watchcare. He will be successful in laboring for the saving of souls ready to perish. He will bring them to the Chief Shepherd, who alone can save to the uttermost all who come to Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 22)
The men who guide and instruct those who are “ignorant and out of the way” need much of the patience and love of Christ. [Verse 2.] Many times their patience will be tried; those for whom they work will seem to be dull of understanding; it will be hard to lead them to act on correct principles. The truth must be brought to bear upon them to soften and subdue their hearts. Those who try to help them must have ability to lead them on step by step, realizing that they are to beseech sinners, not drive them, to be reconciled to God. Christ says, My sheep hear My voice, and they follow Me away from the byways of sin. As Christ worked, so you are to work. In tenderness and love seek to lead the erring to the right way. This will call for great patience and forbearance, and for the constant manifestation of the love of Christ. Daily the Saviour’s compassion must be revealed. The example He has left must be followed. He took upon His sinless nature our sinful nature, that He might know how to succor those that are tempted.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 23)
He who does this work must put into it his whole heart; for it is a work that requires all there is of a man. He who does it as a work that is done for wages will make an utter failure.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 24)
Long life and prosperity are promised to those who are faithful in keeping the commandments of God. “Thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the Lord; that it may be well with thee,”“and that thy days may be prolonged.” [Deuteronomy 6:18, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 25)
But let no one think that he can honor the Lord by mechanical obedience, while he has no real sense of what obedience means, because his heart is not right with God. “Whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance; for ye serve the Lord Christ. But he which doeth wrong shall receive of the wrong which he hath done; for there is no respect of persons.” [Colossians 3:23-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 26)
Those who work only when in sight of their director are unfaithful and untrue. They are men-pleasers. They do not work with a pure heart and clean hands. They do not bring integrity into their efforts. They may apparently work very earnestly while in the sight of the director, but as soon as his presence is removed, their attitude changes. They work in a lax, indifferent way, accomplishing only a third of what they might accomplish. And the little they do is not done in a way that pleases God.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 27)
God calls upon men and women and youth to be true and faithful in their work, bringing into the daily life the principles of His Word, that it may be well with them. They are to remember that Jesus sees all they do and hears all they say. They are to work cheerfully, serving God to the best of their ability, doing His will from the heart. Let them remember, as they do their appointed work, that they are doing it for God. They are not to give their service grudgingly, or of constraint, but willingly, and gladly, filled with a resolute purpose to be true, to do their best, to make their service acceptable to God and to their fellow workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 28)
True Christians are faithful in little things, remembering that the Word of God declares, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.] A faithful, steady obedience to the words of Christ makes men pure in mind, resolute in purpose, and faithful in every station of life.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 29)
True service is the unveiling of a heart made fragrant by the love of God. Such service gives nobility to the life. Under its influence, love to God and man speaks from the lips and is revealed in the actions.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 30)
Those placed in positions of trust and responsibility in the publishing house established by God’s direction are day by day to reveal in the life a re-formation. They are to receive into the heart and mind the words of eternal life, that they may be sanctified through the Spirit of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 31)
When God’s people place the gift of speech under the influence and control of the Holy Spirit, thousands will hear the message that God is love, that He “so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] His heart of infinite love embraces every human being. His love is an inexhaustible well-spring of joy and peace. It is as enduring as eternity. It is the fountain opened for Judah and Jerusalem. From its unfailing supply every soul may be satisfied. This love is the life of God, working with transforming power in the soul, perfecting Christian character, making human beings partakers of the divine nature. Through Christ, this living stream of love and life flows to the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 32)
These words and many more in the same strain were spoken by our Instructor.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 33)
Brethren, place yourselves where you can be accepted by God. Do not permit prejudice and self-righteousness to fill your mind. Do your part faithfully and open the way for the Lord to work.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 34)
“This I say therefore, and testify in the Lord, that ye henceforth walk not as other Gentiles walk in the vanity of their mind, having the understanding darkened, being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart.... But ye have not so learned Christ; if so be that ye have heard him, and have been taught by him, as the truth is in Jesus; that ye put off concerning the former conversation, the old man, which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts; and be renewed in the spirit of your mind; and that ye put on the new man, which after God is created in righteousness, and true holiness. Wherefore putting away lying, speak every man truth with his neighbor; for we are members one of another. Be ye angry, and sin not; let not the sun go down upon your wrath; neither give place to the devil.... Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace unto the hearers. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Let all bitterness, and wrath and anger, and clamor, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all malice; and be ye kind one to another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you.” [Ephesians 4:17, 18, 20-27, 29-32.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 35)
These words need no explanation.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 36)
My brethren, your failure to do your work in spiritual lines in the office has placed a heavy burden upon your brother C. H. Jones. You should have borne many of the burdens that have fallen upon him in regard to the care of the employees. You have allowed your work to rest upon him. If you had walked in accordance with the light God has given, the causes you supposed you had for complaint would not have existed. Your shunning the responsibility of doing personal work for those employed in the office has had sad results. But Brother Jones is not to carry your sins of neglect.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 37)
Laying his hand upon Brother Jones’s shoulder, our Instructor said, “Be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might.” He then repeated the following Scripture: “Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench the fiery darts of the wicked, and take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God.” [Ephesians 6:10-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 38)
I have been shown that those who bear burdens in the Conference should show an earnest interest in the spiritual welfare of those working in the publishing house. They should act as counsellors and advisors. Such work as this, Brother Knox, Brother Corliss, and Brother A. T. Jones should do. But in their earnestness to point out and correct wrongs, Brother Corliss and Brother A. T. Jones sometimes manifest a spirit that needs to be softened and subdued by the grace of the Spirit of God, represented by the holy oil.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 39)
Of this holy oil we read in Zechariah, “The angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, and said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked, and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven pipes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof; and two olive trees by it, one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side thereof.” [Zechariah 4:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 40)
“Then answered I, and said unto him, What are these two olive trees upon the right side of the candlestick and upon the left side thereof? And I answered again and said unto him, What be these two olive branches, which through the two golden pipes empty the golden oil out of themselves? And he answered me and said, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then said he, These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the whole earth.” [Verses 11-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 41)
The mission of the two anointed ones is to communicate to God’s people that heavenly grace which alone can make His Word a lamp to the feet and a light to the path. From the two olive trees the golden oil was emptied through the golden pipes into the bowl of the candlestick, and thence into the golden lamps that gave light to the sanctuary. So from the holy ones that stand in God’s presence, His Spirit is imparted to the human instrumentalities that are consecrated to His service.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 42)
Those who have a special work to do for God need a large supply of the holy oil, that they may be a strength to the church. They need wisdom and courage and zeal, that they may work in Christ’s lines. They are to receive in rich measure the grace of the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 43)
Christ is the source from which His workers are to receive the oil of grace that is to enable them to carry forward His work. He emptied Himself of His glory that He might fill His believing ones with His Spirit, which would give them power and efficiency.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 44)
To the two brethren whose names I have mentioned, these words were spoken: “You must be very sure that you are supplied with the holy oil. Speak guardedly and wisely. See how many victories you can obtain over self. Never, never speak unadvisedly. Every man in a responsible position should be able, because he is supplied with the holy oil, to speak advisedly.”
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 45)
It is not enough for those who have been connected with the office to overcome their hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. They must cultivate the traits that will enable them to do acceptable service. It is not enough for them to put off the old man. They must put on the new man. It is not enough for them to lay aside the things that have hindered them from doing God’s work. More than this is required. Righteous principles must become a part of the nature. The law of God must be written on the heart. Let every soul now arise and bear responsibilities. Cease to do evil, and learn to do well. “Learn of me,” the great Teacher says; “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] Put on the new man, created by the power of God. Cherish the new, ennobling principles of unselfishness. Receive the regenerating grace which enables the receiver to reveal in spirit, in words, in actions, the sanctification that the truth imparts. This is the holiness that Christ requires.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 46)
Take heed that you do not think or speak with severity. Beware how you judge your brother, forgetting as you do so, that as you judge him, so you will be judged. He in whose heart Christ abides follows the principles of righteousness in all his dealing with his fellow men, obeying the last six precepts of the law.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 47)
Let the men in responsible positions in the office of publication carefully examine themselves. Let them not lay their burden of imperfection and failure upon the one who deserves censure less than they themselves for the demoralized condition of affairs in the publishing house. If you had stood manfully by your brother’s side, constantly putting forth individual effort for the uplifting of those connected with the institution, all would have stood on vantage ground. Brother C. H. Jones is a man who can see and understand the situation of the work and its necessities. The Lord has not separated Brother Jones from His work, as if he were the one who is wholly out of line. Brother Jones is not to be thus regarded.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 48)
Brethren, the message from the Lord to you is, “Cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Correct your own defects of character. If your faults are not corrected, they will drive the Spirit of God from the office.”
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 49)
To Brother C. H. Jones these words were spoken: “Would you forsake an imperilled vessel? Would it be a manifestation of faith, or of weakness, for you to disconnect from the office at this time? Would not this step be regarded as cowardly? And for you to withdraw from the work would not bring about the needed reformation in the Pacific Press.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 50)
“Should you now step out of your position in the office, you would do so under a cloud of suspicion. You would be regarded by many as having made a failure of your lifework. Although you have not reached the standard that you should in spiritual lines, you are not the cause of the sad state of affairs at the Pacific Press. All have had a part in the neglect and failure. All must now unite in doing the work they have left undone.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 51)
“My brother, put on every piece of the Christian armor. Take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness. The Lord desires you to be an overcomer, to triumph in the third angel’s message. Take up your work, and in the love and fear of God advance to a higher standard. If you have the support you ought to have from your fellow workers, you will be enabled, by the grace of Christ, to work in a way that will glorify God. Labor with a conscientious regard for the work as being God’s work. Do the will of God from the heart, and you will come off a conqueror. Separate from your life all that hinders you in doing the Lord’s work, and move forward, serving God in the place where you are. Be strong in the Lord and in the power of his might.”
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 52)
I address all who are carrying responsibilities in this institution. Remember that we have an enemy to fight, even to the gates, a Captain to fight for, a banner to fight under, and rules of warfare by which we must be governed. Take up your work as Christian soldiers. The Christian warfare is an individual warfare. Do you not expect to have to struggle against the determined opposition of the powers of darkness? Satan will contest every inch of the way, but press forward. The strength and courage necessary for the conflict will be given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 53)
In the Christian-warfare life, spiritual life, courage, constancy, and decision are needed. Be strong in the Lord. Human courage will not suffice. The Christian soldier must be strong in the Lord. God is all-sufficient. In the omnipotence of His might, gird on the armor. Make use of all the proper means of defense against the enemy. Resist temptation. Cultivate the Christian virtues. Be strong; Those who have so many battles to fight must be strong for service. Gain strength and help from the source of all power. If we trust in the Lord, we shall triumph in the warfare against unseen foes, but if we trust in our own strength, we shall surely meet with defeat. The armor is prepared, Put it on, and fight bravely for the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 67, 1902, 54)
Lt 68, 1902
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 28, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 453; 5Bio 177. + Dear brother and sister Kress,—
I have received your welcome letters. Thank you very much for writing so fully. I am glad that you did not say, “I shall not tell you the particulars regarding the work here; for I suppose others have already done this.” Brother and Sister Farnsworth have been very faithful in keeping us supplied with news. I thank them, and I thank you, my brother and sister.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 1)
Since returning from New York, I have at times been so weak that I could scarcely walk without staggering. But I praise the Lord that I am growing stronger. My appetite has come back. I do not eat many kinds of food, but I relish what I do eat. I do not put on much flesh, but I am able to walk as easily as when I was sixteen years of age. I ride out when the days are bright.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 2)
Since the beginning of the year, I have written about seven hundred pages. Much of this matter is letters to different persons. These letters will be used in the testimonies, and will, I hope, be a help to our people. At times my brain is so intensely active that it seems impossible for me to write the ideas as fast as they come to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 3)
My eyesight is troubling me. But although the Sanitarium is just above my home, on the hillside, and I am invited to go there and take treatment, I dare not go. There are times when a full, thorough course of treatment is a help, and there are times when it would be unwise to take such a course of treatment. If I had nothing to think of but the care of my body, I might venture to take a course of treatment at the Sanitarium. But I have four workers at work for me, besides my son, and next week Dores Robinson will be here. I must stay where I can be in touch with my workers. I have much to place in their hands. The subject matter that the Lord gives me must be sent out to the people. I have not, therefore, taken time for treatment at the Sanitarium.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 4)
Last Sabbath, for the first time since returning from the East, I ventured to speak in the Sanitarium chapel. My severe labor in speaking while on the journey to and from New York, and my exposure, while travelling, to intense cold, brought on a severe throat and lung difficulty. I also suffered from bloody flux, which caused me great pain. I lost much flesh, and part of the time while on the journey, I looked more like a corpse than a living woman. Still, I was obliged to keep on writing. And in trying to fill all my appointments to speak to the people, I lost my voice.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 5)
While at Nashville, I was very sick. I lost all appetite for food, and appearances seemed to be against me. A season of prayer was held for me in response to my request. I was able to pray, and great peace came to me, but no evidence of immediate healing. I was very happy. It seemed to me that a soft, clear, heavenly light shone about me, and I was able to rest and believe, lying passive in the Lord’s hands.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 6)
Since then my health has gradually improved. I have had one or two severe attacks of sickness, but most of the time I have been able to rest in quietude.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 7)
I take a hot bath at night, always taking care to cool off thoroughly before getting out. In the morning, I give myself treatment. Sometimes I rise at twelve o’clock, sometimes at eleven, but generally at one. For weeks one o’clock was my hour for rising. I would take a cold sponge bath, and then begin my writing; and before any of the others in the house were awake, I would have many pages written.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 8)
I kept this up till suddenly my head seemed like a seething furnace. My eyes pained me much.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 9)
I pray much in the night season, when the condition of the churches burdens me so that I cannot sleep. On one or two nights I walked the floor, unable to sleep until three o’clock in the morning. I tell you plainly that I do not like this wakefulness. I am trying to educate myself to sleep, and the Lord is helping me. For the last few nights, I have slept until three o’clock. But when I think of the peril of souls and of the state of our churches, I am so deeply moved and so burdened that I cannot sleep.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 10)
I have spoken twice on Sabbath morning to the little company of believers at Calistoga, a town about nine miles from here. Another time I spoke to a little company seven miles beyond Calistoga. Thus I have tested my voice and measured my strength to see how much I could do with safety. A week ago I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel. Those present said that the discourse was plain and clear. Tomorrow, notwithstanding the fact that since returning from the East, I have not been strong enough to join with my faith in worship, except on a few occasions, I go to Oakland to attend an important council meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 11)
The work at the Pacific Press is passing through a crisis, and we have been in perplexity to know what to do. I have written much to meet the situation. It was a severe strain on me to do this writing, but I could not forbear. Many difficulties have arisen. It has seemed that matters could not be satisfactorily adjusted. Apparently, to do that which needed to be done to set things in order would destroy some things that ought to be strengthened. For three nights last week I was carried through presentation after presentation. During the day, many desired to talk with me; but I said, No, I cannot talk with any one. I must write out the instruction the Lord has given me.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 12)
I shall try to present to those bearing responsibilities in the publishing house the need of cutting away the outside work, and of doing more in the publication of the truth. This is the next reformation to be undertaken. Those in positions of trust in the institution have much to learn in regard to their duty to give the apprentices the discipline and education they should receive. They are to give the youth in their charge a thorough understanding of the work in the different departments. They are to teach them to work as in the sight of the Lord. God will bless them in doing this grand missionary work.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 13)
I have been looking over the testimonies that have been published in regard to the work to be done in our publishing houses; and I ask myself, “Why have not those connected with this branch of the Lord’s work taken heed to the light given?”
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 14)
The men appointed by David to bear responsibilities in the kingdom were men of wisdom and business ability. They were examples of industry and prudence. The king’s personal counsellors, they possessed wisdom of no ordinary degree. In the government of the kingdom, David listened to the counsel and advice of these men. But he did not place their words before the Word of God. He declares, “Thy testimonies also are my delight and my counsellors.... I have chosen the way of truth; thy judgments have I laid before me. I have stuck unto thy testimonies; O Lord, put me not to shame. I will run in the way of thy commandments, when thou shalt enlarge my heart.... Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path.... My soul hath kept thy testimonies; and I love them exceedingly.” [Psalm 119:24, 30-32, 105, 167.] The whole of the one hundred and nineteenth Psalm exalts the law of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 15)
God’s law is to be the rule of our life. In plain, clear language the Lord has enjoined upon us the importance of studying His Word. There the principles of righteousness are laid down, and the difference between right and wrong, truth and error, is clearly defined. The testimonies are given to lead minds to this Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 16)
Personal ministry is far more efficacious than preaching in the saving of souls. When God’s people do personal work as He designs it to be done, the promises of Isaiah fifty-eight will be fulfilled to them. His righteousness will go before them; His glory will be their rereward.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 17)
Darkness has covered the earth, and gross darkness the people. Deceit, cruelty, violence, and crime fill the land. But those who are willing to be led by God, will see light in His light. His power will give them victory. Right will triumph over wrong. We are to press upward and still upward, seeking to understand more of the breadth and depth and height of Christ’s love. We need more of the love “which passeth understanding.” [Philippians 4:7.] We need more, much more, of God. O why do we forget that it is our privilege to breathe in the Spirit of Christ? Why do we forget that God wants to lift upon us the light of His countenance, that He wants to give us life and joy and power?
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 18)
Under the most trying circumstances, we can rest in the Saviour. I know this by experience. When suffering the most severe trials, my heart is filled with a peace that is beyond understanding or expression. Thus it has been with me all through the past months of sickness and weariness. I love the Lord. I know that He is my strength and my exceeding great reward. My heart is filled with love for Him who gave His life for me.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 19)
My dear brother and sister whom I love in the Lord, I feel a sweet unity with you. I believe that the Lord will bless you in taking up the work at the Sanitarium. I wish to say that it is the Lord who has impressed Brother Murphet to lend you money. Take this money; for thus the Lord is opening the way for the Sanitarium to be completed.
(17LtMs, Lt 68, 1902, 20)
Lt 69, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 28, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I will try to write you a few lines in response to your short letter of the last mail. I thank you so much for your letter. It was like a drink of cold water to a thirsty soul. I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that you have made a beginning in Sydney. This is indeed a move in the right direction. May the good work make rapid advancement. The Lord will give you the victory. He will prepare the way before you. You have had a long, trying struggle. Now light is breaking through the darkness. You have fought a hard battle. We have felt so sorry for you. If we could, we should have sent you means to help you in the work. But I have been greatly straitened financially. The General Conference has not been able to pay me what is due me. In order to make the annual payment on my place, we thought that we should be forced to hire money from the bank at eight per cent interest. We had arranged for a loan of one thousand dollars and had written and signed a note for this amount. Friday afternoon my son was just starting to town to deposit our note in the bank, when, lo, the mail brought us a letter from the treasurer of the General Conference containing nearly a thousand dollars, enough to meet my present need. So, instead of borrowing money from the bank, we deposited money. Thus the Lord has worked for us.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 1)
I have been praying that the Lord would open the way for the purchase of the three hundred acres of land near the Sanitarium. This land is offered for three thousand dollars. You will remember that before you went away, we looked at this place. We wish to purchase it as a site for an orphanage. We must have this land, if the Lord wills; for in many respects it is well suited to the purpose for which we desire it. We think that the way is opening for us to purchase it.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 2)
Christ’s Object Lessons is doing a good work. The effort to sell the book is giving our people in this country an experience they have never had before. In every sense of the word, the work is an object lesson. The purpose for which the plan was proposed will be accomplished if God’s people will press on from point to point.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 3)
The sale of this book has meant a great dearth of means for me; but I do not regret any loss I have sustained. I shall gladly stand back, and let the work advance, until there goes up the shout of victory, Grace, grace unto it. The Lord sees the wonderful fabric that He wishes His people to weave in His loom through the sale of Christ's Object Lessons. I do not want to spoil the beauty of the pattern by giving way to pride and selfishness. No; I desire, through self-sacrifice, to understand the meaning of living faith in Christ, who is our sufficiency, our all and in all. We need daily to gain a clearer understanding of Him as the Way, the Truth, and the Life. It is our blessed privilege to stand in the radiance of the love of God. All power, all wisdom, is at our command. We have only to ask. But we must ask in faith, nothing doubting. A fountain has been opened for Judah and Jerusalem. Every thirsty soul may come and drink of the water of life.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 4)
Since coming to this country, I have met with afflictions that have tried my soul. But at every point I have been given strength to hold fast. I have not felt any inclination to murmur or complain. In the wakeful, painful hours of the night, I could praise God; for joy and trust and confidence and increased consolation were mine. On my journey to and from New York, it seemed at times that I could not survive, so weak and sick was I. But I was content to live or to sleep in Jesus. In the end, all things shall work together for good to them that love God. I want to do all for God that I possibly can, that at last I may lay my crown at Jesus’s feet, whose I am by creation and by redemption. I have learned the sweetness of perfect trust in Him who gave His life for me.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 5)
Brother Burden, I am rejoiced to learn that your brethren in Australia believe you and your wife to be the very ones for the place you occupy. May the Lord bless you and keep you in all your ways as you seek to accomplish his purpose.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 6)
I have felt afraid that you might have to sell some of the Sanitarium farm to outsiders in order to get money to complete the building. Do not sell one rod of the land to outsiders. You and your brethren will have to arrange the matter of providing homes, on the Sanitarium land for the workers who will be immediately connected with the institution.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 7)
If you will walk humbly with God, He will be with you. But beware of self-exaltation. When one engaged in the Lord’s work exalts self, he loses the strength that comes from unreserved surrender to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 8)
You have long been hindered in the work on the Sanitarium. It was not God’s will that this should be. I have prayed for means for the Sanitarium. I have made appeals. But many needy fields have been calling for help. The institutions in Scandinavia have been in a pitiable condition. The effort to lift them out of their embarrassment has drawn heavily upon our resources.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 9)
We are enjoying the beautiful things of spring. The valley is filled with flowers. The mountains are covered with verdure. I know of no other place that displays so much of the beauty of God’s creation. I praise the Lord for His goodness and for His wonderful works.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 10)
The day before yesterday we had the first fruits from our farm for this season—a dish of ripe strawberries. All our family had some, and greatly enjoyed them.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 11)
I should be so pleased to see you all again. When I left Australia, I verily thought that I should return in two years. But I fear that I shall never again cross the Pacific Ocean.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 12)
We want you to return to this country when your work in Australia is finished. But that will not be very soon; for there is much work to do there. We rejoice to hear your reports of success. “Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless his holy name.” [Psalm 103:1.] There is light, light ahead. “Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.] Be strong in the Lord, my brother, strong in His strength. Advance step by step. Every step taken is a step nearer the gate of the New Jerusalem.
(17LtMs, Lt 69, 1902, 13)
Lt 70, 1902
Moran, F. B. Oakland, California May 1, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dr. F. B. Moran Dear brother,—
I have a decided message for our people, that the Lord has not appointed them to do the work you are proposing to do. He does not require them to provide facilities for the entertainment of the tourists coming to Los Angeles. The establishment of an institution for this purpose would be setting a wrong example before the Lord’s people. The result would not justify the effort put forth.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 1)
Why do we establish sanitariums?—That the sick who come to them for treatment may receive relief from physical suffering, and may also receive spiritual help. As the sick ones come, they are in a condition that renders them susceptible to the sanctifying influence of the medical missionaries who labor to restore soul and body.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 2)
Medical missionary work in Southern California is to be carried forward by the establishment, in various places, of small sanitariums, not by the establishment of one mammoth institution for the accommodation and entertainment of a promiscuous company of pleasure-lovers, who would bring with them all their intemperate ideas and practices. Such an institution would absorb the time and talent of those who are needed elsewhere. Our capable men are to be set at work in sanitariums established and conducted for the definite purpose of preparing minds for the reception of the truth for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 3)
Your ideas are not in harmony with the light God has given me. We are not to absorb the time and strength of men capable of carrying forward the Lord’s work in the way He has outlined, in an enterprise for the accommodation and entertainment of pleasure-seekers, whose greatest desire is to gratify self.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 4)
Let us keep our young men and young women from all such dangerous influences.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 5)
I sincerely hope that you will not carry out what you have undertaken. It would be perilous to the safety of the workers to connect them with an enterprise such as the one you have in view. And neither you nor your brother is endowed with the necessary capabilities for such a work. God has not called you to this work. Should you engage in it, you would not advance the work of soul-saving as you think you would.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 6)
God is not leading you to do this work. I write to warn you. You might secure a large amount of money from outsiders to start the enterprise. But think of the amount of means that would be required to keep up such an establishment. Before you go any further in this enterprise, sit down and count the cost to see whether you will be able to finish. Heed the Saviour’s words of warning: “Which of you, intending to build a tower, sitteth not down first, and counteth the cost, whether he have sufficient to finish it?” [Luke 14:28.] This warning was given to those who were preparing to do a great work in connection with the gospel message; and I repeat it to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 7)
Our sanitariums are to be established for one object—the advancement of present truth. And they are to be so conducted that a decided impression in favor of the truth will be made on the minds of those who come to them for treatment. The conduct of the workers, from the head manager to the worker occupying the lowliest position, is to tell on the side of truth. The institution is to be pervaded by a spiritual atmosphere. We have a warning message to bear to the world, and our earnestness, our devotion to God’s service, is to impress those who come to our sanitariums.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 8)
Sanitariums are to be established as soon as possible in different places in Southern California. No more time is to be wasted in the endeavor to bring every man’s ideas into harmony with the Lord’s plan. Let a beginning be made in several places. If possible, purchase land on which buildings are already erected. Then let appropriate enlargement be made as the prosperity of the work demands.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 9)
The sick cannot fail to be benefited by a stay at a sanitarium established in a retired place in the country, beautified by nature’s lovely adornings. In such a place they will find health of body and peace of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 10)
My brother, do not bring confusion into our ranks by trying to carry out plans that the Lord does not endorse. Do not try to do a work that He has not given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 11)
We are living at the very close of this earth’s history, and we are to move cautiously, understanding what the will of the Lord is, and imbued with His Spirit, not doing the work you are planning for, but the work that will mean much to the Lord’s cause, work that will proclaim the warning message to a world infatuated, deceived, perishing in sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 12)
I feel deeply grieved over your unwillingness to receive counsel or advice, your slowness to discern the danger, or to turn from your own plans. Your readiness to move without counselling fully with your brethren testifies to your danger.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 13)
I have not strength to write more now. I write this because I wish you to begin to consider. May the Lord’s will be done in and through and by you. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] I will write more as soon as I can.
(17LtMs, Lt 70, 1902, 14)
Lt 71, 1902
Magan, P. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in MM 231-232; 5Bio 154. + Dear brother Magan,—
I have just received your draft. Thank you very much. I will turn it over to Willie, and he will see that a note is sent to the brother who has lent me the money.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 1)
Willie has just returned from Healdsburg, where with the brethren he has been attending important council meetings.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 2)
In regard to hiring money for me, never hesitate to pay as high as five per cent interest. At present, very little money is coming in to me from my books, and I am far behind in my payments to my workers. I feel that I must devise some way of getting money to pay them what is due them. Then there are interests connected with the Lord’s cause that I am instructed to instruct others to enter into without delay. Our people are to carry the work into new territory, bearing aloft the ensign which declares our faith in the Bible as our teacher. Ministerial work, educational work, and medical missionary work are to be carried forward.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 3)
Several small sanitariums are to be established in Southern California to help those who are drawn there in the hope of finding health. Instruction has been given me that now is our opportunity to reach those in the highways, and also their attendants.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 4)
This work is now to be done. Much more good will be accomplished by it than by work for the degraded and besotted. In this latter work, the laborers may pull some out of the fire, hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. But few of those who have given themselves to evil, whose lives have been spent in intemperance, ever learn to represent Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 5)
It is not wise to erect mammoth institutions. The Battle Creek Sanitarium was altogether too large. I have been shown that it is not by the largeness of an institution that the greatest work for souls is to be accomplished. A mammoth sanitarium requires a great many workers. But it is difficult, where so many workers are brought together, to maintain the standard of spirituality that should be maintained in the Lord’s institutions. Often workers are brought in who are not spiritually minded, who do not exercise wisdom in dealing with those who, if treated wisely, would be awakened, convicted, and converted.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 6)
I cannot now write as fully as I desire to on this subject. But I know that not one quarter of the work has been done in opening the Scriptures to the sick that might have been done, and that would have been done if the workers in our sanitariums had received thorough instruction in religious lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 7)
Where so large a number of workers are gathered in one place, management of a much higher spiritual grade is needed than has yet been seen in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. If that institution had been situated in the country, where it could have been surrounded by gardens and orchards, where the sick could have looked upon the beautiful things of nature—the flowers of the field, and the fruit trees, laden with their rich treasures—how much more good would have been accomplished! As patients and visitors were given lessons from nature’s great lesson book, how many diseased minds would have become healthy, and how much better prepared the suffering bodies would have been to receive benefit from the ministrations of a Christian physician who believes in the power of the One who gave His life for the life of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 8)
Those who have unquestioning faith in Christ’s power to heal both soul and body will see, in physical, mental, and spiritual restoration, the evidence of His miracle-working power. All things will be done for those who believe.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 9)
I am instructed to instruct others that unbelief and self-sufficiency are the dangers against which those connected with our sanitariums must guard. The workers in these institutions are to carry forward the warfare against evil with such earnestness and devotion that the sick will feel the uplifting influence of their unselfish efforts.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 10)
And in the efforts made for the restoration of the sick to health, use is to be made of the beautiful things of the Lord’s creation. Seeing the flowers, plucking the ripe fruit from the trees, hearing the happy songs of the birds, has a peculiarly exhilarating effect on the nervous system. From out-of-door life, men, women, and children will gain the desire to be pure and guileless. By the influence of the quickening, reviving, life-giving properties of nature’s great medicinal resources, the functions of the body are strengthened, the intellect awakened, the imagination quickened, the spirits enlivened. The mind is prepared to appreciate the beauties of God’s Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 11)
Why should not the young men and women who are seeking to obtain a knowledge of how to care for the sick have the advantage of nature’s wonderful resources? Why should they not be taught to value and use these resources?
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 12)
This should be done, and it will be done when we as a people follow the Lord’s plan in our sanitarium work, doing away with needless adornments, and seeking for that which God values—a meek and quiet spirit, which is in His sight of great price.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 13)
I cannot now dwell upon these things as I should be glad to. But God helping me, I will do my utmost to show the life-giving power of sunshine and fresh air. How much better it is for the sick to be in the open air than within four walls, decorated though these walls may be with many pictures.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 14)
The great medical institutions in our cities, called sanitariums, do not accomplish one fiftieth part of the good they might were they located where the patients could have advantages provided by out-of-door life. Sanitariums are to be established in many places in the country. This is the light given me, and purity and health will be the result of following this light.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 15)
In Southern California there are many properties for sale on which are buildings suitable for sanitarium work. Some of these properties should be purchased and medical missionary work carried forward on sensible, rational lines. “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest! Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto eternal life; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor; other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors.” [John 4:35-38.]
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 16)
Those whose business it is to labor for souls as they that must give an account must keep themselves free from worldly policy plans. They must not, for the sake of obtaining the influence of some one, become entangled in plans dishonoring to their profession of faith. They must not sell their souls for financial advantage. They must do nothing that will retard the work of God and lower the standard of righteousness. We are God’s servants, and we are to be workers together with Him, doing His work in His way, that all for whom we labor, whether in school work or sanitarium work, may see that our one desire is to reach a higher standard of holiness. Those with whom we come in contact are to see that we do not only talk of self-denial and self-sacrifice, but that we reveal them in our lives. Our example is to inspire those newly come to the faith with an earnest desire to become better acquainted with the things of eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 17)
There is to be no taint of self-seeking in our service. “Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” [Matthew 6:24.] Lift Him up, the Man of Calvary. Lift Him up by living faith in God, that your prayers may prevail. Do we realize how near Jesus will come to us? He is speaking to us individually. He will reveal Himself to every one who is willing to be clothed with the robe of His righteousness. He declares, “I am He that holdeth thy right hand.” [Isaiah 41:13.] Let us place ourselves where He can hold us by the hand, where we can hear Him saying with assurance and authority, “I am he that liveth and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore.” [Revelation 1:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 71, 1902, 18)
Lt 72, 1902
Our Churches in America NP May 18, 1902 [typed] This letter is published in entirety in RH 05/27/1902. +
An Appeal for the Southern Work
To our churches in America,—
There is a heavy burden on my soul in regard to the Southern work. Something has already been done in the South; but the work must advance much more rapidly than it has been advancing. A publishing house has recently been established in Nashville to print reading-matter suitable for the different classes of people in that field. The needs of this new institution have been presented before our Northern churches, and, in response to the calls of our brethren, many gifts, large and small, have been made. We thank the Lord that He has aroused some of the brethren to establish and sustain the publishing house in Nashville. The establishment of this institution is an advance movement and will accomplish much good. This institution will still need to be sustained by gifts and offerings, just as the publishing house in Battle Creek and the publishing house in Oakland were sustained when they were first established.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 1)
Sanitarium work has also been begun in Nashville. This must be given support. Medical missionary work is indeed the helping hand of the gospel ministry. It opens the way for the entrance of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 2)
These newly established interests should receive help from our people. Those living in places where the truth has been long established should remember the needs of the preparatory work to be done in Nashville. This place has been selected as a center because of the large educational institutions situated in and near it. In these institutions there are those who are doing a noble work for the people of the South. They must be given opportunity to hear the message that is to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 3)
Words have come to me from the One highest in authority. My Instructor asked, “In establishing the work in the Southern field, will you do less than you have done in more favorable places—less than you have done in Michigan and on the Pacific Coast?” I responded, “No, Lord.” Then the word came: “You have no time to lose in establishing the work in the Southern field. Many are saying in their hearts, ‘My Lord delayeth His coming.’ [Matthew 24:48.] But the Word of the Lord declares: ‘There shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth; for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh. And he spake unto them a parable: Behold the fig tree, and all the trees, when they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.’” [Luke 21:25-31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 4)
It is high time that we awake out of sleep. In the Lord’s vineyard there should be one hundred workers where now there is but one. If we move forward in faith, the Lord will care for us. He declares: “Seek not ye what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, neither be ye of doubtful mind. For all these things do the nations of the world seek after; and your Father knoweth that ye have need of these things. But rather seek ye the kingdom of God; and all these things shall be added unto you. Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.” [Luke 12:29-32.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 5)
The time has come for those who have a large amount of means invested in houses and lands to begin to dispose of their possessions. “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief approacheth, neither moth corrupteth. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” [Verses 33, 34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 6)
My brethren and sisters in the faith of Christ’s soon coming, I ask you how it will be with you when you stand before the great white throne, to answer for the talents He has entrusted to you? If you hoard your money, if you invest it in houses and costly furniture, how can you meet your Lord in peace? Your heart will be where your treasure is.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 7)
If in the providence of God you have been given means, do not settle down with the thought that you need not engage in useful labor, that you have enough, and can eat, and drink, and be merry. Do not stand idle while others are struggling to obtain means for the cause. If you do less than your duty in giving help to the perishing, remember that your indolence is incurring guilt. Before it is forever too late, begin to reform. Invest less in worldly enterprises, and use your means in creating increased facilities for giving the third angel’s message to the world. The time will soon come when no man can buy or sell, save he who has the mark of the beast. We have no time to lose. The end is near. But opportunity is still offered for your talent of means now buried in worldly possessions to be transferred to the Lord’s work.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 8)
God desires His people to do far more for the establishment of His church, far more for the maintenance of the cause of truth. Keeping the glory of God in view will enable us to make a wise use of His goods. If God gives us much of this world’s goods, it is not that we may selfishly hoard them, or that we may crave for more, but that we may freely impart to those not so richly blessed. Nothing so refreshes the spirit as giving gladly and willingly of the blessings God has so freely given us. The life of the soul is revived by the sight of the good thus accomplished and by a sense that a conscientious use has been made of the Lord’s goods.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 9)
All are being tested and tried. By the way in which we do the work Christ has given us to do in His absence, we decide our future destiny. Many neglect their God-given work. They refuse to be His helping hand. Let us fear to fall short of God’s plan for us. His servants are to be ever on duty, working always for the uplifting of those for whom He gave His life.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 10)
Christ, the Master of the household, has gone to prepare for us mansions in the heavenly city. We are waiting for His return. Let us honor Him in His absence by doing with faithfulness the work He has placed in our hands. Waiting, watching, working, we are to prepare for His return. If we are faithful, if we serve Him with full purpose of heart, He will receive us with the gracious words, “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” [Matthew 25:34.] He will receive us with honor. To us will be given a crown of glory that fadeth not away; and a new name, “which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.” Those who follow Christ here will one day “follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth.” [Revelation 2:17; 14:4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 11)
I am instructed to say that slowly, but surely, the wheel of Providence is turning. We know not how soon our Lord will say, “It is done.” [Revelation 16:17.] His coming is drawing nigh. “Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their Lord, when he will return from the wedding; that when he cometh and knocketh, they may open to him immediately. Blessed are those servants whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching; verily I say unto you, that he shall gird himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them.” [Luke 12:35-37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 12)
Great and solemn events are soon to take place; and the Lord says, “I will scatter; and I will also gather together a people to serve me.” God’s judgments are in the land. To the whole world the warning message is to be given.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 13)
I inquire of those upon whom for so long the light of truth has been shining, In this time of such solemn importance, what are you doing to advance the work necessary to be done in saving perishing souls? There is much work to be done for the Master. He calls upon all to watch, that when He comes, they may open to Him immediately. He asks you to do His commandments, to bring forth much fruit because you are branches of the true Vine. As you bear much fruit, His joy will remain in you.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 14)
My brethren, what are you going to do in regard to the Southern field? With earnest effort, you are to strive to establish memorials for God throughout the Southern states. A great work is before us in the South. The brethren there need to erect inexpensive buildings that are necessary for the carrying forward of work that must be done speedily. Churches should be raised up; houses of worship should be built; small schools and sanitariums should be established; and the publishing interests should be strengthened.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 15)
I am instructed to call upon my brethren in the different Conferences of America to take a greater interest in the Southern work than you have taken. From the light that the Lord has been pleased to give me, there is resting upon you a duty to look upon these destitute fields and to do more for them than you have yet done. The Lord has blessed you with means to help carry forward His work, and He now calls upon you to be faithful to your stewardship by helping advance the work in this long-neglected portion of His vineyard. Let the churches arise as one, and work earnestly, as those who are walking in the full light of truth for these last days.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 16)
In the name of the Lord, I call upon my brethren to do something to strengthen the publishing interests and to help establish other lines of work in the South, and to do it now. Soon it will be too late to do anything. Soon our opportunities to work will have passed by forever. The plagues of God are already beginning to be poured out upon the earth. The evidences before us indicate that God’s Spirit is being withdrawn from the earth. Only a little while longer shall we be permitted to labor, and then in heaven it will be said, “It is done.”“He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still.” [Revelation 16:17; 22:11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 17)
Brethren and sisters, now is the time to make haste to do something. Will you now give of your means to advance the work in the South? If you have in your possession houses and lands that you do not need, will you sell them, and invest the means thus obtained in more firmly establishing the various lines of work that have been begun in the Southern field?
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 18)
To rescue the fallen race from the thralldom of sin, Christ came to the world and died on Calvary. He gave His all to us. What are we willing to give to Him?
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 19)
Those who at such a time as this defraud God, will suffer eternal loss. “Sell that ye have, and give alms.” [Luke 12:33.] Put your money in the bank of heaven. Thus invested, it will yield an infinitely higher rate of interest than if placed in the banks of this world.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 20)
Divine grace accompanies those who deny self for the sake of the work of the Redeemer. This grace is woven into all they do. The blessing of good works will follow them into the eternal world. They are wise stewards. By a right use of the Lord’s goods, they are laying up treasure that will endure through the ceaseless ages of eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 72, 1902, 21)
Lt 73, 1902
Brethren in the Review and Herald Office “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 19, 1902 Previously unpublished. + To my brethren in responsible positions in the Review and Herald office,—
My mind has been decidedly called to the needs of the Southern field. Several have spoken to me in regard to the building in Atlanta that is owned by the Review & Herald Publishing Association. I am told that this property is for sale. It would cause me great sorrow of heart should it pass out of the hands of our people. There are those in Atlanta who must hear the message of truth. Such plants as this, which have been used in the service of the cause, and which can still be used, should not be turned over to worldlings. Before this building is sold, an effort should be made to use it in carrying forward lines of work that will proclaim the third angel’s message. God desires His people to show what medical missionary work, united with the gospel ministry, will accomplish. The need for such work is great.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 1)
Could not this building in Atlanta be utilized for sanitarium work? Shall not every effort be made to advance this work in a place where we already have a building in which it can be carried forward. The sanitarium in Atlanta would be the helping hand of God, opening doors for the entrance of truth. Such an institution would be of great help to the work in Georgia and also to the work throughout the whole Southern field.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 2)
I ask you to deed the building in Atlanta, and the lot on which it stands, over to the Southern Union Conference, in trust for the advancement of the cause of God. The house, with its surroundings, is such that it could be used for sanitarium work. It would stand as a memorial of service. By its work prejudice would be removed, and things that are ready to die would be strengthened.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 3)
The Southern Union Conference is too poor to purchase this building, therefore I ask you, my brethren, to transfer it to them; and then they will call for gifts to enable them to equip the building and put it in running order.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 4)
By transferring this property to the Southern Union Conference, the Review & Herald office will make a noble gift to a weak, suffering, poverty-stricken field. By making this gift, they will open the way for the knowledge of the Lord to be brought to many.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 5)
The Executive Committee of the Southern Union Conference most heartily endorses this plan.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 6)
The Lord has laid on me the burden of the Southern field. The ignorance and destitution of thousands in this field rise to heaven as a reproach against us. Shall we not strive most earnestly to remove this reproach? We are living in the time of the end, and there is much to be done in the Southern field. Any line of work that will give the truth standing room in this field should now be taken up and earnestly and thoroughly carried forward. How little has been done to fulfil the words, “The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” [Isaiah 11:9.] Let the gospel be preached and practiced. Only by the preaching and living of the truths of the gospel can the world be reclaimed.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 7)
Our churches in the South are to have a spiritual resurrection, and the Lord, through His Holy Spirit, will graciously bless the means employed by His servants to bring this about. The psalmist prayed, “That thy way may be known upon the earth, thy saving health upon all nations.” [Psalm 67:2.] Let this prayer be ours. Let us pray that the healing influence of divine revelation, as a heavenly current of vital air, may come upon God’s people, imparting physical and spiritual health and vigor. Let us pray that the leaven of His grace shall work in church after church, till God’s name is a praise among them because of His wonderful works. We shall extend His kingdom by doing the work close by us that is waiting to be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 8)
I leave this matter with you, expecting no disappointment. I believe that you will look upon it as a privilege to place the Lord’s property where it can be of the most use in His cause. I believe that you will make this gift willingly, rejoicing that you can thus favor your brethren in the South. Thus you will be doing genuine missionary work, and your action will bear the Lord’s commendation.
(17LtMs, Lt 73, 1902, 9)
Lt 74, 1902
Brethren who are Working in the South “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 2, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, May 29, 1902. + To my brethren who are working in the South,—
I would say to you, Obey the voice of the Lord in all your ways. Do not, because difficulties and hindrances arise, lose heart and courage. Do not be among those who, when all seems prosperous, are willing to work for the Lord, but who, when service means inconvenience and sacrifice, give up in discouragement
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 1)
The Lord’s work in the South is to go forward. The workers are to move steadily, cautiously, promptly. When advancement calls for sacrifices, they are to make sacrifices, and make them gladly and willingly. This the cause of God demands of every one. Let all move forward courageously, trusting in God to supply their needs according to the riches of His goodness. He has at His disposal all the resources of heaven. Before those who trust and obey Him, He will open ways of advance. In emergencies, He will give them special help.
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 2)
There is a large work to be done in the South. Be not discouraged by the present feebleness of the work you have begun. Christ would not fail nor be discouraged. Again and again He was compelled to leave His field of labor because of the unbelief of those who should have received Him with unquestioning faith. He often wept, cut to the heart by the thought that those for whose salvation He left the heavenly courts would not yield their proud hearts to Him. But it filled Him with joy to see souls delivered from the thralldom of sin. This was the joy set before Him, the joy for the sake of which He endured the cross, despising the shame. He rejoiced in the thought that by the agony of the cross, He could bring life, eternal life to all who believe. The conversion of one soul fills all heaven with triumphant exultation. The angels sing for joy when a soul is snatched from Satan’s power, a trophy of the Redeemer’s sacrifice. “In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; he will save, he will rejoice over thee with joy; he will rest in his love, he will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:16, 17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 3)
The workers in the South have had to struggle long against the obstacles that have hindered their progress. It is God’s help alone that has enabled them to move forward in the face of difficulties which at times have threatened to overcome them. If all in our ranks knew how difficult it has been to establish the work in places which have since become important centers, they would realize that it takes courage to face an unpromising situation, and to declare, with hands uplifted to heaven, We will not fail nor become discouraged. Those who have not broken the ground in fields that have never before been worked, cannot understand the difficulties of pioneer work. If they could understand God’s working, they would not only rejoice because of what has been done, but would see cause for rejoicing in the future of the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 4)
My brethren in the South, there is no reason for discouragement. The good seed is being sown. God will watch over it, causing it to spring up and bring forth an abundant harvest. Remember that many of the enterprises for soul-saving, which have proved so successful, have, at the beginning, been carried forward amidst great difficulty.
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 5)
I am instructed to say to you, Move guardedly, doing always that which the Lord commands. Move forward courageously, assured that the Lord will be with those who love and serve Him. He will work in behalf of His afflicted people. He will not suffer them to become a reproach. He will purify all who yield themselves to Him and will make them a praise in the earth. Nothing in this world is so dear to God as His church. He will work with mighty power through humble, faithful men.
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 6)
The message of Christ’s soon coming is to be given to all the nations of the earth. Vigilant, untiring effort is required to overcome the forces of the enemy. Our part is not to sit still and weep and wring our hands, but to arise and work for time and for eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 74, 1902, 7)
Lt 75, 1902
Brethren and Sisters in Australia “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 2, 1902 From Lt 74, 1902, which is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, May 29, 1902. My dear brethren and sisters in Australia,—
I would say to you, Obey the voice of the Lord in all your ways. Do not, because difficulties and hindrances arise, lose heart and courage. Do not be among those who, when all seems prosperous, are willing to work for the Lord, but who, when service means inconvenience and sacrifice, give up in discouragement.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 1)
The Lord’s work in Australia is to go forward. The workers are to move steadily, cautiously, promptly. When advancement calls for sacrifices, they are to make sacrifices, and make them gladly and willingly. This the cause of God demands of every one. Let all move forward courageously, trusting in God to supply their needs according to the riches of His goodness. Before those who trust and obey, He will open ways of advance. In emergencies, He will give them special help.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 2)
There is a large work to be done in Australia. Be not discouraged by the present feebleness of the work you have begun. Christ would not fail nor become discouraged. Again and again He was compelled to leave His field of labor because of the unbelief of those who should have receive Him with unquestioning faith. He often wept, cut to the heart by the thought that those for whose salvation He left the heavenly courts would not yield their proud hearts to Him. But it filled Him with joy to see souls delivered from the thralldom of sin. This was the joy that was set before Him, joy for the sake of which He endured the cross, despising the shame. He rejoiced in the thought that by the agony of the cross He could bring life, eternal life, to all who believe. The conversion of one soul fills all heaven with triumphant exultation. The angels sing for joy when a soul is snatched from Satan’s power, a trophy of the Redeemer’s sacrifice. “In that day shall it be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; he will save, he will rejoice over thee with joy, he will rest in his love, he will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:16, 17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 3)
You have had to struggle long against the obstacles that have hindered your progress; but by God’s help you have been enabled to move forward in the face of difficulties which at times have threatened to overcome you. If all in our ranks knew how difficult it has been to establish the work in places which have since become important centers, they would realize that it takes courage to face an unpromising situation, and to declare, with hands uplifted to heaven, We will not fail nor become discouraged. Those who have not broken the ground in fields that have never before been worked cannot understand the difficulties of pioneer work. If they could understand God’s working, they would not only rejoice because of what has been done, but would see cause for rejoicing in the future of the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 4)
My brethren, there is no reason for discouragement. The good seed is being sown. God will watch over it, causing it to spring up and bring forth an abundant harvest. Remember that many of the enterprises for soul-saving have, at the beginning, been carried forward amidst great difficulty.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 5)
I am instructed to say to you, Move guardedly, doing always that which the Lord commands. Move forward courageously, assured that the Lord will be with those who love and serve Him. He will work in behalf of His afflicted people. He will not suffer them to become a reproach. He will purify all who yield themselves to Him and will make them a praise in the earth. Nothing in this world is so dear to God as His church. He will work with mighty power through humble, faithful men.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 6)
The message of Christ’s soon coming is to be given to all the nations of the earth. Vigilant, untiring effort is required to overcome the forces of the enemy. Our part is not to sit still and weep and wring our hands, but to arise and work for time and for eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 75, 1902, 7)
Lt 76, 1902
Executive Committee of M. M. & B. Association and Sanitarium Managers “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 25, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4BC 1149, 1151. + To the Executive Committee of the M. M. & B. Association, and to sanitarium managers Dear Brethren,—
The views that you take regarding the object and management of the health food work and of the sanitarium work are in some respects decidedly contrary to the light which God has given me in regard to the use of the goods entrusted to us as His stewards.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 1)
The burden of going into details, of saying what shall be done and what shall not be done in every particular, has not been placed upon me. But I am called upon to bear a decided testimony, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear, that some are not working in harmony with God in their plans. They are doing a strange work among God’s people, placing themselves in a position that God does not approve. They are trying to make them amenable to human jurisdiction. But the Lord has not given man the work of putting yokes on the necks of His people, binding them in such a way that they are not free to look to God and to be led and guided by Him. It is not the Lord’s design that His people shall be made amenable to their fellow men, who are themselves wholly dependent on God.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 2)
I am astonished at the thought of our sanitarium work, which should be rapidly developing in all parts of the world, being governed by rules such as those contained in a proposed agreement which, since my return from the General Conference, was sent to me for approval or disapproval. Heaven will not endorse the signing of such agreements. The Lord will not approve of our people entering into such agreements. It seems so strange that such rules should be formulated. I am instructed to say that the Holy Spirit did not indite these regulations. They are an evidence of distrust or a lack of confidence in one another. This lack of confidence will react on you, leading your brethren to show a lack of confidence in you.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 3)
Please read carefully the accompanying copy of the proposed agreement, and consider its influence upon your plans and work were you endeavoring to establish sanitariums in New York City or any other place remote from Battle Creek. The documents that provide that many institutions shall be brought under the control of one management are of human invention. They are a mistake, an error. They do not give a correct representation of the manner of God’s working. It is not after God’s order that our medical institutions should be under the control of the men who are managing the Medical Missionary Association and the Battle Creek Sanitarium. These men already have all the responsibilities they can handle. Unless there is a decided reformation in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it will become a place that God cannot honor, a place in which He cannot abide.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 4)
My dear brethren, you and all others who are engaged in the Lord’s service must be closely bound up with Him. The Lord sent me to Battle Creek with a message to help you, and especially Dr. Kellogg, so that no strange methods should be brought in that would misshape His work. Dr. Kellogg needs to unload, to lay off many of the responsibilities that he is carrying. The message to Dr. Kellogg and to several of his associates is that they are to move carefully, to walk humbly with God, to take fewer responsibilities, and to believe that God has a people, chosen and precious, through whom He will work to carry forward His work in clear, well-defined lines. God does not choose a few men, but many men, for the fulfilment of His purposes.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 5)
If the sentiments that some of you have been advocating should prevail among Seventh-day Adventists, it would not be the mind of God that would control. You must bind about your strange plans. Once let such plans prevail in regard to the establishment and management of sanitariums, as are expressed in the proposed agreement, and a state of things would result that you cannot now imagine.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 6)
It is to Christ, not to man, that we are to go for aid and guidance. What do those become who believe the Word of God, receiving Christ as a personal Saviour? “As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name, which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of men, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.] This is the honor that is bestowed on the sinful, repentant, believing ones who accept Christ for all that He has promised to be to them. “And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [Verse 16.] God says to us, “Freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:8.] Impart to others the blessings you receive.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 7)
The Holy Spirit has been given as our Guide and Comforter. Christ said to His disciples, “Nevertheless I tell you the truth: It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you. And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment: of sin, because they believe not on me; of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more; of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.... When he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth; for he shall not speak of himself, but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak; and he shall show you things to come.” [John 16:7-11, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 8)
My brethren, you need to study more carefully the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. This chapter marks out the only course that we can follow with safety. In the fifty-seventh chapter we read: “Thus saith the high and lofty One, that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones. For I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth; for the spirit should fail before me, and the souls which I have made. For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him; I hid me, and was wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart. I have seen his ways, and will heal him; I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him, and to his mourners. I create the fruit of the lips: Peace, peace to him that is afar off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord; and I will heal him. But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt. There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.” [Verses 15-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 9)
Then the prophet receives this word from the Lord—a message startling in its clearness and force: “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] Though they are called the people of God, the house of Jacob, though they profess to be linked with God in obedience and fellowship, they are far from Him. Wonderful privileges and promises have been given to them, but they have betrayed their trust. With no words of flattery must the message be given them. “Show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” Show them where they are making a mistake. Set their danger before them. Tell them of the sins they are committing, while at the same time they pride themselves on their righteousness. Apparently seeking God, they are forgetting Him, forgetting that He is a God of love and compassion, long-suffering and goodness, dealing justly and loving mercy. Worldly policy has come into their business and religious life. Their hearts are not purified through the truth. God looks on their outward ceremonies of humility as a solemn mockery. He regards all religious sham as an insult to Himself.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 10)
The people of whom the prophet spoke made a high profession of piety and pointed to their fasting and to other external forms as an evidence of their piety. But their deeds were tainted by the leprosy of selfishness and covetousness. They had nothing except that which they had first received from God. He bestowed His goods on them that they might be His helping hand, doing what Christ would do were He in their place, giving a true representation of the principles of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 11)
God will endorse the actions of those only who are sincere and unselfish. He makes known the works of true repentance. “Is not this the fast that I have chosen?” He asks, “to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke?” [Verse 6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 12)
What kind of a spirit has been coming in among Seventh-day Adventists, as the stealthy advances of a thief? Is there not manifested a desire to put yokes on the necks of God’s people, to bind them with cords of compulsion? This matter has been presented before me in a figure. Men were being required to sign certain agreements that would restrict them in various lines of Christian work. Their arms were being bound, and a yoke was placed on their necks. They were required to sign documents which said, “You must not do this,” and, “You must not do that.” They were bound down to fulfil man-made agreements. Everything seemed to be going as men pleased; and God was not in the matter. Things that had been done were condemned. Charges were brought against the workers that made their actions appear in a grievous light. It was claimed that what had been done should not have been done, and that what should not have been done had been done. And it was declared that these difficulties could be adjusted if certain bonds and agreements were signed.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 13)
One of authority stepped forward and severed every bond and broke every yoke. Then the words were spoken, “God has given to every man his work. He has not appointed any man to rule over his fellow men. Christ is the Priest over His own house. He is our Advocate, the propitiation for our sins. His children are not to be placed under human jurisdiction. As a Priest, He has atoned for the sins of His people by the shedding of His blood. As a King, He has received from His Father all power in heaven and in earth.”
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 14)
Every cord was cut, every yoke broken. Then the Speaker declared, “Every man is responsible to God. All are to strive to do the work that Christ did in our world. And in doing this work, they are not to be in any way lorded over by their fellow men. They are God’s husbandry, God’s building, and they are under the divine Theocracy. God’s purposes are infallible. They extend to all the affairs of this life, and they will be executed in accordance with His eternal will. God’s glory will be made known if human beings will not interpose between Him and His people.”
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 15)
*****
[Copy of agreement referred to in Letter 76, 1902. Ellen White added these words at the end of the document: “I am instructed that not one of our people can accept any such document. This is not the Lord's devising, but human agencies have formed it and God positively forbids all such arrangements, for it is originated by human agencies and will not glorify God.”]
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 16)
AGREEMENT, made this _______ day of _______ 190__ by and between the International Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association, a corporation of Battle Creek, Michigan, of the first part, and __________________________ of the second part, WITNESSETH:
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 17)
That said first part agrees to furnish said second parties with the following articles, viz: _____________________________________________________ and such other articles, appliances, and fittings, as may hereafter be found useful, and necessary, and which may be agreed upon between the said parties, for the equipment and outfitting of treatment-rooms to be located at No. _______, ________ Street, City of _______, State of _______, to be used for giving hydriatic, electrical, and other treatment, and the employment of rational agents, for the relief of the sick and poor, and as centers for the diffusion of hygienic reforms, all in accordance with the principles of rational medicine as taught and practiced at the Michigan Sanitarium and Benevolent Association, of Battle Creek, Michigan; said parties agreeing to maintain and operate said treatment-rooms in the manner and for the purpose aforesaid, upon their own individual responsibility without said first party becoming liable in any way for any of its cost, expense, debts, or obligations of any kind whatsoever, and to operate and conduct the same, and to receive and disburse the receipts there from with the advice and assistance, and under the control and direction of the trustees of the first party, subject to the conditions and limitations herein contained.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 18)
It is further agreed that the price of said outfit and equipment to be furnished is to be refunded to said first party out of the first earnings of the said treatment-rooms over and above the actual expenses of maintaining the same and affording the said second parties a bare subsistence; or it may be that the price aforesaid may be raised by the sale of treatment tickets in advance, or by gift from those interested in the enterprise, or otherwise, but however it may be provided, it is to be refunded to said first party as aforesaid; but notwithstanding such refunding and no matter how the money may be obtained, the said equipment, outfit, and appliances are always to remain the property of the first party, it being expressly understood and agreed that said second parties, neither collectively or individually, or any other person or persons, are to have any personal ownership in the said property and effects of said treatment-rooms, or of its business, in any way whatever.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 19)
It is further agreed that the board of trustees of the first party shall appoint one person among the parties of the second part who shall be the executive head of the business, and who, with his associates herein before mentioned, shall constitute the managing committee, who, under the control and with the advice and assistance of the board of trustees of the first party, shall be in actual charge of said work.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 20)
It shall be the duty of said executive head to make a report in writing each and every month, both to the managing committee and the board of trustees of said first party, of the financial condition and work of the enterprise for the preceding month, and he shall exercise a prudential care over its said affairs, calling the attention of the said committee and the said board of trustees from time to time to such matters as he thinks for the best interest and betterment of the work. It is also agreed that said board of trustees may at any time, when the majority is of opinion that the best interest of the work requires such action, remove said executive head, or any member or all of said managing committee, and appoint others in their places without further notice after said second parties have been informed as to the matters not satisfactory, and have failed to correct same, said second parties agreeing under such circumstances to at once deliver up all of said aforesaid property to said first party in as good condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, together with all improvements and betterments, accumulation from gifts, earnings, or otherwise, bank and book accounts, account books, list of patients’ names, good will, and everything else pertaining to said business in the same city or in any competitive way; it being expressly agreed and understood, however, that said delivery shall not be made until said second parties shall be fully reimbursed for actual cash, if any, which they or either of them may have remaining invested in said business, and for any personal obligations they may have assumed on account of the business, and until all arrearages for their services are fully paid up at the regular rates previously agreed upon.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 21)
It is further agreed that the remuneration of those engaged in the enterprise must be obtained from the work itself, the amount of compensation to each being apportioned in proportion to the responsibilities borne, the work done, and the individual needs of the person. The salaries are to be fixed by a committee of the aforesaid board of trustees at a reasonable sum, having due regard for the apportionment in accordance with the responsibilities borne, the work done, and the individual needs as above mentioned. Whatever earnings are left after paying expenses and salaries shall be devoted to the extension of the work as may be needed, the paying for and maintaining of equipments, the support of visiting nurses, and other lines of medical missionary work, and in such ways as may be agreed upon by the aforesaid board of trustees, and said managing committee. It being distinctly agreed and understood that there shall be no personal or individual ownership in the enterprise, but that all the accumulations shall belong to the first party, to be disbursed for such purposes as may be agreed upon between its aforesaid board of trustees and the aforesaid managing committee.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 22)
It is further agreed that the International Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association, and so far as it can influence its action, the Michigan Sanitarium and Benevolent Association, will co-operate with said second parties by sending patients for treatment, furnishing list of old patients and aiding in their efforts educational and otherwise in whatever way circumstances may permit and demand. On the other hand, the second parties are to co-operate with the Michigan Sanitarium and Benevolent Association by sending to such institution, so far as they are able to do so, such patients as are in need of sanitarium care and surgical treatment, and in all things and under all circumstances to maintain an attitude of loyalty and fidelity to the work and the principles it represents.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 23)
It is also agreed that said second parties are not to organize sanitariums, nor to take in boarders, nor start or operate hygienic restaurants, or enter upon any other distinct or definite enterprise or line of work without first submitting the matter for the consideration and decision of the board of trustees of the first party, so far as possible to guard against the unwise expenditure of funds or the premature starting of new lines of work.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 24)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written.
(17LtMs, Lt 76, 1902, 25)
Keck, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 1902 This letter is published in entirety in RY 115-118. Dear brother and sister Keck,—
My mind has been burdened during the night season. I have learned that Brother Butler has thought of marrying Sister Keck’s sister. Some of the brethren, in talking with me about this matter, expressed their disapproval, saying that they thought that such a step would hurt Brother Butler’s influence, especially should he marry so soon after his wife’s death. At the time I gave the subject scarcely a thought, but in the night season I was talking with one in regard to the matter, and the subject assumed a different aspect. Then I seemed to be talking with some one else, of whom I was asking the question, “Why do you regard this attachment as so objectionable?” The answer was, “He is so much older than she is.”“But,” I said, “would it be proper or wise for him to marry a woman of his own age? What help could such a woman be to him in his ministry? At his age, Elder Butler should have the care that a wife only can give. If this young woman has a desire to give him this care, why should any one forbid her? She is, I understand, about thirty-five years old.”
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 1)
Sister Haskell married Elder Haskell because she was convinced that he needed a helper in his work. The difference in their ages seemed to Elder Haskell to be a barrier against their union. He asked my opinion and advice. I said, “If her mind is drawn out in this direction, do not hesitate. You need the help of a spiritually minded, intelligent woman, who can sustain and encourage you in your work.” They were married, and the Lord has greatly blessed their union, making their lives doubly useful to His cause and work.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 2)
May it not be possible that the hand of the Lord is in this attachment between Elder Butler and Sister Keck’s sister? What others may think in regard to this matter is not to find any place in our reckoning. We are to ask, “Is this union the will of the Lord?” May it not be His plan for the increase of the helpfulness and usefulness of each?
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 3)
For many years, because of his invalid wife, Elder Butler has been shut away from the work, cut off from many privileges, prevented from doing the work he might have done. He has cared faithfully and tenderly for his wife, who was weak in mind and body, hampered by affliction and infirmity. When she died, he buried her in sorrow, yet not as a man who is without hope.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 4)
After his wife’s death, he began to plan for his sister, who has been living with him for a few years, to visit her friends, as she had desired. But the Lord saw fit to add another sorrow to his life. Very suddenly and unexpectedly Sister Lockwood died.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 5)
Elder Butler is a man who needs the softening influence of a good, high-principled woman. The companionship of such a woman would indeed be a great blessing to him. Considering his experience for the last fifteen years, is it strange that he desires a younger person than himself to love, to converse with?
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 6)
You do not reason altogether correctly. Saith the Lord, “My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, ... For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts.” [Isaiah 55:8, 9.] The Lord surprises us by His manner of dealing.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 7)
Elder Butler is strong in physical and spiritual health. The Lord has proved and tested and tried him, as He did Job and as He did Moses. I see in Elder Butler one who has humbled his soul before God. He has another spirit than the Elder Butler of younger years. He has been learning his lesson at the feet of Jesus. After caring so long for his suffering, afflicted wife, he has come forth from the furnace fire refined and purified. I respect and love my brother as one of God’s servants.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 8)
I have no more to say, except that if your sister, being a Christian, is led and taught by God, leave her with God. Do not by human wisdom spoil the Lord’s plan and hinder His work. Elder Butler needs the help of a strong, kind, intelligent woman, who can co-operate with him in his sphere of usefulness, encouraging him and holding up his hands, aiding him to do a good and acceptable work for the Master. If your sister is that woman, she may feel honored in uniting with Elder Butler.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 9)
At first I thought that such a step would hurt Brother Butler’s influence. But I have had time to consider the matter, and I now see it in another light. I came to this decision before I had the pleasure of meeting Elder Butler at the time of his visit to my home.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 10)
I wish you to understand that I have not had one word of conversation with Elder Butler in regard to this matter. He has not made the slightest reference to it.
(17LtMs, Lt 77, 1902, 11)
Lt 78, 1902
Keck, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 23, 1902 Portions of this letter is published in RY 118-119. Dear brother and sister Keck,—
I wish to add a few lines to the letter I have already written you. We had a very profitable visit with Elder Butler. He left us last Wednesday morning for Healdsburg. W. C. White and his wife rode over with him in the carriage.
(17LtMs, Lt 78, 1902, 1)
We are living in the very last days of this earth’s history. Individually we are to move under the Holy Spirit’s dictation. In the terrible calamities that have recently visited our country, we see that the Lord’s time has come to blot from the earth its wicked inhabitants. The destruction of these cities is a warning to the world to prepare for what is coming upon it. May these terrible judgments arouse men and women to get ready to meet their Lord. A great work is to be done to prepare a people for the judgment, to lead men and women to turn from their wicked ways to the living God, and to stand in fear before Him. This is the light that is presented to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 78, 1902, 2)
My brother and sister, I wish you to take the matter of the union of your sister with Elder Butler to the Lord. Prayerfully consider your objections. And then, in the light of the words I have written, if your sister is disposed to unite with Elder Butler in marriage, see if you cannot give up your objection, for the reason that this union may be the purpose of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 78, 1902, 3)
I see in Elder Butler a man of usefulness, a man of intelligence and Bible study. His ministry would be much more valuable were he united with a woman who could help him in his work. Think of how much more he could accomplish with the help of a discreet, intelligent woman. He should not be left to live alone and to travel alone. The sooner he can find a good wife, the better it will be for his work. A wife could do for him those things that no male companion could do—look after his clothes, see that they are free from dust, and that he is always prepared to appear before large congregations.
(17LtMs, Lt 78, 1902, 4)
Would it not be best for you to withdraw your opposition to this union? It is not best for you in any way to oppose that which the Lord may have ordained. It may be that the Lord sees that by this union, your sister and Elder Butler could accomplish more for Him than they otherwise could. What people may say has nothing to do with this matter. If it is the Lord’s purpose, let us not be found fighting against Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 78, 1902, 5)
Lt 79, 1902
Franke, E. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 277; 6MR 241; 9MR 44-45. + Elder Franke Dear brother,—
I am once more enabled to take up my pen to write you. But I shall not be able to write much. For a long time I have been carrying a very heavy burden. I could not sleep. Night after night for weeks I rose at one o’clock to write out the instruction given me. My head suffered much, and the pain in the ball of my eyes was so severe when I attempted to write that I had to give up writing. For a time my voice was affected. At times I could not make any sound. But my voice has come to me again, and the Lord is answering my importunate prayers for my eyesight. I am gaining strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 1)
I have read your letter in which you complain bitterly of Sister Haskell’s actions. I am sorry, very sorry, if anything has been said or done to afflict you so severely.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 2)
You have been presented to me as one who has a message for our cities, not merely for Greater New York, but for many other cities of America. You have been educating yourself for this work, and the Lord has instructed me to tell you to go forward. But I have also had to tell you that in doing this work, you would not need to expend so much money. Some expense must be incurred, some advertising must be done; but you need to be more careful in regard to your expenditure of means.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 3)
My brother, you are in need of rest. The mere matter of speaking in your meetings is not the real cause of your becoming exhausted as you do. This exhaustion is caused by the intense strain brought on you by your preparation for these meetings. You put great intensity of thought into the effort to get everything ready in the most expensive style. This effort wears on you. You become worried and confused. You must make a change. You cannot afford to spend the hours for sleep in the preparation of charts, and in other work that requires intense mental effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 4)
My brother, you must have periods of rest, in which you spend some time in the country. I have been instructed that during the summer, you should leave the heat of the city for a cooler atmosphere. Your strained nerves will respond to the grateful restfulness of nature’s beautiful scenes. Your lassitude will leave you. You will be strengthened and invigorated, prepared for a fresh effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 5)
You have been preparing yourself to do the work that the cities need, but you have brought too much taxation on yourself in elaborate preparation for your meetings, in your great desire to make these meetings a success and to arouse souls from their deadly lethargy. Thus your mind has been overwrought, your nervous energy too heavily drawn upon. With this has come the natural result—exhaustion. Every nerve and fiber of your body called for rest. You become oversensitive. You magnified little things into very large things. You were irritable, painfully distressed in mind, and at times almost utterly discouraged. All that you could do was to echo the sorrowful desire of David, “Oh that I had wings like a dove! for then would I fly away, and be at rest.” [Psalm 55:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 6)
I saw that you found rest by looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. As soon as you looked to Him, you wondered that you had not seen before how mighty He is to save. Your drooping spirits revived, your waning strength was restored, your step recovered its elasticity; you felt ready for any emergency, ready to brave any danger. You went forward in your work trustfully, with a beaming countenance and a warm, joyous heart. You no longer spoke in despondent, complaining tones. You had full faith in God, and you gave expression to your faith in such words as these: “God is our refuge and strength; a very present help in trouble.” [Psalm 46:1.] “My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour.” [Luke 1:46, 47.]
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 7)
My brother, I ask you never to give expression to a harsh, overbearing word. Never give utterance to the bitter thoughts that Satan puts into your mind. The things of nature speak to you in symbols: “As the apple tree among the trees of the wood, so is my beloved among the sons. I sat down under his shadow with great delight, and his fruit was sweet to my taste.” [Song of Solomon 2:3.] “He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might he increaseth strength.” [Isaiah 40:29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 8)
I have written more than I thought I could. I write these words with the hope that you will believe them and act upon them. Be cheerful and of good courage. Use every means within your reach to preserve health of body, mind, and spirit. Look ever to your Saviour. Cast yourself upon Him in trustful repose. Believe His promises. Do not give the enemy a chance to lead you to complain. As you look upon Christ’s face, your soul will be kindled with a holy joy. Jesus loves you. His arms will be round about you and your wife and children if you will commit yourself and them to Him in faith. Lay them upon the altar of sacrifice.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 9)
With much love to yourself and your family.
(17LtMs, Lt 79, 1902, 10)
Lt 80, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 25, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 154; 5MR 368-369. + My dear son Edson,—
I have read your last letter to me, and the copy of your letter to Brother Shireman. I hope that Brother Shireman will listen to the counsel of his brethren. This will be his safety and his strength. The Lord has not qualified any one of us to bear the burden of the work alone. He has associated together men of different minds, that they may counsel with and assist one another. In this way the deficiency in the experience and the abilities of one is supplied by the experience and the abilities of another. We should all study carefully the instruction given in Corinthians and Ephesians regarding our relation to one another as members of the body of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 1)
In your work, Edson, you must consider the relation that each worker sustains to the other workers connected with the cause of God. You must remember that others as well as yourself have a work to do in connection with this cause. You must not bar your mind against counsel. In your plans for the carrying forward of the work, your mind must blend with other minds. You have trusted too many times to your own judgment and have not been willing to take advice and counsel. If any one differed from you, you have said at once that it was because he had been prejudiced against you. Even after it has been demonstrated that in following your own way you have made a mistake, you have not charged the blame to yourself, but to faults in some one else. We shall all be tempted by the enemy to do this.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 2)
My son, you will have to change this attitude and cherish a spirit of confidence in the wisdom of your brethren, else you will lose your bearings, as many others have done, and will set down as your enemies those who are your friends. We must be willing to take advice and caution from our brethren. We are connected with the service and cause of God, and we must individually realize that we are parts of a great whole. We must seek wisdom from God, learning what it means to have a waiting, watching spirit, and to go to our Saviour when tired and depressed.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 3)
You must learn to give up your will and your way and to receive light from those whom God has made His helping hand, those by whom He designs that you shall be helped. Go to Christ for relief. Cling to Him. Stay long enough to yield up your will to the will of God. Many are in too great a hurry to pray. With hurried steps they pass through the shadow of Christ’s loving presence, pausing perhaps for a few moments within the sacred precincts, but not waiting for counsel. They have no time to sit down, no time to remain with the divine Teacher. With their burdens, they return to their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 4)
My son, this is what you have been doing, and therefore you have not the peace and joy and grace that you so much need. Why do you not wait for a leaf from the tree of life? This will soothe and refresh you, filling your heart with peace and joy.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 5)
Let us by faith place ourselves in the hands of the Redeemer. He alone can do for us the work that must be done to enable us to offer God acceptable service.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 6)
Do not allow yourself to think of the ill-treatment you have received. Fix your thoughts upon the Saviour. Go apart from the bustle of the world, and sit down under Christ’s shadow. This you must do if you receive the rich blessings He is waiting to bestow on you. Give your thoughts to high and holy things. Then, amidst the din of the daily toil and conflict, your spiritual strength will be renewed.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 7)
You had a wonderful, a peculiar experience after the Lord Jesus manifested Himself to you after your departure from Him. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. He wants to work with you, but not in your way. He wants to work with you, but not in your way. He wants to work in His own way. Come apart, and rest awhile. There are higher ranges for your thoughts to take than those they have yet taken.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 8)
“If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels of mercies, fulfil ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory, but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 2:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 9)
Carefully study the prayer Christ offered for His disciples and for us before His sufferings in Gethsemane.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 10)
“I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth; thy Word is truth. As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me.” [John 17:15-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 11)
O my son, if it were not possible for us to reach this wonderful attainment, if it were not possible for us to be one as Christ and His Father are one, these words would never have been uttered. Shall we pass lightly over these precious words, failing to bring them into our life-practice? Shall we become so absorbed in the activities of life that we lose a sense of the wonderful possibilities and probabilities that there are for us in the attainment of unity with one another and with Christ? We are to be one as Christ and God are one, that the world may believe that God has sent Christ into the world to save sinners.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 12)
The sure evidence that a tree is good is the bearing of good fruit. The world marks the difference between true believers in Christ and worldlings; for true believers become Christlike in character. They bear the signature that marks them as sons of God. Their work is the heavenly endorsement that Christ is the true Teacher, the Sent of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 13)
“And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one.” [Verse 22.] “Even as we are one.” What a testimony to the world in favor of Christianity this union would be! It would be an indisputable witness that God has sent His Son from heaven to our world. Nothing but His coming could produce such wonderful results.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 14)
“I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.” [Verse 23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 15)
What an impression so practical an outworking of Christlikeness would have on the world! The unity among Christ’s followers would be so marked that all would be compelled to acknowledge it to be of heavenly extraction. They would see that such unity would come only from the highest, holiest source. So convincing in power would it be that many would be converted. Its sanctifying influence would win souls to the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 16)
“Father, I will that they also, whom thou has given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory; ... for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee; but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. And I have declared unto them thy name; and will declare it; that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 17)
Shall we not determine that from now on we shall make a decided change in our words, our deportment, our character, that we shall no longer keep the truth in the outer courts, but receive it into the heart, that the sanctifying influence of the Holy Spirit may be seen in our lives? Then ministers and people would be upright in all matters of business, large and small. They would live in obedience to the laws of that kingdom in which, as Christians, they have their citizenship. They would do that which is wise and righteous, because Christ is their righteousness. They would not in any way act like fractious children. How blessed it would be for us to bear such fruit to the glory of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 18)
Christ is mine and I am His. It is positively necessary for us to sit down and think of how Christ our Saviour descended from heaven, from the throne of God, clothing His divinity with humanity, to show all mankind what human beings may become if they will unite their weakness to His strength, if they will die to self and live to Christ. Thus the strong, unchristlike traits of character that they have cherished will be softened, subdued, purified. They will unite one with another, that they may be one with Christ in God.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 19)
Christ came to this earth and suffered the sorrows, disappointments, and griefs of humanity, that man might stand on vantage ground before angels and before men, revealing to the world the attributes of God. Let us put self out of sight and think more of Christ. People are longing to hear of the Saviour from those who have learned of Him His meekness and His lowliness, and who can therefore speak words of sincere experience. Such ones inspire faith and confidence. They show no coarseness of speech, no carelessness of attitude; for they realize that they are representatives of Christ. By loving one another as He has loved them, they bear witness of Him to the world. They eat His flesh and drink His blood, and this is to them eternal life. They are like Him in character, in manner, in dealing. They rely upon Him as their efficiency, realizing that their power for usefulness is derived from Him. Self is dead, because Christ’s life is their life. In all their daily perplexities and conflicts, they show a firm, unwavering reliance on His power. They have proved the truth of the words, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee, because he trusteth in thee.” [Isaiah 26:3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 20)
Our work is to help one another by following Christ closely, testifying in spirit, in word, in action, that God is love. Those who love Christ will certainly love those for whom Christ died. What a help and comfort it is to meet a fellow pilgrim from whose face there shines the reflection of Christ’s righteousness! From the heart of such a one there can but flow the warmth of God’s love.
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 21)
O how sad it makes the angels when we fail to recognize the presence of the Saviour. His promise is, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] He does not want any one to carry a burden of oppression. Our conflicts may be severe, but we may know that as we go forth as ministers of righteousness, doing good to all we meet, Christ goes before us. Let us go on our way rejoicing, praising God for the privilege of bringing the sunshine of Christ’s love into the lives of those we meet. Then those with whom we associate will rejoice as they come within the sphere of our influence. In listening to our words and noting our actions, they will be made better. The impression made on their minds will be, “He has been with Jesus and learned of Him.” [See Acts 4:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 22)
Shall we not be real Christians? Shall we not bring all of heaven that it is possible to bring into our lives here below?
(17LtMs, Lt 80, 1902, 23)
Lt 81, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 20, 1902 Previously unpublished. + My dear Son,—
I was very sorry that you did not come to St. Helena in response to my telegram. I was glad to see Brethren Butler and Palmer. I think the result of their visit will bring relief to many minds. We have given them the best counsel that we could.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 1)
There are some things that I have thought it best not to write to you about, lest I should be misunderstood. And on account of the strain that I have been under for the last week or two, my letters for a while must be few.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 2)
I have committed your case to God. He knows how to deal with it. But I cannot refrain from continuing to caution you about buying property, and making financial investments, though what I say seems to have but little weight. You are tempted to attribute my cautions to what some one has said or written to me, and my words have little weight with them, unless they are words of approval.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 3)
I know you to be in a precarious condition, both in body and mind, and I am anxious for you to make me a visit as soon as you can get away from your work in the South. Could you come just now, I could give you strawberries and cherries from my place. We have a small strawberry patch, and three large cherry trees. Soon both strawberries and cherries will be gone. Just now the birds are greatly enjoying the cherries. They are having a feast of fat things. In a week from now, the cherries on another tree will be ripe. Cherry picking is going on all over this part of the state. Our peach trees are covered with fruit, but it will not be ripe for a month or two yet.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 4)
I shall be glad indeed to have you and Emma visit us, and take time to rest and regain strength. I am in much hope that you can get away soon. You would enjoy the sight of the roses climbing up the side of the house, right to the windows of the second story. If I wished to pick some, all I should have to do would be to open my window and reach out my hand.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 5)
Next week we drive over to the Petaluma camp-meeting, which holds from June 5-15. In the middle of July we may visit Los Angeles.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 6)
I have been deeply impressed that I must do all I can to help those who are interested in the Southern field. And I must stand before the people of God as one whom He has sent, not as a false prophet. My son, will you now be very careful not to do anything that will misrepresent the instruction God has given me, so that no suspicion may rest on me as sanctioning any wrong course? At the very time when it is positively necessary that the greatest caution be shown in regard to the outlay of means, you will be empted to give way to the natural impulse to spend money rashly.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 7)
I have made appeals for the work in the South. I have called attention to the poverty and the needs of this field. For you at this time to make any unwise investment would confirm the fears, the distrust, and the criticisms of those in responsible positions. I fear that on the minds of some you have made the impression that I sanction your investment in boat-building. They do not know how much I suffer over these things, nor do I ever want them to know.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 8)
I wish to say that since you have consented to a proposed settlement in regard to the restitution fund, and have agreed that the settlement made at the Nashville Union Conference should stand, never, never bring the subject up again. Let there be no resurrection of the subject. Lay aside all your criticisms of the responsible men in Battle Creek. Cease to make scathing remarks either to them or about them to others. You cannot help them in any way by keeping their minds in a ferment. “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again.” [Matthew 7:1, 2.] If these men have failed to do the right thing, remember that they must answer to God for themselves. And remember, my son, that none of us is faultless.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 9)
Remember that every word of criticism you speak will react on you. If you want these men to change, you must show that you have changed. Help them in every way you can, but never reprove them; for they will not take your reproof. Let God handle their cases. You will do no good by contending for your rights as a worker in the gospel field. Show wisdom in management. In gentleness and compassion, help every one who needs help, “considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted.” [Galatians 6:1.] Your work is with your own soul, not with those whom you know you can never help by words of reproof. Strive to bring about unity and harmonious action. Do not be rash or impetuous when your way is questioned. Remember that a Christian is one whose heart is influenced and controlled by the love of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 10)
The Lord has given you most positive warnings, marking out distinctly the course you should follow, and giving the reasons why you should be free from all business entanglements. Instruction has been given you line upon line, precept upon precept. Then, my dear son, walk in the light. Follow Him who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. “Walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called;”“and have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them.” [Ephesians 4:1; 5:11.] How? By your own carefulness in following the warnings given you. Let your circumspect actions and Christlike words be to the heedless, disrespectful soul, a reproof. Your attitude will be an argument in favor of Christianity. You will see and resist temptation. Your words will be, “Come with us, and we will do thee good.” [Numbers 10:29.] Your path will be a sure path, with no uncertainty as to its direction or termination.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 11)
“He that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he goeth.” [John 12:35.] When he thinks that he is at his journey’s end, he may be far from his goal. He may find out that he has not taken up his cross and followed Jesus, the Way, the Truth, and the Life; and therefore he has missed the road. If you follow Jesus, your road is plain before you. You know where it leads—that it is sure to bring you to the entrance of the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 12)
Thousands traverse the broad road. But they walk in darkness, and will never reach heaven. The path of self-denial and self-sacrifice is the only path that will bring us to the city of God. “Strait is the gate and narrow is the road that leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:14.] All who find it step in the footprints of Christ. This is the way to eternal life, to heaven. He who follows this path is certain to find perfect joy and life, everlasting life. Although his onward course is sometimes difficult and often wearisome, let him move forward steadfastly, trusting as a little child in the loving guidance of Him who “keepeth the feet of his saints.” [1 Samuel 2:9.] Let him have confidence and assurance, knowing that he will be kept from going astray.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 13)
My son, the path has been plainly pointed out to you. Are you willing to walk in the light? Hear Christ’s voice, “He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] Get rid of every pressing care. Do not again involve yourself in debt. This is Satan’s snare for the ruin of your soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 14)
You have no right to live to yourself. And in one sense, you do not desire to do this. You could not be happy in doing it. You have been bought with a price; “therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] Do not follow your own injudicious fancies. The Lord has given you evidence of His great love for you, and how grateful you should be.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 15)
You ought to be a great help to Brother Palmer. He needs the softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit. In no case should you lead him to be content with reaching a low standard. He needs help in regard to the wise expenditure of means. As a wise, faithful steward, help him all you can.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 16)
You need to reach a much higher standard. Let your heart be subdued by the Holy Spirit. You need a reconversion, else you will not be a true minister of the gospel. Put all bitterness and malice out of your heart. Daily seek God for strength and grace. In your daily work, in your family, in your business transactions, remember that you are responsible for the influence exerted by your words and spirit. Honor God by following the path marked out by a Father’s hand for every Christian. Every day, every hour, let your obedient love flow forth through the channels He has ordained. Do all things unto the Lord. This will invest your words and actions with a heavenly dignity, refining, purifying, ennobling them. Carry with you the consciousness that you are God’s servant, and that you are to represent Christ in character. When, at all times and in all places, you follow the example set you, your influence will be a savor of life unto life.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 17)
God help you to remember that you are a living epistle, read and known of all men. Live the life that the Lord Jesus lived on this earth, and you will be a strength to your associate workers. God is your refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 18)
Those whom God has made stewards of means must practice His lessons of economy. They must live out the instruction Christ has given. I am so sorry that you have a burden of debt. I feel deeply over this, because it is a stumbling block to all who are tempted. You have large hope, and the outcome looks so favorable, so promising, that you launch out into business enterprises. And then what? Borrow from all who will lend to you. Oh, how sick at heart it makes me! My son, I entreat of you to keep within your borders; for every repetition of the past confirms the fear that you are a man who cannot be trusted with financial matters.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 19)
May 22
Yesterday, Elder Butler rode over to Healdsburg, accompanied by W. C. White, May, and the twins. It was a very nice day. I expected to go with the company, but the night before, I was exceedingly nervous. Sara had to work over me for some time before I could get to sleep. The strain on me for the last few days has been very heavy. I put great intensity of thought into the effort to give the brethren wise counsel regarding the Southern field. I dared not do anything that would tax my brain or spine. I knew that I would have to be careful.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 20)
The visit of Elder Butler and Brother Palmer was an important one. They spoke of you in the most tender terms, but they both think that you should have a period of rest. I advise you to take no responsibilities at present that you can avoid. Be exceedingly careful how you invest means. I pray for you most earnestly.
(17LtMs, Lt 81, 1902, 21)
Lt 82, 1902
Butler, Hiland “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 2, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother Hiland Butler,—
I look upon you as one of my children in the Lord. Although for years my acquaintance with you has been limited, yet I have always had a deep interest in you. My mind has been drawn out in earnest prayer that you shall, by continual growth in grace, succeed in reaching that state of perfection that will enable God to say of you, “Ye are complete in him who is the head of all principalities and powers.” [Colossians 2:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 1)
I have recently seen your father twice—while I was at Nashville, and about two weeks ago when he made me a visit at my home. I am certain that he should have one of his children with him in the work to be carried forward at Nashville. There is a great work to be done in that city. Several lines of work have already been started there for the help of the colored people. Buildings have been purchased, and publishing work and sanitarium work have been set in operation.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 2)
At this time every city in the South that can be entered is to be worked. The people living in the Southern states of America, both white and black, are to hear the testing message of truth for this time. Our people were directed to Nashville because it was a favorable place in which to make a beginning. Our workers will find it easier to labor in that city for the uplifting of the colored race than in many other cities of the South. Prejudice against the introduction of plans for the education of the colored people is not so pronounced in Nashville as it is in other places. It will be easier to proclaim the truth there than it would be in other places in the South.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 3)
In and near Nashville there are large educational institutions for the colored people. A good work has been done in these schools. To the teachers in these schools the light of present truth is to be communicated in a wise, judicious manner.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 4)
God has been opening the way for the establishment of interests that will prepare the way for the acceptance of truth by those now in darkness. The Northern element must come in connection with the Southern element. Had there been among Seventh-day Adventists the unity that God desires, the Southern field would have been more fully worked.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 5)
It is not the Lord’s will that the work in the South shall be confined to the set, “regular lines.” It has been found impossible to work on these lines in the South and gain success.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 6)
Camp-meetings are to be held in the Southern states. One should be held in Nashville, or a few miles from the city. The people of the South must be warned. The judgments of God are about to fall upon the world. We have no time to lose.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 7)
God sees the end from the beginning. He has given us an expression of His love for the world—an amazing manifestation that can never be computed. He is constrained, by His love and His goodness, to delight in the well-doing and the happiness of the beings formed in His image. “God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] He gave His Son as the propitiation for the sins of a guilty world.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 8)
“This then is the message that we have heard of him, and declare unto you, That God is light, and in him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; but if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” [1 John 1:5-9.] “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 9)
This is the message that is to be borne throughout the Southern states. What a work there is before us! The Lord desires the desert places of the South, where the outlook appears so forbidding, to become as the garden of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 10)
I thank the Lord that your father has again taken his place in the work. He is desirous that you shall unite with him in this work. He needs and greatly desires your help. You can bring him great help and courage. I plead with you to take up this work. Bring your family to the South. Settle them in a pleasant place, and then unite with your father. I believe this to be your duty. Your father needs your help. Will you give it to him? I am confident that your abilities and your assistance are needed in the carrying forward of the work in the Southern field. I hope and pray that the Lord will give you a clear understanding of your duty.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 11)
I wish you could see how heartily and warmly and joyfully your father is received by his brethren. The Lord has gone before him. I was indeed glad to welcome him among us once more, and to sanction his labors.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 12)
May the Lord bless you and your wife and children, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 82, 1902, 13)
Lt 83, 1902
Butler, G. I.; Burden-Bearers in the South “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 3, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in LHU 263; WM 18, 177, 243; 5MR 216; 13MR 305-306. + Elder G. I. Butler and the burden-bearers in the Southern field Dear brethren,—
Help must be given to the Southern field. Until funds are sent there, the work will be bound about. Every effort is to be made to strengthen the interests that have been established in Nashville. There is more meaning than many suppose in God’s direction to begin the work in Nashville. It was His purpose that the work should be started there. In that place much interest is taken in the colored people by those not of our faith. There is not in Nashville one quarter of the feeling against the education of the colored race that there is in some other cities of the South. The establishment of large institutions for the education of this people has removed much prejudice and has prepared the way for the proclamation of the special truths for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 1)
These educational institutions should be a point of special interest to the workers in Nashville. Efforts should be made to become acquainted with the teachers and students in these schools. Those who have taken so noble a stand for the uplifting of the colored people are doing a grand work. Thus God has prepared the way for the proclamation of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 2)
Into these schools of learning the truth is to find entrance. There are those in these schools who are to be reached by the third angel’s message. God’s workers are to study out ways and means of reaching them. To them the light of truth is to be communicated. Everything that can be done to interest these teachers and students in the message of present truth should now be done, and it should be done in a wise and understanding manner. From them, lessons may be learned regarding the best ways of reaching and helping the colored people. Let no haphazard work be done. God is ready to co-operate with those who will labor wisely and well.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 3)
It is Brother Palmer’s work to become acquainted with the teachers and students of the schools of Nashville. Approach these persons wisely, and God’s name will be glorified. Give the Lord room to work.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 4)
Those who are connected with the work in Nashville are to live so near the Lord that light will shine forth from them as from a lamp that burneth. When there is shown a deep, earnest determination to press together, the very oneness of the workers will proclaim the truth with power, making a deep impression on those not of our faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 5)
God’s people are to take a special interest in the work in Nashville. At the present time, this is the point of greatest importance in the Southern field. The interests in this place are to be built up and strengthened. The work of the publishing house and of the sanitarium, if carried on in the way God designs, will have a decided influence for good on the people of Nashville.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 6)
The means coming from the sale of the books published for the advancement of the work is sacred and holy. It should be carefully handled. In no case should it be diverted into commercial business. It is to be used for the work of saving souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 7)
The health food work and other industries connected with it will provide employment for Sabbath-keepers, both black and white, and will bring in means for the carrying forward of the work. The development of this line of work will take time and thought.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 8)
The work in Nashville is to be linked with the work that has been done and is being done in Graysville and Huntsville. The work in these latter places is to be a help and strength to the work in Nashville.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 9)
The efforts made are not to be confined merely to a few places in the South. In every city that can be entered, the truth is to be proclaimed. The workers are to labor guardedly and with humility, each having respect for the work of the other. They are to be a united whole in Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 10)
The Lord will lead His people on to victory if they will be willing to be led.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 11)
***** J. E. White’s Work
The Lord has specified the work that He has given to Edson White. It is the ministry of the Word. Financiering is not his work. He is not adapted to this work. The Lord desires him now to do the work appointed him. He is to seek the Lord earnestly, that he may be prepared to counsel with his brethren, all seeking by prayer the Spirit of the Lord, and refusing to let go until they know that the Lord has answered their prayers. If seeking the Lord in earnest prayer is made a secondary matter, human wisdom takes the place of the guidance of the Holy Spirit, and mistakes are made.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 12)
Edson White’s wisdom is not in financial lines. He is so liberal that he wrongs himself. His great desire is to help those whom others neglect, to clothe the naked, to feed the hungry, to make the heavy burdens lighter if possible. This is well; for there is little enough of this kind of work done, and it is by this work that the very people are interested in the truth who should be interested.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 13)
To help the needy has been a part of Edson White’s education from his childhood. His liberality has often brought him to the place where he himself has needed help.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 14)
The poor we shall always have with us. And while we are to do our duty to this class, caution is to be exercised, so that those we help shall not be led to depend on gifts that are not earned. But overwillingness in relieving the wants of the needy is a sin that very few are guilty of, and one that should be freely forgiven.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 15)
Want and poverty there will always be. However high the standard of knowledge and morality may be, whatever heights we may reach in civilization, poverty will always continue as a display of the riches of the grace of God, a standing memorial to the truth of the words “Not by might, nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Zechariah 4:6.] It would not be for the benefit of Christianity for the Lord to remove poverty from the earth. Thus a door would be closed that is now open for the exercise of faith—a means whereby the hearts of the afflicted can be reached by the gospel of goodness. By Christian liberality souls are reached that could be reached in no other way. It is the helping hand of the gospel.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 16)
Medical missionary work is to lose none of the power that comes from action. The name alone is not enough. The work done must, to all intents and purposes, justify the name.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 17)
When in the synagogue at Nazareth Jesus stood up to read, He opened to the prophecy of His work written seven hundred years before, and read: “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord.” [Luke 4:18, 19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 18)
“Therefore the Lord said, Forasmuch as this people draw near me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor me, but have removed their heart far from me, and their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men; therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people, even a marvellous work and a wonder; for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall be hid.... And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness. The meek also shall increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For the terrible one is brought to nought, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought. Therefore thus saith the Lord who redeemed Abraham, concerning the house of Jacob, Jacob shall not now be ashamed, neither shall his face wax pale. But when he seeth his children, the work of mine hands, in the midst of him, they shall sanctify my name, and sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, and shall fear the God of Israel. They also that erred in spirit shall come to understanding, and they that murmured shall learn doctrine.” [Isaiah 29:13, 14, 18-24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 19)
We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and medical missionary work is to be all that the name signified. To the poor the gospel is to be preached. The poor man as well as the rich man is the object of God’s special care and attention. Take away poverty, and we should have no way of understanding the mercy and love of God, no way of knowing the compassionate and sympathetic heavenly Father.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 20)
Those who have the truth for these last days will bear a message adapted to the poor. One would think that the gospel was inspired in order to reach this class. Christ came to the earth to walk and work among the poor. To the poor He preached the gospel. His work is the gospel worked out on medical missionary lines, And today in the person of His believing, working children, who move under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, Christ visits the poor and needy, relieving want and alleviating suffering.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 21)
*****
Edson White must be released from business responsibilities. He must husband his strength of body and mind. The strength of both will be needed to brave the difficulties that he will meet in his ministry of the Word. He must stand unflinchingly at his post of duty. He can do great good if he will connect closely with God in the work of teaching the Word. But God does not lead him to take responsibilities that involve financial cares, and He does not bless him in taking these responsibilities, when He provides others qualified to take this work. The time has come when he must be left so free from the business details of the work that he can give his mind to the work of winning souls to Christ. Let the united strength of the Southern Union Conference be brought to the bearing of the burdens heretofore carried by Edson White and a few of his associates. Let there be a liberal spirit shown to the colored workers and to the white laborers working among the colored people. Let the appeals for assistance be made to our brethren throughout the world, and let all appeals go forth with the sanction and full authority of the Southern Union Conference.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 22)
Let the plans prepared at the recent councils in Nashville regarding the relations of the Union Conference and the Missionary Society be accepted; but let provision be made for the one who has been a pioneer in successful work among the colored people, to have a voice and a vote in the committee that shall be chosen to govern this part of the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 23)
Edson White is to preach the Word. This work he can do successfully if the Lord blesses him. But he is not constantly to fill appointments to speak to large congregations. Into this work he puts a great deal of nervous energy, and he is in danger of wearing himself out. He is to have opportunity to meet the people in personal work. The Lord will be very near him if he will calmly trust in Him, saying, “God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble.” [Psalm 46:1.] “My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour.” [Luke 1:46, 47.]
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 24)
Workers for God will meet with turmoil, discomfort, and weariness. At times, uncertain and distracted, the heart is almost in despair. When this restless nervousness comes, the worker should stop and rest. Christ invites him, “Come apart, and rest awhile.” [Mark 6:31.] “He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might He increaseth strength.... They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; they shall walk, and not faint.” [Isaiah 40:29, 31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 25)
Those who are associated together in a work such as is being done in Nashville should have much patience; and they should take time to rest. My son Edson and Brother Palmer, and all others who put all there is of them into the work, should remember that they are to sit together in heavenly places in Christ. This is not merely a momentary pause in Christ’s presence, but a sitting down in companionship with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 26)
A worker cannot gain success while he hurries through his prayers to God and rushes away to look after something that he fears may be neglected or forgotten. He takes time to give only a few hurried thoughts to God, that is all. He does not give himself time to think, to pray, to wait upon the Lord for a renewal of spiritual and physical strength. He soon becomes jaded. He does not feel the uplifting, inspiring influence of God’s Spirit. He is not quickened by fresh life. His jaded frame and tired brain are not soothed by personal contact with Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 27)
“Wait on the Lord; be of good courage, and he shall strengthen thine heart; wait, I say, on the Lord.” [Psalm 27:14.] “It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the Lord.” [Lamentations 3:26.] There are those who work all day and far into the night to do what it seems to them needs to be done. The Lord looks pitifully upon these weary, heavily laden burden-bearers, and says to them, “Come unto me, ... and I will give you rest.... For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 28)
God is testing and proving each worker. Edson White has carried burdens that were very heavy and at times very discouraging. He has gained a knowledge of the meaning of self-denial and self-sacrifice. It is not now that he is to leave the Southern field. When God releases him, it will be that he may take up in a special manner the work of ministry. And when the Lord has a work for him to do elsewhere, He will let him know. He is not at this time to be divorced from the Southern work.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 29)
But he is not, as formerly, to take such a leading position in the councils regarding the work, because the Lord in His mercy has laid this burden upon others. He is to lay off the heavy burdens and financial responsibilities that he has been carrying. The caution has been given him that he must lay off the burden of business care, that he may prepare to do the work of the Lord in preaching the Word. He has still a work to do in the South; but in the place of gathering more burdens by engaging in the health food business, or entering upon enterprises for the sale of books, or carrying large financial burdens in connections with the Hildebran School, he is to lay off the burdens that he already has. His voice must not be the deciding voice in the councils, as it has been. He must advise with his brethren in all his plans and must respect their counsel, working unitedly with them. He is not to carry out his plans in his own understanding, independently of his brethren. Calm consideration is to be given to every question. The money that comes to him as royalties from the sale of his own books he is not to use for self-pleasing, but for the advancement of God’s work.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 30)
Business is not his line of work. In the past, he has had to do this line of work; but now there are others to carry the burden, and he is to lay it off. In the ministry of the Word and in writing books for the work, he will find true success and happiness.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 31)
*****
Great changes are to take place. But let not those who have labored so earnestly to bring to the work in the Southern field the advancement that it now has become discouraged. God will not sanction anything done to discourage them. God has reproved those who have stood off and criticized, who, though they have been given opportunity to assist, have not interested themselves to see what needed to be done, They did not lift where they might have lifted.
(17LtMs, Lt 83, 1902, 32)
Lt 84, 1902
Stone, W. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 3, 1902 Previously unpublished. Elder Stone Dear brother,—
This morning my son read me a letter you had written him. I was very much pleased to read this letter. I had hoped to get a response from you after sending you the testimony. I will now say that I am indeed very glad to know that reforms have been made. I assure you that I rejoice in the Lord to hear of the reformation and conversion that has taken place in you. I rejoice that your children have been cared for by you, and that God has blessed your labors for them.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 1)
I will say that if your brethren have seen best to elect you as the treasurer of the Southern Missionary Society, accept the charge. Just as long as you draw near to God, He will draw near to you. Take hold of the work as financier, and as such, do your work faithfully as God’s steward, and He will guide you in judgment.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 2)
I see no reason, if you have cleared the way and made thorough work for repentance, why you should not serve as president of a conference, as you have been serving.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 3)
A straightforward line must be followed in the plans and arrangements for the advancement of the work in the South. When perplexities arise as to what shall be done, take them to the Lord in prayer. Let every one fill his appointed place with faithfulness.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 4)
I can write no more now; for I must write to Australia and to those in other places.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 5)
Your sister in Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 84, 1902, 6)
Lt 85, 1902
Medical Workers in Southern California Oakland, California May 1, 1902 Previously unpublished. To our medical workers in Southern California,—
I have a decided message for our people. The Lord does not require them to provide facilities for the entertainment of the tourists coming to Los Angeles. The establishment of an institution for this purpose would be setting a wrong example before the Lord’s people. The result would not justify the effort put forth.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 1)
Why do we establish sanitariums? That the sick who come to them for treatment may receive relief from physical suffering, and may also receive spiritual help. As the sick ones come, they are in a condition that renders them susceptible to the sanctifying influence of the medical missionaries who labor to restore soul and body.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 2)
Medical missionary work is to be carried forward in Southern California. But much is involved in the location of the sanitarium in that section. In their restlessness and haste, men are in danger of making moves without giving due consideration as to what the result of these moves will be. Often they fail to see that there is danger of going too fast and thus bringing in confusion. It is the duty of the Lord’s workers to move when they know that the Lord desires them to move, not before. Until the word comes, “Go forward,” their part is to wait. “To obey is better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of lambs.” [1 Samuel 15:22.] While they are waiting, they may learn lessons of trust and confidence. Thus they may gather stores of wisdom and experience. There is much to be learned in seeking the Lord and submitting to His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 3)
Medical missionary work in Southern California is to be carried forward by the establishment, in various places, of small sanitariums, not by the establishment of one mammoth institution for the accommodation and entertainment of a promiscuous company of pleasure-lovers, who would bring with them all their intemperate ideas and practices. Such an institution would absorb the time and talent of workers who are needed elsewhere. Our capable men are to be set at work in sanitariums established and conducted for the definite purpose of preparing minds for the reception of the truth for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 4)
We are not to absorb the time and strength of men capable of carrying forward the Lord’s work in the way He has outlined, in an enterprise for the accommodation and entertainment of pleasure-seekers, whose greatest desire is to gratify self. It would be perilous to the safety of the workers to connect them with such an enterprise. Let us keep our young men and young women from all such dangerous influences. And should our brethren engage in such an enterprise, they would not advance the work of soul-saving as they think they would.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 5)
Our sanitariums are to be established for one object—the advancement of present truth. And they are to be so conducted that a decided impression in favor of the truth will be made on the minds of those who come to them for treatment. The conduct of the workers, from the head manager to the worker occupying the lowliest position, is to tell on the side of truth. The institution is to be pervaded by a spiritual atmosphere. We have a warning message to bear to the world, and our earnestness, our devotion to God’s service, is to impress those who come to our sanitariums.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 6)
Sanitariums are to be established as soon as possible in different places in Southern California. No more time is to be wasted in the endeavor to bring every man’s ideas into harmony with the Lord’s plan. Let a beginning be made in several places. If possible, purchase land on which buildings are already erected. Then let appropriate enlargement be made as the prosperity of the work demands.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 7)
The sick cannot fail to be benefited by a stay at a sanitarium established in a retired place in the country, beautified by nature’s lovely adornings. In such a place they will find health of body and peace of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 8)
We are living at the very close of this earth’s history, and we are to move cautiously, understanding what the will of the Lord is, and imbued with His Spirit, doing work that will mean much to the Lord’s cause, work that will proclaim the warning message to a world infatuated, deceived, perishing in sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 85, 1902, 9)
Lt 85a, 1902
Brethren “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California 1902 [circa] Previously unpublished. Dear Brethren,—
I wish that Brother Moran would explain to you, as he has explained to Miss McEnterfer and myself, the particulars of his plan. It is not his plan to keep a hotel for tourists. He will tell you what he designs to do, as he has told us; and you will see that there is not the danger that we feared that he will involve the Conference in debt. He will deal with the businessmen himself.
(17LtMs, Lt 85a, 1902, 1)
Please get a full explanation from him before he leaves. Let him make it so plain that all will understand that his plan is not contrary to the testimonies that I have borne to him in regard to the work in Los Angeles. I wish that Brother Parlin would take down his explanation in shorthand.
(17LtMs, Lt 85a, 1902, 2)
If I have misunderstood Dr. Moran’s relation of matters, I wish to understand them plainly now, that there may be no confusion.
(17LtMs, Lt 85a, 1902, 3)
Lt 86, 1902
Kilgore, R. M. Petaluma, California June 11, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in BTS 12/1910 and 01/1911. Dear brother Kilgore,—
We are in the midst of the Petaluma camp-meeting. There are about two hundred of our people assembled, and they are enjoying many blessings. Elders A. T. Jones, J. N. Loughborough, M. H. Brown, and Brethren Sadler and Richards are carrying the burdens of the meetings. Brother Beardslee helps with the singing.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 1)
We drove across the country from St. Helena. Sister Sara Peck, her mother, Willie, and myself rode over in my old, covered carriage, which years ago I sold to Dr. Kellogg, and which he sent to me as a present about a year ago.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 2)
Before four o’clock in the morning, we were up and in the carriage, all ready to start. We ate our breakfast at about half past eight o’clock. By that time we had driven twenty-two miles. Both teams—ours and the one bringing the luggage—met at the place where we breakfasted, and we enjoyed our short rest and our meal together. We had a wholesome lunch, and we suffered no loss of appetite from our early drive.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 3)
I was much exhausted when I started; for for some weeks I had been losing sleep. I slept part of the time on the way over; for the carriage is one in which I can lean against the side in perfect safety, without fear of falling out.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 4)
That day we traveled forty-nine miles. The road is hilly, but in good condition.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 5)
When we reached the camp-ground, we found that our brethren had provided us with a large, two-story house, in which we are very comfortably situated.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 6)
All testify that the meetings are excellent. Stirring discourses are given by the brethren, but I cannot attend the meetings; for I hear with an intensity that wears on me more than speaking does.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 7)
On Sabbath afternoon I spoke for an hour in the large tent. On Sunday afternoon I spoke for an hour and a quarter. All the seats in the tent were filled. I felt great intensity of spirit as I presented before the people the necessity of practical godliness in the home life. After the discourse, Brother Beardslee, the one who sang at the General Conference, sang for us.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 8)
On Monday I spoke to parents on the subject of child-training. An earnest interest seemed to be awakened.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 9)
In my talk on Sabbath, I appealed to the people to improve the talents entrusted to them by One who has an intense desire that the smallest talent shall be used with a faithfulness that will secure for the possessor a larger trust. I asked them if they would not strive to reach a higher standard. I presented our need of doing this if as workers together with God we evangelize the world. Our testimonies must be vitalized by the Spirit’s power. The whole vineyard is to be worked. We must pray earnestly and perseveringly for the endowment of the Holy Spirit, taking to the Lord our burden for souls ready to perish. All to whom the truth comes must in turn give to others the messages of warning and invitation, with earnest prayer that the Holy Spirit will accompany the word spoken.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 10)
Never did the Lord Jesus confine His labors to one place. We read of Him that “He went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria, and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those that were possessed with devils; ... and he healed them. And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from beyond Jordan.” [Matthew 4:23-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 11)
Again we read, “When the sun was setting, all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them to him, and he laid his hands on them, and healed them. And devils also came out of many, crying out, and saying, Thou art Christ, the Son of God. And he rebuking them suffered them not to speak; for they knew that he was Christ. And when it was day, he departed, and went into a desert place; and the people sought him, and came unto him, and stayed him, that he should not depart from them. And he said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also; for therefore am I sent.” [Luke 4:40-43.]
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 12)
Christian missionary work was to be done in all places. The truth was to go from point to point. The disciples were to leave an example of how to establish the chain of truth, link after link. Christ worked as He desired them and all other laborers to work. The towns and cities of Palestine resounded with the truths that fell from His lips.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 13)
How essential it is that today the truth be proclaimed in the same way. The world is our field of missionary toil. Everywhere the light of truth is to shine forth, that hearts now in the sleep of ignorance may be awakened and converted. In all countries and cities, the gospel is to be proclaimed.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 14)
The seed of truth must be sown in the soil of the heart in order that it may spring up and bear fruit. God’s servants are to labor in places nigh and afar off, going to the regions beyond, ever preparing to embrace a larger circumference. They are to work while the day lasts; for the night cometh, in which no man can work. A Saviour uplifted on the cross is to be presented; and from many voices is to be heard the word, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 15)
Churches are to be organized, and plans laid for work to be done by the members of the newly organized churches. This gospel missionary work is to keep reaching out and annexing new territory, enlarging the cultivated portions of the vineyard. The circle is to extend until it belts the world. As workers go forth filled with earnest, happy zeal, thrilling with the love of God, the whole church at home is revived; for the success of the workers is regarded as a subject of deep, personal concern to every member of the church.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 16)
For what has the history of the work of the disciples been recorded, as they labored with holy zeal, animated and vitalized by the Holy Spirit, if it is not that from this record the Lord’s people today shall gain an inspiration to work earnestly for Him? What the Lord did for His people in that time, it is just as essential and more so that He do for His people today. All that the apostles did, every church member today is to do. We are to work with as much more fervor, accompanied by the Holy Spirit in as much greater measure, as the increase of wickedness demands a more decided call to repentance. Every one on whom is shining the light of present truth is to be stirred with compassion for those who are in darkness. From all believers, in clear, distinct rays, light is to be reflected. The work that the Lord did in Antioch through his delegated messengers, He is waiting to do today. At this time, when the end of all things is at hand, should not the zeal of the church exceed even that of the early church? Zeal for the glory of God moved the disciples to bear witness to the truth with mighty power. Shall not this zeal fire our hearts with a longing to tell the story of redeeming love, of Christ and Him crucified? Should not the power of God be more mightily revealed today than even in the time of the apostles?
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 17)
It was sincere devotion and humble, earnest prayer that brought the disciples into close communion with Christ. They sat together with Him in heavenly places. They realized the greatness of their debt to Him. Shall we be less earnest than they were? Shall we not by living faith claim the promises which moved them to the depths of their being to call upon the Lord Jesus for the fulfilment of the word “Ask, and ye shall receive”? [John 16:24.] Is not the Spirit of God to come today in answer to earnest, persevering prayer, and fill men with power? Is the throne of grace further removed from us than it was from the disciples? Is not God saying today to His praying, trusting, believing workers, who are opening the Scriptures to those ignorant of the precious truth they contain, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world”? [Matthew 28:20.] Shall we not, through the indications of God’s providence, hear His voice, saying, “Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them”? [Acts 13:2.] There certainly are men that the Lord is fitting to stand in their lot and in their place.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 18)
Brother Kilgore, I thought I ought to stop, but I must write a few lines more. I would encourage you to rise above the mist and fog of unbelief unto the pure atmosphere of Christ’s love.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 19)
To the church In Graysville I send this message, “Let not your hands be slack. ‘Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man.” [1 Corinthians 3:5.] By the grace of Christ they were made what they were. By earnest, persevering prayer they obtained the endowment of the Holy Spirit, and then they went forth weighted with the burden of saving souls, filled with zeal to extend the triumphs of the cross. And under their labors many souls were brought from darkness to light, and many churches were raised up. Those who are working for Christ today may reveal the distinguishing excellence revealed by these earnest workers. God is just as ready to give power to His servants in 1902 as He was to give power to Paul and Barnabas.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 20)
“Let us show that we are workers together with God. Let us be as true as steel to principle. No one can stay at home in ease, living only for self, without becoming selfish. We must be representatives of Christ if we would be truly happy. The earnest, united prayers of faith will inspire Christlike zeal.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 21)
“God will raise up a Paul and a Barnabas for the church that is worthy of such helpers. True missionary workers will find that the Holy Spirit is working on minds, raising up laborers full of faith and patience and zeal to take the place of some who will fall away.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 22)
“We need more keen, sanctified discernment. We need to cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.”
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 23)
My brother, may the Lord increase your faith, and baptize you with the Holy Spirit. Be strong in the Lord; yea, be strong.
(17LtMs, Lt 86, 1902, 24)
Lt 87, 1902
Kilgore, R. M. Petaluma, California June 11, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 45-49. + Dear brother Kilgore,—
I have just read your letter to Willie regarding your work in Graysville and stating that our brethren have some hesitation about purchasing the twenty acres on Lone Mountain, on which there is a large spring. The opportunity to secure this big spring seems to be a special providence. This spring will be of untold value and should be secured, even if the investment just now is difficult and delays the building. I advise you to purchase this property. I will stand back of you as may be necessary and will use my influence to secure the necessary means for the purchase. Do not delay at all in this matter. Close up the trade, even if you have to borrow the money. So many times I have had to breast difficulties, so many times I have had to move forward against remonstrance, that I am prepared to say to you, “Go forward.” [Exodus 14:15.] I know what I am talking about. Have faith in God.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 1)
As regards the Graysville Sanitarium, I am glad that you have secured a location on the hillside. Time will demonstrate the value of having your sanitarium at considerable distance from other buildings. In our school work at Avondale, our brethren desired to have the church and the sanitarium close to the school, but again and again instruction was given me that we must not put our buildings close together. Of late I have written much regarding the location of sanitariums, and I will have copies sent to you. We must provide for our patients to be as much as possible with nature.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 2)
I was glad to hear from Dr. Hayward that you are planning to build a plain, two-story frame building, thirty by fifty feet, with basement and wide verandahs. When your work outgrows this building, it can be used as suggested for a dormitory.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 3)
Let the work in behalf of the Graysville Sanitarium go forward steadily, patiently, and in accordance with the Lord’s plans for our sanitarium work. But do not make the Graysville Sanitarium a matter of all-absorbing importance, to the hindrance of other urgent work.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 4)
I have a caution for my brethren who are working in the Southern Field. Do not move hastily in establishing interests in new places, in a way that will divide your workers and your means, so that your force will be weakened. Wait until some of the interests that have been started more nearly approach perfection. Do not rush into new enterprises until the work that has already been started in Graysville and Huntsville is better established and the interests in Nashville are strengthened. The reasons for strengthening the work in Nashville have been presented to you quite fully.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 5)
The light given me is that the schools in Graysville and Huntsville make these towns places of special interest. In both of these places there are excellent opportunities for giving the students manual training. I mention these places particularly because they have been presented to me by the Lord as places in which we should make persevering efforts to build up and strengthen the work. In these places there is much to be done, and the efforts of the laborers should be especially directed to this work until something is completed that will be an object lesson of what can be done. Let not the means at your disposal be spent in so many places that nothing satisfactory is accomplished anywhere. It is possible for the workers to spread their efforts over so much territory that nothing will be properly done in the very places where, by the Lord’s direction, the work should be strengthened and perfected.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 6)
There will be those who do not see any special necessity to perfect the equipment of our schools in Graysville and Huntsville, because, from outward appearance, these places may seem inferior to some other places. But let not the work in Graysville and Huntsville or the work in Nashville be passed over to enter a place like Chattanooga, to begin a work that will call for quite an outlay of means, and that will divert the attention of the workers. Let not means be diverted from the places in which the work should just now be developed and strengthened. The fact that a place is popular is not sufficient reason that it should be entered. Popularity is not to be the power that draws God’s people. Because some have taken a fancy to Chattanooga, this is not conclusive evidence that God desires to have work done there before the work in other places is solidly established. This is the instruction given me.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 7)
We must not plan for large beginnings while we have so little facilities to complete that which is already begun. Let not new enterprises come in before their time to absorb in other places the means that ought to be used to build up the work in Nashville. The interests in that place must be firmly established before other territory is entered.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 8)
There are those who make efforts to carry matters according to their own ideas and preferences. Take heed; do not let human wisdom lead you to divert means into new channels before the work is perfected in places where important enterprises have already been started. But understand that this is not meant to hinder any individual worker from entering any place to which he is directed by the Spirit of God to do house-to-house work. This is work that ought to be done. All the efforts that can be made should be made to reach the people in every place. But it is not right for our workers to make a large outlay of means in a place just because human ambition has been aroused.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 9)
There are those who criticize everything in which have not had voice or influence. Such ones weave selfishness into their work. Let those who have been reproved for criticizing cease this unkind, unchristlike work. If they have wisdom to do the work of God, let them go into some city where the truth has not been proclaimed and work as self-supporting missionaries. Let them show what they can do, instead of pointing out the mistakes made by those who have put all their strength of mind and body into the work, and who have striven with all their might to bring the work to its present stage of advancement. The Lord is not with those who, instead of putting themselves in the place of the workers who are sacrificing, stand by as on-lookers, criticizing what they think is not right.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 10)
Be careful what moves you make. Put heart and soul and strength into perfecting the work already begun. I have little confidence in movements made from impulse. Too many such movements have been made in erecting large buildings for school and sanitarium work. Thus the cause of God has been thrown into confusion and financial embarrassment.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 11)
Be sure that the Holy Spirit is guiding; and then move forward solidly, and wisely.
(17LtMs, Lt 87, 1902, 12)
Lt 88, 1902
Shireman, Brother and Sister [D. T.] Petaluma, California May 29, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother and sister Shireman,—
I feel very, very sorry in regard to your case. I am now more than ever convinced that it will not do, under any circumstances, to praise any human being. In the place of giving all the glory to God, because when you were humble, He honored you by using you as His helping hand, His instrument to do His work, you and your wife have come to look upon yourselves as doing a great work, when it was God, not Brother and Sister Shireman, who was doing the work. He was the power behind you. He sustained you and wrought through you. But you have been deceived by the enemy, and your speech now greatly displeases the Lord; for you are taking glory to yourself.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 1)
When you were humble, God worked through you. Now you have exalted yourselves, and while you refuse to hear the admonitions of the Lord, He cannot be your wisdom or your righteousness. Had you left yourselves in the hands of the Lord, He would have been your comfort, your strength, your defense.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 2)
God showed mercy toward you and raised up for you friends who would not have allowed evil to come upon you without rallying to your defense. We all love you and want to help you. I feel so sorry to have you follow the course that you do, speaking words that make on the minds of others impressions that are contrary to truth and righteousness. The harm you are doing to the cause and work of God in Hildebran you will deeply regret when you are in a right frame of mind and view things in a correct light. You must remember that you do not own the souls and bodies of the students in the Hildebran school. These students belong to Jesus Christ. He has used you, in connection with others who love God and keep His commandments, to establish the Hildebran school. In regard to this school, I am instructed to say that you have carried it just as far as you can successfully. Now others must take the management of it and carry it on to more advanced stages. It is not to be left to your jurisdiction, because you are not capable of doing the advanced work that needs to be done. Will you allow the school to suffer by refusing to give up your perverted ideas?
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 3)
The Lord sends to you, through me, His servant, the message that you are not looking at things in a correct light. The enemy is very much pleased to have excited your jealousy and envy. At the time when you might in humility be doing God’s will, you are so blinded by the enemy that you are doing his will. The Lord wants to deliver you. He tells you through me that you are weakening your influence and injuring the future prospects of the Hildebran school. He desires to bring you once more into peace and harmony with Him; but not in your own way will His peace come to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 4)
Stop talking, both of you, and give yourselves to prayer. The way you have marked out for yourselves is not for your best interests or the best interests of the school. The Lord bids you stop right where you are; for you are making yourselves miserable. How long will it be before you give up your own will and your own way and take God’s will and God’s way? Remember that angels of God and unbelievers are watching you. How long will you continue to yield to Satan’s temptation to glorify self? Thus you are greatly hindered in your work.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 5)
God’s way toward the children of men is holy, just, and good. He will advance those who trust in Him. But He sees that for their own good they must, in some respects, receive a different mold.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 6)
I beg of you, my brother and sister, not to mar your record as you have been doing. Unless you change, you cannot be fit temples for the Holy Spirit. The Lord is soon to come. Do you not desire to be among the overcomers? The Lord will help you both just as long as you keep humble and contrite in spirit. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy, I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a humble and contrite spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] “When Ephraim spake tremblingly, he exalted himself in Israel; but when he offended in Baal, he died.” [Hosea 13:1.]
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 7)
Brother and Sister Shireman, your dangers are presented before me. I entreat you to remember that you are grieving the Spirit of God. You are speaking words that are destroying your own happiness, and you are making false representations to your brethren and sisters in the church. Do not do this any longer. If you will see your error and repent, the Lord will pardon you and give you peace. Stop just where you are. Do not destroy yourselves. Give yourselves to God in humble faith. This is your only hope. Christ says, “Abide in Me.” [John 15:4.] Paul declares, “The life that I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me.” [Galatians 2:20.] By courage, by faith, by committing yourselves to God as unto a faithful Creator, you can conquer. Will you abide in Christ?
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 8)
What is worldly wealth to those who are heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ to an immortal inheritance? Selfishness cannot live where faith in Christ is exercised. When Christ is all and in all, self does not assume large proportions. It is seen that self-exaltation is entirely out of place; for eternal life is the gift of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 9)
Do not fear that your brethren, who in the past have loved you and helped you, will now deal dishonestly with you. The bond that unites believers with one another in Christian fellowship is the most noble and enduring affection known on earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 10)
God has power to enable you to overcome despondency and doubt and discouragement. Have you been imprudent in the words you have spoken to believers and unbelievers? Just look to Jesus. By beholding, you will be changed into His likeness. Say, I will break this spell of the enemy. I will not continue to cherish these miserable feelings of jealousy against my brethren. In the Lord I will trust. He is my strength. Through Him I can do all things. But remember that without Him you can do nothing—nothing to be approved, nothing that God will acknowledge.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 11)
If you keep on doing as you have been doing, you will bring into the school at Hildebran a condition of things that will greatly dishonor God and will hurt both the church and the school in that place. You are setting in operation a train of influence that will do great harm to the cause of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 12)
All the testimonies you receive from worldly men will not be of the least consequence to you. A decided change must take place in your heart. You are building up opinions on a false basis. You are deceived. Will you not now come to the Lord and cease this sinful talking? Be assured that if you have been wronged, you will be vindicated. Do not make a fatal mistake by cherishing self. Let matters rest. Stop thinking and talking of disagreeable things; for you are becoming changed into the likeness of these things as your mind pores over them. You have lost out of your heart the happy influence of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 13)
I write this letter to you because I love you, my brother and sister, and cannot bear to see you unhappy. I want you to have the peace of Christ, but you will never have this peace until you cease the talking that dishonors the Lord. You will never gain freedom by much talking or by trusting to feelings founded on imagination. Be entreated to lay down the things that have created so much wretchedness.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 14)
Will you open your hearts to receive these words of warning and encouragement? God help you to break every yoke and stand free, praising the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 15)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 88, 1902, 16)
Lt 89, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 25, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 21. + Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
You will perhaps wonder why I have not written to you for so long. About the time that I sent you your last letter, I had much writing to do for the Southern field, and for many weeks I could not sleep past one o’clock. My eyes troubled me, and for a time I could neither read nor write. This is why I have not written to you before. My heart troubled me, and my eyeballs pained me severely. Night after night I interceded with God to give rest to my brain and to restore my eyesight. He heard my petitions, and now I can write again, though not so much as before.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 1)
I received a letter from Elder Franke, in which he spoke very strongly against Sister Haskell’s reading to others copies of the letters to him that I had sent you and also letters to you in which his name is mentioned. He says that this has hurt his influence. I did not reply to this letter; for at the time it came, I could not look upon letter paper without danger of destroying my eyesight. If I can, I will find his letter and send it to you. I hope, Sister Haskell, that Elder Franke’s complaint is without foundation. I hope that you have not said or done anything that he can take advantage of after you leave New York.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 2)
What of Elder Franke? Has he stopped preaching? I hope that he is doing his work—the work that the Lord has given him.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 3)
Brother and Sister Haskell, God has given each one of us a talent—something to use for Him. To every man He has given his work. Your influence for good over those with whom you come in contact will increase as you use your gifts wisely and faithfully.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 4)
Influence is a precious gift, and much, very much, depends on its right use. Let us keep it pure and holy to the Lord. Those in whose hearts Christ abides will be constantly studying to find out the very best way to work for His glory. They will reveal Him by words and deeds of kindness, sympathy, and compassion. Such exert an influence powerful for good.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 5)
A readiness to sacrifice when necessary is a gift from the Lord. The true servant of Christ is ready in any emergency to be His helping hand.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 6)
The talent of speech is a most valuable talent. Never should we neglect an opportunity to speak helpful, encouraging words. A word fitly spoken is like apples of gold in pictures of silver.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 7)
May 28, 1902
I have just received your last letter. I am very much pleased to hear from you. I am not at all surprised that you have perplexities and trials. Think you that the enemy is engaged in trying to make an easy time for you? He will try to close every door against the truth. But be assured that the Lord will not forsake His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 8)
I have trials, fierce and strong; but none know of them. I need a daily supply of faith and grace and power. Without Christ I am nothing. In Him is my life, my peace, my comfort, my joy. Let us not talk unbelief. Let us not question the will of God. Let us draw nigh to Him; for He is our Father and Christ is our Elder Brother. What did Jesus say? “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 9)
June 12
My dear brother and sister, your letter is received. I am sincerely sorry that you are not well. I have not been well, but I am improving. I can now write, but not as much as I have written in the past. I fear for my eyesight. I endeavor to draw near to God; for the promise is, “Draw nigh to God, and he will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] With this promise, what excuse is there for despondency?
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 10)
Many are questioning and troubled. This is because they have not faith in God. With some, religious exercises mean little more than a good time. When their feelings are aroused, they think they are greatly blessed. Some do not think they are blessed unless they are stirred and excited. The intoxication of excitement is the object they are seeking; and if they do not obtain this, they suppose they are all wrong, or that some one else is all wrong.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 11)
People should not be educated to think that religion of an emotional order, bordering on fanaticism, is the only pure religion. Under the influence of such religion, the minister is expected to use all his nervous energy in preaching the gospel. He must pour forth with abundance the strong current of the water of life. He must bring stimulating draughts that will be acceptable to human appetite. There are those who, unless their decaying emotions are stimulated, think they can be careless and inattentive.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 12)
We are all given a sacred work to do—the work of proclaiming the truth. “If ye fulfil the royal law according to the commandment, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself, ye do well.” [James 2:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 13)
But I am not writing a sermon now, but merely a private letter, so I shall pass on to the things I wish to say to you. I am not sorry that you have come to the conclusion you have. But I am sorry that you have stayed at your work until you have become worn out. I am surprised that you have been able to hold on for so long. You should take a sensible view of the matter. The Lord does not want you to sacrifice life. The warfare is indeed close and taxing, but God desires His servants to guard against exhaustion of mind and body.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 14)
Elder Haskell, I think it is time for you and your wife to come to California. We will find a place for you. We have an office of eight rooms. Upstairs, W. C. White has a room, and Marian has two. Miss Peck, Maggie, and Mr. Crisler have rooms below. I think you could have a room there. Then W. C. W. has a large room he could spare in his house. It has a fireplace and is well lighted. Then there are always rooms to spare at the Sanitarium. So you see, there is plenty of room for you. You could have your choice of the place that suits you best.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 15)
You can feel free to help in Bible lines of work just when you wish to.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 16)
Miss Peck and her mother live close beside us, and you will enjoy visiting with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 17)
O I wish you could have been here to have some of our strawberries. We have three large cherry trees, and this year they were covered with large, juicy, dark cherries. One tree ripened early, and we sold ten dollars’ worth of cherries to the Sanitarium, besides having all we needed ourselves. Today we received two boxes of cherries from home. Soon the cherries will be gone, but before long we shall have peaches, apricots, plums, and blackberries from our orchard. If you come, we can enjoy these things together.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 18)
About the middle of July, we expect to go to Los Angeles to attend camp-meeting. You could go with us and see the orange groves of Southern California.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 19)
I want both of you to have a change. I cannot see why you cannot come to California. We should be so glad to have you with us. We would do all in our power to make your stay just such as would please you. Please do not say No. You can do a good work for the Master all the time you are with us.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 20)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 89, 1902, 21)
Lt 90, 1902
Johnson, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 152; 10MR 220. Dear brother Johnson,—
I wish to write you a few lines. The Spirit of the Lord is striving with you, and I entreat you not to resist this striving. I am intensely desirous that you shall be a whole-hearted, complete Christian. The half-hearted follower of the Saviour receives but little real strength and therefore makes little advancement. I long to see you a consecrated believer. You need to be purified, refined, and sanctified by the truth, that you may have the consolation of the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 1)
The outlook in our world is indeed alarming. God is withdrawing His Spirit from the wicked cities, which have become as the cities of the antediluvian world, and as Sodom and Gomorrah. The inhabitants of these cities have been tested and tried. We have reached a time when God is about to punish the presumptuous wrong-doers, who refuse to keep His commandments and disregard His messages of warning. He who bears long with evil-doers gives every one an opportunity to seek Him and humble the heart before Him. Every one has opportunity to come to Christ and be converted, that He may heal them. But there will come a time when mercy will be no longer offered. Costly mansions, marvels of architectural skill, will be destroyed without a moment’s notice when the Lord sees that the owners have passed the boundaries of forgiveness. The destruction by fire of the stately buildings supposed to be fireproof is an illustration of how in a short time the earth’s architecture will lie in ruins.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 2)
“And as some spake of the temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and gifts, he said, As for these things which ye behold, the days will come, in the which there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be, when these things shall come to pass? And he said, Take heed that ye be not deceived; for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and the time draweth near; go ye not therefore after them. But when ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars, be not terrified; for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not by and by. Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. But before all these they shall lay their hands on you, and persecute you, delivering you up to the synagogues, and into prisons, being brought before kings and rulers for my name’s sake.” [Luke 21:5-12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 3)
Many of these judgments came upon Jerusalem. But it was not alone of Jerusalem that Christ spoke. He looked down the ages past the destruction of Jerusalem to the time when at the end of this earth’s history the great and final visitation of God’s wrath will be seen.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 4)
The twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew gives an outline of what is to come upon the world. We are living amid the perils of the last days. Those who are perishing in sin must be warned. The Lord calls upon every one to whom He has entrusted the talent of means to act as His helping hand by giving their money for the advancement of His work. Our money is a treasure lent us by the Lord, and it is to be invested in the work of giving to the world the last message of mercy. My brother, you can act a part in this work. You can help to sustain the Lord’s work in New York City. Remember that those who spend in self-gratification the money that should be used to open doors for gospel work suffer an eternal loss.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 5)
He who looks at earthly things as the chief good, he who spends his life in an effort to gain worldly riches, is indeed making a poor investment. Too late he will see that in which he has trusted crumbling into dust. It is only through self-denial, through the sacrifice of earthly riches, that the eternal riches can be obtained. It is through much tribulation that the Christian enters the kingdom of heaven. Constantly he is to war the good warfare, not laying down his weapons until Christ bids him rest. Only by giving all to Christ can he secure the inheritance that will endure through all eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 6)
“Now learn a parable of the fig tree: When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh; so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is nigh, even at the doors. Verily, I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.” [Verses 32-35.]
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 7)
“Watch therefore; for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready; for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming, and shall begin to smite his fellow-servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; the Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him in sunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” [Verses 42-51.]
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 8)
We are to do all in our power to proclaim the message of warning. From every Christian, light is to shine forth to those in darkness. In New York, God’s servants, who minister in word and doctrine, are striving to build up His kingdom. Those who receive the truth should hold up the hands of these faithful men and women by giving of their means to help them in their work. Cannot you do something to help? Will you not invest in the work of saving perishing souls some of the means God has entrusted to you? This you must do if you would gain eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 9)
You are in need of special help. This help you must have if you are an overcomer. You are in need of clear, spiritual discernment. Study the words, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, who giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not.” [James 1:5.] Let the softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit control you. Be not harsh in your judgment of others. You cannot know how much you may do to help others, in the home life and in business life, by Christlike words and deeds.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 10)
Watch and pray and walk humbly with God. Keep a strict guard over yourself. Keep yourself under the control of the Holy Spirit. It is time for you to make a full surrender to God. When you do this, you will be taught of the Lord. You need the wisdom that you can obtain only from God, and that only by earnest seeking. Commit the keeping of your soul to God as unto a faithful Creator.
(17LtMs, Lt 90, 1902, 11)
Lt 91, 1902
Jones, A. T.; Brethren “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 22, 1902 Previously unpublished. Elder A. T. Jones, and other brethren in positions of responsibility: Dear Brethren,—
I have thought that it would be wise for W. C. White to be one of the number who will visit Los Angeles. If you should desire him to accompany you, I remove my objections to his taking this trip. I had thought that he and I would go to Los Angeles the middle of July.
(17LtMs, Lt 91, 1902, 1)
If W. C. White should desire to go now, I am willing. He is so well acquainted with all the matters about which I have conversed with him, in regard to the location of sanitariums and many other questions that will have to be decided, that it seems to me that it is essential for him to be one of your number. I regard the establishment of the medical missionary work in Southern California as a very important matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 91, 1902, 2)
If it be thought best for him to go, please let him know that I have written to you, removing my objections. Let him understand the matter fully. If he should think that it is not best for him to go, all right. Whatever decision the Lord may lead you to make, we shall be pleased.
(17LtMs, Lt 91, 1902, 3)
Lt 92, 1902
Brethren in Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 8, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in MM 329-330; UL 112; TDG 107; 1MR 228. To my brethren in responsible positions in the medical missionary work,—
I have this night been passing through a severe conflict. In the night season I was in an assembly where important business was being transacted. Words were spoken in regard to the work of rebuilding the Battle Creek Sanitarium. A paper on this subject was read before believers and unbelievers. I listened attentively to all that was spoken and read. One point was mentioned that I wish to notice particularly. It was in regard to the profits accruing from the working of the Battle Creek Sanitarium’s not being used outside the State of Michigan.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 1)
One of authority stood before the company and spoke words to which all listened with the deepest interest. A most solemn impression was made by what He said. He spoke of the mistakes that had been made by similar resolutions regarding the income of the Sanitarium. He said that these restrictions were not inspired by God, but were of human devisings. The means coming to the Sanitarium were brought by people from all parts of the world, and should not be used in one state only. God has never made provision that His money shall be thus localized. Grave mistakes have been made by following resolutions that are contrary to the mind of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 2)
The restriction that binds the Sanitarium to use its earnings in Michigan is not of God, but of man. God calls for a different showing. Such restrictions cannot be obeyed and the work of God be accomplished. I wish to be plainly understood. God is dishonored by the specifying of certain localities as places where means shall be used that are needed to establish memorials for Him in foreign fields. Restrictions that bind the means of an institution to any particular place are not after the mind of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 3)
In new fields, where the work of God is yet to be established, medical missionary work is to be done. This work removes prejudice, and prepares the way for the proclamation of the third angel’s message. It is the means by which doors are opened for the entrance of the special truths for this time. Medical missionary work and the gospel are one. If united, they make a complete whole.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 4)
The establishment of sanitariums is necessary for the success of God’s work. Medical missionary work is the right hand of the gospel. The saving power of the truth is to be made known as men and women are led to see the importance of right habits of living. Workers are to be trained to go into every city to do medical missionary work. I am instructed to say to our people that sanitariums are to be established. We shall find correct methods of treating disease to be the right hand of the third angel’s message, opening doors for the entrance of present truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 5)
God sent experienced workers to Australia, that this part of His vineyard might be worked. And He instructed me to make calls for means to help the work there. But the appeals were not heeded. Many things were done in the home field that need not have been done, placing on the General Conference a heavy burden of debt, while far off fields were in great need of the means thus unnecessarily expended.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 6)
How could the workers in Australia start and sustain the work without help? They were among a people who were unacquainted with Seventh-day Adventists, in a field where there were few churches, and no institutions upon which they could call for help. Their work was like swimming against a strong current. Believers were few. A printing office had been established in Melbourne, but it was itself in need of help. Little by little, by struggling efforts, the work was carried forward. And in America, those who should have helped in this work were investing means in enterprises that brought little returns. The Lord has not been glorified. His vineyard has been left unworked, because men have followed their own way instead of His way.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 7)
The Sanitarium in Battle Creek was established by the self-denial and self-sacrifice of our people throughout the field, and in its prosperity it should have done its utmost to erect a sanitarium in Australia and to place it in running order. There was not a dearth of means at the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and this institution was called upon to give of its means for the establishment of a sister-sanitarium in a field across the broad waters of the Pacific, that the workers in Australia and the islands of the sea might be enabled to do their work on vantage ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 8)
The work in Michigan had every advantage, and the managers of the Sanitarium should have looked upon it as a duty and a privilege to help in the erection of a sanitarium in a foreign field, where the establishment of such an institution would have opened doors for the entrance of present truth. Any institution that had had the advantages that the Battle Creek Sanitarium has had should have made plants in many places. Thus many souls would have been brought to a knowledge of the truth. The directors of the Sanitarium should have felt it their positive duty to help to set in operation a sanitarium in Australia. This duty God enjoined upon this long-established institution, which had been blessed with every facility for making medical missionary work a success in this far-off field. It had been greatly favored by God, and it ought to have shown a deep and earnest interest in establishing memorials for God in far-off fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 9)
Had the managers of the Sanitarium been worked by the Holy Spirit, they would have understood the situation, and instead of investing means in a field where were so many institutions, they would have given liberally for the erection of a sanitarium in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 10)
To the Mission Board, to the Medical Missionary Association, and to our largest institution in America, earnest appeals were made by the workers in Australia, who were authorized by God to call for help. But the calls made were not heeded. At the time when help was most needed in Australia, much money was used to erect large and expensive buildings in the home field. The means that could have been used to erect and equip a sanitarium in Australia was turned out of its proper channel by men who ought to have known better, who ought to have understood the needs of the work in the foreign fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 11)
For want of means, the workers in Australia could not advance; they could not establish the institutions that were essential for the advancement of the work in a field where Seventh-day Adventists were not known, while in the home field money was invested in various uncalled-for ways, in buildings that were not absolutely needed; and heavy debts were incurred. Means that God designed should be used in establishing schools and sanitariums in new fields were misappropriated. Years have been wasted; and the sanitarium in Australia is still incomplete.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 12)
God did not design that His experienced and faithful workers should be placed in so hard a position; but men were blinded. They did not see afar off. The Holy Spirit was not controlling their minds. Again and again the needs of the work in foreign fields were placed before them, and they should have co-operated with the pioneers in our cause, who were laboring to establish a similar work in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 13)
When those in charge of the medical missionary work realize that plants must be made in other places, God’s work will be carried forward even in the hardest fields. When men see that it is necessary to establish the medical missionary work in America, can they not see that the same work is needed in new fields, where there is nothing to give character to the work?
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 14)
To send missionaries into foreign fields to do missionary work, unprovided with facilities and means, is like requiring bricks to be made without straw.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 15)
Let God’s servants act like wise men, remembering the work in every part of the world is to assist the work in every other part. “Be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.” [Ephesians 5:17.] God has kept the unworked condition of the Southern field continually before His people. He points you to this destitute portion of His vineyard and bids you remember that a picture is taken by the heavenly Artist of the field just as it now is. The Australian field and the Southern field are as surely part of the Lord’s vineyard as is Michigan or California. But they are not worked as they should be, and favorable opportunities to advance the truth are passing. For years means have been used in ways that have not accomplished the most for the Lord. These barren, unworked fields should present an altogether different appearance. There is now to be a thorough understanding of this matter. There should be hundreds of workers in these fields. In no case is one part of the Lord’s vineyard to be favored above another part. This is not the Lord’s plan.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 16)
It was not for the glory of God that the medical missionary work in Australia should be handicapped as it has been. This field should have been provided with facilities, that the work might be opened up in the right way. But the work that might now be far advanced has been greatly retarded because it did not receive the help God designed it to receive. Such restrictions as those confining the earnings of the Battle Creek Sanitarium to Michigan have been a great hindrance to the medical missionary work. God sees and knows. The binding about of His work by documents of human devising is not His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 17)
The lessons on the parable of the vineyard and of the two sons come close home to all who have had the light of truth, and who should have realized that those on whom God laid the burden of establishing the work on foreign fields should have special and abundant advantages, that they may be in no way trammeled in their efforts.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 18)
The instruction contained in these parables is of great value. All who are bearing responsibilities, be these responsibilities great or small, should study this instruction carefully. God looks for fruit from His vineyard. This fruit is the result of the work of His laborers. Every soul who believes in Christ has a work to do for Him. No true Christian can be idle in this time of such solemn importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 19)
There has been great danger of making light of God’s work in opening the gospel to those in the darkness of error. America is not the whole world. God’s work is to be established in other countries also. Missionary effort is to be put forth in new fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 20)
The Lord sent to Australia some who had had a part in establishing the work in Battle Creek and in California. Had those who had the disposal of means sent help to these workers, a sanitarium would have been erected in Australia years ago. They should have remembered that it was just as essential to do in Australia the work that had been done in America; that a sanitarium would be of just as much help to the work in Australia as to the work in America.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 21)
This was plainly stated over and over again; but men did not see eye to eye with God. The motives that led to this indifference to the needs of a field so greatly in need of help bear the rebuke of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 22)
Last night this matter was presented to me as a mistake that must never be repeated. The work in missionary fields has been hindered in proportion as money has been needlessly spent for facilities for the work in America. The brethren here should have erected fewer buildings in this country if they saw that it would be necessary to do this in order to help the work in foreign countries as it should be helped.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 23)
Workers in new places, where there may not be one believer in present truth, should be furnished with means for helping the needy. They meet with many who are sick and in need of help. As they relieve their temporal necessities, the way opens for them to speak of the Saviour and His precious truth. These workers must be given facilities for preparing the way of the Lord and making straight in the desert a highway for our God. Let our publishing houses help by gifts of books and papers, and let our sanitariums furnish facilities for the care of the sick.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 24)
Our heavenly Father acknowledges every worker as a member of His family. Shall those who have everything to do with close their eyes and ears to the needs of His servants in foreign countries? Those who have the mind of Christ will do all in their power to advance His work. They will count no sacrifice too great if only they can further His cause. Those who are indeed laborers together with God will show an unselfish interest in the workers in foreign fields and will strive to help them. The Saviour recognizes and blesses their efforts. Those who are unwilling to share with the workers in new fields their advantages of means and facilities hinder the advancement of God’s work and dishonor Him who has promised to be with His workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 25)
Have you become a silent partner? Have you no desire to see that the workers in new fields have the help that will enable them to bear the hardships that must come to them and to do their work successfully?
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 26)
The brethren in the home field have but partially fulfilled their duty in this respect. The Lord was represented to me as saying, “Inasmuch as ye did it not unto one of the least of these, ye did it not to me. My work in foreign fields has needed help that it has not received.”
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 27)
There are in our world many large cities in which the truth has not yet been proclaimed. Why should not the people of these cities hear the gospel message for this time? Has not Christ purchased them with His own blood? Are they not of as much value in His sight as those who have already received the truth? Are these portions of His vineyard to be left unworked, while upon other portions blessings are poured so abundantly that they are not appreciated? The truth is not appreciated, not being mixed with faith in them that hear, because they do not arouse and give to others the light they have received.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 28)
Why are buildings erected in places where there are already too many buildings, while places unworked and needy are left without memorials for God? The means needed in new places is not to be used in places that are not in special need of help.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 29)
In some places the work has been built up in a way that does not bear God’s approval. In Battle Creek many institutions have been erected, when instead, plants should have been many in other cities of America and in foreign countries. These plants would have given strength to the work, and field after field would have been opened to the gospel; but men, trusting in human wisdom, put their hand on the lever, and gave it a turn that stopped the means from going into circulation as God designed. They carried out their plans as if they were God. The Lord calls for wiser generalship than has been shown in the past. We are not fulfilling the commission to go into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 30)
The money God impresses His people to give for the advancement of His work is never to be bound about by human jurisdiction. Had the will of God been done, His work in foreign fields would have been placed on a firm basis, and a hundredfold more would have been accomplished than has been.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 31)
In Australia many more would have been brought to a knowledge of the truth if some in positions of trust in America had not manifested a selfishness that God condemns. Their first work should have been to see that those whom the Lord sent to Australia were equipped with facilities for starting school work and sanitarium work. Medical missionary work is the helping hand of the gospel, and it opens doors for the entrance of present truth. But this work cannot possibly be done without means, and for lack of means it has been long delayed in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 32)
If the sanitariums established in America understood the will of God, they would never [have] decided to keep their advantages to themselves, refusing to help the medical work on foreign fields. Those who take part in such decisions would not wish to see their outworking. Let such decisions be reversed; for they are selfish and greatly displease the Lord. He will judge for the difficulties thrown in the way of His workers in foreign fields by the diversion of His money from places in which help was greatly needed.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 33)
Those who go into new fields to use the breaking-up plough in preparing the soil for the sowing of the seed of truth are to be encouraged, prayed for, sustained. It is the Lord’s desire that every worker sent into new fields shall be furnished with means and facilities for the successful accomplishment of His work. They are to receive help and encouragement from those in the home field, that they may have courage to overcome the difficulties that they meet in their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 34)
Those in the home field who have a knowledge of the truth, and of the blessings that this knowledge brings, should remember the needs of those who are laboring in new fields where the work is hard and facilities few. They should remember that the work in the home field has the support of the sanitariums, publishing houses, and schools that have been established, and that the Lord expects them to set in operation plans for the advancement of His work in new fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 35)
The instruction given in the tenth chapter of Matthew shows how the Lord regards those who go forth to work for Him in new fields. Read this chapter. Study what Christ said in regard to the perils that the messengers would have to meet and the hardships they would have to endure. “Behold I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves,” He said to His disciples; “be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Verse 16.] Today those who labor in new fields have many trials and difficulties to encounter. They need the help and sympathy of their brethren in the home field, where facilities for work are more abundant and means more easily obtained.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 36)
Christ’s last words to His disciples show the importance to be placed on the work of spreading the truth. Just before His ascension He gave them the commission, “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 37)
Christ did not confine His labors to one place. Of His work we read, “When the sun was setting, all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them unto him; and he laid his hands on everyone of them, and healed them. And devils also came out of many, crying out, and saying, Thou art Christ, the Son of God. And he rebuking them suffered them not to speak; for they knew that he was Christ. And when it was day, he departed and went into a desert place; and the people sought him, and came unto him and stayed him, that he should not depart from them. And he said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also; for therefore am I sent. And he preached in the synagogues of Galilee.” [Luke 4:40-44.]
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 38)
Would that all who have the light of truth would follow the example set by Christ, and not expend their God-given time and ability and means in one or two places, when the light of truth is to go to all the world. The wonderful display of grace shown in the gospel message is to be carried to all places.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 39)
When from henceforth sanitariums are established, let it be understood that they are to do all in their power to advance the work in new fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 92, 1902, 40)
Lt 93, 1902
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 27, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 230-232. + Elder G. I. Butler My dear brother,—
Today I was writing a letter to Brother Palmer when a scene passed before me which I will try to describe as briefly as possible. I had written several pages of the letter when the scene passed before me. It was just before dinner.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 1)
I seemed to be looking upon a company assembled together, in which the question of whether Brother Stone should take the position of treasurer of the Southern Publishing Association was being discussed. Some seemed to be in favor of his taking this position, while others were troubled and distressed.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 2)
One of authority came forward, and placing one hand on Brother Palmer’s shoulder and the other on Edson White’s shoulder, he said to the brethren, speaking with clearness and decision, “You are not prepared for a change in the workers in the office. Leave these men where they are at present. To make a change now would not be just to them, nor would it improve the condition of things. It would not be wise to make a change now. This would not lessen the difficulties that exist.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 3)
“In every age the call of the hour is answered by the coming of the man. The Lord is gracious. He understands the situation. His will today is that for the present time the lamb-like kindness of Elisha shall exceed the severity of Elijah.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 4)
“The man that can build up and create a fragrant, grateful atmosphere, is not yet presented by God. Whether the present work be to break down or to build up, to reinstate the old or to give place to the new, to enforce the demands of equity and judgment, or to encourage hope and courage and faith, the Lord knows what is needed. He is looking on. He, the great Master-worker, is sure to have the very man for the place ready to do the work when those connected with the work are ready for the change.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 5)
“Let the faith that works by love and purifies the soul be cherished. Hasty moves will not help the situation, but will bring in a host of difficulties that will not be for the glory of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 6)
“Let Edson White and Brother Palmer stand on their feet, not in their own strength, but in the strength of the Lord God of Israel, prepared to breast every difficulty that shall arise. Edson White is to stand with William Palmer, and William Palmer is to stand with Edson White. Let them take hold of the work with renewed consecration and prove themselves men prepared to meet the demands of the hour with all the talents that God has given them. Encourage faith. Persevere. Work with all humility. The future is in the hands of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 7)
“The Word of God is to be taught. The life of the man upon whom is laid the work of teaching the Word of the Lord is to be an illustration of the power and righteousness of the principles that he offers to others. He who masters the art of educating others will himself prove a success by succeeding.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 8)
“He who wears the mantle, not of Elijah, but of Christ, will give evidence that he keeps his eye fixed on the Saviour. Imbued with Christ’s Spirit, he is fitted to teach. He is constantly under the influence of the high and holy impressions made by God.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 9)
“Elisha received a double portion of the spirit that had rested on Elijah. In him the power of Elijah’s spirit was united with the gentleness, mercy, and the tender compassion of the Spirit of Christ.”
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 10)
Edson White and Brother Palmer are to unite, and are to be instruments in God’s hands of reaching the higher classes, and at the same time of lifting up the oppressed, relieving the needy, and helping the poor to help themselves. If in their generosity and hopefulness they have made mistakes, let the spirit of forgiveness prevail.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 11)
My brethren, you cannot be too earnest, too devoted to the will of the Lord. Pray constantly, “Hold up my goings in thy path; let not my feet slip.” [Psalm 17:5.] The Lord sees your dangers. Every natural and cultivated inclination of the heart rises up against true humiliation of self.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 12)
It cannot be otherwise than that uneasiness will exist in regard to Brother W. O. Palmer or J. E. White handling the means given and loaned by our people for the work in the South. Should they do their very best, any mistake made would be most severely criticized. Brethren, you have both been too free in the expenditure of means. To meet the pressure of circumstances, you have incurred obligations, hoping that means would come in, and sometimes you have been disappointed. Your only safety is in God. If you place your dependence wholly on Him, there will be more safety in your management. But there is much that will have to be cut away from your characters before there can be perfect safety in either of you occupying a position on which so much depends.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 13)
From the representation today given me regarding this matter, I am certain that Elder Stone is not the one whom God has selected for the work of treasurer and financier of the Southern Publishing Association. In some things he might do well, but in other lines there is danger of great mistakes. It will never answer to figure too closely in our dealings with believers or unbelievers.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 14)
Since the Lord has given me the instruction I have written out in this letter, I feel very much relieved in regard to the situation at Nashville. Let us plead with the Lord to guide His people in His own way. Let Him have opportunity to carry out His will. Then His name will be honored and glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 93, 1902, 15)
Lt 94, 1902
Palmer, W. O. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Palmer,—
Long ago I would have sent you that which I read from my diary during the General Conference, in the special meeting in the Review and Herald office chapel. But I believed that I need not again refer to the things that had taken place in your past experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 1)
I knew that it was a life-and-death question with you, Brother Palmer, and that if you could be thoroughly converted, you would change your lifework.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 2)
I must tell you that there have been chapters in your past experience that will be a hindrance to you in all your future labors. Because of these things, your spiritual perceptions are not as clear as they otherwise would have been, and in your connection with the work of God, you are sometimes tempted, when brought into strait places, to resort to methods of obtaining means that are not such as the Lord can approve.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 3)
Your business tact is not in the future to be used as it has been in the past. At times you have entered into speculations for gain—speculations that were not according to correct principles. Your association with the men with whom you were brought in contact in these speculations has been a terrible injury to you. Some of these men were scoundrels, and their money was not honestly earned. You spent money freely—other men’s money, not justly or righteously obtained. Your only hope was to get away from this society.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 4)
These things have marred your experience and dimmed your spiritual perception. And sometimes your representations are not as they should be. There is the greatest danger that the same principles that you followed when engaged in speculation will work their way into your efforts to relieve the embarrassment that may come into the lines of God’s work with which you are connected. You need now to be doubly vigilant, that you may make straight paths for your feet, and clear your experience of every objectionable feature that has existed in the past. In your work in connection with the health food business, your actions must stand out true and pure, as clear as the sun.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 5)
The matter I have written in my diary speaks of the disappointment and loss brought to others by your misrepresentations in business lines. My brother, the Lord would not be pleased to have you, who have been led into temptation, bear the burden of the treasurer’s work in the office. Everything done in connection with this line of work must be as clear as the sun.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 6)
I am made very sad as I think of your past course and your past associations. One who has authority says, “I know your works. However straightforward you may be now, however honest before God, however earnest in trying to correct every wayward work, it is still true that a great injury has been done to your physical, mental, and spiritual powers by your past course.”
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 7)
Seek earnestly for men of God’s choice to share the financial responsibilities of the publishing association. Pray fervently for helpers and for heavenly wisdom to know how to use them. Expect and prepare for an answer to your prayers.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 8)
I meant to have had a conversation with you about these matters before you connected with the work in Nashville. The light I had was that the Lord would pardon all your transgressions if you would make thorough repentance, and cast your helpless soul on Christ, walking humbly before God.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 9)
The end of all things is at hand, and the coming of the Lord is near. Let us now work for God earnestly and unselfishly.
(17LtMs, Lt 94, 1902, 10)
Lt 95, 1902
Kilgore, R. M.; Jacobs, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 228-230. + Dear brethren Kilgore and Jacobs,—
The Lord has been giving me light in regard to many things. He has shown me that our sanitariums should be erected on as high an elevation as is necessary to secure the best results, and that they are to be surrounded by extensive tracts of land, beautified by flowers and ornamental trees.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 1)
In a certain place, preparations were being made to clear the land for the erection of a sanitarium. Light was given that there is health in the fragrance of the pine, the cedar, and the fir. And there are several other kinds of trees that have medicinal properties that are health promoting. Let not such trees be ruthlessly cut down. Better change the site of the building than cut down these evergreen trees. There are lessons for us in these trees. God’s Word declares, “The righteous shall flourish like the palm tree; he shall grow like a cedar in Lebanon.” David says, “I am like a green olive tree in the house of the Lord; I trust in the mercy of God forever and ever.” [Psalm 92:12; 52:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 2)
“Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor standeth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seat of the scornful. But his delight is in the law of the Lord; and in his law doth he meditate day and night. And he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever he doeth shall prosper.” [Psalm 1:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 3)
“Blessed is the man who trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope is the Lord. For he shall be like a tree planted by the waters, and that spreadeth out her roots by the river, and shall not see when heat cometh, but her leaf shall be green; and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit.” [Jeremiah 17:7, 8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 4)
“When the poor and needy seek water, and there is none, and their tongue faileth for thirst, I the Lord will hear them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them. I will open rivers in high places, and fountains in the midst of valleys; I will make the wilderness a pool of water, and dry land springs of water. I will plant in the wilderness the cedar, the shittah tree, and the myrtle, and the oil tree; I will set in the desert the fir tree, and the pine, and the box tree together.” [Isaiah 41:17-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 5)
The Christian is likened to the cedar of Lebanon. I have read that this tree does more than send down a few short roots into the yielding loam. It sends strong roots deep down into the earth, and strikes down further and still further in search of a still stronger hold. And in the fierce blast of the tempest, it stands firm, held by its network of cables beneath.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 6)
So the Christian strikes root deep into Christ. He has faith in his Redeemer. He knows in whom he believes. He is fully persuaded that Jesus is the Son of God and the Saviour of sinners. The goodly sound of the gospel is received without conflicting doubts. The roots of faith strike deep down. Genuine Christians, like the cedar of Lebanon, do not grow in the soft surface soil, but are rooted in God, riveted in the clefts of the mountain rocks.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 7)
Study these lessons from the trees. I could dwell long on this subject, but I must not just now. I ask you not to cut away your pine trees. They will be a blessing to many. Let them live.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 8)
I want to say to you, my brethren, that you have my prayers and sympathy in your work. Remember that you are trees in the garden of the Lord, and that the divine protection is round about you. The more visible the line of demarcation between the flowers of God and the brier and thorn of Satan’s planting, the more the Lord is glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 9)
Our Sanitariums should be surrounded with choice flowers, that by their growth and beauty they may reveal the advantages of culture. They teach us that it is our privilege to improve. God desires us to bring fragrance into our lifework. We are to be the plants of the Lord, serving Him in whatever way He wills. Let us do all in our power to beautify our characters.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 10)
The Lord has entrusted His garden to skillful tenders whose work it is to care for His beautiful plants. Tender care must be given to the delicate plants. The useless offshoots must be taken away. The bruised parts must be carefully bound up. So those who are weak in the faith must have fostering care. We are to bind to our stronger purposes the weaklings in the Lord’s garden, giving them support.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 11)
From the endless variety of plants and flower, we may learn an important lesson. All blossoms are not the same in form or color. Some possess healing virtues. Some are always fragrant. There are professing Christians who think it their duty to make every other Christian like themselves. This is man’s plan, not the plan of God. In the church of God there is room for characters as varied as are the flowers in a garden. In His spiritual garden there are many varieties of flowers.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 12)
Brother Kilgore, when you have the difficult work of locating new buildings and planning for their erection, pray, and believe that the Lord will impress your mind and the minds of your brethren as to just where these buildings should be. The Lord will certainly bring harmony among you if you seek Him with full purpose of heart. Counsel together. This is necessary in an enterprise such as the one in which you are engaged.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 13)
Attention to the Word of God will lead us to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. Then we shall respect all His commandments.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 14)
Do that which presents itself in its time, demanding the first attention. Do not pass by the first duty to do the second. One duty accomplished prepares the way for the next. Readiness to engage in the second known duty brings the Lord’s blessing. And the second duty is more easily done if the first has been faithfully performed. The burden is off the soul. The heart is filled with the peace and gladness of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 15)
In your letter to W. C. White, you speak of selling some of the land you have recently purchased. Do not part with a foot of it.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 16)
Be of good courage in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 95, 1902, 17)
Lt 96, 1902
Magan, P. T.; Sutherland, E. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 4, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 327-328; 7T 267-274. P. T. Magan and E. A. Sutherland
Berrien Springs, Michigan My Dear brethren,—
The Lord will work in behalf of all who will walk humbly with Him. He has placed you in a position of trust. Walk carefully before Him. He is leading you. God’s hand is on the wheel. He will guide the ship through the rocks into the haven. He will take the weak things of this world to confound the things which are mighty.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 1)
You are not amendable to any man, but are under God’s direction. Keep close to Him. Do not take worldly ideas as your criterion. Let there be no departure from the Lord’s methods of working. Use not common fire, but the sacred fire of the Lord’s kindling. I pray that you will make God your Counsellor.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 2)
Be of good courage in your work. For many years I have kept before our people the need, in the education of the youth, of an equal taxation of the physical and mental powers. But for those who have never proved the value of the instruction given us to combine manual training with the study of books, it is hard to understand and to carry out the directions given by the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 3)
The Lord God of Israel is hungry for fruit. He calls upon His workers to branch out more than they are doing. The apostle Paul went from place to place, preaching the truth to those in the darkness of error. He labored for a year and six months at Corinth and proved the divine character of his mission by raising up a flourishing church composed of Jews and Gentiles. The Gentile converts were more numerous than the Jewish converts, and many of them were truly converted—brought from darkness into the light of the gospel. They were in a more favorable condition than the Jews to receive the truth; for they were not walled in by the maxims and traditions of priests and elders.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 4)
Today the Lord desires His workers to make the world their field of labor, rather than to work for the churches only.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 5)
After choosing His disciples, Christ appointed them as His representatives, and gave them their ordination charge, their commission. They were to go forth as His witnesses, to declare what they had seen and heard of Him. Their office was the most important to which human beings had ever been called and was second only to that of Christ Himself. They were to be workers together with God for the saving of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 6)
He who called the first disciples is still calling men to His service. And He is just as willing to manifest His power through us as through the first disciples. However imperfect and sinful we may be, the Lord holds out to us the offer of partnership with Him, of apprenticeship to Christ. He invites us to come under the divine instruction, that, uniting with Christ, we may work the works of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 7)
*****
Christ’s Greeting to the World
After the ordination of the disciples, Christ gave the sermon on the mount. This discourse was given to mankind to be to them the law of duty and the light of heaven, their hope and consolation in despondency. It is heaven’s benediction to the world—a voice from the throne of God. Here the Prince of preachers, the Master-teacher, utters the words that the Father gave Him to speak. He is the Eternal Wisdom, who was with the Father before the world was created. He knows the Father; for He is one with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 8)
The beatitudes are Christ’s greeting, not only to those who believe, but to the whole human family. He seems to have forgotten for a moment that He is in the world, not in heaven; and He uses the familiar salutation of the world of light. Blessings flow from His lips as the gushing forth of a long-sealed current of rich life.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 9)
Christ leaves us in no doubt as to the traits of character that He will always recognize and bless. From the ambitious favorites of the world, He turns to those whom they disown, pronouncing all blessed who receive His light and life. To the poor in spirit, the meek, the lowly, and sorrowful, the despised, the persecuted, He opens His arms of refuge, saying, “Come unto Me, ... and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 10)
Christ can look on the misery of the world without a shade of sorrow for having created man. In the human heart He sees more than sin, more than misery. In His infinite wisdom, He sees man’s possibilities, the height to which he may attain. He knows that even though human beings have abused their mercies, and destroyed their God-given dignity, yet the Creator is to be glorified by their redemption.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 11)
The discourse is an example of how we are to teach. What pains Christ has taken to make mysteries no longer mysteries, but plain, simple truths. There is in His instruction nothing vague, nothing hard to understand.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 12)
“He opened His mouth, and taught them.” [Matthew 5:2.] His words were spoken in no whispered tones, nor yet with harsh, disagreeable utterance. His voice was as a voice from the throne of God. He spoke with clear, emphatic utterance, and with solemn, convincing force.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 13)
“And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at His doctrine; for He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.” [Matthew 7:28, 29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 14)
An earnest, prayerful study of the sermon on the mount will prepare us to proclaim the truth, to give to others the light we have received. We are first to take heed to ourselves, receiving with humble hearts the principles of truth and working them out in perfect obedience. This will bring joy and peace. Thus we eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God, and we grow strong in His strength. Our lives are assimilated to His life. Our spirit, our inclinations, our habits are conformed to the will of Him of whom God declared, “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” [Matthew 3:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 15)
Throughout all time, the words that Christ spoke from the Mount of Beatitudes will retain their power. Every sentence is a jewel from the treasure house of truth. The principles enunciated in this discourse are for all ages, for all classes of men. With divine energy, Christ expressed His faith and hope as He pointed out class after class as blessed because of having formed righteous characters. Living the life of the Life-giver, through faith in Him, every one can reach the standard held up in His words. Is not such an attainment worth life-long, untiring effort?
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 16)
*****
The Outlook
We are nearing the close of this earth’s history. We have before us a great work—the closing work of giving the last warning message to a sinful world. There are men who will be taken from the plough, from the vineyard, from various other branches of work and sent forth by the Lord to give this message to the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 17)
The world is out of joint. As we look at the picture, the outlook seems discouraging. But Christ greets with hopeful assurance the very men and women who cause us discouragement. He sees in them qualifications that will enable them to take a place in His vineyard. If they will continually be learners, He will through His providence make them men and women fitted to do a work that is not beyond their capabilities; for He will give them tongue and utterance through the impartation of His Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 18)
Many of the barren, unworked fields must be entered by beginners. The brightness of the Saviour’s view of the world will inspire confidence in many souls, who, if they begin in humility, and put their hearts into the work, will be found to be the right men for the time and place. Christ sees all the misery and despair of the world—the sight of which would bow down some of our ministers of large capabilities with a weight of discouragement so great that they would not know how to begin the work of leading men and women to the first round of the ladder. Their precise methods are of little value. They would stand above the lower rounds of the ladder, saying, “Come up where we are.” But the poor souls know not where to put their feet.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 19)
Christ’s heart is cheered by the sight of those who are poor in every sense of the term; cheered by His view of the ill-used ones who are meek; cheered by the seemingly unsatisfied hungering after righteousness; by the inability of many to begin. He welcomes, as it were, the very condition of things that would discourage many ministers. He sees an opportunity to help those so much in need of help, by meeting them where they are.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 20)
The Lord Jesus corrects our erring piety, giving the burden of this work for the poor and needy in the rough places of the earth, to men and women who have hearts that can feel for the ignorant and for those that are out of the way. The Lord teaches them how to meet these cases. These workers will be encouraged as they see doors opening for them to enter places where they can do medical missionary work. Having little self-confidence, they give God all the glory, taking none of it to themselves. The Saviour is present to help to make a beginning through those whose hands are rough and unskilled, but whose hearts are susceptible to pity and awakened to do something to relieve the woe so abundant. He works through those who can discern mercy in misery, gain in the loss of all things. When the Light of the world passeth by, privileges appear in all hardships, right order in confusion, the success and wisdom of God in that which has seemed to be failure.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 21)
My brethren, in your ministry come close to the people. Uplift those who are cast down. Teach the first principles of the message. Treat of calamities as disguised blessings, of woes as mercies. Work in a way that will cause hope to spring up in the place of despair.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 22)
We must have workers. We must arouse the people. The common people are to take their place as workers. Sharing the sorrows of their fellow men, as the Saviour shared the sorrows of humanity, they will by faith see Him working with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 23)
“The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly.” [Zephaniah 1:14.] The world must be warned. New fields must be entered. To every worker I would say, Go forth in humble faith, and the Lord will go with you. But watch unto prayer. The power is of God. Work in dependence upon Him, remembering that you are laborers together with Him. He is your Helper. Your strength is from Him. He will be your wisdom, your sanctification, your righteousness, your redemption. Wear the yoke of Christ, daily learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. He will be your Comfort, your Rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 24)
*****
Our Helper
God gave His Son to die for us, that we might have everlasting life. Christ volunteered to become sin for us, to redeem us from the curse of sin. In his own person He bore the punishment that rightly belonged to man.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 25)
“Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? This that is glorious in His apparel, travelling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art thou red in thine apparel, and thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? I have trodden the winepress alone, and of the people there was none with me.... I looked, and there was none to help, and I wondered that there was none to uphold; therefore mine arm brought salvation unto me.... In all their affliction He was afflicted, and the angel of His presence saved them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He bore them, and carried them all the days of old.” [Isaiah 63:1-3, 5, 9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 26)
This is our hope. “The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:14, 16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 27)
Christ is God as well as man. He who was with the Father before the world was became flesh, and dwelt among us. We may behold His glory. Those who receive the Son of God become sons of God. They are His spiritual children, born again, renewed in righteousness and true holiness. Their minds are changed. With clearer vision they behold eternal realities. They are adopted into God’s family, and they become conformed into His likeness, changed by His Spirit from glory to glory. From cherishing supreme love for self, they come to cherish supreme love for God and for Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 28)
No man inherits holiness as a birthright or as a gift from any other human being. Holiness is the gift of God through Christ. Jesus is the light of the world. Those who do not receive Him as a personal Saviour can never, never come to the light. They can never have eternal life. But those who follow Him have the light of life. He who commanded the light to shine out of darkness shines into their hearts, reflecting through their lives the light of the knowledge of Christ. In His light they see light. “But,” the apostle added, “we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God and not of us.” [2 Corinthians 4:6, 7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 29)
***** July 18, 1902
May the Lord greatly bless you in your work, my dear brethren. I want you to guard one point. Do not be easily disturbed by what others may say. Know that you are right, and then go ahead. God will certainly lead all who will be led. The great trouble is that we are so unwilling to walk with God. Maintain the simplicity of Christ. Ask God to separate from you everything that would separate you from Him, and then walk before Him in all humility.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 30)
As the divine endowment—the power of the Holy Spirit—was given to the disciples, so it will today be given to all who seek aright. This power alone is able to make us wise unto salvation and fit us for the courts above. Christ wants to give us a blessing that will make us holy. “These things have I spoken unto you,” He says, “that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [John 15:11.] Joy in the Holy Spirit is health-giving, life-giving joy. In giving us His Spirit, God gives us Himself, making Himself a fountain of divine influence to give life to the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 31)
As God so liberally bestows His gifts on you, remember that it is in order that you may return them to the Giver, multiplied by being imparted. Bring into the lives of others light and joy and peace. We need every day the discipline of self-humiliation, that we may be prepared to receive the heavenly gift, not to hoard it, not to rob God’s children of His blessing, but to give it in all its rich fulness to others. When more than now shall we need a heart open to receive, aching as it were with its longing to impart!
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 32)
We are in duty bound to draw largely from the treasure house of divine knowledge. God wants us to receive much, in order that we may impart much. He desires us to be channels through which He can impart His grace to the world. Let earnestness and sincerity and faith characterize your prayers. The Lord is willing to do for us “exceeding abundantly, above all that we ask or think.” [Ephesians 3:20.] Talk it, pray it! Do not talk unbelief. We cannot afford to let Satan see that he has power to darken our countenances and sadden our souls. Pray in faith, and be sure to bring your lives into harmony with your petitions, that you may receive the blessings for which you pray.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 33)
Let not your faith weaken; for the blessings received are proportionate to the faith exercised. “According to your faith be it unto you.” [Matthew 9:29.] Believe that ye receive the things ye ask for, and ye shall have them. Pray, believe, rejoice! Sing praises to God because He has answered your prayers. Take Him at His word. “He is faithful that promised.” [Hebrews 10:23.] Not one sincere supplication is lost. The channel is open, the stream is flowing. It carries with it healing properties, pouring forth a restoring current of health and life and salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 34)
I long at times to be with you, but I dare not leave my work. I commit you to a covenant-keeping God. May He give you peace and grace and health. Do not cease to claim the fulness of His promise. Do not be troubled by the opinions of those who talk for the sake of talking. Let us pray that their tongues may become active and eloquent in the praise of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 96, 1902, 35)
Lt 97, 1902
Waggoner, E. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 7, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 212-216. + Dear brother Waggoner,—
To every man is given his work. No one mind can give a complete presentation of truth. The Lord has many servants whom He is leading and teaching, giving them wisdom and knowledge. Those who would be successful teachers of the gospel must be learners with those whom they teach.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 1)
Our teachers of wide experience must remember that their brethren and sisters cannot be expected to see at once all that they see of Bible truth. They must guard against the inclination to give them too large mouthfuls of spiritual food. Some have keen, perceptive faculties and can quickly grasp the subjects presented. Others need more time. They must meditate, consider, pray, and compare Scripture with Scripture.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 2)
Our lesson for the present time is, How may we most clearly comprehend and present the gospel that Christ came in person to present to John on the Isle of Patmos—the gospel that is termed, “The Revelation of Jesus Christ”? [Revelation 1:1.] We are to present to our people a clear explanation of Revelation. We are to give them the Word of God just as it is, with as few explanations as possible. No one mind can do this work alone. Although we have in trust the grandest and most important truth ever presented to the world, we are only babes as far as understanding truth in all its bearings is concerned. Christ is the great Teacher, and that which He revealed to John we are to tax our minds to understand and clearly to define. We are facing the most important issues that men have ever been called upon to meet. The theme of greatest importance is the third angel’s message, embracing the messages of the first and second angels. All should understand the truths contained in these messages, for this is essential to salvation. We shall have to study earnestly, in order to understand these truths; and our power to learn and comprehend will be taxed to the utmost.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 3)
As to the Bible’s being the textbook in our schools, we know that it is to be so. But we are not to approach people abruptly with the bare assertion. Nothing will so successfully demonstrate the truth of the statement that the Bible is to be our textbook as success in using it as such.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 4)
We are the Lord’s family, His children, and by Him we are to be instructed in regard to what is and what will be in the future. Vigilant waiting and earnest looking are required in the preparation for the solemn events soon to take place. The perfect man in Christ does not spend all his time in waiting, in meditation and contemplation. While we should have quiet, prayerful hours of meditation, when we leave the busy bustle and excitement to commune with God, to learn from Him His will concerning us, we are not to forget that we have a positive message of warning to bear to the world. Enoch walked with God, and he bore a message of warning to the inhabitants of the old world. His words and actions, his example of piety, were a continual witness in favor of the truth. In an age no more favorable to the development of a pure, holy character than is the present age, he lived a life of obedience. So filled had the earth become with impurity that the Lord washed it by a flood. He turned the world upside down, as it were, to empty it of its corruption.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 5)
Enoch was holy because he walked with God in God’s way. In him the world had an example of what those will be who, when Christ comes, are caught up in the clouds to meet Him in the air. As Enoch was, so are we to be. Personal piety is to be blended with the most earnest and energetic warnings and appeals. We are to point to what is, with what is to be following fast after. We are instructed to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] We are to be earnest in our efforts to clear the King’s highway, to prepare a people for the coming of the Lord. Fervency of spirit must be brought into our service for the Lord. The lamps of the soul must be kept filled and burning.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 6)
Service for God demands the whole being—heart, mind, soul, and strength. Without reservation, we are to give ourselves to God, that we may bear the image of the heavenly instead of the image of the earthly. There must be a quickening of the sensibilities, that the mind may be fully awake to the work to be done for all classes, high and low, rich and poor, learned and ignorant. We are to reveal the tenderness shown by the great Shepherd as He gathers the lambs in His arms and carefully guards His flock from harm, leading it in safe paths. Christ’s followers are to show His tenderness and sympathy, and they must also show His intensity of desire to impart the truths which mean eternal life to the receiver.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 7)
To be good and to do good—this is our part. The heart must be right with God. The affections must be devoted to Him. To the world, to angels, and to men we are to show the blessed results of being in God’s service, of conforming to His will, and bearing His sign, shown by observance of the seventh-day Sabbath. The reverence that we show to this day is the sign that we accept Jehovah as our God.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 8)
The keeping of the seventh-day Sabbath is to be the great test in these last days. Thus is to be drawn the line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. By keeping this day holy, we acknowledge before the universe that we worship Him who, by His power, created the world. We acknowledge also that life is found in obedience.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 9)
Spiritual life means full obedience to God. He who has this life possesses a knowledge of heavenly things, and with this knowledge there comes continual sanctification to God. The whole being is conformed to His will. There is a capacity to receive more and still more. There is a greater and still greater desire to obtain the knowledge that is from God. Intellectual attainments will surely be the result. As we gain Bible knowledge, it is as if we were eating of the leaves of the tree of life. Duties and privileges are perceived with the keenest relish. There comes an experimental knowledge of the pardoning love of God. There is peace and purity, conflict and victory. The heart is filled with love to God and man.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 10)
The knowledge of God comes from the doing of the things required in God’s law. The experience thus gained will be proportionate to the development of the life, proportionate to the capacity to receive, and to the faithfulness with which the capabilities are used to the glory of God. There is no half-way work about this. Our knowledge will surely be proportionate to our Christlikeness of character. The gaining of this knowledge will be to the receiver eternal life. No other knowledge can take the place of this. We may have all the knowledge on secular subjects that is within mental reach, but this knowledge does not communicate the mysteries of the higher life. The heavenly calling demands larger, broader, higher capacities. Words can never impart this knowledge. It comes from God. Having gained it, we have passed from spiritual death to spiritual life, knowing Him who is our life, our sanctification, our righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 11)
Those who have gained this knowledge value aright the privilege of communion with Him who is their life, Him in whom they believe, who declares that to all who receive Him, He will give power to become the sons of God. To Him they have committed the keeping of the soul. Their knowledge of God and of Christ, their Redeemer, is genuine. They know that were their earthly tabernacle dissolved, they have a home not made with hands, eternal in the heavens.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 12)
This is the rest that we may have in Christ. The effect of righteousness is quietness and assurance forever.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 13)
We must now do more than make attempts to serve God. We must show an earnestness that will convince unbelievers that we have the truth. We must show certainty of faith and action, making known what is and what is to be.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 14)
To every one of us is spoken the words of Paul to Timothy: “Take heed to thyself and to the doctrine.” [1 Timothy 4:16.] Self must first be brought into close connection with Christ. We are to work for Him with vigilance and solicitude, with strong, persevering effort, with self-denial and self-sacrifice, determined in word and deed to represent Him who works through human beings to achieve glorious results. As we labor thus, divine power will be revealed in our efforts. God will work through us to will and to do of His good pleasure. Divine love will be revealed in thought, word, and action.
(17LtMs, Lt 97, 1902, 15)
Lt 98, 1902
Churches and Companies in Greater New York “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 8, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 93-102. To the churches and companies in Greater New York Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I am deeply interested in the work to be advanced in many places. Especially am I interested in the progress of the cause in Greater New York.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 1)
In the night season it seemed as if I were speaking to our brethren and sisters in Greater New York. I was carrying a heavy burden on my heart. I shall not attempt to describe the expressions which I saw on the countenances of those in the congregation; for they were varied. Before me were some who have much tact and superior ability to reach souls—men and women, who, if consecrated, could awaken many who are careless, indifferent, godless. But these church members had lost their hold on the Lord Jesus. They desired to command, not to serve.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 2)
While I was speaking, One of authority came forward and repeated the following Scriptures: “‘Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. For by it the elders obtained a good report.’” [Hebrews 11:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 3)
“‘By one offering He hath perfected forever them that are sanctified. Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us; for after that He had said before, This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put My laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them; and their sins and iniquities will I remember no more.... Having an High Priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for He is faithful that promised;) and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works; not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another, and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.’” [Hebrews 10:14-17, 21-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 4)
The heavenly Messenger continued speaking. He said: “Christ gave Himself for you, and is now standing in the presence of God as your High Priest. Not only through Him may you enter the true tabernacle not made with hands, but with Him you may enter this hallowed temple. He is your Head, and you are His beloved household.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 5)
“Have you forgotten the scenes of Gethsemane? Christ passed through His last terrible trial in order that you might not perish, but have eternal life. ‘Hereby perceive we the love of God, because He laid down His life for us; and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren.’ [1 John 3:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 6)
“By your failure to work in harmony, you are greatly dishonoring God. The enemy of your souls delights to see you working at cross purposes with one another. You need to cultivate brotherly love and tenderness of heart. If you could draw aside the curtain veiling the future, and see the result of your present course of action, you would surely be led to repent. By repentance you can save yourselves much sorrow.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 7)
“Would it not be well for you to seek the Lord as the disciples sought Him before the day of Pentecost? After Christ’s ascension, His disciples—men of varied talents and capabilities—assembled in an upper chamber to pray for the gift of the Holy Spirit. In this room ‘all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication.’ [Acts 1:14.] They made thorough work of repentance by confessing their own sins. Upon them was laid no burden to confess one another’s sins. Settling all differences and alienations, they were of one accord, and prayed with unity of purpose for ten days, at the end of which time ‘they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.’ [Acts 2:4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 8)
“The Holy Spirit cannot be revealed to the church members in Greater New York while dissension and strife exist. Would it not be well for you to lay aside ‘all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings,’ and ‘as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby’? [1 Peter 2:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 9)
“If you would unitedly put away your peculiar hereditary and cultivated traits of character, and work together, the Lord could work through you. But souls will not be convicted and converted until you come into unity and Christian fellowship. Lose sight of self. Keep your eyes fixed upon the Redeemer.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 10)
“The representation that you make before believers and unbelievers is one of variance and strife. Clear away this rubbish. Press together. Let not the workers think of going elsewhere before a thorough work of humiliation and repentance takes place. Work as for your lives to overcome every evil trait of character. You are not placed in this field of labor to create dissension and alienation. Sweep away the evils that have crept in. ‘Consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works.’ [Hebrews 10:24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 11)
“The Lord designs that all His children shall blend in unity. Do you not expect to live together in unity in the same heaven? Is Christ divided against Himself? Will He give success in this field before all the rubbish of evil-surmising and discord is swept away; before the laborers, with unity of purpose, devote heart, soul, mind, and strength to the work so holy in God’s sight? ‘As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation.’ [1 Peter 1:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 12)
“In Christ’s prayer for His disciples He petitioned His Father: ‘Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.’ Who is being sanctified through the truth? ‘Neither pray I for these alone,’ He continued, ‘but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved Me.’ [John 17:15-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 13)
“The prayer of Christ is not yet answered. There is a work to be done that still remains undone. Although proclaiming the gospel message, yet ministers and lay-members are envious, full of strife, destitute of the love that should be in their hearts. Those who claim to be Christians, but who reveal the characteristics of worldlings, are dishonoring the name of Jesus. Will you consider the representation that you are making before unbelievers? Will you seek for the blessing of the Holy Spirit, that you may answer the prayer of Christ? Would it not be well for you to pray that you shall not disappoint the Lord Jesus by failing to be His instrumentalities? When in word and deed you answer His prayer, putting away all variance, His Spirit will bear witness that you are His instrumentalities, and the world will take knowledge of you, that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 14)
“The Lord calls upon those now working in Greater New York to repent and be converted. Both ministers and lay members are standing in their own light and are wasting many precious opportunities. There is great need of coming together with deep humiliation and sincere repentance because of the lack of unity and brotherly love that have been manifested. In the Word, Christians are instructed not to neglect the assembling of themselves together. If need be, come together with fasting. Make most diligent search for the cause of your soul-sickness, which must be healed. Until in every sense of the word you are Christians in your associations with one another, until you love as brethren, how can your efforts for unbelievers be acceptable to God? Your first work is to be converted yourselves.”
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 15)
The heavenly Messenger spoke other words, but I think it best not to present them before you; for in your present spiritual condition you cannot bear them.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 16)
Those who are of the household of faith should never neglect the assembling of themselves together; for this is God’s appointed means of leading His children into unity, in order that in Christian love and fellowship they may help, strengthen, and encourage one another. My brethren and sisters in Greater New york, if you would come together for prayer meetings; if, after confession of sin and humiliation of soul, you would have a love-feast—every heart filled with true love for his brethren—you would see the salvation of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 17)
As brethren of our Lord, we are called with a holy calling to a holy, happy life. Having entered the narrow path of obedience, let us refresh our minds with communion with one another and with God. As we see the day of God approaching, let us meet often to study His Word and to exhort one another to be faithful to the end. These earthly assemblies are God’s appointed means by which we have opportunity to speak with one another and to gather all the help possible to prepare, in the right way, to receive in the heavenly assemblies the fulfilment of the pledges of our inheritance.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 18)
Remember that in every assembly you meet with Christ, the Master of assemblies. Encourage a personal interest in one another; for it is not enough simply to know men. We must know men in Christ Jesus. We are enjoined to “consider one another.” This is the keynote of the gospel. The keynote of the world is self.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 19)
Christ declares to His disciples: “Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid.... Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] Christians are to reveal to the world that they are wearing the yoke of the great Teacher and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. As obedient sons and daughters of God, they are to fulfil their obligations to Him, giving to the world a proper representation of His character. Thus they become lights in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 20)
The Christian pilgrim is not left to walk in darkness. Jesus leads the way. Those who follow Him walk in the sunshine of His presence. The path that the pilgrim treads is clear and well defined. Christ’s righteousness goes before him—the righteousness that makes possible the good works characterizing the life of every true Christian. God is his rearward. He walks in the light as Christ is in the light. As he travels onward in the Christian journey, he combines faith with earnest endeavor to win others to accompany him. Constantly receiving the light of Christ’s presence, he reflects this light to others in words of encouragement and deeds of self-denial. He bears the sign of obedience to God’s law, which distinguishes him from those who are not following the pathway that leads to life eternal.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 21)
The Christian pilgrim cannot be sour, gloomy, depressed. It is a misrepresentation of the Christian faith to be surly, unreasonable, or sour in spirit. My brethren and sisters, no longer cherish such a spirit. Heed the apostle’s admonition to provoke one another unto love and good works. How can you do this? By conscientious, consistent behaviour. Occasionally pause to sum up the results of such a course, to ascertain whether it is the wisest course to pursue. You will find that careful regard for one another’s needs, kindly words of sympathy, and thoughtful assistance in helping others in their work, encourage not only them, but yourselves as well, because you thus become laborers together with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 22)
Brethren and sisters, will you realize that there is much at stake? Will you conduct the work in so healthful and wholesome a manner that all the threads now tangled and knotted will be straightened out? Study the tenth chapter of Hebrews. Forget not to “consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works.” [Verse 24.] If all the church members in Greater New York will now draw nigh to God, those who are in serious perplexity because of their self-confidence will confess that they have manifested a fitful, hasty spirit and will turn to Christ, placing their confidence in Him. Realizing their own weakness, they will wear Christ’s yoke and learn of Him. Receiving His strength, they will become the sons of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 23)
Every Christian is under obligation to act well his part. For every worker now in Greater New York, there should be one hundred workers. Many more of the lay members, if consecrated to God’s service, could use their abilities in giving the warning message of mercy to the multitudes of unbelievers in this field.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 24)
Those who are working in this city should be a help, a strength, and a blessing to one another. Each laborer should encourage his fellow laborer to work to the utmost of his God-given ability. Never should one laborer weaken the hands of another whom God has appointed to work for Him. Satan discourages; God encourages.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 25)
Unconsciously every true worker will say, “Are there not twelve hours in the day? and am I not working at the close of the day? I must walk in the light as one of the children of light. I must lay aside ‘every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset,’ and run with patience the race that is set before me. [Hebrews 12:1.] I am striving for a crown of glory that fadeth not away.”
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 26)
“Walk in the light.” [1 John 1:7.] To walk in the light means to resolve, to exercise thought, to exert will power, in an earnest endeavor to represent Christ in sweetness of character. It means to put away all gloom. You are not to rest satisfied simply in saying, “I am a child of God.” Are you beholding Jesus, and, by beholding, becoming chanced into His likeness? To walk in the light means advancement and progress in spiritual attainments. Paul declared, “Not as though I had already attained, either were already perfect; ... but forgetting those things which are behind,” constantly beholding the Pattern, I reach “forth unto those things which are before.” [Philippians 3:12, 13.] To walk in the light means to “walk uprightly,” to walk “in the way of the Lord,” to “walk by faith,” to “walk in the Spirit,” to “walk in the truth,” to “walk in love,” to “walk in newness of life.” [Psalm 84:11; 2 Kings 21:22; 2 Corinthians 5:7; Galatians 5:16; 3 John 4; Ephesians 5:2; Romans 6:4.] It is “perfecting holiness in the fear of God.” [2 Corinthians 7:1.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 27)
What a terrible thing it is to darken the pathway of others by bringing shadow and gloom upon ourselves. Let each one take heed to himself. Charge not upon others your defections of character. My brethren in the gospel ministry, talk light; walk in the light. “God is light, and in him is no darkness at all.” [1 John 1:5.] Study not how to please self. Lose sight of self, and behold the multitudes in Greater New York who are perishing in their sins. Gather to your souls the courage that can come only from the Light of the world. Forgetting self, help the many who are within reach around you. Do not overwork; for you must keep the vital energies awake. Realize that a work of restoration in your behalf will glorify God. Determine that whatever others may do, you will appropriate God’s promises to yourselves, weaving them into the fabric of your daily experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 28)
Talk faith, and your faith will increase. Cease lamenting. Work in Christ’s lines. With loving endeavor strive to please Him. His excellence will help you to be Christlike. Ever stand ready to lift up the hands that hang down and to strengthen the feeble knees. Shine as lights in the world, attracting others by the brightness of Christ’s glory revealed through your good works.
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 29)
Let the members of the churches in Greater New York hold fast their profession of the faith once delivered to the saints. As you walk in the light, pray, simply trusting in Jesus, your Redeemer. He desires every one having faith in Him to be a true helper. “A new commandment I give unto you,” He says, “that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [John 13:34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 30)
I address this letter to the several churches and companies of believers in Greater New York. God help you to walk in the light. Walk so that you life will reflect rays of light to others. If you work as God designs you should, many of such as shall be saved will be added to your numbers. Confide in the love of Jesus, and you will have grace to save perishing souls. Your path will be as the path of the just—“a shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day.” [Proverbs 4:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 98, 1902, 31)
Lt 99, 1902
Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 10, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 174. Dear brother Prescott,—
I have recently started several letters to you, but before they could be finished, I have had to leave them; and there have been so many things to think of that they are still unfinished. I shall now try to write you a few lines and shall go straight to the point that I wish to speak about.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 1)
In a letter to W. C. White, you speak of the amplifications in testimonies recently sent you. I suppose that the question you asked regarding this matter was not so much for your own sake as that you might have a statement with which to meet the questions of others.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 2)
I had a large amount of matter written regarding the dangers of some, and especially regarding the work of Dr. Kellogg. But I suppose that after the experience at the last General Conference, this matter would not be needed. Soon after the new year, many things were presented to me that I knew must sometime be brought before the managers of the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Because of the presentation of these matters, I felt that the time had come for some of the testimonies in my diaries to be written out. I made a selection and had some of the matters copied. Some things, that were very close and definite, I did not have copied. I thought that it would not be best to present every particular now, because the temptation might come to take exception to the wording and thus the testimony fail of achieving the object for which God sent it.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 3)
On reading the matter that was prepared, I saw that I should have to say something more definite, and I made many additions with my pen. This was my last reading of the matter, and some copies had already been sent out. Therefore the word “amplified” was placed on the copies to which I made additions in my last reading.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 4)
And all is not yet spoken. As matters are presented to me, I dare not even now tell all the truth given. There are many things that I forbear tracing on paper. There are many things that I feel I must leave unsaid until I can speak them before the whole congregation.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 5)
Dr. Kellogg has not accepted the testimony given in regard to gathering all the means that he could for the advancement of his plans of work. Because of this, he does not see things as they are, and he is in danger of continuing to work on his own lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 6)
It is a great wrong for those who have command of the disposition of means to make large outlays for the work in which they are engaged, irrespective of the destitution of unworked fields. Large sums of money, given and loaned to the work, have been absorbed in favored localities, while other parts of the great field have had nothing done for them. Why is it that the leaders of our work cannot lift up their eyes and see the fields ripe for the harvest. In presenting to Dr. Kellogg the message given me again and again in regard to his relation to the truth for this time, I have endeavored to place the matter before him in the most carefully chosen language; for I was intensely anxious that he should not reject the message.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 7)
There are times when I refrain from stating at first all that is presented to me. I do this in the hope that a partial statement will be sufficient to lead those who are reproved to see their danger. Then, when the heart is softened, and prepared to hear more, I can state the whole message. But when I see that things are being done that will imperil the cause, I state the whole matter, whatever the consequence may be. This may seem strange to you, but this is the way in which I have to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 8)
I hope that this letter will be a sufficient explanation in regard to the amplification of the testimonies, and that it will help you to understand matters in the future, if the copies of the testimonies sent out are not exactly the same as the copies first sent out.
(17LtMs, Lt 99, 1902, 9)
Lt 100, 1902
Prescott, Brother and Sister [W. W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in The Southern Watchman, 08/14/1902; WM 175-176; 10MR 352-353. + Dear Brother and Sister Prescott,—
I wish to write to you in regard to your work. Let the Berrien Springs School be carried on by those who are now connected with it; for the Lord has been giving these men a fresh experience. He has been leading them. They are working on right lines. We have need of the men who are learning how to carry these responsibilities. Brother Prescott, your place is not in any school as a manager or a teacher. Your testimony is greatly needed in our large gatherings and important meetings.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 1)
We are nearing the close of this earth’s history. There are men who will be taken from the plough, from the vineyard, from various other branches of work, and sent forth by the Lord to give the message to the world. Men will be called to work for the Master in all parts of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 2)
The world is out of joint. As we look at the picture, the outlook seems discouraging. But Christ greets with hopeful assurance the very men and women who cause us discouragement. He sees qualifications in them not altogether unsuited to enable them to take a place in His vineyard. If they will continually be learners, through His providence He will make them men and women fitted to do a work that is not beyond their capabilities; for He will give them tongue and utterance through the impartation of His Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 3)
Many of the barren, unworked fields must be entered by beginners. The brightness of the Saviour’s view of the world will inspire confidence in many souls, who, if they begin in humility and put their hearts into the work, will be found to be the right men for the time and the place. Christ sees all the misery and the despair of the world—the sight of which would bow down some of our ministers of larger capabilities with a weight of discouragement so great that they would not know how to begin the work of leading men and women to the first round of the ladder. Their precise methods are of little value. They would stand above the lower rounds of the ladder, saying, “Come up where we are.” But the poor souls do not know where to put their feet.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 4)
Christ’s heart is cheered by the sight of those who are poor in every sense of the term; cheered by His view of the ill-used ones who are meek, and of those bowed down with the sorrows of bereavement; cheered by the seemingly unsatisfied hungering after righteousness; by the inability of many to begin. He welcomes, as it were, the very condition of things that would discourage many ministers. He sees an opportunity to help those who are so much in need of help, by meeting them where they are.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 5)
The Lord Jesus corrects our erring piety, giving the burden of this work for the poor and needy in the rough places to men and women of adaptability who have hearts that can feel for the ignorant and for those who are out of the way. The Lord teaches them how to meet these cases. These workers will be encouraged as they see doors opening for them to enter places where they can do medical missionary work. Having little self-confidence, they give God all the glory, taking none of it to themselves. The Saviour is present to help to make a beginning through those whose hands are rough and unskilled, but whose hearts are susceptible to pity and awakened to do something to relieve the woes so abundant. He works through those who can discern mercy in misery, gain in the loss of all things. When the Light of the world passeth by, privileges appear in all hardships, right order in confusion, the success and wisdom of God in that which has seemed to be failure in human experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 6)
Your work, my brother, is to encourage many others to enter into this kind of work, the work of uplifting those who are cast down, and of teaching the first principles of the message. In your ministry, come close to the people. In your discourses, treat of calamities as disguised blessings, of woes as mercies. Preach in a way that will cause hope to spring up in the place of despair.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 7)
Christ pronounces His blessing upon those who hunger and thirst after righteousness. In Luke we read, “Blessed be ye poor.” [Luke 6:20.] The poor have not a hundredth part of the delusive temptations of the rich. In Matthew we read, “Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:3.] Poverty of spirit signifies wealth to be supplied by the riches of the grace of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 8)
We must have workers. We must arouse the people. The common people are to take their places as workers. Sharing the sorrows of their fellow men as the Saviour shared the sorrows of humanity, they will by faith see Him working with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 9)
Brother and Sister Prescott, there is a work for both of you to do. Learn what it is. Brother Prescott, the Lord has a message for you to give to His people in regard to the preparation that must be made for the coming of the Lord. In the fourth chapter of Hosea the state of the inhabitants of the land is set forth. “The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteneth greatly.” [Zephaniah 1:14.] God has given you a message to bear in our camp-meetings and in other assemblies. Your work is not in the schoolroom, but before the gatherings of God’s people.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 10)
I have felt glad that you were in the office at Battle Creek. But you also have a message to bear to the people in the field; and your wife has a work to do in connection with you. She is to be an interested worker, susceptible to the influences of the Holy Spirit. God will help both of you to act a part in His great work. Go forth in humble faith, and the Lord will go with you. But watch unto prayer. The power is of God. Work in all dependence upon Him, bearing in mind that you are laborers together with Him. He is your helper. Your strength is from Him. He will be your wisdom, your sanctification, your righteousness, your redemption. You can wear the yoke of Christ, daily learning of Him His meekness and lowliness of heart. He will be your Comfort, your Rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 100, 1902, 11)
Lt 101, 1902
Waggoner, E. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 30, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 72-73. Elder E. J. Waggoner Dear Brother,—
I have read a copy of your letter to Professor Prescott in regard to connecting with the school at Berrien Springs as Bible teacher. I cannot approve, in all respects, of the proposition that you have made. I think that the terms upon which you consent to accept the invitation settle the matter. It is evident to me that these propositions are not prompted by the Holy Spirit. It is evident that you do not fully understand your own spirit nor the situation at Berrien Springs. Other letters have come to me, showing plainly that some are placing a low estimate on the work of Brother Sutherland and his associates at Berrien Springs.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 1)
Brother Sutherland is a man who loves and fears God. For the last few years, his and Brother Magan’s work has been a work of wrestling, just the kind of work to fit young men to be wise, trustworthy stewards of the grace of Christ. At one time, when Brother Sutherland was making a mistake, advocating extreme ideas, the Lord corrected him, pointing out the right way. Brother Sutherland accepted the reproof, and the Lord has blessed him as he has tried to walk in the light. Brother Magan also has gained a valuable experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 2)
My brother, if you can come to Berrien Springs, and as Bible teacher take your place in the school with your brethren, having confidence in them, believing that God has been leading them in their work, as He has been leading you in your work; if you can come trusting yourself in the hands of God, willing to do the work He calls you to do, without insisting on the carrying out of such propositions as were made in your letter, then come. But if you cannot come unless these propositions are accepted, I could not advise you to come. We do not know the end from the beginning. God does not want you or me, in our human judgment, to lay down such plans for the future. God’s hand leads those who will be led. His righteousness goes before them.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 3)
I have confidence that the teachers in the Berrien Springs School are servants of Jesus Christ—humble men, who are seeking most earnestly to glorify God. Take your place with them as a learner. Christ says, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 4)
If you see light in coming to Berrien Springs and taking your place with your brethren as a learner of the kind pointed out in these words, remembering that your brethren love the Lord, and are striving as earnestly as you are to do His will, and that neither you nor they are your own supervisors, but that you are laborers together with God, come; and as you unite with your brethren as a co-laborer with Jesus, you will see of the salvation of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 5)
Distrust of brethren must be laid aside; for it brings bondage. In the harvest field there are many sowers and many reapers. To all is given the admonition, “Be diligent workers, steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labor is not in vain in the Lord.” [See 1 Corinthians 15:58.] What can be said more? “And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.... Giving diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall. For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:5-8, 10, 11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 6)
Let us humble our hearts before God. As we draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to us, to work in us and by us and through us to the glory of His name. But if we weave self into the web, the pattern will be spoiled.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 7)
May God help you, my brother, whom I love in the Lord, to make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 8)
I write this letter because I dare not refrain from sending you these words. Be hopeful. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 101, 1902, 9)
Lt 102, 1902
Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 30, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 118-123. Dear Brother Prescott,—
I have read Elder Waggoner’s letter in regard to his connecting with the Berrien Springs School as Bible teacher. I must say that I know not the voice, neither can I understand the spirit that prompts the presentation of such propositions. I cannot recognize the voice, neither can I advise Brother Waggoner to come from Europe to take the position of Bible teacher in the school at Berrien Springs, upon the conditions named in his letter. When our brethren propose such terms as these to their fellow laborers, we may know that the propositions are not prompted by the Spirit of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 1)
Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan would be making a mistake to give up the work God has entrusted to them, either to Brother Waggoner or to yourself. From the light given me regarding the school at Berrien Springs, I believe that those connected with it are working in right lines. Both Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan are close Bible students.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 2)
As to Brother Sutherland’s age, true, he is young; but this is in his favor; for he feels that he is a child, dependent on God for wisdom. In some respects, youthful Christians have not so much to battle with as older Christians.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 3)
Brother Sutherland loves God. He has a godly fear of departing from the counsels of the Lord, which fear I hope will increase and ever be maintained in the simplicity of true godliness. We trust that our brother, whom the Lord loves, will always be as a little child in rendering obedience to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 4)
If those who are old in years would become as meek and lowly as a little child, they would be better prepared to receive and practice Christ’s words. The spirit of self-sufficiency is a great hindrance to the working of the Spirit of God in the heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 5)
At one time the disciples came to Jesus, asking, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in my name receiveth me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea.” [Matthew 18:1-6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 6)
We need much less of self, much more of the meekness and lowliness of Christ. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 7)
The Lord desires His people to make constant advancement. He rejoices when young men become imbued with His Spirit, and gird on the armor, to engage in aggressive warfare. Let us always encourage young men and young women to make the most of their capabilities, to improve their talents to the utmost, remembering the words, “Let no man despise thy youth.” [1 Timothy 4:12.] We do not expect that they will never err in word or action, but if they will heed the reproofs of the Lord, and correct every mistake, they will make advancement.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 8)
As we see God raising up young men for His work, we rejoice to see them increasing in the fear of the Lord in proportion as they increase in the knowledge of the truth. Such ones will cultivate a reverence for God and for His sacred service.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 9)
The inhabitants of heaven declare of the Creator, “Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways thou King of saints! Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name; for thou only art holy.” [Revelation 15:3, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 10)
The fear spoken of in these words is not a slavish fear, but a thankful, joyous fear, which leads us to watch and wait and work, ready always to obey God gladly and thankfully. Every faculty of the being, every part of the body, testifies to the righteousness of the Creator’s claims.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 11)
God has a right to the service of the beings He has created—a right to expect that they will do their best to glorify Him with every entrusted capability. He requires them to place themselves in His service and to allow Him to direct the use of His absolute property.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 12)
Let the older workers encourage the younger ones, never speaking lightly or disparagingly of them. He who has helped Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan in their school work in the past will continue to help them if they will steadfastly practice His word. As far as their teaching of the Bible is concerned, if they sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him, their understanding will continually increase; for God is their wisdom, and He will teach them His way.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 13)
When a man places himself unreservedly under God’s guidance, the statements of the Word set his heart free from every evil bias, that he may run in the way of God’s commandments. He acknowledges God’s ownership. He communes with God in prayer, saying, “I am thine, O Lord; save me; for I have sought thy commandments.” [Psalm 119:94.]
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 14)
This is Christian education. The teacher is a continual learner and is constantly becoming better fitted to teach. He feels that he must be a student with his students in learning of Christ. Angels rejoice at the beauty of the companionship as teachers and students learn of God out of His Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 15)
Day by day the young student-teacher is storing away a fresh supply of knowledge. His understanding is enlightened. He can say, God has opened my eyes to behold wondrous things out of His Word. A sense of God’s mercy and greatness makes him childlike in his submissiveness and his willingness to serve.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 16)
These teachers do not feel the repression they would feel in the presence of older teachers. Their hearts glow with the love of God. The students catch the spirit, the windows of the heart are opened heavenward, and songs of gratitude ascend from hearts that burn with the love of God. As the teachers and students seek to learn their duty, with an unfeigned desire to be conformed to the image of God, they gain power to conquer the stubbornness of a selfish will.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 17)
O, I can see wisdom in thoroughly converted young men and young women engaging in the work of teaching! As they give themselves fully to God, they will learn more and more of Him, till they are “able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge.” [Ephesians 3:18, 19.] They say, I am the Lord’s servant, the property of Christ, sustained by His rich and undeserved mercy. I am His, to glorify Him with my physical, mental, and spiritual capabilities.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 18)
I wish we could see hundreds of students under the instruction of young men who are apt to teach, who realize that day by day they must be learners in the school of Christ, in order to understand the Scriptures in their simplicity, and to be able to teach them in a way that will make them plain.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 19)
We do not in any way underrate the older teachers. No; we would encourage older and younger teachers to labor for God. But I am seeking to show you that schools may be managed, and managed successfully, by men who are not the most advanced in years and experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 20)
God can work through young, humble men. Let none forbid them. Let the young, devoted followers of Christ say, “The love of Christ constraineth me.” [See 2 Corinthians 5:14.] Moving upon minds with the force of the grace of Christ, this love casts aside all hindrances and barriers, exerting upon souls a compelling influence that leads them to give themselves to God in unreserved consecration.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 21)
My brother, let nothing you do or say weaken the hands of men who are doing their best, and who have succeeded in gaining success.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 22)
I have seen so much of what the world calls perfection that I greatly long to see a different kind. The worker whose heart is humble and contrite, who is divested of all pride, will give evidence that he is moved by a power from above. Let us rejoice in our victories. Let there be no moves to tear down. Too much of this has been done. Let us all encourage one another, rejoicing in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 102, 1902, 23)
Lt 103, 1902
Teachers at Berrien Springs “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 6, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in RH 09/09/1902. + To the teachers at Berrien Springs My Dear brethren and sisters,—
I have an earnest desire that you shall every day be learning of the great Teacher. If you will first draw near to God, and then to your students, you can do a very precious work. If you are diligent and humble, God will daily give you knowledge and an aptitude to teach. Do your very best to impart to others the blessings He has given you. With a deep, earnest interest to help your students, carry them over the ground of knowledge. Come as close as you can to them. Unless teachers have the love and gentleness of Christ abounding in their hearts, they will manifest too much of the spirit of a harsh, domineering schoolmaster.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 1)
The Lord wishes you to learn how to use the gospel net. Many need to learn this art. In order for you to be successful in your work, the meshes of your net—the application of the Scriptures—must be close and the meaning easily discerned. Then make the most of drawing in the net. Come right to the point. Make your illustrations self-evident. However great a man’s knowledge, it is of no avail unless he is able to communicate it to others. Let the pathos of your voice, its deep feeling, make its impression on hearts. Urge your students to surrender themselves to God. “Keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference; and others save with fear; pulling them out of the fire, hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.” [Jude 21-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 2)
Teachers, remember that the Lord is your strength. Strive to give the students ideas that will be to them a savor of life unto life. Teach by illustrations. Ask God to give you words to speak that all can understand. A little girl once asked me, “Are you going to speak this afternoon?”“No, not this afternoon,” I replied. “I am very sorry,” she said. “I thought you were going to speak, and I asked several of my companions to come. Will you please ask the minister to speak easy words, that we can understand. Will you please tell him that we do not understand large words like justification and sanctification. We do not know what these words mean.”
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 3)
The little girl’s complaint contains a lesson worthy of consideration by teachers and ministers. Are there not many who would do well to heed the request, “Speak easy words, that we may know what you mean”?
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 4)
Make your explanations clear; for I know that there are many who do not understand many of the things said to them. Let the sunshine of the great Teacher flood your mind. Let His Spirit mold and fashion your speech, cleansing it from all dross. Speak as to little children, remembering that there are many well advanced in years who are but little children in understanding.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 5)
By earnest prayer and diligent effort we are to obtain a fitness for speaking. This fitness includes uttering every syllable clearly, placing the force and emphasis where it belongs. Speak slowly. Many speak rapidly, hurrying one word after another so fast that the effect of what they say is lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 6)
Into what you say put the spirit and life of Christ. On a certain occasion, when Betterton, the celebrated actor, was dining with Dr. Sheldon, Archbishop of Canterbury, the Archbishop said to him, “Pray, Mr. Betterton, tell me why it is that you actors can affect your audience so powerfully by speaking of things imaginary.”“My lord,” replied Betterton, “with due submission to your Grace, the reason is very plain: all lies in the power of enthusiasm. We actors on the stage speak of things imaginary as if they were real, and you in the pulpit speak coldly of things real as if they were imaginary.”
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 7)
“Feed my sheep;”“feed my lambs,” was the commission given to Peter. [John 21:15-17.] “And when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren.” [Luke 22:32.] To those who hear, the gospel is to be made the power of God unto salvation. Present the gospel in its simplicity. Follow Christ’s example, and you will have the precious reward of seeing your students won to Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 8)
*****
Suggestions
We need now not merely resolutions, but decided action. Our youth are to be learners in the highest degree, seeing God behind the teacher, and the teacher co-operating with Him. Wherever students are trained, a work is to be done in spiritual lines that will establish them in the principles of our faith. The religious phase of their work is of the greatest importance; for, like Daniel and his fellows, they are to bear witness for God. By diligent, persevering effort, they are to acquire knowledge. By self-denial, by obedience to the principles of strict temperance, they are to prepare themselves to endure trial.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 9)
The students should have abundant opportunity to gain an education in physical labor; for thus they will be better prepared to acquire the knowledge that they need for their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 10)
In the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah the Lord tells us plainly what the work is that He requires of us. Small sanitariums are to be connected with our schools. The students are to be taught how to use nature’s simple remedies in the treatment of disease. And as they learn to care for the sick, they are to be taught to act under the direction of the Lord Jesus Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 11)
*****
Words to the Students
Students, prepare yourselves to co-operate with your teachers. As you co-operate with them, you give them hope and courage. You are helping them, and at the same time, you are helping yourselves to advance. Remember that it rests largely with you whether your teachers stand on vantage ground, their work an acknowledged success.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 12)
Our time for work is short. We have no time to spend in self-pleasing. You will gain true satisfaction and happiness only when you have a determined purpose to succeed.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 13)
Every learner needs an increasing capacity as he advances in his study of the Word of God, making the Book of books his textbook. Make your student-life as perfect as possible. You will pass over the way by once. Precious are the opportunities granted you. You are not only to learn but to practice the lessons of Christ. It rests with you yourself whether you make a success or a failure. As you succeed in gaining a knowledge of the Bible, you are storing up treasures to impart.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 14)
It is your privilege to make the advancement spoken of in the first chapter of second Peter. Working on the plan of addition, you will add daily to your store of the knowledge of God and of Christ; and God will work for you on the plan of multiplication.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 15)
Be assured that as you advance, you will gain increased capabilities. If you see a fellow student who is backward, try to help him. Explain to him the lesson that he does not understand. This will be an aid to your understanding. Use simple words. State your ideas in clear, comprehensive language. Thus you are helping your teachers. Often minds apparently stolid will catch ideas more quickly from a fellow student than from a teacher.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 16)
This is the co-operation that Christ commends as a good work. The great Teacher stands beside you, helping you to help the one who is backward. The Lord Jesus meets every one, old or young, just where he is.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 17)
While obtaining your education, you may have opportunity to tell the poor and ignorant of the wonderful truths of God’s Word. Improve every such opportunity. The grace of God will bless every minute spent in this way.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 18)
My brethren and sisters at Berrien Springs, you are doing a good work. The Lord is leading you. Just so long as you follow Christ, you will be guided aright. Maintain your simplicity and your love for souls, and the Lord will lead you in safe paths. The rich experience you will gain will be of more value to you than gold and silver and precious stones.
(17LtMs, Lt 103, 1902, 19)
Lt 104, 1902
Warren, Luther “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 8, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in RH 09/16/1902. + Elder Luther Warren Dear brother Warren,—
I have no special light that you should remain in New York City. You must look to the Lord to teach you your duty. If that field, in its pitiful and awfully sinful condition, does not speak for itself, tell me, what place can you find that expresses its need?
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 1)
I understand why you feel discouraged. It is because the work is hindered by a lack of unity and harmonious action on the part of those who were already in the field when you came.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 2)
If you are sick, you should call in a physician. But if you go to the Lord in faith, believing His promises and taking special care of yourself, He will give you strength and blessing. Take periods of rest. Husband the strength that God has given you. If during the summer the heat is very severe, you must not endanger your life by remaining in the city. The Lord does not require any one to remain in a place at the risk of health and life.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 3)
I am sorry that I hear nothing from Elder Franke. I deeply regret this; for God has given him a work to do, if he will work in God’s appointed way.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 4)
O who will rid himself of all hindrances, and take up the work in New York City? Will you, my brother, take hold of the work where you are, helping as best you can?
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 5)
Let us remember Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith. Let us remember that He lived not to please Himself. He left heaven to take His place in the ranks of fallen beings, to endure humiliation and abuse. Without humbling Himself to the death of the cross, He could not have borne the penalty of transgression.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 6)
It must have been a very severe ordeal for our Saviour to lay aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothe His divinity with humanity, coming to this world as a little child, to live a life of obedience in behalf of the sinful race. Lest we should make a mistake in regard to what the redeemed must be, He came to give in His life a revelation of the character God requires His children to form. He came that we might have an example of what human nature may become by receiving Him as a perfect Saviour. He came to show us that we may be Christlike. “As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name.” [John 1:12.] He came to reveal the character of God. He took human nature upon Him in order that He might come to this world as a man, and as a man live a life of obedience.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 7)
Before the foundation of the world was laid, the plan of redemption was devised. In heaven a mysterious voice was heard, saying, “Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, but a body hast thou prepared me.... Lo, I come ... to do thy will, O God.” [Hebrews 10:5, 7.] “I delight to do thy will, O my God; yea, thy law is within my heart.” [Psalm 40:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 8)
Think you not that Christ was often homesick as, unrecognized and unhonored, He lived in the world that He Himself had made? Who was He? Ask Isaiah. He will tell you: “Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given; and the government shall be upon his shoulder; and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 9)
Ask him who was sent to announce His coming: “In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judea, and saying, Repent ye; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.... I indeed baptize you with water, but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire; whose fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” [Matthew 3:1, 2, 11, 12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 10)
Ask John, the beloved disciple: “In the beginning was the Word,” he declares, “and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.... In him was life, and the life was the light of men.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:1, 4, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 11)
We turn to Peter, and he declares of his Master: “Thou art Christ, the Son of the living God.” [Matthew 16:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 12)
We ask Christ Himself who He is, and He replies: “Before Abraham was, I am.”“The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son; that all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father.” [John 8:58; 5:22, 23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 13)
We ask Paul: “Who is he that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? This that is glorious in his apparel, travelling in the greatness of his strength?” [Isaiah 63:1.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 14)
With strength and assurance comes the answer: “Without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory.” [1 Timothy 3:16.] “Being in the form of God,” He “thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and become obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:6-11.] In Him “we have redemption through his blood, even the forgiveness of sins; who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature; for by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones or dominions or principalities or powers; all things were created by him and for him; and he is before all things, and by him all things consist.” [Colossians 1:14-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 15)
My brother, do not become discouraged. The light given me is that we need in our large gatherings, our camp-meetings, all the ministerial talent that can possibly be spared from other lines of work. Our ministers must not think that God has appointed them to hover over believers, or to tie themselves down to a business office. Let businessmen do the business work, and let ministers be left free to attend the camp-meetings. At these meetings a special work is to be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 16)
Let us all offer the prayer, “Lord, give thy servants an understanding heart.” [See 1 Kings 3:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 17)
Solomon called himself the Lord’s servant, pleased that he could sustain this relation to the King of kings.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 18)
“In Gibeon the Lord appeared to Solomon in a dream by night, and God said, Ask what I shall give thee. And Solomon said, Thou hast showed unto thy servant David, my father, great mercy, according as he walked before thee in truth, and in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart; and thou hast kept for him this great kindness, that thou hast given him a son to sit on his throne, as it is this day. And now, O Lord my God, thou hast made thy servant king instead of David my father; and I am but a little child; I know not how to come in or go out. And thy servant is in the midst of the people which thou hast chosen, a great people, that cannot be numbered nor counted for multitude. Give therefore thy servant an understanding heart to judge thy people, that I may discern between good and bad; for who is able to judge this thy so great a people?” [Verses 5-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 19)
God gave this prayer to Solomon as a sample prayer, appropriate for all, high and low, rich and poor.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 20)
God said to Solomon, “Because thou hast asked this thing, and hast not asked for thyself long life; neither hast asked the life of thine enemies; but hast asked for thyself understanding to discern judgment; behold, I have done according to thy words; lo, I have given thee a wise and understanding heart; so that there was none like thee before thee, neither after thee shall any arise like unto thee. And I have also given thee that which thou hast not asked, both riches and honor; so that there shall not be any among the kings like unto thee all thy days. And if thou wilt walk in my ways, to keep my statutes and my commandments, as thy father David did walk, then will I lengthen thy days.” [Verses 11-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 21)
The Lord told Solomon that if he would walk in His way, His blessing would go with him, and wisdom would be given him. But Solomon failed to keep his contract with God. He followed the promptings of his own heart, and the Lord left him to his own impulses.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 22)
Today each one has a part to act—duties to perform and responsibilities to carry. No one can act his part acceptably without wisdom from on high. May God help us all to understand the prayer that He gave Solomon in the night season as a prayer appropriate for him to offer.
(17LtMs, Lt 104, 1902, 23)
Lt 105, 1902
Managers of our Work in Avondale “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 14, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in WM 333. + To the managers of our work in Avondale Dear brethren,—
I have been conversing with you in the night season. I have been given words to speak to you that I did not think I should need to speak, words that set your duty clearly before you. I pointed you to the Word of God and asked you if you had felt any duty to provide work for Brother Pocock, or whether you had left him to shift for himself.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 1)
My brethren and sisters, let your works testify that you have a right to be in the army of medical missionaries. Do you understand the question that the lawyer put to Christ, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Christ laid upon the lawyer the burden of answering his own question. “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” He asked. And he answering said, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?” [Luke 10:25-29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 2)
Jesus then related an incident which had lately taken place. A certain man, going from Jerusalem to Jericho, was robbed and left by the roadside, wounded and dying. “And by chance there came down a certain priest that way.” Did he help the one so sorely in need of help? No, it was not agreeable to his feelings to do this, so “he passed by on the other side.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 3)
“And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him, and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 4)
“Which now of these three,” Christ asked, “thinkest thou was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 30-37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 5)
I ask you, my brethren, if you have looked after Brother Pocock. Have you seen that he has had work to do, that he might earn money for the support of his family? or have you passed him by on the other side? I have been instructed that there has been a neglect on the part of those whose duty it is to look into the circumstances of Brother Pocock’s family and to find out what means of support they had. There is need for some one to act toward him the part of the good Samaritan.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 6)
He is a man that will not push himself into notice. God has given you the work of seeing that he has opportunity to earn sufficient to support his family. There is no need for them to want for any of the necessaries of life. He is an intelligent man and an excellent worker and is willing to labor early and late to sustain himself and his family.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 7)
Why do you not search out the cases of such men as Brother Pocock? He is a Christian gentleman in every sense of the word. He is a man that God loves. Such men as he are precious in the Lord’s sight. I know him well. I interested myself in his case when I was in Cooranbong, just as you should have done after I left. I endeavored to anticipate his needs and never to place him where he would have to beg for work. While in Cooranbong, I tried to set an example of how the needy should be helped. I tried to work in the way set before me by the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 8)
It has been presented to me that had you loved your neighbor as you loved yourself, you would have given Brother Pocock work. Helping such ones has been laid out as the very work that is to be done by the children of God. The Lord of heaven allows those in need of help to be brought before us, that He may test our love for Him and for His children. To bring blessings to others, to help the Lord’s poor—this is the surest way of gaining blessings for ourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 9)
If there is not work for Brother Pocock in Cooranbong, help him to find something to do somewhere else. Can he not be given work on the Sanitarium building? You would find that he would do faithful work. If Brother Pocock were here, he could find plenty to do; but it would cost much to bring him and his family over, and his children should have the advantages of the Avondale school.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 10)
Brother Pocock should be given a place in church work. Give him a part in the meetings. Give him some responsibility to bear in the church. He can render valuable help in the Sabbath school, but because he is a man who will not push himself forward without invitation, I fear that you may pass him by on the other side. You are to have a care over these precious souls, looking after their spiritual interests as well as their temporal interests.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 11)
My brethren, I want you so to do the work the Lord has given you that day by day you will be fitting yourselves for a place in the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for you, in that land where there will be industries, where all will have something to do. I commit Brother Pocock’s case to your careful consideration. I hope you will not sit at your tables, with food in abundance and to spare, without thinking of your neighbor, with no care as to whether or not he has work.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 12)
I entreat you, not for my sake, but for your own sake and for Christ’s sake, to look into Brother Pocock’s case, and give him work that he can do, so that he can earn money for the support of his wife and children. Do your duty in the fear and love of the Lord. Love your neighbor as you love yourselves. This is the commandment God has given.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 13)
I leave this matter with you. I hope that what I have written will awaken your sympathy, that you may see that God has given you something to do for Brother Pocock, and for others in a similar position.
(17LtMs, Lt 105, 1902, 14)
Lt 106, 1902
Managers of the Signs of the Times “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 15, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in CW 172-176. + To those connected with the management of the Signs of the Times Dear brethren,—
I was greatly pained to see on the first page of a recent issue of the Signs a picture of the birthplace of Shakespeare, accompanied by an article on Shakespeare. May the Lord pity our discernment if we have no better food than this to give the flock of God. It greatly distresses me to see those in positions of trust, who should daily be gaining a rich experience, placing such matter before the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 1)
Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He graciously condescends to dwell among them. Let those who are representing the truth for this time pray earnestly for clear spiritual discernment. Let them be sincerely jealous for the honor of the Lord God of hosts. Let them see the sinfulness of exalting such men as Shakespeare, calling the attention of people to those who did not in their lives honor God or represent Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 2)
The men in responsible positions in God’s work need to be renewed in the spirit of their mind. Let them lift their voices against the worship of human beings, giving honor to whom honor is due. The men who edit our papers need the divine touch. They need the unction of the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 3)
I felt grieved and heartsick as I looked at the representation on the first page of the Signs to which I have referred. I asked myself, “What do these things mean?” I was so distressed in mind that I became sick in body. I went to bed at eight o’clock and slept for a short time, about an hour I think. Then I seemed to be standing before those in responsible positions in the Pacific Press, bearing them a message. The Spirit of God came upon me, and I could not forbear speaking. I cannot now write all that I said. I asked, “Where is your spiritual discernment or your good judgment, that you should thus sow tares among the wheat? Nothing is to appear in our literature that does not represent truth and righteousness.”
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 4)
We have put forth earnest efforts to direct the minds of our young people in Oakland into right channels. At times they have been severely rebuked for yielding to pleasure-loving, departing from the straightforward course of action that heaven approves. But what can I say when our papers pass such encomiums on men who did not glorify God in life or character? Think you that such representations will help the youth to walk in the narrow path of holiness?
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 5)
I do not see how a representation such as this, or such as that on the first page of a recent Review and Herald—the picture of an idolatrous shrine—can be any spiritual help to our people.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 6)
I feel intensely desirous that every word that is published by our people shall reflect light that will pierce through the dark shadow of Satan. Put in our papers the encouraging experiences that show the goodness and love of God in His dealings with His people. This will strengthen and cheer them. Make straight paths for your feet, least the lame be turned out of the way. Keep the warning message of truth before the people; for the end is at hand. We are to cry aloud and spare not. Some will pay no heed, but others will repent and be converted.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 7)
Some things of great importance have been presented to me, but I have not the strength to write them this morning. When I attempt to do this, such an intensity of feeling comes over me that I am obliged to stop.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 8)
We need, O so greatly, keen discernment and clear spiritual eyesight. Our eyes need to be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, that we may see all things clearly. The great and solemn truths for this time are to be proclaimed through our papers, and into these papers we are to bring all the spiritual power that we can.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 9)
Our lesson for the present time is, How may we most clearly comprehend and present the gospel that Christ came in person to present to John on the Isle of Patmos—the gospel that is termed, “The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to show unto his servants things that must shortly come to pass.”“Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy; for the time is at hand.” [Revelation 1:1, 3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 10)
We are to proclaim to the world the great and solemn truths of Revelation. Into the very designs and principles of the church of God these truths are to enter.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 11)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write, These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks: I know thy works and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for my name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless, I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 12)
“And I beheld, and lo, in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts, stood a Lamb, as it had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God, sent forth into all the earth. And he came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat upon the throne. And when he had taken the book, the four beasts, and the four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odors, which are the prayers of saints. And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof; for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation; and hast made us unto God kings and priests; and we shall reign on the earth. And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels, round about the throne, and the beasts and the elders; and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands; saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing. And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing and honor and glory and power be unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever.” [Revelation 5:6-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 13)
We have a most important work to do—the work of proclaiming the third angel’s message. We are facing the most important issues that men have ever been called to meet. All should understand the truths contained in the three messages; for they are essential to salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 14)
My brethren, will you not give the flock of God bread, and not a stone? Never print in our papers a word that will lower the standard that God expects His people to meet. Call no man brilliant who has not the wisdom to choose the Lord Jesus Christ—the light and life of the world. The excellence of a man is determined by his possession of the virtues of Christ. Let us not look away from Christ to sinful human beings. The truth must be kept before the people. The standard of purity, temperance, and holiness must be uplifted.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 15)
It is impossible to say to what lengths the printing of such illustrations and articles would carry you. The paper would do as much and more good if less room were given to illustrations.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 16)
I was instructed to say that you could give a glowing description of Satan. You could speak of the greatness of his intelligence and power. You could charm the sense of those who read the Signs with this subject. But we know that it would not be right to do this.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 17)
I desire to place this matter before you as soon as possible, therefore I cannot take time to write fully on the matter. I am instructed to say that you have dishonored God. You did not mean to do this, but you have done it.
(17LtMs, Lt 106, 1902, 18)
Lt 107, 1902
Those connected with the Work at Nashville “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 5, 1902 Previously unpublished. + To those connected with the work at Nashville My Dear brethren,—
You are engaged in an important work, and the Lord calls upon you to take heed, to watch unto prayer, to make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Work with an eye single to the glory of God, with a sense of your individual responsibility. Remember that the Lord alone can make your efforts successful. He is the beginning, the author and finisher of your faith. In the past you have had the wrestling part of your work to do. You have met with many trials. For your encouragement I am instructed to tell you that the Lord has a deep interest in the work in Nashville, and that He will help every one of you if you will co-operate with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 1)
The Lord desires you to move onward and upward. He calls upon you to be careful to take the right path. “Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 2)
“The path of the just is as the shining light, which shineth more and more unto the perfect day.” [Proverbs 4:18.] “Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity, and in whose spirit there is no guile.”“They shall walk, O Lord, in the light of thy countenance.” [Psalm 32:1, 2; 89:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 3)
Do you understand the question that the lawyer put to Christ, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Christ laid upon the lawyer the burden of answering his own question. “What is written in the law? How readest thou?” He asked. “And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?” [Luke 10:25-29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 4)
Jesus then related an incident that had lately taken place. A certain man, going from Jerusalem to Jericho, was robbed and left by the roadside, wounded and dying. “And by chance there came down a certain priest that way.” Did he help the one so sorely in need of help? No; “he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked at him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow, when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three,” Christ asked, “thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among thieves? And he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 30-37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 5)
This Scripture certainly outlines our work, without any question.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 6)
“Faith without works is dead, being alone.” [James 2:17.] When the Lord created trees, He commanded them to bear fruit. And Christ said to us, “Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit.” [John 15:8.] Those who receive the truth into good and honest hearts will bear fruit to the glory of God. They will reveal the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 7)
When Jesus would prove to John the Baptist that He was the Messiah, He said to John’s messengers, “Go, and show John the things which ye do see and hear; the blind receive their sight, and the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, the dead are raised up, and the poor have the gospel preached unto them.” [Matthew 11:4, 5.] The fruit that He bore in His life was His answer to John’s question.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 8)
“Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.] These words are to be engraved on the tablets of the heart. In the sight of the world, it is going to extremes to love God supremely and our neighbor as ourself; but this is what God requires. He says to us, “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people, that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvellous light.... Dearly beloved, I beseech you as pilgrims and strangers, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul, having your conversation honest among the Gentiles, that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.... For so is the will of God, that with well doing ye may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men.” [1 Peter 2:9, 11, 12, 15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 9)
The plans and counsels of God’s workers are to be thoroughly sifted from the chaff of worldly policy. Their work is to be carried forward with Christlike simplicity. Remember that he who takes the position of a criticizer greatly weakens his own hands. God has not made it the duty of men or of women to find fault with their fellow workers. The world is filled with the same baleful influences that led the Jews to reject Christ, the greatest Teacher the world has ever known. Transgression is developing in a most marked manner. My brethren, avoid selfishness and covetousness; for it is idolatry. This sin is eating into the hearts of those who are determined to be rich. In their pursuit of gain, they place themselves in most terrible danger. Not a vestige of avarice or a sign of greed will be seen in the life of a Christian gentleman. He will not do one fraudulent action.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 10)
As Seventh-day Adventists, let us be sure that we bear the sign of God. Is this something that is seen? No; it is unseen. It is the consecrated mind, placed wholly on the Lord’s side.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 11)
Those who work in the Southern field, a field so difficult and so poverty stricken, need constantly to receive grace from on high. They need a power out of and above themselves. Only by the help of God can they gain true success. Again and again has this been evidenced. The workers who have not lived to themselves, who have put self out of sight, following where Jesus leads the way, practicing self-denial in order to open up the work in new fields, God has made to sit in heavenly places with Christ. Our help is from Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 12)
I have not written to you before because I have not been able to. I have been under a heavy strain. My mind would not let me rest. But at last my brain gave out. I suffered great pain in my head and eyeballs. I have not yet fully recovered and cannot endure much taxation. I am sleeping better than I was, but cannot find the rest that I need so much, because I have so much writing to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 13)
I was sitting in my room on Sabbath morning, thinking about the perplexities of the work, and wondering, “What shall I do?” when a little bird hopped on to the windowsill and poured forth from his throat such a flood of song as set my heart free for a time. I believe that the bird was God’s messenger to me. I am determined to put my trust in God. I thank Him that I have been so wonderfully sustained. I want to do much more work for Him before I lay off my armor.
(17LtMs, Lt 107, 1902, 14)
Lt 108, 1902
Faulkhead, Brother and Sister [N. D.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 14, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 251; 5MR 450. + Dear brother and sister Faulkhead,—
I was glad to read the letter that Sara received from you in the last mail. I will now try to write you a few lines, my dear brother and sister, whom I love and respect in the Lord. I thank you for the picture of your family. It is so lifelike that I felt almost as if I could speak to you. After the picture came, Sara laid it carefully away, thinking that I had seen it, and I only saw it recently, a few weeks since.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 1)
The Lord is very good to us. Thus far, we have been favored with much fruit from our orchard. Last year we had scarcely any. We laid out much labor on the orchard, but the late frosts killed the fruit just as it was forming so that we had very few prunes and very few apples. This year the prune trees are loaded, and we have had to buy large quantities of rope to tie up the branches so that they would not break under their burden. In spite of our care, some of the branches have already broken.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 2)
I feel very grateful to my heavenly Father for His goodness and His rich grace. I am doing all the work that I should do in speaking. We had an important meeting here a few weeks ago. Judge Arthur and his wife from Battle Creek were present. I had much to say in regard to the way in which the work for this time should be carried forward. The Lord helped me as day by day I spoke to the large congregations before me. I spoke several times during the week, and once on the Sabbath, and each time the Lord gave me words for the occasion.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 3)
After this strain, I felt the reaction somewhat, but I soon recovered. Last Sabbath I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel to a room full of people. Many of the patients were present. A brother and sister from Salt Lake City, who had never heard me speak, stayed over on purpose to hear me.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 4)
Sunday morning, Brother James, Sara, two of Brother James’s children, and I rode seven miles up Howell Mountain to get cherries—small, black ones, which were given us for the picking. Several others besides us were picking from the trees. The platform wagon was drawn under the trees, and Sara and I stood up on the seat and in this way reached the cherries. I picked eight quarts. We took home a large box of the fruit and put up thirty-seven quarts. So you see, Sister White is not decrepit yet.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 5)
I had been writing so continuously that I feared for my brain. This is the reason I went cherry-picking; and the change did me good.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 6)
Next morning, at half past six o’clock, I met a large number of the brethren and sisters in the Sanitarium chapel. I had promised to talk to them on the importance of taking our children from the public schools and putting them in church schools where they can be given an education in Christian lines. The Lord helped me to speak. You will have an opportunity to read what I said; for Brother Crisler reported my talk, and I will send you a copy.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 7)
Tuesday morning I was sent for to come to a committee meeting that the brethren were holding at the Sanitarium. I asked them what points they were considering, that I might know what to speak to them about. They did not tell me, and I then went on to tell them that during the night I had not been able to sleep. I had seemed to be in a committee meeting speaking to those present, giving them the instruction given me in reference to the work of our ministers and physicians and the necessity of reaching a much higher standard and of bringing more spirituality into the work. I spoke of the need of our ministers’ being free from business details, that they might go out to give the message of present truth to those who have not heard it; and I made special mention of Elder Corliss’s work.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 8)
The brethren told me that what I said was just what was needed; for they had been considering these very points. The meeting was reported, and I will try to see if a copy can be sent to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 9)
God is the Giver and Preserver of life, and He has a deep interest in us and our happiness. He does not want any of us to be presumptuous. He desires us to appreciate the life that He has given us. He desires us to understand that we do not glorify His name when we take on so many burdens that we are over-taxed, and, becoming heart-weary and brain-weary, chafe and fret and scold. Let us never, never abuse the precious gift of speech by finding fault or by giving expression to gloomy sentiments of unbelief.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 10)
The Lord has instructed me to say to those who are in His service that they are not to venture to tax their strength too severely. Those who do this, taking burdens that the Lord does not wish them to bear, will make a failure of their work. Take only the responsibilities that the Lord gives you, trusting in Him, committing the soul to Him as unto a faithful Protector and Helper. Do not imperil your lives in the effort to do something that you suppose is your duty. Thus, perhaps, by your death, you will make a gap that the Lord does not want made. Keep the heart pure and sweet and truthful and sympathetic. This will be best for all with whom you are connected.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 11)
Mothers should not accept responsibilities in the church that will lead them to neglect their children. Let every mother do faithfully the work given her in the church in her own house, fitting her children for a home in the courts above. The mother who walks with God will understand when she can safely engage in church work.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 12)
We are commanded in the Word of God not to forsake the assembling of ourselves together. Communion with those of like precious faith is a source of strength and blessing. It gives opportunity for an exchange of Christian experiences and is a means of increasing piety. It is the divine means of strengthening those who are weak in the faith and of converting those who know not the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 13)
We are to grow in grace and in a knowledge of divine things, ever ready to impart to others, letting our light shine forth in clear rays. Our time is the Lord’s, purchased at an infinite price. The talent of speech is His, entrusted to us for the help and blessing of those around us. It is left with us to decide whether we shall speak words that will honor Christ, or words that will be a hindrance both to us and to those who hear. The conversation of the one who is truly united to Christ will be far superior to worldly chit-chat. His words will show that there is an unmistakable line of demarcation between him who serves God and him who serves Him not.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 14)
Fidelity under trial results in attributes that are well pleasing to God. It is a savor of life unto life to those with whom we labor. Our words are not to be of a kind that harass and provoke. The words and works of the true Christian are helpful and uplifting.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 15)
I have a message for those who are bearing responsibilities in God’s institutions. The Lord calls upon you to bring His grace into your service, into your thoughts, your words, your deportment. Do not leave your religion at home. After communing with your heavenly Father, praying for grace and strength for the day, do not go to your business with a surly, dictatorial, overbearing spirit and a sour, disagreeable countenance. You are to exert a holy influence, because you are Christ’s representatives. You are to fill the room where you are with a fragrant influence that is a savor of life unto life.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 16)
You are to treat with Christian courtesy all with whom you have business dealings. Unless you do this, you can never be fitted for the heavenly courts. Remember that angels are recording your words and actions, and even the expression of your countenance. By revealing Christlikeness in business dealing, you will do more for the Lord than by teaching a class in Sabbath school each Sabbath.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 17)
The Lord hears the petitions of His people when they mean what they say and when they reveal a determined purpose to live in harmony with their prayers. But He cannot honor those who get up from their knees and go to their business to speak harsh, angry words, which are entirely out of place, even supposing that the one to whom they are spoken is in the wrong.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 18)
There is no reason why we should speak and act in an unchristlike way because an error has been made. Thus the wrong is aggravated. Let no one, because he is master of the situation, feel it his privilege to lord it over those who are serving. Thus is aroused in them a spirit of retaliation, causing them to lose confidence in us as Christians.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 19)
The Lord requires us to bring our religion into our business life as verily as into the assembly for His worship. How does He regard the testimonies borne on the Sabbath by those who during the week left their religion out of their work and spoke harsh, unfeeling words? What impression do these testimonies make on those who have been hurt and wounded by the harsh words?
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 20)
Those who control others should first learn to control themselves. Until those in responsibility learn this lesson, they cannot act the part of a Christian in their work of overseeing others. They are to abide in Christ, speaking as He would speak, acting as He would act—with unfailing tenderness and compassion. They are not to think, because they are in a position of responsibility, that they are at liberty to bear down on those connected with them. To the one who manages, God has given a measure of power, but this power he is to exercise in a pleasing and agreeable manner.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 21)
Let those who have been exalted to the high position of managers in the Lord’s institutions, who are set as guardians of their fellow workers, pray to the Lord most earnestly for His grace. Before they enter into the business of the day, let them make a solemn pledge that they will not abuse the gift of speech by speaking harshly to those who come to them to receive directions. Let them remember that they themselves are ever to be under the control of the Spirit of God, rendering prompt and cheerful obedience to His commands. Let them submit to Him in all things and make a solemn covenant with Him that they will set a guard over the door of their lips, remembering that they are representatives of the heavenly kingdom, and that, therefore, they are to live lives of a higher order than the worldling who has not received Christ. Let them remember that they are living epistles, known and read of all men. They are to be one with Christ, ever looking to Him, and from Him receiving strength for every conflict.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 22)
O what a power for good a converted man—transformed daily—can exert to bring blessing and gladness to the world. When the church is imbued with the spirit of obedience and love, the members will exert in the world a saving influence, and God will withhold from them nothing that will crown that influence with success and victory. Men and women are His agencies for the salvation of souls. Those who are filled with an earnest desire to draw sinners to Christ have the sympathy and co-operation of the heavenly universe.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 23)
True Christians are just what the name signifies—Christlike in character. God says of them, “This people have I formed for myself; they shall show forth my praise.” [Isaiah 43:21.] “They are my witnesses, my chosen representatives in an apostate world.”
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 24)
The message of John the Baptist is to be reiterated:: “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] From sanctified lips are to fall the words, “Let the people praise thee, O God, let all the people praise thee; and let the whole earth be filled with His glory.” [See Psalm 67:3; 72:19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 25)
God sees and tenderly sympathizes with those who are tempted. He hears the voice of supplication and distress. Not a groan, not a tear, not a sigh escape His notice. Did not Christ come to this world to work out the plan of redemption in man’s behalf, to show him how to overcome the temptations of the enemy? Will God, then, withhold from His children anything that will perfect their characters?
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 26)
“The elders who are among you I exhort, who also am an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glory that shall be revealed: Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; neither as being lords over God’s heritage, but being ensamples to the flock.” [1 Peter 5:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 27)
In the charge to feed the flock of God there is a threefold duty. “Feed the flock of God”—by preaching to them His Word, by giving them earnest, personal labor, by setting them a right example. “Feed the flock of God,”“taking the oversight thereof,” having a personal care for the blood-bought heritage committed to your charge, “being ensamples to the flock”—following Christ in self-denial and self-sacrifice, in the life revealing holiness to the Lord. All this is to be done of a ready, cheerful mind, “neither as being lords over God’s heritage,” tyrannizing over them with human tests. The truth of God’s Word is to be the test.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 28)
I have not written to you before because I have not been able to. I have been under a heavy strain. My mind would not let me rest. But at last my brain gave out. I suffered great pain in my head and eyeballs. I have not yet fully recovered and cannot endure much taxation. I am sleeping better than I was but cannot find the rest that I need so much, because I have a great deal of writing to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 29)
I am sitting in my room on Sabbath morning thinking about the perplexities of the work, and wondering, “What shall I do?” when a little bird hopped on to the windowsill and poured forth such a flood of song as set my heart free for a time. I believe that the bird was God’s messenger to me. I am determined to put my trust in the Lord. I thank Him that I have been so wonderfully sustained. I want to do much more work for Him before I lay off my armor.
(17LtMs, Lt 108, 1902, 30)
Lt 109, 1902
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] Camp-ground, Petaluma, California June 12, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 305. Dear brother and sister Starr,—
We received your letters yesterday. We should all be much pleased to see you and to have you labor with us. I am glad that you have been at Ballarat, where you could be with Brother and Sister James, and the other members of the little flock in that place. There are some places that seem to be much less favored than others. I think that Ballarat is one of these ill-favored places. May the Lord in His great mercy work in Ballarat.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 1)
I often think of all the workers in Australia. I should be much pleased to be there again, if it were the will of the Lord. I have no desire to be anywhere, except where the Lord desires me to be. We are now in a lovely place, near St. Helena. The scenery is beautiful. The house is surrounded by ornamental trees, flowering shrubs, and large rose bushes. It is a place that just suits me. Nature’s loveliness is very enjoyable to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 2)
About two weeks ago we received a letter from your sister Hiva. She is in Southern California. I think she writes well. I shall try to answer her letter.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 3)
I am now in Petaluma, a constantly growing town of considerable importance, attending a camp-meeting. For many years our people have labored very little in Petaluma. Only about twelve Sabbath-keepers are living here. Thus far our meeting has been a very good one, and has created an interest among the people. During the day and in the evening the congregations have been large. We believe that the meeting will result in great good. Much has been accomplished for our own people. They are deeply interested in obtaining a clearer understanding of the truths that we believe. They have been studying Bible principles upon which to build. Elder A. T. Jones says that the testimonies given by our brethren and sisters in the social meetings are the best that he has heard in any camp-meeting he has ever attended.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 4)
During this meeting the Lord has greatly strengthened me. I am of good courage. I will send you some of my talks, if they can be written out in time. I have never in my life worked more intensely than I have since my return to America. I have felt the Holy Spirit of God resting upon me. I long to have God’s presence abiding with me constantly.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 5)
Yesterday we listened to a talk from Brother W. S. Sadler. I was sitting on the stand in a position where I could see his face. He stood a little back from the front of the stand. His talk was good. He spoke earnestly, and right to the point, on the medical missionary work that the church in San Francisco is doing, and the work that it desires to do. In that city we have a large church building, under which is a roomy basement. A portion of this basement is used for church-school purposes. The brethren have decided to utilize the remainder of the room for a medical dispensary. They have ample space for the dispensary and treatment rooms. Here they expect to give medical treatment to those who are too poor to go to one of our sanitariums. The workers will also give instruction in regard to the care of the sick. Brother Sadler related some touching experiences.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 6)
I was then called upon, and gave a short talk in regard to the intimate relationship existing between the medical missionary work and the gospel ministry. They are bound together in sacred union and are never to be divorced. The principles of heaven are to be adopted and practiced. I also related some of our experiences in doing medical missionary work in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 7)
After I had spoken, a call was made for means to finish fitting up and furnishing the basement, preparatory to beginning the good work of helping the suffering ones so much in need of help. I understand that over four hundred dollars was given. Thus it is in this country. The brethren and sisters in every Conference are constantly drawn upon for funds. Continually there is some call for means.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 8)
During the past two years a good work has been going on in San Francisco. Over two years ago a hygienic restaurant was opened there. This enterprise has met with much success. The interest in that city to hear the truth is excellent. Every lever that can be used is now being used to work San Francisco. We must make haste slowly, however, because of a lack of means. If we could secure loans, we would do so, and thus advance the work more rapidly.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 9)
Since the vigorous campaign for the sale of Object Lessons began, my other books have not had a very large sale, and my income from this source has been greatly decreased. This has made it necessary for me to borrow money. We left nearly three thousand dollars in the Australasian institutions. This is still our own, but we do not desire to withdraw it while it is so much needed there. We thought it necessary to borrow one thousand dollars from the bank at eight per cent interest. I had just put my name to the papers in order to secure this money, when the mail came, bringing a letter containing a draft for an amount sufficient to meet our needs. The loan was made at five per cent interest. I thanked the Lord for this money, because we did not desire to borrow from the bank if we could avoid doing so.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 10)
We shall have sufficient means for the present; for on my place there is considerable fruit—prunes, grapes, and olives—which we can sell. Last year our vineyard did not bear very heavily, and our prune orchard yielded only a few prunes—about a hundred pounds when dried. Just as the fruit was forming, a heavy frost killed nearly all of it. This year we shall have more grapes and an unusually large yield of prunes. The prune trees are so heavily loaded that we have to tie up the branches with ropes, and prop up the larger limbs, in order to prevent them from breaking.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 11)
We have placed our trust in the Lord. When my books sell more freely, we shall have more means with which to help carry forward the Lord’s work. O how I long to see His work advancing as rapidly as it should be advancing! If only we could put into circulation some of the means lying idle in banks and invested in unnecessary houses and lands, what a blessing it would be to the cause! How much more quickly the light of present truth would be diffused throughout the world!
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 12)
In the twelfth of Luke are lessons that we need to learn. This Scripture lays open before us the sin of covetousness. We must arouse our people in regard to their duty to sell the houses and lands that they do not need. Let us not forget the Savior’s instruction, “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief approacheth, neither moth corrupteth.” [Luke 12:33.]
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 13)
The Lord Jesus bids those who are accumulating riches for selfish ends to lay up treasures in heaven. “Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth,” He pleads, “where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” [Matthew 6:19-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 14)
O that the money now tied up might be put into circulation! There is not a dearth of means among our people. The Lord is soon to come. Let us closely examine ourselves. Are we ready to meet Him, our Saviour, with joy, and not with grief? The holding of means for selfish purposes results not only in eternal loss to the holder, but in great hindrance to the progress of the message that should be speedily carried to those who are still unwarned. May the Lord’s people honor Him, that He may strengthen, bless, and honor them.
(17LtMs, Lt 109, 1902, 15)
Lt 110, 1902
Paulson, David “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CW 108-109; 2SM 384; MM 328-329; 1MR 372-373; 4MR 374-376; 10MR 1-2, 4-6; 5Bio 152, 156. + Dr. David Paulson My dear Brother in Christ,—
Your letter of June 1 has been read by me today. It was put into my hand this noon. I am pleased with the sentiments you express, and I know that every word is truth. Much more should appear in our publications on the subject of marriage. I think that your article is excellent for the Review. I will try to prepare some short articles for the Review on this subject, besides the one that I furnish each week. Although I have not published much on this point, I have done a great deal of personal labor along this line.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 1)
When I have a little more time, I will try to write you some things that I have not had time to write out as carefully as I desire. I am afraid to speak as I wish to speak, fearing that I may be misunderstood.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 2)
Brother Paulson, pray most earnestly for Dr. Kellogg. He is going directly contrary to the light that God has given in regard to the building of smaller sanitariums. The evils of erecting a very large sanitarium in any place should be fully understood. The Lord has revealed to me that if, in the place of having one mammoth sanitarium in Battle Creek, smaller sanitariums could be established in several cities, His name would be glorified. The centering of so much in one place is contrary to God’s order. Small plants should be started in many places.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 3)
Dr. Kellogg has told me that in many respects it would be an advantage if the Sanitarium were in some place out of and away from Battle Creek. “The climate here,” he said, “is unhealthful for very many. If these sanitarium buildings were not in existence, I know what I would do. I would find a better climate and establish the institution there. I would have fewer buildings and more land. I would arrange for the sick to live out of doors much of the time, where they would be surrounded by the beauties of nature.”
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 4)
Dr. Kellogg has had an opportunity to carry out these plans. But in the place of erecting smaller buildings with less taxing labor and less expense, I understand that he has greatly enlarged the main building. I know that to do this is not a manifestation of the wisdom of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 5)
Dr. Paulson, it is time for us to think soberly. Taking all things together, we should read the providence of God in His movements. Was the Battle Creek Sanitarium consumed by fire in order that the plans might be enlarged, greater buildings erected, and more display made? I think if there were more praying, more earnest study of His ways and purposes for the advancement of His work, we should see the brethren taking a course altogether different from the course that they are taking. The showing would not be that which we now anticipate.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 6)
The rebuilding of the Sanitarium in Battle Creek will result in attracting many more of our people to that place, besides keeping there many who are ready to die spiritually, when the warning has been repeatedly given that their salvation demands that they get out of Battle Creek. Why have they not heeded God’s messages of warning? If the immense medical institution in Battle Creek had been divided, and several smaller institutions established in other cities, not so many of our people would congregate in one place, and God would be honored.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 7)
The Lord has presented before me very many fields in which we have no sanitariums. Medical institutions are to be established in many places. In every city the gospel of Christ is to be proclaimed. The brethren in charge of the work should now be making arrangements to do the work that must be done in places where nothing has been done. Camp-meetings must be held to open the way for our workers. In our camp-meetings, earnest efforts should be made to arouse the people. The best ministerial talent must be obtained for these meetings. The third angel’s message is to be presented in its fulness, including the testing truths of the Sabbath question.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 8)
In our camp-meetings, let the people who are unacquainted with the truth be taught in regard to the revelation that Christ came to the earth to give to His servant John on the Isle of Patmos. His coming is clearly described in the first chapter of Revelation. Of the words spoken by the divine Teacher, John says: “Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.... I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day”—God has one specified day, the seventh day, that He has sanctified and blessed—“and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches.... And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man.” [Verses 3, 10-13.] Read the whole chapter.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 9)
I wish to emphasize the point that the churches to which John was told to send the instruction given him represent all the churches in our world, and that this revelation to him is to be studied and believed and preached by the Seventh-day Adventist Church today. Christ came personally to John to tell him “the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter.” [Verse 19.] And He said unto him, “What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches.” [Verse 11.] The light was not to be hidden under a bushel.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 10)
In the revelation that Christ gave are linked together in a chain of truth the important messages of warning that are to be given to the world before Christ’s second coming. The last message of mercy is to be proclaimed where it has never yet been heard. The workers are to labor with such self-denial, such self-sacrifice, that the message will be borne to those who have not heard it. As a people, we claim to be giving the third angel’s message to the world. But many are smothering this message. O how God’s plans have been turned aside for the plans of men!
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 11)
What a pity it is that the proclamation of the third angel’s message has not yet begun in many fields! For years the Lord has kept before His people the necessity of entering new fields. O that God would work! O that He would bring to life and energize the dead, dry bones of the house of Israel, by breathing the Holy Spirit upon His people!
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 12)
There is much that I now feel it my duty to present not simply to Dr. Kellogg, but to our people, in regard to the great and solemn truth for this time, which is to go to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. If those in charge of our medical work had realized their obligation to God, if they had spent a large portion of their time, energies, talents, and means in doing true medical missionary work, through this agency carrying the gospel to all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples, the spiritual condition of Battle Creek today would not be what it is. The people of that city are not led to have faith in the doctrines that we claim to believe and advocate; for our works there bear a more weighty testimony than our words. God notices all this. In the scales of His sanctuary He is weighing not profession, but character—intents, motives, purposes. In the day when God renders to every man according to his works, it will be found that the destiny of each worker will be decided by the principles and motives that guided him during this life.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 13)
By their latest movements in Battle Creek, the brethren have been divorcing themselves from the Lord God of heaven and linking up with unbelievers. Those who are known to be transgressors of God’s law hold a place as counsellors in regard to the working of the Sanitarium that was established for the express purpose of proclaiming to the world the last message of mercy. How much is the world hearing of the warning?
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 14)
Are we spiritually blind? Can we not see what is coming on the world? Shall we allow ambitious projects to take the throne? I answer, in harmony with heaven, God forbid. We are not to bind up with those who have no faith in the truth for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 15)
*****
A Separate People
I would not write these things, but I am instructed to place the matter before our people as it is. We are Seventh-day Adventists. Are we ashamed of our name? We answer, No, no! We are not. It is the name the Lord has given us. It points out the truth that is to be the test of the churches. Why are our sanitariums established if it is not that they may be the right hand of the gospel in calling the attention of men and women to the fact that we are living amid the perils of the last days?
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 16)
I am instructed to tell our people that it will be necessary for them to give all that they can spare of their means for the establishment of sanitariums that will do the work which the Lord says must be done. These sanitariums are to be under the supervision of men who are controlled by the Holy Spirit, men who will carry out, not their own plans, but the plans of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 17)
Well, where shall I stop? There are grave questions to be settled. In many things God’s people are certainly being misled. Not all in positions of responsibility in the cause have been working on right lines. In some respects their minds need to be remodeled. It is essential that the men now called upon to bear responsibilities in the Lord’s work be men untainted by selfishness. We must cleanse the camp. We must purify our own souls. May the Lord help us just now, that we may not sell ourselves to the enemy. May He help us to refuse to link up with worldlings, or to follow worldly policy plans, that we may not become changed in faith or principle.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 18)
We are to co-operate with the Lord Jesus in the great work of presenting the truth for this time to the people of the world. We need health, we need fortitude; we need a pure, unadulterated faith in the gospel message. We need to study the book of Revelation, especially the important messages that are to be borne to our world. When, if not now, are these messages to be given?
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 19)
Now and ever we are to stand as a distinct and peculiar people, free from all worldly policy, unembarrassed by confederacy with those who have not wisdom to discern the claims of God, so plainly set forth in His law.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 20)
The Sabbath is the sign between God and His people. Please read the last seven verses of the thirty-first chapter of Exodus. What could be more definite, more decided, than this? As a people we are to keep ourselves separate from the world. We are to enter into no confederacy with those upon whom for years the light of truth has been shining, but who have not walked in the light. We are conscientiously to honor God, diligently using every means of keeping in covenant relation with Him, that we may receive His blessings—the blessings so essential for the people who are to be so severely tried.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 21)
It is time that we planted our feet upon the Rock of Ages. To give the impression that our faith and our religion is not a dominating power in our lives is greatly to dishonor God. Thus we turn from His commandments, which are our life, and deny that He is our God and we His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 22)
Upon us as a people rests the solemn obligation of taking a more decided stand for truth and righteousness than we have taken in the past. The line of demarcation between those who keep the commandments of God and those who do not is to be revealed with unmistakable clearness.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 23)
*****
Help to be Given to Foreign Missions
A great work is to be done by true medical missionaries. They are to be wide awake and vigilant. They are to fight manfully for God, having on every piece of the Christian armor. They are to be loyal to their Leader, obeying His commandments.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 24)
Medical missionary work has been presented as the entering wedge of present truth. It is by this work that hearts are reached, and those once prejudiced are softened and subdued. This is the work that is to be done today.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 25)
In due course of time, a sanitarium will be erected at Berrien Springs, not to compete with any other sanitarium, but to help to represent our work in clear, straight lines, and to give the students an opportunity of learning how to care for the sick.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 26)
Those in the home field are under a solemn obligation to support foreign missions, providing means for the establishment of the interests that are positively essential to give character to the work. Those who do not know the truth cannot be expected to support the missionaries who labor among them. Surely those who have become established in the truth are not so dull of comprehension as to suppose that those who for the first time hear what to them are strange and mysterious doctrines will take hold readily of unpopular truth and will support the work, building houses of worship and establishing sanitariums and schools.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 27)
How does God regard those who send His servants into a barren field without one implement with which to work? Shall the messengers of God, sent with strange and peculiar doctrines to a foreign land, be left to make their own way, to support themselves and the work? God forbid! If God spares my life to bear my message to our people, the experience of the workers in Australia will never be repeated in any missionary field.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 28)
I am instructed to set this matter before all our people—not merely before a few—in its true light. We are to know from henceforth how to use the talent of means more wisely than we have done in the past. God’s money is not to be expended to indifferent ends. Let there be more praying, more sanctified planning, and less show—fewer expensive buildings. This will testify that we believe that we are living near the close of this earth’s history.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 29)
Our people in the home field have been doing a good and grand work in lifting from God’s institutions in foreign fields their burden of indebtedness. God will greatly bless them
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 30)
*****
A Decided Message
Those who love power and seek for prominence will have many hard battles to fight, and they may be taken off the field wounded. He who is opposed to the righteousness of Jesus Christ will be opposed to the right of private judgment and will make it hard, very hard, for himself and for others.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 31)
A thorough acquaintance with the Scriptures is our only safeguard against the seductive errors that Satan will bring in to deceive if possible the very elect. The Holy Spirit’s teaching is God’s means of enlightening the minds and purifying the hearts of His people, guiding them in duty, shielding them from danger, keeping them in the fear and love of God and in patient waiting for His appearing. No one is to say in his heart, My Lord delayeth His coming. We are not to speak a word that will lead any one to think that our faith is decreasing. We are to do nothing to weaken the confidence that ought to be strengthened, nothing to bewilder minds that ought to be enlightened by the truth in regard to their position as transgressors of God’s law. We are to stand before God with fear and trembling for what is coming upon our world. I am afraid of men who rely upon their own wisdom, paying court to those who are opposed to the laws that govern God’s kingdom, lessening the influence of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 32)
Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. God is going to shake the heavens and the earth. He declares, “Therefore will I shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of His fierce anger.” [Isaiah 13:13.] Deep and solemn truth must now be proclaimed to prepare the way of the Lord. We are not to pay court to wealthy men in order to receive their help. We are not to yield to the temptation to obliterate the distinctive features of the message that is to be proclaimed to arouse the world from its deathlike slumber.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 33)
I have a message of great importance for all: Be afraid of men who rely in their own wisdom, their own good works, and who give the impression that Seventh-day Adventists have entirely changed the principles they once held. Some will never forget words that have been spoken which show a lack of faith in the truth we advocate
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 34)
Our message is to be proclaimed with a loud voice, with power and assurance. In a most decided, positive manner we are to show that we have not changed our faith. Do not make it appear that there is no difference between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. Build yourselves up by increased purity of faith and Christlikeness of character, increasing in the knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ, who is our righteousness and our sanctification. Let us show that we are a people who keep the commandments of God and have the faith of Jesus Christ. Let the truth abide in the heart. Christ declared, “I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:19.] Keep yourselves in the love of God by hearkening diligently to His commandments, looking for His keeping power, His mercy, expecting salvation through His grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 110, 1902, 35)
Lt 111, 1902
Ryan, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 126. Brother Ryan,—
I desire to write you a few words. Where are you, my brother? Are you still at the Sanitarium farm? Let me hear from you. Is your faith in the Word of the Lord growing stronger and still stronger, or is it the opposite of this?
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 1)
This is a time of the greatest wickedness. The faith of every one will be tested and tried to the uttermost. We hope that you are not in any way discouraged; for it does not pay to be discouraged.
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 2)
Christ has given the invitation: “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] My brother, let nothing keep you from complying with these conditions. Jesus never forsakes any soul who loves Him. Cling to the Lord Jesus; for He alone can take away sin and give you His righteousness. Let no temptation take you unawares.
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 3)
We have the truth, precious to us in its sanctifying power. If your hands have become feeble, if you have let go your hold upon faith, grasp it again firmly, determining that even if you have to give up your life, you will not lose your faith. “Ye are not your own.... Ye are brought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 4)
All that Satan can do he will do to obtain the mastery. But those who daily exercise faith, believing in Christ’s power to save to the uttermost all who come to Him, will be given power to become the Sons of God. The power of overcoming is with God. Man has strength only through Jesus Christ. “Let him take hold of my strength,” the Lord says of man, “that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 5)
Truth has eyes to see invisible things, a heart to feel their power, a head to plan for Christ, a tongue to speak for Him, hands to work for Him. Faith regards the blood shed on Calvary’s cross as the only foundation for human hope and looks to it, laying hold on its efficacy, as the only safeguard against the destroyer. No victories ever won can compare in any wise with the victories of faith. My brother, never let go your hold upon faith. It may triumph amid discouragement, gaining victory after victory.
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 6)
Please let me hear from you. As I do not know your address, I shall enclose this letter in one that I am writing to Brother Burden, and he will give it to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 7)
May the Lord God of heaven sanctify you unto Himself through belief of the truth, is the prayer of
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 8)
Your sister in Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 111, 1902, 9)
Lt 112, 1902
Rice, Brother and Sister [J. D.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 20, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 177-178, 293; 1BC 1118-1119; 3BC 1153. + Dear brother and sister Rice,—
Be of good courage in the Lord. Put into your work all the enthusiasm that you can. Let your discourses be short. There are two reasons why you should do this. One is that you may gain the reputation of being an interesting speaker. Another is that you may preserve your health. You should both labor to guard carefully your physical, mental, and spiritual powers. From all who see its importance, God’s work demands the very life, the highest powers of brain, bone, and muscle. But you must not be prodigal of your strength. You must not waste any of it in useless effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 1)
How does the climate of Petaluma suit you? I found it better for me than the climate of Healdsburg or St. Helena. Since returning from the camp-meeting, I have not slept nearly so well as I did while there. I have had much writing to do and many burdens to carry.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 2)
Judge Arthur and his wife have been here from Battle Creek. We had a very pleasant visit together. An important council was held while Judge Arthur was here. I attended several of the meetings. I had matters to read to the brethren, and I had to bear my testimony, as the Lord’s witness, to the things that He had presented before me. The power of God rested upon me.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 3)
The last time I spoke was at an early morning meeting. Judge Arthur was not present at the first part of the meeting. He was very tired and decided that he would not get up. But something seemed to keep telling him that he ought to attend the meeting, and he rose and dressed and came in. He said afterward that he would not have missed being at that meeting for a thousand dollars. The Lord was by my side, and He gave me tongue and utterance as I spoke in regard to the way in which, at this most important time, the work of God is to be carried forward.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 4)
I told the brethren that we are surely in great peril, but that God does not want His children—for this we are, the members of His family—left to become the sport of the enemy’s temptations. He does not want them to be overcome and perish. He wants every one to stand in his place. A thoughtful kindness runs through His enactments. He does not leave it optional with us as to how we are to treat our fellow beings, rich or poor. By divine authority, with gracious promises to the obedient, He enjoins us to be compassionate and merciful in our dealings with one another as His channels of mercy, His helping hand.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 5)
Each law of God is an enactment of mercy, love, and saving power. These laws, obeyed, are our life, our salvation, our happiness, our peace. “Great peace have they that love thy law, and nothing shall offend them.” [Psalm 119:165.]
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 6)
Christ enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, guiding His people through the wilderness, is a beautiful illustration of God’s mercy. Let us study the Old Testament. As we give it carefully study, we shall find living springs bubbling up where a casual reading revealed only a desert. Deuteronomy contains much instruction regarding what the law is to us and the relation we shall sustain to God as we reverence and obey His law.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 7)
We are God’s servants, doing His service. Into the great web of life we are to draw no thread of selfishness; for this would spoil the pattern. But O how thoughtless men are apt to be. How seldom do they make the interests of God’s suffering ones their own. The poor are all around them, but they pass on, thoughtless and indifferent, regardless of the widows and orphans who, left without resources, suffer, but do not tell their need. If the rich would place a small fund in the bank, at the disposal of the needy ones, how much suffering would be saved. The holy love of God should lead every one to see that it is his duty to care for some other one, and thus keep alive the spirit of benevolence.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 8)
But I will return to my subject, from which I have wandered. With what goodness, mercy, and love God lays His requirements before His children, telling them what they are to do. He honors us by making us His helping hand. Instead of complaining, let us rejoice that we have the privilege of serving under so good and merciful a Master.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 9)
Well, morning after morning I had important work to do in the meetings until all was said. Brother Clarence Crisler reported my talks, and in time they will be published.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 10)
The next Sabbath morning I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel. On Sunday morning I felt so worn out after so much speaking that I dared not tax my brain by writing; and we rode seven miles up Howell Mountain, to a cherry orchard, in which there are several trees of small, black cherries. Brother Leininger’s son-in-law lives on the place, and he told us that for the picking we might gather as many of these cherries as we pleased. Our platform wagon was drawn under one of the trees; and standing on the seat, Sara and I picked the fruit, holding the branch with one hand, and picking with the other. I picked eight quarts. We took home a large box of fruit, and that afternoon Mrs. Nelson put up thirty-seven quarts. I found that the cherry-picking was a change and a rest for me.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 11)
The next morning, at half past six, I met with a number of the brethren and sisters in the Sanitarium chapel and spoke to them on the church-school question. I spoke for an hour. The next morning I was sent for to attend a committee meeting at the Sanitarium. The Lord gave me a message for those present in regard to the work to be done in Oakland and San Francisco.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 12)
I do not think that I can go to Petaluma at present. I may go after I have completed the writing on which I am now engaged. Lately I have applied myself closely to my writing, working early and late. At the same time the carpenters have been building a new room for me, and there has been much hammering and pounding—more noise than a brain worker desires. But nevertheless, I have kept at my writing. I thank the Lord that it is as well with me as it is.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 13)
I hope, my brother and sister, that you will be free in the Lord. Do personal work among the people. This, together with the work of the public meetings, will fasten the truth in hearts. Have faith and hope, and draw, yes, draw souls to the gospel banquet. We pray for you.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 14)
Give our best love to Brother and Sister Burr and to all the brethren and sisters in the Petaluma church.
(17LtMs, Lt 112, 1902, 15)
Lt 113, 1902
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] Petaluma, California June 15, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 245-246, 404-405; 3MR 282; 7MR 255-258. + Dear brother and sister Irwin,—
We are attending the Petaluma camp-meeting. I have just come from the tent, after speaking for an hour. The tent was well filled. We have had a most interesting camp-meeting. But I went to the meetings only when I had a part to act; for to listen tires me more than to speak. I have spoken six times, besides giving one short talk on medical missionary work. This is the first time that I have attempted to speak to a large congregation since my severe illness. For a time my voice was so weak that when I attempted to speak, no sound was heard. I feared that I had lost my power to address the people and that I should never recover it. I thank the Lord that I now have my voice again and can speak without difficulty.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 1)
I and my workers are living in a rented house about five minutes’ walk from the camp-ground. This house has a paddock and barn attached, so that we have a place for our horses. We pay seven dollars a month for the house. It has eleven rooms, and they are light and airy. I was never before so well accommodated when attending a camp-meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 2)
It was in Petaluma that the first tent-meeting in California was held. As a result of that meeting, a goodly number began to keep the Sabbath. But from different causes, the number of believers has grown fewer, till now there are but twelve Sabbath-keepers in the church here.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 3)
For years very little has been done in Petaluma by our workers. It makes me very sad to think that this large town, so easy of access to San Francisco and Oakland, has been left unworked, as if it were far away.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 4)
The camp-meeting has made an excellent impression. We find here the best class of people to work for. And for many of them, it would not be difficult to keep the Sabbath. Petaluma is a place where a great deal of poultry-raising is done. With almost every dwelling-house on the outskirts of the city, poultry yards are connected. The houses are not built in terraces, but stand apart from one another, often surrounded by several acres of land. Poultry of all kinds is raised, and the eggs find a ready market in San Francisco and Oakland and are taken to the city by boat.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 5)
I write this that you may understand the situation. In poultry-raising many families find a means of livelihood, and these could not raise the objection that many raise to keeping the Sabbath—that it would interfere with their business. They could keep the Sabbath without fear of losing their employment.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 6)
We have a house of worship at Petaluma, small and humble, but neatly built, and situated in the best part of the town. If necessary, this building could be enlarged. The people who keep these chicken ranches are not so proud and ambitious that this humble house of worship would be beneath their ideas.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 7)
Our workers have received a good reception, and many of the people have become deeply interested in the truth. We hope to see a good work done in this place. Brother and Sister Rice and Brother Fero will remain to carry on the work after the camp-meeting closes. Brother Hibbard will also remain for a time. And Brother Beardslee, the one who sang so nicely for us at the General Conference at Battle Creek, will work in Petaluma for a while. They say that he is quite a successful worker.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 8)
We sincerely hope that the truth will find a lodgment in many minds. Many of the people are in humble circumstances, and they seem to be much more accessible than the people of some other places. The trial is now to be made as to whether they will take their stand on the side of Christ. We have faith that the Lord will work out everything to the advantage of His workers there.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 9)
I have borne a decided reproof from the Lord to the brethren here in regard to Petaluma’s being left as it has been. It has long needed a camp-meeting, followed by earnest, personal labor among the people. My soul is filled with remorse—I cannot word it in any other way—that such places as this should be passed by. Once in a great while a minister has come to speak to the believers, but no effort has been made to place the truth before the people. Why Petaluma should have been neglected is beyond my comprehension. It is so near San Francisco, and yet it might be as far off as Africa as far as any effort to proclaim the truth in it is concerned.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 10)
A work is to be done in and around San Francisco and Oakland. The adjacent towns are to be worked. O, I see so much the need of our ministers getting the spirit of the loud cry before it is too late to work for the conversion of souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 11)
***** June 30, 1902
My brother, I hope that you have never entertained the idea that you were sent from America because you were not wanted here. I do not want you to think this; because it is not the case at all. I felt sorry to have you and the rest go. We needed all the strong, experienced workers, and we miss you. But you proposed to go and to take others with you, and we did not dare to say one word against it, fearing that we might interfere with the Lord’s plans for Australia. We thought that it would be selfish to hinder you in going. And I felt glad that you could go; for I thought that you would be a special help to the believers in Australia, and that because of your coming they would not feel our leaving so much. We believe that you are in an excellent field and that the Lord will give you signal victories.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 12)
When I left Australia, I really thought that I might be back in two years. But I may never see Australia again, though, if it were the Lord’s will, it is the place where I should most prefer to be. I am closely joined to that field by the most tender associations. I love the brethren and sisters there, and were I younger in years, I would certainly return to the field I love so well.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 13)
I must say a few words more. Please tell those who recently went to Australia from American that they must be very careful how they speak in regard to the work that has been done in that field. God will not be pleased if they send back to America words of gloomy unbelief. Please tell them not to open their lips in complaint, but to say, “What hath God wrought!” [Numbers 23:23.] He hath fulfilled His Word and set a table in the wilderness. Tell them to be discreet in what they say. By complaint and criticism they neither help themselves nor those who, in establishing the work, fought against great difficulties.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 14)
If the brethren who have lately gone to Australia would look at the proportionate advancement made in places in America where at the beginning there was nothing, but where the workers could more readily command means, their hearts would rejoice with great joy at what has been done in Australia. If they had exercised wisdom in writing about the work in Australia, if they had not spoken in so disappointed a way about their expectations not being realized, I think I could have secured means for the work in Australia. But the criticisms contained in some of the letters written in regard to the work that has been done in that field hindered our efforts to get help. They closed the door against help, preventing some from giving who otherwise would have given.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 15)
So long as those who wrote these letters were not to fight the battle of establishing the work, in the face of so much poverty and wretchedness, so long as they were entering into other men’s labors, it would certainly have been to their credit to exercise discretion in speaking and writing about the work. The hardships had been borne by others, and delicacy and courtesy at least should have led them to be careful of their words. They entered into the labors of those who had fought the hardest battles and who had moved forward in spite of many difficulties and almost destitute of facilities with which to work. The difficulties have been overcome, and they should feel grateful for what has been accomplished. O silence is eloquence when it takes the place of complaint!
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 16)
If these brethren had been in the work from the beginning, if they had taken part in the stern battles that have been fought, they would understand that nothing but the miracle-working power of God has accomplished the work that has been accomplished. We have seen His power as we have advanced from point to point, and we praise Him with heart and soul and voice. O how we appreciated the loving mercies of our God as He led us on step by step. If these brethren had met to worship God in the loft of the sawmill at Avondale—a rough, rude room, stored with the school furniture—and in that disagreeable place had felt the power of God, going home with souls warmed with His love, they would appreciate every stroke that has been made, looking upon the work done with hearts welling up with grateful thanksgiving and joyous praise.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 17)
We were instructed to make a sample farm for the education of the inhabitants of Cooranbong, many of whom were begging and stealing for a living. When we first went to Cooranbong, we had to send to Parramatta for our vegetables. One day we received on the morning train a bag of cabbages and a bag of string beans. We put these in our storehouse. A few hours later we went to get some of the beans to cook for dinner, and we found that both beans and cabbages had been stolen. At another time a pan of bread was taken from our kitchen table. But this condition of things was changed long before we left.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 18)
We were directed, step by step, how to advance. Those who acted no part in this work have no right to open their lips in criticism until they go to some field as difficult as the Australian field was and carry forward a similar pioneer work.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 19)
Think you we did not do our best? We located our school where we were directed to locate it. The land was pronounced worthless, but the word came, “God can spread a table in the wilderness.” [See Psalm 78:19.] The providence of God was so manifestly revealed as we advanced, that I have not a shadow of a doubt that the loving heavenly Father was watching over us all the time. Such an experience I value more highly than gold and silver and precious stones. And should the Lord release me from my work in America, I know of no place where I would rather be than in Cooranbong.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 20)
May White and I kindled the first fires made to clear the land on which my house was afterward built. There we pitched tents for me and my workers. We knew that by day and by night angels guarded our encampment so that no harm befell us.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 21)
Very soon after going to Cooranbong, we began to do medical missionary work. Sara was called to many places to treat the sick, and many of the cases were very difficult ones. This work opened many doors for us, giving us access to hearts. We brought the sick to our home and cared for them there; and the great Medical Missionary came into the home and blessed the care and those who cared for them. He went with the one who was called, often at night, to ride for miles through the woods to visit some suffering one. God was in this work. I praise His holy name.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 22)
Dora Creek and Martinsville and the other settlements in the woods, in which we labored, are dear to me. I hope that the most tender solicitude will be shown for the souls in these places, and that earnest efforts will be made to draw them to Christ. Much has been done in these places, and much more will need to be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 23)
Brother Irwin, have you visited Mr. Barnes, a farmer who lives in Martinsville? Before I left, I thought that he was very near a belief of the truth. Search for these ones. The effort will not be in vain. I wish that you and Sister Irwin could visit Mr. Barnes and become acquainted with him and his family. I think he could be reached by the truth if earnest efforts were put forth to save him.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 24)
In Australia we gained an experience that enabled us to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. When those who did not stand shoulder to shoulder with us in the pioneer work attempt to speak slightingly of what has been done to advance the truth in Australia, I say, Step lightly. You are treading on hallowed ground. Christ and His angels have gone before us, and from the light given me by God, I know that He is going before the workers in New South Wales and in other parts of the field. He is with those who are building the Sanitarium and those who are opening up the health work in Sydney. He will reward those who have worked so long and so faithfully on the sanitarium building, investing in it all the means they have.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 25)
I have been distinctly instructed that no documents are to be signed that will place this institution under the control of those at Battle Creek. Under no circumstances is this to be done; for God will not be glorified by it.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 26)
The Lord gave His stewards in America opportunity to unite with Him in establishing a sanitarium in Australia and putting it in working order. But this they did not choose to do. The help that God designed should be sent was hindered, just as the heavenly prince sent to give instruction to Daniel was hindered by princes controlled by counter influences. But in spite of the vexatious hindrances, the will and way of the Lord will be carried out.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 27)
Angels of God have stood by the side of those who worked so nobly at Avondale. I thank the Lord that at the time when there was so great a dearth of means, we did not sit down and fold our hands, making no effort to advance. I thank the Lord that He put it into the hearts of our friends in Africa to help in time of need. And I shall never forget the faithful labors of Elder Haskell and yourself in collecting the means that enabled us to place the work where we could leave Australia to come to America at a time when my testimony was needed here. The Lord has been very good. As I think of the poverty, the scarcity of bread and clothing, and of the missionary work we tried to do, I look upon the whole matter as a wonderful thing. The work is an object lesson for all who enter new fields. Let all say, “See what the Lord hath wrought!”
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 28)
A great work has been done, and a much greater work would have been done if the means had been sent from America that the Lord signified should be sent.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 29)
We loved our field of labor. But how many there are who, not having had the experience that we had, will judge our work superficially.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 30)
I know of no place on earth so dear to me as Avondale, where we fought so many battles and gained so many victories. I say to all who visit there that the heavenly angels have walked over the grounds. I tell you this, Brother Irwin, for your encouragement. I know what I know of the stately steppings of the Lord Jesus and His angels.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 31)
When we first came to St. Helena, we found things at the Sanitarium here in a bad condition. But matters are improving. Dr. Sanderson is practicing in San Francisco. Dr. Winegar is at the Sanitarium. She is a woman whose heart the Lord molds, and her work is genuinely good. Dr. Loper is here also. He has a kind, sympathetic spirit, with tenderness of soul, and humility of mind. O what a change has been wrought in the Sanitarium. The fragrance of a heavenly influence pervades the building. Good is the Lord, and greatly to be praised.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 32)
I am with you heart and soul, Brother and Sister Irwin. We desire to co-operate with you most heartily. The Lord says to His self-sacrificing workers, “Be strong, yea, be strong.” [Daniel 10:19.] Be of good courage. The Lord is with you in your work. Not merely men, but angels are working. Move steadily forward. I have written as I have in this letter because I wish you to realize what God has done and will do. Walk humbly with Him. The Lord will be with you at every step if you will be with Him. Do all you do with an eye single to the glory of God. Every man and every woman is bound up and sealed with Christ. This seal they can break by their own course of action, but what a loss they will sustain in doing this.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 33)
We are all standing on holy ground. Christ will work with you if you will work with Him. Understand, my dear brother and sister, that you are very dear to me. So are Brother and Sister Kress. I will write to them in the next mail. I fear I cannot in this mail; for I have had many other matters to write, which have tried my soul. The intensity I have felt as I have written these things can never be expressed.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 34)
I will write no more now, for I have other letters to write to Australia. May the God of all grace be with you. Do your best, and God will expect no more.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 35)
In much love,
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 36)
Your sister.
(17LtMs, Lt 113, 1902, 37)
Lt 114, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 23, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 259-262. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I meant to have written to you fully this mail, but I have had so many letters to write to others that you will have to be satisfied with a short letter this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 1)
I have begun letters to you no fewer than four times. But each time I would begin, the mail came, bringing letters demanding an immediate answer, until my mind has been so burdened that I have not been able to sleep past eleven, twelve, and one o’clock. I walk the floor and ask the Lord to help me, and then after hours of distress, I am able to sleep for an hour or two perhaps.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 2)
I am so glad that you are making a success of the health-food work in Sydney. This is a very important work. Hold the position you have gained. Be sure to keep your hearts garrisoned by the Holy Spirit of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 3)
I must tell you that a very marked change has taken place in the Sanitarium here. For more than a year I carried a very heavy burden for this institution. We would speak on the Sabbath from the Word with the power of God and would learn afterward that at the close of the Sabbath a concert had been held, a meeting of the most foolish order, in which the nurses listened to unprofitable songs and engaged in foolish conversation. Thus the influence of our effort on the Sabbath was counteracted.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 4)
I felt that those connected with the institution could be of no help to it unless they took hold of true medical missionary work in connection with the gospel message. Medical missionary work is to be carried forward in connection with the gospel ministry and is to open doors for the entrance of truth. I feel so sad when I see those who ought to be zealous health reformers not yet converted to the right way of living. I pray that the Lord may impress their minds that they are meeting with great loss.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 5)
We are intensely desirous that the Sanitarium shall recover from its spiritual declension. Brother Taylor and Brother A. T. Jones have worked hard to set things right, but this is not an easy matter. As long as Dr. Sanderson and his wife were in the institution, no reforms were made.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 6)
Dr. Sanderson left the Sanitarium, and then Dr. Loper came. He is a kind, tenderhearted man. Evangelistic work was done, and the foolish, trifling girls were separated from the Sanitarium. There is now a more heavenly atmosphere pervading the institution.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 7)
Dr. Winegar’s presence in the institution is a great blessing. We appreciate her worth, and we hope and pray that she may be given grace to carry forward her work wisely and intelligently.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 8)
I bore Brother Nelson and his wife a direct, straightforward testimony from the Lord. She is now living in St. Helena. Brother Boeker also received a message from the Lord, and both he and Brother Nelson made a full confession. This has cleared away much fog.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 9)
I wish to inquire about a man by the name of Ryan, who used to work at the school. I hear that he has given up the truth. Can you tell me what is the matter? I believe that Brother Ryan is a conscientious man, but I am sure that he is set in his ways, and sometimes severe. I have written him a short letter, which I will enclose with this, as I do not know his address. I cannot bear to think that he will lose his soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 10)
We are now in the middle of summer, and during the day the heat is almost unendurable. The sun seems to be like an open furnace. Next week I hope to get into the new room that is being put up for me over the kitchen. I like the climate of Cooranbong much better than the climate of this place.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 11)
I hope and pray that the Lord will bless you abundantly in your work in Sydney. I hope that you will have good health. Be assured that we pray for you and for those connected with you, that you may have wisdom to walk wisely in a perfect way. If ever there was a time when we needed to watch unto prayer, it is now. Sin has cast a dark shadow over the earth. In our work, we constantly meet with difficulties. But we can hope in God; for we have the assurance that He is light. He is the fulness of light. Through the clouds that darken our way there shine the precious promises that are the pledge of divine guidance, “I will bring the blind by a way that they knew not.”“I will make darkness light before thee, and crooked things straight.” [Isaiah 42:16.] “I am the light of the world. He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] The Lord asks us to walk with Him, to cleave constantly to Him. If we follow Him in faithfulness, He will be our wisdom. Christ is the way, the truth, and the life. Let our faith grow stronger as we think of the tender watchcare of the Lord and His lovingkindness toward us. Our faith must pierce the cloud and reach to the light beyond. However dark the cloud, we should always see light on the other side. Our love increases as our faith becomes more certain; for we touch the Source of an abiding strength and confidence.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 12)
Connected with the Word of God, there is a key that unlocks the precious casket, to our satisfaction and delight. I feel thankful for every ray of light. In the future, experiences now to us very mysterious will be explained. Some experiences we may never fully comprehend until this mortal shall put on immortality.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 13)
I have written many letters for this mail and am very weary, so I will not try to write you more now. I will write again next mail if I can.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 14)
I send love to you all as a family. We miss you. I should be glad were you here. But you are needed where you are. Tell Sister Tuxford that I am glad she is with you in the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 114, 1902, 15)
Lt 115, 1902
Those Laboring in the Southern States “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 25, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in PM 93, 94, 131-132. + To those laboring for the advancement of the work in the Southern states Dear brethren,—
At the last General Conference, the past and present experience of Brother W. O. Palmer was presented to me. When I read, at the special meeting held in the Review and Herald chapel, the testimony regarding the work of Brother Palmer, there were some things that I did not mention.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 1)
When Brother Palmer’s case was presented to me, and I was shown his recent dangers—his having money and being so free in spending it—I was shown also that the Lord did not prompt the movements made to separate him from the Southern work. He was in need of much help from the Lord and was not prepared to wrestle with the temptations to which he was exposed by the changes made in his field and work. He did not, in the work that he was given, gain strength to resist temptation; his faith was weakened by the course of those in positions of responsibility, by their wrong methods, their disregard of God’s law. The conduct of the managers at the heart of the work had a deleterious influence on him.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 2)
Position does not make the man. Every one must build aright from the foundation, bringing pure principles into every movement made. This is the education that should be given to every man, woman, and youth employed in the Review office; for this office is a sacred place, from which is issued the truth for these last days.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 3)
In such an institution there are many duties to perform, all necessary to the running of the establishment. Life in such a place is a network of duties. There must be brain workers to plan for the various lines of work. There must be apprentices who need constant teaching. There must be pressmen, and compositors, and many other different workers, or the work will not be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 4)
How important is the work of the one who stands as manager of such an institution! How necessary that he be a man led and controlled by the Holy Spirit, a man who daily receives wisdom from on high.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 5)
Upon the managers of our publishing houses there rests a great responsibility—the responsibility of doing their best to secure the physical, mental, and spiritual well-being of the workers, that God may be glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 6)
At times in the past, Brother Palmer’s chosen associates have been of a character to please his natural temperament. He has been very free with his money and has been sought after as, “hail-fellow-well-met.” The righteousness of Christ has not gone before him, and the glory of the Lord has not been his rearward. There have been chapters in his experience that have nearly destroyed his physical health. But the Lord Jesus has traced the history of his case from the beginning as one whom He loves and pities. The Lord has thoughts of mercy for him and for all others in like circumstances.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 7)
Instruction was given me that Brother Palmer should be separated from his worldly associates; that unless he were placed under altogether different influences, he would be ruined; and that as he was called away from his work in the Southern field, without a proper motive, to take up work in the Review office, he should return to the work from which he was called.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 8)
The word given me was: “Take this young man as your son. Your mother’s heart must adopt him as one who will need your sympathy and watchcare. His soul is precious. He may be imbued with My Spirit, and enabled to accomplish a work of soul saving. You can be instrumental in helping him. Do not turn from him because he has weak points in his character. The example set before him by those with whom he has worked since he left the Southern field has been detrimental to his physical, mental, and spiritual life. He is erring, but he is beloved of God. He has traits of character which, if sanctified by the truth, may be of great value in my work. Guard him as you would your own son. He loves liberty and freedom. He must learn that the soul can find perfect liberty only in the realm of duty, and that this liberty is as much higher and more satisfactory than the liberty of this world, as the love from which obedience springs is higher than mere earthly love.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 9)
“When love for God predominates in Brother Palmer’s heart, when he renders full and willing obedience to the law of God, he will learn that this is Christian liberty, full and complete. This is the liberty of angels and of God Himself. In God’s commands, ‘Thou shalt,’ and, ‘Thou shalt not,’ there is no bondage, because the performance of duty is the natural outflow of the love that is the motive of right action.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 10)
“Both Edson White and Brother Palmer may become God’s servants, in the highest sense of the term.”
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 11)
Those who obey the law of God know no hindrance to perfect liberty, because the life is bound up with the life of Christ. The law of God keeps the keeper of this law in perfect freedom. It is the preserver of liberty. No one feels the restriction of law as long as he remains within the sphere of duty. The moment that the law is broken, the liberty is lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 12)
The Lord of heaven has laws by which He governs His kingdom. But human beings have all the freedom they need. They have no excuse for tugging against restrictions. There can be no genuine liberty without perfect obedience to the law of God—an obedience so glad, so willing, that the restraint of the law is not felt. “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 13)
God’s law is of heavenly extraction, born of divine love. Genuine love for God and man brings freedom and sanctification and a knowledge of Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, and our example in all things. The law becomes the basis of the action of love. The stronger and purer this love, the more willing the obedience. Nothing trammels the liberty. The faculties of soul and body harmonize in love and perfect obedience.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 14)
We need to understand more perfectly the right relation of man to his fellow man. Many, even of experienced Christians, are placed where test and trial come to them. But because a man is placed in trying circumstances, this is not to be regarded as showing that he is not fitted for the work in which he is engaged.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 15)
Perhaps he has not as yet made any particular mistake. Then an emergency arises, and he moves at a venture. And it may be that he makes a mistake. The Word of God speaks of sowing beside all waters, not knowing which shall prosper, either this or that. He feels the weight of his responsibilities, and in his effort to do his very best, he may move unwisely. Thus he fails to accomplish what he hoped to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 16)
Sometimes he is forced to make his efforts unaided, and with very little financial support. He plans, he devises, he gives himself heartily to doing the Master’s bidding and promoting His glory. But the field in which he labors is poverty-stricken. Those for whom he works are poor. The field, neglected and unappreciated, has long been left unworked. He meets with many difficulties.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 17)
After years of self-denial and self-sacrifice, he has success in his work. Souls are convicted and converted. The Lord blesses him as he clothes the naked, feeds the hungry, and teaches the ignorant to read and write.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 18)
The men who have long neglected the barren field give him no encouragement, but watch for flaws in his work, expressing no confidence in his methods. Then, when under trying circumstances, he makes mistakes, they propose that another man take his place. But is this the time to make the change? Should the one who has fought the battle bravely and nobly, and under the most trying circumstances, be set aside for some one who does not understand the work, and whose life-experience is far from being free from mistakes?
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 19)
Let us be ashamed of our Pharisaism. Let us hold on to the men who try to do something. Even though they err in judgment, let not their work be taken from them and given to others who may be liable to commit errors of equal importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 20)
What do those who claim to be converted need more than the love of Christ in the soul—that love which can see the error of discouraging the soul that is striving to rise to a higher plane; that love which sees that there is one who needs to be helped, not crushed.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 21)
It would be much easier to destroy fallen human beings than to reform them. Satan says, “They shall not be reformed.” But Christ came to this earth to uplift and elevate the race. He took upon Him human nature, that He might bear the penalty of transgression, and that sinners might stand before God accepted in the beloved.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 22)
When the Pharisees saw Christ associating in friendly intercourse with unbelievers, they went to His disciples with the question, “Why eateth your Master with publicans and sinners?” [Matthew 9:11.] Christ met the charge for His disciples, declaring in the presence of the Pharisees and publicans, “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 23)
The Lord Jesus sees every sin that is committed; and to every sinner who, convicted and repentant, turns to Him for pardon, He says, “My son, my daughter, thy sins be forgiven thee; go in peace, and sin no more.” The cry of the soul for forgiveness, freedom, and love is heard. The sinner is taken to the heart of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 24)
How many professing Christians there are who, though committing sins that they never confess, refuse to forgive their erring fellow beings. If a youth, even though fatherless and motherless, commits a wrong, they turn from him as they would from a pestilence. The church needs to reveal more, far more, of the pardoning love of Christ. Love for God holds man in right relation to his fellow man. This love leads him to strive with all his power to restore in man the image of God. It is the love that dwelt in the heart of Christ, which led Him, in His dying agony, to pray for His enemies, “Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do.” [Luke 23:34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 25)
The Lord forgives and pardons all who come to Him. Christ gave His life to save sinners. We need to be filled with His love—that love which will lead us to draw sinners to Him with all the powers of our being, instead of pushing them into darkness and death.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 26)
It is the privilege of those who claim to be children of God to learn from Christ how to save the souls He died to redeem. Loving one another as Christ has loved us leads us upward, step by step, into the liberty of heaven. This is the demonstration of the perfection of Christian action. In this law the soul finds freedom—full, large, and abundant. Christ makes room for him by His side. He delights in the love that is higher, deeper, broader than any earthly love.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 27)
There is no bondage in perfect love. It casts out all fear of what this one will say or that one will say. It binds us up with Christ. Selfishness is expelled from the hearts of those who love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 28)
“After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever. Amen. And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? And whence came they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.” [Revelation 7:9-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 29)
What a victory! what a triumph is this! Then Christ Himself will teach us the pure principles of heavenly love.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 30)
“For thou hast been a strength to the poor, a strength to the needy in his distress, a refuge from the storm, a shadow from the heat, when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storm against the wall. Thou shalt bring down the noise of strangers, as the heat in a dry place; even the heat with the shadow of a cloud: the branch of the terrible ones shall be brought low.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 31)
“And in this mountain shall the Lord of hosts make unto all people a feast of fat things, a feast of wines on the lees, of fat things full of marrow, of wines on the lees well refined. And he will destroy in this mountain the face of the covering cast over all people, and the vail that is spread over all nations. He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord God will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of his people shall he take away from off all the earth: for the Lord hath spoken it.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 32)
“And it shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God; we have waited for him, and he will save us: this is the Lord; we have waited for him, we will be glad and rejoice in his salvation.” [Isaiah 25:4-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 33)
I present this to you as a little of what has been presented to me. This has been written while the others were asleep.
(17LtMs, Lt 115, 1902, 34)
Lt 116, 1902
Druillard, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 19, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 171-172, 180-181. Dear Brother and Sister Druillard,—
I should be pleased to see you, but as this cannot be, I will now write you a few words to say that I am of good courage in the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 1)
This year we have been favored with an abundance of fruit. Our little patch of strawberries bore wonderfully—something as the corn bore last summer. The fruit was of an excellent flavor and very large, some of the berries measuring three and a half inches round, and one four inches.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 2)
Our three large cherry trees were laden with cherries of a superior quality. Marian could eat a few of them, Clarence many without injury. We put up about one hundred quarts of fruit from these trees. From the first tree we sold enough to the Sanitarium to purchase several boxes of sour cherries, which we bottled. It is very desirable to have these to use with other fruit.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 3)
About the time the cherries were all used, the loganberries ripened. In appearance these berries are somewhat like a large raspberry. They are decidedly acid, but are a valuable fruit. We have had blackberries, also, from our own bushes; but for want of water, some of these berries are drying on the bushes. We are using the early apples now. For several weeks we have had applesauce on the table. Our family thinks much of this dish. We now have all the peaches that we can eat. The grapevines are loaded. The prune trees are bearing so heavily that some of the branches are breaking.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 4)
The room that the carpenters are building for me over the kitchen is nearing completion. I hope it will be finished very soon. It is a large, sunny room, with open fireplace and bay window. During the winter I shall have the sunshine all day long. After I have moved into the room, I will tell you how I like it.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 5)
As you no doubt know, for some time after my return from the East, I was unable to use my voice. I feared that I could never again speak in public. But gradually the power of speech returned, and one Sabbath, to test my voice, I ventured to speak to the little company in Calistoga for a few minutes. Twice afterward I spoke to small companies, each time talking a little longer. Then I promised to speak at the Sanitarium, in order to test my voice before a larger congregation. The chapel was filled, and I spoke without difficulty for nearly an hour. After these trials, I felt free to respond to a call to attend the local camp-meeting held a few weeks ago in Petaluma.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 6)
We drove fifty miles across the country to this meeting. Our trunks and bedding were taken over by Brother Leininger in his large wagon. It was cheaper to send our baggage in this way than to ship it by rail. Brother Leininger took his family with him to attend the meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 7)
The good hand of the Lord was with us in making arrangements for a home in Petaluma during the meeting. We succeeded in renting a large, two-story house in a quiet neighborhood, within about five-minutes’ walk of the camp-ground. This house had eight rooms, with clothes-presses, besides kitchen, pantry, and bathroom. Some of my workers were with me, and we occupied the house together. The rent for house and lot, with stable and a large, grassy paddock for the horses, was only seven dollars. Never before in all my travels have I, when away from home, been so favorably situated either for working or for resting, as I was in this house in Petaluma.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 8)
Our camp-meeting in Petaluma was excellent. I spoke with freedom six times before large audiences, besides giving a short talk during a meeting held in the interests of the San Francisco medical missionary work. I rode out daily, and also wrote many important testimonies. Much was accomplished by my workers in preparing important matter that is much needed by many.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 9)
After the meeting closed, we drove home, eating our lunch on the roadside as we had done when going over. On the way we stopped at a large orchard to buy a box of cherries. These were a feast to us. But the day was very warm, and the return journey nearly wore me out.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 10)
Two days after our return, the brethren met in this place to hold a Medical Missionary Council. Judge Arthur was present. During this council-meeting I spoke four times, including the Sabbath service. The Lord wonderfully strengthened me to bear a plain testimony, but this effort, made immediately after the hard labor at Petaluma, wore on me considerably; for I felt intensely over the matters that I presented before the brethren.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 11)
Two weeks later I spoke again on Sabbath morning in the Sanitarium chapel. The next morning I felt as if I must be outdoors, so Brother James and two of his children, Sara McEnterfer, and I went up the Howell Mountain road a few miles to the home of Brother Leininger’s daughter to gather some small black cherries. We ran our platform wagon directly under one of the large trees, and I stood on the seat to pick the fruit, holding to the boughs with my left hand while picking cherries with my right hand. In this way I was able to pick eight quarts. Altogether, we picked two boxes, a portion of which we gave to Brother James as his share. In the afternoon, Mrs. Nelson and Sara put up thirty-seven quarts. The juice of these cherries is the richest that I have ever tasted.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 12)
Early the next morning, Monday, I stood before the people in the Sanitarium chapel once more, to fulfil my promise to speak to them in the interests of the church school work in this place. The room was full, and the Lord helped me to speak for an hour, giving clearness of mind and much freedom. I never spoke where the people seemed to listen so attentively, as for their lives. I shall have a copy of the report of this talk sent to the brethren at Berrien Springs.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 13)
The following forenoon I was called to a board meeting of the California Medical Missionary Association, held in the Sanitarium library. I spoke for an hour. The testimony that I bore was timely and much needed. I will have a copy of this talk sent to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 14)
I give you these little particulars so that you may know about how I am feeling. As you were members of our family for some time, I know you will be interested to hear of our welfare. For the past few weeks I have been working constantly. I am surprised that I can do so much. At one time I was afraid that I should lose my eyesight. But I used my eyes very carefully, treating them as best I could. I have not had time to take any treatment at the Sanitarium. I felt that I must continue writing in order to complete the educational book. I have had a copy of this book, in manuscript form, sent to you to read. We are now waiting for you to return it, with your criticisms. I have carefully read all this matter. I feared that my eyes would not be strong enough to finish reading it, but I cried unto the Lord in prayer, and He heard me. My eyesight is preserved.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 15)
I should like to write at greater length, but I must pass rapidly over many things that would be of interest to you. I must, however, tell you something about the Sanitarium here. It has undergone a transformation as wonderful as would be the transformation of a lion into a lamb. The conditions seems to be in every way improved. I bore personal testimonies from the Lord to several connected with the institution. Those received by Brother Nelson and family, and by Brother Boeker of the Food Company, brought about decided reformations. Both of these brethren made good confessions in the church. Sister Nelson is now living in St. Helena. The message borne to Dr. Zelinsky and wife have not wrought the desired changes. Their cases stand very much the same as they stood before.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 16)
One of the changes most needed was the separation of Dr. Sanderson and his wife from the institution. He is practicing in San Francisco. Dr. Loper is here now. He is a Christian gentleman. Dr. Winegar is also here. She is a treasure-house of wisdom and is respected and loved by all. Her presence in the institution is a great blessing. We appreciate her worth, and pray that she may be given grace to carry forward her work wisely and intelligently. In the Sabbath school she has a class of thirty patients, whom she instructs in the Scriptures.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 17)
Elder Taylor’s labor has been greatly blessed. The changes that have been effected have helped to purify the institution. Objectionable food is not served. No more foolish entertainments are held. There are now fewer patients, but those who come are benefited spiritually as well as physically. A heavenly atmosphere pervades the buildings. The Lord is working, cleansing, and sanctifying the helpers. We hope to see this reformation continue.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 18)
Excellent meetings were held in the chapel last Sabbath. We are greatly encouraged, and we hope that this Sanitarium will be a place where God can reveal Himself. In every institution we should ask for God’s blessing, and then work just as if the Lord has answered our prayers. Thus we shall gain victory.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 19)
I want you to read the matters that will be sent to you from time to time, and tell me how you regard these things.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 20)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 116, 1902, 21)
Lt 117, 1902
Butler, Hiland “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 28, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 105-107. Dear brother Hiland Butler,—
I am sending you with this a copy of a letter that I wrote to Brother and Sister Keck some time ago. The matter referred to in this letter was not mentioned to me by your father. Not one word has he ever spoken to me on this subject or I to him.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 1)
I know, my brother, that your father is in need of your help. He desires your help, and I cannot see why he should not have his desire. You can best serve God and His cause by fulfilling the claims that your father has on you.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 2)
I was much gratified to see your father in so good a state of mind spiritually. “God moves in a mysterious way, His wonders to perform.” One thing we must all do. We must be careful to follow the Lord “whithersoever he goeth.” [Revelation 14:4.] You are in danger of looking to men for guidance.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 3)
There is much to be done in the cities of the South, in Greater New York, and in many other cities. Will you not join your father in his work for the great, needy Southern field. I wish you to feel that compliance with the wishes of your father is to be held above any other earthly obligation. Were I in your place, and should my father plead for my help in his work, I should feel that I was going contrary to God’s will by refusing to work at his side.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 4)
The words of the Lord Jesus were spoken to bless men and make them happy. He came to the world to bless all whom He could. In the place of using imperative command, He seems to lay aside the spirit of the legislator, and to strive to rescue from earthliness all that would accord with His purity and advance His work. Blessing after blessing flowed forth from His lips, as the gushing forth of a long-sealed current of rich life. Every sentence was a rich jewel from the treasure house of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 5)
From the ambitious favorites of the world, Christ turned to those they disowned, pronouncing all blessed who received His light and life. To the poor in spirit, the meek, the lowly, the sorrowful, the despised, the persecuted, He opens His arms of refuge, saying, “Come unto me, all ye that labor, and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you”—the yoke of submission—“and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 6)
Christ presents before the learner every virtue, every feature of Christian excellence. He adds one endowment after another to the possessor of His graces, until at last He looks on him with delight.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 7)
“Blessed are the poor in spirit,” He declares. [Matthew 5:3.] In their spiritual poverty, He can discern wealth infinitely more enduring than the possessions of earth can give.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 8)
Today Christ is ready to give abundantly. He will withhold from us nothing that is for our good. He longs to find channels ready to receive the blessings that He has to bestow.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 9)
The Lord has been your Helper. He will be your Helper still. But you must remember the longing desire of your father. Remember the command that God has placed in the Decalogue: “Honor thy father and thy mother; that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” [Exodus 20:12.] This is God’s charge to you. Upon every child rests the responsibility of doing all in his power to minister to the happiness of his parents. Whoever seeks to lead you to disregard your father’s wishes might better repent before God.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 10)
My brother, the son of one whom I greatly respect and love in the Lord, I advise you to comply with your father’s request. Do not gratify the enemy by speaking words that a son has no right to speak to his father. I beg of you not to reproach your father. You should not feel as you do; for your father has done nothing that God condemns. His condemnation exists only in the minds of men. He has in no wise dishonored his children. He is keeping the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment. The Lord is opening the way before him that he may do a great and good work for His people. Christ is his Saviour, and in beholding Christ, he will be changed into His image.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 11)
Your father has been a kind, tender husband. For many years he served faithfully her whom he has always loved. Death separated him from the one who for so long had been his special charge. Then his sister was taken from him, and his home was broken up. Is it any wonder that under these circumstances he should, after your mother’s death, become attached to a woman in whose conversion to the truth he was instrumental? This woman is not young, but of an age to be a help to him in his work. Should your father’s age have stood as a barrier to his happiness?
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 12)
I wrote to Brother and Sister Keck about this matter. He wrote me a letter in reply. Of this reply I will say nothing; for it is an expression of unbelief. I understand Brother Keck’s feelings in this matter; but I greatly fear that they have not the endorsement of divine sanction. I fear that Brother and Sister Keck will hurt their own souls and that your father will have to suffer because some people’s feelings were greatly shocked when there was nothing whatever to be shocked about.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 13)
Had your father married this lady, I believe that the Lord would greatly have blessed them both. But I do not think, seeing that the matter has been treated as it has, it will go any further. Those who refuse to sanction this union should remember that one day they must meet the result of their action. But I must leave this matter with those who have been acting a part in it.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 14)
I write this in much love to you both.
(17LtMs, Lt 117, 1902, 15)
Lt 118, 1902
Keck, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 31, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Keck,—
I have received and read your letters. I am glad that you have written so fully. I have received no special light in regard to your sister being the one that Elder Butler should unite with in marriage. I think that so important a step should be carefully and prayerfully considered, and that it should not be taken without the fullest evidence that the Lord is leading.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 1)
In writing to you about this matter, I treated it on the grounds of the objections raised to the union of Elder Butler to your sister because of the death of Elder Butler’s wife being so recent, and because your sister is so much younger than Elder Butler.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 2)
It would seem from your letter that your sister is not fitted to bear the responsibilities that would come to one marrying Elder Butler. Unless she were thoroughly converted, she might not endure the trials that would come to her. As you seem to know your sister, I will leave the matter with you.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 3)
One thing more: I wish you to understand that, at the time that I wrote to you, Elder Butler had not spoken or written a word to me in regard to this matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 4)
I have written to Hiland Butler to let him know that he need not regard it as a monstrous thing that his father should want a wife; for Elder Butler needs a wife, if ever a man did. But the woman he marries should be one of true godliness, sense, and experience, who will not be a cause of worriment or prove a stumbling block to him. God has a work for Elder Butler to do, and He will be with him.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 5)
I am very sorry that Hiland should feel as he does in regard to this matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 6)
I am sorry that this trial has come to you. Do not afflict your souls over the matter and grieve the Spirit of God. And I entreat you not to allow it to lead you to withdraw your confidence from Brother Butler. I have no less confidence in Brother Butler than before this transaction took place, and I beg you to maintain your confidence in him.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 7)
Be of good courage in the Lord. He desires you to stand at your post of duty. He does not wish you to withdraw from the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 8)
We are to help one another, bearing one another’s burdens. Our sympathies are to go out to those around us. We are to be kind, tender, courteous. While every man has his own burden to bear, he may at the same time help another to bear his burden. By this helpfulness, he himself is helped.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 9)
No human being is independent of his fellows. The God of heaven has mysteriously linked all men together by the cross. The principle of mutual forbearance and helpfulness is to be kept in constant exercise in our dealings with all men, and especially in our dealings with those who love the Lord Jesus. The poor are to be relieved, the sick visited, the sorrowing and the bereaved comforted, the inexperienced counselled, the fainthearted made more hopeful. We are to weep with those that weep, and rejoice with those that rejoice. We are to make straight paths for our feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. All these acts will help the hand that helps. Every good action opens a new chapter in our experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 10)
I ask you to look to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. Restrain all harsh, rough expressions; for sometimes silence is eloquence. “Love as brethren; be pitiful, be courteous.” [1 Peter 3:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 11)
May the Lord bless you, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 118, 1902, 12)
Lt 119, 1902
Brethren bearing responsibilities in the Southern Union Conference “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 28, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 101. + To my brethren bearing responsibilities in the Southern Union Conference,—
I have not slept since two o’clock. I have an intense interest in all that concerns the welfare of the Southern work. When a difficult field is presented before me as a field that must be worked, I understand that I must make this field my special burden until, before the earnest, continuous efforts put forth, the difficulties disappear, and the work is established.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 1)
The Southern field, with its encouraging and discouraging features, has been kept before me for many years. The other day, as I was sitting in my office room, I seemed to lose all sense of where I was. A company was before me. It seemed to be a business meeting, and differences of opinion were expressed regarding the subjects under consideration. The matter of the treasurership of the Southern Publishing Association was being discussed. Elder Stone urged that if he were to bear the name of treasurer, he should be treasurer in fact and bear the responsibilities of the position. And this seemed reasonable.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 2)
Instruction was then given by One who has authority. All that is now said regarding the Southern field is to be said with a full comprehension of the existing difficulties. No hasty movements are to be made in taking men out of a position and putting other men in their place.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 3)
The principle that is to regulate the proceedings of the last great assize is contained in the words “justified by faith; judged by works.” This is our day of trust—a time of solemn privilege. Soon is to come our day of reckoning.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 4)
God is the absolute owner and director of all people and in a special manner of His church. To every human being are entrusted gifts. There is no child of God, high or low, rich or poor, who is not the possessor of some sacred trust. We are stewards of the manifold grace given to every man to profit withal. All that we have we receive from Christ. Of ourselves we can do nothing.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 5)
Some are filled with self-complacency. They think that were they entrusted with greater talents and larger responsibilities, they could do a work that would be of much advantage. Often such ones are self-deceived. Let every one beware.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 6)
Some are filled with a restless desire for a higher place. With ourselves it is well to be discontented if this strengthens our efforts to do something better to reach a nobler good. But let none mourn that they cannot glorify God in the use of talents that He has not entrusted to their keeping. He holds us responsible only for the work He has placed in our hands.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 7)
One thing all can do. They can avoid making the work of others unnecessarily hard by criticizing their efforts, putting stones in front of the wheels of the car they are trying to push uphill. If they are unwilling to help, to put their shoulder to the wheel, let them at least refrain from hindering those who are working. God calls for workers who will refuse to discourage their fellow workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 8)
There is room for all to use their God-given talents. What are we doing with our gifts? Men are needed who can plan for the successful performance of the many duties waiting to be done. Who will fit himself for the position of sacred trust that God wishes him to occupy? Do the work for which you are adapted. Do not exhaust your mental and physical strength by complaining of what others are doing. No one has any excuse for murmuring about the work of his neighbor. Take hold somewhere, and prove yourselves a successful worker. Each office has a burden proportionate to its importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 9)
The Southern work has been the subject of prejudice and evil surmising. The spirit of wicked opposition has been manifested by some who were more in need of correction than were those they criticized. This field, in its unsightly barrenness, has stood before heaven as a witness against the unfaithfulness of those who have had great light. When I think of this long-neglected field, and of the way in which it has been treated, there comes over me an intensity of feeling that words cannot express. I can only pray that the Lord will raise up workers to enter this field.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 10)
As yet, there are only a few places in the South that have been worked. There are many, many cities in which nothing has been done. Why did not those who felt so free to criticize go to work in this needy field and do something as wise and just and righteous as that which they required from those whom they criticized? If men know so well what ought to be done, why do they not take hold of the work that for years has been urged upon them.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 11)
The light given me is that no abrupt movements should be made in bringing about changes in the publishing house at Nashville. We are not to be as men beating the air. It is not the Lord’s purpose for Elder Stone to connect with the office at Nashville. He is not the best man to stand in that place as treasurer and financier. The Lord has not laid this burden upon him.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 12)
Those who have not borne the burden of opening up the work among the colored people can know comparatively little of the trials, the prayers, and the wrestling of those who have been pioneers in this work. And those who have never borne the burdens connected with the successful building up of publishing enterprises can comprehend comparatively little of the perplexities and necessities of this work. Men are few who have the adaptability for this work that would make their efforts successful. The work needs men who are willing to begin small, yet who are broad and liberal in their plans; men who are willing to reach to the lowest sinner, and lead him upward to the light.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 13)
In their determination to meet the people where they were, the pioneers of successful work among the colored people were obliged to teach old and young how to read. This was a laborious task. They had to provide food and clothing for the needy. They had to speak comforting words to the downcast. Those who, after a day’s work, walked miles to attend night school needed sympathy. The teachers had to adapt their instruction to many varied minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 14)
Angels of God looked on with approval. The workers had God’s commendation. Many times the plans laid to drive them out of the field were frustrated by His providence.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 15)
Some mistakes were made; for it was a difficult matter to know how to advance the various interests. The workers passed through an experience of disappointment and trial. But Christian love and patience won for them the victory. Reverses taught them caution. They learned much by what they suffered and gained a valuable experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 16)
Let us remember that those who have been connected with a work from the beginning are thereby fitted to understand and appreciate its requirements. Let the men who have borne the burdens and carried the responsibilities be allowed to place matters on a firm basis. Let those who have taken no special part in the wrestling, pioneer work, who have not borne the burden of establishing new interests, remember that with reference to those matters in which they have not had experience, silence is their wisdom. The tongue can set in operation a great many reports that are wide of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 17)
During Elder Butler’s visit, he told me that Elder Stone had been chosen to act as treasurer of the Southern Publishing Association, and I expressed some objections to his filling that position. Afterward, I read a letter from Elder Stone, which removed these objections from my mind; and I wrote to him, telling him that if his brethren had seen fit to elect him as treasurer, to accept the charge. I had no light regarding his qualifications for the work, but felt that my former objections, which had been removed by the letter, should not stand against his fulfilling the wishes of his brethren.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 18)
Three weeks after this, one Friday, just before dinner, I was sitting in my office, when a scene passed before me, and I saw things clearly in reference to the Nashville publishing house and Elder Stone’s connection with it. I cannot now place on paper all the impressions made on my mind by that vision in the daytime. I saw plainly that it would not be wise to make the proposed changes in the publishing house. As a result, objectionable features would be brought into the work, and present conditions would not be bettered.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 19)
Should action be taken to put W. O. Palmer or Edson White in an objectionable light, the enemy would gain a decided victory. Before changes are made, the matter must be given careful consideration. The Lord would not have changes made now; for they would be an injury to both parties. God gives the workers in the office time to adjust the matters that may to others appear objectionable.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 20)
There were presented to me as a flash of lightening the true principles that will be worked out by those who are now in a position of responsibility in the office.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 21)
True, there are debts to be lifted from the Nashville publishing house, but so there are from almost every institution established among us. The workers in Nashville have put forth desperate efforts to make bricks without straw.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 22)
God’s servants, in their intense desire to place the work in which they are engaged on vantage ground, enter into plans which in some cases succeed. Then again, because of circumstances beyond their control, they suffer disappointment; their hopes are dashed to the ground. Sometimes they are removed from their position, and others coming in realize what the former workers fondly hoped to accomplish. Thus those who did not fight the hardest battles received the credit of the success of the work when it was not their due. This experience does much harm to those who are given credit for the work done by others.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 23)
It has been presented to me that again and again this course has been followed. Again and again abrupt movements have been made, resulting in confusion and perplexity. Self-exaltation leads men to represent as failures those preceding them in the work, who, apparently, did not succeed. A heavy cloud of doubt is thrown upon them. This is an exhibition of selfishness that greatly dishonors God. The man who follows such a course of action will find that it will be to him a stone of stumbling.
(17LtMs, Lt 119, 1902, 24)
Lt 120, 1902
White, J. E.; Palmer, W. O. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 28, 1902 Previously unpublished. + To J. E. White and W. O. Palmer
Nashville, Tennessee My son,—
This is the word of the Lord to you: You have moved unwisely, but the Lord has not allowed the enemy to triumph. In your intense interest to accomplish a great work, you have labored unwisely and have sacrificed your God-given strength for the advancement of the work. The Lord knows how deep an interest you have in the progress of His work in the South, and if you will walk humbly with Him, He will turn your apparent defeat into victory. Give no place to the enemy, that your good may not be evil spoken of.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 1)
In opening new fields, all practical methods are to be put into execution. But in your work, let not the difficulties of the situation lead to any action of a questionable character. I beg of you, my son, never to give occasion for anything to be said of your spirit or of your business affairs that will hurt your ministerial labors. Let no one be able to say that in order to secure means you have taken any wrong course.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 2)
Do not tie up money in the building of boats. You suppose you can do a work to greatly help the Southern field to carry forward the work needing to be done, [as] if this was a sure gain—but, the result would be an injury. Your investments in this line are not inspired of God. By engaging in this work, you give occasion for those who are taking a wrong course to justify themselves. Those in God’s service should guard their words and actions with the utmost carefulness so that there will be nothing in their work that men can misinterpret to the injury of God’s cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 3)
At the time of the Nashville Conference, you and Brother Palmer were so anxious for the work to appear to the best advantage that you made an outlay of means, not extravagantly, but that [which] might have been saved. All such things are a subject of criticism.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 4)
Brother Palmer, I know that in your business connections with the world before you united with the work in the South this last time, you followed methods that were not in accordance with sanctified principles. If you should bring these methods into your efforts in the publishing house, it would mar the work of God. Then all the reports of your enemies, and their imaginings against you, would be accepted by many as facts.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 5)
Your financial speculations were not right in God’s sight. The reports of these speculations are now in the mouths of many who would be glad to see Will Palmer exposed. The enemy would be glad to use the course you followed, prior to your uniting with the office at Nashville, as a means of destroying your influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 6)
At the time of the General Conference, it was presented to me that your course when engaged in worldly business had been objectionable. I was shown that if you did not break away from your worldly associates, you would be ruined, soul and body; but that if you could now be placed among different associations, under influences more uplifting, you might recover yourself. You have erred, but God will save those who, having erred, repent, and are determined to be righteous before Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 7)
As regards the financial management of the printing office, the Lord will bring forward His man of opportunity for this position; but it is not Elder Stone. It is not Edson White or W. O. Palmer. Neither of you are careful financiers. There is needed for this position a man who has a clear understanding of business, and who at the same time loves and obeys God. Wait patiently, and let God work. This matter will adjust itself if you will wait for the Lord’s direction. Put into practice the meekness and lowliness of Christ. How does faith gain increased strength? Through trial. The Lord’s hand is on the helm. He is guiding the ship.
(17LtMs, Lt 120, 1902, 8)
Lt 121, 1902
German Brethren and Sisters in America “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 7, 1902 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in Ev 292, 413-414; PM 367; 6MR 415-416. To my German brethren and sisters in America,—
I felt impressed when at the last General Conference to assure Brother Conradi that he should have our prayers and co-operation in working that which we know to be a hard field, a field walled in by many difficulties. We are far away from Brother Conradi and the brethren who are associated with him in pressing forward the work in new territory. His field of labor is not within the range of our natural vision, but it should not be beyond the eyesight of the mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 1)
We know what it means to have a great work before us and to be bound about for want of means, while at the same time the word of the Lord is coming to us, saying, “Annex new territory; lift up My standard of truth in new fields.” In Australia we did not have the facilities we should have had to carry forward the work that the Lord directed us to do. Although some help came to us from America, an abundance of means was expended in the home field, while we were striving, studying, and praying, but bound about, unable to advance for want of the money we might have had, but which, instead of being sent to us, was used in America.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 2)
We should all feel that we are the ones whom Christ addressed when He said to His disciples, “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth.” [John 4:35-37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 3)
After sowing the seed, the husbandman is compelled to wait for months for it to germinate and develop into grain ready to be harvested. But in sowing it he is encouraged by the expectation of fruit in the future. His labor is lightened with the hope of good returns in the time of reaping.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 4)
Not so with the seeds of truth sown by Christ in the mind of the Samaritan woman during His conversation with her at the well. The harvest of His seed-sowing was not remote, but immediate. Scarcely were His words spoken, before the seed thus sown sprang up and produced fruit, awakening her understanding, and enabling her to know that she had been conversing with the Lord Jesus Christ. She let the words of divine light shine into her heart. Forgetting her water-pitcher, she hastened away to communicate the good news to her Samaritan brethren. “Come,” she said, “see a man, which told me all things that ever I did.” [Verse 29.] And they came out at once to see Him. It was then that He likened the souls of these Samaritans to a field of grain. “Lift up your eyes,” He said to His disciples, “and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.” [Verse 35.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 5)
“So when the Samaritans were come unto him, they besought him that he would tarry with them: and he abode there two days.” And what busy days these were! What is the record of the result? “And many more believed because of his own word; and said unto the woman, Now we believe, not because of thy saying: for we have heard him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world.” [Verses 40-42.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 6)
Christ, in opening to the minds of the Samaritans the Word of life, sowed many seeds of truth and showed the people how they too could sow seeds of truth in the minds of others. How much more good might be accomplished if all who know the truth would labor for sinners—for those who need so much to know and understand Bible truth and who would respond to it as readily as the Samaritans responded to the words of Christ!
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 7)
*****
An Opportunity to Sow Seeds of Truth
My German brethren and sisters in America, this message is given to me for you: God has His faithful ones in Germany and in all the other countries where Germans have scattered. Consider how much good you might do, how many people you might help, by selling the German edition of Christ’s Object Lessons, doing all you can by your labor and by your means to share in the expense of establishing and carrying forward the school work in Germany.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 8)
In engaging in this work of self-denial, first give yourselves unreservedly to the Lord, hiding your lives with Christ in God. With Paul, be able to say, “The life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God.” [Galatians 2:20.] Believe that you are His helping hand in America, and that it is your privilege to reach out as far as possible, even across the broad waters, to the “regions beyond” [2 Corinthians 10:16], to share with others the advantages that you enjoy. And be not backward in other lines of work. Make yourselves useful by helping others engaged in the work where you are, as well as by assisting your brethren in Germany. Christ now needs laborers in America, your present home, as well as in your former home in the Old Country.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 9)
While doing aggressive work in America, remember how much more difficult it is to labor in foreign fields, where our brethren are deprived of many of the advantages that are enjoyed by those laboring in America. The carrying forward of the work in Germany or in any other foreign country demands the sharing of our advantages more freely with them because of the disadvantages in those fields. Remember that charity—love—is true blessedness. Whether in the Old Country or in America, how can our brethren give a better illustration of the fruit of the tree of life than by sharing their advantages with others in more difficult places? Our spiritual blessings will be proportionate to our self-denying works.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 10)
Remember that although the Lord has not called you to labor personally in foreign fields, He requires you to do all you possibly can to help others who are working in these fields. In planning and working to build up the schools by the proceeds of your sales of Object Lessons, include your brethren across the Atlantic Ocean. In thus co-operating with them, you will be co-operating with Christ in the person of His saints. And He who gave His life to save perishing souls will give you His presence, His grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 11)
Let all engage in this effort from pure, unselfish motives, co-operating with Elder Conradi and his companions in labor, working not because of personal ambition or for the praise of men, but because they long to act a part with Christ in the work of saving perishing souls. In Christ’s service, everything depends upon the motives prompting believers to action. Those who labor for the love of souls will advance His work in our world.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 12)
Let no one cherish a zeal that is not according to knowledge. Impulse is good when it is controlled by the Holy Spirit of God; but he who does not cherish sanctified principles will practice dishonesty in order to make a wonderful display, that others may see “what I can do.” By “I,” selfishness is wrought out. “I” disregards greater need elsewhere, grasps too much, and selfishly builds up his own work. Such a course of action is a sad spectacle to angels and to men. None are to circumscribe their influence, their God-given talent of means, in order to make a display which God will have to destroy in order to bring them to their senses.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 13)
Who has elevated man and given him power? Who upholds and sustains him, increasing his efficiency to do good? Is this done in order that man may glorify himself? No true disciple of Christ can be self-centered. Personal ambition will strive for the mastery with our German brethren in America, as it has been and still is striving with our English-speaking brethren. But, my brethren, watch unto prayer, lest ye enter into temptation. Be neither selfish in withholding means, nor selfish in devising and carrying out unsanctified, ambitious projects that will absorb the means that should be used in other places. Realize that as Christ’s disciples you are in duty bound to give the truth to the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 14)
I hope that all will understand the value of the opportunity offered them to sell the German edition of Christ’s Object Lessons for the benefit of the school work in Germany. It is the privilege of our German brethren and sisters in America to help their fellow workers in the Old Country in this way. Let your hearts be drawn out to aid them in establishing the work in many places, where it will be a continual memorial of the power of Bible truth. Now is your time to come to the help of the missionaries already doing their utmost in foreign countries.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 15)
“To do good and to communicate forget not: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.” [Hebrews 13:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 16)
“Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not highminded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life.” [1 Timothy 6:17-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 17)
May the Lord help us now to give foreign fields the attention that they ought to have, so that the workers in these fields will not be bound about, unable to leave memorials for God in many places. Let us not continue to neglect our duty. Let us gain a better understanding of the situation and redeem the past.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 18)
It may be that in lifting up your eyes to see afar off the fields white unto the harvest you will receive into your own hearts the abundant grace of God. You who through unbelief have been spiritually poor will through personal labor become rich in good works. You will no longer starve your souls in the midst of plenty, but will appropriate the good things God has in store for you. When you begin to realize how destitute of means the laborers are to carry forward the work in foreign fields, you will do what you can to help, and your souls will begin to revive, your spiritual appetite will become healthful, and your mind will be refreshed with the Word of God, which is a leaf from the tree of life for the healing of the nations.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 19)
My German brethren and sisters in America, if you work with self-denial, doing what you can to further the advancement of the cause in new fields, the Lord will help and strengthen and bless you. Trust in the assurance of His presence which sustains you and which is light and life. Do all for love of Jesus and the precious souls for whom He has died. Work with a pure, divinely inwrought purpose to glorify God. The Lord sees and understands, and He will use you, despite your weakness, if you offer your talent as a consecrated gift to His service; for in active, disinterested service the weak become strong and enjoy His precious commendation. The joy of the Lord is an element of strength. If you are faithful, the peace that passeth all understanding will be your reward in this life, and in the future life you will enter into the joy of your Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 20)
*****
“Ye are the Light of the World”
Once a race of slaves amid a nation of idolaters, the Israelites were delivered from bondage and became a light in the desert, showing the Egyptians the way. If God’s people who lived in the Old Testament dispensation were to shine out brightly upon a world of idolaters, His people who live in this age, having so many more privileges and so much greater light, should shine forth still more brightly, diffusing light everywhere.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 21)
Wherever you find a Christian, you find a shining light. In word and action he reveals the Light of Life. His perceptions are not crusted with selfishness. Not having followed his own inclinations, he has not become unyielding in his convictions. He perceives the truth, and is blessed by its sacred influence; he sees the verity of God’s Word and its infinite superiority to everything selfish; he sees the foolishness of following human inventions when God’s plans and ways are to be followed. His ability to see these things is from God and qualifies him to be a representative of God, to bear with authority the Word of truth to others. He has been converted; he loves God supremely and his neighbor as himself. With unfeigned lips he prays to the Father, “Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come, thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever.” [Matthew 6:9-13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 22)
A truly converted man is one whose pen and purse and voice and influence are consecrated to Christ; one whose affections are rich with tenderness and unselfish interest; one who desires to see the light of truth shed abroad, enlightening the whole world.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 23)
My brethren, the precious light of Bible truth, like a lamp that burneth, is to beam forth from you in word and work. Strive to gain an intelligent knowledge of God’s Word. Stand ready to improve every possible opportunity to do good in behalf of the souls still in the darkness of error. Act your part heartily as unto the Lord in leading the sinful to see a sin-pardoning Saviour and to lay their burden of sin at the foot of the cross. When you see them happy in the possession of a heart cleansed from sin and renewed by the Holy Spirit, your joy in the Lord will increase, and you will know that you have not lived in vain.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 24)
Try it, brethren, try it. Put your heart into the Lord’s work. Let those who feel weak heartily take up missionary work, and let light shine nigh and afar off into the desert of darkness. As members of Christ’s church on the earth, individually consecrate yourselves to Him, planning unselfishly to help not only your brethren who are nigh, but especially those who are afar off. Open the heart more fully, in order that through you, light may shine to souls in darkness. Of all the church members who do this work, Christ says, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 25)
God’s church, the depositary of His truth, is represented not only as the light of the world, but as the salt of the earth. It has the preserving quality of salt that has not lost its savor. The Word of the living God is the salt of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 26)
As Christ’s representatives, we are all required to be bright and shining lights. The light of truth is to shine to the ends of the world. Greater and still greater light is beaming with celestial brightness from our Redeemer’s face, to be diffused amid the darkness of a benighted world. As laborers together with Him, we should pray for the sanctification of His Holy Spirit, in order that we may shine more and more unto the prefect day.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 27)
No one will be left in uncertainty in regard to the truth. God’s lamps are so arranged that with unmistakable clearness the light of truth will be revealed to the world. His lamps are to be placed in many centers to give light to all His house. Any man who by his course of action strives to prevent these lamps from illuminating the world—yes, all the dark places of the earth—has lost his bearings, and is not a bright and shining light.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 28)
God has qualified His people to enlighten the world. He has entrusted men with faculties that adapt them to extend and accomplish a work that will belt the world. Sanitariums, schools, printing offices, and kindred facilities are to be established in all parts of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 29)
But this work has not yet been done. In foreign countries many enterprises that require means must yet be begun and carried forward. The opening of hygienic restaurants, the establishment of sanitariums for the care of the sick and suffering is just as necessary in Germany as in America. Let all do their best, making their boast in the Lord, and blessing others by their good works.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 30)
Christ co-operates with those who engage in medical missionary work. Men and women who unselfishly do what they can to establish sanitariums and treatment rooms in many lands will be richly rewarded. Those who visit these institutions will be benefited physically, mentally, and spiritually. The weary will be refreshed, the sick will be restored to health, and the sin-burdened will be relieved. In far-off countries thanksgiving will be heard from the lips of those whose hearts are turned from the service of sin unto righteousness. By their songs of grateful praise a testimony is borne that will win other souls to the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 31)
The conversion of souls to God is the greatest work, the highest work, in which human beings can have a part. In the conversion of souls, God’s forbearance, His unbounded love, His holiness, His power are revealed. Every true conversion glorifies Him and causes the angels to break forth into singing. “Mercy and truth have met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other.” [Psalm 85:10.] Upon every truly converted soul—every one who believes in Christ as the world’s Redeemer—God has laid the obligation of co-operating with Him who gave His life for a perishing world. To every one who is at ease in Zion, He says, Arise, and put your shoulder to the wheel. Bear spiritual burdens. Clear the atmosphere of your soul in order that the Sun of Righteousness may shine forth through you to the people of other tongues, revealing to them a living, testing truth. Let your light so shine that those who are perishing in their sins may learn of God’s goodness, mercy, and love.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 32)
The light of the truth for this time is now shining upon the cabinets of kings. Their attention is being called to the Bible—the Statute-book of the nations, and they re comparing their national laws with its statutes. As representatives of Christ, we have no time to lose. Our efforts are not to be confined to a few places where most extravagant additions after additions have been made to the already ample facilities, where the light has become so abundant that it is not appreciated. There are many peoples and tongues and nations who are to have the light of truth. The books containing present truth are to be translated into every language. In those countries where religious liberty is restricted, God’s light is to shine forth by a faithful exposition of the Scriptures, exercising its reformative, sanctifying power on institutions, customs, and literature, both in public and in social life.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 33)
We are a spectacle to worlds unfallen, to angels, and to men. “Ye are my witnesses,” said Christ. [Isaiah 43:10.] We should know individually and be able to tell others that every promise of God is true. It is by bearing a straightforward testimony in word and work that we are counted as true, faithful witnesses for Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 34)
My German brethren and sisters, God now calls upon you to consecrate yourselves to Him in willing obedience. He calls upon you to proclaim His law with bold fidelity, and in the dignified, intelligent manner in which those whose hearts are sanctified by the truth ever reveal this truth to others. His people have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 35)
The third angel’s message is now to be proclaimed not only in America, but in every other land. The message is to be borne to English-speaking peoples and to the peoples of every other language. Let the believers, as active recipients of God’s blessings, diffuse the light of His truth to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people in obedience to the commission, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] We are not half awake to the importance of this commission. May God place the burden of the proclamation of the message upon His people now, just now, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 121, 1902, 36)
Lt 122, 1902
White, J. E. Petaluma, California June 12, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 223-228. + My dear Son Edson,—
I wish you and Emma to visit us at our home near St. Helena. Since the General Conference you and Brother Palmer have worked excessively to establish more firmly the work in Nashville. You have endeavored to make this work as presentable as possible in order to show those who knew scarcely anything about your work what has been accomplished in so short a time and with so small an outlay of means. You wished all to see that needless calls for means had not been made, and that the money received had not been used in vain. You desired the work done in Nashville to be a sample of what could be done in other cities.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 1)
But you found that you had expended more than you intended to expend. In trying to do the things that you wanted to see done, you taxed yourself greatly, wearing out your strength. When the general meeting for the Southern workers was appointed to be held in Graysville, you thought it would be best to have it held in Nashville. The change was made, but the time was limited in which to prepare for the accommodation of the brethren. You worked far beyond your strength, spending anxious days and sleepless nights in planning and working to complete the building that you were erecting.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 2)
You have not yet recovered from the effects of the strain under which you were laboring at that time; but do not think, my son, that if you have erred in building this addition, you have reason for being discouraged. Others know little of the earnest, almost superhuman efforts you have made to complete this building. Your zeal has led you beyond your strength, causing you to injure yourself. In my letters to you I have written much in regard to the work to be done in Nashville; and as the work has in the past been largely under your own jurisdiction, you were led to move independently in lines that led you beyond your depth. But even if you have spent more money than is at your command, you may make this, through its lessons of caution, a much greater blessing to you than would be an abundant inflow of means.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 3)
My son, you will find that you cannot please all men. You will offend some even when you do your best. But be very careful and guarded not to give occasion for your good to be evil spoken of. You cannot know how anxious I am to have you stand on vantage ground; for there are those who for years have covered their own neglect to take up work in the South by finding fault with the active laborers in that field. Instead of showing their tact, and ability by doing their best to start the work in new places, they have stood to one side, criticizing what Edson White and his co-workers have been doing. Those who have not “put off the old man with his deeds” [Colossians 3:9] are standing as accusers of the brethren. Before angels and men, Satan is zealously accusing the laborers who take up the work of God in new places. The men who do not take upon themselves the burden of God’s work will be kept very busy by the enemy in accusing and picking flaws with those who are determined to advance the work in missionary fields.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 4)
I see no reason why you should not be on the Committee of the Southern Union Conference as a counselor; for you know more about how the work in the South should be carried forward than do some who have had less experience. And if your voice and your experience should be regarded by the Committee as of much value, you must be careful not to think that your opinions are to be accepted as supreme above the judgment of those with whom you are associated in labor. Remember that counselors are to be connected with the various branches of our work. All are to pray and watch unto prayer, cherishing the wisdom that cometh from above.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 5)
It is well that something has been done to help Brother Shireman. He was in danger of making mistakes, and for the time being the best thing was done that could be done. If, after due consideration, it should now be found best for you to lay down the responsibilities you are carrying in connection with the Hildebran School, let others take charge of this enterprise.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 6)
Brother and Sister Shireman have yielded to great temptations that the enemy has brought to bear upon them. They imagine that advantage has been taken of them. This has cost them the loss of peace with God and of faith and confidence in their brethren.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 7)
Edson, place yourself where Brother Shireman can have no cause for imagining that you mean to injure him. Arrange matters so that no suspicion shall rest upon you that you have been taking advantage of him. I know that you have been his true, disinterested, benevolent, tender-hearted friend and brother. Not one advantage would you knowingly take of him; but he imagines otherwise. I am sorry, so sorry, that his soul and the soul of his wife are afflicted.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 8)
Brother and Sister Shireman have their appointed work. While they can do an excellent work in opening new fields and preparing the way for the kingdom of God to be established, they have not the ability to do regular school work. So far as they have the ability, they can do good work in opening new schools; but others must come to their help to carry the school work forward on a higher plane of disciplinary and educational training than they could.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 9)
God has been pleased with the work that Brother Shireman has done in arousing an interest in educational work and in erecting church and school buildings in Hildebran. The Lord has accepted his efforts to trade upon his talents. As he has built his plain, unpretentious buildings, heavenly angels have been his helpers. It is this kind of work that makes a good impression on the minds of unbelievers in regard to our brother’s abilities. “Let your light so shine before men,” the Saviour says, “that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 10)
Brother Shireman has solicited testimonials from men of influence—from ministers and men in high official position—in praise of his work. Allowing his mind to dwell upon these things, he has hurt his soul by coming to think that he has talent for places that he could never fill. I do not want Brother and Sister Shireman to hurt their influence for good; but they will, I fear, unless they learn to recognize the necessity of connecting with the school work persons of varied talents.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 11)
God loves Brother Shireman and will be with him unless he draws away from the Source of his strength. Let our brother listen to the counsel of his brethren and be as true as steel to principle. The enemy has tempted him sorely and has nearly succeeded in spoiling his record. He has tempted him to do some strange things that God cannot approve. But the Lord Jesus lives and reigns and will deliver His servant from temptation.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 12)
In speaking of talented men, we usually think of those who have remarkable gifts which enable them to do large things. Too often we think that only a favored few—men of superior genius and intellectual capabilities—can be called “talented.” But in Christ’s parable of the talents are included all responsible human agents, from the humblest and poorest in this world’s goods to those who are entrusted with talents of means and of intellect. Even those who faithfully use the least of talents will hear from the Saviour’s lips the words of commendation, “Well done, good and faithful servant.” The value that God places on the least of talents is shown by the reward He gives for its right use—eternal life. To every faithful steward He will say, “Enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 13)
The Lord gives talents proportionate to the several capabilities of His children. To every man is given his work. Those who do their duty to the best of their ability, using their talent aright, are doing a much-needed work, a work that hundreds of others could do if they only would.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 14)
Through faithful performance of his duty, trading on farthings entrusted to him, Brother Shireman secured the recognition of heaven. He who diligently uses his talent aright in doing the work that needs to be done, as Brother Shireman has used his, need never feel that in order to be appreciated, he must do a higher work for which he is not so well fitted.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 15)
The church of God is made up of many vessels, both large and small. The Lord works through the men who are willing to be used. He will bless our Brother Shireman in doing the work that has brought blessing to him in the past—the work of seeking to save souls ready to perish.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 16)
In all the Lord’s arrangements, there is nothing more beautiful than His plan of giving to men and women a diversity of gifts. The church is His garden, adorned with a variety of trees, plants, and flowers. He does not expect the hyssop to assume the proportions of the cedar, nor the olive to reach the height of the stately palm. Many have received but a limited religious and intellectual training, but God has a work for this class to do, if they will labor in humility, trusting in Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 17)
The Lord has graciously fitted Brother Shireman to do a certain work. Not all men can do the work that he by his Christian experience is able to do. He can do excellent work in opening new fields, beginning in a humble way, and meeting the people where they are, coarse and rough though they may be. Working with Christ, he can adapt himself to the situation, winning the hearts of many. He is able to reach after souls and to draw them into the fold. In many places he can find opportunity to read and comment upon the Bible to children and to older people. He and his wife can labor together for the conversion of souls. The Lord desires Brother Shireman to present the important points of truth to the people in object-lessons—line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. He is to remember that the Lord Jesus is the One who moves upon the heart. If he walks humbly with God, the Lord will continue to use him, giving him health and strength to do his appointed work.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 18)
Our brother is to prepare the way in new fields for others to work. His brethren are not to expect him to do as he has done, working to obtain means for institutions and afterward assisting to build them up. This is too hard a work for one man to do. But he should be given every possible encouragement to go forward and in his humble way reveal his loyalty to principle and his integrity to God. Let the truth fall from his lips in simple prayers and talks. In his unpretentious way he can reach a class that ministers generally cannot touch.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 19)
Brother and Sister Shireman’s danger is in supposing that their talents are sufficient to enable them to do all that must be done in one of our schools. They should not suppose that they can do the work that is essential in educating the youth. This work must be done by those whose talents and training fit them to be educators, enabling them to give the students a complete education. Instead of consenting to carry responsibilities that the Lord has not fitted them to carry, they should go out to other places to arouse an interest and to begin a work similar to the work begun at Hildebran. Taking with them some young helpers to co-operate with them, they could use the breaking-up plough, preparing the soil in new fields and sowing the seed. God will give the increase.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 20)
Individual, constant, united efforts will bring the reward of success. Those who desire to do a great deal of good in our world must be willing to do it in God’s way by doing little things. He who wishes to reach the loftiest heights of achievement by doing something great and wonderful will fail of doing anything.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 21)
Steady progress in a good work, the frequent repetition of one kind of faithful service, is of more value in God’s sight than the doing of one great work, and wins for His children a good report, giving character to their efforts. Those who are true and faithful to their divinely appointed duties are not fitful, but steadfast in purpose, pressing their way through evil, as well as good, reports. They are instant in season and out of season.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 22)
Brother Shireman is not to think that he has ability to do the most difficult work, the greatest service. Let him do a small work, and see it grow under his hand. In the past, the Lord has blessed him in doing his God-given work, and He will still bless him if he continues to work in the same line. Let him keep at the work by which, through faithfulness, he has attained success.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 23)
Let no man despise the humblest of employments. Christ, the Majesty of heaven, assumed the nature of humanity and for many years worked at the carpenter’s trade with Joseph. I presume that while working on the buildings at Hildebran, Brother Shireman has often realized that he was co-operating with the great Master-Builder, and has tried to do his work in the best way that he knew how to do it, knowing that this is all that Christ requires. The Lord Jesus is an Educator, and He will constantly help our Brother and Sister Shireman to become better and still better fitted for their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 24)
Tell Brother Shireman to put his trust in God alone, who will give him victory after victory. Angels of God will go before him if he will do his appointed work, using the talent given him. Let him encourage others to unite with him in pioneer work, planning with them to open new fields successfully and to erect humble church and school buildings. In teaching others to do what he has done, he will be engaged in an educational work of the highest character.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 25)
*****
Every one connected with the Southern Publishing House needs to have his eyes anointed with the heavenly eyesalve in order that he may see things clearly. Let those in God’s service who must meet the difficulties that are always connected with the working of new fields draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to them. He is our heavenly Father, “with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning.” [James 1:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 26)
*****
The chief burden of every human being is to be the salvation of body, soul, and spirit. Every Christian strives to accumulate true riches; for in this there is safety and consolation. In the place of lavishly investing means in uncertain enterprises, he yearly lays up treasure in the Bank of Heaven, his home. He keeps in circulation in the work of God upon the earth every talent entrusted to him, increasing his gifts by trading upon them. He knows that he cannot become rich in heavenly treasure by binding up his talents, be they few or many, in anything against which God has warned him. He does not hide his gifts in worldly enterprises and uncertain projects. He invests his Lord’s money in the cause, trading upon it to help the Saviour to secure His purchased possession. He realizes that he is entrusted with means to use for the advancement and glory of Christ’s kingdom by saving the souls for whom the Saviour died.
(17LtMs, Lt 122, 1902, 27)
Lt 123, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 5, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 55-58. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg Dear brother,—
I received your excellent letter a short time ago. You were not at home when you wrote, but were travelling from place to place, and therefore I did not answer immediately. After I received your letter, my heart was much oppressed. For several nights I could not sleep past one o’clock, but walked the room, praying. The fourth night I said, “Lord, what wilt thou have me to do. I am willing to do anything that it is duty for me to do.” I was instructed, “I have a message for you to bear to Dr. Kellogg.” I thought, “It will do no good. He does not accept the messages that I bear him, unless these harmonize with his plans and devisings.” Yet I must give the message given to me for you.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 1)
My brother, you have not heeded the light given you. If you go forward in your own judgment, to carry out your purposes, you will lead other minds astray. Many of the plans that have been laid for our work are not according to the plans and purposes of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 2)
Had thorough work been done during the last General Conference at Battle Creek; had there been as God designed there should be, a breaking up of the fallow ground of the heart, by the men who had been bearing responsibilities; had they, in humility of soul, led out in the work of confession and consecration; had they given evidence that they received the counsels and warnings sent by the Lord to correct their mistakes, there would have been one of the greatest revivals that there has been since the day of Pentecost.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 3)
What a wonderful work could have been done for the vast company gathered in Battle Creek at the General Conference of 1901 if the leaders of our work had taken themselves in hand. But the work that all heaven was waiting to do as soon as men prepared the way was not done, for the leaders closed and bolted the door against the Spirit’s entrance. There was a stopping short of entire surrender to God. And hearts that might have been purified from all error were strengthened in wrong doing. The doors were barred against the heavenly current that would have swept away all evil. Men left their sins unconfessed. They built themselves up in wrong doing and said to the Spirit of God, “Go thy way for this time; when I have a more convenient season, I will call for thee.” [Acts 24:25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 4)
The present is our sowing time for eternity. We must reap the fruit of the evil seed we sow, unless we repent the sowing, and ask forgiveness for the mistakes we have made. Those who, given opportunity to repent and reform, pass over the ground without humbling their hearts before God, without doing faithful work in putting away that which He reproves, will become hardened against the counsel of the Lord Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 5)
All blessings come to us by virtue of our union with Christ. He, the Lord of hosts, “hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the earth, that we should be holy, and without blame before him in love.” [Ephesians 1:4.] He has chosen all who will receive and believe and practice the truth—chosen them to be united to Him by adoption, to be members of the royal family. He has made an atonement for sin, and all who by faith receive Him as their Saviour become sons of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 6)
Christ knows the weakness and the failings of the human heart. Of ourselves, we can never make ourselves fit to be co-workers with Him. It is God’s purpose that each soul shall realize his inefficiency, and hunger and thirst after righteousness. Through the cleansing power of the Holy Spirit, we can be made vessels meet for the Master’s use.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 7)
Jesus saves only those who repent of their sins. By the efficacy of His blood, they are cleansed from all defilement. In all wisdom and prudence He works in the one who in faith surrender to Him. “Let him take hold of my strength,” He says, “that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] All those who die to self He will make vessels unto honor. He will bestow on them wisdom and understanding in spiritual things, giving them a rich measure of His grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 8)
It is Christ’s purpose to enlighten our understanding, that we may know “what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of his power” to all who deny self, and, taking up the cross, follow in the footsteps of Jesus. [Ephesians 1:18, 19.] Words cannot express the blessedness of following His guidance. He pledges Himself to work with those who strive to represent Him in thought, word, and deed. He gives them assurances to encourage them when they are cast down. He speaks words that will uplift them, but He never designs to exalt them in their own estimation. He gives them the earnest of His Spirit, recognizing their weakness in wearing His yoke. “Learn of me” He says, “and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] Holiness of heart and works and spirit is obtained through a belief of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 9)
The power of the grace of God is manifested when He leads men away from their own thoughts and their own desires and makes them willing to die to self. He leads them to believe on Christ and to trust in Him. He will raise them from spiritual death to spiritual life and to immortality and will seal them as His forever because of their obedience to His commands.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 10)
The heavenly Messenger turned to you, and said: “Unless you are converted, and become as a little child, you will walk in self-sufficiency and self-confidence and will estrange yourself from God. The Lord has given you encouragement, but you are not in simplicity co-operating with Him. You do not hunger for the greatness of His power. Did God lead you to bind yourself up with worldly men who do not obey His commands? What has drawn this veil over your spiritual eyesight, that you do not honor and glorify God, but walk in a way that glorifies self?”
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 11)
The kingdoms of this world are soon to become the kingdoms of our Lord. “The seventh angel sounded, and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord and of his Christ; and he shall reign forever and ever.” There is to be a rapid and triumphant spread of the gospel. “And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament; and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.” [Revelation 11:15, 19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 12)
The ark of God’s testament, covered by the mercy seat, was seen in His temple. What does this ark contain?—the law of God. Moses was directed to make an ark in which was to be placed the law of God, written with God’s own finger upon the tables of stone. This law God gave for the guidance of His people, and it was stamped with the assurance, staked upon His almighty power, that He has entered into covenant relation with them. Today God makes a covenant with all who will take their stand as loyal subjects of His kingdom, reverencing the law that occupies so prominent a position beneath the mercy seat.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 13)
The ark is a representation of the keeping power of God. In it the law is kept. And today there comes to us John’s testimony, “The temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament.” [Verse 19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 14)
The ark was to the Jewish people all that the Bible is to be to us. In the Bible are gathered the testimonies of divine truth that we are ever to keep before our minds. We are to study the Word of God in the way pointed out in the sixth chapter of John. “He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood,” Christ said, “dwelleth in me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father; so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:56, 57, 63.]
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 15)
Wonderful words! Eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God brings eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 16)
The Word of God is to become a part of our very being. You are to become as a little child, as must every one who is admitted into the city of God. We are to be little children, not kings and rulers striving to make a great display, but little children, realizing our lack of knowledge and experience. It is only when we serve God in the strictest integrity and in humility of mind, trusting in Jesus, that we are safe. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 17)
The heavenly Messenger said to you, “Your only hope is in clothing yourself with the garments of Christ’s righteousness. Never, never link yourself up with the world. Those who disregard God’s holy precepts will in the last great day stand with the apostate. The Word of the living God is to be our Guide.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 18)
“God is not with you in all the steps you have taken. In your councils, take no steps to unite with worldly men, lest you lead into false paths those who would be true to the principles that must characterize us as a people.” It is our work to point men to the living truths of the law of God which His people are to keep pure and holy.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 19)
The leaders in our medical work should now be considering the testimonies that for years have been coming to them. If they pay no heed to these warnings, the Lord cannot co-operate with them as He desires to. There is danger of your placing yourself and others in harmony with worldly plans. Faithfulness in duty, trust in God at every step—this is your safety. If you follow your own ambitious projects, you will go where Jesus has given you no liberty to go. Obey the Word of God, and you will be safe.
(17LtMs, Lt 123, 1902, 20)
Lt 124, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #6 35-40; CM 20-21; 3SM 56. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
The Lord is your strength. Take hold of His strength, and make peace with Him. In your human strength, you are as liable as any other man to err in judgment. The Lord is merciful and gracious. He will give you wise counsellors. If ever a man needed wise counsellors, you need them—men who will not receive your propositions or representations if they discern that they are not in harmony with the will of God, men who will not make things appear as they are not, who will abide by principles that will stand God’s test. The Lord wants you, Dr. Kellogg, to make straight paths for your feet, for the sake of your own soul’s salvation and to save other souls from following in false ways.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 1)
You regard too lightly the sacred truth for this time. You are not, in all things, walking in the light that God has sent you. Beware lest you confederate with unbelievers, accepting them as your counsellors, and following their worldly policy; for this is dishonoring to God. The less you expect from the world, the less attention you pay to its flattery, the safer you will be, and the surer of securing salvation. The less dependence you place in men who are wise in their own conceit, the better will be your standing before God. There is no safety in trusting in men who do not honor the Lord, who disregard His holy law. The less we expect of such men, whether of temporal help or inspiring example, the less bitter will be our disappointment.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 2)
And he who depends on his own strength leans on a broken reed. Put your trust in the Lord. Wait patiently for Him, and He will cause His name to be magnified.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 3)
The Lord encouraged you, not because your ways had been perfect in His sight, but because He would not permit those who were opposing a good work to carry out their own ideas and plans to the injury of His cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 4)
The word that God has chosen you as His physician should have been of sufficient encouragement to you to lead you to stand in hopefulness before Him, to purify your soul from all unholy leaven, and to place you where God could be honored by you and through you, where He could sanctify you by the influence of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 5)
You are taking honor to yourself. You are in danger of placing yourself where God should be. Unless you change, the Lord cannot sustain you in your exalted position of sacred responsibility. The Lord is proving you. Because it is more convenient, you have mixed with the truth that God commanded you to keep pure and holy the very principles He forbade you to cherish. The principles of truth and righteousness have been turned aside. Unless you depend continually upon God, truth is no safer in your hands than in the hands of those whom you suppose to be your enemies. Some of these are as righteous as you are in practice. Had you made straight paths for your feet, God would have delighted to co-operate with you. At the last General Conference you stood on vantage ground. God called upon you to take a higher stand. But you have misinterpreted His purposes.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 6)
God’s government extends to all the works of His hands. Nothing is so great or so exalted that it is above His direction and control; nothing is so small and obscure that it is beneath His notice. Whatever to shortsighted mortals the present appearances may seem to be, all the ways of the Lord are truth and righteousness. The universal and perfect government of God is a source of unspeakable joy to those who love Him and exalt His law.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 7)
With great solemnity the following words were addressed to you: “The Lord reigneth; let the people tremble; he sitteth between the cherubims; let the earth be moved. The Lord is great in Zion; and he is high above all the people. Let them praise thy great and terrible name; for it is holy. The king’s strength also loveth judgment; thou dost establish equity, thou executest judgment and righteousness in Jacob. Exalt ye the Lord our God, and worship at his footstool; for he is holy.” [Psalm 99:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 8)
Those who are connected with Christ, the Chief Worker, will represent His character in all their work. God is calling men, “Come to Me as My helpers in the performance of My work.” Righteousness and truth are the habitation of His throne. No man can execute His will who has not surrendered himself to God, that God’s will may be done in him. “Come to me as my right-hand helper,” will be the message to the faithful of the land—the men who are trustworthy, who will exalt the Lord God of heaven, not merely in their words, but in their deeds, men who can be relied on to do their duty under all trials and whatever the circumstances may be.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 9)
Righteous, high-principled, God-fearing men will stand before Him as capable of receiving His orders and of executing them with exactitude. The work of such men will bear the similitude of heaven. They will choose as their counsellors and helpers only the good and faithful. Our God is a jealous God, and those who fear Him, who live as if in His presence, as they surely are, will choose as counsellors those who are pure and righteous, who understand the will of God, and who refuse to uphold unrighteousness or selfishness in themselves or in any one else, who will not oppress their fellow men because they have it in their power to build up or to tear down, but who treat the humble as God treats them, showing them favor. When the heart is purified, refined by the Spirit of God, there will be fewer judgments pronounced upon others, and far more meekness and lowliness will be revealed.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 10)
To all who obey Him the Lord will say, “Dwell with me as my servants.”“He that worketh deceit shall not dwell within my house; he that telleth lies shall not tarry in my sight.... Whoso privily slandereth his neighbor, him will I cut off; him that hath an high look and a proud heart will not I suffer. Mine eyes shall be upon the faithful of the land, that they may dwell with me; he that walketh in a perfect way, he shall serve me.” [Psalm 101:5-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 11)
Those whom God shall favor, exalting them to a high place before angels and before men, should ascribe to Him all the glory, giving Him praise for their influence and their opportunities. Those whom God has made rulers in His stead dishonor Him when they put self into their work, which then bears the imperfections of the human agent. God demands that both in private and in public life men shall honor Him in the home, in the church, and in their daily business, setting an example which may be safely followed. Those whose hearts are fully with the Lord will not draw one thread of selfishness into the web. Not one jot or tittle of glory will they take to self.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 12)
The benefits that God bestows are daily renewed, and should be gratefully remembered and acknowledged. Should the Lord deal with men according to their sins, according to their underhand dealing, their departure from righteousness, how changed all would be. His blessings would be withdrawn; His indignation and wrath would be manifested. But He bears long. He allows misfortune and loss to come upon the wrong-doer. If this does not bring him to repentance, He comes close to him in affliction. If none of these things succeed in drawing him to the Saviour, He cuts down the fruitless tree.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 13)
God is plenteous in mercy. “He will not always chide, neither will he keep his anger forever.” [Psalm 103:9.] Just as soon as men heed His warnings, and set their own hearts in order, He will make the rough places plain before them. It is God that is dealing with His people. Trials as well as blessings come from Him. His hand is to be acknowledged in all.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 14)
The Lord permitted the Battle Creek Sanitarium to be consumed, but was it that you should erect in Battle Creek a larger Sanitarium? I know that this is not the purpose of God. In making plans so large that in order for them to be carried to completion you will feel that means must be gathered from every possible source, you are not following God’s way. The plans are not His, but yours. Be assured that there needs to be a reformation before you can be an acceptable co-laborer with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 15)
The Lord sees the work that must be done in His vineyard. He sees the places in which there should be memorials for Him in order that the truth may be represented. He sees the fields that are unworked and destitute of facilities. He requires from all who serve Him equity and just judgment. A large amount of means should not be absorbed in one place. Every building erected is to be erected with reference to the other places that will need similar buildings. It will not be pleasing to God for you to bind about the work of establishing small sanitariums. In many places sanitariums are to be established. These sanitariums are not to be large. In a mammoth institution, such as the Battle Creek Sanitarium has been, it is difficult to maintain the high spiritual standard that should be maintained; for it is hard to provide workers enough who have capabilities and talents that enable them to conduct the affairs of the institution in a way that is after God’s order. Let many small sanitariums be built. Let treatment rooms be established in many cities. Let hygienic restaurants be started, that people may learn what health reform really is.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 16)
God calls upon those who act a part in His service not to block the way of advance by selfishly using in one place or in one line of work all the means they can secure. In all parts of the world there is a work to be done that ought to have been done long ago. God forbid that you should make appeals to the people for means to complete the new sanitarium in Battle Creek, when you already have many buildings in your possession, and when you have thousands of dollars in sight. Bring your building to your means. Give other parts of God’s vineyard a chance to have facilities. Let plants be made in other cities. Especially is the Southern field to be given aid. This field has long stood before God in its nakedness, pleading to Him for advantages. The condition of the Southern field is a rebuke to the Christian churches of America. It has been laid open before you and your fellow workers that God has been reproached by this neglected field.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 17)
The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, and I will not hold my peace. These words were repeated: “But the mercy of the Lord is from everlasting to everlasting unto them that fear him, and his righteousness unto children’s children; to such as keep his covenant, and to them that remember his commandments to do them. The Lord hath prepared his throne in the heavens and his kingdom ruleth over all. Bless the Lord, Ye his angels, that excel in strength, that do his commandments, hearkening unto the voice of his word. Bless ye the Lord, all ye his hosts, ye ministers of his, that do his pleasure. Bless the Lord, all his works in all places of his dominion. Bless the Lord, O my soul.” [Verses 17-22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 18)
God has kept a record that shows His dealing with His people from age to age, and which shows also their mistakes, their unfaithfulness, their dangers, their emulation, their self-exaltation, and the way in which the Lord has worked to counteract the dangerous plans brought in. The record has been carefully cherished for the admonition and correction and guidance of God’s people from generation to generation. His people who live in this time, upon whom the ends of the world are come, are admonished to take warning and repent.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 19)
The uncertainty and the shortness of human life should lead us to the most solemn, serious consideration. We need to repent and be converted and to bring eternity into our reckoning; setting our affection on things above, not on things that perish with the using; seeking the riches that will endure forever, the righteousness that will never pass away.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 20)
God calls upon every one who claims to be in His service to make their calling and election sure. Many of us will soon close up our accounts in this world. But God’s mercy and grace to His church shall endure forever. As stewards of His grace, let us labor for souls as they that must give an account. Multitudes are neglected. Multitudes will be saved through the self-denial and self-sacrifice of God’s faithful workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 21)
God will call for laborers from among the humbler members of His family here below, because men of larger experience and ability, through whom He would work, take their defective judgment and weave it into the great web that is being woven for time and for eternity. God calls for workers from every church among us to enter His service as canvasser-evangelists. God loves His church. If the members will do His will, if they will strive to impart the light to those in darkness, He will greatly bless their efforts. He represents the church as being the light of the world. Through its faithful ministrations, a multitude that no man can number will become children of God, fitted for the everlasting glory. Every part of God’s dominion is to be filled with His glory. What, then, is the church doing to enlighten the world, that from all parts of the earth a tribute of praise and prayer and thanksgiving may ascend to Him?
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 22)
I must not write more now, although there is much more that I shall write when I know that the time has fully come.
(17LtMs, Lt 124, 1902, 23)
Lt 125, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 1, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 153-154. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I have been given a message for you. You have had many cautions and warnings which I sincerely hope and pray you will consider. Last night I was instructed to tell you that the great display you are making in Battle Creek is not after God’s order. You are planning to build in Battle Creek a larger sanitarium than should be erected there.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 1)
There are other parts of the Lord’s vineyard in which buildings are greatly needed, in order that the work which He has said must be done may be accomplished. You need to be awakened to understand that which has been often repeated—that Battle Creek is not to be made a Jerusalem. There are calls for means to establish memorials for God in cities nigh and afar off.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 2)
Do not erect an immense institution in Battle Creek which will make it necessary for you to draw upon our people for means. Such a building might far better be divided and plants made in many places. Over and over again this has been presented to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 3)
When I was in Australia, the Lord instructed me to tell those in responsible positions in the work in Battle Creek that missionary work is to be done in places where the truth has not been proclaimed. Light was given that altogether too much was being centered in Battle Creek—for there were cities that have never heard the third angel’s message—and that you should use in aggressive missionary work some of the means that came into your hands. I gave the message, but it was not heeded. You did not desire light on this subject.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 4)
The Sydney Sanitarium, which for so long has stood unfinished, testifies to the disregard of the Lord’s instruction. Had you felt the necessity that we in Australia felt, you would have appropriated means to establish new interests in the Lord’s vineyard, to set in operation enterprises that must be carried forward in order to advance medical missionary work.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 5)
I mention Australia because I have a personal knowledge of the needs of that field, and because the Lord sent to that country those who were fitted to make a wise use of means. Lift up your eyes and see how destitute of help are many fields to which the Lord has sent His servants who have helped to establish the work in different places. Will not the managers of the Battle Creek Sanitarium be called to account for not heeding the instruction God has given, for not using their influence to have some means appropriated for making plants in other places. They have not, with clear eyesight, seen the needs of the fields nigh and afar off.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 6)
The Lord did not direct that the Battle Creek Sanitarium should confine to Michigan all the means accruing from its working.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 7)
*****
Christ had been taken by wicked hands and crucified. He who was hurried to the place where criminals were executed was the Son of God, innocent and sinless, bearing the sin of the world, that by His death man might be granted another trial. All heaven saw the sacrifice He made and heard the taunts of the priests and rulers, who, as He hung on the cross, passed by, wagging their heads, and saying, “Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it again in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross.”“He saved others; himself he cannot save. If he be the king of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him; for he said, I am the Son of God.” [Matthew 27:40, 42, 43.]
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 8)
In their treatment of Christ, the Jews were prompted by the one who had been cast out of heaven for rebellion. All the abuse and ridicule and malice that satanic hate could suggest was heaped upon Him. Pilate had declared, “I find in him no fault at all.” [John 18:38.] But the priests and rulers had given themselves over to Satan’s control, and under his guidance they made the scene of [Christ’s] trial and crucifixion one of bitter shame and sorrow.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 9)
The sun veiled its face before the shameful sight. From the sixth to the ninth hour there was darkness over all the land. “And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?” [Matthew 27:46.] He bore the strokes of God. He descended to the lowest depth of humiliation, bearing the sins of the guilty. By the death of the Prince of heaven, a way was opened whereby the race might gain the victory over sin, if they would contend for it in God’s appointed way.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 10)
In clear, trumpet-like tones that seemed to resound throughout creation, Jesus cried, “It is finished.”“Father, into thy hands I commit my spirit.” [John 19:30; Luke 23:46.] A light encircles the cross, and the face of the Saviour shines with the glory like the sun. He then bowed His head and died. Again darkness settled upon the earth, and a hoarse rumbling like thunder was heard. There was a violent earthquake. In the surrounding mountains, rocks were rent and went crashing down into the plains. Sepulchers were broken open, and the dead were cast out of the tombs. Creation seemed shivering to atoms. Rulers, soldiers, executioners, mute with terror, lay prostrate on the ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 11)
By His death, Christ provided a way whereby man might be saved. He rose from the dead, and over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, proclaimed, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] And just before His ascension, He gave His disciples the commission: “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] “And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 12)
*****
Believers are not to gather together in large communities, as they have gathered in Battle Creek; for this God has forbidden.
(17LtMs, Lt 125, 1902, 13)
Lt 126, 1902
Franke, Brother and Sister [E. E.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 233; 6MR 377-378. Dear brother and sister Franke,—
I was very much pleased to receive a letter from Brother Franke this morning. And I was greatly pleased with the contents of the letter. The words written were right words. We are to unify, and thus answer Christ’s petition: “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.” [John 17:20-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 1)
How it must grieve the dear Saviour when His children do not strive to answer this precious prayer, the last prayer that He offered with His disciples before His betrayal and crucifixion. Let us seek for the unity that Christ so earnestly desired should exist among His disciples. Thus we shall make the heart of infinite love satisfied, filling it with rejoicing. And as heart is bound to heart, what joy will be brought to our own souls and to the church.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 2)
“Ye have not chosen me,” the Saviour declared, “but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain,” because you give evidence that you are trees of the Lord’s planting; “that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in my name, he may give it you.” [John 15:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 3)
“A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:34, 35.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 4)
Why did Christ call this a new commandment? Because He was yet to give, in the sacrifice of His life, the crowning evidence of His love. When this offering would be made, the gift would be complete, and the disciples would understand more fully the meaning of the new commandment, “As I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [Verse 34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 5)
Should not this love be appreciated? Shall we not strive to answer the Saviour’s prayer for unity—the prescription for the cure of all alienation and strife? Shall we not, without an hour’s delay, begin to fulfil His purpose for us, loving one another as He has loved us? Then will come the glorious result. Because we are bound together by the golden chain of love, men will know that we are Christ’s disciples.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 6)
We are sometimes asked, “Why does not God work miracles through the church today?” Because the church refuses to be guided and controlled by Him. Christ’s love in the heart, revealing through the life its wondrous power—this is the greatest miracle that can be performed before a fallen, quarrelling world. Let us try to work this miracle, not in our own power, but in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, whose we are and whom we serve. Let us put on Christ, and the miracle-working power of His grace will be so plainly revealed in the transformation of character, that the world will be convinced that God has sent His Son into the world to make men as angels in character and life.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 7)
Those who truly believe in Christ sit together with Him in heavenly places. Let us accept the badge of Christianity. This is not an outward sign, not the wearing of a cross or a crown. But it is something that reveals the union of man with God. Let us “put off the old man with his deeds,” and “put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of him that created him.” [Colossians 3:9, 10.] The beauty of holiness is revealed as Christians draw near together, blending in Christlike love.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 8)
“Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living way, which he hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh; and having an high priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;) and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works; not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another; and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.” [Hebrews 10:19-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 9)
There is only one true religion; only one way to heaven; only one light to illuminate the way as the pilgrims press on. As we follow on to know the Lord, we shall acknowledge at every step that Christ is the Light of the world, that He is “the way, the truth, and the life;” and we shall find that the path which He bids us follow “is as a shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day.” [John 14:6; Proverbs 4:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 10)
I have the fullest confidence, Brother Franke, that the Lord will use you in His own way, that He has a testimony for you to bear, to prepare the way of the Lord, and make His paths straight. We have a wonder-working God—a God who will cleanse His people from all defilement.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 11)
The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. He has bestowed on you the talent of communicating the truth to others. I have a longing desire that you and every member of your family shall receive the reward to be given to the tried and faithful; that you shall be saved with an everlasting salvation. I have a far greater desire that this shall be than you suppose. In our daily worship, your family is often mentioned by name. My earnest prayer to God is that you and your wife and children shall be kept by His power. I shall continue to pray for you, my brother and sister, and for your dear children, in whom I am deeply interested. I desire that every one of them shall have the precious experience that they may gain by co-operating with God. Let our prayers ascend to God, Brother and Sister Franke, for the salvation of your children. They are all dear to His heart. He is waiting to be gracious to them. He will receive them. If they will come to Him and learn of Him, He will use them in saving other youth. He will honor them with a sacred trust, making them laborers together with Him. How blest, how doubly blest, is the home in which father, mother, and children are consecrated to the service of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 12)
You cannot understand the intense longing which fills my soul that the enemy, who is seeking to destroy your boys, shall be completely defeated. Christ declares, “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.” [Revelation 3:21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 126, 1902, 13)
Lt 127, 1902
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 157. + Dear brother and sister Irwin,—
Let us give praise to Him that loved us, “and washed us from our sins in his own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father.” [Revelation 1:5, 6.] We need the freshness and comfort of hope in Christ. If ever we expect to witness the miracle-working power of God, we must obey the words, “Be still, and know that I am God.” [Psalm 46:10.] I pray that we shall gain the power to see God by faith. Many, because they cannot see God in person, have a dwarfed sense of His power. But he who asks for a miraculous revelation of God knows not what he asks. It would be impossible for God fully to reveal Himself to human beings. Even to Moses He could not do this. Were He to reveal Himself to us in His completeness, we could not live. To Moses He declared, “No man can see my face, and live.” [Exodus 33:20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 1)
We are to make request of God as if He were close by our side, though hidden from sight. Enoch walked with God in an age fully as corrupt as the present age. I do not ask God to manifest Himself personally to us; for I know that we could not bear the sight. I am willing to walk with Him in the darkness, the shrouding of His presence. I am so thankful that He loves us, and that He gave Jesus to die for us.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 2)
Let us pray as little children of the Lord; for this we are, even though our hair be gray. Let us seek the Lord earnestly and walk humbly before Him. We are finite; God in infinite. Let us come to Jesus just as we are. He has invited us to wear His yoke and learn of Him. Let us seek Him humbly, patiently, fervently.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 3)
We must have divine guidance. This is necessary to success in the Christian life. The world is filled with wickedness, and, in order to overcome, we must be partakers of the divine nature.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 4)
The warfare is unceasing. There is no time now to lay off the armor. We must not think that after gaining one victory we shall be free from the assaults of the enemy. Again and again he assails us. Constantly we must resist him, ever putting our trust in Christ. The Saviour will bestow on us the strength necessary to enable us to overcome.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 5)
Let us not be satisfied with a meager supply of grace. Let us not rest satisfied until we feel a joy that we cannot restrain.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 6)
Last Sabbath I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel to a congregation of most interested listeners. I rejoice to tell you, Brother and Sister Irwin, that the spiritual atmosphere of the Sanitarium is clearing. Changes have been made in the institution, and now there is hope that those who come for treatment will receive spiritual help.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 7)
I will send you, when it is ready, a copy of the talk that I gave on Sabbath. Clarence reports my talks and writes them out. He is a great help to me and is just the one that I need in my work.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 8)
On Monday I was called upon to speak to our people on the church-school work. The Lord gave me a tongue and utterance. Thank Him with me, Brother and Sister Irwin, that my voice is as clear as ever it was. I will send you a copy of this talk also. The next morning I attended a council meeting at the Sanitarium and spoke for an hour. The Lord helped me and blessed the words spoken.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 9)
I have all faith in God. I know the perfection of His government. He works at my right hand and at my left. While I am writing out important matter, He is beside me, helping me. He lays out my work before me, and when I am puzzled for a fit word with which to express my thought, He brings it clearly and distinctly to my mind. I feel that every time I ask, even while I am still speaking, He responds, “Here am I.”
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 10)
I love the Word of God. It is my constant lesson book. There is nothing in the world more precious to me.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 11)
Sister Davis has just come from the Sanitarium where she has been attending meeting. She says that Elder A. T. Jones gave an excellent discourse. He is being softened by the grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 12)
Dr. Winegar has charge of the Young People’s Work at the Sanitarium, and her efforts are greatly appreciated. Each Sabbath afternoon she conducts a young people’s meeting. There are generally about thirty or forty present, and often some of the patients attend.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 13)
We expect to see the salvation of God. Christ is on the giving hand. “His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain to life and godliness, ... that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience ... brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity; for if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.... Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:3-8, 10, 11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 14)
Is not this promise broad enough? When we are tempted to complain, let us ask ourselves what we shall gain by murmuring. God requires us to obey His commandments, and perfect must be our obedience. Then we shall gain the reward. “An entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.] Believe this precious promise, and break forth into praise and song. Remember that you are striving for a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. Thank God for His love and goodness. Do not allow anything to separate you from Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 15)
We miss you and should be very glad indeed to have you with us in the work here, if this were the will of the Lord. God bless and strengthen you.
(17LtMs, Lt 127, 1902, 16)
Lt 128, 1902
General Conference Committee and the Medical Missionary Board “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 6, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in KC 70-75. + To the General Conference Committee and the Medical Missionary Board Dear brethren,—
Over and over again instruction has been given me that all must be done that can be done to draw our people away from Battle Creek. I was shown that the Sanitarium there was deteriorating for the want of men of capability and consecration to carry forward in pure, upward lines, in accordance with Bible principles. Very clearly it has been presented to me that it would be in God’s order for the work of the Battle Creek Sanitarium to be divided and plants made in many other places, in the cities that are in need of sanitariums. More true medical missionary work would then be done, and from many centers the light of truth would be shining forth with saving power.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 1)
I am instructed to say that our people must not be drawn upon for means to erect an immense sanitarium in Battle Creek; the money that would be used in the erection of that one mammoth building should be used in making plants in many places. We must not draw all we can from our people for the establishment of a great sanitarium in one place to the neglect of other places which are unworked for the want of means. It is not the Lord’s will for His people to erect a mammoth sanitarium in Battle Creek or in any other place. In many places in America sanitariums are to be established. These sanitariums are not to be large establishments, but are to be of sufficient size to enable the work to be carried forward successfully.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 2)
Cautions have been given me in reference to the work before us. We are not to encourage students in large numbers to receive their education at Battle Creek. Battle Creek is not the only place to which we are to look for the education of nurses and other medical missionary workers. In every sanitarium established, preparation must be made to train young men and young women to be medical missionaries. The Lord will open the way before them as they go forth to work for Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 3)
The evidence before us of the fulfilment of prophecy declares that the end of all things is at hand. There is much important work to be done out of and away from Battle Creek. There will be need of sanitariums in many of the cities of the South, as well as in other parts of America.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 4)
It is time for us to think soberly. Taking all things into consideration, we should read the providence of God in His movements. Was the Battle Creek Sanitarium consumed by fire in order that the plans might be enlarged, greater buildings erected, and more display made? I think if there were more praying, more earnest study of God’s ways and purposes for the advancement of His work, we should see our brethren taking a course altogether different from the course that some are now taking.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 5)
When we bring into a garden a stream of water to irrigate it, do we provide for the watering of one spot only, leaving the other parts, dry and barren, to cry, “Give us water”? This is a representation of the way in which work has been carried forward in Battle Creek to the neglect of other places. Shall the desolate places remain desolate? No! Let the stream flow through every place, carrying with it fertility and gladness.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 6)
Never are we to rely upon worldly recognition and rank. Never are we, in the establishment of institutions, to try to compete with worldly institutions in size and splendor. We shall gain the victory, not by erecting massive buildings in rivalry with our enemies, but by cherishing a Christlike spirit of meekness and lowliness. Better far the cross and disappointed hopes, than to live with princes and forfeit heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 7)
The Saviour of mankind was born of humble parentage, in a sin-cursed, wicked world. He was brought up in obscurity at Nazareth, a small town of Galilee. He began His work in poverty and without worldly rank. Thus God introduced the gospel in a way altogether different from the way in which many deem it wise to proclaim the same gospel in 1902. At the very beginning of the gospel dispensation He taught His church to rely, not on worldly rank and splendor, but on the power of faith and obedience. The favor of God is above the riches of gold and silver. The power of His Spirit is of inestimable value.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 8)
Thus saith the Lord: “Buildings will give character to My work only when those who erect them follow My instruction in regard to the establishment of institutions. Had those who have managed and sustained the work in the past always been controlled by pure, unselfish principles, the selfish gathering of a large share of My means to one or two places, regardless of the requirements of other places equally needy, would never have been. Institutions would have been established in many places. Seeds of truth, sown in many more fields, would have sprung up and borne fruit to My glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 9)
“The plants in Battle Creek have been unduly increased, when centers of influence should have been made in many other cities. There should have been more of an equalizing of facilities. The institutions in one place are not to embrace the whole land, swallowing up the means required for other places. The places that have never had the advantages that a few places have had are now to receive attention. My people are to do a sharp, quick work. Those who with purity of purpose fully consecrate themselves to Me, body, mind, and spirit, shall work in My way and in My name. Every one shall stand in his lot, looking unto Me, his Guide and Counselor.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 10)
“My name has been greatly dishonored. Let no one erect large, costly buildings, even in Battle Creek; for the managers of the work there have been reproved for doing this in the past. God does not make such plans, and He cannot endorse them. He has reproved and rebuked many for errors that they have made. Many wrongs have been corrected, but an earnest, thorough work is still to be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 11)
“I will instruct the ignorant and anoint with heavenly eyesalve the eyes of many who are now in spiritual blindness. I will raise up agents who will carry out My will to prepare a people to stand before Me in the time of the end. In many places that ought to have been provided before with sanitariums and schools, I will establish My institutions, and these institutions will become educational centers for the training of workers.”
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 12)
The Lord will work upon human minds in unexpected quarters. Some who apparently are enemies of the truth will in God’s providence invest their means to develop properties and erect buildings. In time, these properties will be offered for sale at a price far below their cost. Our people will recognize the hand of Providence in these offers and will secure valuable properties for use in institutional work. They will plan and manage with humility, self-denial, and self-sacrifice. Thus men of means are unconsciously preparing auxiliaries that will enable the Lord’s people to advance His work rapidly.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 13)
In various places, properties are to be purchased to be used for sanitarium purposes. When opportunity offers, our people should purchase properties away from the cities, on which are buildings already erected and fruit orchards already in bearing. Land is a valuable possession. Connected with our sanitariums there should be lands, small portions of which can be used for the homes of the helpers and others who are receiving a training in medical missionary work.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 14)
In proclaiming the message, God’s servants must wrestle with perplexities. Obstacles must be removed. Sometimes the work will go hard at the beginning, as it did when we were establishing institutions in Battle Creek, Michigan, and Oakland, California. In Cooranbong, Australia, we began in a very crude way, pitching our tents in the woods, felling trees, and clearing the land, preparatory to the erection of buildings. What conflicts we had! What victories we gained! Unconsecrated workers and false friends have at times been connected with our institutions in that country; but the Lord has set things in order. By the power of His Spirit a reformation has been brought about. All can see the stately steppings of the Lord God of Israel in our work in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 15)
Work is to be done in all parts of the vineyard. In the early days of the message a right beginning was made, but the work has not developed as God desired it to develop. Too much has been centered in Battle Creek and Oakland, and a few other places. Our brethren should never have built so largely in one place as they have in Battle Creek. In many fields very little has been done to establish memorials for God. This is wrong. Years ago very many of our workers and people had the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Success attended their efforts. The Lord has signified that His work should be carried forward in the same spirit in which it was begun. The world is to be warned. Field after field is still unworked. Shall we as a people, by our actions, our business arrangements, our attitude toward a world unsaved, bear a testimony altogether different from the testimony borne by us twenty or thirty years ago? Shall we give evidence of spiritual disease and a lack of wise planning?
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 16)
Upon us has shone great light in regard to the last days of this earth’s history. The sight of the souls perishing in sin should arouse us to give the light of present truth to those now in darkness. God’s messengers must be clothed with power. They must have a reverence for the truth that they do not now possess. The Lord’s solemn, sacred message of warning must be proclaimed not merely in our churches, but in the most difficult fields and in the most sinful cities—in every place where the light of the third angel’s message has not yet dawned. Every one is to hear the last call to the marriage supper of the Lamb.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 17)
My brethren, let your building plans be reconsidered. Bring your building within your means. The Lord sees the work that must be done. He sees the fields that are unworked and destitute of facilities. From all in His service He requires equity, just judgment. In all parts of the world there is work that ought to have been done long ago. A large amount of means is not to be absorbed in one place. Every building erected is to be erected with reference to the other places that will need similar buildings. God calls upon men in positions of trust in His work not to block the way of advance by selfishly using in one place or in one line of work all the means that can be secured.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 18)
*****
A Peculiar People
It has been stated that the Battle Creek Sanitarium is not denominational. But if ever an institution was established to be denominational in every sense of the word, this Sanitarium was. Why are sanitariums established if it is not that they may be the right hand of the gospel in calling the attention of men and women to the truth that we are living amid the perils of the last days? And yet, in one sense, it is true that the Battle Creek Sanitarium is undenominational in that it receives as patients people of all classes and all denominations.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 19)
Do not the following words point out a denominational people: “The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day he rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 20)
“What doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all His ways, and to love Him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, to keep the commandments of the Lord, and His statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good.” [Deuteronomy 10:12, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 21)
Now and ever we are to stand as a distinct and peculiar people, free from all worldly policy, unembarrassed by confederating with those who have not wisdom to discern the claims of God so plainly set forth in His law. We are not to take pains to declare that the Battle Creek Sanitarium is not a Seventh-day Adventist institution, for this it certainly is. As a Seventh-day Adventist institution, it was established to represent the various features of gospel missionary work, thus to prepare the way for the coming of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 22)
We have come to a time when God has been greatly dishonored. Those who have long known our belief, and what we teach, have been surprised by the statement that the Battle Creek Sanitarium is not denominational. No one has a right to make this statement. It does not bear the witness that God wishes His people to bear before men and angels. In the name of the Lord we are to identify ourselves as Seventh-day Adventists. If any one among us is ashamed of our colors, and wishes to stand under another banner, let him do so as a private individual, not as a representative of Seventh-day Adventist medical missionary work.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 23)
Let us take our position as Seventh-day Adventists. The name is a true expression of our faith. I am instructed to call upon God’s people to bring their actions into harmony with their name, of which they have no need to be ashamed. The Seventh-day Adventist faith will bless whenever it is brought into the character building.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 24)
Recent movements made in connection with the Sanitarium enterprise at Battle Creek make it necessary for us to take our position decidedly before the world as a people who have not changed their faith. We are to show that we are seeking to work in harmony with heaven in preparing the way of the Lord. We are to bear witness to all nations, kindreds, and tongues that we are a people who love and fear God, a people who keep holy the seventh-day Sabbath—the sign between God and His obedient children that He sanctifies them. And we are to show plainly that we have full faith that the Lord is soon to come in the clouds of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 25)
We have been greatly humiliated as a people by the course that some of our brethren in responsible positions have taken in departing from the old landmarks. There are those who, in order to carry out their plans, have by their words denied their faith. This shows how little dependence can be placed on human wisdom and human judgment. Now, as never before, we need to see the danger of being led unguardedly away from loyalty to God’s commands. We need to realize that God has given us a decided message of warning for the world, even as He gave Noah a message of warning for the antediluvians. Let our people beware of belittling the importance of the Sabbath in order to link up with unbelievers. Let them beware of departing from the principles of our faith, making it appear that it is not wrong to conform to the world. Let them be afraid of heeding any man’s counsel, whatever his position may be, who works counter to that which God has wrought in order to keep His people separate from the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 26)
The Lord is testing and trying His people to see who will be loyal to the principles of His truth. Our work is to proclaim to the world the first, second, and third angel’s messages. In the discharge of our duties, we are neither to despise nor fear our enemies. To bind ourselves up by contracts with those not of our faith is not in the order of God. We are to treat with kindness and courtesy those who refuse to be loyal to God, but we are never, never to unite with them in counsel regarding the vital interests of His work; for this is not the way of the Lord. Putting our trust in God, we are to move steadily forward, doing His work with unselfishness, in humble dependence upon Him, committing ourselves and all that concerns our present and future to His wise providence, holding the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end, remembering that it is not because of our worthiness that we receive the blessings of heaven, but because of the worthiness of Christ, and our acceptance, through faith in Him, of God’s abounding grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 27)
I pray that my brethren may realize that the third angel’s message means much to us, and that the observance of the true Sabbath is to be the sign that distinguishes those who serve God from those who serve Him not. Let those who have become sleepy and indifferent awake. We are called to be holy, and we should carefully avoid giving the impression that it is of little consequence whether or not we retain the peculiar features of our faith. Upon us rests the solemn obligation of taking a more decided stand for truth and righteousness than we have taken in the past. The line of demarcation between those who keep the commandments of God and those who do not is to be revealed with unmistakable clearness. We are conscientiously to honor God, diligently using every means of keeping in covenant relation with Him, that we may receive His blessings—the blessings so essential for the people who are to be so severely tried. To give the impression that our faith, our religion, is not a dominating power in our lives, is greatly to dishonor God. Thus we turn from His commandments, which are our life, denying that He is our God and we His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 128, 1902, 28)
Lt 129, 1902
General Conference Committee and the Medical Missionary Board “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 11, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in KC 95. To the General Conference Committee and the Medical Missionary Board Dear brethren,—
A wonderful work could have been done for the vast company gathered in Battle Creek at the General Conference of 1901 if the leaders of the work had taken themselves in hand. Had thorough work been done at this Conference; had there been, as God designed there should be, a breaking up of the fallow ground of the heart by the men who had been bearing responsibilities; had they, in humility of soul, led out in the work of confession and consecration, giving evidence that they received the counsels and warnings sent by the Lord to correct their mistakes, there would have been one of the greatest revivals that there has been since the day of Pentecost.
(17LtMs, Lt 129, 1902, 1)
But the work that all heaven was waiting to do as soon as men prepared the way was not done, for the leaders in the work closed and bolted the door against the Spirit’s entrance. There was a stopping short of entire surrender to God. Hearts that might have been purified from error were strengthened in wrong doing. The doors were barred against the heavenly current that would have swept away all evil. Men left their sins unconfessed. They built themselves up in their wrongdoing and said to the Spirit of God, “Go thy way for this time; when I have a more convenient season, I will call for thee.” [Acts 24:25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 129, 1902, 2)
The Lord calls for the close self-examination to be made now that was not made at the last General Conference, when He was waiting to be gracious. The present is our sowing time for eternity. We must reap the fruit of the evil seed we sow, unless we repent the sowing, and ask forgiveness for the mistakes we have made. Those who, given opportunity to repent and reform, pass over the ground without humbling the heart before God, without putting away that which He reproves, will become hardened against the counsel of the Lord Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 129, 1902, 3)
“The Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple.... Who may abide the day of his coming; and who shall stand when he appeareth? For he is like a refiners fire, and like fuller’s soap; and he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver.” [Malachi 3:1-3.] Soon every man will be judged according to his deeds. Wake up, my brethren, before Christ comes to your name in the record books of heaven and passes judgment upon every unchristlike word and deed.
(17LtMs, Lt 129, 1902, 4)
Lt 130, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 14, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 241; 7BC 966; SpTB #19 29-31. + Elder J. E. White My dear Son Edson,—
I wish you were here now, and that you could remain with us for a time to enjoy our fresh fruit and vegetables. I wish you could have come several weeks ago, at the beginning of the fruit season, and spent several months with us. We have been almost living on fruit. Early in the summer we had excellent strawberries. Later on we had cherries, loganberries, blackberries, and peaches. We are still eating and bottling peaches and have several trees of later varieties that have not ripened. For several weeks we have had all the apples that we could use. We are now enjoying the sweet corn grown in our garden. It is the sweetest corn that I ever tasted and is rich and nutritious. The tomatoes are just beginning to ripen.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 1)
We have opportunity to buy all the fruit that we care to use, at low prices. Thus far, we have bought only blackberries and apricots for bottling, having sufficient of other kinds on our place. Blackberries of an excellent quality sell for three cents a pound; peaches, a cent and a half a pound. If you were here, you could dry some peaches. We have good facilities for drying fruit. A furnace, a dryer, and large drying trays came with the place when we bought it.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 2)
I am so pleased that we have so much fruit from my own place. There is still a chance for you to enjoy some of it. If Emma would come with you, I know she would enjoy it too. We now have apples, peaches, and nectarines. The early peaches are nearly all gone, but others are coming on, and we shall have all the peaches we can use until the end of the season. The plums are not yet ripe. Our tomatoes are ripening fast. The vineyard looks well, and there is promise of an abundant yield. Soon our prunes will be ripe enough to pick and dry. These prunes are similar to the ones that we sent to you last year. If you could find room in your trunks to take some of them home, you would avoid having to pay so much freight.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 3)
I think that I will have a crate of blackberries put up for you, if you like them. Do you care for them?
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 4)
Willie’s children Ella and Mabel have been away from home all summer, working in fruit orchards at Cordelia and Vacaville. They began when the cherries were ripe last May. Many whole families go to the large orchards during the fruit season, living in tents and caring for the fruit. Ella and Mabel and Sister St. John tented together. Sometimes our ministers and their families go into these fruit-camps and speak to the people on Sabbath and Sunday. Our girls have opportunity to do much missionary work. Those in charge of the orchard where they work were unbelievers, but they told them to eat all the fruit that they wanted while in the orchard, and to take to their tent all they desired to use at the table. The owners of the orchard in Cordelia thought much of the girls and were as kind to them as if they had been members of their own family. They told them that whenever they wanted to go for a ride, they were welcome to a horse and carriage.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 5)
I wish that you and Emma would come to California and stay with us for a while. The weather just now is beautiful. If you wish, you can help me by planning for my books. If you do not wish to do this, you need not. I am sure that in this place you could find the rest you need. Will you not leave the South for the present, and make us a visit, that we may talk and plan together about book-making? The Lord would be pleased to have us do this. You could do much more here toward preparing your books than you can in Nashville.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 6)
When you come, you can have a large room in my house, and eat at our table. We have an excellent cook, and our family is so small that we shall not be at all crowded by your coming. My family consists of Marian, Sara, Maggie, Clarence, and Mrs. Nelson, my housekeeper. Miss Peck and her mother live in the little red cottage that for a while after coming here we used as an office. We now have a new office, of eight rooms, and you could have a room in it or in the house.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 7)
There is all the room that you would wish to use for writing. My upstairs piazza has been enclosed with glass windows. This is a good place in which to write while sitting in the sunshine.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 8)
The work on my new room over the kitchen is progressing. The plastering has just been finished. Soon the room will be ready for me to occupy.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 9)
Willie has three vacant rooms in his house. The family that has lived in them has just moved to a house owned by the Bakery. If you should prefer, you could live in his house, occupying these rooms. In that case, you could keep house for yourselves, or board with his family, or with ours, just as you choose.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 10)
Can you not come to California at once? I believe that the Lord would be pleased to have you come; and if the work is so that you feel free to leave it, do not wait, because soon there will be camp-meetings to attend. We would be glad to have you attend these meetings, if you should so desire; or, if you do not, you can spend your time as suits you best.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 11)
Can you not come now and be with us for a few months? W. C. White is giving almost his whole time to my book work and at present is working hard to get out Testimony 35. We have excellent help in Sister Peck, Maggie Hare, and Clarence Crisler. We are all encouraged to give ourselves fully to this work.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 12)
In the night season I am talking with you and Willie, and we are planning work that will help the Southern field. You are united with me, just as the Lord has specified should be the case. This is God’s plan.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 13)
Our way seems to be hedged up. Difficulties thicken around us. But we know that Jesus had difficulties to encounter even before He came to our world. You remember that through satanic agencies He was hindered from answering Daniel’s prayer immediately. Delay comes to us today because all will not respond to the word of God. Let us allow the Lord to do with us as He will.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 14)
The light given me now is that the books that are needed are now to be prepared.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 15)
I am writing this just before my bedtime, by the light of the setting sun. The sunset is beautiful. When you come, you shall have the room from which you can get the best view of this lovely valley. I am writing with my left eye bound up, for it is very painful. I must stop now and go to rest. I shall finish in the morning.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 16)
August 15, 1902
Last night I had a wonderful experience. I was in an assembly where questions were being asked and answered. I awoke at one o’clock, and arose. For a time I walked the room, praying most earnestly for clearness of mind, for strength of eyesight, and for strength to write the things that must be written. I entreated the Lord to help me to bear a testimony that would awake His people before it is forever too late. I was glad that there was no one in the room below me. Sara and Maggie usually occupy this room, but during the summer they sleep in a tent pitched under a great live oak tree growing close by the house.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 17)
My soul was drawn out in the consideration of matters relating to the future carrying forward of God’s work. Those who have had little experience in the beginning of the work often err in judgment in regard to how it should be advanced. They are tempted on many points. They think that it would be better if the talented workers had higher wages, according to the importance of the work they do.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 18)
But one of authority stood among us in the assembly in which I was present last night and spoke words that must decide the question. He said, “Looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith, trace His work after He assumed humanity, and remember that He is your pattern. In the work of soul-saving, His is to be your guide. He made the world, yet when He lived on this earth, He had not where to lay His head.”
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 19)
Were the most talented workers given higher wages, those who do the more laborious part of the work would desire larger wages also, and would say that their work is just as essential as any work that is done.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 20)
Work is to be carried forward in many lines. New territory is to be annexed. But no Jerusalem-centers are to be made. If such centers are made, there will be a scattering of the people out of them, by the Lord God of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 21)
The work of God is to be carried on without outward display. In establishing institutions, we are never to compete with the institutions of the world in size or splendor. We are to enter into no confederacy with those who do not love or fear God. Those who have not the light of present truth, who are unable to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible, are surrounded by spiritual darkness that is as the darkness of midnight. Within, all is dreariness. They know not the meaning of joy in the Lord. They take no interest in eternal realities. Their attention is engrossed by the trifling things of earth. They make haste unto vanity, striving by unfair means to obtain advantages. Having forsaken God, the fountain of living water, they hew out for themselves broken cisterns that can hold no water.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 22)
Let it not be thus with those who have tasted the power of the world to come.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 23)
Should our worldly enterprises succeed, it would be because we have left the truth in the outer court. We would have no money left in the treasury with which to do missionary work. On every side selfishness would exhibit itself. Truth would not be extended, but would be limited in its working.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 24)
Sow the seeds of truth wherever you have opportunity. In establishing the work in new places, economize in every possible way. Gather up the fragments, let nothing be lost. The work of soul-saving must be carried on in the way that Christ has marked out. He declares, “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Only by obeying this word can we be His disciples. We are striving for a kingdom and a crown. We shall obtain both by wearing Christ’s yoke and learning of Him. “Follow my example,” He says. “Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 25)
We are nearing the end of this earth’s history, and the different lines of God’s work are to be carried forward with much more self-sacrifice than they have yet been. The work for these last days is a missionary work. Present truth, from the first letter of its alphabet to the last, means missionary effort. The work to be done calls for sacrifice at every step of advance. The workers are to come forth from trial purified and refined, as gold tried in the fire.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 26)
The Lord calls upon men to unite with Christ by wearing His yoke. But He tells them that they are to refuse the yoke that human hands would place on them, for this yoke would be galling and oppressive. There are those who refuse to wear the yoke of Christ, and yet would place upon the necks of others a yoke of human manufacture. What a terrible deception! what inexcusable ignorance! It is as night amid the full blaze of gospel light. Such ones are not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can they be until they pass through the death struggle and are born again. Then their experience will be of worth in God’s cause. All through their experience are woven the threads of worldly wisdom. They look upon their work as meritorious, but in the day of judgment they will learn—unless they learn it before—that they are corrupted with selfishness that is abhorrent to God. They have locked their hearts against Christ’s entrance, and unless they repent and open to him, they must one day hear the words, “Depart from me.”
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 27)
Filled with the knowledge of the will of God in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, walking worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, increasing in the knowledge of God, strengthened with all might according to His glorious power, unto all patience and long-suffering with joyfulness—such were the early disciples. They sought above all things to know the will of God. Do these words represent the church in its present condition? Many who now think they are in the truth are far from practicing the principles of truth. The reason of the weakness and inefficiency of the church is that many of its members do not do the will of God, but follow their own impulses. They are not led by the Spirit of God, but by another spirit. They know not the meaning of the written Word. Like Paul, they are alive without the law. When they bring into the practical life the holy precepts of the law, they will be able to say from experience, “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 28)
God has a work to do in many hearts, if they will allow Him. They must have a complete transformation of character. This is their only hope. Some now in the work will have to pass through the furnace of affliction before they will see the need of having all dross burned away from their religious experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 29)
The church must and will shine forth “clear as the sun, fair as the moon, and terrible as an army with banners.” [Song of Solomon 6:10.] God’s servants must, by laboring together with Christ, roll away the curse that has made the church so lukewarm. “I know thy works,” God declares, “that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten.” The chastening reveals a hope of reform. “Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.” [Revelation 3:15-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 30)
“Unto me who am less than the least of all saints,” writes the great apostle to the Gentiles, “is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ; and to make men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ; to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God, according to the eternal purpose which he purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord.” [Ephesians 3:8-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 31)
When these words are believed and lived, the church will have a heaven below in which to go to heaven in.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 32)
I cannot now write all the instruction given me. These words were spoken: “Some are reckless, insensible of the results of sin, heedless of warning. Soon the handwriting on the wall, now unintelligible to them, will be read. But, like Belshazzar, they seem unable to see their peril. A straight testimony must be borne to our churches and institutions, to arouse the sleeping ones.”
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 33)
When the Word of the Lord is sought for and followed, steady advancement will be made. Let us now see our great need. The Lord cannot use us until He breathes life into the dry bones. I heard the words spoken: “Without the deep moving of the Spirit of God upon the heart, without its life-giving influence, truth becomes a dead letter.”
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 34)
Will we now use our power in an opposite direction from what it has been used and work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that it is God that works in us, to will and to do of His good pleasure? Let there be a humbling of the soul before God. No longer rush on unthinkingly. God is waiting for you to draw near to Him, that your purposes may change, that more of the purity and meekness and lowliness of Christ may be brought into your work. You have shown independence in walking in your own way, in following your own counsel, as if you could counterwork the divine purposes. Show now a willingness to turn to the Lord; for why will ye die. Be as independent as it is possible for a man to be in heeding the message to the Laodicean church.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 35)
It is time that we made a move to seek God while He may be found, to call upon Him while He is near. “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon him, and to our God; for he will abundantly pardon. For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are my ways your ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts.” [Isaiah 55:6-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 36)
Yes, this is God’s plan. Let us come to Jesus just as we are, and He will fulfil His Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 37)
The experience that I had last night has impressed me very deeply. I seemed to have Christ close beside me. I was filled with hope and courage and faith and love for souls. I pleaded with God to sustain me, and He lifted me up and made me to triumph in Him. I know that the Lord will work for His people when they will sanctify their souls by obeying the truth. Then the whole being, body, mind, and soul, will be in harmony with God. Loving God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves, we shall possess a freedom crowned with glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 38)
“Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him.” [1 Corinthians 2:9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 130, 1902, 39)
Lt 131, 1902
White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 244. + My dear daughter Emma,—
It is just a little after four o’clock. I am up, writing you a few lines by lamplight. I want you and Edson to make me a visit as soon as you possibly can. I wish you could come while the fruit is so plentiful. For several months we have had from our orchard all the fruit that we could use. The cherries were the first to ripen. Our three large trees were loaded with delicious fruit. From one of these trees we sold ten dollars’ worth of fruit. This tree of cherries was very early, and we got a good price for them. The Sanitarium took them and paid us seven cents a pound, selling them for ten cents. Before the last of the cherries on this tree were gone, the fruit on the two later trees was ready for picking. We canned over one hundred quarts of cherries from these trees. Later, we bought some cherries for three cents a pound, and now we have about one hundred and fifty quarts canned. These cherries are not the flat, tasteless variety, They are a little acid, and that makes them delicious.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 1)
Since the apples grew large enough to cook, we have had all the applesauce we wanted. All our family enjoy this dish, especially Clarence Crisler. He thinks he never before had such a feast of fruit.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 2)
Our peaches are ripening fast. They are of excellent quality, though not so large as some. We have had a great many of a white, tender-fleshed peach. Now the yellow Crawfords are ripening. Of these we shall have a ton altogether. They are not very large, but of excellent flavor.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 3)
I wish you and Hattie could be here now. You could put up many peaches for yourself if you wished to. You could dry some also, for we have a large brick dryer. I think we shall dry some.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 4)
The next fruit to ripen will be the prunes. The trees are loaded, and some of the branches have broken under their burden. You could have all the prunes and all the grapes you wished.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 5)
I have written to Edson in regard to coming to California, and I think he will come soon. We wish to talk together about book work.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 6)
I want you to be sure to come and make us a long visit. Come and get rested, and then attend the camp-meeting in Los Angeles, which is to be held the middle of September. We shall be so glad to entertain you. I have just had a room built especially for my writing room. It is large and airy, with a fireplace and a bay window. Soon I shall move into this room. When you come, you can have the room I now occupy. Edson can have a room in the office for his writing. Our family is small, and we can accommodate you nicely. Mrs Nelson is an excellent cook and a good, faithful housekeeper.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 7)
This is a beautiful place. You would enjoy sitting on the lawn under the elm trees, the lower boughs of which touch the ground, forming a leafy canopy.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 8)
Come as soon as you can. I shall be so glad to see you. I want my children with me. It may be the last time that we shall be together.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 9)
Yesterday W. C. White received a letter from Brother Butler. He says that Edson is enjoying much of the blessing of the Lord and that he speaks to the people under the influence of the Spirit and power of God. He is attending a camp-meeting some where in the South; I do not remember the name of the place, but I suppose you know where it is. I was greatly pleased with Elder Butler’s letter. He spoke very fully in regard to the blessing that was resting upon Edson and the excellent discourses he was giving in the spirit and power of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 10)
Brethren Brown and Wilcox were here yesterday to consult with us in regard to camp-meeting. They came up on the morning train, reaching here about half past ten, and went home on the afternoon train, which leaves St. Helena at three o’clock.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 11)
I am improving in health. But I find that I cannot presume on my strength without feeling the taxation. Last Sabbath I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel. The blessing of the Lord rested on me in large measure. My voice was clear and strong. I had received a special blessing on Friday morning. I was given the assurance of the presence and grace of Christ. I never felt more deeply the need of a close connection with the Source of all strength than at this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 12)
Two weeks ago a Sabbath-school Convention, made up of the members of the St. Helena and Calistoga churches, was held at Hitchcock’s Canyon, a grove about four miles from here, on the Healdsburg Road. There were about one hundred and fifty in attendance. They spent the whole day there, taking their lunch with them. The meetings in the morning were made very interesting. I spoke in the afternoon. On Sunday afternoon, the day following, an open-air meeting was held at the same place, and the Lord gave me freedom in speaking to the people. There were about sixty present, among them a number of outsiders from different places. My voice was strong, and the Lord gave me freedom in speaking. As I speak at such meetings as these, I think of the words of Christ, “I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 13)
We wish to work some of the places around St. Helena. They are so near us, and yet they seem so far away. We are going to hold meetings in a grove right in St. Helena, to see if we cannot arouse an interest among the people of the town.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 14)
We know, by the fulfilling of the signs that Christ predicted, that the end of all things is at hand. “As it was in the days of Noah,” He declared, “so shall it be also in the day when the Son of man is revealed.” [Luke 17:26, 30.] This is a time of marked depravity and sinfulness, when men have no regard for God or eternal realities. It is now that we need the faith that overcomes the world. We cannot afford to be careless upon the very borders of the eternal world. How fearful is the wickedness portrayed in the daily papers! If the judgments of God that are falling on the earth do not arouse the souls perishing out of Christ, what will? Think of the strikes, the confusion in the business world, the thefts, the dishonest practices, the wars and bloodshed, the suicides and murders. Notwithstanding this dark picture, the people are becoming more and more interested in amusements—in ball-playing and other games, in racing, theaters, and many, many other worldly pleasures. Can we not understand that the end of the world has come, as Christ predicted?
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 15)
Our churches need now to be aroused; for Satan is stirring up the subjects of his kingdom of darkness to work with intense activity, as he inspired them to work in the days of Noah. Those who now choose to be indifferent in regard to the salvation of their own souls will soon be heard making the fearful lamentation, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.] Let us do all that we can, on our part, to arouse the sleepy ones. The church must be awakened to proclaim with voice and influence not only to those who are nigh, but to those who are afar off, the message, “The end of all things is at hand.” [1 Peter 4:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 16)
Strong faith must now be constantly exercised. An awakening power must be revealed in every believer. We must no longer act like sinners, while as Christians we should be revealing a living, saving faith. Living faith in Christ Jesus will produce fruit. There will be a holy, unwavering devotion to the Lord. Laboring with an eye single to His glory, we shall be sustained amidst the perils of the last days.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 17)
What has sustained Christians in every age, amidst reproaches, temptations, and sufferings?—A pure, trusting faith, constantly exercised; a committing of the keeping of the soul to God, under any and every circumstance, as unto One whom they knew would not betray their trust. Our Creator will keep that which is committed unto Him against that day.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 18)
Christ, by His sacrifice to save sinners, evidenced His great love for the human soul. He gave His life to secure our salvation. What an insult so many, deceived by Satan’s temptations, offer to the Saviour by abusing their privileges, refusing to acknowledge His loving interest in them. Yet He, their Creator and Redeemer, bears long with them in their persistent disdain of His mercies. As this matter is daily urged upon my mind, I am so astonished that I cannot hold my peace. I long to reach sinners and to cry out to them, “Turn ye, turn ye from your evil ways; for why will ye die?” [Ezekiel 33:11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 19)
Christ with His own blood has bought the whole human family. We are His purchased possession. He desires those who claim to believe in Him to receive His power; that in this wicked and perverse generation they may become sons of God and that they may reveal, to a world entranced and corrupted by Satan, that God is love,
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 20)
The line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not is becoming more and more distinct. This is as the Lord designs it should be. An active, living faith distinguishes the people of God from the sinful, who by their rejection of Christ bear to the world a plain testimony: “I will not have this man Christ Jesus to rule over me. I will not eat and drink to the glory of God, but will follow my inclination, eating and drinking as I please. I will not wear the yoke of Christ; I will not learn His lessons of meekness and lowliness of heart; I will have my own way and live in this world a life of pleasure.”
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 21)
O, how ashamed the poor, worldly, guilty souls ought to feel! When they will see the righteous saved in the kingdom of God and find themselves outside the gates of the city, what an awakening there will be! But it will come too late. They will have made their choice and decided their destiny. When opportunity was offered them to repent and be converted, they dishonored their Redeemer, scorning mercy, refusing to acknowledge the love of God, and choosing the service of Satan because he wanted them to stand on his side of the controversy. They have been a sad spectacle to angels and to men. With lamentation and woe they will finally acknowledge that they are too late, too late!
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 22)
Day and night these scenes are portrayed before me. What can prompt such a constant devotion to Satan and such a persistent scorning of God’s mercies and His love?
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 23)
“Ye are not your own,” Christ has declared. “Ye are bought with a price.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] We desire to see poor, deceived, guilty, perishing souls rescued. We desire to see every church member carrying a burden for the unsaved. This the Christian pledges himself to do when he receives baptism in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. The three greatest powers in the heavens pledge their sufficiency and keeping power to every soul who in sincerity keeps his baptismal vow to live by that faith which works by love and purifies the soul and to be God’s helping hand to save from Satan’s deceptive power every one whom he can reach.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 24)
Why should not believers be aroused? The goodness of God in hearing and answering prayer lays every Christian under obligation to help his fellow men. By submitting to the rite of baptism he testifies: “I am dead to the world. In the likeness of Christ’s death I have been buried in a watery grave. In the likeness of His resurrection I have risen to live alone for Him, my Redeemer. I have pledged myself to labor henceforth for Christ, co-operating with Him in the great work of saving souls.”
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 25)
When the eyes of a poor, guilty, rescued sinner are opened to see the sufferings of Christ upon the cross of Calvary, he confesses his faith in the Crucified One as his Saviour, and, ceasing to serve the great apostate who introduced sin into our world, he takes his stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Immanuel, henceforth faithfully to obey all His commandments, and, if need be, to suffer reproach for His sake. Will there not be joy in heaven over every soul that we as believers have been instrumental in saving to Jesus Christ? One soul, saved, causes great joy in heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 26)
“Sing, O daughter of Zion, shout, O Israel: be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem. The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, he hath cast out thine enemy: the King of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee: thou shalt not see evil any more. In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not: and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; he will save, he will rejoice over thee with joy; he will rest in his love, he will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:14-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 27)
I send much love to your mother and to Hattie.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 28)
In love, your mother.
(17LtMs, Lt 131, 1902, 29)
Lt 132, 1902
Irwin, G. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 17, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 9T 232-236; Ev 60-61; 7MR 251. + Dear brother Irwin,—
Your long letter was gladly received. Thank you for it. You need never fear that any letters from Australia will be too long.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 1)
I will try to answer your question as to what you should do in the case of Sunday laws being enforced.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 2)
The light given me by the Lord at a time when we were expecting just such a crisis as you seem to be approaching was that, when people were moved by a power from beneath to enforce Sunday observance, Seventh-day Adventists were to show their wisdom by refraining from work on that day, devoting it to missionary effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 3)
To defy the Sunday laws will but strengthen in their persecution the religious zealots who are seeking to enforce them. Give them no occasion to call you lawbreakers. If they are left to rein up men who fear neither God nor man, the reining up will soon lose its novelty for them, and they will see that it is not consistent nor convenient for them to be strict in regard to the observance of Sunday. Keep right on with your work, with your Bibles in your hands, and the enemy will see that he has worsted his own cause. One does not receive the mark of the beast because he shows that he realizes the wisdom of keeping the peace by refraining from work that gives offense, doing at the same time a work of the highest importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 4)
When we devote Sunday to missionary work, the whip will be taken out of the hands of the arbitrary zealots who would be well pleased to humiliate Seventh-day Adventists. When they see that we employ ourselves on Sunday in visiting the people and opening the Scriptures to them, they will know that it is useless for them to try to hinder our work by making Sunday laws.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 5)
When a man, white or black, is arrested for Sundaybreaking, he is placed at a great disadvantage. He is humiliated. And it is well nigh hopeless for him to obtain a fair trial. Often when Sabbathkeepers in the Southern states are arrested for working on Sunday, they are sent to the chain gang where they are forced to work on the Sabbath. The Lord does not counsel them to place themselves where they are obliged to dishonor His holy rest day.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 6)
Our churches should understand the methods to be used in avoiding this difficulty. Sunday can be used for carrying forward various lines of work that will accomplish much for the Lord. On this day open-air meetings and cottage meetings can be held. House-to-house work can be done. Those who write can devote this day to writing their articles. Whenever it is possible, let religious services be held on Sunday. Make these meetings intensely interesting. Sing genuine revival hymns, and speak with power and assurance of the Saviour’s love. Speak on temperance and on true religious experience. You will thus learn much about how to work and will reach many souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 7)
Let the teachers in our schools devote Sunday to missionary effort. I was instructed that they would thus be able to defeat the purposes of the enemy. Let the teachers take the students with them to hold meetings for those who know not the truth. Thus they will accomplish much more than they could in any other way.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 8)
God has given us plain directions regarding our work. We are to proclaim the truth in regard to the Sabbath of the Lord, to make up the breach that has been made in His law. We are to do all that we can to enlighten those in ignorance; but we are never to confederate with men of the world in order to receive financial assistance.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 9)
Of the children of Israel we read: “Therefore I caused them to go forth out of the land of Egypt, and brought them into the wilderness. And I gave them my statutes, and showed them my judgments, which if a man do, he shall even live in them; and my sabbaths they greatly polluted: then I said, I would pour out my wrath upon them in the wilderness, to consume them. But I wrought for my name’s sake, that it should not be polluted before the heathen, in whose sight I brought them out. Yet also I lifted up my hand unto them in the wilderness, that I would not bring them into the land which I had given them, flowing with milk and honey, which is the glory of all lands; because they despised my judgments, and walked not in my statutes, but polluted my sabbaths; for their heart went after their idols. Nevertheless mine eye spared from destroying them, neither did I make an end of them in the wilderness. But I said unto their children in the wilderness, Walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers, neither observe their judgments, nor defile yourselves with their idols. I am the Lord your God; walk in my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and hallow my sabbaths; and they shall be a sign between me and you, that ye may know that I am the Lord your God.” [Ezekiel 20:10, 11, 13-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 10)
The Sabbath is the Lord’s test, and no man, be he king, priest, or ruler, is authorized to come between God and man. Those who seek to be conscience for their fellow men place themselves above God. Those who are under the influence of a false religion, who observe a spurious rest day, will set aside the most positive evidence in regard to the true Sabbath. They will try to compel men to obey the laws of their own creating, laws that are directly opposed to the law of God. Upon those who continue in this course, the wrath of God will fall. Unless they change, they cannot escape the penalty.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 11)
The law for the observance of the first day of the week is the production of an apostate Christendom. Sunday is a child of the papacy, exalted by the Christian world above the sacred day of God’s rest. In no case are God’s people to pay it homage. But I wish them to understand that they are not doing God’s will by braving opposition when He wishes them to avoid it. Thus they create prejudice so bitter that it is impossible for the truth to be proclaimed. Make no demonstrations on Sunday in defiance of law. If this is done in one place, and you are humiliated, the same thing will be done in another place. We can use Sunday as a day on which to carry forward work that will tell on the side of Christ. We are to do our best, working with all meekness and lowliness.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 12)
Christ warned His disciples in regard to what they would meet in their work as evangelists. He knew what their sufferings would be, what trials and hardships they would be called upon to bear. He would not hide from them the knowledge of what they would have to encounter, lest trouble, coming unexpectedly, should shake their faith. “I have told you before it come to pass,” He said, “that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe.” [John 14:29.] Their faith was to be strengthened, rather than weakened by the coming of trial. They would say to one another, “He told us that this would come, and what we must do to meet it.”
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 13)
“Behold,” Christ said, “I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves. Be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.”“Ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake; but he that shall endure to the end shall be saved.” [Matthew 10:16, 22.] They hated Christ without a cause. Is it any marvel that they hate those who bear His sign, who do His service? They are counted as the off-scouring of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 14)
“But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” It is not the will of God that your lives shall be carelessly sacrificed. “Verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be come.” [Verse 23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 15)
The people must be given the truth, straightforward, positive truth. But this truth is to be presented in the Spirit of Christ. We are to be as sheep in the midst of wolves. Those who will not, for Christ’s sake, observe the cautions He has given, who will not exercise patience and self-control, will lose precious opportunities of working for the Master. The Lord has not given His people the work of making a tirade against those who are transgressing His law. In no case are we to make a raid on the other churches. Let us remember that as a people entrusted with sacred truth, we have been neglectful and positively unfaithful. The work has been confined to a few centers, until the people in them have become gospel-hardened. It is difficult to make an impression on those who have heard so much truth, and yet have rejected it. In a few places too much has been expended, while many, many cities have been left unwarned and unworked.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 16)
All this is against us now. Had we put forth earnest efforts to reach those who if converted would give a true representation of what present truth would do for human beings, how much further advanced our work would now be. It is not right that a few places should have all the advantages, while other places are neglected.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 17)
*****
Our ministers of experience should instruct the young men who are desirous of entering the ministry, doing all they can to lead them forward in successful evangelistic work. They should take them with them to the places they visit, showing them how to win souls to Christ. But work in the canvassing field will do more than almost anything else to prepare young men for the ministry, after they have had opportunity to become Bible students.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 18)
*****
“Now thanks be unto God, which always causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savor of his knowledge by us in every place. For we are unto God a sweet savor of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are a savor of death unto death; and to the other the savor of life unto life. And who is sufficient for these things? For we are not as many, which corrupt the word of God; but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God speak we in Christ. Do we begin again to commend ourselves? or need we, as some others, epistles of commendation to you, or letters of commendation from you? Ye are our epistles, written in our hearts, known and read of all men; forasmuch as ye are manifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone, but in the fleshy tables of the heart. And such trust have we through Christ to God-ward; not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think anything of ourselves, but our sufficiency is of God.” [2 Corinthians 2:14-17; 3:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 19)
We are handling great and sacred truths which concern our present happiness and our eternal welfare. We need to remember that the Lord, He is God. He will advance His work in His own way. All who do His will shall know of the doctrine.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 20)
Christ requires every one who believes in Him to reveal in his life the fulfilment of the promise, “As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name.” [John 1:12.] They are bound by a most solemn obligation to show that their faith is to them a reality, that power is given them to become the sons of God. They must give evidence, by their words and actions, that they possess this power. They are to adorn the doctrine of Christ their Saviour. They are to be frank, sincere, kind, amiable, sober-minded yet cheerful, showing by example the elevating character and sanctifying influence of their faith. Thus believers and unbelievers will take knowledge of them that they are laborers together with God. The mark of Christ is upon them, because they have learned of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 132, 1902, 21)
Lt 133, 1902
Foss, Mary “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 10, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 90-91; 6MR 412. + My dear sister Mary,—
I have written page after page to you in the past, but before finishing the letters, I have had to give attention to many letters written to me in regard to important matters on which decisions had to be made. After answering these questions, I have looked for what I had written to you, but I could never find anything.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 1)
Now, my sister, do not think that I have forgotten you; for I have not. You know that I have books to make. My last effort is a book on “True Education.” The writing of this book has been very trying to me, but it is nearly finished. I am now completing the last chapter. This book will not have in it so much matter as there is in some of my larger works, but the instruction it contains is important. I feel the need of help from God continually.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 2)
I am still as active as ever. I am not in the least decrepit. I am able to do much work, writing and speaking as I did years ago.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 3)
I read over all that is copied, to see that everything is as it should be. I read all the book manuscript before it is sent to the printer. So you can see that my time must be fully occupied. Besides writing, I am called upon to speak to the different churches, and to attend important meetings. I could not do this work unless the Lord helped me.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 4)
Sabbath, August 2, we met together in a grove five miles from St. Helena, for a Sabbath-school convention and open-air meeting. The brethren and sisters from the churches in Calistoga, St. Helena, and Crystal Springs attended the services. Many children were present. They met by themselves for Sabbath school and children’s meetings, while the older ones took part in the convention. Every one seemed to enjoy this grove-meeting. The singing was excellent. In the afternoon I spoke to the people. Several persons not of our faith were present. The Lord helped me, and an excellent impression was made on their minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 5)
Sunday afternoon some of the brethren and sisters met again in the same place, and I spoke to them with much freedom. A number of outsiders were present. For some time after my journey East last winter, I had considerable difficulty with my voice; but now I can speak before large congregations.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 6)
At the time of the last General Conference, held in Battle Creek, I labored very hard, and immediately after that meeting I visited several of our institutions and attended three camp-meetings. So much travelling and taxing labor wore on my strength. During the General Conference the Lord blessed me. It was a most solemn sight to see hundreds of delegates and thousands of our own people assembled in the Tabernacle. When I spoke to them, my voice reached every one.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 7)
Our college that was in Battle Creek for so many years has been moved to Berrien Springs, a beautiful Michigan town about a hundred miles west of Battle Creek. This school was deeply in debt, and for a time the managers did not know how they could move the school away from Battle Creek; but through the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons, this was made possible. They have succeeded in paying a large portion of the debt already, and they hope soon to be free.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 8)
About three years ago all of our schools were in debt and did not see any way out of their financial difficulties. I had just finished writing my book entitled Christ’s Object Lessons. I proposed to give this book for the purpose of clearing the schools of their terrible indebtedness. I offered to give the book, if the publishing houses would publish it without profit, and if our people would sell it without commission. After considering my offer carefully, the brethren accepted it.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 9)
The book sells for a dollar and twenty-five cents a copy. Our people have raised a fund for the material used in manufacturing the books. Every church member in every conference is expected to sell a certain number of these books in order to do his part in this work. The plan is proving a complete success. Already about two thousand copies of this book have been sold, and the proceeds have been sent to the schools to be applied on the old debts. The work is still going forward in behalf of all our schools in America and is being taken up by those in charge of our schools on other parts of the world—in Australia, Europe, and Africa. Financially, the plan has resulted in large returns; spiritually, it has helped to unify the church.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 10)
I have ordered a copy of Christ’s Object Lessons sent to you and to John Foss and to Ellen Tapley. There are other books that I should be glad to bring out if the Lord spares my life.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 11)
But I have not yet told you how many there are engaged in helping me in my work. My right-hand helper is W. C. White. I pay him fifteen dollars a week. Miss Marian Davis, who has been with me for twenty years, edits my books, giving me most valuable help. I pay her eight dollars a week. Miss Peck, a woman of much ability, keeps my accounts and also helps in editing my books. I pay her ten dollars a week. Maggie Hare prepares the articles for the papers. Clarence Crisler, an experienced stenographer, takes my discourses and writes them out. And when I am called to board meetings or committee meetings, he accompanies me and reports my talks. Miss Graham, a young lady from Healdsburg College, is being initiated into my work. She does the typewriting. Maggie Hare and Clarence Crisler are paid by the General Conference.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 12)
Mrs. Nelson is my housekeeper. She is an excellent cook. She takes careful charge of everything in the house and is very neat and orderly.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 13)
Sara McEnterfer, my secretary, has been with me for nearly twenty years. Since my husband’s death, she has been my companion in travel. While we are on our journeys, she takes entire charge of all the business. She also gives me treatment. She is a trained nurse, and when we were in Cooranbong, she often took the place of a physician. She has had marked success in treating cases that the physicians had given up. More than once we have brought the sick to our home and have cared for them till they were well. Sara has often been called up in the night to go six or seven miles through the woods to visit some suffering one. She usually went on horseback. So successful was her work among the sick that the people thought her equal to a physician. In Cooranbong there was no physician nearer then Newcastle, a town twenty-five miles away, and for one visit a charge of twenty-five dollars was made. We refused to take any pay for the work that we did in this line, and this had an excellent influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 14)
We now have a small sanitarium at Cooranbong, on the school estate, and an excellent work is being done by it. Several sanitariums have been established in Australia, and most of the time they are full to overflowing.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 15)
We have an excellent school in Cooranbong. I labored with all the powers of my being to established this school, and I was successful. In all this work, my son W. C. White was my right-hand helper. He is a wise, solid thinker, and his counsel and advice is appreciated by his brethren. In the past, he has been called here, there, and everywhere to attend council meetings. I have protested again and again, for I needed his help in my book work.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 16)
After coming to this country, he was able to give very little time to my work; for his brethren seemed determined to have his counsel and judgment, and he was called away from me so much that my work has suffered. But they have decided that if they wish to get my books, they must not call him away from me so much; and now he is able to help me a great deal.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 17)
After purchasing this place, I gave W. C. White a beautiful spot on which to build a house. He built a three-story house, in which over twenty people find a home. The house is near the Food Factory. The workers in this factory need to be close to their work, but they could not purchase land on which to build themselves homes, so they pleaded with my son to build a large house, that they might have a chance to rent rooms from him. This he did, and his house is always filled. He hired the money to build; for he felt it his duty to provide a place for these workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 18)
My home is only a few rods from the Food Factory in which all kinds of health foods are made. We find this very convenient. We live very simply; we have no meat or butter or tea or coffee on our table.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 19)
We are not living here from choice. We are here in the providence of God, and when my work in this place is finished, the Lord will open the way for me to go where He would have me go. We have much work to do, and I am so glad that all my workers are in harmony.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 20)
The office building is close to the house. I can speak to my workers from my window when I wish for a certain manuscript or when I wish to give them something to be copied.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 21)
My health is good, if I am careful not to overtax myself. We have good horses and carriages, and I drive out every day, when I can spare the time. Sara always goes with me. She takes the lines, and could manage any horse that I should dare to ride after.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 22)
I carry a heavy burden for the work and cause of God. I did hope to be able to visit the state of Maine, to see my friends and relatives there; but it now seems a little doubtful that I shall be able to do this.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 23)
I send you some postage stamps that I happened to have in my pocketbook; also a one-dollar bill. I hope to be able to send you something more soon. At present I am short of money. I have not received all the money I left in Australia. I have had to borrow several thousand dollars in order to keep on in my work. I often have these times of dearth when issuing my books. But I have everything to make me comfortable. I thank the Lord for His mercy and His lovingkindness.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 24)
I must now close my letter. I need not write to you in regard to religious matters; for I will send you copies of the manuscripts and letters that I am writing in which I think you might be interested. I would love to meet with you, but I do not suppose this can be. I do not care to travel in the cars except when it is positively necessary.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 25)
May the Lord bless and strengthen you, my sister, and may His peace be with you, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 26)
With much love to you and to your children.
(17LtMs, Lt 133, 1902, 27)
Lt 134, 1902
Brethren and Sisters of the Iowa Conference “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 27, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 232-238. Dear Brethren and Sisters of the Iowa Conference,—
I am instructed to say to you that as Christians it is your privilege to bring practical religion into the home, the neighborhood, the church, and the institutions that have been established among you to advance the Lord’s work on the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 1)
God’s people are to reveal the attributes of Christ—the tenderness, the compassion, the unselfish generosity that He always manifested toward the poor, the distressed, and the needy. “Whoso hath this world’s good, and seeth his brother have need, and shutteth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him?” [1 John 3:17.] Let there be no shutting up of the bowels of compassion; for those who do this are deprived of the Spirit of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 2)
In many, the absence of a Christlike spirit has been very marked. Many who claim to follow Christ have not His fragrance of character. By performing deeds of mercy, and by speaking words of kindness that are like apples of gold in pictures of silver, they could exert an elevating influence over those with whom they come in contact; but too often their words are harsh, their actions unbecoming a Christian. God cannot approve of wrong words and actions; for they are an offense to Him. He calls for a decided and thorough change. The time is very near when these matters will be adjusted by One whom none can evade. In the day of judgment everything will be put on its proper basis.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 3)
*****
The Sin of Selfishness
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 4)
All sin is selfishness. Satan’s first sin was a manifestation of selfishness. He sought to grasp power, to exalt self. A species of insanity led him to seek to supersede God. And the temptation that led Adam to sin was Satan’s declaration that it was possible for man to attain to something more than he already enjoyed—possible for him to be as God Himself. The sowing of seeds of selfishness in the human heart was the first result of the entrance of sin into the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 5)
God desires every one to understand the evil of selfishness and to co-operate with Him in guarding the human family against its terrible, deceptive power. The design of the gospel is to confront this evil by means of remedial missionary work and to destroy its destructive power by establishing enterprises of benevolence.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 6)
As a remedy for the terrible consequences into which selfishness led the human race, God gave His only begotten Son to die for mankind. How could He have given more? In this gift He gave Himself. “I and my Father are one,” said Christ. [John 10:30.] By the gift of His Son, God has made it possible for man to be redeemed and restored to oneness with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 7)
“God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Love is the great principle that actuates unfallen beings. With amazement the angels behold the indifference that those who have light and knowledge manifest toward a world unsaved. The heavenly host is filled with an intense desire to work through human agencies to restore in man the image of God. They are ready and waiting to do this work. The combined power of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost is pledged to uplift man from his fallen state. Every attribute, every power of divinity, has been placed at the command of those who unite with the Saviour in winning men to God. O that all would appreciate the truth as it is in Jesus! O that all would love God in return for the love wherewith He has loved them! Sin has extinguished the love that God placed in man’s heart. The work of the church is to rekindle this love. The church is to co-operate with God by uprooting selfishness from the human heart, placing in its stead the benevolence that was in man’s heart in his original state of perfection.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 8)
*****
Christ Our Righteousness
I am sorry that so many are doubtful in regard to justification by faith and that some are standing in opposition to the light that God has given on this subject. Sinners are committed for trial. They must answer the charge of transgressing God’s law. Their only hope is to accept Jesus Christ, their Substitute. He has redeemed the fallen race from the curse of the law, having been made sin—a curse—for them. Nothing but the grace of Christ is sufficient to free the transgressor from bondage. Through His grace those who are obedient to God’s commandments are made free.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 9)
If sinners repent, their pardon is procured through the merits of Christ. Those who understand this matter in its true bearing will more fully comprehend the wondrous, glorious plan of salvation. They will not desire to argue over just what is meant by Christ’s being our righteousness; nor will they desire to try to explain questions that do not in any way make more plain the terms of salvation. It is not essential to understand the precise particulars in regard to the relation of the two laws. It is of far greater consequence that we know whether we are justified or condemned by the holy precepts of God’s law.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 10)
Carelessness in regard to the principles that must be brought into the life practice is a fatal mistake and needs special attention. He who is saved must set things right in his own heart. In the days of Christ the religious leaders neglected the weightier matters of the law for matters of minor importance. The Saviour reproved them, saying, “Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cumin, and have omitted the weightier matters of the law, judgment, mercy, and faith: these things ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone. Ye blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and swallow a camel.” [Matthew 23:23, 24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 11)
Some in our day, by their attitude toward the law as revealed in Galatians, have brought a sad chapter into their life experience. Let none repeat the past. Let none indulge in speculative theories or call attention to things that do not pertain to the solemn work of deciding their own eternal destiny. The twenty-third of Matthew describes the condition of those who are so blinded spiritually that they cannot discern the relative importance of things which they should understand.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 12)
Christ’s righteousness has been misrepresented by some in positions of responsibility, who, supposing they were doing God’s service, have done things which show that they are spiritually blind. Men have been overbearing and imperious in spirit, and their wrong course of action, their lack of principle, will cause them to be denounced by the Lord as surely as the Pharisees were denounced. The woes that fell on the Pharisees will verily fall on all who are engaged in a like work, unless they repent.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 13)
Because the spiritual eyesight of some in positions of trust has been dimmed, God’s great and sacred work has been neglected. By their deeds some have shown that they have not been actuated by right principles. They have not revealed justice, mercy, and the love of God. They have not given practical evidence of love for their brethren. While very scrupulous about little matters, making a man an offender for a word, they have not scrupled to deal unjustly with the Lord’s heritage. Thus they have committed sins that are great in His sight. They have tampered with the conscience, and by subtle reasoning have made imaginary distinctions between the degrees of guilt of various transactions. Lightly passing over very serious wrongs, they have condemned with great severity wrongs that do not begin to compare with their own sin in cherishing and working on false principles. They should remember that righteousness exalts a nation, and that sin brings it to ruin. And this is as true of individuals as of nations.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 14)
My brethren and sisters in Iowa, with humble, contrite hearts study your Bibles. That which is revealed in the Scriptures is for you and for your children. Eat the Word and digest it, for it is the bread of life. Do not be eager to know something in regard to things that are not revealed. Some do not seem to comprehend that which is plainly opened before them in the Scriptures concerning their salvation, and, as a result, their religious life is greatly deficient. If they would study and obey the Word of God, their minds would not be so full of conjectures in regard to things that they need not understand.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 15)
In every place God is working to bring men to a knowledge of Christ and His righteousness. He speaks to them in His Word. The Bible is the key that unlocks the mysteries which it is essential for human beings to understand in order to know what they must do to gain eternal life. The Bible is its own expositor. Its bright beams are to shine into all parts of the world, that sin may be revealed. The Bible is a chart, pointing out the waymarks of truth. Those who are acquainted with this chart will be enabled to tread with certainty the path of duty, wherever they may be called to go.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 16)
Let us notice the answer that the divine Teacher gave to the lawyer who asked, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?”“He said unto him, What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.”“Thou hast answered right,” Christ said: “This do, and thou shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?” [Luke 10:25-29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 17)
In answer, Christ gave the parable of the good Samaritan, relating an incident that had actually taken place: “A certain man,” He said, “went down from Jerusalem to Jericho and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that showed mercy to him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 30-37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 18)
In this parable are summed up all the principles contained in the law of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 19)
On every hand we can see the terrible results of the selfishness that led Adam to transgress God’s law. The taking of the forbidden fruit—seemingly so small a matter—resulted in opening the floodgates of woe upon the world. To this transgression can be traced all the violence and the crime now existing. And when in this age of the world the principles of justice and mercy are in any way violated in word or deed, there is committed a sin of far greater magnitude than the sin that was committed in Eden; for sin was a new thing to our first parents.
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 20)
My dear brethren and sisters in Iowa, determine to reveal Christ’s righteousness more fully than you have revealed it in the past; determine to show that you are not of this world, but of the kingdom of heaven. You are in danger of losing a rich experience. Will you not cultivate the grace of Christ in your hearts? Let not selfishness, springing from self-love, separate you from one another and from God. Bind yourselves to one another by the cords of Christian benevolence. If faithful, you will hear from the Saviour’s lips the words. “Well done, thou good and faithful servant: ... enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 134, 1902, 21)
Lt 135, 1902
Brethren and Sisters of the Iowa Conference “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 28, 1902 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in MM 261-262, 273-274; Ev 262; CD 39-40, 58. + Dear Brethren and Sisters of the Iowa Conference,—
Seventh-day Adventists are handling momentous truths. On the subject of temperance they should be in advance of all other people.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 1)
The question of how to preserve the health is one of primary importance. When we study this question in the fear of God, we shall learn that it is best, both for our physical health and for our spiritual advancement, to observe simplicity in diet. Let us patiently study this question. We need knowledge and judgment in order to move wisely in this matter. Nature’s laws are not to be resisted, but obeyed.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 2)
Only when we are intelligent in regard to the principles of health reform can we be fully aroused to see the evils resulting from an improper diet. Those who, after seeing their mistakes, have courage to change their habits will find that the reformatory process requires a struggle and much perseverance. But when correct tastes are formed, they will realize that the use of food, which they have formerly regarded as harmless, was slowly but surely laying the foundation for dyspepsia and other diseases.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 3)
Some of our people conscientiously abstain from eating improper food and at the same time neglect to eat food that would supply the elements necessary for the proper sustenance of the body. Let us never bear a testimony against health reform by failing to use wholesome, palatable food in the place of harmful articles of diet that we have discarded. Much tact and discretion should be employed in preparing nourishing food to take the place of that which has constituted the diet of many families. This effort requires faith in God, earnestness of purpose, and a willingness to help one another. A diet lacking in the proper elements of nutrition brings reproach upon the cause of health reform. We are mortal and must supply ourselves with food that will give proper sustenance to the body.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 4)
Those who do not know how to cook hygienically should learn to combine wholesome, nourishing articles of food in such a way as to make appetizing dishes. Let those who desire to gain knowledge in this line subscribe for our health journals. They will find information on this point in them, especially in the Good Health.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 5)
Without continually exercising ingenuity, no one can excel in healthful cookery; but those whose hearts are open to impressions and suggestions from the Great Teacher will learn many things and will be able also to teach others, for He will give them skill and understanding.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 6)
Careful attention should be given to the proper use of nut foods. Some kinds of nuts are not so wholesome as others. Do not reduce the bill of fare to a few articles composed largely of nut foods. These foods should not be used too freely. If they were used more sparingly by some, the results would be more satisfactory. As combined in large proportions with other articles in some of the recipes given, they make the food so rich that the system cannot properly assimilate it.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 7)
Let us make intelligent advancement in simplifying our diet. In the providence of God, every country produces articles of food containing the nourishment necessary for the upbuilding of the system. These may be made into healthful, appetizing dishes.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 8)
Let those who advocate health reform strive earnestly to make it all that they claim it is. Let them discard everything detrimental to health. Use simple, wholesome food. Fruit is excellent and saves much cooking. Discard rich pastries, cakes, desserts, and the other dishes prepared to tempt the appetite. Eat fewer kinds of food at one meal, and eat with thanksgiving.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 9)
Concerning flesh meat we can all say, Let it alone. And all should bear a clear testimony against tea and coffee, never using them. They are narcotics, injurious alike to the brain and to the other organs of the body. The time has not yet come when I can say that the use of milk and of eggs should be wholly discontinued. Milk and eggs should not be classed with flesh meat. In some ailments the use of eggs is very beneficial.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 10)
Let the members of our churches deny every selfish appetite. Every penny expended for tea, coffee, and flesh meat is worse than wasted; for these things hinder the best development of the physical, mental, and spiritual powers.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 11)
*****
How to Present the Principles of Health Reform
The Lord desires every minister, every physician, every church member, to be careful not to urge those who are ignorant of our faith to make sudden changes in diet, thus bringing them to a premature test. Hold up the principles of health reform, and let the Lord lead the honest in heart. They will hear and believe. The Lord does not require His messengers to present the beautiful truths of health reform in a way that will prejudice the minds of others. Let no one place stumbling blocks before those who are walking in the dark paths of ignorance. Even in praising a good thing, it is well not to be too enthusiastic, lest you turn out of the way those who come to hear. Present the principles of temperance in their most attractive form.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 12)
We must not move presumptuously. The laborers who enter new territory to raise up churches must not create difficulties by attempting to make prominent the question of diet. They should be careful not to draw the lines too closely. Impediments would thus be thrown on the pathway of others. Do not drive the people. Lead them. Preach the Word as it is in Christ Jesus. The health journal will help you to learn not only how to prepare healthful food and how to give treatment to the sick, but also how to instruct others in these lines. Workers must put forth resolute, persevering effort, remembering that everything cannot be learned at once. They must have a fixed determination patiently to teach the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 13)
Wherever the truth is carried, the people should be given instruction in regard to the preparation of healthful foods. God desires that in every place the people should be taught by skilful teachers how to utilize wisely the products that they can raise or readily obtain in their section of the country. Thus the poor, as well as those in better circumstances, can be taught to live healthfully.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 14)
All the way along from the beginning, we have found it necessary to educate, educate, educate. God desires us to continue to educate the people. We are not to neglect this work because of the effect we may fear it will have on the sale of goods manufactured in our health food factories. This is not the most important matter. Our work is to show the people how they can obtain and prepare wholesome food, how they can co-operate with God in restoring in themselves His image.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 15)
My dear brethren and sisters in Iowa, many have been rebelling against health reform. Many have been warring against Dr. Kellogg, as if he were the one who originated the principles of health reform. To such ones I would say, In treating these principles as something that you should resist, have you not acted foolishly? In rejecting health reform, you have not been rejecting Dr. Kellogg, but rather the One who in mercy has given you these principles. the Lord Himself has been sending you instruction, line upon line, precept upon precept. You need to practice health reform just as conscientiously as does Dr. Kellogg. It will lead to the restoration of both physical and spiritual health. When you place yourselves in right relation to God, you will accept the medical missionary work as a work to which you have been appointed by the great Master-Worker.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 16)
Those who live in the last days of this earth’s history need to be fully established in the principles of health reform. They need to recognize that the medical missionary work is ordained of God. Because the avenues of the soul have been sealed by the tyrant “prejudice,” many are painfully ignorant of the principles of healthful living. In their religious life they have become sour and uncongenial. May God forgive them.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 17)
God approves of the work that has been done in behalf of suffering humanity. Those who have stood opposed to the principles of health reform have stood where the Lord could not fulfil His purpose to work for them or through them. God says, “That servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.” [Luke 12:47.] It is intemperance in eating that causes so much invalidism and robs the Lord of the glory due to Him. Because of a failure to deny self, many of God’s people are unable to reach the high standard of spirituality He has set for them; and though they repent and are converted, all eternity will testify to the loss they have sustained by yielding to selfishness.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 18)
The Lord calls for volunteers to enter His army. Sickly men and sickly women need to become health reformers. God will co-operate with His children in preserving their health, if they eat with care, refusing to put unnecessary burdens on the stomach. He has graciously made the path of nature sure and safe, wide enough for all who will walk in it. He has given for our sustenance the wholesome and health-giving productions of the earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 19)
He who does not heed the instruction God has given in His Word and in His works, he who does not obey the divine commands has a defective experience. He is a sickly Christian. His spiritual life is feeble. He lives, but his life is devoid of fragrance. He fritters away the precious moments of grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 20)
Many have done the body much injury by a disregard of the laws of life, and they may never recover from the effects of their neglect; but even now they may repent and be converted. Man has tried to be wiser than God. He has become a law unto himself. God calls upon us to give attention to His requirements, no longer to dishonor Him by dwarfing the physical, mental, and spiritual capabilities. Premature decay and death are the result of walking away from God to follow the ways of the world. He who indulges self must bear the penalty. In the Judgment we shall see how seriously God regards the violation of the laws of health. Then, as we take a retrospective view of our course of action, we shall see what knowledge of God we might have gained, what noble characters we might have formed, if we had taken the Bible as our counselor.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 21)
The Lord is waiting for His people to become wise in understanding. As we see the wretchedness, deformity, and disease that have come into the world as the result of ignorance in regard to the proper care of the body, how can we refrain from giving the warning? Christ has declared that as it was in the days of Noah, when the earth was filled with violence and corrupted by crime, so shall it be when the Son of man is revealed. God has given us great light, and if we walk in this light, we shall see His salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 22)
There is need of decided changes. It is time for us to humble our proud, self-willed hearts and seek the Lord while He may be found. As a people we need to humble our hearts before God; for the scars of inconsistency are on our practice.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 23)
The Lord is calling upon us to come into line. The day is far spent. The night is at hand. The judgments of God are already seen, both on land and sea. No second probation will be granted us. This is no time for making false moves. Let every one thank God that we still have opportunity to form characters for the future, eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 24)
God calls upon His people to be converted. “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon him, and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon. For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts.” [Isaiah 55:7-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 25)
“Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” [Revelation 22:12.] “O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountains; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord will come with strong hand, and his arm shall rule for him; behold, his reward is with him, and his work before him.” [Isaiah 40:9, 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 135, 1902, 26)
Lt 136, 1902
Iowa Conference “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 28, 1902 [typed] This letter is published in entirety in 16MR 340-349. + To the Iowa Conference My dear Brethren and Sisters,—
“The end of all things is at hand: be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer. And above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity shall cover the multitude of sins. Use hospitality one to another without grudging. As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to another, as good stewards of the manifold grace of God. If any man speak, let him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister, let him do it as of the ability which God giveth; that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ, to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever.” [1 Peter 4:7-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 1)
The churches in Iowa are in need of far greater spiritual life. When we separate from God, we assert our own independence and raise the standard of revolt. Men desire to govern their fellow men, to gain jurisdiction over them. But it is impossible for man to exercise authority over his fellow men without making himself liable to collide with their interests, which should be carefully guarded. Every man is to remember that every other man has an identity, which must not be submerged in any human being. Supreme love for God is the great principle that keeps men close to one another in unselfish fellowship. The love of Christ leads man to see the good there is in his fellow beings. But he who is absorbed in correcting his neighbor neglects to give attention to his own defects and loses God out of his reckoning. He does not appreciate God enough to seek to be like Him, and he loses the power to bring forth the fruits of righteousness. He watches for the defects in his brother, forgetting that he is the purchase of the blood of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 2)
For three years the disciples had before them the wonderful example of Christ. Day by day they walked and talked with Him, hearing His words of cheer to the weary and heavy laden and seeing the manifestations of His power in behalf of the sick and afflicted. When the time came for Him to leave them, He gave them power to work as He had worked. He bestowed on them His grace, saying, “Freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:8.] They were to go forth into the world to shed abroad the light of His gospel of love and healing. The work He had done they were to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 3)
And this is the work that we also are to do in the world. In sympathy and compassion we are to minister to those in need of help, seeking with unselfish earnestness to lighten the woe of suffering humanity. As we engage in this work, we shall be greatly blessed. And by it souls will be won to the Redeemer; for its influence is irresistible.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 4)
The practical carrying out of the Saviour’s commission demonstrates the power of the gospel. This work calls for laborious effort, but it pays; for by it perishing souls are saved. Through its influence men and women of talent are to be brought to the cross of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 5)
Man has a body as well as a soul to save. Both are to be restored to health by God’s simple but efficacious methods, which appeal to men and women of intelligence. As the health of the body is restored, the powers of the mind are put forth to grasp the great truths of the gospel. And through a belief in the truth, souls are awakened to their need of a preparation for life’s duties.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 6)
The denominational churches in our land are doing something in the line of Christian help work. Some are working actively, walking in all the light they have. They would do much more if they understood the truth. And many of those who know the truth, who claim to believe that the last message of mercy is being given to the world, are fast asleep. Many, like the sluggard, are folding their hands in inactivity.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 7)
The Lord has a work for every one to do. There are those who suppose that they can be saved by merely assenting to the truth. But this cannot be. True conversion acts like leaven, permeating every part of the being, filling man with a desire to serve Christ. Received into the heart, the truth transforms the entire being, bringing it into conformity with the Spirit of Christ. There is a development of all the powers; for the heart is changed.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 8)
Man can increase in knowledge without experiencing a change of heart, but this does not bring salvation. Paul declares, “Though I ... understand all mysteries, and all knowledge, ... and have not charity, I am nothing.... Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not charity, I am become a sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal.” [1 Corinthians 13:2, 1.] It is not position or profession that makes a man of value in God’s sight. It is being good and doing good.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 9)
Christ says, “Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” [John 3:3.] He who has only an emotional religion is controlled by “another spirit,” not the Spirit of Christ. [2 Corinthians 11:4.] Flighty and sentimental, he is a burden to the church. At times his imagination soars high, but it goes down correspondingly when the cause of excitement is removed.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 10)
By the death of His only begotten Son, God has made it possible for man to reach the high ideal set before him. We can do God no greater dishonor than to remain in indolence and indifference, caring not to save the souls perishing in sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 11)
Is Christ your personal Saviour? Do you depend on Him for your acceptance with the Father? He says, “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] There is power in Christ to enable us to gain the victory over the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 12)
I am carrying a burden for the Iowa Conference. The Lord has instructed me that as a Conference you are living far beneath your privileges. Although you have been greatly blessed with a knowledge of the truth, many of you have not realized your duty to give this advanced light to others. In the Judgment, God will call you to account for the way in which you have used the light given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 13)
In the Iowa Conference there are many precious souls who would make good workers. These need to be awakened to the necessity of taking hold of the Lord’s work and doing something for Him. They should be educated and trained, that they may go forth to labor for others. Let them gain an experimental knowledge in seeking to save those who are perishing around them.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 14)
God has appointed to every man his work. While so many men and women in the towns and cities round about us are perishing for lack of knowledge, how can God’s people sleep on in indifference? If those who know the truth realized fully the fearful peril of their fellow men, they would be aroused to work for the Master. Going out into new fields, they would by the power of a godly example lead others to unite with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 15)
Let married men and women who know the truth go forth to the neglected fields to enlighten others. Follow the example of those who have done pioneer work in new fields. Wisely work in places where you can best labor. Learn the principles of health reform, in order that you may be able to teach them to others. By reading and studying the various books and periodicals on the subject of health, learn to give treatment to the sick, and thus to do better work for the Master. Many who now rest in their graves would today be alive, had they been careful to improve precious moments in seeking to obtain a knowledge of the light that God has given for their benefit. Wilfully ignorant of the laws of their being, they have died for lack of knowledge.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 16)
Let every member of the churches in Iowa carefully study the instruction given in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah and in the third and fourth chapters of Malachi. Will my brethren consider these Scriptures? In the fifty-eighth of Isaiah there is light for those who rejoice in the hope of the soon-coming morning. The Lord desires to send us the reviving, healing beams of His sunshine. “The fashion of this world passeth away” [1 Corinthians 7:31], but the fashion of the world to come will endure forever. With what infinite bliss will the righteous be rewarded! What boundless joy will be theirs!
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 17)
Christ has gone to prepare mansions for those who are faithful. To the immortal inheritance those who love God and keep His commandments have a clear title—a title that will never be questioned. Those who by faith take God at His Word have an everlasting life-insurance policy. Those who now by faith enter the kingdom of God hold fast their profession of faith will possess the kingdom forever and ever.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 18)
To the brethren and sisters in Iowa, those who claim to believe in Jesus as a personal Saviour, I would say: Remember that you are not your own; you are “bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] I beseech you to consider your individual responsibility. In view of all that you are to receive and enjoy in the world to come, why, O why do you not rise above the sordid influences of this world, putting away all earthliness?
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 19)
“My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and he is the propitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know him, if we keep his commandments. He that saith, I know him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected: hereby know we that we are in him. He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked. Brethren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning.” [1 John 2:1-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 20)
The church is the bride, the Lamb’s wife. She should keep herself pure, sanctified, holy. Never should she indulge in any foolishness; for she is the bride of a King. Yet she does not realize her exalted position. If she understood this, she would be all-glorious within.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 21)
The world does not acknowledge that, at an infinite cost, Christ has purchased the human race. They do not acknowledge that by creation and by redemption He holds a just claim to every human being. But as the Redeemer of the fallen race, He has been given the deed of possession, which entitles Him to claim them as His property. “He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. He came unto his own, and his own received him not. But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name.” [John 1:10-12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 22)
The Lord is ready to do a great work for every church in the Iowa Conference. In order that the world may be left without excuse, He desires His representatives properly to bear witness of Him. Will those who have named the name of Christ be as clay in the hands of the potter? Will they submit to be molded and fashioned into vessels unto honor? Thus they may be qualified to stand in their lot and in their place. By their unselfish lives they may give to the world an illustration of practical Christianity.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 23)
The churches in this Conference have a work to do. Plans should be made to advance the Lord’s cause. The Master is calling for men who will do His work with humility of heart. He works through those who have a contrite spirit. The clear light of truth should shine forth from the churches. Every church should be as a city set upon a hill, the light of which cannot be hid.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 24)
The Psalmist says, “Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path.” [Psalm 119:105.] In these days of test and trial, we should take the Bible as our counselor and our guide, that we may make straight paths for our feet. The beautiful, glorious light of heaven is shining from the precepts of the law, clearly lighting up the pathway leading to the gates of the New Jerusalem. Those who walk in this light will never go astray.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 25)
The Lord’s people should often come together to engage in earnest supplication for divine blessing, that they may better understand where and how to work. Let no selfishness or jealousy be manifested. Let the laborers knit their souls with Christ and with their brethren. Let them unitedly use their powers in doing genuine, advance work, bearing to others the light of present truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 26)
In Iowa there are many places to be worked. As a general rule, the Conference laborers should go out from the churches into new fields, using their God-given ability to a purpose in seeking and saving the lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 27)
An Appeal for the Barren Fields
My brethren and sisters, I wish to present before you the necessities of the destitute fields in your sight. In His great mercy, the Lord has furnished these fields with laborers who have precious talents. Means are now needed to carry forward the work. I present this matter before the churches in Iowa, praying that the Lord may impress hearts with the needs of His work, that gifts for these barren fields may flow into His treasury. Our neglect of the fields ripe for the harvest is our condemnation.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 28)
God is calling upon His people to give to Him of the means that He has entrusted to them in order that institutions both small and large may be established to glorify His name. By giving of their substance to sustain His work, God’s people show in a practical manner that they love Him supremely and their neighbor as themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 29)
I have a message to bear in regard to the Southern field. We shall have to work this field. Its present condition is a continual rebuke to all who claim to be followers of Christ. The outlook is not pleasant. In some sections of this field the nominal churches have done a good work in gospel ministry and by establishing schools for the people. But as a whole, the field has scarcely been touched. If the words of the gospel commission had been studied and obeyed by our people, the South would have received its proportionate share of ministry. If those who have received light had walked in the light given them, they would have realized that they should cultivate this long-neglected vineyard.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 30)
Many of the Southern cities have never been worked. Look at the destitution of this field. Consider the ignorance, the poverty, the misery, the distress of many of the people. What do they know in regard to the Bible? They are not acquainted with the Lord Jesus Christ. And yet this field lies at your door! How selfish and inattentive you have been to your neighbors! You have heartlessly passed them by, doing little to relieve their suffering. The condition of this field is a condemnation of our professed Christianity.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 31)
It is too late now to cling to worldly treasures. Soon, unnecessary houses and land will be of no benefit to any one; for the curse of God will rest more and more heavily upon the earth. The call comes, “Sell that ye have, and give alms.” [Luke 12:33.] This message should be faithfully borne—urged home to the hearts of the people, that God’s own property may be returned to Him in offerings to advance His work in the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 32)
God calls for men who will educate. During the time that has passed into eternity, many should have been in the South, laboring together with God by doing personal work and by giving of their means to sustain themselves and other workers in that field.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 33)
My dear brethren and sisters in Iowa, the Lord is calling upon you to come to your senses. Awake to a realization of your responsibilities. God has given to every man his work. You have a most earnest work to do. You may live lives of usefulness. Learn all that you can and then be a blessing to others by imparting a knowledge of truth. Let every one do according to his several ability, willingly sharing in the bearing of the burden.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 34)
Let us in the name of the Lord press perseveringly forward in the race for eternal life. We have a great work to do in enlightening our own souls and in living up to a higher standard. Let us place a proper estimate on the preciousness of a knowledge of the truth. Then we shall have a clearer understanding in regard to God’s goodness to us and our obligations to others. While seeking to save the lost, let us keep our minds constantly uplifted in prayer for divine guidance. We are not to look to men, but are to behold Jesus. Let us not lose our spirituality. Christ desires His people to be greatly revived by the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 35)
Although we are now passing through the night of tribulation, we need not be discouraged by the darkness that surrounds us. The Lord desires us to exercise faith, with spiritual vision looking beyond the gloom to the scenes of the morning so soon to dawn. In faith and hope we may confidently say, The morning cometh, when there will be no more night. Soon we shall see the dawn of the eternal day in all its glorious beauty and splendor.
(17LtMs, Lt 136, 1902, 36)
Lt 137, 1902
Magan, P. T. St. Helena, California August 29, 1902 [typed] This letter is published in entirety in 2MR 310-312. + Dear brother Magan,—
I have read your letter in regard to the publication of my book on education. I respect all you say about this matter, and I was quite desirous of complying with your request, if on consideration it should be thought best. But light has come to me that it would not be wisdom to do this. Confusion would be brought in. Some things have been presented to me that I will try to present to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 1)
There was in my mind a desire to present to the cause a couple of other books to be used for its advancement, as Object Lessons has been used. In the night season I was instructed that the giving of the manuscript of Object Lessons was of the Lord, but that if other books were given to be handled in the same way, the arrangements made for their sale would bring in a train of influences that would hinder the work of handling the larger books. These books contain present truth for this time—truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Our canvassers are to circulate the books that give definite instruction regarding the testing messages that are to prepare a people to stand on the platform of eternal truth, holding aloft the banner on which is inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 2)
If one book should be continually kept before the minds of our people and canvassers, all their zeal and earnestness would be spent on the circulation of that one book. The Lord would have the canvassers who sell Object Lessons take with them also other of our books. Nothing is to hinder the circulation of the larger books, for they contain the light given by God for the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 3)
Sometimes we get in a hurry and by our plans bring confusion into the Lord’s work. How many there are who work in their own strength, following their own lines, in order to accomplish that which they think should be accomplished. May the Lord take pity on our ignorance. May He help us to do nothing to hinder the work that He desires to have accomplished.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 4)
The work of the Lord includes more than one line of service. The doing of it calls for many minds and for much wisdom in order that each part may be carried forward successfully. While Object Lessons is to live to do its appointed work, not all the thought and effort of God’s people is to be given to this one line of work. There are many things to be done to advance the work of God. I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived. Our smaller books with our pamphlets and journals can and should be used in connection with our larger books.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 5)
Should I give the publication of the book on education into other hands than those who acted so liberally in publishing Object Lessons, I should not be dealing fairly. I wish to express my sincere gratitude to those who took part in the publication of this book, co-operating with me in carrying out the God-given plan for freeing our schools from debt. Let the good work continue. But other books also must be sold. The canvassing work is to be carried forward with increasing interest. I have been instructed to say to my brethren and sisters that the way in which this book has been handled is an object lesson showing what can be done to circulate the books containing present truth. The work that has been done with Object Lessons is a never-to-be-forgotten lesson on how to canvass in the prayerful, trustful way that brings success. There is a decided work to be accomplished, and our other publications are to be handled in the same trustful way that Object Lessons has been handled.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 6)
We need to remember that the church militant is not the church triumphant. The difference between the kingdom of Christ and the kingdom of the world is to be carefully considered, else we shall draw threads of selfishness into the web that we are weaving. We need to remember that beside every soul there is an unseen, heavenly Watcher.
(17LtMs, Lt 137, 1902, 7)
Lt 138, 1902
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 5, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 59-60. + Dear Brother Daniells,—
I have just read the letter that you wrote to my son Willie in regard to attending the California camp-meetings. I have much to say to you in regard to many matters, but cannot write at length now.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 1)
I write this morning to tell you that we desire you to attend, if possible, the Fresno camp-meeting. The Fresno and the Los Angeles meetings are the only ones that I expect to attend this season—not but that I should be glad to attend others, but I must spend most of the time in preparing my writings for publication so that they may be placed in the hands of the people. For the first time since returning to this country, Willie has taken hold of my book work in earnest. All our helpers are doing excellent work in this line. The preparation of the book Education and Testimony for the Church No. 35 has held me close at home for several weeks.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 2)
We greatly desire you to attend the California meetings. You should certainly be at Fresno. You may also be able to attend the Los Angeles meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 3)
It is with fear and trembling that I start out on a journey now. I fear that I may gather too many burdens on my soul. When I stand before large congregations, it seems as if I were reined up before the great white throne to answer for the souls that have been presented before me as unready to meet the Lord in peace.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 4)
I am much worried about Dr. Kellogg. In many respects, his course is not pleasing to the Lord. It seems to be so easy for him to drift away from foundation principles. He is in great danger of not holding the beginning of his confidence steadfast unto the end.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 5)
My brother, I wish to write a few words to you confidentially in regard to the Doctor: Do not let him beguile you by his statements. Some may be true; some are not true. He may suppose that all his assertions are true; but you should neither think that they are nor encourage him to believe that he is right. I know that he is not in harmony with the Lord. Do not sanction his effort to gather from every source all the means possible for his line of the work; for God does not favor so great an outlay of means as is now being made in Battle Creek; nor does He favor the way that the Doctor is managing the health food business.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 6)
Brother Daniells, constantly the Lord is keeping Southern California before me as a place where we must establish medical institutions. Every year this region is visited by many thousands of tourists. Sanitariums must be established in this section of the State. Tent-meetings must be held in as many of the great tourist resorts, far and near, as the Southern California Conference can work, with the laborers that they have. If ever there was need of awaking to the importance of working in such places, it is now.
(17LtMs, Lt 138, 1902, 7)
Lt 139, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 9, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 22. Dear Son Edson,—
I have received your two last letters and will now answer as best I can. This is the last morning I shall have at home for perhaps a month. I have not been able to sleep past one o’clock, and I have risen to seek the Lord in prayer. I feel my helplessness, my dependence on the Lord, and I ask Him to teach me, to guide me, to strengthen me, that I may stand in my lot and in my place. We are living in a time when we must constantly seek help from the Lord, and we shall receive if we ask in faith, nothing doubting.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 1)
After reading your letter, I can only say to you, Follow the convictions of the Spirit of God, in harmony with your brethren. Watch unto prayer, and then commit the keeping of your soul to God, as unto a faithful Creator. He will keep that which is committed to His trust. Look to Jesus. The enemy will seek to spoil your life, but trust in the Lord. Draw nigh to Him, and He will draw nigh to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 2)
The Lord God of heaven is constantly at work for us. His angels are ministering spirits to all who will receive their guardianship. Human impulse will try to make us believe that it is God who is guiding us when we are following our own way. But if we watch carefully, and counsel with our brethren, we shall understand; for the promise is, “The meek will he guide in judgment; the meek will he teach his way.” [Psalm 25:9.] We must not allow human ideas and natural inclinations to gain the supremacy.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 3)
I have considered that which you have written in regard to your boat’s being fitted up and used as a missionary agency to convey workers to places that otherwise they could not reach. I have been shown how when you first went to the Southern field you used this boat as your home and as a place on which to receive the people. The novelty of the idea excited curiosity, and many came to see and to hear. I know that through the agency of this boat, places have been reached where the light of truth had never shone—places represented to me as “the hedges.” [Luke 14:23.] It has been the means of sowing the seeds of truth in many hearts, and many souls have first seen the light of truth while on this boat. On it angel-feet have trodden.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 4)
Yet I would have you consider the dangers as well as the advantages of this line of work. The greatest caution will need to be exercised by all who enter the Southern field. They are not to be ready to trust to unchristian feelings or prejudices. The truth is to be proclaimed. Christ is to be uplifted as the Saviour of mankind. But unless men of extreme caution, men who trust in the Lord, knowing that they will be kept by His power, are chosen as leaders and burden-bearers, the efforts of the workers will be in vain. The brethren are to consider all these things and then move forward in faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 5)
One thing I urge upon you: the necessity of counseling with your brethren. There are those who will feel that anything you may have to do with boats is as a snare; but, my son, if there is a class of people in out-of-the-way places who can be reached only by means of boats, talk the matter over with your brethren. Pray earnestly in regard to it, and the Spirit of God will point out the way. I see no reason why a boat should not be utilized as a means of bringing to those in darkness the light of Him who is “the bright and morning Star.” [Revelation 22:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 6)
As a people, we have been so often reproved for doing so little, that we should not hinder with discouragement any effort to extend the influence of the truth. Be careful that the enterprise you speak of does not cripple other lines of work.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 7)
I should be very glad, Edson, to have you visit us; but the Lord understands. I do not want you to leave a work, in which you are needed, to come to my home. The service of Christ must always come before anything else. I accept your reasons for not coming.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 8)
Walk humbly with God. The Lord will be nigh unto you in all things that you call upon Him for. The best way to succeed in all enterprises for the advancement of the truth is to go promptly and steadily forward, willingly making the sacrifices that God’s cause demands and trusting Him whose we are and whom we serve to supply our temporal needs. It is easy for Him who owns the world and who has at His command the resources of heaven to increase or diminish the possessions of human beings. He will see that those who serve and obey Him have all things needful. The Lord is not unmindful of the wholehearted service offered Him. No work done in faith will be in vain.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 9)
God calls for earnest, persevering effort to press the battle to the gates. There is service to be done for the Master. Wherever there is work, there should be men and women on hand to say, “Here am I; send me.” [Isaiah 6:8.] Wherever there is work to be done, let God’s people take it up and do their best. If they leave untouched the work He gives them, they will lose the precious blessings that come to those who advance in spite of difficulties.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 10)
There are many who sit contentedly under their own vine and fig tree, doing nothing for the Master. The Lord did not give light to His people to amuse them, to please them. Wherever there is true conversion, there is a reformation, a consecration to God. Every one who with genuine faith believes in Christ enters into His service. Our faith must now be a faith that is constantly increasing. God’s people are no longer to sit at their ease, waiting for an opening, when it is their duty to make an opening and then go to work.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 11)
The Life-giver is constantly imparting His life to those who take it that they may impart it. Where there is constant receiving, there should be constant giving. The thoughts, the impressions, that we receive from God are to be shared with others. To impart increases the power to receive. Giving to others what we receive from God, “grace for grace”—this is the genuine enjoyment of spiritual life. [John 1:16.] None are to look upon the blessings they receive as their own, to be hoarded for self. These blessings are to be given back to God by being used to help some soul to the platform of eternal truth. All may learn, if they will, that the blessing of receiving is very closely related to the blessing of imparting.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 12)
In God’s work there is need of constant self-sacrifice. Said the apostle Paul, “I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord.” [Philippians 3:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 13)
Christ was engaged in public ministry for only three years and a half, but His whole life was a life of ministry. He sought to teach men and women the great truth that the law of service is the law of life. Taking upon Him our nature, He came to this earth, all seared and marred as it was by the curse, to be the example for all men. He was the Redeemer of mankind. Though He could not abide on this earth in bodily form, He would abide in the hearts of His followers. He would not leave them to meet unaided the opposition they would receive from the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 14)
“Ye have heard how I said unto you,” He declared, “I go away, and come again unto you.” [John 14:28.] “Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live, ye shall live also.... I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you.... At that day ye shall know that I am in the Father, and ye in me, and I in you. He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth me; and he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself unto him.” [Verses 14:19, 18, 20, 21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 15)
My son, has not God fulfilled His Word? Have you not recently had the assurance of His love? “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] Though the heaven of heavens cannot contain God, His chosen temple is the heart of the humble and contrite. His blessed presence fills the soul with light and grace and strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 16)
May the Lord bless and teach and guide you, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 139, 1902, 17)
Lt 140, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister Santa Barbara, California September 11, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in BTS 11/1902. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
Yesterday, Wednesday, W. C. White, Clarence, Sara, Maggie, and I left St. Helena for San Francisco, there to take the cars for Los Angeles, to attend the camp-meeting. While waiting in Oakland I began to write a letter to you, which will be sent with this. My mind was drawn out to speak expressly of the duty of church members to draw together in the service of God, though all have not the same office or the same talents. Christ gives different men different abilities, to be exercised in different lines of work. Some are strong to carry on one line of work, while others are especially fitted to carry on another line, or to labor in a different way to accomplish the same result. Let no worker feel that his fellow workers should labor in exactly the same way that he does.
(17LtMs, Lt 140, 1902, 1)
Lt 141, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister Oakland, California September 10, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 262; OHC 170; 4BC 1174; 6BC 1106; 3MR 359-360; 7MR 343; 8MR 345; BTS 11/1902, 12/1902, 02/1903. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
You must not think that I have forgotten you because I have not written to you. The reason for my not writing is that we have been finishing two books Christian Education and Testimony 35. Marian has had the one on Education in her charge, and Willie has had the Testimony. In a few days both books will be finished. Reading the matter prepared for these books has kept me very busy. I am thankful that now my part is done, with the exception of a few pages yet to be read.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 1)
Early this morning, W. C. White, Clarence, Sara, Maggie, and I left St. Helena for Los Angeles. We are now in Oakland, or rather, I am. W. C. W. and Clarence are in San Francisco, and so are Maggie and Sara. This evening at seven o’clock we take the cars, ride all night, stop off at Santa Barbara from eight o’clock Thursday morning till three thirty in the afternoon and then go on to Los Angeles.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 2)
I should be much pleased to labor for a short time in New York City. But while my life is spared, I must work diligently to place before the people the light that God has given me. I can work. My mind is clear, and my memory excellent. I am so grateful for this.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 3)
I am indeed very much pleased to know that you and Elder Franke can work together. Because men are not of the same stamp of character, this is no reason why they should draw apart. If we are children of the heavenly King, we shall not be at such variance that we shall stand in one another’s way.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 4)
It is by the Lord’s order that His servants have varied gifts. It is by His appointment that men of varied minds are brought into the church, to be laborers together with Him. We have many different minds to meet, and different gifts are needed. God’s servants are to work in perfect harmony. I thank the Lord that we are not all exactly the same, while we are all to have the same spirit—the spirit that dwelt in Christ. The apostle John was not the same as the apostle Peter. Each was to subdue his peculiarities and soften his temperament that they might help each other through belief in and sanctification of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 5)
It is the righteousness of Christ that goes before us. It is His character that we are to copy. And then what? The glory of the Lord shall be our rearward. Our Leader goes before us, and as we follow Him, He imparts to us His righteousness, which is revealed in our lives by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. It is faith and works that make us Christians, preparing us to sit together in heavenly places with Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 6)
Is Christ divided? No. Christ abiding in the soul will not quarrel with Christ in another soul. We must learn to bear with the peculiarities of those around us. If our will is under the control of Christ’s will, how can we be at variance with our brethren? If we are at variance, we may know that it is because self needs to be crucified. He whom Christ makes free is free indeed. We are not complete in Christ unless we love one another as Christ has loved us. When we do this, as Christ has given us commandment, we shall give evidence that we are complete in Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 7)
We must have the faith which prophets foretold and apostles preached—the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. If we reach the standard of perfection, our peculiar traits of disposition must be molded in harmony with Christ’s will. Then we shall sit together in heavenly places in Christ. Brethren will work together, without a thought of collision.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 8)
Little differences, dwelt upon, lead to actions that destroy Christian fellowship. But this is not profitable. Let us keep drawing near to God, and He will draw near to us. Then, as one, we shall reach upward to Him. The churches will be as gardens of the Lord, under His cultivation. God’s people will be trees of righteousness, planted by the Lord, and watered with the river of life. And how fruitful they may be! Did not Christ say, “It is my Father’s good pleasure that ye bear much fruit”? [See John 15:8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 9)
Shall the vines of Sodom and Gomorrah be permitted to grow in the garden of the Lord? Will the terrible judgments of God be visited upon those who know the truth, because they have not formed characters after the divine example? Will God be obliged to say of His people today, as He said of Israel, “I had planted thee a noble vine, wholly a right seed: how then art thou turned into a degenerate plant of a strange vine?” [Jeremiah 2:21.] Let us subdue self. Let us overcome every evil trait of character. Then the grapes of the Lord will once more grow on the once-flourishing vine, which will no longer bear the grapes of Sodom and the clusters of Gomorrah.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 10)
Hear the words of Christ, “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one for another.” [John 13:34, 35.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 11)
The powers of Satan are mustering for battle. Stern conflicts are before us. Press together, my brethren and sisters, press together. Bind up with Christ. “Say ye not a confederacy; neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts himself; and let him be your fear, and let him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary to his people; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a snare and for a gin to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble and fall, and be broken and snared, and taken.” [Isaiah 8:12-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 12)
I am instructed to say to those who know the truth, “Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him. Behold, I and the children whom thou hast given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in Mount Zion. And when they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that mutter; should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Verses 16-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 13)
“And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth, and of the whole world to gather them to the battle of the great day of God Almighty. Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked”—without the robe of Christ’s righteousness—“and they see his shame.” [Revelation 16:13-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 14)
“Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given, and the government shall be upon his shoulder; and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government, and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this.” [Isaiah 9:6, 7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 15)
These subjects are of the utmost importance. Urge our people to consider them carefully. When they do this, their minds will be so fully occupied with matters of eternal consequence that they will lose sight of the little differences that once annoyed them. They will realize that prophecy is even now fulfilling. If the minds of the people of God were not occupied with things of minor consequence, they would see that the signs of the times are fast fulfilling, and that events of the greatest consequence to them are taking place in the world and in the churches pointed out by the words, “Babylon is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and the cage of every unclean and hateful bird.” [Revelation 18:2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 16)
Let us cease the conversation that is so unprofitable and spend our time learning lessons from the Word of God. Christ has told us that we are to be united in love. This is the lesson we are to learn. We are to close the door to all disparaging of one another and exalting of self.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 17)
He who gave being to the world has not lost His power or sovereignty. He still presides over the world. It is His prerogative to speak out His purpose. By His Son, the Mediator between God and man, these purposes are executed, and the Holy Spirit gives them effect. The awful confusion in the world has been brought about because the way of the Lord has not been followed, because man has set up his human judgment against the law of Him who created the world. Men have undertaken to please and glorify themselves, to set themselves above truth and above God.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 18)
Daniel writes, “I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto the heaven, and sware by him that liveth forever, that it shall be for a time, times, and an half, and when he shall have accomplished, to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished. And I heard, but I understood not; then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And he said, Go thy way, Daniel; for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” [Daniel 12:7-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 19)
The world is a theatre. The actors, the inhabitants of the world, are preparing to act their part in the last great drama. God is lost sight of. There is no unity of purpose, except as parties of men confederate to gain their ends. God is looking on. His purposes in regard to His rebellious subjects will be fulfilled. The world has not been given into the hands of men, though God is permitting the elements of confusion and disorder to bear sway for a season. A power from beneath is working to bring about the last great scenes in the drama—Satan coming as Christ, and working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in those who are binding themselves together in secret societies. Those who are yielding to the passion for confederation are working out the plans of the enemy. The cause will be followed by the effect.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 20)
Transgression has almost reached its limit. Confusion fills the world, and a great terror is soon to come upon human beings. The end is very near. We who know the truth should be preparing for what is soon to break upon the world as an overwhelming surprise.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 21)
God permits men to work out the purposes He would have saved them from had they kept His commandments. When in the face of light and evidence, they refuse to obey, they must reap the harvest of the seed they have sown. “Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” [Verse 10.] The wicked have chosen Satan as their leader. Under his control, the wonderful faculties of the mind are used to construct agencies of destruction. God has given the human mind great power, power to show that the Creator has endowed man with ability to do a great work against the enemy of all righteousness, power to show what victories may be gained in the conflict against evil. To those who fulfil God’s purpose for them will be spoken the words, “Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] The human machinery has been used to do a work that is a blessing to humanity; and God is glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 22)
But when those to whom God has entrusted capabilities give themselves into the hands of the enemy, they become a power to destroy. When men do not make God first and last and best in everything, when they do not give themselves to Him for the carrying out of His purposes, Satan comes in and uses in his service the minds that, given to God, could achieve great good. Under his direction, they do an evil work with great and masterly power. God designed them to work on a high plane of action, to enter into His mind, and thus to acquire an education that would enable them to work the works of righteousness. But they know nothing of this education. They are helpless. Their powers do not guide them aright; for they are under the enemy’s control.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 23)
The way to holiness and heaven is found in the path of obedience. “God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 24)
***** September 14, 1902 Los Angeles
We arrived here Thursday evening at eight o’clock. We found that one of our brethren has vacated his house and gone to live on the camp-ground, so as to provide rooms for me and my workers. We are pleasantly situated, in a cottage of four rooms, but are quite a distance from the camp-ground. The streetcar runs within two blocks of the house, and the brethren have provided me with a horse and carriage to take me to and from the meetings. The others go on the car, or walk.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 25)
Yesterday, (Sabbath), Brother A. T. Jones spoke in the forenoon to a large congregation, and in the afternoon, at two thirty, I spoke to a crowded tent. The people seemed to manifest great interest.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 26)
We shall probably remain here over next Sabbath and Sunday, and then they want me to visit San Diego, where Dr. Whitelock is carrying on sanitarium work. If my health will permit, I will try to call at San Diego and then visit the camp-meeting at Fresno.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 27)
At present I am feeling reasonably strong. I hope that you and Sister Haskell are well.
(17LtMs, Lt 141, 1902, 28)
Lt 142, 1902
Jones, W. H. Los Angeles, California September 15, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear brother W. H. Jones,—
You are on losing ground, and have been for some time. You have been taught the way of truth, and your parents have great confidence in your principles, but God has weighed you in the balances of the sanctuary and has pronounced the sentence, “Weighed and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] My brother, should your life be taken from you now, your loss would be a loss for all eternity. You have a great work before you, and you have not a moment to lose. Satan is playing the game of life for your soul. You are on the losing side. You are grasping thistles. Your association with those who are not consecrated to God gives you neither physical soundness nor spiritual strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 1)
You do not understand your position. The desire to enter into worldly amusements, to indulge the natural appetites, to commit sins that weaken your inclination to resist evil, has grown with your growth. You are a weak man, when you should be strong in moral power.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 2)
Your associations when you were obtaining an education were not pleasing to God. Instruction has been given me that if our youth would cherish the sense that they are to represent God, they would prove a great blessing to those with whom they associate. But you did not cultivate that firmness of purpose that would have enabled you to stand firmly for your faith in Bible truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 3)
While you were in the St. Helena Sanitarium, the Lord gave you opportunities, which, if improved, would have made you a wise, intelligent worker together with God. But you allowed the influences exerted by certain ones in the Sanitarium to make you unimpressionable in regard to religious matters. You did not cherish a firm purpose to become a faithful, all-round Christian. Your influence was not what it should have been. You did not constantly strive to be what God desired you to be. When you might have stood as firm as a rock to principle, you were influenced by those who in spirit and practice were departing from righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 4)
When you were at the St. Helena Sanitarium, I bore the testimony concerning you that you should be associated with physicians who were reaching a higher standard than were those at the Sanitarium, because it meant very much to you with whom you were associated. You did not respect Dr. Sanderson’s course, yet you followed his habits and practices. I tried to arouse your father to see these things. How he could feel so much at ease in regard to you, when such influences prevailed at the Sanitarium, was, and still is, a mystery to me. I would rather bury a son of mine than have him receive the mold that you were receiving at the Sanitarium. The Sabbath was observed as a form, but love for it was not cherished.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 5)
The light given me at that time was that you were not improving your opportunities to become a Christian missionary, a man chosen by God to act out His plan. You were becoming less and less prepared to act as one working under the guidance of the great Physician. You were following in the footsteps of those who had brilliant powers, but who had not balance enough to hold them firm in their allegiance to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 6)
Satan was once a beautiful and exalted angel. But he swerved from his allegiance, and as no soul could remain in heaven alienated from God, Satan and those who sympathized with him in his rebellion were thrust out of heaven. Shall we yield ourselves to sin because Satan chose to become envious and jealous? There is no excuse for sin. If an excuse for sin could be found, sin could not be condemned; for it would not then be sin. God’s purpose for us is that we shall be Christlike. The Saviour’s prayer for us is, “That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee.” [John 17:21.] The Lord has made it possible for us to have clear, discerning minds, able to distinguish good from evil. He has promised to give all power to those who believe and trust in Him. He is the source of all strength, all efficiency. Those who are willing to receive His grace will have grace to communicate. Those who choose to pattern after men and women who follow the ways of the world must reap the result of their choice. Virtue of character is alone of worth in Christ’s sight.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 7)
The character of each one is open before God. It may, in this life, be kept pure and untarnished and prepared for the future life. Every human being is left free to choose between right and wrong. By the choice that he makes, he decides his eternal destiny. My brother, you are now at that age where you should have made it your choice to serve God and Him only.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 8)
God has given wonderful truth to His people, to show them the necessity of walking in the light as He is in the light. The accumulated light of the past and the present is to be to us a source of power, strengthening our purpose to live with God through the eternal ages.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 9)
The statement has been made that wherever there are three physicians, there are two atheists. But it is God’s purpose that through the power of His truth, our physicians shall make constant progress heavenward. “Thus saith the Lord, Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the Lord. For he shall be like the heath in the desert, and shall not see when good cometh; but shall inhabit the parched places in the wilderness, in a salt land and not inhabited. Blessed is the man that trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is. For he shall be as a tree planted by the waters, and that spreadeth out her roots by the river, and shall not see when heat cometh, but her leaf shall be green; and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit.” [Jeremiah 17:5-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 10)
Physicians are placed in positions of temptation and danger. But they may stand firm to their allegiance if they will take hold of the strength that God offers them. He says, “Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] The Lord will be the helper of every physician who will work together with Him in the effort to restore suffering humanity to health, not with drugs, but with nature’s remedies. Christ is the great Physician, the wonderful Healer. He gives success to those who work in partnership with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 11)
“I the Lord search the heart,” He declares, “I try the reins, even to give every man according to his ways and according to the fruit of his doings. As the partridge sitteth on eggs, and hatcheth them not; so he that getteth riches, and not by right, shall leave them in the midst of his days, and at his end shall be a fool. A glorious high throne from the beginning is the place of our sanctuary. O Lord, the hope of Israel, all that forsake thee shall be ashamed, and they that depart from me shall be written in the earth, because they have forsaken the Lord, the fountain of living waters. Heal me, O Lord, and I shall be healed; save me, and I shall be saved; for thou art my praise.”“O Lord, my strength and my fortress, and my refuge in the day of affliction.” [Jeremiah 17:10-14; 16:19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 12)
Have not these words been given to you to speak? Can you not, in the power of the Lord, take your stand on vantage ground?
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 13)
I must present before you what the Lord has given me for you, but I am not called upon to enter into details, to specify wherein you have departed from truth and righteousness. You have known the way of the Lord; for it is plainly stated in His Word. You well know wherein you have separated yourself from God. I shall not repeat your mistakes and errors; for you know them, and are grieved over them, and will, I believe, repent most thoroughly and turn from the ways that have grieved the Spirit of God. I do not by any means give you up. I am afflicted with you in your affliction, as I think of how grieved you must be when you review the past and see the opportunities you failed to improve when you were at the St. Helena Sanitarium. You knew of the evils that were working in the institution, and you could and should have stood firmly for the right, making the Word of God your study and your guide. But you often allowed yourself to stand on the enemy’s ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 14)
Soon, very soon, you must stand before the Judge of all the earth, to give Him an account of the way in which you have used your talents. Shall it be with joy, and not with grief?
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 15)
Please read and study the eighteenth chapter of Jeremiah. God declares, “At what instant I shall speak concerning a nation, and concerning a kingdom, to pluck it up, and to pull down, and to destroy it; if that nation, against whom I have pronounced, turn from their evil, I will repent of the evil that I thought to do unto them. And at what instant I shall speak concerning a nation, to plant it and to build it, if it do evil in my sight, that it obey not my voice, then will I repent of the good, wherewith I said I would benefit them.... Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I frame evil against you, and devise a device against you, return ye now every one from his evil way, and make your ways and your doings good. And they said, There is no hope; but we will walk after our own devices, and we will every one do the imagination of his evil heart. Therefore thus saith the Lord, Ask ye now among the heathen, who hath heard such things.... Will a man leave the snow of Lebanon, which cometh from the rock of the field? or shall the cold flowing waters that come from another place be forsaken?” [Verses 7-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 16)
I bear this message to you because I want you to be an acceptable child of God. In some things you show weakness of character. You are easily lead astray by temptation. But you may gain strength from the experience through which you are now passing, if you will let the outcome make the right impression on your mind. Repentance will save your soul from death and hide a multitude of sins. The Lord loves you. His hand is stretched out to save you from your weakness. He will make your weak points of character your strong points, if you will trust in His strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 17)
The psalmist declares, “The Lord rewarded me according to my righteousness; according to the cleanness of my hands hath he recompensed me. For I have kept the ways of the Lord, and have not wickedly departed from my God. For all his judgments were before me, and I did not put away his statutes from me. I was also upright before him, and I kept myself from iniquity. Therefore hath the Lord recompensed me according to my righteousness, according to the cleanness of my hands in his eyesight. With the merciful thou wilt show thyself merciful; and with an upright man thou wilt show thyself upright; with the pure thou wilt show thyself pure; and with the froward thou wilt show thyself froward. For thou wilt save the afflicted people; but wilt bring down high looks. For thou wilt light my candle; the Lord God will enlighten my darkness. For by thee I have run through a troop; and by my God have I leaped over a wall. As for God, his way is perfect; the word of the Lord is tried; he is a buckler to all those that trust in him. For who is God save the Lord? or who is a rock save our God? It is God that girdeth me with strength, and maketh my way perfect. He maketh my feet like hinds’ feet, and setteth me up upon my high places. He teacheth my hands to war, so that a bow of steel is broken by my arms. Thou hast also given me the shield of thy salvation; and thy right hand hath holden me up, and thy gentleness hath made me great. Thou hast enlarged my steps under me, so that my feet did not slide.” [Psalm 18:20-36.]
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 18)
Will you please read these words carefully, and pray for clearness of mind, that you may understand them.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 19)
The Lord calls for young men to work in our sanitariums who will not yield to temptation. You are not fitted for this work. I am instructed to say to you, “When thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren.” [Luke 22:32.] But do not, I beg of you, think that sin is any less grievous in the sight of a holy God because some of our leading brethren have gone astray and turned aside to follow strange paths. The fact that they have sinned does not lessen your sin. You must answer to God for yourself. You were not compelled to sin because other men sinned. You knew that whatever their position, when they sinned, they were robbing themselves of the experience that God desired them to have. You knew that they were bringing to the foundation wood, hay, and stubble—material that must be consumed by fire.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 20)
Because others have not kept themselves so pure that no evil could truthfully be spoken of them, shall I take a course that will cause my soul to become diseased, making me offensive in God’s sight? Shall I spoil my record in the books of heaven and disappoint my Saviour, who gave His precious life for me? Shall I make it necessary for Him who is to judge every one according to his works to speak to me the word “Weighed in the balances, and found wanting”? [Daniel 5:27.]
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 21)
My brother, in love for your soul, I entreat you have your soul filled with the melody of spiritual joy. You may be a physician who has a cure for the souls as well as the bodies of the sick. You may work in partnership with the mighty Healer. But if you go on as you have been going, you will divorce yourself from God, you will become a partaker of the spirit and character of the enemy of all righteousness, and you will soon become indifferent to all in the life-service that is most solemn and sacred. There is hope for you in God. But remember that you have disappointed your Redeemer, and grieved the Holy Spirit. Will you not decide, as you read this letter, to change square about, and let all with whom you have been associated in your work in Santa Barbara see that you are sensible of your error, and that you are determined no longer to scatter away from Christ, but to gather with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 22)
May God bless you, my dear brother, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 142, 1902, 23)
Lt 143, 1902
Foss, Mary Los Angeles, California September 12, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 16MR 20-25. My dear Sister Mary,—
Last Wednesday I left St. Helena for Los Angeles, accompanied by my son Willie, Clarence Crisler, Sara McEnterfer, and Maggie Hare, to attend the Southern California camp-meeting. We spent Wednesday, September tenth, in Oakland, and at seven o’clock in the evening took the cars again. At eight o’clock, September eleventh, the next morning we reached Santa Barbara, where we spent the greater part of the day looking over the city to see if it would be a suitable place in which to establish a sanitarium and start a hygienic restaurant. We are starting these restaurants in many cities, that we may teach the people the value of a health-reform diet. No meat, tea, or coffee are served in our restaurants. The fare is wholesome and nourishing and is made up of grains, vegetables, nuts, and fruits. We endeavor to demonstrate to those who come the advantage of a diet of this kind over a flesh diet.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 1)
These restaurants have met with great favor from the people of the cities in which they are established. In our restaurant in Los Angeles, eight hundred meals are served daily.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 2)
We left Santa Barbara at three thirty in the afternoon and reached Los Angeles at eight that evening. We were driven at once to the house which we were to occupy during the meeting. This is a furnished cottage belonging to one of our brethren here who moved to the camp-ground that I might be accommodated in his house during the meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 3)
Friday morning, a two-seated buggy drove to the door to take us to San Fernando, a town twenty-one miles from Los Angeles, to see a property that about a year ago we advised the brethren to purchase for school purposes. Circumstances were so arranged, in the providence of God, that this property, consisting of buildings that cost forty thousand dollars, and ten acres of land, was offered to our people for ten thousand dollars. The location is all that could be desired. The brethren wrote to me about the offer that had been made, and I told them to arrange at once for the purchase of the place. They did so and have since been preparing the building for school work. The school will open October 1, 1902.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 4)
On the trip to San Fernando, we saw much that was interesting. We drove through acres and acres of highly cultivated land, orange groves and orchards of various kinds of fruit. When we reached the place that our brethren have purchased, we were more than pleased with its appearance and location. Expensive buildings were erected there some years ago, the owners expecting that Fernando was about to become a center for tourists. But something swayed the tourists in another direction, and so it came about that these buildings, all ready for use, were offered to us almost as a gift.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 5)
Thousands upon thousands of people flock to Southern California from all parts of the States to spend the winter here. We are very desirous of getting our work in this part of the state well established, that the message of present truth may be given to these people. I have an intense interest in this work. I greatly desire that the tourists coming to Los Angeles, Pasadena, San Diego, and to many other parts of Southern California shall hear the message of warning to prepare for the great day of the Lord, which is right upon us. “He that is to come will come, and will not tarry.” [Hebrews 10:37.]
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 6)
We are looking for places on which to establish industrial schools. In charge of these schools we shall place carefully chosen teachers who will teach the children and youth to use their capabilities in a way that will make them of use in the Lord’s work. I am urging our people to establish our schools away from the congested cities and to place in these schools faithful, consecrated teachers, who will make the Word of God the beginning and end of all the education given. It is our purpose to prepare young men and young women to act as God’s helping hand, receiving light from the Source of light and imparting it to those who sit in darkness. It is time that the world was warned that the day of the Lord will surely come as a thief in the night. Men are ambitious for power. The world is stirred with strife. Everywhere there is discontentment. At this time, in a world filled with confusion and bloodshed, the message is to be proclaimed that soon, in power and great glory, the Prince of Peace is to come.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 7)
The commission that Christ gave to His disciples is given also to us. “All power in heaven and in earth is given unto me,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] Diligently and faithfully we are to work for the Master. In this warfare there is no release.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 8)
I am laboring diligently to write out the instruction that the Lord has given me. I write many hours each day. Often I begin writing at one o’clock in the morning. I keep my helpers, five in number, all busy. My memory is good, my mind is clear, and my voice has returned to me. For this I praise the Lord. After my last severe illness, my voice left me, and I feared that it would never return.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 9)
The two last Sabbaths before leaving for Los Angeles, I spoke at the St. Helena Sanitarium to a room full of most interested listeners. Every time I speak at this place, I feel the deep moving of the Spirit of God. There are new hearers present every time, for fresh patients are always coming to the institution. Among my hearers there are most intelligent men—physicians, lawyers, judges; and they are interested in the words that the Lord gives me to speak.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 10)
I have a deep interest in every soul, high and low, rich and poor. I feel to the very depths of my being the value of the human soul. It seems to me so terrible that one of those for whom Christ has given His life should perish. My heart yearns over sinners. I long to set in operation some means of saving them. All that I have and am I have given to my Saviour; for I am His, bought with a price. I would be His instrument to open ways whereby many shall hear the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 11)
The salvation of human beings has cost too much to [be] passed over lightly and indifferently. I cannot do this. I offer myself to the Saviour a willing sacrifice, to be used for the saving of souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 12)
I am so thankful for the work that Christ’s Object Lessons has accomplished and is still accomplishing. When this book was in preparation, I expected to use the means coming from the sale of this book in preparing and publishing several other books. But the Lord put it into my mind to give this book to our schools, to be used in freeing them from debt. I asked our publishing houses to unite with me in this gift of donating the expense of the publication. This they willingly agreed to do. A fund was raised to pay for the materials used in printing the book, and canvassers and people have sold the book without commission. Thus the book has been circulated in all parts of the world. It has been received with great favor everywhere. Ministers of all denominations have written testimonials recommending it. The Lord has prepared the way for its reception, so that no fewer than two hundred thousand have already been sold. The means thus raised have gone far toward freeing our schools from the debts that have been accumulating for many years.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 13)
Our publishing houses have printed three hundred thousand copies, free of cost, and these have been distributed to the different tract societies, to be sold by our people. The Lord has made the sale of this book a means of teaching our people how to come in touch with those not of their faith and how to impart to them a knowledge of the truth for this time. Many have been converted by reading this book.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 14)
I desire, while my life shall last, to do all in my power for the Master. I have a faithful band of workers. They are devoted to my work and my interests, and I appreciate their help. I do not know how long my life my be spared. I am grateful to my heavenly Father for the strength and the blessings He gives me. I am so thankful that I can have a part in His work.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 15)
Let us, my dear sister, hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. Then, if we are not permitted to meet each other again in this life, we shall meet in the family of God, when the redeemed are gathered home. “Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.” [Revelation 22:14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 16)
May the Lord bless you and the members of your family. That they may be among the blessed in the kingdom of God is the highest good I can wish them. Heaven is worth everything to them. God forbid that they should give their attention to earthly and temporal things and God have no place in their hearts. Heaven is worth life-long, untiring effort.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 17)
But I must now close this letter. Be of good courage, my dear sister. Trust in the Lord. He is your Helper.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 18)
Your sister.
(17LtMs, Lt 143, 1902, 19)
Lt 144, 1902
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Los Angeles, California September 18, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CC 49; 9MR 211. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
This morning I received and read your letter. Thank you for writing. I know, my brother, that you do not suppose that you will escape the temptations of the enemy. Continual trials will come. Cling close to the Lord Jesus, and do your best. And, my dear brother, do not think that Brother and Sister Farnsworth think triflingly of you, because this is not so. Ever since you have been in Australia, they have spoken of you in the highest terms in their letters to me. And there has been no change in the tone of their letters of late. Do not be troubled. Do not let the enemy cast one shadow over your mind. Be of good courage in the Lord. Rest in His love.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 1)
Do not try to carry too many burdens lest you become over-wearied. I am so grateful to the heavenly Father for sparing your life. The letters we receive from Australia express much gratitude to Him for your and Sister Kress’s labors there. The Lord will bless you and keep you. Be of good courage in Him. By His lovingkindness He has comforted and upheld you.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 2)
I am constantly thankful to God that it was possible for you to go to Australia, though I should indeed have been glad for you to remain in this country, had it been the will of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 3)
One thing is essential for you, and for me also. We must be cheerful, keeping our eyes fixed on Christ, the Sun of Righteousness. We shall have to do earnest, deep, solid thinking. We shall have to bear a clear, straightforward message to all with whom we are brought in contact. We are constantly to keep the way of the Lord, constantly to obey His holy requirements. When the truth is planted in the heart by the Spirit of holiness, it spreads outward and covers the life with beauty. Then is revealed the power of the grace of Christ. Like the ever-widening circles in a lake, whose smoothness a pebble has disturbed, the wave of truth, flowing from the heart of the Christian, first touches those with whom he is most closely associated; then moves on with constantly widening influence.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 4)
It is in the daily life that the power of godliness is seen. In God’s sight, a man is just what he is in his family. The life of Abraham, the friend of God, was signalized by a strict regard for the word of the Lord. He cultivated home religion. The fear of God pervaded his household. He was the priest of his home. He looked upon his family as a sacred trust. His household numbered more than a thousand souls, and he directed them all, parents and children, to the divine Sovereign. He suffered no parental oppression on the one hand, of filial obedience on the other. By the combined influence of love and justice, he ruled his household in the fear of God, and the Lord bore witness to his faithfulness.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 5)
He who blesses the habitation of the righteous, the high and holy One in whose mouth there is no flattery or deception, declared to Abraham: “‘I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.’ [Genesis 18:19.] I know that there will be in his life no betrayal of truth. I know that he will yield to no will and follow no guidance but Mine. He will keep My law. He will be true to principle.”
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 6)
Are the households that compose the church today households of prayer? Do fathers and mothers keep the way of the Lord? Do they realize that God’s eye is ever upon them? Do they walk before their children in a perfect way? Do they make the law of God the rule of life, realizing that from it there can be no sinless swerving? Do they give the principles of holiness the first place in the life?
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 7)
This, my dear brother, is my great sorrow—that there are so many Seventh-day Adventist families who need to learn what a Christian family should be. O that we could see every father and mother in our ranks showing the interest in their children that God desires them to show.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 8)
From the experience of Cornelius we may learn many precious lessons. Cornelius was “a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house.” He “gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always.” [Acts 10:2.] We have every reason to believe that he lived his prayers, that they did not come from lips defiled by passionate words.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 9)
Of him we read, “He saw in a vision, evidently about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter. He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside; he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do. And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually, and when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to Joppa.” [Verses 3-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 10)
From this we see that the Lord knows every family and just what standard of piety each maintains. Cornelius did not know Christ; but he feared God, and the Lord recognized his piety and arranged circumstances in such a way that he was brought in contact with the apostle Peter to receive from him advanced truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 11)
God could have commissioned the angel to tell the gospel story to Cornelius. But in His wisdom the Lord brings those who are seeking for truth in touch with fellow beings who know the truth. The experience of Cornelius should bring great encouragement to those who are seeking the Lord with an earnest desire to know His will. All who seek the Lord with full purpose of heart will find the blessing for which they seek.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 12)
The angel gave Cornelius full particulars as to how to find Peter, telling him just where he was living and with whom he was lodging. All heaven knows what position of trust we occupy. The very street on which we live is known to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 13)
“On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour; and he became very hungry, and would have eaten; but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, and saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth; wherein were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice; and the vessel was received up again into heaven. Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision should mean, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon’s house, and stood before the gate.” [Verses 9-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 14)
Mark how close the connections made. While Peter was thinking about the vision, wondering what it meant, the men sent from Cornelius stood before the gate of his lodging house, and the Spirit said to him, “Behold, three men seek thee. Arise, therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing; for I have sent them.” [Verses 19, 20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 15)
“Then Peter went down to the men which were sent him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek; what is the cause wherefore ye are come? And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews, was warned by a holy angel to send for thee into his house, to hear words from thee.” [Verses 21, 22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 16)
“Then called he them in and lodged them.” [Verse 23.] Peter treated the messengers with great respect, feeling that heaven had indeed come very near to earth.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 17)
“And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Joppa accompanied him. And on the morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and had called together his kinsmen and near friends. And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshiped him. But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man. And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together. And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is an awful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company or come unto one of another nation; but God hath showed me that I should not call any man common or unclean. Therefore came I unto you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for; I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me?
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 18)
“And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house, and, behold, a man stood before me in bright clothing, and said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the seaside; who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. Immediately therefore I sent unto thee; and thou hast done well that thou hast come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God.” [Verses 23-33.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 19)
“Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons; but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness is accepted with him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ; ... that word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; how God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power; who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him. And we are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they slew, and hanged on a tree; him God raised up the third day, and showed him openly; not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before of God, even to us, who did eat and drink with him after he rose from the dead. And he commanded us to preach unto the people, and to testify that it is he which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead. To him give all the prophets witness, that through his name whosoever believeth in him shall receive remission of sins.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 20)
“While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Ghost fell upon all them which heard the word. And they of the circumcision which believed were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost. For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord.” [Verses 34-48.]
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 21)
What wonderful instruction this record contains. It shows the simplicity of the Lord’s plans for the advancement of His work. And it shows that the agencies of heaven are ever ready to co-operate with human agencies in working out the Lord’s plans. It should lead us to place ourselves in readiness to work for those who, though not having received the whole truth, are serving God with sincere, earnest purpose. In our world there are many such men as Cornelius, and for them the Lord desires his servants to make personal efforts. The Lord showed Peter, the Jew, that there were Gentiles who were serving God as acceptably as he. I am instructed that in the churches there are souls who are much nearer the kingdom of heaven than we suppose.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 22)
My brother, consider the way in which the Lord worked in the case of Cornelius; and take courage. Angels of God are co-operating with His servants in their efforts to bring to the full light of truth those who are walking in all the light they have received. In this dark world of sin, the Lord has many precious jewels to whom He will guide His servants.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 23)
Christ and His angels come to us in the form of human beings, and as we converse with them, light and grace and joy fill our hearts. Our spiritual energies are quickened, and we are strengthened to do the will of God. Though we know it not, we were conversing with an angel, an angel in human guise.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 24)
There is a close connection between God’s revelation of Himself to us, and our earnestness in seeking Him. “He that cometh to God must believe that he is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek him.” [Hebrews 11:6.] We are to receive the Lord Jesus by faith, delighted to find Him, whether He comes in the humble garments in which He walked over the hill and valleys of Palestine, or, as He comes sometimes, in the bright raiment of the mount of transfiguration.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 25)
We certainly need increased faith. If we will but put our trust in God, things that now seem to be impossibilities will appear easy of achievement. We need to realize that all heaven is interested in the proclamation of the gospel message.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 26)
My brother, everywhere there are those who will take their stand for present truth. Beside all waters we are to sow the seeds of truth. Let us never allow ourselves to be controlled by feelings of hopelessness. God’s work will be done. The Lord knows those that are His. In His providence, He will direct them as He directed Cornelius.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 27)
Have we not a work to do for the Lord, and should we not labor more intelligently, more earnestly, than we have labored in the past for those who need help? Let us remember that we are God’s helping hand. With the Bible as our Guide and Counsellor, let us go forth to work for the Lord, serving Him in the way He has appointed, proclaiming the message of present truth in a way that makes it impressive and acceptable. We are weak, but God will give us His enduring strength if we will but believe.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 28)
God will use His believing ones as His instrumentalities, through them ministering to souls fainting for the bread of life. Words of hope and cheer, falling from lips that have been touched with a live coal from God’s altar, will revive and comfort those who are weary and distressed.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 29)
God’s people would put on joy and gladness as a garment if they would only receive that which God is waiting to give them—that which would make them strong to help those in need of help. Our people need the breath of life breathed into them, that they may revive to spiritual action. Many have lost their vital energy and are sluggish, dead, as it were. Let those who have been receiving the grace of Christ help these souls to rouse to action. Let us keep in the current of life that comes from Christ, that we may kindle life in some other soul. Healthy, happy action is what is needed in the church today.
(17LtMs, Lt 144, 1902, 30)
Lt 145, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Los Angeles, California September 21, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 251; 8MR 397-398. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
We are attending the Los Angeles camp-meeting, and I have just spoken to the people for the last time. I have spoken seven times during this meeting. The congregations on Sabbaths and Sundays have been large. The tent has been well filled, and on Sunday quite a number were standing on the outside. On Sabbath I felt so weak before starting for the meeting that I almost decided to excuse myself; but the Lord helped me, and I was strong from the first minute that I began speaking. I spoke for an hour and a quarter. Today, Sunday, I spoke on the subject of temperance. After I had finished speaking, I asked that a contribution be taken up for the work in foreign fields. About ninety dollars was raised.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 1)
Oh, there has been so much to do at this meeting. I cannot take time to explain all about it. When our brethren begin to plan to do some large work, then it is that, unless they are on their guard, the enemy tempts them to become ambitious.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 2)
It is now clear to me that our restaurants should not be opened on the Sabbath. Unless they are closed on the Lord’s day, the blessing of God will not rest upon this branch of the Lord’s work. Those who are engaged in our restaurants must have opportunity to rest on the Sabbath, else they will backslide. The Lord does not require them to furnish meals for the people on the Sabbath. If those who come to our restaurants choose to take away with them on Friday health foods sufficient to last over the Sabbath, let them do this. But our restaurant workers are not to be asked to work on the Sabbath.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 3)
We have had a long controversy with some of our brethren in regard to establishing a large sanitarium at great expense right in the heart of the city of Los Angeles. They are conducting a large restaurant business and are anxious to move into a place where they can provide better accommodations for the helpers. They are now serving eight hundred meals a day. But unless the work is so conducted that the restaurant is made a means of communicating light, what advantage is gained? If none of those who come to the restaurant day after day for their meals are becoming interested in the truth, of what avail is the work done?
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 4)
This is the question that needs to be answered. Who is authorized to invest one hundred thousand dollars on the supposition of doing great good when as yet we have no evidence that the most good is being accomplished? I have not heard that one soul has been converted as the result of the restaurant work here.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 5)
We need to count the cost of starting restaurants, and see if matters cannot be so arranged that the efforts put forth to conduct them will tell more decidedly for the saving of souls. Thus God will be better glorified. If the managers and helpers of these restaurants are so busily engaged that they have little time to commune with God themselves and little opportunity to bring the light of truth before the people they serve, let the restaurant work be given up, and let our people take up some other line of work that will do more to awaken an interest in present truth. The restaurant work will prove a snare if the helpers are kept so busy that they have no time to work for the saving of souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 6)
There is danger that our restaurants will be conducted in such a way that the helpers will work very hard day after day and week after week, and yet not be able to point to any good accomplished. This matter needs to receive careful consideration. We have no right to bind our young people up in a work which yields no fruit to the glory of God. Let us remember the words, “Whether therefore ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” [1 Corinthians 10:31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 7)
There is danger that the restaurant work, though regarded as a wonderfully successful way of doing good, will be so conducted that it will promote merely the physical good of men and women. This matter needs careful attention. Those chosen to manage this work must be careful, consecrated men, lest investigation prove that the cause of God is not advanced by the efforts put forth. A work may apparently bear the features of supreme excellence, but it is not good in God’s sight unless it is performed with an earnest desire to do His will and fulfil His purpose. If God is not recognized as the Author and End of our actions, they are weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, and found wanting.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 8)
Religious life must characterize our business transactions if we keep the breath of life in our souls. We have been instructed that pure, strong faith in a “Thus saith the Lord” must bear a signal part in all our business enterprises, else all who are connected with these enterprises, whatever they may be, will stand on losing ground. When God can accept us as laborers together with Him in seeking to save the souls ready to perish, He can co-operate with us in carrying forward the enterprises with which we are connected. And His co-operation places us where our efforts work out His plans. It unites us with Christ, and from Him we derive the nourishment that enables us to bear “much fruit.” [John 15:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 9)
“In Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth anything, nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love.” [Galatians 5:6.] Let us walk humbly with God, seeking Him diligently and serving Him earnestly, lest we be found unprofitable servants. Our Lord loves to have us trust Him implicitly, recognizing the sacredness of His work and His power to carry it forward. We need not be in darkness and doubt. Christ is constantly inviting us, “Look unto me.” [Isaiah 45:22.] “He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] No man can look to Christ without being strengthened and uplifted. By beholding Him, he is changed into the same image and cherishes the same spirit. All sullenness and gloom are gone. His experience is as clear as the sunlight. The consciousness that Jesus loves him fills him with joy and gladness, and he reflects the divine image. His constant question is, “What shall I render unto thee for thine infinite love and mercy to me? I am thy servant; for thou hast loosed my bonds.”
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 10)
My dear brother and sister, engaged in the same precious service as I, do not forget that worldly policy will surely creep into your work unless you are constantly walking in the light of the living God. It is not enough to give God nothing but cold and careless thoughts now and then. We are to meditate day and night upon His character. We are to walk in the way of all His commandments. Then we shall see His beauty and rejoice in His goodness. The heart will glow with a sense of His love.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 11)
We are the Saviour’s little children. His name is Christ our Righteousness. What has wrought in the sinner the change that impels him to obey the Lord, to serve Him with devotion, gladness, self-denial? Faith, unselfish faith. It is faith that unbars the gates of the soul. How marvelous the transformation wrought in the life when faith opens the door of the heart to the Saviour. He who was once far from God realizes the meaning of the words, “I drew them by the cords of a man, with bands of love.” [Hosea 11:4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 12)
My dear friends, let the truth of God abide in your hearts. Then, with sanctified lips, you will repeat the message of mercy. Faith grows by exercise, and as it grows, love for the Redeemer increases. “God is love, and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him.” [1 John 4:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 13)
I am so thankful to the Lord for giving me back my voice. I have been able to speak with freedom while at the camp-meeting. I can truly say, “I delight to do thy will, O my God.” [Psalm 40:8.] “Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all thy commandments.” [Psalm 119:6.] I am so grateful for the peace and comfort and love that every day I find in the Lord. But when I attend meetings such as this camp-meeting, and see how my words are misinterpreted and made to serve selfish purposes, I am withheld from entering into controversy. I speak the words of the Lord, with the authority that He gives me, and then I leave the matter in His hands, knowing that I have done my duty. This I must do, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear. But I am not to speak words of my own, lest I weaken the testimony God gives me.
(17LtMs, Lt 145, 1902, 14)
Lt 145a, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Los Angeles, California September 21, 1902 Extract from Lt 145, 1902 to Elder J. A. Burden, of Sydney, Australia, on hygienic restaurant work. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
It is now clear to me that our restaurants should not be opened on the Sabbath. Unless they are closed on the Lord’s day, the blessing of God will not rest upon this branch of the Lord’s work. Those who are engaged in our restaurants must have opportunity to rest on the Sabbath, else they will backslide. The Lord does not require them to furnish meals for the people on the Sabbath. If those who come to our restaurants choose to take away with them on Friday health foods sufficient to last over the Sabbath, let them do this. But our restaurant workers are not to be asked to work on the Sabbath.
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 1)
We need to count the cost of starting restaurants and see if matters cannot be so arranged that the efforts put forth to conduct them will tell more decidedly for the saving of souls. Thus God will be better glorified. If the managers and helpers of these restaurants are so busily engaged that they have little time to commune with God themselves and little opportunity to bring the light of truth before the people they serve, let the restaurant work be given up, and let our people take up some other line of work that will do more to awaken an interest in present truth. The restaurant work will prove a snare if the helpers are kept so busy that they have no time to work for the saving of souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 2)
There is danger that our restaurants will be conducted in such a way that the helpers will work very hard day after day and week after week, and yet not be able to point to any good accomplished. This matter needs to receive careful consideration. We have no right to bind our young people up in a work which yields no fruit to the glory of God. Let us remember the words, “Whether therefore ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” [1 Corinthians 10:31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 3)
There is danger that the restaurant work, though regarded as a wonderfully successful way of doing good, will be so conducted that it will promote merely the physical good of men and women. This matter needs careful attention. Those chosen to manage this work must be careful, consecrated men, lest investigation prove that the cause of God is not advanced by the efforts put forth. A work may apparently bear the features of supreme excellence, but it is not good in God’s sight unless it is performed with an earnest desire to do His will and fulfil His purpose. If God is not recognized as the Author and End of our actions, they are weighed in the balances of the sanctuary and found wanting.
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 4)
Religious life must characterize our business transactions if we keep the breath of life in our souls. We have been instructed that pure, strong faith in a “Thus saith the Lord” must bear a signal part in all our business enterprises, else all who are connected with these enterprises, whatever they may be, will stand on losing ground. When God can accept us as laborers together with Him in seeking to save the souls ready to perish, He can co-operate with us in carrying forward the enterprises with which we are connected. And His co-operation places us where our efforts work out His plans. It unites us with Christ, and from Him we derive the nourishment that enables us to bear “much fruit.” [John 15:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 5)
“In Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth anything, nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love.” [Galatians 5:6.] Let us walk humbly with God, seeking Him diligently and serving Him earnestly, lest we be found unprofitable servants. Our Lord loves to have us trust Him implicitly, recognizing the sacredness of His work and His power to carry it forward. We need not be in darkness and doubt. Christ is constantly inviting us, “Look unto me. He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [Isaiah 45:22; John 8:12.] No man can look to Christ without being strengthened and uplifted. By beholding Him, he is changed into the same image and cherishes the same spirit. All sullenness and gloom are gone. His experience is as clear as the sunlight. The consciousness that Jesus loves him fills him with joy and gladness, and he reflects the divine image. His constant question is, “What shall I render unto thee for thine infinite love and mercy to me? I am thy servant; for thou hast loosed my bonds.”
(17LtMs, Lt 145a, 1902, 6)
Lt 146, 1902
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] Los Angeles, California September 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 140-144. Dear Brother and Sister Belden,—
I have risen at one o’clock to write to you. I do not forget you. I think of you often and would be glad to visit you on your island home and talk with you, but this will never be. I see that the cause of God needs me here in America, and I must work here while He spares my life till He directs me elsewhere. I am sometimes greatly burdened in the night season. I rise from my bed and walk the room, praying to the Lord to help me bear the burden, and say nothing to make the people believe that the message He has given me is truth. When I can lay this burden on the Lord, I am free indeed. I enjoy a peace that I cannot express. I feel lifted up, as if borne by the everlasting arms, and peace and joy fill my soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 1)
I am again and again reminded that I am not to try to clear away the confusion and contradiction of faith and feeling and unbelief that is expressed. I am not to be depressed, but am to speak the words of the Lord with authority, and then leave with Him all the consequences. I am instructed by the Great Physician to speak the word that the Lord gives me, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear. I am told that I have nothing to do with the consequences, that God, even the Lord Jehovah, will keep me in perfect peace if I will rest in His love and do the work He has given me.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 2)
Be assured that I do not forget you. I pray for you, that the Lord will open up ways whereby you will be enabled to do good on Norfolk Island. I shall try to send you some money now and then. All that I have sent you since coming to this country has been hired on interest, but while I live, I will care for you. May the Lord give you peace and comfort. He is our only Hope and our only Helper. I shall be glad to hear from you as often as you can write, and I will write to you as often as I can. When it is not possible for me to write I will communicate to you through others. In this mail I will send you copies of letters I have written to the brethren in Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 3)
I am sorry that your prospect of earning money through your dentistry has been cut off. I am very much pleased to know that you have a good house. This relieves me of a great burden.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 4)
The Lord desires us to put our trust in Him. I am keeping on the watch, not knowing how soon I may be called on to lay off my armor. I want my every word and impulse and action to be such that in the judgment I shall not be ashamed of them. I realize something of the time in which we are living. Our time of discipline on this earth, yours and mine, is very limited. Old age is telling on us. I have no time to devote to contention, and the Lord has told me that I am to have none with any soul, but that I am to go forward, believing, trusting, working.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 5)
I am at present in Los Angeles, where for the last two weeks we have been attending camp-meeting. I have spoken seven times in all. The meeting closed last night, but for two days the leading brethren will be in committee and council meetings.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 6)
The attendance at the camp-meeting was very good. On Sabbaths and Sundays the large tent was well filled, and during the week the evening meetings were well attended.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 7)
Last Sabbath, before starting for the meeting, I felt so weak that I almost excused myself from going. But I did not, and just as soon as I stood on my feet before the people, I felt the strengthening power of the Lord upon me. My voice was clear and reached all in that large tent, though I made no effort to make them hear.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 8)
At one time, after returning from my trip to New York, I feared that I had lost my voice altogether. But the Lord has given it back to me again, blessing and strengthening me, and I am able to continue camp-meeting work, which it seems to be very necessary for me to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 9)
I never realized more decidedly than at the present time the help of the Lord in my speaking and writing. I shall stand on the field of battle until the Lord releases me. I am afraid for our people—afraid that the love of the world is robbing them of godliness and piety. I am trying to arouse them to see the danger of being decoyed by the enemy on to enchanted ground. I am trying to show them the need of cultivating faith and love at all times and under all circumstances. It is only by strong faith that a strong love for the Saviour can be kept alive in the heart. Our faith in Christ must be a pure, strong, genuine faith. There is a spurious faith which leads only to confidence in self and to criticism of others. Such faith quenches every spark of Christlike love in the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 10)
God calls upon His people to be united. But our union can be genuine only as we move upward to the cross of Calvary, every day crucifying self. All efforts at union that are not founded on the softening, subduing love of Christ in the heart will most assuredly fail.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 11)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you, through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as his divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [2 Peter 1:2-4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 12)
There is power in genuine religion. Through faith, through conformity to the will of God, we shall become so Christlike that men will see that we are partakers of the divine nature, and that we are making constant advancement in the knowledge of Christ. As we co-operate with the Saviour, working on the plan of addition outlined in the following words, He works for us on the plan of multiplication: “Beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 5-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 13)
These words contain the science of Christianity. They show us how we may obtain an insurance policy to the life that measures with the life of God. Let us cultivate the precious graces of the Spirit. Let us use the talent of speech aright, speaking only words that will bless and strengthen those who hear. Let us crucify self, that in our hearts may grow up a strong love for Christ and for one another. Let us bring into the daily experience the instruction contained in the thirteenth chapter of first Corinthians. Believers must bring into their lives a stronger love for one another, a growing interest in one another.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 14)
Self must be surrendered to God before there can take possession of the life that strong, steady belief in the truth that is broad and comprehensive, taking in the whole plan of salvation—its purposes of love and mercy; that uproots from the heart all enmity, all petty differences, and transforms indifference and coldness into Christlike affection.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 15)
Tell the believers on Norfolk Island for me that they need this belief in the truth. Pray humbly together. Repent of your sins, and confess your faults to one another, that you may come together in unity and love. Let all be exceedingly careful to do or say nothing that will create ill will.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 16)
Why should not believers love one another? It is impossible to love Christ and at the same time act uncourteously toward one another. It is impossible to have the Christ-love in the heart and at the same time draw apart from one another, showing no love or sympathy. The more love we have for Christ, the more love we will have for one another.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 17)
There must be a reformation on this point, else there will be in our churches a perilous departing from God. “We have known and believed the love that God hath for us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him.”“Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment; because as he is, so are we in the world. There is no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear; because fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in love. We love him, because he first loved us. If any man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God, whom he hath not seen? And this commandment have we from him, That he who loveth God love his brother also.” [1 John 4:16-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 18)
Brother Belden, I wish you to read to the church on Norfolk Island such parts of this letter as may benefit them; for they need these words.
(17LtMs, Lt 146, 1902, 19)
Lt 147, 1902
Pallant, J. Los Angeles, California September 22, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Pallant,—
I have not written to you as I should, and my conscience is troubling me. I will now try to write you a few lines. I am glad to see by your reports in the papers that you are making progress. God says to His missionaries, Annex new territory. By uniting with Christ, the soul gains strength for the conflict with the world. You can do a precious work by not confining your labors to our churches as closely as many of our ministers do. They ought not to do this. God has given them knowledge, experience, and a belief that gives them confidence in things not seen.
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 1)
Train young men to be workers for souls. A mere assent to the truth will not answer. Many have but a cold belief in the truth, but this is not so with you. You feel an intense burden for souls, because you have a deep conviction of the importance of the work of soul-saving. The Lord desires you to draw many souls to a belief in the truth and then set them at work to draw still other souls to Him. But you must not overwork.
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 2)
I am very glad to be able to tell you that my health is good, and that I am still able to engage in camp-meeting work. We are now attending the Los Angeles camp-meeting. I have spoken seven times since the meeting began. The attendance at the camp-meeting has been good, especially on Sabbath and Sunday. Not all our people could attend during the week, but all came on Sabbath, and many stayed over Sunday to hear the words of the Lord’s servants.
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 3)
May the Lord help us to understand that we must be laborers together with Him. Thorough consecration will bring believers to God in humility, and He will receive them and strengthen them for service. The Lord knows our infirmities, and He will help us if we will give ourselves to Him, body, mind, and soul. We are to ask earnestly for help, remembering that “the Spirit also helpeth our infirmities; for we know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us with groanings which cannot be uttered. And he that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is the mind of the Spirit, because he maketh intercession for the saints according to the will of God.” [Romans 8:26, 27.]
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 4)
“But ye, beloved, building up yourselves in your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference; and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. Now unto him that is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever.” [Jude 20-25.]
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 5)
My brother, a much more serious work is before us than we have done in the past, and we are to be ever on guard, praying, and watching unto prayer. Let us pray that the Searcher of hearts shall enlighten our minds and soften our hearts, that our desire may be quickened and our yearning intensified to be laborers together with God; and that our faith may be strengthened to grasp things not seen.
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 6)
Pray, yes, pray with unshaken faith and trust. I am glad that you believe that an Angel of the Covenant, even our Lord Jesus Christ, is the Mediator who secures the acceptance of the prayers of His believing people. I pray “that he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with might by his Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your heart by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breath, and length, and depth, and the height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that we might be filled with all the fulness of God. Now unto him that is able to do exceeding abundantly, above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto him be glory by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end.” [Ephesians 3:16-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 7)
I should be so glad to see you and your family, my brother, and the new churches that have been raised up by your labors—you and your fellow workers, [who] are built “upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone; in whom all the building, fitly framed together, groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: in whom ye also are builded for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” [Ephesians 2:20-22.] I should be pleased to hear from you. We are heart and soul in the work of the Lord and are in no way discouraged, only that we should be so glad to see those in God’s service more intensely interested in the work of saving those who are out of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 8)
“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as he hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love; having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the Beloved. In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of his grace.... In whom also we have obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of his own will; that we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ.” [Ephesians 1:3-7, 11-12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 9)
In much love,
(17LtMs, Lt 147, 1902, 10)
Lt 148, 1902
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] Los Angeles, California September 22, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth,—
I have just read your letter to W. C. White, and I would say to you, my brother and sister, just remain where you are until the Lord shall indicate that it is your duty to go to some other place. Do not be too sensitive. Be affable, but not cringing. Have holy boldness toward God, and keep yourselves in His love. Bring into your work and into your discourses all the Christlike love and helpfulness that you possibly can, and do not appear to notice the disagreeable things that come up. Do not allow yourselves to be hurt by them. Let the praise of God be on your lips, and be cheerful. This is your privilege, under every circumstance. When you feel that you are not really permitted to have the influence that you should have, talk plainly with your brethren about the matter. Remember that you are on missionary ground, where you can both be a great help.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 1)
I cannot write much to you in this mail, but I will send you copies of letters that I have written to others. We would greatly appreciate your help in this country, but we dare not say come; because it already seems as if the forces in Australia were being greatly weakened.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 2)
If in the providence of God you are brought to serve in slippery places, where it seems that you are losing your foothold, do not let your feet slide. Give yourselves to prayer, to be kept by the power of God from making one move that will injure your usefulness and thereby imperil souls. Maintain your integrity. Work in a straightforward manner, as the ambassador of Christ, walking before Him in consistency and uprightness, representing the loveliness of His character.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 3)
It is not alone for our people that you are to labor. There are duties that you owe to the world. The world has claims upon you, and you are to stand in right relation to it. God has given you both precious talents, and there must be no hiding of these gifts.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 4)
As you read the tenth chapter of Luke, cannot you see that we have a serious work before us? God’s people are to enlist the whole being, heart, mind, soul, and strength in His service.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 5)
Be sure not to confine your labors to believers. Strive to become acquainted with unbelievers. There are many who are living up to all the light they have, and altogether too little is done to place the truth before them. The Lord has precious souls in the city of Melbourne. Reach them if you can. If you love God with all the heart, you must love those for whom He gave His only begotten Son. Christ died to redeem human beings from sin, and He has set before you an open door through which you can bring others into fellowship with the saints.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 6)
I have been shown that we are to carry a far lighter burden for those who know the truth and a far heavier burden for those who know not the truth. Brother Farnsworth, your work at the present time is to stand in Melbourne before congregations of those who know not the truth. We have a most solemn, sacred work to do for those outside the fold. Get the help of those in the church who understand the situation. Lay this work upon your soul and upon theirs. Seek earnestly to save those that are lost, and you will have angels’ help. I charge you to prosecute this work with greater earnestness. Strive to impart light to those in the great city of Melbourne who need it.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 7)
I cannot write much more, as I have other letters which must be written. I have a most intense desire that you shall have an ingathering of souls. We know that a much larger number should be engaged in work for those out of the truth. No greater evidence can be given that God is working with His delegated ministers than the conversion of souls to the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 8)
I hope and pray that the Lord will give you, and also the ministers who in the past have confined their labors to those who know the truth, the burden of proclaiming the message to those who have not heard. Let them seek most earnestly to win souls to Christ. I am troubled to think that our laborers are not working in Christ’s stead in pleading with sinners to be reconciled to God. I am instructed to say to them, Do not be afraid of the world. It is not invincible. Christ declares, “I have overcome the world. Not for My sake only, but for your sake, I have, by following the plan devised before the creation of the world, prepared your way, conquering in your behalf, and enabling you to conquer in your own behalf, by faith in My power. Bring back to Me my lost heritage. Come into personal touch with those out of the ark of safety. Keep your eyes fixed upon Him who takes away the sin of the world. Your work is to fight with a weakened, beaten foe. Believe in Me. My victory is the guarantee of your success. You weaken the church by helping them too much. They are thus led to think that they must be helped. Teach them to act as God’s helping hand. The victory can be gained only by developing through faith the strength that is mighty in conflict.”
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 9)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 148, 1902, 10)
Lt 149, 1902
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] Los Angeles, California September 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 64. Dear brother and sister Starr,—
The camp-meeting closed last night. We have had excellent meetings. During the last few days a spirit of revival came into the encampment. But I cannot give you all the particulars.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 1)
We met your sister Hiva on the ground. She seemed pleased to see us, but we had only a few minutes’ conversation, for meeting-time came. I expect to see her again. She says that she is in good health and that she wants to go to work. She says that she wants to go to Africa and that she thought that George and his wife would go with her. To this I could not answer anything, for I did not know.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 2)
We have had much to do at this meeting, to set things in order, and there is yet much to be done. We feel so anxious to have everything arranged in such a way that the work can be rapidly advanced. This is a new Conference, and there are many things to be considered. The work is to be placed on a solid foundation. There is need of level-headed men to act as leaders. We are trying to place matters on the basis that God would have them placed.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 3)
We shall remain here till tomorrow and the day following will go to San Diego. We shall spend Sabbath and Sunday there and will then return to Los Angeles to be present at the opening of the school at Fernando, where our brethren have brought some property for school purposes. This property consists of a college building which will accommodate two hundred, a dormitory which will accommodate about twenty, a large cottage which they expect to use as a boys’ dormitory, and twelve acres of land. The buildings cost the owners forty thousand dollars, and they were purchased, with the land, by our brethren for ten thousand dollars. The climate is excellent. Besides the twelve acres that have been purchased, ten acres have been leased, and this land will give opportunity for manual labor to be combined with the study of books.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 4)
We regard the opportunity to purchase this property as a rare chance. The property lies a mile from the station and is on the Coast Line from Los Angeles to San Francisco.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 5)
The school opens the first of October, and we intend to be present, as this will give the brethren here great satisfaction.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 6)
In Pasadena, a suburban city about ten miles from Los Angeles, good treatment-rooms have been secured. The building which has been rented is in the center of the city and will accommodate from twelve to eighteen house-patients. The rooms are large and well lighted. Suites of furniture of the very best quality were purchased for a trifle over half price because a little damaged by fire. Carpets also, for the same reason, were bought at a very low price. This has been a great help in furnishing the rooms. For the building they pay one hundred and twelve dollars a month. This is a low rent, considering the size of the place. Dr. Evans will have charge of the work, and Dr. Richard Anthony will connect with him.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 7)
For a long time we have been looking for a place in the country on which to establish a sanitarium. We have at last found a place which we think will answer. This is a property of about thirty acres, fifteen of which are laid out in orange trees. There are no buildings on the place, but water is abundant, and the land is all piped for irrigation. The property has been held at thirty thousand dollars, but is offered to us for about twelve thousand. The owner has been offered a position as civil engineer in Mexico and is anxious to sell.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 8)
Well, there is much to be thought of; and much careful consideration is needed to know what decisions to make. We must have the indication of Providence before we move. The Lord is acquainted with the future, and we must pray and believe that He will work in our behalf.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 9)
Dr. Moran and his brother are carrying forward a large restaurant work in Los Angeles. Eight hundred meals a day are served in the restaurant there.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 10)
I am very thankful to my heavenly Father that He is restoring me to health. I am as active as I have ever been in my life. My voice has been fully restored to me, and I can speak to large congregations. The Lord strengthens me, and the testimony that He gives me to bear makes an impression upon the people.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 11)
Yesterday afternoon, after speaking, I called for a contribution for foreign missions, and nearly one hundred dollars was raised. This will be sent to Pastor Conradi. He is pushing the work in Europe with all his power and is opening up new fields. He needs money. I have just given those in charge of the work in Europe permission to use one thousand dollars of the royalty of my books for the payment of translations. I wish I could send you a copy of Brother Conradi’s letter to me, but I shall not be able to have it copied; for the camp-meeting has just closed, and we have had only one day in which to prepare our Australian mail.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 12)
From here we shall go to Fresno to attend the camp-meeting there, which opens October 1.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 13)
We feel that it is now time for us individually to strive to enter in at the straight gate; “for wide is the gate and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat.” [Matthew 7:13.] The Son of God has honored this world with His presence. “God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Christ was the brightness of his Father’s glory. He came to this earth in perfect love as the very expression of the mind of God. And yet how lowly, how humble, was His life! Day by day He might have been seen in the cities of Palestine, sometimes entering the humble abodes of want, sometimes standing in the great thoroughfares of travel, speaking words which were to fall into some hearts as good seed to produce their harvest. How kind, how affable, how courteous He was in all His dealings with those whom He addressed! The poorest felt that they could speak to Him. He took little children into His arms and blessed them. He soothed the sorrows of the distressed and dried the widow’s tear. Feeding the hungry, healing the sick, meeting and relieving every form of need and misery, He went about doing good—the great, unwearied Servant of man’s necessity.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 14)
My heart loves to commune with God. He understands me. He can and will prepare me for the work He would have me do. When I see so many full of ambition to do some great thing, I feel as if I must place before all a representation of Christ’s character. He was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, but He came to this earth as a poor man and took upon Him the form of a servant. From His loving heart there ever flowed the healing stream of blessing. He came not to crush, but to heal.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 15)
My dear and much-loved friends, be of good courage in the Lord. In spirit, in word, in action, in your sincere love, honor your Saviour. Praise Him with heart, and soul, and voice—praise Him. Let nothing interpose between you and Christ. He is the health of your countenance and your God.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 16)
Let us ever cherish a pure, holy dignity, but no pride. When we learn of Jesus His meekness and lowliness, we shall find rest and peace and happiness. “Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.] We are waiting only “till the shadows be a little longer grown.” While I am in this world I want to fill up my time with deeds that will glorify God and at last be found in Him, not having my own righteousness, but the righteousness which is of Christ. Give my love to Sister Sisley. I think of her often. We may never meet again in this life, but we shall meet in the royal family as children of the heavenly King.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 17)
In much love to you both.
(17LtMs, Lt 149, 1902, 18)
Lt 150, 1902
Irwin, C. W. Los Angeles, California September 22, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 220; 2MR 252; 10MR 383. Professor C. W. Irwin
Cooranbong, N. S. W. Dear brother,—
Your letter to W. C. White was received yesterday. The camp-meeting has just closed, and we have had only one day in which to prepare our Australia mail. The camp-meeting began ten days ago and closed last night. W. C. W. has been busy early and late; for all through the meeting there has been much perplexing business to transact.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 1)
The Lord is graciously strengthening me. I am as active as I have ever been in my life. For a while after my last trip to the East, I was obliged to be very cautious in regard to speaking before congregations; but as I grew stronger, I tested my strength, and I found that I gradually became more and more able to speak. Since then I have spoken several times at Calistoga, twice in the open air, several times in Oakland, seven times at the Petaluma camp-meeting, and many times at the Sanitarium, where every Sabbath there is a most interesting audience. I spoke there the two last Sabbaths before leaving for Los Angeles, and I felt the special blessing of God; and yet I had some fear as to how I should bear the test of speaking to a large tent full of people. But the Lord has wonderfully sustained me. Last Sabbath, before going to the meeting, a weakness came over me, and I felt fearful. But the moment that I stood on my feet before the people, I felt that the everlasting arms were beneath me. My voice was full and smooth, and every one in the tent heard me, though I did not put forth the least effort to make them hear.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 2)
For a time after my last severe illness I feared that I should never be able to use my voice again. I tried to pray at family worship, but after I had uttered a word or two, no sound would come. My voice was gone. For a long time I had to keep silent; but the Lord has restored my voice to me, and I cannot be grateful enough to Him for this mercy. I am so thankful. I know that I have a testimony to bear, and I thank God that I can still be His witness.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 3)
We each have a work to do—the work of proclaiming to the world the last message of warning. In clear, distinct tones we must give this message; but I greatly fear that though we have had such great light, we are not as earnest as we should be. Let us study the words: “Our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance, as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake. And ye became followers of us and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction with joy in the Holy Ghost: so that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia. For from you sounded out the word of the Lord, not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to Godward is spread abroad; so that we need not speak anything. For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God; and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come.” [1 Thessalonians 1:5-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 4)
Just such an experience as this is what we need today. We need the Holy Spirit and assurance. Living power must attend the message of Christ’s second coming in the clouds of heaven. We must not rest until we see many souls converted to the blessed hope of the Lord’s appearing. The message wrought a real work that turned souls from idols to serve the living God. The work to be done today is just as real, and the truth is just as much truth; only we are to give the message with as much more earnestness as the coming of the Lord is nearer. The message for this time is positive, simple, and of the deepest importance. We must act like men and women who believe. We are not half awake to the perils and the dangers that we must be prepared to meet. Waiting, watching, working, praying, warning the world—this is our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 5)
The truths of prophecy are bound up together, and as we study them, they form a beautiful cluster of practical, Christian truth. All the discourses that we give are plainly to reveal that we are waiting, working, and praying for the coming of the Son of God. His coming is our hope. This hope is to be bound up with all our words and works, with all our associations and relationships. “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? For ye are our glory and joy.”“And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another and toward all men, even as we do toward you; to the end he may establish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus with all his saints.” [1 Thessalonians 2:19, 20; 3:12, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 6)
I feel the truth of these Scriptures. Let us hear the voice of God, “Come up higher.” Let us increase more and more in faith, in righteousness, in power. When we receive the Holy Spirit, souls will be converted under our ministry. Let us be in earnest, doing our work faithfully.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 7)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 150, 1902, 8)
Lt 151, 1902
S. D. A. Mission Board San Diego, California September 25, 1902 Previously unpublished. To the S. D. A. Mission Board Dear Brethren,—
I wish to make a statement regarding the use that shall be made of the two thousand dollars left by Sister Aurora B. Lockwood, which she has placed in the hands of the Mission Board.
(17LtMs, Lt 151, 1902, 1)
Sister Lockwood and I had a conversation regarding this at the Nashville Union Conference, in which she said to me: “I want that money to go to the Southern field, a portion to help in the publishing work, and a portion to support the missionary work among the colored people. I do not know which may need help the most; but when you sell your place and can spare the money, I wish you to have it used where, in your judgment, it will do the greatest good in the South. Now I will not trouble my mind further about this matter, but will leave it with you.”
(17LtMs, Lt 151, 1902, 2)
I said to her, “I will do as you wish, and let you know how the money is appropriated.”
(17LtMs, Lt 151, 1902, 3)
It is my desire that this money shall be placed at once where most needed; and my judgment is that one half should go to the support of the publishing work, and one half to the support of the schools among the colored people under the direction of the Missionary Society. Please attend to this matter without delay.
(17LtMs, Lt 151, 1902, 4)
Lt 152, 1902
Butler, Hiland San Diego, California September 26, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Hiland Butler,—
I have received your letter, which was remailed to me from St. Helena. W. C. White and I have both read the letter, and also one from your father. I will say, my dear brother, that I cannot see why there should be any question in your mind in regard to what is the will and the way of the Lord. In the South there is opened before you an important field in which you can work for the Lord just as well and acceptably as [in] the one in which you are now working.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 1)
Your father’s pleading for you to come and his need of your help should answer the question for you. Were I in your place, I would believe that I had received the answer to my prayers that showed me my duty, and I would not hesitate about obeying the call. I do not see how you could do your duty to your father and be clear before the Lord should you refuse to go. You are merely called from one part of the Lord’s vineyard to another part, which is in as much need of your help as the part in which you are now laboring.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 2)
But the weightiest consideration is your father’s necessity. The Lord has specified your duty in this respect. His Word is more forcible than any words I could speak to you. Therefore I say, “Come, and the Lord will go before you.” [See Isaiah 52:12.] On every hand fields are opening before us. There is a great dearth of workers. But the Lord will work for us.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 3)
The night of September 24, I slept from about eight o’clock till half past ten. The Lord gave me special instruction in regard to the impartation of the Holy Spirit to our people. They are in danger of going on in their own wisdom, without the wisdom that God gives. They are in danger of becoming so deeply engrossed in business transactions that the glory of God, which must be revealed in our works if we proclaim the message successfully, will be left on one side. There is danger that the light He has given will be made secondary to human devising. We need the Holy Spirit of God. Then there will be no stagnation in our work. God’s servants will be filled with life-giving power.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 4)
For several nights I had been starting my work at one and two o’clock. I was in need of rest, but I felt that I must write out the instruction given me. I dressed, and after praying earnestly, I began writing in my diary, and for several hours I wrote as fast as my pen could go.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 5)
When the Lord presents a subject before me, I dare not delay. I rise at once and write out the instruction given.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 6)
I shall not have time to write more, for I wish to send this letter to you today. I cannot say to you, Do as you please or as any one of your brethren pleases. Give yourself, body, soul, and spirit, to Him to do His will, and then rest in the assurance that He will care for you. He desires you to look to Him, to receive His counsel, and to glorify His holy name.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 7)
We shall expect to see you soon, so I will not send you a copy of what I wrote yesterday morning.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 8)
In much haste.
(17LtMs, Lt 152, 1902, 9)
Lt 153, 1902
Haskell, Brother and Sister San Diego, California September 27, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 201-203; OHC 254; 5MR 342; 7MR 401; BTS 02/1904, 05/1904, 04/1905. Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
I have recently received several letters from you and have begun more than once to answer them but have never been able to finish the letters I began. Everything seemed to come at once before I left home for Southern California. I was trying to finish two books for the press, and I had a mass of matter besides that I wanted to put into print. But there was not time to prepare it for publication before the Los Angeles camp-meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 1)
The camp-meeting was a large one. I attended from first to last, and the Spirit of the Lord sustained me. The Lord gave me a message to bear to the people and helped me to bear it. Before and during the meeting I visited several places near Los Angeles—Fernando, where our brethren have purchased property for school purposes; Monrovia, where a property is offered which we think a favorable location for a sanitarium; and Pasadena, where Dr. Evans is just beginning work in treatment-rooms. Visiting these places was a tax on my strength; but notwithstanding this I spoke seven times during the camp-meeting, and often for more than an hour, and the Lord strengthened me. But I will leave the particulars regarding our stay at Los Angeles and our visit to this place and will now write you something on religious lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 2)
Sunday. While in Los Angeles we were very pleasantly situated in a furnished cottage of five rooms, which a brother and his family vacated for our accommodation. We were glad that we could all be together. Willie and I were thus able to give our attention to the final reading of the manuscripts of the two books we have been finishing up. My family consisted of W. C. White, Clarence, Sara, and Maggie. Fruit was very abundant, and we lived mostly on bread and fruit.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 3)
While there, we sent a large mail to Australia. I wrote in one day thirty pages. I knew that the workers there must have some encouragement; for very little means has been sent to them. Yet they are accomplishing a good work.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 4)
I now have all I can possibly do to write out the instruction given me to guard our workers on the right hand and on the left from making an extravagant outlay of means in erecting buildings in the congested cities. Over and over again warning has come to me that this must not be done. Our sanitariums are to be situated miles away from the cities. Hygienic restaurants are to be started in the cities, and they are to be so conducted that they will be a means of removing prejudice and also of communicating truth to many souls. Those in charge of our restaurants are to remember that the object of these enterprises is the salvation of souls, and they are to bring into their work tact and skill and ingenuity, striving with all their power to make their work a means of letting the glorious light of truth shine forth to many souls who otherwise would know nothing of the warning message. They are to advance the Lord’s cause by serving those who come with wholesome food, prepared in a way that will recommend health reform; and at the same time they are to sow the seeds of truth. When the people are given the bread of heaven as well as physical food, something is accomplished. But to tell triumphantly of how many meals have been served, when the people have received only temporal food, when they have not been given the one thing needful, this is not serving the Lord in the way that He requires.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 5)
On Wednesday morning we left Los Angeles for San Diego, reaching here at two o’clock in the afternoon. The next morning we drove out to Paradise Valley to see a property which we hope we can purchase for sanitarium work. This property is five miles from San Diego and consists of twenty acres of land and a large three-story building built for a sanitarium, and the most thoroughly constructed house that I have ever seen. This building has all the advantages that a sanitarium requires. It stands on a rise of ground overlooking a beautiful valley, and the climate is said to be excellent. The rooms of the building are said to be light and airy, and in every sleeping-room there is a stationary wash-bowl. The building is piped and wired throughout for gas and electricity. On the place there is also a small cottage and a good barn.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 6)
We are most favorably impressed with this property. There are no houses near it, but all around, at some little distance, are large residences standing in the midst of orange groves.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 7)
The building was erected, as I said, for a sanitarium, but was occupied for a short time only. The effort to carry on sanitarium work was a failure, and the place has been vacant ever since. So we are sure that it is not tainted by disease. The land round the building was once planted out in orange and lemon trees, but these, for want of attention, have all died.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 8)
I am told that the building alone cost twenty-five thousand dollars. The place is now offered for twelve thousand, and we think it could be purchased for less. This week we shall try to find out. We believe the Lord will place this property in our possession. The building is just what we need and should have for a sanitarium here.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 9)
Should we purchase this place, could not you and Sister Haskell come here and stay awhile? I am told that the winters are very mild. With your ideas of what a sanitarium should be, I am sure that you could both be a great help. Then, too, you could be a great help to the church in San Diego. You could have a horse and carriage and could drive back and forth.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 10)
San Diego is within a few hours on the cars of Los Angeles. The cars are constructed the same as the Pullman cars, but without berths, and they move along very easily.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 11)
This is a field in which your labors would accomplish great good. You would make warm friends. And you would not need to use up all your strength in trying to do more than you felt you could do.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 12)
I do not think you should stay another winter in New York. What do you say to my proposition for you to come to Southern California. I myself think of spending some time here next winter.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 13)
For months the Lord has given me instruction that He is preparing the way for our people to obtain possession, at little cost, of properties on which there are buildings that can be utilized in our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 14)
San Diego has an excellent climate. Our friends at St. Helena fear that we are suffering from the heat, but they are mistaken; for as yet we have suffered no inconvenience whatever. Every year large numbers of tourists come here for their health. But so far no sanitarium has been established in this city by our people. A restaurant and treatment-rooms have been started. The treatment-rooms are in charge of Dr. Johnson and Dr. Whitelock who have all the patients they can care for. The restaurant and treatment work are carried on in a building which was once a saloon. The room then used for the sale of liquor is now used for the sale of health foods.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 15)
The Lord has given me light that we should occupy this field and give the message of truth to the thousands of tourists coming here year by year.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 16)
Sabbath. This morning I spoke to the church here. I had much freedom in speaking from the first chapter of second Peter. All seemed to be deeply interested, and I think my message was timely. The attendance was good. This afternoon W. C. White takes the meeting, and tomorrow afternoon I shall speak again. I am rather weary; nevertheless, I shall try to write to you. I am just as anxious to write to you as you are to write to me. This afternoon I received your letter, Sister Haskell, which you sent to St. Helena. Sister Peck sent me the letter you wrote to her. I was very glad indeed to get these letters. Every letter that you have written me has been eagerly perused. You need never fear that I shall not be interested; for I am deeply interested in every crumb of news you send.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 17)
I see so many fields open for the proclamation of the gospel of truth. One thing is certain. We must have more laborers. I know of no other way of obtaining them than by praying most earnestly to our heavenly Father. I am satisfied that God’s people need the impartation of the Holy Spirit. When they receive the Spirit, they will go to work to do what needs to be done. They need to awake to the realization of their half-hearted way of working. I cannot see how they dare to stand in their present position—a position of spiritual indifference. Is not the warning in the Word of God of sufficiently grave import to lead them to make an unreserved consecration of themselves to God’s service?
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 18)
“These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed with white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels.” [Revelation 3:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 19)
We need more zeal and animation in the Lord’s work, more genuine interest in matters of eternal importance.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 20)
I have just lost myself in sleep for a few minutes. Last night I rose at half past eleven and wrote until the time came for me to fill my appointment this morning. Two nights ago, I awoke at ten o’clock, heavily burdened in regard to the lack of the Holy Spirit’s working among our people. I rose and walked the room, pleading with the Lord to come closer, very much closer, to His people, endowing them with such power that they may work His work so mightily that through them may be revealed the abundant grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 21)
When we know that the Lord cannot be glorified in us, unless we surrender all to Him, why do we not cast our helpless souls upon Him? Why do we not abide in Him, that He may abide in us? When we do this, we shall be a living power in the world. The change in our spiritual experience will witness to the power of the truth. We shall be bright lights, shining amid the moral darkness of the world. Since the Lord has declared that He is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children, why do we not accept the promise so freely made? Why do we not consecrate ourselves to God? Entire surrender to the Lord is something that is revealed in the daily life, and it exerts an influence upon other lives.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 22)
In the sermon on the mount, Christ has given a definition of true sanctification. He lived a life of holiness. He was an object lesson of what His followers are to be. We are to be crucified with Christ, buried with Him, and then quickened by His Spirit. Then we are filled with His life.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 23)
Our sanctification is God’s object in all His dealing with us. He has chosen us from eternity that we may be holy. Christ gave Himself for our redemption, that through our faith in His power to save from sin, we might be made complete in Him. In giving us His Word, He has given us bread from heaven. He declares that if we eat His flesh and drink His blood, we shall receive eternal life. Why do we not dwell more upon this? Why do we not strive to make it easily understood when it means so much? Why do not Christians open their eyes to see the work God requires them to do. Sanctification is the progressive work of a lifetime. The Lord declares, “This is the will of God, even your sanctification.” [1 Thessalonians 4:3.] Is it your will that your desires and inclinations shall be brought into conformity to the divine will?
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 24)
As Christians, we have pledged ourselves to realize and fulfil our responsibilities and to show to the world that we have a close connection with God. Thus, through the godly words and works of His disciples, Christ is to be represented.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 25)
God demands of us perfect obedience to His law—the expression of His character. “Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid it; yea, we establish the law.” [Romans 3:31.] This law is the echo of God’s voice, saying to us, Holier, yes, holier still. Desire the fulness of the grace of Christ; yea, long—hunger and thirst—after righteousness. The promise is, “Ye shall be filled.” [Matthew 5:6; Luke 6:21.] Let your heart be filled with an intense longing for this righteousness—the work of which God’s Word declares is peace, and its effect quietness and assurance forever.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 26)
It is our privilege to be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. God has plainly stated that He requires us to be perfect; and because He requires this, He has made provision that we may be partakers of the divine nature. Only thus can we gain success in our striving for eternal life. The power is given by Christ. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 27)
God requires of us conformity to His image. Holiness is the reflection from His people of the bright rays of His glory. But in order to reflect this glory, man must work with God. The heart and mind must be emptied of all that leads to wrong. The Word of God must be read and studied with an earnest desire to gain from it spiritual power. The bread of heaven must be eaten and digested, that it may become a part of the life. Thus we gain eternal life. Then is answered the prayer of the Saviour, “Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth.” [John 17:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 28)
Brother and Sister Haskell, let us have faith in God. Let us, with full faith, ask for the Holy Spirit, believing that God wants us to have the richest treasures of grace. The last Sabbath that I spoke in Los Angeles, I felt very weak physically before starting for the meeting. But I kept praying, “Lord, help me, strengthen me;” and the power of God came upon me in a decided manner. Many said that they never felt so much of the Spirit of God as in that meeting. After speaking for over an hour, I prayed at the close of the meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 29)
We must have more faith. Let us begin to believe unto salvation. Let us come to God in faith, fully assured that as we surrender all to Him, He will make us Christlike in character. Then, one with Christ, we can reveal Him to the world. Then our fitful, haphazard work will cease.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 30)
Let us honor God by showing firm faith and unswerving trust. Let us remember that He is not glorified by the manifestation of a fretful, unhappy spirit. The Lord cares for the flowers. He gives them beauty and fragrance. Will He not much more give us the fragrance of a cheerful disposition? Will He not restore in us the divine image? Then let us have faith in Him. Let us now, just now, place ourselves where He can give us His Holy Spirit. Then we can give to the world a revelation of what true religion does for men and women. The joy of the Saviour, filling our hearts, gives us that peace and confidence which enables us to say, “I know that my Redeemer liveth.” [Job 19:25.] In His Word the Lord has made it plain that His people are a joyful people. True faith reaches up the hand and lays hold upon the One who is behind the promise, “Great shall be the peace of thy children.”“Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will extend peace to her like a river.”“Behold I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and her people a joy.” [Isaiah 54:13; 66:12; 65:18.] In God we may “rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory.” [1 Peter 1:8.] “Men shall be blessed in him: all nations shall call him blessed.” [Psalm 72:17.] Let us strive to educate the believers to rejoice in the Lord. Spiritual joy is the result of active faith. God’s people are to be full of faith and of the Holy Spirit. Then He will be glorified in them.
(17LtMs, Lt 153, 1902, 31)
Lt 154, 1902
Whitelock, T. S. Fresno, California October 6, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 216. + Dear brother Whitelock,—
We were very much pleased to receive your letter concerning the Sanitarium property in San Diego. I am glad to know that the price is a thousand dollars less than we thought it would be. I am anxiously waiting to hear the result of your investigation regarding the adjoining property. Please let us know as soon as you can on what terms this property can be obtained, particularly the small house on the hill.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 1)
We had a very pleasant journey from Fernando to this place. We secured berths in the tourist car, and there were not more than six passengers besides ourselves in the whole car. We arrived at Fresno at half past twelve at night. Brother Herbert Thurston met us with his team and took us to Brother J. M. Church’s home. Brother Church and his family are staying on the ground during the meeting, and he offered his house for our occupancy. The camp-ground is nearly a mile away, and Brother Church has placed his horse and carriage at our disposal to take me to and from the meetings.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 2)
On Sabbath morning I spoke to a well-filled tent. Notwithstanding my cold, I spoke without difficulty for an hour. I felt that I was sustained by the power of God. After I had finished speaking, a call was made for those who desired to give their hearts to the Lord to arise, and between seventy and eighty rose to their feet. A testimony meeting was held, and many confessions were made. Many testimonies of joy and gladness were borne.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 3)
On Sunday afternoon I spoke again, and as before I was much blessed. The tent was full, and a number of people were seated around the outside. All seemed to be intensely interested. I know that the Spirit of God was present in the meeting, sending home to hearts the words of truth spoken. I am so glad that the Lord is always present to bless His people. May He help us to present the truth with such earnestness and fervor that it will be a reality to those who hear. O how my soul longs after the living God! We must have His blessing in order to impart His light and truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 4)
After speaking, I asked for a contribution for the work in Nashville. One hundred dollars was raised.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 5)
This camp-meeting is one that will long be remembered by some present who have been greatly blessed.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 6)
Last night Willie was in council meeting till eleven o’clock. I was awake when he came in, and I slept no more that night. I wrote till five o’clock and then went to the camp-ground to attend the meeting of the ministers and other leading men. I read something to them and then bore a decided message against criticism—the device of the enemy for discouraging, perplexing, and disheartening the people of God. The Lord has not appointed any man to measure the characters of His workers by his human measurement. Let us take into our hearts the truth that God has given us. Let us eat Christ’s flesh and drink His blood, making the words that He spoke for our guidance a part of the life. O that we were each standing where God could bestow upon us His rich grace, making us Christlike in character. When we try to help all with whom we come in contact, when we try to uplift and strengthen our fellow workers, God will make us to rejoice in Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 7)
I spoke as the Lord had instructed me, and I think the meeting will do much good. A question had arisen regarding the advisability of putting some one else in as president of the Conference. The word of the Lord was given me in regard to this, and I gave it to the brethren. I told them that those they were planning to put in to office would not be successful, for in some respects their experience is defective. It is sometimes a terrible thing for a man to have his own way and his own will.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 8)
A good work was done at this meeting. Full and free confessions were made. Brother Jones knelt and offered prayer to God in earnestness and sincerity. The Spirit of the Lord came in, and His grace was given. As the meeting closed, Brother Corliss and Brother Jones fell upon each other’s necks and wept. Not that there had been any alienation between them: they were pledging themselves to sustain each other and to stand firm in a faithful discharge of their duties.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 9)
As I stand before our people, I urge them to remember the words inscribed upon the banner that the Lord has given them to carry—“The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.] I see so much to do, and the only way in which we can accomplish this work is to move forward every day in humility and consecration. Truth will triumph; the Lord God of Israel will be glorified. But I see such need of the deep working of grace on minds, such need of sanctification of body, soul, and spirit, that I plead with the Lord to fill His workers with the realization that without Him they can do nothing. The Lord Jesus Christ is our efficiency, our all and in all. Let there be no lifting up of self unto vanity; for of ourselves we are unable to do any good thing. Let us give ourselves to God in unreserved surrender, learning daily from the One who, though the Majesty of heaven, walked this earth in meekness and lowliness. He is our example and our efficiency. In His strength we are constantly to reach forward to gain the prize of our high calling in Christ, urging our way through difficulties, keeping our eyes fixed on our Leader, and never losing a sense of that higher life that is everything to us.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 10)
Well, I must close this letter. What can I say to you my brother, except to tell you to be sure to walk humbly with God, not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness which is of Christ, which He imputes to every trusting, believing Christian.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 11)
You are engaged in an important work. I hope and pray that the Lord will give you and your fellow workers His Holy Spirit. I believe that He is opening the way for you to secure a suitable place for a sanitarium in San Diego. I hope that you will move in the fear of the Lord. In many places the work goes hard for want of means. Let all practice the strictest economy and be zealous in God’s service. To prevail with Him, we must move in accordance with the Spirit’s guidance. We may be hedged in by perplexities, but let us hold fast. Our great lack is perseverance, stick-to-itiveness. I am so glad that the Lord helps us in our infirmities. May He bless His church in San Diego, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 154, 1902, 12)
Lt 155, 1902
Arthur, Brother and Sister [Jesse] St. Helena, California September 5, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CH 302-303; ML 49, 250, 340; TDG 257; 7MR 151. + Dear brother and sister Arthur,—
I did not suppose that it would be so long before I fulfilled my promise to write to you. I have been thinking of the question that was agitating your mind in regard to wages. You suggest that if we paid higher wages, we could secure men of ability to fill important positions of trust. This might be so, but I should very much regret to see our workers held to our work by the wages they receive. There are needed in the cause of God workers who will make a covenant with Him by sacrifice, who will labor for the love of souls, not for the wages they receive.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 1)
Your sentiment regarding wages, my much-respected brother, is the language of the world. Service is service, and one kind of work is as essential as the other. To every man is given his work. There is stern, taxing labor to be performed, labor involving disagreeable taxation and requiring skill and tact. In the work of God, the physical as well as the mental powers are drawn upon, and both are essential. One is as necessary as the other. Should we attempt to draw a line between mental and physical work, we would place ourselves in very difficult positions.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 2)
The experiment of giving men high wages has been tried in the publishing institutions. Some men have grasped high wages, while others, doing work just as severe and taxing, have had barely enough to sustain their families. Yet their taxation was just as great, and often men have been over-worked and over-wearied, while others, bearing not half the burdens, received double the wages. The Lord sees all these things, and He will surely call men to account; for He is a God of justice and equity.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 3)
Those who have a knowledge of the truth for this time should be pure and clean and noble in all their business transactions. None among God’s servants should hunger and thirst for the highest place as director or manager. Such positions are fraught with great temptation.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 4)
Our nurses are encouraged to pledge themselves to work for certain parties for a certain sum. They bind themselves to serve thus and so, and afterward they are dissatisfied. It is necessary that more equity be shown in dealing with our nurses. There are among us intelligent, conscientious nurses, who work faithfully, and at all times. It is nurses such as these that we need, and they should receive better wages, so that should they fall sick, they would have enough money enough laid by to enable them to have a rest and a change. Then again, often the parents of these nurses practice great self-denial to make it possible for their children to take the nurses’ course. It is only right that when these children have received their education, they should be given sufficient remuneration to enable them to help their parents, should they need help.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 5)
These things are not weighed as carefully as they should be.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 6)
*****
Unreserved Consecration
“And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 7)
This takes in all there is of the human being—will power, speech, hearing, sight, physical strength, time, influence. All the powers of mind and body are to be consecrated to the Master’s service.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 8)
In this Scripture the conditions upon which we may gain eternal life are plainly outlined. No one who truly loves and fears God will continue to transgress the law in any particular. When man transgresses, he is under the condemnation of the law, and it becomes to him a yoke of bondage. Whatever his profession may be, he is not justified, which means pardoned.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 9)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] Through obedience comes sanctification of body, soul, and spirit. This sanctification is a progressive work, an advance from one stage of perfection to another.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 10)
Speech is a wonderful talent. O what a blessing are pleasant, sympathetic words—words that uplift and strengthen. No one, when asked a question, should answer abruptly, but kindly and tenderly. The heart of the one he is answering may be sorely grieved by a hidden sorrow that may not be told. This he may not know; nevertheless, his words should always be kind and sympathetic. By a few helpful words or by a word of prayer, he may remove a heavy load.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 11)
Christ declared that where two or three are gathered together in His name, He is in the midst of them, to bless them and to answer their petitions. [Matthew 18:20.] He is our burden-bearer. He never repulses any one. With sympathetic love and tender compassion, without trace of harshness, He meets us in our necessities.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 12)
The angels of heaven look on to see how Christ, the Great Physician, meets the bruised, afflicted soul. They wait to take the things of God and show them to him. Armed with the weapons of love, the Saviour works with sympathetic helpfulness. By the gentle touch of grace, He changes the sinner into a saint. By His manner of working, He shows the difference between antagonism and compassion. With unerring patience, He expels from the soul all disturbing elements. Enmity and unbelief are changed to confidence and faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 13)
This is the service that Christ requires of all who believe in Him. God has chosen poor, deformed, sinful human beings as His agencies. By their transformation, the Saviour of sinners is to be lifted up before those ready to perish.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 14)
*****
The Gift of the Spirit
Christ declared that after His ascension, He would send to His church, as His crowning gift, the Comforter, who was to take His place. This Comforter is the Holy Spirit—the soul of His life, the efficacy of His church, the light and life of the world. With His Spirit, Christ sends a reconciling influence and a power to take away sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 15)
God has instructed me to tell you and all His people to be very careful not to resist the working of the Holy Spirit—the Comforter that Christ sends. Fear to take the first presumptuous step in resistance. When Christ spoke to the disciples of the Holy Spirit, He sought to uplift their thoughts and enlarge their expectations to grasp the highest conception of excellence. Let us strive to understand His words. Let us strive to appreciate the value of the wonderful gift He has bestowed on us. Let us seek for the fulness of the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 16)
Judge Arthur, I see no other way for us than to heed the words of Christ, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] These words we must obey if we gain eternal life. The Majesty of heaven came to this world to teach us this lesson by a life of constant self-denial. Shall we not heed His instruction?
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 17)
In order to be saved, we must have a full and complete experience in the things of God. The atonement for sin has been made by the gift of the Son of the infinite God. “The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:14.] Let us show that we appreciate this gift. There is a higher life for God’s people than they have yet lived. It is the beholding of which John speaks that we need—the beholding of the virtues of the character of the One full of grace and truth. Then of us it can be said, “Of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.”“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [Verses 16, 12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 18)
Christ had pledged Himself to renew the soul through the truth. His Word, received, eaten, lived, is our salvation. He declares, “I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.... Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:51, 53-55, 63.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 19)
“He came unto His own, and His own received Him not.” [John 1:11.] Shall this be said of those who have been given every opportunity to gain rich and abundant treasures of truth? Shall it be the mistake of your life and mine to be frivolous and careless and selfish, choosing a path of our own, not the path that Christ has marked out?
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 20)
*****
The New Life in Christ
To bring the sinner to Christ is the work of the Comforter, the Holy Spirit. The Saviour is the divine Example, the perfection of holiness; and He fashions the soul anew. We are privileged to receive from Christ all the excellence necessary for perfection of character. But in order for us to obtain this excellence, we must show more self-denial, more self-sacrifice.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 21)
Christ has made every provision for us to be children of God. Oh, my heart says, Praise His holy name that of His fulness we can receive grace for grace. Let us strive, by receiving His Word, to reach the high standard of perfection. We are safe only when seeking the qualities that make us children of God, possessors of sanctified excellence. We are to be born again, born of God. This new birth makes us one in Christ. The new creature is a representation of Christ’s character.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 22)
There is a scriptural figure in which the soul is represented as being delivered from sin to receive the fashion of the new man, Christ Jesus. If we are born of the Spirit, there must be in our new life no diseased parts. We are required to live unto God. All our spiritual organs and faculties are to represent the new life. The spiritual life must be regenerated and restored in all its parts. This is necessary in order that the new life in Christ may be lived. No part of the diseased life is to remain. We are new beings in Christ. He diffuses sanctified activity through the whole structure, and in our new life we develop unselfishness in the service of God. All our impulses are from Him. Receiving His grace, we impart this grace to others, making known His virtue of character by self-denial and sacrifice, by meekness and lowliness, by good words and works. In the life there is seen no deception, no falsehood. The words spoken are faithful, trustworthy words, which mean all that they express. The life is not a falsehood—a claim to represent Christ and at the same time a denial of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 23)
“He shall glorify Me.” [John 16:14.] In these words Christ declares the crowing work of the Holy Spirit. The Spirit glorifies Christ by making Him the object of supreme regard, and the Saviour becomes the delight, the rejoicing of the human agent in whose heart is wrought this transformation.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 24)
Brother and Sister Arthur, repentance toward God and faith in Jesus Christ are the fruits of the renewing power of the grace of the Spirit. Repentance represents the process by which the soul seeks to reflect the image of Christ to the world. In the prayer that Christ offered just before His crucifixion, He said, “Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as We are. While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: ... and now come I to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 25)
“I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:11-19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 26)
As surely as God has ever spoken through me, He is speaking through me when I say that many who now believe the truth, or are supposed to believe it, have a spurious experience. They sin and do not repent; therefore they live their own sinful life, not the life of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 27)
My dear brother and sister, we cannot afford to take this position. We must take so firm and decided a stand for our Lord that the world will see in our lives an exemplification of true Christianity.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 28)
The work of John the Baptist is our work. Of him we read, “Behold, I send My messenger before Thy face, which shall prepare Thy way before Thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.” [Mark 1:2, 3.] This is indeed our work, to prepare the way of the Lord for Christ’s coming by bearing a fruitful witness. We are to bear a clear-cut testimony to the world in our life, in the words we speak and the deeds that we do. By revealing the principles of righteousness in our dealings with one another, we are to proclaim the message, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 29)
The conflict is before us. The only safety for any one of us now is to be one with Christ in God. We are to strive to enter in at the strait gate. But this gate does not swing loosely on its hinges. It will not admit doubtful characters. We must now strive for eternal life with an intensity that is proportionate to the value of the prize before us. It is not money of lands or position, but the possession of a Christlike character, that will open to us the gates of Paradise. It is not dignity, it is not intellectual attainments, that will win for us the crown of immortality. Only the meek and lowly ones, who have made God their sufficiency, will receive this gift.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 30)
Our resources must come from heaven. The Pentecostal outpouring of the Spirit revealed truth which, presented to the people, caused the conversion of five thousand souls in a day. In order for the message to go with power today, the Holy Spirit must confirm the word spoken. Jesus is magnified through His sons and daughters when He can impart to them the fulness of His Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 31)
Paul declared that neither Jewish learning nor Grecian eloquence could reach the mark of the high calling that is in Christ Jesus. The highest eloquence, the greatest physical strength, cannot give a man power to convict and convert souls. It is a heart-reception of the pure principles of the gospel that makes him an honor to God and an influence that wins souls to Christ. “Not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Zechariah 4:6.] Only thus can human agencies prevail against satanic agencies. Without God’s aid, human might and strength have no more power than the wind that blows to impress aright the souls of men. The breath of God must be breathed into the soul before it can be filled with power.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 32)
Does not God, my dear brother and sister, teach us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord? The knowledge of God and of Christ is the sum of all science. To know God and Christ—this is eternal life. To this knowledge all other knowledge is subordinate. Incorporated with the life, it fits us for heaven. All other knowledge, however high or broad, unless charged with this knowledge, is valueless in God’s sight.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 33)
How long will it be before we yield our wills to the will of God? It took a fearfully severe experience to lead Nebuchadnezzar to acknowledge Jehovah as the supreme Ruler. God is waiting for us to give ourselves to him. Then He will mold and fashion the perverse human mind into His own likeness, taking the things of Christ and showing them to us. And as we behold the beauty of the Saviour’s character, we shall grow more and more like Him, until at last God can speak to us the words, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 34)
To create the soul anew, to bring light out of darkness, love out of enmity, holiness out of impurity, is the work of Omnipotence alone. The work of the Infinite, as He engages, by the consent of human beings, to make the life complete in Christ, to bring perfection to the character, is the science of eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 35)
What is the honor conferred upon Christ? Without employing any compulsion, without using any violence, He blends the will of the human subject to the will of God. This is the science of all true science; for by it a mighty change is wrought in mind and character—the change that must be wrought in the life of every one who passes through the gates of the city of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 155, 1902, 36)
Lt 156, 1902
Burden, Br-Sr. [J.A.] Refiled as Lt 145a, 1902.
Lt 157, 1902
Directors of Los Angeles Medical Missionary Benevolent Association St. Helena, California October 13, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 4MR 280-290. To the Directors of the Los Angeles County Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association Dear brethren,—
During my stay in Southern California, I was enabled to visit places that in the past have been presented to me by the Lord as suitable for the establishment of sanitariums and a school. For years I have been given special light that we are not to establish large centers for our work in the cities. The turmoil and confusion that fills these cities, the conditions brought about by the labor unions and the strikes, would prove a great hindrance to our work. Men are seeking to bring those engaged in the different trades under certain unions. This is not God’s planning, but the planning of a power that we should in no case acknowledge. God’s Word is fulfilling; the wicked are binding themselves in bundles ready to be burned.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 1)
We are now to use all our entrusted capabilities in giving the last warning message to the world. In this work we are to preserve our individuality. We are not to unite with secret societies or with trade unions. We are to stand free in God, looking constantly to Christ for instruction at every step. All our movements are to be made with a realization of the importance of the work to be accomplished for the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 2)
I have been instructed that the work in Southern California should have advantages that it has not yet enjoyed. I have been shown that in Southern California there are properties for sale on which buildings are already erected that could be utilized for our work, and other properties in localities especially suited to sanitarium work, and that such properties will be offered to us at much less than their original cost. In these places, away from the din and confusion of the congested cities, we can establish sanitariums in which the sick can be cared for in the way in which God designs them to be cared for. In our efforts to help the sick, we are to take them away from the cities, where they are continually annoyed by the noise of trains and street cars, and where there is little besides houses to see, to places where they can be surrounded by the scenes of nature, where they can have the blessing of fresh air and sunshine.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 3)
This subject was laid out before me in Australia. Light was given me that the cities would be filled with confusion, violence, and crime, and that these things would increase till the close of this earth’s history. There is much to be said on this point. Instruction is to be given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. And our physicians and teachers should be quick to see the advantages of retired locations for our sanitariums and schools.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 4)
Properties such as these to which I have referred are being offered to us, and some of them we should purchase when it is plain that they are what we need, and when provision can be made for their acquisition without a burdensome debt. Where there are orchards on these places, so much the better, but on other properties, where the buildings are just what we need, trees can be set out.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 5)
The fact that in many cases the owners of these properties are anxious to dispose of them, and are therefore willing to sell at a low price, is greatly in our favor. We must study economy in the outlay of means. At this stage of our work, we are not to erect large buildings in any of the cities. And we are not to follow extravagant and unduly large plans in our work in any place. We are to remember the cities that have been neglected and that must now be worked. The people in these cities must have the light of truth. In our establishment of sanitariums, we are not to spend large sums of money in the erection of costly buildings; for there are many places to be worked. We are to be wise in securing advantages already provided that the Lord desires us to have. We are to be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves in our efforts to secure country properties at a low figure, and from these outpost centers we are to work the cities.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 6)
The work in Southern California is to advance more rapidly than it has advanced in the past. The means lying in banks or hidden in the earth are now called for to strengthen the work in Southern California. Every year many thousands of tourists visit Southern California, and by various methods we should try to reach them with the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 7)
Our medical missionary work in Los Angeles should be in a far more favorable position than it is. The Lord designs that much more shall be done in this city than has been done there. But I cannot speak freely about this at present for fear that men will take advantage of what I say and will endeavor, by my words, to vindicate wrong plans. Some of the brethren in Los Angeles have at times lacked spiritual discernment. They have not always been able to see what could be done by proper effort on their part. A large work has been done in some lines, but the methods followed have not been such as to bring glory to God in the saving of souls.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 8)
I have been instructed that the greatest work that we can do in this life is to prepare ourselves and to help others to prepare for the future immortal life. We are to arrange our business in such a way that we and all who are connected with us shall be able to serve God with all our powers. We must allow nothing to intervene that would obscure our vision of heavenly things.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 9)
The Restaurant Work
We must do more than we have done to reach the people of our cities. We are not to erect large buildings in these cities, but over and over again the light has been given that plants should be made in every city of America. We have no time to neglect the doing of this work, which for years has been outlined before us.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 10)
The Lord has a message for our cities, and this message we are to proclaim in our camp-meetings and through our publications. In addition to this, hygienic restaurants are to be established in the cities, and by them the message of temperance is to be proclaimed. Arrangements should be made to hold meetings in connection with our restaurants. Whenever possible, let a room be provided where the patrons can be invited to lectures on the science of health and Christian temperance, where they can receive instruction on the preparation of wholesome food and on other important subjects. In these meetings there should be prayer and singing and talks on appropriate Bible subjects. As the people are taught how to preserve physical health, many opportunities will be found to sow the seeds of the gospel of the kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 11)
The subjects should be presented in such a way as to impress the people favorably. There should be in the meetings nothing of a theatrical nature. The singing should not be done by a few only. All present should be encouraged to join in the song service. There are those who have a special gift of song, and there are times when a special message is borne by one singing alone or by several uniting in song. But the singing is seldom to be done by a few. The ability to sing is a talent of influence, which God desires all to cultivate and use to His name’s glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 12)
Those who come to our restaurants should be supplied with reading matter. Leaflets treating on the lessons of Christ should be given them. The burden of supplying this reading matter should be shared by all our people. All who come should be given something to read. It may be that many will leave the tract unread, but one among those in whose hands you place it may be searching for light. He will read and study what you give him and then, perhaps, will pass it on to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 13)
The workers in our restaurants should live in such close connection with God that He can send to them the conviction to talk personally about spiritual things to such and such a one who comes to the restaurant. When self is crucified, and Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, we shall reveal, in thought, word, and deed, the reality of our belief in the truth. The Lord will be with us, and through us the Holy Spirit will work to reach those who are out of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 14)
This is the work that God has instructed me should be done by those in our restaurants. I did not suppose that they would have any other policy than to proclaim the message for this time. I can see no other reason for the existence of our restaurants than the proclamation of this message.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 15)
Care of the Helpers
Our restaurant managers are to work for the salvation of the employees. They are not to overwork, placing themselves where they have neither strength nor inclination to help the workers spiritually. They are to devote their best powers to instructing their employees in spiritual lines, explaining the Scriptures to them, and praying with them and for them. They are to guard the religious interests of the helpers as carefully as parents are to guard the religious interests of their children. Patiently and tenderly they are to watch over them, doing all in their power to help them to perfect Christian characters. Their words are to be like apples of gold in pictures of silver; their actions are to be free from every trace of selfishness and harshness. They are to stand as minute men, watching for souls as they that must give account. They are to strive to keep their helpers standing on vantage ground, where their courage will constantly grow stronger and their faith in God constantly increase.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 16)
Unless a change takes place soon in the way that some of our restaurants are conducted, I shall feel under obligation to warn our people against sending their children to them as workers. Many of those who patronize our restaurants do not bring with them the angels of God; they do not desire the companionship of these holy beings. They bring with them a worldly influence, and to withstand this influence, the workers need to be closely connected with God. The managers of our restaurants must do more to save the young people in their employ. They must put forth greater efforts to keep them alive spiritually, so that their young minds will not be swayed by the worldly spirit with which they are constantly brought in contact. As I viewed the girls and the young women in the Los Angeles restaurant, my heart ached. They need a shepherd. Every one of them needs to be sheltered by home influences.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 17)
There is danger that the youth, entering our restaurants as believers, and desiring to help in the cause of God, will become weary and disheartened, losing their zeal and courage and growing cold and indifferent. We cannot crowd these youth into small, dark rooms, and deprive them of the privileges of home life, and then expect them to have a wholesome religious experience. The care that should be given to these employees is one of the reasons that it would be better to have in a large city several small restaurants instead of one large one.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 18)
I have been shown that the workers are to be brought together where they can be as a family, where they feel that they are in a home. They are God’s helping hand, and they are to be treated as carefully and tenderly as Christ declared that the little child whom He set in the midst of His disciples was to be treated. “Whosoever shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me,” He said, “it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.... Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:6, 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 19)
Instead of trying to maintain one large restaurant in each city, it will be better to establish several smaller ones in different parts. These smaller ones will recommend the principles of health reform just as well as the larger establishment and will be much more easily managed. Besides, we are not commissioned to feed the world, but to educate, educate. In smaller restaurants, there is not so much work to do, and the helpers have more time to devote to the study of the Word, more time to learn how to do their work well, and more time to answer the inquires of the patrons who are desirous of learning about the principles of health reform.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 20)
Let us give more time to the study of the Bible. We do not understand the Word as we should. The book of Revelation opens with an injunction to us to understand the instruction that it contains. “Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy,” God declares, “and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand.” [Revelation 1:3.] When we as a people understand what this book means to us, there will be seen among us a great revival. We do not understand fully the lessons that it teaches, notwithstanding the injunction given us to search and study it.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 21)
Our object in restaurant work should be the conversion of souls. If we fulfil the purpose of God in this work, the righteousness of Christ must go before us and the glory of the Lord must be our rearward. But if there is no ingathering of souls, if the helpers themselves are not spiritually benefited, if they are not glorifying God in word and deed, why should we open and maintain such establishments? If we cannot conduct our restaurants to God’s glory, if we cannot exert through them a strong religious influence, it would be better for us to close them up and use talents of our youth in other lines of work. But I believe that our restaurants can be so conducted that they will be the means of saving souls. Let us seek the lord earnestly for humility of heart, that He may teach us how to walk in the light of His counsel, how to understand His Word, how to accept it, and how to put it into practice.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 22)
Closing Our Restaurants on the Sabbath
Before leaving Los Angeles, I had an opportunity to talk with Mrs. Moran in regard to some of these matters. She asked me about the advisability of keeping the restaurant open on the Sabbath for a limited number. I told her that there was danger of breaking the law of God by serving a few on the Sabbath as well as by serving many. To serve either a few or many on this day will give the impression that we are lax in principle, and thus a wrong influence will be exerted on both patrons and helpers.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 23)
Since the last General Conference, this matter has been clearly presented to me. Our restaurants should not be opened on the Sabbath. Unless they are closed, and the Lord’s day is honored, the blessing of God cannot be expected to rest upon this branch of His work. Those who are engaged in our restaurants must have opportunity to rest on the Sabbath, else they will backslide. The Lord does not require them to furnish meals for the public on the Sabbath. If those who come to our restaurants choose to take away with them on Friday health foods sufficient to last over the Sabbath, let them do this. But our restaurants workers should not be asked to work on the Sabbath.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 24)
The closed doors on the Sabbath stamp the restaurant as a memorial for God—a memorial that declares that the seventh day is the Sabbath, and that on it no unnecessary work is to be done. When thinking men find that our restaurants are closed on the Sabbath, they will begin to make inquiries in regard to the principles that lead us to close our doors on Saturday. In answering their questions, we shall have opportunity to make them acquainted with the truth for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 25)
There is danger that our restaurants will be conducted in such a way that our helpers will work very hard day after day and week after week, and yet not be able to point to any good accomplished. This matter needs careful consideration. We have no right to bind our young people up in a work that yields no fruit to the glory of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 26)
There is danger that the restaurant work, though regarded as a wonderfully successful way of doing good, will be so conducted that it will promote merely the physical good of men and women. Those chosen to manage this work must be careful, consecrated men, lest investigation prove that the cause of God is not advanced by the efforts put forth. A work may apparently bear the features of supreme excellence, but it is not good in God’s sight unless it is performed with an earnest desire to do His will and fulfil His purpose. If God is not recognized as the Author and End of our actions, they are weighed in the balances of the sanctuary and found wanting.
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 27)
Religious life must characterize our business transactions if we keep the breath of life in our souls. We have been instructed that pure, strong faith in a “Thus saith the Lord” must bear a signal part in all our business enterprises, else all who are connected with these enterprises, whatever they may be, will stand on losing ground. When God can accept us as laborers together with Him in seeing to save the souls ready to perish, He can co-operate with us in carrying forward the enterprises with which we are connected. And His co-operation places us where our efforts work out His plans. It unites us with Christ, and from Him we derive the nourishment that enables us to bear “much fruit.” [John 15:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 28)
“In Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth anything, nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love.” [Galatians 5:6.] Let us walk humbly with God, seeking Him diligently and serving Him earnestly, lest we be found unprofitable servants. Our Lord loves to have us trust Him implicitly, recognizing the sacredness of His work and His power to carry it forward. We need not be in darkness and doubt. Christ is constantly inviting us, “Look unto me. He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [Isaiah 45:22; John 8:12.] No man can look to Christ without being strengthened and uplifted. By beholding Him, he is changed into the same image and cherishes the same spirit. All sullenness and gloom are gone. His experience is as clear as the sunlight. The consciousness that Jesus loves him fills him with joy and gladness, and he reflects the divine image. His constant question is, “What shall I render unto thee for thine infinite love and mercy to me? I am thy servant; for thou hast loosed my bonds.”
(17LtMs, Lt 157, 1902, 29)
Lt 158, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Fresno, California October 8, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CS 274-275; CL 8; HFM 60; 1MR 394. Dear brother and sister Burden,—
In the mail just received from Australia, there were letters from you both, and I will answer them as best I can. Brother Burden, it is not wisdom to become involved in debt. You are a wise man and do not need this reminder. A debt is a yoke—a binding, galling yoke. It would not be wisdom to purchase another place near Sydney. You have been pressed almost beyond measure in the effort to build and equip the Wahroonga Sanitarium. It would have been wiser to make the building smaller. I have always thought that it would be best to cut down the building plans still more than they were cut down, and then, when means came in, and if more room were needed, the building could have been enlarged. It would cost much less to furnish a smaller building. When I received the picture of the Sanitarium, the size of the building surprised me.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 1)
Our people in America have been drawn upon for means until this is becoming a source of temptation. I must advise my brethren in Australia not to make any more large investments until they have some way of producing means.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 2)
Last night your situation was presented to me. You were undecided as to what to do in regard to the food business. My brother, this is a matter that will need careful consideration. You and Sister Burden will be needed in the Sanitarium. Your talent and ingenuity will be needed to make the work of the institution a success. You cannot manage the food business and the sanitarium work. If you try to do this, losses will be incurred that you cannot afford. Let the food factory remain where it is until light comes from God that a change should be made. Strive earnestly to make a success of the sanitarium work, and await the turning of the wheel of providence. As you move forward in the upward path, move carefully. I entreat you not to invest money in extra buildings; and, as far as possible, keep out of debt. You have not men of capability to warrant any further investment. Keep your mind clear and your head cool. And do not attempt to build a tower without first counting the cost.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 3)
The very same reason that makes it inadvisable to have a sanitarium in the city of Sydney would make it unadvisable to have a food factory there.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 4)
Dr. Caro once drove me up a long, broad street in Strathfield and showed me the grand buildings going up there as the homes of members of parliament, lawyers, and judges. Then he asked me what I thought of a sanitarium site on this splendid street. I said, “You will be disappointed when I tell you that it is just such places as this that you should avoid; for troublous times are before us. The owners of these buildings are not Christians by any means, and the further you get away from their critical observation, the better it will be for your work. Establish the sanitarium in a retired place, and these men, when sick, will soon find it out and will come to it for treatment. God does not want His servants to mingle with the men of the world. By their corrupt practices and pleasures, they have brought the fulfilment of the words, ‘Judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off; for truth is fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter. Yea, truth faileth, and he that departeth from iniquity maketh himself a prey.’” [Isaiah 59:14, 15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 5)
I told Dr. Caro that it would not be right to build a sanitarium in Sydney. I told him that should our brethren do this, the institution would encounter great difficulties; for Seventh-day Adventists will be hated by the ministers, and these ministers will leaven others with their hatred.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 6)
The further we can get from the cities, the more retired our location, the better it will be for our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 7)
I am now writing to our people, asking for means to advance the medical missionary work in Southern California. And at the same time I am cautioning the brethren in charge of the work there not to make their plans too large. While in Los Angeles, we found that Dr. Moran was engaged in trying to build up a large bakery business. He has erected an immense factory, at a heavy cost, and was planning to put one hundred thousand dollars into the erection of sanitarium buildings, because, when Dr. Kellogg’s counsel was asked regarding this, he said, “You are doing right to build in Los Angeles. Go ahead.”
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 8)
But there are reasons why we should not build in the cities. On these cities, God’s judgments are soon to fall.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 9)
Brother Burden, make haste slowly, and make no changes in the location of the food factory at present; for changes involve expense. It would not be wise to move the work of the Food Company from Cooranbong now, regardless of the money invested to prepare the buildings there for operation, [because] of the great expense entailed in establishing the work in some other place.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 10)
The one who is placed in charge of the food business should be a careful, economical man, who will move forward steadily and yet carefully, binding off the edges and making sure that the business is producing as well as consuming.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 11)
Brother Burden, look well to every point. Do not let my words discourage you. I want you to understand that the Sanitarium will certainly need you. If its work is a success, it will be because of careful management and a close following of the Lord’s counsel.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 12)
Study economy in the furnishing of the Sanitarium. I received your letter in regard to the purchase of an automobile in which to carry patients to and from the station. My brother, do not make such a purchase. If you should get an automobile, it would be a temptation to others to do the same thing. Lay aside the inclination to spend money needlessly.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 13)
I have been deeply stirred as the restaurant question has passed before me, and I have been shown that it has been carried forward in such a way that, instead of accomplishing great spiritual good, it has resulted in injuring the religious experience of many of the youth connected with it. I send you this letter, my dear friends, to guard you against a needless expenditure of effort. Put all your energy and talents into the effort to make the work of the Sanitarium a success. Do not take up work that will bring nothing to show for the effort put forth. Invest your means and strength in work that you know will bring returns for the Lord. Do not overwork. Guard carefully the health of yourself and your family.
(17LtMs, Lt 158, 1902, 14)
Lt 159, 1902
Kellogg, M. G. Fresno, California October 9, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 167-173. + Dr. M. G. Kellogg Dear brother,—
I received your letter dated September 15 containing information in regard to the progress being made in finishing the Sanitarium and telling us that November 1 is the time set to open the building for the reception of patients. I hope that you will not try to furnish all the rooms before you begin to receive patients, for this would unnecessarily add to your indebtedness.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 1)
You say that you have been obliged to buy material in very limited quantities and to wait for it to season before using it, and that consequently you could employ but a few men. You further say that at one time only one man besides yourself was working on the structure. But, my brother, remember that some heartfelt prayers were ascending to God for the progress of the sanitarium work. The Lord was good to send us one thousand pounds from America. And Brother Murphet helped us nobly. May the Lord bless Brother Murphet. At times Brother Burden and I and others have been greatly distressed over the situation; but we have never doubted but that He who had bidden us “arise and build” [Nehemiah 2:20] would in His own time work for our deliverance. Our great anxiety has ever been so to relate ourselves to the work that we should always further it and not hinder it. We praise the Lord that the Sydney Sanitarium is approaching completion.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 2)
I think that a mistake has been made in erecting so large a building at first. You will remember that I pleaded with the brethren to begin work with a smaller building. It would have been much better to add other buildings as the patronage increased, instead of putting so much means into one large edifice at the beginning. I speak of this because I realize that the erection of so large a structure has been very trying to you, especially during the long time when no money was in sight with which to complete it. You say, “It has been a long-drawn-out enterprise.” I was greatly relieved when it was decided to alter the proposed plan by leaving out one story. I am quite sure if we had lessened the size of the building still further, it would have been the right thing to do. But now that the large building is completed, we will be thankful and censure no one; for we know that you have all made many sacrifices and at times have been sorely tried. The Lord’s blessing will rest upon the true-hearted, self-sacrificing workers who have stood by this enterprise so nobly.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 3)
What a blessing it has been to the work to have Brother and Sister Burden and her sisters associated with the other sanitarium workers in Australia! They have done all they could to help you. The Lord has beheld the erection of the Sanitarium building. He has noticed every act of the workers. He has had a special oversight over every stroke of work done. We hope that the ones whose hearts the Lord has moved to help in this good work by giving of their means will take the greatest satisfaction in seeing the building occupied and conducted in every department to the glory of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 4)
Every one of our sanitariums is established to be a missionary agency for the relief of suffering humanity. We are to minister to the needs not only of the bodies, but of the sin-sick souls of those who come to our sanitariums, in order that they may receive a knowledge of the truth and have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Our observance of the Sabbath will make its impression upon hearts, and questions will be asked that will need to be answered.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 5)
Our faith in eternal realities is weak, our sense of duty small, in view of the opportunities that we have to point souls to the Saviour as their only hope. We are not to be cold and indifferent in regard to giving efficacious remedies for the healing of the soul. It is our duty to make known the truth, not in our own strength, but in the strong faith, assurance, and confidence that God imparts. In our sanitariums no day should be allowed to pass without something being done for the salvation of souls. We are to offer special prayers for the sick, both when with them and when away from them. Then when they inquire about the remedy for sin, our own souls, softened by the Holy Spirit, will be all aglow with a desire to help them give their hearts to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 6)
Christ wept over the impenitence of men. His pleading with sinners to turn to Him is most pathetic. He rejoices when they turn to Him with the question, What must I do to be saved? Today old and young are to be warned and led to their Redeemer. Let those engaged in different lines of service in our medical institutions lose no opportunity to bring patients to the great Healer of body and soul. Let the helpers, by a Christlike example, reveal what is truth. Let them reclaim the wanderer, edify the believer. Thus the humblest one in God’s service increases his talents. His life becomes richer and still richer in experience. The consecrated nurse who leads his patients to direct their thought and attention to divine realities is accomplishing a work for time and for eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 7)
Every helper in any line of medical missionary effort should remember that Christ was ever touched with human woe and that the light of truth which He has given us, if wisely used in institutional work, will become a powerful influence for the healing of souls as well as bodies. All the nurses and helpers are to give treatments and perform other kinds of service in such a delicate, reverential way—and with all so solidly, thoroughly, and cheerfully—that the sanitarium will prove a haven of rest.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 8)
The individual worker in any line in the treatment of the sick and the afflicted in a medical institution is to act as a Christian. He is to let his light shine forth in good works. His words are to magnify our Lord Jesus Christ. In the place of waiting for great opportunities to come before doing anything, he is to make the very best use of the talents lent him of God in order that these talents may be constantly increased. He is not to think that he must be silent on religious subjects. Wherever he is, there is his field in which he is earnestly to represent, in word and deed, the saving power of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 9)
He is not to wait to see what others do. He has a personality of his own, and he is responsible to Christ, whose servant he is, for every word and act. He is to be as attentive and faithful to duty as if he heard the Saviour’s voice, “Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:3, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 10)
It is highly important to know how to approach the sick with the comfort of a hope gained through faith in Christ Jesus and acceptance of His promises. When the awakened conscience cries out, “Lord, be merciful to me a sinner; make me Thy child,” be ready to tell the sufferer, the once indifferent one, that there is hope for him, that in Jesus he will find a refuge. The Saviour is inviting every one, “Look unto Me, and live. Come unto Me, and find rest.” [See Isaiah 45:22; Matthew 11:28.] Those who in meekness and in love present the hope of the gospel to afflicted souls so much in need of this hope are the mouthpiece of the One who gave Himself for all mankind, that He might become a Healer, a tender, sympathetic, compassionate Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 11)
Let every means be devised to bring about the saving of souls in our medical institutions. This is our work. If the spiritual work is left undone, there is no necessity of calling upon our people to build these institutions. Those who have no burning desire to save souls are not the ones who should connect with our sanitariums. “And now, Israel, what doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all his ways, and to love him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul.” [Deuteronomy 10:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 12)
But I am lengthening my letter by dwelling upon the object for which our sanitariums are established.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 13)
While the sanitarium work in Australia has brought much perplexity and many burdens to the workers, the health food business there has been far more perplexing. I feared that Brother Burden would break down under the pressure. The great indebtedness of the business, with so little to show for the investment made, and the lack of means with which properly to carry on the manufacture and sale of the health foods, makes the situation appalling. The small profit made by the food factory at Cooranbong is nearly all consumed by the payment of freight on the raw products shipped in and on the prepared foods shipped away from that place. It does not seem right to have to pay to the steamship and the railway companies so much of the profit of our toil and self-sacrificing effort. But at present I have no light that the food factory should be removed from Cooranbong.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 14)
In one of the letters we have received in regard to moving the food factory from Cooranbong, it is stated that “a property can be bought for six or seven thousand pounds sterling. The bank had to take it over for the debt. The offer of the property is liberal. This would place our food business on a firm basis.”
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 15)
Now, my brother, your lack of means makes it inadvisable to purchase this property. We are not to begin to build a tower without first counting the cost to learn whether we shall be able to finish. When your sanitarium is opened, many of the helpers must be paid for their services. There will be a constant outlay of means for running expenses. This will necessitate wise management. Where are your men of capability to manage large institutions? In America this is becoming a serious question. We find it very difficult to secure good managers for our institutions here.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 16)
If the brethren in Australia undertake to carry an additional burden of indebtedness, as is suggested by the proposed purchase of this property for a food factory, I am afraid that they will find it difficult to wrestle with so heavy an obligation. We would feel very sorry to see you take on the worriment of an additional debt. While Brother Burden and his wife and sisters are willing to unite with their co-workers in economizing, so as to be able to carry a still greater load, we cannot encourage them to do this. Every jot and tittle of their strength and ability will be needed to make the sanitarium an institution bearing the endorsement of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 159, 1902, 17)
Lt 160, 1902
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 14, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 282; 15MR 270. + Dear Brother and Sister Irwin,—
I received your letter when I was in Fresno. I meant to write to you today; for the Australian mail must leave here tomorrow. But it is now almost half past three o’clock, and I have nothing written yet. This morning I was taken suddenly ill, and the day has been almost entirely lost. But I will try to write you a few lines, late though it is.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 1)
I wish to tell you of a dream that I once had. You were sitting in a room. I came in, and you looked up with a sad face, and said, “Sister White, please tell me what my mistakes have been, that you could not trust me any longer in America?” I said, “My brother, you are entirely mistaken, in viewing the matter in that way. It was a great trial for me to give my consent for you to go to Australia. Brother and Sister Haskell told me that you felt drawn to Australia and that you had decided to go there. I dared not say anything then to disturb your mind; for Brother Haskell told me that your preparations were made. I did not want to work contrary to the mind and will of God. I knew that you had been passing through a trying experience, and I thought that it might perhaps be a relief to you to go to Australia. And I knew that your going would be a great help to the people there.”
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 2)
In my dream, it seemed to me that when I had given you these particulars, you were relieved. So I wrote you as I did.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 3)
Be assured, my brother, that you did not do or say anything in your work here that made me glad to have you leave.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 4)
There is a matter that I wish to speak of to you. It is in regard to the representation given me concerning the scene in the meeting at College View. I have, as you know, spoken of this to Dr. Kellogg. Before the last General Conference, Dr. Kellogg came to St. Helena and had some conversation with me. I was very weak, and I told him so. I knew that I was not strong enough to talk with him. Nevertheless, he gave me his account of the scene at the meeting at College View. He presented things contrary to the way in which they had been presented to me by the Lord. He related matters as if he were the one who had been wronged. I said, “The Lord has instructed me in regard to that matter. When I am convinced that it is the Lord’s will for me to change my opinions, I will let you know. But I cannot now speak with you, for I have no strength.” Dr. Kellogg said that he did not expect me to say anything.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 5)
Well, the matter passed on until some time after the Conference when Dr. Kellogg again visited me at St. Helena and once more repeated the same thing. He spoke with the same spirit of self-justification that he had spoken before. When he had finished, I said, “I wish you to understand, Dr. Kellogg, that every word that I have written to you in regard to that scene is correct.” But he would not accept the way in which I presented the matter as being correct, and I would not accept his statement.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 6)
I have not seen Dr. Kellogg since, except for a few minutes, when I was at South Lancaster. But I was then very ill with a severe cold and could not talk with any one.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 7)
There the matter stands. But every word of the presentation regarding the scene at College View is true.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 8)
Dr. Kellogg seemed to care nothing about the after results. I told him that he had grieved the Spirit of God, and that he must never again act toward his brethren as he acted in that meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 9)
Very plain testimonies have been given me by the Lord for Dr. Kellogg. I have given him these testimonies, but I have no evidence that he accepts them. I regard him as in a very dangerous position. I have sent him the instruction God has given me regarding the signing of the agreements he has formulated. These agreements should not be signed, for God forbids. With reference to those you have already signed, wait. Do nothing with reference to these documents. The next General Conference will settle some questions that are now unsettled. There will have to be a reorganization of some matters. So let things move on quietly, and say nothing. Do not do anything to provoke the doctor. He is much displeased at my sending certain testimonies to the responsible men in the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 10)
Brother Irwin, keep this letter to yourself. I have written as I have because I knew that there were some things that must be a great mystery to you. I thought that perhaps it might appear to you that, after stating so decidedly the Lord’s reproof in regard to certain things, I was passing these things over as if sustaining Dr. Kellogg.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 11)
The Lord has given Dr. Kellogg an opportunity to place himself in a position to be instructed by the testimonies, but he refuses to be instructed. He will not admit that he has done wrong in any wise. The testimonies that have recently been sent to the leading men in the denomination have closed up his way of gathering in means from our people for the building of his tower. I am now waiting to see what the outcome of this will be.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 12)
I hope you will have as little as possible to say about Dr. Kellogg. Pray for him. Ask the Lord to save him from himself. He is in great peril. I am praying for him. Let us all make his case a subject of special prayer. O how pleased Satan would be to have Dr. Kellogg’s talents opposed to the work of God. I cannot endure the thought. I pray that the Lord will work in our behalf, that His salvation may be revealed. God lives and reigns. He is working out His own will and pleasure. If those He has used in the past now refuse to come into line, He will withdraw His favor from them.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 13)
I have written more than I thought I could this afternoon. A few more words, and I am done. I cannot favor the removal of the food factory to Sydney at this time. A course will be pursued by the worldly men in power that will make it hard for our people in the city of Sydney. Wait; and let the food business remain for the present where it is.
(17LtMs, Lt 160, 1902, 14)
Lt 161, 1902
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California October 15, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear brother and sister Kress,—
We have received your good letter. Thank you so much for writing. In regard to our schools and sanitariums being out of the cities, I had, before reading your letter, written in almost exactly the same language that you used.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 1)
One thing is certain: we must be constantly reaching forward to the excellence to which God wishes us to attain. We must not fail nor become discouraged. Things will come that will try the souls of God’s workers. Expecting trials, let us keep ourselves braced by prayer and trust. And we are not to hunt for something to make us sorry. Christ’s promise is, “If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my Father’s commandments, and abide in his love. These things have I spoken unto you that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [John 15:10, 11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 2)
I should be glad to write you a long letter telling about our stay in Southern California, but I shall not be able to; for I am not strong. We were away from home a little over four weeks, and the Lord strengthened me to do much work in writing and in speaking during the camp-meetings. We first attended the camp-meeting in Los Angeles. There were with me my son, W. C. White, Sara McEnterfer, Maggie Hare, and Clarence Crisler. One of the brethren vacated his home for our accommodation and moved to the camp-ground. We lived together in this house during the meeting. It was a quiet place, and we were able to carry on our work. I spoke seven times during the meeting.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 3)
From Los Angeles we went to San Diego where I spent a few days, speaking on Sabbath and Sunday to the church. While there we looked at properties which the brethren thought suitable for sanitarium work. At one place, five miles from the city, we found everything that we could ask—a large, well-constructed building of about eighty rooms, built especially for a sanitarium, with a large clothespress and a stationary marble washbowl in every sleeping room. The climate is said to be excellent, and the building stands on a rise of ground overlooking a beautiful valley. Besides this building, there are on the place a good barn and a five-roomed cottage, and there are twenty acres of land. The property is offered for twelve thousand dollars, but we think that it can be purchased for less. Dr. Whitelock is now negotiating with the agent who has charge of its sale.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 4)
I never saw for sale a building better adapted for sanitarium work. It was built fifteen years ago, but was occupied only for a short time. We believe that the Lord has kept this house for us, and that He will open the way for us to secure it for our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 5)
From San Diego we returned to Los Angeles and from there went on the electric cars to Pasadena, a suburb of Los Angeles. In this place Dr. Evans has opened treatments in a large building. He rents the second and third floors, and pays one hundred and twelve dollars a month rent. He purchased the furniture at a sale of goods a little damaged by fire and was able to buy bedroom sets and carpets at greatly reduced prices.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 6)
We next went to Fernando, where the brethren have just opened an intermediate school. We were present at the opening, and I talked to the students for a little while, telling them how they could help their teachers and how they could increase in knowledge and experience. About forty students were in attendance, and they seemed to be intelligent and earnest.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 7)
After the exercises, I was taken over the school building. As I looked at this large, two-story building, so indicative of thorough work, and so well adapted for school purposes, the windows partially stained but letting in a flood of health-giving light, the recitation rooms just what we need, the large chapel which will seat two hundred—I could but thank God. I never thought that we should have a building so well suited for our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 8)
Besides the school building, there is a two-and-a-half story frame building which will be used as the girls’ dormitory. There is also a seven-roomed cottage and twelve acres of land, two of which are set out in orange trees.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 9)
The whole property was bought for ten thousand dollars, which the brethren tell me is about one fifth of its real value. We feel very grateful to the Lord for His goodness. I am so thankful that the brethren in Southern California did not have to erect a school building.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 10)
Fernando is twenty-two miles from Los Angeles, and is a small town of six hundred inhabitants. How much better this retired place is than a location in the city. How much better for the students to have the advantages of country life than to be crowded into a city, where their ears are constantly wearied with the noise of street cars and trains, and where there is little but houses to be seen.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 11)
I can write no more this time. I was taken suddenly ill yesterday and am not really fit to write at all. I will do better next time, if the Lord wills.
(17LtMs, Lt 161, 1902, 12)
Lt 162, 1902
Brethren “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 20, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 267-269. + Dear brethren,—
Last night I seemed to be in the operating room of a large hospital, to which people were being brought, and instruments were being prepared to cut off their limbs in a big hurry. One came in who seemed to have authority and said to the physicians, “Is it necessary to bring these people into this room?” Looking pityingly at the sufferers, he said, “Never amputate a limb until everything possible has been done to restore it.” Examining the limbs which the physicians had been preparing to cut off, he said, “They may be saved. The first work is to use every available means to restore these limbs. What a fearful mistake it would be to amputate a limb that could be saved by patient care. Your conclusions have been too hastily drawn. Put these patients in the best rooms in the hospital, and give them the very best of care and treatment. Use every means in your power to save them from going through life in a crippled condition, their usefulness damaged for life.”
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 1)
The sufferers were removed to a pleasant room, and faithful helpers cared for them under the speaker’s direction; and not a limb had to be sacrificed.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 2)
Other scenes passed before me. I was in a room where a number were assembled in council. Brother E. R. Palmer was presenting the idea that small, local presses were not needful and were run at great expense. He said that he thought that all our book-making should be done by one publishing house, at one place, and thus save expense.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 3)
There was present One of authority, and after making some inquiries, He said, “These smaller printing offices can be managed in a way that will make them a help to the work of God, if sufficient attention is given to them. In the past, great lack of principle has been brought into the management of our book work, and this experience will be repeated unless men’s hearts are thoroughly converted, thoroughly changed. There are some who have been converted, but the work that God desires to see done on hearts is not yet all done. Those who frame yokes for the necks of their fellow beings will, unless they repent, be brought to the place where they will understand how these yokes bind and gall the neck of the wearer.”
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 4)
Let the Southern field have its own home-published books. Selected books from the Old and New Testaments can be published in separate volumes, with simple explanations and inexpensive illustrations. In addition to these books, there can also be published some illustrated books suitable for school children. These books will be a great help in the work in the South. The publication of these books can be done acceptably in the Nashville office. The work of this institution is not to be limited to the publication of The Gospel Herald and a few children’s books. But let not the workers try to embrace too much.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 5)
The books specially designed for the Southern field are not to be pushed in the North unless there is a real demand for them.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 6)
There is need of a better understanding of the work to be done in heart, mind, and character for the workers in our institutions in the North as well as in the South. Let those in our Northern institutions lay aside their prejudices, and let those in the South humble their hearts before God, and then there will be a sitting together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 7)
The workers need to wear the yoke of Christ and to blend together in love and unity. The Lord will bless and strengthen them as they do this. His people are to depend on Him alone, walking before Him in all humility of mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 8)
There is need in the Southern field of a publishing house for the publication of the truth for this time. But this work cannot be done with divided minds and divided interests. In order for the publishing house in Nashville to be made a success, the workers must have a constant sense of the supervision of God, and they must be subject one to another. The converting power of God is needed. “Humble yourselves therefore under the mighty hand of God.” [1 Peter 5:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 9)
Be very careful how you treat the Lord’s heritage. Each worker is to be drawn to the other by the cords of Christ’s love. There is no need of their being estranged from one another. They are all embraced in Christ’s prayer that the disciples might be one with Him as He is one with the Father.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 10)
“Neither pray I for these alone,” Christ said, “but for them also which shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.” [John 17:20-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 11)
Will you do all in your power, my brethren, to answer this prayer?
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 12)
In the work at Nashville there has been a departure from avowed principles and plans of work. Great evils have resulted. The Lord would have saved from all this if the workers had prayed more and had walked humbly with God. It will never answer for these mistakes to be repeated. They must stand as warnings against deviations from the plain path marked out for us by God.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 13)
And how shall we treat those who have erred? Let those who have had experience, and who have passed over the ground, show sympathy for those who have done this unadvised thing.
(17LtMs, Lt 162, 1902, 14)
Lt 163, 1902
Palmer, W. O. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 209-213. + Dear brother W. O. Palmer,—
I am much distressed in your behalf. I desire so much to see you in the spiritual condition that Christ told Nicodemus he must be in. The words that Christ addressed to him I address to you, “Ye must be born again.” [John 3:7.] When you are born again, everything you do will be done with an eye single to the glory of God. You will work with all humility of mind, and in thorough distrust of self. You have valuable traits of character, which, when your heart is sanctified, will make you a useful Christian.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 1)
In many respects your course in years past has not been straight and will not bear the test of investigation. When associated with worldly business men, you spent your money freely, conferring favors that did them no good and proved of no benefit to yourself. Men whose minds were full of dishonest schemes flattered you and laid their temptations before you. You were puffed up by their flattery, and in your connection with them you gained an experience of which, when you see it as it is, you will feel greatly ashamed. In conversation and practice you were one with these men. You did not enter fully into their schemes, but you tampered with that which, if carried into practice, would have made you as guilty as they were. You were leavened by the evil of these men. It would have been impossible for you to be in their society without being harmed. You have done things that are unprincipled, yes, fraudulent, to call them by their right name. God has been dishonored, and the influence that you have exerted has left on the minds of your brethren the impression that you are a dishonest speculator.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 2)
Brother Palmer, your work in the past will not bear the test of trial. You have an incorrect understanding of yourself and your dangers. But the Lord has looked pityingly upon you. The Saviour has a boundless love for every human being; and notwithstanding that you were spotted and stained by self-indulgence, which has nearly ruined your physical, mental and spiritual strength, He reached down His arms to save you. In every human being He sees a boundless capacity for improvement. With divine energy and hope He greets those for whom He has given His life. He places within their reach the riches of eternal life. In His strength they can live a life rich in good works, filled with the power of the Spirit. But they must separate from all scheming, all dishonesty. The true Christian will not keep up an appearance that is not real.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 3)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] The grace of God alone can give you the experience that comes from a perfected character. God alone can enable you to walk before Him with a perfect heart. The Holy one has given erring finite beings rules for their guidance. These rules form a standard from which there can be no sinless swerving. He who does not make God’s will paramount has yet to learn the first principles of holiness.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 4)
My brother, you must make the Scriptures your guide. Study the Word of God, and practice its instruction, humbly imploring the Holy Spirit’s guidance and teaching. When your heart is enlightened by the Holy Spirit, you will accept the reproof of God and will show a repentance that needs not to be repented of.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 5)
Keep looking to Jesus. He desires to reflect His image through you. The whole heart’s purpose must be constantly refined, elevated, ennobled, sanctified, else you will mar the work of God and ruin your own soul. The truth, my brother, must be more clearly stamped upon your heart. “With the heart man believeth unto righteousness, and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.” [Romans 10:10.] “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength.” [Mark 12:30.] This takes all there is of the man.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 6)
Study the sermon on the mount, and from it learn what are the qualities that Christ blesses. Is not the blessing of the Son of God worth time and effort? Only by carrying out in the daily life the principles of godliness can we gain the qualities that bring His blessing. Place yourself under His love and care, that in His strength you may bring to the foundation works represented by gold, silver, and precious stones. Christ’s promises are full of wealth and power. The sanctification received through a belief of truth brings comfort and joy. It imparts to the life a quickening power.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 7)
Well-doing is possible only through the grace imparted by God. Your own wisdom is foolishness with God. Your only safety lies in a daily repentance unto life eternal and a daily refusal to deviate from clean, pure principles.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 8)
Do not advance one step in your own wisdom, thinking that in your own strength you can gain success. Follow where Christ leads the way. Entire surrender to Him is your only safety.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 9)
My brother, improve the opportunity offered you to gain an understanding of the words, “Ye are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] You will then have confidence in the forgiving and pardoning mercy of God’s love, and you will reveal a Christlike zeal for the advancement of His work. True repentance will bring newness of life. An entire change in mind and character will be brought about by the effectual working of the Holy Spirit. The pride and confidence that tempts human beings to rise up in mistaken independence will be expelled from the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 10)
God loves and pities you. Let your heart break before Him. In deep humiliation of soul confess your sin, receive pardon, and stand justified before God. Cast your helpless soul upon Christ, and rest not until there is a most thorough renovation of your methods in all business lines. You have fallen into loose, careless habits of business management. These habits you must change. In taking up business enterprises, you are in great danger of weaving strange threads into the pattern. I write this to caution you. It is because of this that I am afraid to have you take up the food business. My brother, be afraid to take the first step in business enterprises without earnest prayer. I have been instructed that your course in the past, in entering into worldly, money-making schemes, bears the rebuke of God. Nothing of this kind is to be mingled with your present work. You have in the past made many mistakes, but the Lord has shown Himself gracious, pardoning all your transgressions.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 11)
God has given me a special understanding of your past life, for the purpose of placing upon me the burden of having a care for you, that I might help you to be faithful. I was told that I must not let you go. I was instructed that other men who have committed errors would sit in judgment on your case; that those who have done wrong themselves, and whose course God condemns, would judge you as severely as possible and discourage you—as if this condemnation revealed that they were perfect and zealous for truth and righteousness. The Lord instructed me to act the part of a faithful, judicious mother toward you, because others do not understand you. Even as I write, my eyes are filled with tears. I have tried to give you the words spoken by the One through whom I have often received instruction. I have nothing to add or to take away from this message. If you will act upon these words, they will be to your soul a savor of life unto life.
(17LtMs, Lt 163, 1902, 12)
Lt 164, 1902
Jones, A. T. Los Angeles, California September, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 95-100. + My brother A. T. Jones,—
The Lord has presented your case before me several times, and I have written out the instruction given me for you; but I cannot now find it among my writings. Since coming here, I have once more been given a presentation of your case. Your work has been represented to me in figures. You were passing round to a company a vessel filled with most beautiful fruit. But as you offered them this fruit, you spoke words so harsh, and your attitude was so forbidding, that no one would accept it. Then Another came to the same company and offered them the same fruit. And so courteous and pleasant were His words and manner as He spoke of the desirability of the fruit, that the vessel was emptied.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 1)
The words were spoken, “Be ye clean that bear the vessels of the Lord.” [Isaiah 52:11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 2)
“How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth god tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth! Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing; for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem; for the Lord hath comforted his people, he hath redeemed Jerusalem. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God.” [Verses 7-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 3)
“The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures; he leadeth me beside the still waters. He restoreth my soul; he leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake. Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me. Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies; thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life, and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.” [Psalm 23:1-6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 4)
“Show me thy ways, O Lord; teach me thy paths. Lead me in the truth, and teach me; for thou art the God of my salvation; on thee do I wait all the day. Remember, O Lord, thy tender mercies and thy loving kindnesses; for they have been ever of old. Remember not the sins of my youth, nor my transgressions; according to thy mercy remember thou me for thy goodness’ sake, O Lord. Good and upright is the Lord; therefore will he teach sinners in the way. The meek will he guide in judgment, and the meek will he teach his way. All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep his covenant and his testimonies.” [Psalm 25:4-10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 5)
These Scriptures I have been directed to write to you. It is the spirit revealed in these words that you are to bring into your work. In the past you have presented the truth in a fierce way, using it as if it were a scourge. This has not glorified the Lord. You have given the people the rich treasures of God’s Word, but your manner has been so condemnatory that they have turned from them. You have not taught the truth in the way that Christ taught it. You present it in a way that mars its influence. Unless you are converted, do not stand before the people with the truth. You are not blessed yourself in the belief of the truth, and you present the rich fruit from God’s Word to the people in a very objectionable way. Your heart needs to be filled with the converting grace of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 6)
It is the Lord’s will that for the coming year you shall labor in California, but there will be a trial before us. Unless you learn your lesson, so that you will heed the words of Christ, you will not be able to change the atmosphere that prevails in this Conference.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 7)
You have not been as careful as you might in your teachings in regard to church government. You must be more guarded to save the church from serious difficulties. But the Lord would have you serve another year in this Conference, that your efforts may not be recorded as a failure, as they would be were you to leave your position now. May the Lord help you to have a converted tongue and a converted heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 8)
If you are made president of a conference, you must not mistake your work. You do not altogether comprehend what is included in the work of the president of a conference. You seek to embrace too much. You must not think that your position gives you liberty to rule over God’s heritage. When you attempt to rule, your labors are a positive injury.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 9)
In dealing with the Lord’s people, bring gentleness and tenderness and grace into your voice and your words. You need to change in this respect. You need to learn how to deal with minds. Guard yourself against being rash and impulsive and speaking harshly. You need to consider that the effect of your harsh words is deleterious to your own soul and to the souls of those to whom you speak. Do not accept the position of president of the conference unless your spirit is softened and subdued by genuine conversion; for otherwise you cannot fill the position acceptably. You need to become as a little child in meekness and lowliness.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 10)
Let not your manner be harsh and domineering, like that of a school master who rules his pupils in a way that arouses the worst passions of the heart. Do not create bitterness and strife; for others will follow your example. This makes the truth distasteful, in the place of leading people to desire it.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 11)
Recently I was talking with a young man who is departing from right paths. He makes the course pursued by yourself, when he was at Healdsburg years ago, an excuse for his defects. He spoke of the attention that you paid to young women, and to one in particular, and said, “His example is much worse than any example I have set.”
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 12)
That transaction was opened before me, and it is not strange to me that your wife wears so sad a countenance. The attention that you have recently been paying to a married woman is not wise. It is not prompted by the Spirit of God. As the president of the conference, you must guard your reputation. You are to be an example of consistency.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 13)
If any woman, no matter who, casts herself upon your sympathy, are you to take her up and encourage her and receive letters from her and feel a special responsibility to help her? My brother, you should change your course with regard to such matters and set a right example before your brother-ministers. Keep your sympathy for the members of your own family who need all that you can give them.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 14)
When a woman is in trouble, let her take her trouble to women. If this woman who has come to you has cause of complaint against her husband, she should take her trouble to some other woman who can, if necessary, talk with you in regard to it, without any appearance of evil.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 15)
You do not seem to realize that your course in this matter is exerting a wrong influence. Be guarded in your words and actions. Do not speak and act hastily and impulsively. This hurts your influence. You need to give yourself more decidedly to prayer and to receiving the answers to your prayers. The result will be a more consistent life.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 16)
The sixth chapter of Acts means much to you and to all who preach the Word of God. Read this chapter, and take in its meaning. “It is not reason that we should leave the word of God and serve tables,” the twelve apostles declared. “Wherefore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business.” And the saying pleased the people, and they chose Stephen and six others to minister to the widows and fatherless and the others who needed help. “And when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them. And the word of God increased, and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly, and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.” [Verses 6:2-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 17)
It is time, my dear brother, that you looked at these matters in a right light. You have been called away from the Word of God to serve tables. You think, because you are president of the conference, that your duties embrace many things, yea, almost everything. But you neglect things that ought to be done and take up matters that do not need your personal attention. You think that because you are president you are the only one who is qualified to do certain things. But instead, the fact that you are president is the very reason that you should not do these things. You should hold yourself sacredly aloof from every appearance of evil. You should not make one movement that will give the people cause to speak unfavorably of you.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 18)
There are women who fasten themselves to some one to whom they tell their home difficulties. But there are two sides to every question, and often these women are themselves in need of reproof. They speak only of their side of the question, and words of sympathy that they do not deserve are given to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 19)
You are not to set such an example that women will feel at liberty to tell you the grievances of their home life and to draw upon your sympathies. When a woman comes to you with her troubles, tell her plainly to go to her sisters, to tell her troubles to the deaconesses of the church. Tell her that she is out of place in opening her troubles to any man; for men are easily beguiled and tempted. Tell the one who has thrown her case upon you that God has not placed this burden upon any man. You are not wise to take these burdens upon yourself. It is not your appointed work.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 20)
I write you thus plainly because you are in danger of following such a course that your good will be evil spoken of. If these things had not been presented to me, and urged upon me, I would not express myself so plainly.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 21)
Treat your wife tenderly. She needs all the care and comfort and encouragement that you promised in your marriage vow to give her. Do not give her the slightest occasion to question your loyalty or your sincere desire to fulfil your obligations to her and to your children.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 22)
Writing to Timothy, Paul says, “This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behavior, given to hospitality, apt to teach; not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, nor covetous; one that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride, he fall into the condemnation of the devil. Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.” [1 Timothy 3:1-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 23)
Study this instruction, and bring it into your daily experience.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 24)
Paul continues: “These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee shortly. But if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how to behave thyself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth. And without controversy great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory.” [Verses 14-16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 25)
“I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love.” [Ephesians 4:1, 2.] This is a love that proceeds not from human impulses, but from Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 26)
God has given His people a message to proclaim. Let them not hedge up one another’s way. They are to labor in perfect harmony. “He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ; that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ; from whom the whole body, fitly framed together, and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verses 11-16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 27)
Christ did not confine His labors to any special time or place. Often He taught in the outer court of the temple, that the Gentiles might hear Him. He entered the temple as a place that was His own, unawed by its splendor. In this temple, soon to be the tomb of a departed dispensation, He must proclaim the truth. He was the foundation of the Jewish economy. It was to Him that the sacrifices and offerings pointed. Soon the need for these sacrifices was to cease; for in His death type was to meet antitype.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 28)
Christ is the Good Shepherd, with earnest, unwearied steps seeking for the lost sheep. He attended the great yearly festivals of the nation; and to the multitudes absorbed in outward ceremony, He spoke of heavenly things, bringing eternity within their view. He gained the attention of high and low, rich and poor. To all He brought treasures from the storehouse of wisdom. He delighted and comforted the poor and lowly with the assurance of God’s love for them. He spoke to them in language so simple that they could not fail to understand, and His words lifted their minds to the heavenly Father, full of grace and tenderness.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 29)
By methods peculiarly His own, Christ helped all who were in sorrow and affliction. With tender, courteous grace He ministered to the sinsick soul, bringing healing and strength. The simplicity and earnestness, with which He addressed those in need, hallowed every word.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 30)
Christ proclaimed His message from the mountainside, from the fisherman’s boat, in the desert, in the great thoroughfares of travel. He was ready to take up His work at any time and in any place. He was a consecrated evangelist. Wherever He found those willing to listen, He was ready to open to them the treasure-house of truth. He is our example. His followers are to be ever on the watch for opportunities to speak words in season. And they are to speak with the same loving sympathy that He spoke.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 31)
Christ was always ready to answer the sincere inquirer after truth. When His disciples came to Him for an explanation of some word He had spoken to the multitude, He gladly repeated His lesson. They grieved Him by contending for the supremacy. But instead of giving them a harsh rebuke, He took a little child, and setting him in the midst of them, He said, “Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:3, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 32)
My brother, I have an intense desire that you shall be a man after God’s heart. You must make a change in your life. You have most precious truth to present, but you must put on the gospel shoes—your feet must be “shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.” [Ephesians 6:15.] Your manner of addressing people is not always pleasing to God. You need to feel His converting power upon your soul every day. You are full of physical strength and energy, and you need much of the grace of Christ, that it may be said of you as it was of Him, “Thy gentleness hath made me great.” [Psalm 18:35.] When the Holy Spirit takes possession of your mind and controls your strong feelings, you will be more Christlike.
(17LtMs, Lt 164, 1902, 33)
Lt 165, 1902
Cornell, Myron St. Helena, California October 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 186. Dear Brother Myron Cornell,—
I wish to inquire if the outstanding debts for the rent of my house in Battle Creek have been collected. I greatly need every dollar of this money. Will you please do what you can toward obtaining it for me? I have not received much for my books since Object Lessons took the field, but I do not regret anything that I have done to help lift the debts from our schools.
(17LtMs, Lt 165, 1902, 1)
I have been obliged to have a room built for me to use as an office. There was no room in my house suitable for me to occupy as a writing room. I have to handle a great many manuscripts, and the room that I have occupied in the past is so small that I found it almost impossible to keep my writings in order. Then, too, there was no fireplace in this room; and I cannot endure stove heat. So the low roof was taken off the back bed-chamber, and a large, airy room was built. In this room I have a fireplace, and the sunshine comes in all day long.
(17LtMs, Lt 165, 1902, 2)
The building of this room took money. I held back for a year before consenting to have this room built; for I knew how many places there were in which money was needed. But I saw that it was necessary, for the preservation of my life, that something be done. It would be wrong for me to shorten my life, for this would take me from the Lord’s work. I do not wish to lie down in the grave until it is the Lord’s will that I should.
(17LtMs, Lt 165, 1902, 3)
Will you please do what you can to collect the money due me, for I am in much need of it. Getting out my books takes money. I have in the past been obliged to borrow money to pay my workers, and they have not been paid as promptly as they should be. Last year I was compelled to borrow six thousand dollars to help in getting out my books and to take up the mortgage on my house. I still have some money in Australia, but I dare not withdraw one dollar of it, for it is needed there. I have now two more books ready for the press, and I hope to receive something from them.
(17LtMs, Lt 165, 1902, 4)
Lt 166, 1902
Whitelock, T. S. St. Helena, California October 23, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Whitelock,—
Your letter has been read to me, and I would say that I think we should make arrangements to purchase the place if it is offered at a reasonable figure. Brother H. W. Kellogg says that he will bear half the cost of the land that was once included in the property, but that has since been sold. Find out what this land can be bought for.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 1)
There is no need to hurry matters, but we should not lose our opportunity by needless delays. It will be well if you can arrange to make time payments. Once the place is secured, we can furnish it little by little as we have means at our command. This part of the work must be done by degrees. To furnish the building all at once would mean a very heavy expense. And in buying furniture, the strictest economy must be practiced. We must not place ourselves where we are bound by a heavy debt. Thus we would place a yoke on our necks that will not be agreeable to bear. In every move we make we must study economy. To economize wisely is a lesson that it seems difficult for us to learn.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 2)
Sister Hall, who is now with me, would be a great help in buying furniture for the building. For many years she did the buying for the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and her experience would be of great value. Brother Henry Kellogg is very much interested in that property, and I think that he will help us in purchasing it. But we must make haste slowly. It will take time to do all that will need to be done. We must not incur a large debt. I am as anxious as ever that the place be secured; but after it is secured, we shall have to take time to fit it up. Patience and wisdom will be needed in this part of the work. If we move gradually and prayerfully, God will be with us.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 3)
We must watch and pray, asking the Lord to direct us. Seeing that moves so unwise have been made by some in the South, we cannot wonder at Brother Knox’s writing as he did. But I hope you will not feel, because he has written thus, that you are to fold your hands, making no further effort to do anything. If the Lord wants us to have these places, He will work with us to secure them.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 4)
Be of good courage in the Lord, and believe that everything will came out all right. I know it is hard to get means, but the Lord will help us.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 5)
Please ascertain the price of the property adjoining the Sanitarium property, and let me know.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 6)
Since returning from the South, I have had some sickness, but I think I shall recover soon.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 7)
With much love to yourself and your wife,
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 8)
P.S.
Please tell Sister Johnson that I will write to her soon. I thank her for her kindness to me while in San Diego. I very much appreciated it.
(17LtMs, Lt 166, 1902, 9)
Lt 167, 1902
Evans, Brother and Sister [I. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 26, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 240. Dear Brother and Sister Evans,—
We received your letter in regard to a sanitarium all ready to be occupied so that work could be begun at once. I am sure that we ought to secure the control of this place if possible.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 1)
The place that the Brethren Moran selected on that hill corner, I have no hesitancy in saying Seventh-day Adventists should have nothing to do with in purchasing. When I saw the place, I was much distressed to think that any of our people should select such a situation. It is forbidding in every way.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 2)
The Sierra Madre Villa property, as described by you, has the advantages that have been outlined to me. Land is a great advantage. And the opportunity to secure a furnished building is a wonderful chance if the conditions are reasonable. If it can be secured, it will be far more favorable than Mr. Hall’s place at Monrovia.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 3)
The question now before us is, Shall we try to secure the places that seem desirable in price and location, when we cannot tell where our money is coming from? Brethren Daniells, Knox, and others are opposed to the increasing of debts. But I am not prepared to say that we should not, under any circumstances, purchase land to which the Lord seems to have directed our minds, when there is no hindrance but the question of ready money, and which property, in the providence of God, we could soon pay for. We have to guard against mistakes on both sides. If we see a good opportunity to secure a building, as in Paradise Valley, I think it should be purchased. Henry Kellogg has visited the place, and he is much pleased with it. He may decide to locate there, if he can purchase a home at reasonable rates.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 4)
I hope you are all as well as usual. I have written a few lines to your mother, who is sick upon her bed. I seemed called out to address her, and I hope that the few lines written will be a comfort to her. I have some things to write to Brother and Sister Moran as soon as I can. I have been closing up the books that I have been getting out. One is another volume of the Testimonies and the other is entitled Education. Both will be out soon.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 5)
May the Lord bless you all. I will write again soon.
(17LtMs, Lt 167, 1902, 6)
Lt 168, 1902
Ross, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in ML 226; 5MR 84. Dear Sister Ross,—
I hope that you are able to be up and around. How glad I should be to see you living out of the city, in some place where you could step from the house into a garden to enjoy the beauties of nature! Nature speaks to us of God’s love. In the beautiful flowers we can read an expression of our heavenly Father’s love for His children. My sister, look up through nature to nature’s God, the great Master-Artist, and speak forth your thanksgiving to Him for the tokens of His love.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 1)
The Sabbath was Christ’s busiest day for healing the sick. On this day He could best reach those who were laboring during the week. Wherever He went, He was a medical missionary, an unerring Physician, speaking words of tenderest sympathy and compassion. How precious to them were His words of comfort and love! From Him flowed a stream of healing power, and the sick were made whole. He healed men and women with unhesitating willingness and with hearty joyfulness; for He was glad to be able to restore suffering ones to health.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 2)
Christ established His temporary hospital on the green hill-slopes of Galilee and in every other place where the sick and the suffering could be brought to Him. In every city, every town, every village through which He passed, with the tender compassion of a loving Father, He laid His hand upon the afflicted ones and made them whole.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 3)
This same work Christ has empowered His church to do. May He increase the faith of His people to believe that He, the blessed Healer, is present to hear every syllable of the prayers offered to Him in the simplicity of true faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 4)
Christ, in His prayer to the Father, says, “The glory which thou gavest me I have given them.” [John 17:22.] His disciples in this time are to pray for the sick, as verily as did His disciples of old. And the sick will recover; for “the prayer of faith shall save the sick.” [James 5:15.] Christ is ready to give His disciples special earnestness in offering effectual, fervent prayers and special experiences in answer to these petitions.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 5)
Jesus frequently spent all night in prayer, His humanity taking hold on the divinity of His Father, from which Source came fresh supplies of restoring power to exercise in behalf of the sick and afflicted. We need the Holy Spirit’s power, the calm assurance of faith that can claim God’s promises.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 6)
My sister, let the language of your heart be, “I cast my helpless soul upon the Mighty Healer, who is able to save to the uttermost all who come to Him.” The Lord desires you by faith to place your hand in His, and to say, “If Thou wilt, Thou canst make me whole. Take away my unbelief.” [See Mark 1:40; Mark 9:24.] Can you not take the Lord at His word? You need not lie helpless, but may in faith rise, and walk. Be whole, because the Mighty Healer is present to make you every whit whole.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 7)
My sister, the Lord’s word to you is, “Rise up, and walk. Be whole. Be free from disease.” Let us be of good courage in the Lord. We have a precious Saviour. Let us magnify His holy name.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 8)
I desire to hear from you, and to learn that you are well. I desire to hear that the name of the Lord has been magnified through your restoration to health and that He has put a new song into your mouth, even praise unto our God.
(17LtMs, Lt 168, 1902, 9)
Lt 169, 1902
Butler, G. I. Los Angeles, California September 15, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 578, 634. Elder G. I. Butler My dear brother,—
The Lord has been watching over you for years. He has permitted affliction to come upon you, which for years has kept you out of the work. Why? Because you chose your own way, and took yourself into your own hands. Do not, when again brought into trial, go over the same ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 1)
I have the most tender feelings toward you, but I must tell you that you are in danger of falling into temptation, and of imagining many things. You were presented to me as a man harnessing for battle. You were strong in a spirit that was not meek and contrite. One came to your side, and said, “Cast ye up, cast ye up, prepare the way, take up the stumblingblock out of the way of my people. For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the hearts of the contrite ones. For I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth; for the spirit should fail before me, and the souls which I have made.” [Isaiah 57:14-16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 2)
The Lord would have you lay aside that spirit of wrath and be disrobed of your war garment. Our Instructor said, “You have inherited and cultivated a contentious spirit. Put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, and speak not one word that is not subdued by the Spirit of God. Let your heart break in tenderness before God. Become as a little child. You are not appointed by the Lord to dictate. None of my servants are to put on Saul’s armor.”
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 3)
There are those who will come to council meetings stirred for battle. Let them put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, and let their feet be shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 4)
Do not, now or ever, charge your brethren with their mistakes. This is what separated you from the Lord’s service for so many years. Your testimony, if borne with meekness and humility, will be in the assembly as good leaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 5)
Things are not so bad as they might be. Mistakes are constantly being made by men who are constantly tempted to speak unadvisedly, even as Moses spoke. It is such words as these, and your way of speaking them, that shows that you have not yet learned the meekness and lowliness of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 6)
God will use you if you will be used.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 7)
Severe tests will come to you. Put your trust in the Lord Jesus Christ. Remember that by vehemence you will wound yourself. If under all circumstances you will sit in heavenly places in Christ, your words will not be charged with bullets that wound hearts and that may destroy life.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 8)
“If ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:14-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 9)
Elder Butler, in these words the Lord has outlined the work of His servants. You are the Lord’s servant. Let nothing be done through strife and vainglory. Do not ponder over your tried feelings. Put these feelings aside. When you get into the path of criticism and harsh speaking, you grow more and more harsh and more inclined to criticize. Stop before you begin. Do not give the enemy one inch of ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 10)
Never ride the war horse. You cannot do this gracefully. You are to do God’s will, not your own will.
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 11)
God will use you if you will be used. Open the door of your heart and let Jesus in to rule your life. “Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.... And if ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear.... Seeing ye have purified your hearts in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently.” [1 Peter 1:13, 22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 169, 1902, 12)
Lt 170, 1902
Franke, E. E.; Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 10, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 241-242; ; BTS 04/1903, 05/1903. + Dear Brother Franke and Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I almost wish I were where I could talk with you in regard to the work in New York City. I received such a good letter from Sister Haskell, telling about the removal of the alienation between Brother Haskell and Brother Franke. O how thankful I was. I know how pleased the enemy is when he can keep the hearts of those in the service of God filled with distrust and suspicion. And more than this: Unity existing among the followers of God is an evidence that the Father sent His Son to save sinners. It is a witness to His power; for nothing short of the miraculous power of God can bring human beings, with their different temperaments, together in harmonious action, their one aim being to speak the truth in love.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 1)
God’s warnings and counsels are plain and decided. As we read the Scriptures, and see the power for good that there is in unity, and the power for evil that there is in disunion, how can we fail to receive the Word of God into our hearts. Suspicion and distrust are as evil leaven. Unity bears witness to the power of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 2)
Christ says plainly that it is by the unity and co-operation of His followers that the world is to know that God has sent His Son into the world. In the prayer that He offered for His disciples just before His crucifixion, He said: “That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.” [John 17:21-23.]
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 3)
We are to be guided and controlled by the same Spirit, but in order for this to be, it is not necessary that we all have the same gifts. “There are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit. And there are diversities of administrations, but the same Lord. And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which worketh all in all,” to bring these different operations into perfect harmony. “God hath set the members every one of them in the body as it hath pleased him.” [1 Corinthians 12:4-6, 18.] He has placed every man at his post of duty, assigning to him a given work. If you have any question as to your post of duty, pray to God for guidance, and your work will be assigned. God has told us expressly that He has placed every man at his post.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 4)
“To one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; to another the working of miracles; to another prophesy, to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues. But all these worketh that one and the self-same Spirit.” [Verses 8-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 5)
“Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ.”“When he ascended up on high, he led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.... He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:7, 8, 11-13.] Here the members of the church of God are shown acting their different parts, all under the supervision of the great Master-worker who knows just what each one in His service should do to meet the necessities that arise.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 6)
When the hearts of God’s people are melted and subdued by the Holy Spirit, ministers and lay-members will bear a testimony that is in perfect accord. And the Lord will look down on them with pleasure, rejoicing in their oneness.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 7)
God has given me a word to speak to you in New York. Strive earnestly for unity. Pray for it, work for it. It will bring spiritual health, elevation of thought, nobility, heavenly mindedness. You will overcome selfishness and evil surmising and will be more than conquerors through Him that loved you and gave Himself for you. Crucify self. Esteem others better than yourselves. Thus you will be brought into oneness with Christ. Before the heavenly universe and before the church and the world you will bear unmistakable evidence that you are God’s sons and daughters. God will be glorified in the example that you set.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 8)
Christ is our hope. In Him our lives are to center. Here lies the source of power, the secret of success, in our service for God. From first to last, from the foundation to the topstone, the church of God is to be built up on Christ and in Christ. He is the ladder by which we climb to heaven. He strengthens us to press upward, till at last we step off the highest round into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 9)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure.” [2 Peter 1:10.] Live upon the plan of addition outlined in the first chapter of second Peter. Add to your character the graces of the Spirit. “If these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [Verse 8.] And “so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.] These words show us how we may obtain an eternal life insurance policy. Do you not want this?
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 10)
The world needs to see worked out before it the miracle that binds the hearts of God’s people together in Christian love. It needs to see the Lord’s people sitting together in heavenly places in Christ. Will you not give in your lives an evidence of what the truth of God can do for those who love and serve Him? God knows what you can be. He knows what divine grace can do for you if you will become partakers of the divine nature.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 11)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.” [Verse 12.] All of God’s servants have a work to do in His vineyard. In the church of God no one is to set himself up in kingly power and authority. “All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] Be very courteous in speech, very kindly in action. Respond to the invitation, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 12)
The workers in all lines of God’s work are to complain and criticize less and pray far more for wisdom from on high, that as workers together with God they may show forth His love far more plainly than they have yet done. For your present good, and that you may inherit eternal life, lift the standard higher and still higher, that all may see that you have received the endowment of the Holy Spirit. In your study of the Word of God, penetrate deeper and still deeper beneath the surface. Lay hold by faith on divine power, and sound the depth of inspiration. Bring into your ministry the power of God, remembering that the Lord is behind you. Let His love shine through all you do and say.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 13)
Every branch of the work of God is open before Him who reads the heart as an open book. He sees every wound that His children receive. He will restore us if we will make Him our trust. Let the truth, the precious, simple truth of the Word of God, shine out in its full brightness. Humble self before God. Christ will be your efficiency. He has appointed you as rulers over His household, to give them meat in due season. The household belongs to God. He alone can place His servants where He would have them. He does according to His sovereign will.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 14)
Every minister is under the most sacred obligation to give the flock of God meat in due season. And remember that all we do is to be done “for the edifying of the body of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:12.] Christ’s laborers are very near His heart of love. He desires to perfect His household through the perfection of His ministers.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 15)
We need to study Revelation in connection with Daniel. Both of these books are to be carefully and prayerfully studied, and as we study them, we are to pray that their importance may be impressed on our hearts by the Holy Spirit.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 16)
We need to live in close connection with Christ, the only begotten of the Father, who on Calvary’s cross offered Himself as a sacrifice for the race. He was the foundation of the Jewish economy. The sacrifices and offerings of this system pointed to the sacrifice that He was to make in behalf of the fallen race. Since the Majesty of heaven made such a sacrifice, shall those appointed to be laborers together with Him draw back from self-denial? Shall they invest in one place a large share of means, leaving other places without memorials for God? Great mistakes have been made by making a large outlay in a few places.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 17)
The work in our cities is not to be accomplished by a large outlay of means or by great display. The Lord’s messengers, in their effort to reach the people, are not to follow the ways of the world. In the meetings that are held, they are not to depend on worldly singers, and theatrical display, to awaken an interest. How can those who have no interest in the Word of God, who have never read this Word with a sincere desire to understand its truths, be expected to sing with the spirit and the understanding? How can their hearts be in harmony with the words of sacred song? How can the heavenly choir join in music that is only a form?
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 18)
The evil of formal worship cannot be too strongly depicted. But no words can properly set forth the deep blessedness of genuine worship. When human beings sing with the spirit and the understanding, heavenly musicians take up the strain and unite in the song of thanksgiving. He who has bestowed on us all the gifts that enable us to be workers together with God expects His servants to cultivate their voices so that they can speak and sing in a way that all can understand. It is not loud singing that is needed, but clear intonation, correct pronunciation, and distinct utterance. Let all take time to cultivate the voice so that God’s praise can be sung in clear, soft tones, not with harshness and shrillness that offends the ear.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 19)
In the meetings held, let a number be chosen to take part in the song service, and let the singing be accompanied by musical instruments, skilfully handled. This part of the service is to be prayerfully conducted; for it is the praise of God in song.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 20)
The singing is not always to be done by a few. As often as possible, let the entire congregation join.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 21)
The ability to sing is the gift of God. Let it be used to His glory. There are those who suppose that loud voices, much noise, is devotional singing. But they are mistaken. What is needed is melody and harmony.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 22)
We are not to oppose the use of instrumental music in our work.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 23)
I have no time to write more now, but there is much more that I would like to write.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 24)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 170, 1902, 25)
Lt 171, 1902
Haskell, S. N. NP July, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 278-279; 7MR 398-400. + Dear Brother Haskell,—
I know that the Lord designed that Elder Franke should stand in his lot and place, speaking to large congregations. Then when an interest is awakened, many would be benefited by the work that you can do. No one is to seek to close up the way that the Lord has committed to Elder Franke or the work that He has committed to Elder Haskell.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 1)
I have written Elder Franke several straight letters, cautioning him against extravagance in the outlay of means. He has not yet replied to them. I am anxious to hear from him. I should like to know what he is doing.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 2)
Brother Haskell, you cannot do the work necessary to be done to obtain a large attendance. God sent Elder Franke to do that which you cannot do. It was His design that you should blend with Elder Franke and do the part of the work that he cannot do. I am sorry that you could not do this. It ought to have been done that the strongest possible effort might have been made to awaken an interest in New York.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 3)
There are many classes of people to reach, and no one is to feel, when another worker is sent to the place where he is working, that he will counterwork what he is doing.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 4)
Elder Franke’s gifts will be needed in the camp-meetings, where he can do a work that God has chosen him to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 5)
God designs that New York shall be stirred. He has a message for this wicked city. We know not what He will do to arouse it. But He will provide means. He knows what is best. Human judgment often makes mistakes, but the Lord Jesus never makes a mistake. I have faith that the loud cry is to be heard in Greater New York.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 6)
The workers in New York must act their several parts, making every effort to bring the best results. They are to talk faith and present the truth in such a way that it will impress the people. They are not to narrow the work down to their own particular ideas. In the past, too much of this has been done by us as a people, and it has been a drawback to the success of the work. Everywhere we go, we meet the inclination to make this mistake. Let us remember that God has different ways of working, that He has different workmen to whom He entrusts different gifts. We are to see His purpose in sending certain men to certain places.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 7)
God desires to use such gifts as Elder Franke has in arousing the cities. There are in these cities those who can be aroused by no ordinary methods.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 8)
We are to stand by one another, helping and encouraging one another, showing special interest in our fellow workers, even though they do not in every particular meet our ideas. It may be that those whom we think deficient can do a work that we cannot in reaching certain classes of people. There are those who would never be led to take an interest in the truth for this time except by such efforts as those that Elder Franke puts forth. At times the Lord has given Elder Franke His Spirit in great power, and before thousands he has borne witness to the truth in a way that has shown the folly of the theories taught by ministers who refuse to believe present truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 9)
Brother and Sister Haskell, come near to Brother Franke. Be a father to him. Always treat him kindly, whatever mistakes he may make. This is the only way to help him. Do nothing to hedge up his way. The words “Forbid him not” mean all that they say. [Mark 9:39.] Deal with Elder Franke in the love of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 10)
We are the Lord’s, and we are to allow ourselves to be worked by Him. We are to encourage and strengthen those upon whom the Lord has laid a burden, even though they sometimes seem to be unreasonable. Elder Franke has grievous temptations, and we should consider ourselves, lest we also be tempted. God wants us to help one another by the manifestation of sympathy and unselfish love. There are those who have inherited peculiar tempers and dispositions. They may be hard to deal with, but are we faultless? They are not to be disparaged. Their errors are not to be made common property. Christ pities and helps those who err in judgment. He has suffered death for every man, and because of this, He has a touching and profound interest in every man.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 11)
A man may be trying to serve God. But temptations from within and from without assail him. Satan and his angels urge and coax him to transgress. And perhaps he falls a prey to their temptings. How then do his brethren treat him? Do they speak harsh, cutting words, driving him further from the Saviour? What a sad sight for Christ and the angels to behold.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 12)
Let us remember that we are struggling and toiling, failing in speech and action to represent Christ, falling and rising again, despairing and hoping. Let us beware of dealing unkindly with those who like ourselves are subject to temptation and who like ourselves also are the objects of Christ’s unchanging love.
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 13)
(17LtMs, Lt 171, 1902, 14)
Lt 172, 1902
Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” Sanitarium, California November 9, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 101-102. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
Sara tells me that she has a letter for me from you, but I tell her not to give it to me yet; for I have something to write to you before I see your letter. You will understand this.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 1)
Of late my writing has kept me very busy. We have been trying to finish up two books—Testimony 35 and Education. This, with the many letters that I have had to write, has given me more than I ought to try to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 2)
I have had much to write in regard to the work in Southern California. I have felt very sad over the state of things in Los Angeles, and I have tried to present matters before the brethren there in clear lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 3)
Willie left St. Helena last week for Battle Creek where an important council is now being held. He stayed two days at Los Angeles in counsel with the brethren there. Great perplexity has been brought into the work there by some unwise moves that have been made. Dr. Moran and his brother have erected a large bakery in Los Angeles. I dare not state the cost of this building, fearing that I might not speak correctly. But I know that there is a very heavy debt on it. And more than this: the building is just where it ought not to be.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 4)
Warnings were given to Dr. Moran, but he rushed on as if afraid that something would come in to interrupt his plans.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 5)
These things pain our hearts. I have been writing early and late and am often obliged to get up at eleven, twelve, and one o’clock to write out the instruction given me.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 6)
This, with the labor involved in attending two camp-meetings, has been a heavy strain on my strength.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 7)
I think I have told you something about the property near San Diego, which is so well adapted for a sanitarium. While in Southern California, I spent several days in San Diego and was much pleased with the surrounding country. There is, however, one drawback—the water supply is uncertain. At present the country is suffering from a long drought. Of course, it would be of no use to establish a sanitarium in a place where an abundance of water cannot be obtained.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 8)
The brethren are now negotiating with the agent who has charge of the sale of this place. We think that it can be purchased on easy terms. Henry Kellogg has seen it. He thinks well of it and says that he will help in its purchase.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 9)
I have many things to say to you, Brother and Sister Haskell. Many times I have begun letters to you and have laid them aside to take up something else. Sometime I will find these pages and send them to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 10)
I greatly desire that our people in New York shall understand that there is strength in unity and Christlike love. If your fellow workers lose their self-control, and speak words that show that they are acting as the enemy’s agents, do not be cast down. It was not the man who spoke, but the enemy. You must not be surprised, as you work with a man of a temperament such as Elder Franke’s, if things occur that try to soul. Remember that he suffers the greatest loss. Hold fast to the arm of infinite power. Be strong, yea, be strong. Help Brother Franke. Press close to him. He has valuable traits of character, but he has many drawbacks. Help him to help himself.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 11)
I should be greatly pleased to see you and have a long visit with you. I have a great interest in the work in New York. I understand that it has been decided to hold the next General Conference in New York State. I suppose this means that it will be held in New York City.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 12)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 172, 1902, 13)
Lt 173, 1902
Those Assembled in Council at Battle Creek “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 13, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 326; 5Bio 194-195. To those assembled in council at Battle Creek,—
A short time after the council that was held at my house October 19, in regard to the Southern work, a great burden came upon me. I was bowed down with distress. I had wakened with an inexpressible load resting on me. I could not explain the sadness upon me. The whole day was one of constant perplexity.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 1)
In the night season I was in a council with a few who were in perplexity. Many companies were presented to me as confused, in darkness, sad, and discouraged because so many were stirred by feelings of opposition to the work in the Southern field. While there were some who felt the burden of the work in this field, there were others who would try to counterwork anything done.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 2)
I was given instruction regarding the conversation that I had with the brethren in reference to the Southern work. Part of the conversation was repeated, and my Instructor said, “You cannot maintain any such position. You must not allow the words of ministers or presidents of conferences to have such an effect on you as to lead you to take your stand against the Southern Missionary Society. I shall give you messages to bear, and you must bear them. You are in a trying place. You will be severely tried. These trials need not be. The Southern Missionary Society is not to be extinguished. It must exist to do a work that will be neglected unless it lives. You have sought to avoid taking a position, even if this position is entirely as it should be, that would lead others to say that you are influenced by your son J. E. White.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 3)
“Mistakes have been made in the work in the South, but these are not such as to require the doing of the work that is supposed to be mended. This work can, by lack of proper handling, be made to afflict your soul and to force upon you that which need not be. There has been a lack of consecration, a failure to seek the Lord most earnestly, to open the door of the heart, that Christ may enter to mold and fashion the life.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 4)
“There are some things in the report of the interview that you must correct. As the Lord’s messenger you cannot stand where you will give your word as to what you will or will not do. You are to speak the word of the Lord as one having authority. All this sorrow, all these burdens, should be spared you; still your work is not done.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 5)
“The people of God are now to pray and humble their hearts before God. Then they will see all things clearly. It is heart-humiliation that is needed by the people who have in trust so great and so important a truth—a truth that, if received and believed, will purify the life from all selfishness, all emulation. Our words and works need to be purified from all selfishness. God’s people need to draw nigh to Him and love as brethren. A guilty world is going to destruction. And if Satan can keep at variance those whose hearts should be full of tenderness and love, on whose lips there should ever be the law of kindness, how pleased he is.”
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 6)
O that God’s people had a sense of the impending destruction of thousands of cities, now almost wholly given to idolatry. But many of those who are acquainted with the truth are busy about things here and there. Their first work is to pray for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit, as the disciples prayed for it after the ascension of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 7)
When the converting power of God comes upon minds, there will be a decided change. Men will have no inclination to counterwork what others are doing. They will not stand in a position that hinders God’s voice from coming to the people. The criticism, the accusing, will cease. Men will no longer brace themselves against the doing of that which should be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 8)
I am almost heartbroken over the condition of things in the Southern field. But I will not try to speak of my feelings. I an instructed to say that the council-meeting now being held will do only harm unless a more humble and contrite spirit prevails.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 9)
At the last General Conference thorough work was not done. The men in positions of authority in the medical missionary work did not clear the King’s highway. Had the work been done that God would have had done, hearts would have been softened and subdued and humbled.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 10)
All the book work in the world will not take the place of the Holy Spirit of God. The hearts of some claiming to be in service to God are as destitute of the Holy Spirit’s power as the hills of Gilboa were of dew and rain. Call for a fast and for putting away of sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 11)
O that men would die to self and reveal the compassion and love of Christ! As long as we hold ourselves in our own keeping, and refuse to be humbled, we cannot be sanctified. Your council meeting will be of no avail unless you allow the Spirit of God to come in.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 12)
In much of the service professedly done for God, there is self-emulation and self-exaltation. God hates pretense. When men and women receive the baptism of the Holy Spirit, they will confess their sins, and pardon—which means justification—will be given them; but the wisdom of human agents who are not penitent, not humbled, is not to be depended on; for they are blinded in regard to the meaning of righteousness and sanctification through the truth. When men are stripped of self-righteousness, they will see their spiritual poverty. Then they will approach that state of brotherly kindness that will show that they are in sympathy with Christ. They will be able to appreciate the high and elevated character of Christian missions.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 13)
My brethren, until you reach this place, your board meetings and council meetings might as well come to an end; for your plans and devisings will bear the stamp of imperfection.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 14)
Many are readily satisfied with offering the Lord trifling acts of service. Their Christianity is feeble. Christ gave Himself for sinners. With what anxiety for the salvation of souls we should be filled as we see human beings perishing in sin. These souls have been bought with a price. The death of the Son of God on Calvary’s cross is the measure of their value. Day by day they are deciding a question of life and death, deciding whether they will have eternal life or eternal destruction. And yet men and women professing to serve the Lord are content to occupy their time and attention with matters of little importance. They are content to be at variance with one another. If they were consecrated to the work of the Master, they would not be striving and contending like a family of unruly children. Every hand would be engaged in service. Every one would be standing at his post of duty, working with heart and soul as a missionary of the cross of Christ. The Spirit of Christ would abide in the hearts of the laborers, and works of righteousness would be wrought. The workers would carry with them into their service the prayers and sympathies of an awakened church. They would receive their orders from Christ and would find no time for contention or strife.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 15)
Messages would come from lips touched by a live coal from the divine altar. Earnest, purified words would be spoken. Humble, broken-hearted intercessions would ascend to heaven. With one hand the workers would take hold of Christ, while with the other they would grasp sinners and draw them to Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 16)
Work is what the churches need. They need an unreserved consecration to service. Let your council meetings be turned into penitent, humble seeking of the Lord for His Spirit. Jesus wept over the guilt and obduracy of Jerusalem. Whose hearts break today because of the peril of those in darkness? Who among those who have received such great light and such rich gifts mingle their tears with the tears of the Saviour?
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 17)
I am instructed to tell you that while there is dissension among you, you are not in harmony with Christ. “Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:2, 3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 18)
Never can the church reach the position that God desires it to reach until it is bound up in sympathy with its missionary workers. Never can the unity for which Christ prayed exist until spirituality is brought into missionary service, and until the church becomes an agency for the support of missions. The efforts of the missionary will not accomplish what they should until the church members in the home field show, not only word but in deed, that they realize the obligation resting on them to give these missionaries their hearty support.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 19)
God calls for workers. Personal activity is needed. But conversion comes first—seeking for the salvation of others, next.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 20)
Spiritual despotism is to lose its hold on souls. Each one is to awaken to the necessity of personal holiness and of having a personal, living faith. Then will God’s work be done. Then will reformations take place. Souls will be rescued from the grasp of selfishness and in love, patience, and Christian forbearance will help one another to work for those perishing out of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 21)
I can write no more now; for this must go in today’s mail. I have been instructed to send you these words. Will you act upon them?
(17LtMs, Lt 173, 1902, 22)
Lt 174, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 11, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 61-67. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
When you took your position with those who have warded off all testimonies of reproof, did you feel that you were standing on safe ground? Do you not know that those who despise and throw aside the counsels of the Lord are in fearful peril? And do you not know that by standing with them, you are making of no account the work given me of God? Any one could say, “Some one has told Sister White;” but this would not make it so. Any one could close his eyes to his danger, but this would not make the danger less real. This is too serious a matter for you to trifle with.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 1)
“Some one has told her.” This, then, is the measure of your faith. But though you say this, you know better. I charge this upon you in the name of the Lord. But I will not argue about the matter. If you cavil over the instruction that God has given, refusing to accept it as truth, under the subterfuge that all unrepentant sinners have used and will continue to use, the guilt is your own. But so long as the Lord presents before me your case and your dangers, I shall not cease to warn you. If you will not take heed, if you refuse to change, I must then present the instruction given to me to those in responsible positions, that the people of God may not be leavened by the influence of your erroneous position.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 2)
Dr. Kellogg, no one can appreciate more fully than myself the honor that God has bestowed on you in connecting you with His work as His chosen physician. I have a knowledge of you as a boy, and the Lord instructed me in regard to the dangers that threatened you even in your childhood years because of hereditary and cultivated tendencies.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 3)
One evening my husband and I talked about your case for a long time and then joined in prayer for you. In the night season, light was given that we were to make a way for you and two of your companions. We decided to invest three thousand dollars in this—a thousand dollars for each of you. Light was given me that my husband and I were to act the part of a father and mother to you. I was instructed that as you engaged in active service, the responsibilities placed on you would bring temptation and trial. So long as you heeded the cautions given you by the Lord, you would be safe, but should you trust to your own wisdom, you would be in positive danger.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 4)
The path was marked out by the Lord for all of you. Each one of you, if you chose to be worked by the Spirit of God, would receive special grace which would fit you for service.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 5)
Light was given that you would have to keep careful guard over yourself, else you would become ambitious for name and place and would take yourself out of the hands of Christ. But if you kept yourself humble before God, you would overcome all inclination to prevarication and misrepresentation. I was shown that it was most essential for you to have clear views of the atonement and clear views of what it means to be a Christian.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 6)
The Lord laid upon me the work of bearing, clearly and distinctly, the testimonies that He should give me for you. He told me that I was to act as His servant in keeping you from destroying your own influence. You were in danger of looking upon yourself as capable of doing great things in your own strength; if you did not follow the Lord closely, you would walk in strange paths and would mislead the people of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 7)
The instruction was given me regarding you: “If he refuses to heed the messages I send, he will pursue a course that will prevent My having any connection with him. Only those that honor Me can I honor. Be straightforward. Do not enter into controversy; for this will do no good. The more Dr. Kellogg is argued with, the more subterfuges will he use. His danger is not now as great as it will be. If he will heed the counsels I shall give you for him, I can use him to accomplish an important work. He will make many crooked paths. He will hurt your soul; nevertheless continue to bear the testimonies that I give you, diminishing them not so much as by a word; for this is his hope.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 8)
“If he will be humble and contrite, I can use him. When he prays and believes, he will be enabled, by the softening, subduing influence of My Spirit, to do a good work. But when he thinks he is ruler, he will at times speak and act in a lordly, overbearing manner. There will be times when, if his path is crossed, he will be filled with a determination to carry out his own plans, plans that would dishonor God and bring reproach on His cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 9)
“If he will always bow to the divine Ruler, if he will always be ready to listen to the words that I give you for him, if he will accept them without resorting to prevarication or subterfuge, if he will subdue his rashness and his indomitable will, and humble himself before me, I will forgive his transgressions.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 10)
“His danger lies in a determination to carry things heavily in his own way. He will suffer many things unjustly, and he will do great injustice to others by putting his own estimate on character, disparaging those who refuse to walk in his ways and accept his plans.”
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 11)
My brother, in regard to this last point, you have tried to hurt the influence of those who did not come into line in harmony with your ideas, who would not summit to your judgment. But in some respects, the judgment of those you so harshly condemned was superior to your own. Your harshness has separated from the work men who would have been an honor to the truth, men who were fitted to do excellent service in the medical missionary work. But they refused to be bound to your terms.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 12)
Had you been less authoritative and more gracious, how much better it would have been. The Lord could not co-operate with your unsubdued and determined will. O how many there are whom you could have subdued and won by kindness and tender courtesy, but in whose hearts, by your masterly dictatorship, you caused hatred rather than love to spring up. Had you been true to yourself and to those you might have kept as fast friends, you would have laid aside your garments of authority which you wore as if charged with special dictatorship. How many souls you have bruised and wounded and driven from you forever, because you have felt it your privilege to humble them before others.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 13)
Provoked by the unbelief of the children of Israel, Moses uttered a hasty, presumptuous speech; and the Lord told him that he had dishonored His name and that he could not lead the children of Israel into the promised land. Moses repented, and the Lord forgave him; nevertheless, he must bear his punishment. My brother, the Lord would have you learn from Moses’ experience how He regards the hard, hasty, condemnatory spirit you have so often manifested. Throughout your lifetime, your inclination to condemn hastily and harshly has been your sin. You have felt inclined to break out on our ministers because they did not come up to the mark on health reform. Your spirit has been such as to make the Lord ashamed of you. In your words and actions there has been that which Christ will in no wise endorse. You have assumed an authority, a rulership, that God has not given you. How can you reform others until you yourself are reformed? No man is prepared to correct the faults of others until he has corrected his own faults. You need to be converted, to be born again, before you can co-operate with the Lord Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 14)
God’s word to you is: “But to do good and to communicate, forget not.” [Hebrews 13:16.] In some respects you love to do this. You have excellent impulses, but you are not in all respects right with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 15)
I hoped that after I talked these matters over and over again with you, as I did at the time of the General Conference, you would break through the mist and fog. But it seems that you did not.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 16)
Before I went to the General Conference, I was instructed that I could help you. The Lord told me that I must bear my testimony at this meeting against the incorrect ideas that had been coming in in regard to forbearance and Christlikeness. My work was to present the standard of Christianity that had been presented to me. As one with God-given authority, I was to bear my message against the wrong principles that had been coming in. I dwelt on general principles, hoping that this would help you to understand the work that you must do if you enter the kingdom of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 17)
After I returned to St. Helena, certain documents were presented to me which were to be signed by our medical missionary workers. You wrote to me, asking me to examine these documents. I stated plainly that the principles contained in them were not in accordance with the Word of God, and that while in Australia, I was instructed to warn our people against subscribing their names to any such papers; for it meant oppression and disaster.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 18)
I have the tenderest feelings toward you, Dr. Kellogg. There is no one on earth who understands you as well as I do, and no one else who will tell you of your dangers. When the Lord gives me a message for you, I shall surely give it to you. Even if you continue to refuse to accept what I say, I shall not feel that I have nothing more to say to you. I love your soul too well to keep silent. I shall continue to warn you. I promised the Lord that I would do this. And when I see the people of God in danger of accepting your wrong version of things, and of moving blindly, I shall present to them that which I have presented to you, else I shall be held accountable. I love your soul, and I want you to have eternal life. I must tell you the truth. And whether you acknowledge it or not, you know that what I tell you is truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 19)
Shortly before your father died, he called me to him, saying that he had something to say to me. “I feel that John is in great danger,” he said. “But, Sister White, you will not get discouraged, will you, even though he seems to be headstrong? You are the only one who can help him. Do not let him go, even though his case appears discouraging.”
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 20)
I promised that I would do as the Spirit of the Lord directed me. God’s word to me has always been, “You can help him.”
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 21)
Dr. Kellogg, you may tell me that you do nor believe the messages I send you, but I know that this is not true. You know of the experience that God has given me in His work. You cannot deny that He has led and sustained me. You may close your eyes and ears to the messages that God sends, but after all, you do believe them. And you may depend on this: a mother could not hold more firmly to a child that she dearly loves than I shall hold to you. I expect to see you engaged in the work that God has given you, and I pray for you constantly, in private prayer and at family worship. Sometimes I am awakened in the night, and rising, I walk the room, praying, “O Lord, hold Dr. Kellogg fast. Do not let him go. Keep him steadfast. Anoint his eyes with the heavenly salve, that he may see all things clearly.”
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 22)
The time is nearing when the great crisis in the history of the world will have come, when every movement in the government of God will be watched with intense interest and inexpressible apprehension. In quick succession the judgments of God will follow one another—fire and flood and earthquakes, with war and bloodshed. Something great and decisive will soon of necessity take place.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 23)
I am holding to you by faith, and I am sure that you will not long remain just as you are. My brother, take Christ as your pattern. Seek with humble and contrite heart for the converting power of the Holy Spirit, that you may deal justly with your helpers and your fellow workers, in all your ways acknowledging Christ as your Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 24)
Who can comprehend the love that God has shown in sending Christ to save perishing souls. I am conscious that language is far too feeble to depict this love. And our minds cannot take it in. It is impossible even for the angels fully to comprehend it. As they think of the sacrifice that Christ has made, and see how completely He identifies His interests with those of His blood-bought heritage, and how tenderly He deals with the tried and tempted, they exclaim in amazement, “Herein is love.” [1 John 4:10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 25)
How much God loves human beings, we never can compute. The universe is filled with proofs of His measureless benevolence.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 26)
Christ has a claim on all in this world. “All things are delivered unto Me of My Father,” He said. “All things that the Father hath are Mine.”“All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 11:27; John 16:15; Matthew 28:18.] All in heaven and in earth is at His service. The great gift of heavenly love was not to be shut up in the bosom of the Father. It was given to Christ, to give to needy human beings.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 27)
Christ is full of grace and truth. He is all and in all. Then let no human being take glory to himself. The glory is to be given to the Son of God. Now and forever He is to receive all praise.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 28)
My brother, humble yourself, and follow in the footsteps of Christ. When you do this, you will be a happy man. When you walk in Christian companionship with God’s ministers, recognizing the fact that God has given a work to them, as verily as He has to you, there will be sweet fellowship among you. But just as surely as you seek for the preeminence, so surely will you show your weakness by supposing that you should have the glory for that which you have accomplished.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 29)
You may make yourself a ruling power, but in doing this, you gain no real triumph; for you are enfeebling the mind and extinguishing the liberty of the soul. You are to find your joy in following the Saviour’s example. Not one thread of selfishness is to be drawn into the web that you are weaving. Christ calls upon you to free yourself, in His power, from the claims of Satan. When, like Christ, you are meek and lowly, your masterly self-assurance will vanish. You will be a partaker of the divine nature. Your life will be hid with Christ in God.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 30)
You need to be converted. You need to ask in humility and contrition, “What must I do to be saved?” [Acts 16:30.] The whole powers of your being need to be called into earnest effort for the salvation of your soul. As you cast yourself on Christ, you are fulfilling His purpose for you. You are no longer a law to yourself. But no violence is done to your will and your freedom of action. The mind is brought under the authority of a new law. But it is the royal law of liberty. The whole being is surrendered to God. The heart is transformed by the Spirit’s power.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 31)
When in speech and action you give way to passion, you are acting as a sinner, and as a sinner you are under condemnation, needing to repent and be converted. But when the life is surrendered to the cleansing power of the truth, a change takes place. God’s Spirit is at work in the heart, bringing the truth forward into the strong light of distinct consciousness. The spirit of stubborn resistance is taken away, and a life-giving power takes possession of mind and heart. This experience you need daily to have. As the repentant sinner pleads for the cleansing efficacy of Christ’s grace, a voice speaks to him, saying, “A new heart will I give thee. The soul is cleansed, the highest powers of the being are roused to action.”
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 32)
You have refused to give your mind up to Christ that He may bring your rebellious powers into conformity to His will, and you have become as were the disciples when they strove for the mastery. Christ did not rebuke them in anger. Placing a little child in the midst of them, He said, “Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in my name receiveth me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea.” [Matthew 18:3-6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 33)
The Lord wants you to humble yourself before Him as a little child. When you do this, you will gain a precious experience. I write you this because I desire you to know that the Lord will work with you when you are willing to be controlled by His Spirit. When you give yourself wholly to Him, a great change will be wrought in you. You will have such a love for the truth that wherever you go, you will bear witness to the Lord’s power. He will give you a genuine testimony to bear. Then will the Lord pour out upon you His grace and power, and you will enter a new and living way. Christ’s righteousness will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your rearward. Your words and works will be ratified in heaven. As you work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, God will work in you, to will and to do of His good pleasure. Power to overcome will be given you. When the enemy comes in against you like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will lift up a standard against him.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 34)
I have been given this message to bear to you, and I have done as I am instructed. God forbid that Satan should triumph over you. May God make you His servant and through you glorify His name.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 35)
I expect to see Edson and Emma in a few hours. They left Nashville for St. Helena last Thursday.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 36)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 174, 1902, 37)
Lt 174a, 1902
Bollman, C. P. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 29, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in SD 84, 193. Elder C. P. Bollman Dear Brother,—
I know that the work in Nashville should advance and that it needs the support of every mind and heart and voice that can contribute to its advancement. I know that the Lord is trying to set things in order. I hope and pray that you will stand in your appointed lot and place, and that at this time, while changes are being made, you will realize that it is your duty to take your position firmly on the side of Christ. Angels of God are working, working in the Nashville publishing house. Every laborer connected with this office should co-operate with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 1)
It means much to have a revival of the Spirit of God, and I am assured that a revival will come in Nashville. It means much to the cause now to hold the fort there. This fort must be constantly guarded.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 2)
If you will let God be the manager, this work that now appears so difficult to understand will adjust itself. The Lord is waiting to take your hand to lead you and to lead all others placed in trying positions who are willing to be led.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 3)
As one to whom the Lord has revealed many things, I charge you positively, my brother, not to think that you can connect Elder Stone with the publishing work in Nashville. If he were given a place of responsibility in the office, his spirit and his manner of working both within and without the institution would create disaffection. In some places where he could not have absolute control, he would work in a safer way. But those who are connected with this publishing plant should be men who in all their dealing are wise as serpents and harmless as doves. No sharp advantage is to be taken of outsiders.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 4)
Please mark what I say: There are now connected with the office men who, if placed under managers wise and discreet in word and deed and Christlike in temper, would become inspired with a desire to grow in usefulness. If those in positions of responsibility reveal the love of Christ in word and act, they will have no great difficulty in holding the confidence of their fellow workers.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 5)
Every one who is connected with any line of the Lord’s work will have temptations. Satan is neither dead nor asleep. If he can, he will counterwork the work of God by bringing into connection with God’s laborers those who are fractious in spirit and trying in manner.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 6)
Brother Bollman, the Lord has given you talents which, sanctified by His Holy Spirit, will place you on vantage ground. Do not at any time yield to the temptation to draw about you a cloak of self-righteousness so that the Comforter, the Holy Spirit of God, shall not be able through the grace of Christ Jesus to enter your heart, softening it and making you tender and compassionate and loving in disposition. Let your heart be humble and contrite. Thus through an abiding Christ you will become Christlike in character. The Lord desires you to stand by His side as a kind, patient, humble son of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 7)
The Lord designs that the laborers in His service shall represent His love. Sharp dispositions, revealed by sharp words, will bring about a state of things that the heart is distressed to see.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 8)
“Well,” you may say, “I know this, but what can I do?” If you hear unkind or distrustful words, go to the one who spoke them, and say, “My brother, did the Holy Spirit inspire you to utter these words? Do you not know that good angels and evil angels are here? With which party do you wish to identify yourself?” Brother Bollman, in the Lord’s work you are constantly in a school where you may learn lessons of self-control, of sanctified dignity, of gentlemanly manners and behavior. Then Satan cannot gain a foothold, and Jesus will be your Helper.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 9)
“In the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established.” [Matthew 18:16.] As workers together with God, we should be on guard not to grieve His Holy Spirit by careless, harsh, disrespectful words or by indiscreet actions. Our relations with one another should be pleasant. When we do right, the testimony of our own spirit and the testimony of the Spirit of God bear witness that the human mind is under the control of the divine mind. “Hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before Him. For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. Beloved, if our heart condemn us not, then have we confidence toward God.” [1 John 3:19-21.] His Word furnishes evidence from which we may draw the conclusion that we are indeed His sons and daughters.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 10)
We are always to be learners. The Lord will surely help every soul in need of help. Our whole dependence must be upon the One mighty to save; because He understands our position and will help us in every emergency.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 11)
I have words from the Lord for you. Do not suppose that you can carry the work alone. You cannot; and you must not think that you can be supreme authority. Counsel and pray with your brethren. There is work of different kinds to be done, and you are to stand by the ones who carried the work forward before you united with it. The different workers are to supply one another’s deficiencies.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 12)
The Lord desires you to link up with your fellow workers. You are not to shut yourself up to yourself. Every day you are to gain a stronger confidence that you are God’s appointed agent, not to labor alone, but in union with those who have borne responsibilities. Let all the workers unite in counsel. You are to have no secret chamber, closed to some who have just as intense an interest in the work as you have. In the past, you have closed the door to these and opened it to some to whom you should have kept silent.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 13)
The Lord would have you cultivate the spirit of companionship. If you wrap yourself about with garments of self-sufficiency, refusing to admit others into brotherly relationship, you will fail of gaining the experience that you need; and others also will be losers. Let your fellow workers see that you regard them as of value.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 14)
You are in danger of giving way to envy lest another shall have the supremacy. You are to recognize the gifts of your fellow workers as being as necessary to the success of the work as your gift. Think no evil of the men whom the Lord has led out to do His work in the Southern field. You are to blend with them and they with you. True love for God carries with it true, reverential trust. And he who loves God will love his brother also.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 15)
There is to be no ordering, no domineering, no masterly authority. The love of God, in a healing, life-giving current, is to flow through your life. Your spirit and words and deeds are to show that you realize that you are acting in Christ’s place. The power you are to receive from the great Teacher is the power to educate others, not the power to order or dictate. Come to Christ as one who desires to know how to teach and help others.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 16)
God will test and try you. When you have the love of Christ in your heart, when His mind is your mind, you will be willing to counsel with those who have had an experience in the work. You will look upon others as being as capable of helping you as you are of helping them.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 17)
Patient, cheerful contentment is one of the “best gifts.” [1 Corinthians 12:31.] So also is courage to follow in the path of duty, even when this path separates us from friends. You have much of this courage. And you have also a degree of stubbornness, which leads you to adhere to your own ideas. Watch unto prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 18)
The talent of speech is a wonderful gift—a gift that can be a great power for good or for evil. Intellectual ability, good taste, skill, refinement, true elevation—these God uses in His work. But they must first be placed under His jurisdiction. The Lord’s presence is to be a controlling power. He whose heart blends with the heart of Christ is, in desires and practices, conformed to the will of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 19)
We are to covet earnestly the best gifts, but this does not mean that we are to seek to be first. We are to strive earnestly for power to follow Christ’s example, that we may be heralds of His gospel. This is true religion. Temptations come; suspicion and evil surmising make it hard for us to preserve the spirit of the higher life; nevertheless the Lord desires us to walk straight forward in His blessed, holy light.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 20)
The workers in Nashville are to set an example of unity. There is to be no lording it over those who are doing God’s service. The Lord desires His workers to be linked together, heart to heart, and mind to mind.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 21)
After the Holy Spirit fell on the disciples, they were of one mind and one heart. We read, “And they, continuing [missing page] [Acts 2:46.]
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 22)
November 16, 1902 Dear Brother Bollman,—
The foregoing was written in my diary some time ago. I became ill soon after it was written, and when I recovered, I looked for it, but could not find it. I found it last week, while searching for some other matters. In what I found there is much relating to the Southern work, and this I shall have copied as soon as possible.
(17LtMs, Lt 174a, 1902, 23)
Lt 175, 1902
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 16, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother Daniells,—
Two nights after you left us, the matter presented to me in Fresno was made very plain to me. In some things, your ideas and Brother E. R. Palmer’s ideas are not after God’s order.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 1)
I have been enjoined by the Lord to gather together the Testimonies given for the Southern field and put them before the people. God will not permit the wrong impressions to remain on the minds of His people that have been made on them.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 2)
My brother, the Lord never placed on you the burden of reorganizing the work in Nashville. God would have you go into the Southern field and there labor to advance the work, under the same difficulties that others have labored, before you feel at liberty to come to the conclusions to which you have come.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 3)
As I study the figures presented to me in Fresno—the words spoken, the attitude taken—which have weakened confidence in the work in Nashville and have prevented means from being sent just where it was needed, I know that you have taken up a work that the Lord has not moved you to do. The spirit that has come in and is prevailing is a spirit with which the Lord cannot co-operate.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 4)
The other day I took up one of my diaries and found page after page written last July in regard to matters in the South. This was written after a most clear revelation had been given me in regard to the need of our people’s assembling together, confessing their sins, repenting before God, and praying until the Lord manifests Himself with power.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 5)
There is need of prayer such as Daniel offered. If ever a people needed to offer such prayer, it is Seventh-day Adventists. There is among them such self-confidence, such presumption. The Lord has been sending light to His people, but the Testimonies have not been heeded. There is a departure from the Lord’s expressed commands, a working contrary to the messages that for many years God has been giving relative to the work in the Southern field. This need not be, and it will not be when those who claim to believe the truth practice the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 6)
All backbiting must cease, or the Spirit of God will suddenly be withdrawn from His people. The Lord desires His servants to love as brethren, to be sorry to see any wrong thing, and, before believing any report, to go to the ones supposed to be in error and find out if the report is true. I have no confidence in the profession of any man who is willing to hurt a brother’s influence when he is not present to speak for himself. How can we be so unmindful of the word of the Lord in regard to what is due from one man to his fellow man and from one minister to a brother-minister. If, in the way things are being managed, we are not losing our first love, tell me who is?
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 7)
The dark cloud has lifted from me, and I am now trying to make our brethren realize that the value of the gift of Christ’s love is beyond estimate. Let the love that dwells in renewed, sanctified hearts be seen among the workers. A self-renouncing heart grows more mellow as life advances. Christ in the heart, Christ in the life—this is our safety. No mere human being can be depended on. But those who, by receiving into the heart the lessons of the divine Teacher, have been made partakers of the divine nature are not changeable. Their work is done in harmony with Bible principles. God calls for true, staunch men, men who are working together with Him. Such men share His wisdom, and in their renewed lives His power is revealed.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 8)
Not the laws of the impulsive tongue or hand, but the loving pulsation of the converted heart, are from God. “God is love, and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him.” [1 John 4:16.] And when Christ would define the advancement possible for us, He said, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] He interprets His love in still another way, “Be ye therefore merciful, even as your Father in heaven is merciful.” [Luke 6:36.]
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 9)
God displayed His power and wisdom in the work of creation. He revealed His majesty in the giving of His law. And finally, in the person of His Son, He came to the world to show His love and sympathy. This was the hiding of His power, the unveiling of His grace. The only begotten Son of God was nailed to the cross of Calvary, that He might bequeath to the fallen race a legacy of pardon.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 10)
Satan stands as the general of the forces drawn up to hurt the souls of men. He looks on with fiendish triumph as he sees the professed followers of Christ biting and devouring one another. He stands ever ready to mar the lives of those who are trying to serve God. Heavenly angels marvel that men should aid satanic agencies in their work, discouraging hearts, making God’s people weak, strengthless, faithless. God looks upon men who are professedly His standard-bearers and sees them becoming Satan’s right-hand supporters, all the time supposing that they are doing God’s service.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 11)
Elder Daniells, let this feature of your work change. I have had the workings of the Southern field opened before me, and I know what I know. Two days after you left, the meeting that you attended in Nashville was opened before me. You would better never have stepped foot into Nashville than to have borne the message you did. You did not speak intelligently nor by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. You did not speak the truth as it is in Jesus. May you now see that it will not pay for you to do work of this kind. You are to lift up and encourage. I am instructed to say to you that it is time we began to understand that God has not appointed any of His ministers to weaken the hands of their brother-ministers.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 12)
I know that it is time for you to criticize yourself closely, that you may ascertain what manner of man you are, that you may be sure that your soul is not becoming lifted up unto vanity. I cannot endure the thought of your attitude and your ideas and plans as they were presented to me when the situation of the work in the Southern field was opened before me. The Lord saw that I could not endure the strain of having many things opened before me, but He did not long permit me to go blindfold.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 13)
God calls upon us to look to Him, to trust in Him, and to refuse to listen to the gossip that injures reputations. Let us all seek the Lord with prayer and fasting, lest we leave on record an example that will lead souls from the truth. I ask you, as one who has a deep interest in your soul, to seek the Lord, and to urge Brother Lane and Brother Spicer to seek Him. All our ministers need a reconversion, a re-formation of character. Higher and still higher let your aspirations rise. Close the windows of the soul earthward, and open them heavenward. Will you not start a meeting for self-examination? Will you not humble your hearts before God? We all need a deeper wisdom than man’s philosophy, a stronger power then human law. Those who love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves will breathe in the Spirit of Christ, and from them will flow to their fellow men rich currents of love. There is certainly for every one who will walk in the light as Christ is in the light.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 14)
We cannot doubt that love is better than envy, and self-sacrifice safer and more noble than selfishness. We need the divine touch that will give us patience, kindness, forbearance, and love. These are the virtues that will make us laborers together with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 15)
Pray, pray, and believe! Live your prayers. Respond to Christ’s invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] A cloud is hanging over our ministers. They need the light of heaven, that they may have clear discernment. Self must die, and Christ must live in us. Then we shall be taught of God to love one another. If this pulling apart continues, we shall be as weak as water.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 16)
The Son of the Highest stooped to be the servant of all, that He might beautify the meek with salvation. He gives grace to the humble, and “to them that have no might He increaseth strength.” [Isaiah 40:29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 17)
My brother, I want you to make an unreserved consecration to God, that the whole tenor of your experience may be changed, and that in your life the grace of Christ may be revealed.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 18)
May the Lord bless His people, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 175, 1902, 19)
Lt 175a, 1902
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California November 17, 1902 Previously unpublished. Brother Daniells,—
Brother Clarence Crisler tells me that he gave you a copy of the report made in my house. I had told him I did not wish him to do this, but I think he did not understand me. I did not wish this report to come before any one. The statements that I made must not be held, but retracted. I am to carry out the mind and will of God. I must bear my testimony, even now and again, for there was human wisdom being exercised and not the wisdom of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 175a, 1902, 1)
Two days after that meeting it was opened before me that I was not to put into the hands of even my leading brethren, statements in writing that were drawn out by questions such as were asked me at that time. I had not a clear knowledge of facts that made it safe to make such statements. I was instructed that I could not put confidence in men and make flesh my arm, as the Lord had not imbued these men by His Holy Spirit to take the position they had taken, and it would not, could not, be carried as these brethren had designed.
(17LtMs, Lt 175a, 1902, 2)
I was so agonized that I cried and prayed the Lord to pardon me, and the next day the matter was laid out distinctly. Brother Palmer is not to be crowded out, and there must be no abrupt moves made. The Lord would work if men would keep out of His way, but men are interposing themselves and their light is represented to me as darkness. There are things being transacted that will in time be seen to be mistakes.
(17LtMs, Lt 175a, 1902, 3)
There must be an effort made to win the confidence of the people, and if men will keep out of the way all things can be adjusted. A work is to be carried [on] in the way of the Lord. Brother Palmer is having his life crushed out by the attitude of his brethren. He has an influence with outside parties—men of business—and if he walks carefully with God, he will do a work which he can do if he has a chance. You must not separate him from the office. Edson White and W. O. Palmer are to work together, pray together, and be a help to one another. For the sake of his soul he is to be carefully treated and restored, but not destroyed. To destroy the confidence in one another is the work of the enemy. The presentation of faults, the ill words, the untimely remarks are doing their work.
(17LtMs, Lt 175a, 1902, 4)
Lt 176, 1902
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 15, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Butler,—
I have words to speak to you, but for some time I have not been able to write to you, because my attention has been taken up with many things. I should be very much pleased to see you. A few days ago I sent you a telegram telling you to keep your position as president of the Southern Union Conference. I still say, Make no change. The present is not the time for this.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 1)
I am surprised at the work that Brother Daniells and Brother E. R. Palmer are attempting to do. They seem to think that God has delegated them to tear down the work that has been done in Nashville. But God is at the helm. When I met Elder Daniells at Fresno, things in regard to Nashville were troubling my mind. I could not explain matters, but I could see where things were tending. I told Elder Daniells that something in regard to Nashville had been presented to me, but that I could not then explain matters. Since then, these matters have been opened to me clearly, and I think that you ought to know all about it. I have written out the instruction given me and have sent it to Willie, who is now attending the council at Battle Creek.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 2)
Just after Willie left, we received a telegram from Edson saying that he and his wife would start the next day for St. Helena. They arrived last Tuesday on the evening train. Edson and I do not talk about matters in Nashville. I do not want to hear anything, and Edson is not desirous of saying anything till he knows what I have written. He has copies of the recent Testimonies in regard to the work in Nashville, and he will study them.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 3)
I want you to think of the commission given to the disciples by Christ just before His ascension. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 4)
I see distinctly that our ministering brethren need to reach a higher standard. They are not to listen to the evil things said of their brethren in any place until they first talk with those spoken against, to learn whether the reports are just, or most cruelly unjust. But there are those who do not follow this course. They believe the disparaging things said of their fellow workers and tell them from place to place all over the field. Thus impressions that are false in every respect are left on minds. If this is the message that these brethren are burdened with, and this the work they do as they travel from place to place, I think that they would better engage in hard manual labor until they are converted and their spirituality strengthened—until they are charged with the Holy Spirit. Back-biting is a terrible wrong.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 5)
I have an earnest desire, my dear Brother Butler, that you shall just now stand in your lot and place in Nashville. The Lord is setting things in order there, and you are needed. May the Lord help you and strengthen you, is my prayer. I pray constantly for you. Be of good courage in the Lord. Let nothing separate you from the work at Nashville. Be as true as steel to principle. The enemy will try to discourage and annoy you, but remember that God is upholding you. He will be the light of your countenance and your God.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 6)
May the Lord place His hand of mercy over the work in Nashville. The enemy has come in to create a Babylon among our people by leading brethren to stand apart from one another, weakening their faith and courage by sowing in their minds the seeds of unbelief, which spring up speedily to bear their evil harvest.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 7)
It seems so cruel for ministers and people to be accusing and finding fault, trying to destroy the work that has been done under the most discouraging circumstances.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 8)
I write you this that you may understand my position. Let us not give ourselves into the hands of the enemy.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 9)
In hope and courage.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 10)
P. S. I will send you a copy of the report of a meeting at Fresno. There were some present who were determined to depose Elder A. T. Jones from the presidency of the California Conference and put in his place Elder M. H. Brown, a poor, weak cripple, who can get from place to place only with great difficulty. To choose such a man as this as president of this Conference would be to misrepresent the strength of the Conference. I told the brethren decidedly that this could not be. The Spirit of God came into our meeting, and everything moved smoothly. Angels of God were among us, and there was no clashing, no jangling.
(17LtMs, Lt 176, 1902, 11)
Lt 177, 1902
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 16, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother Butler,—
There is another matter that I wish to mention: words of discouragement have been spoken, and confusion has been created by our people’s gathering up all the jots and tittles of criticism, and of their making a mountain out of a molehill. Efforts are being made to show that nothing has been accomplished. Brother Butler, this matter has been opened before me, until now the whole history of the Southern field, and the work that has been done in it, stands out in clearly defined lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 177, 1902, 1)
I shall take my writings in regard to the Southern field and make a book of them. The wicked spirit that ministers and people have shown in making false representations has greatly hindered the work, and has left a false impression on the minds of unbelievers, which has greatly dishonored God. There are those who have not come directly to those whom they have accused, to talk matters over, and learn the truth, but have gathered up the hay, wood, and stubble of falsehood, to report as facts. This has strengthened the hands of those who have done comparatively little for the Southern field, those who have thrown the weight of their influence against the work. Thus it stands registered in the books of heaven. “He that is not with me is against me, and he that gathereth not with me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 177, 1902, 2)
Edson has asked me if he shall let go his hold and position in the Southern Missionary Society. I say, “Not now. Do not take a step to give up one thing until the Lord gives you the word. You must stand on vantage ground until the matter shall be clear. Do not make rash moves. Too much perplexity has already resulted from such moves.”
(17LtMs, Lt 177, 1902, 3)
Lt 178, 1902
Palmer, W. O. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 138-139. + W. O. Palmer My dear brother,—
I am deeply interested in you and your family. I have a message for you from the Lord. You are in danger, as some others have been, of depending on appearance to create an influence in your favor. My brother, you should dress becomingly and you should have a comfortable home, but you are never to forget the lessons of self-denial taught by the great Teacher. In the night season I was listening to words spoken to you by One who never errs. He looked about the rooms of your house, and speaking very solemnly and with great earnestness, He said: “These furnishings are expensive. Much might have been saved by purchasing something not so rich or costly. These things will not increase your influence for good.”
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 1)
You should have in your home all that is necessary for the preservation of health, but less expensive furniture would indicate a desire to be in harmony with the faith of the Bible. Do not think that in order to have influence, you must put on an appearance of influence and wealth. “Thus saith the high and lofty One, that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 2)
“If any man will come after me,” Christ said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me.”“Whosoever doth not bear his cross ... cannot be my disciple.” [Luke 9:23; 14:27.] Let us follow where Christ leads the way. Identification with Him—this is what gives us the credentials that show that we are workers for Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 3)
It is the express duty of all believers to live with simplicity. Money saved is worth as much as money earned. My brother, you do not value money aright. You spend it freely to gratify your own inclinations. Money is of value, and for you to spend it needlessly, to gratify an inclination for expensive clothing and costly furniture, is to set an example that turns the lame, those weak in faith and moral courage, out of the way.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 4)
You cannot be in sympathy with Christ unless your practice is in harmony with His teaching. Do not strive to emulate worldlings by following inclination in making purchases for your home, when money is so much needed in the cause of God for the saving of perishing souls. You see this need, and it hurts you to think that you have not money to give to the Lord. Do you not see that you would have more to give if you practiced economy in your home.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 5)
You are too self-indulgent. Deny yourself, take up the cross, and follow more closely in the Saviour’s footsteps. Before you spend money, ask yourself, “Can I not save this money? I will deny myself for Christ’s sake. He gave His life to purchase eternal life for me. I must imitate His self-denial. It was by the sacrifice of Himself that the Saviour placed at my disposal the riches of His grace. He was under no compulsion, no obligation to give me His favor. Had He withheld all from me, it would have been no more than I deserved. The rich treasures that are the expression of His love for me were purchased by infinite sacrifice and unparalleled humiliation. These treasures are the tangible proofs of a love abundant and unmeasured. But I have no claim on them. How deep is my indebtedness to my Saviour! How shall I express my appreciation of His bounty, my thankfulness for what He has done for me?”
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 6)
You cannot buy the forgiveness and love of Christ. But by a life of self-sacrifice you can show the genuineness of your gratitude and devotion. By faithful, preserving effort to be His helping hand, you can show that you are endeavoring to honor Him by forming a character like Hi. Temptations will come to you to indulge selfish desires. Yield not to them. Restrain your inclination for expensive clothes and rich furniture. Remember Christ’s words, “Wear My yoke. Learn My meekness and lowliness.” [See Matthew 11:29.]
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 7)
In the work in which you are engaged, you have constant opportunity to practice self-denial at every step. Be honest with all men. Take no advantage of any one. Live economically. Let your life be modest and self-denying. Let your every transaction be such that God will never be ashamed to call you His son. Remember that you are living in the sight of One who reads every thought, whose eyes behold and try the hearts of the children of men. He weighs every action.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 8)
The Lord has laid upon me a responsibility in your case. I was charged to be faithful in helping you. When in danger, as you now are, I am to give you counsel and encouragement. You have done many things that are wrong, but God grants pardon to all who repent. Come near to Him. Draw nearer and still nearer. As you try to reform, do not stop short of the mark. Make thorough work for eternity.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 9)
I am instructed to say to you, Do not spend money so freely. Remember that money is the Lord’s lent treasure. Do not, by an extravagant outlay of means, leave on minds the impression that you have plenty of money. Keep your soul in the love of God; for He has a work for you to do. Be guarded. Be as true as steel to principle. Do not suppose, as you associate with wealthy men, that you are at liberty to spend money freely. It is not dress or houses or lands that measure your worth. Your highest recommendation will be in doing just as Christ did. Study His life. Seek for His grace. All the wealth you could obtain would never bring back the health you have lost through self-indulgence.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 10)
For some time past you have been under a terrible strain, brought about by more than one reason.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 11)
At the meeting held in Nashville last fall, you made every exertion to do all in your power. The effort to accomplish so much was a heavy strain on your abused constitution. You knew how much thought and effort had been put into the work you and Edson had been trying to accomplish; and you were terribly hurt when you saw, by the words and attitude of the brethren, that there was more criticism and reproof than commendation. You did not bear the trial patiently. When questions arose, you would not try to make the needed explanations, and thus put the minds of your brethren at rest. You turned away disgusted and left on minds an impression unfavorable to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 12)
The wrong course you had taken in the past, in uniting in speculation with men of the world, was used against you.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 13)
All these things have been a sore trial to you. But the message to me from God has always been, “Hold W. O. Palmer by faith and prayer.” There are those who have failed in their stewardship by unfaithfulness in business transactions, but who, instead of condemning themselves, would judge you and turn you adrift. But God has thoughts of mercy toward you, and the word has come to me: “Be a mother to him. I will pardon his transgressions if he repents and removes the stumbling blocks out of the way.”
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 14)
My brother, do not mingle with the worldly men who will try to secure you to join with them in their schemes. These men would be glad to use you to gain advantages for themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 15)
You may think that your business transactions have been no more fraudulent than some that have been done in our institutions. You may say that it was the sentiments expressed by some of your brethren that led you to think it right to try at any cost to avoid financial loss in business transactions. But this does not make the wrong right.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 16)
You have been under a charm, which has impelled you to determine to show what you could do. You knew that those in positions of influence in the cause were taking unfair advantages in various lines, and you resolved that you would not do as they were doing. But you placed yourself in society where you were often tempted, and you fell.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 17)
God looks upon you with tenderness and pity, and His love is exercised toward you. I am instructed to say to you, Take every means to remove the impression left on minds regarding your work at the time of the meeting of the Southern Union Conference at Nashville. There were those present who had not wisdom from God to speak words of commendation. They linked together to betray the errors that you had made, and they would if possible cut you off from working in the office. Such ones have not the spirit of the Great Medical Missionary; for they would have pushed you into discouragement. They do not exert an influence that is a savor of life unto life. They are not soul-healers.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 18)
The Great Soul-healer has made my duty plain: I am to encourage you and point you “to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] Christ desires you to understand that whosoever will may take of the water of life freely. He has rich stores of grace for all who come to Him. His bounty is inexhaustible. He would comfort your weary heart. He says, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Rest is found in wearing Christ’s yoke and learning His meekness and lowliness. Respond to His invitation, and you will gain an experience more precious than gold. Less self-indulgence would relieve you of pain and suffering.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 19)
Brother Palmer, the Lord is willing to lead you, but you must be willing to be led, willing to be a co-laborer with Him. You must walk in His ways and do His will. Christ is the physician of the soul and the body. He will heal your infirmities. But you must do your part. You must do all in your power to rid yourself of the grievous burden that has vexed your soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 20)
You desire health. Then be careful to live healthfully. Your manner of living draws heavily on your life-resources, weakening your physical and mental strength. Through indulgence you have sown in your heart the seeds of spiritual death. The Lord calls upon you to correct the wrongs you have done to yourself. You must reach a higher level of spirituality.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 21)
All the elegance and wealth in the world could not heal a broken heart, or bring peace of mind, or calm anxiety, or remove care. Honor does not bring happiness. Fame, genius, skill—all are equally unable to gladden the sorrowful heart. The life of God in your soul is your only hope. It will be in you a well-spring of joy. God’s promises will be everything to you; for He is the God of all comfort. Christ, the great divine-human physician, will heal you, and cleanse you, and save you if you will allow Him to abide in your heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 22)
Make everything clear with your conscience. Confess and forsake your sins. Separate from your life all that God does not approve. And then take these words as your consolation, “Fear not; for I have redeemed thee, I have called thee by My name: thou art Mine. When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee; and through the rivers, they shall not overflow thee; when thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burned; neither shall the flame kindle upon thee. For I am the Lord thy God, the Holy One, thy Saviour.” [Isaiah 43:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 23)
Instruction has been given me that Edson White and yourself are to help one another in the work. You are both to stand firm at your posts of duty, praying earnestly that God will be with you. Remember how much the salvation of your soul means to you and to your Redeemer.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 24)
The Lord desires to raise fallen human beings to the divine ideal. This is His purpose in the plan of salvation. To raise you to this ideal is His one object in all His dealing with you. To achieve this object, He gave His life on the cross of Calvary. His Spirit strives with you, seeking to exalt you to the height that His sacrifice has made it possible for you to reach. He has given you the talent of influence, and He desires to place you where you can co-operate with Him, persuading those in darkness to become children of light, to forsake the corruption of the world for the holiness of God’s kingdom. As you obey the word of God to you, you are doing that which will be a safeguard to your soul, and you are qualifying yourself to accomplish a good and grand work. You have been tempted, and you can tell those in temptation how you were helped and strengthened by the power of God. You can assure them that in innocence alone is found the truest happiness and the greatest blessing.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 25)
You understand the reasons of our faith. Try in every way to win souls to Christ. Satan’s influence is felt on every hand. He works untiringly to confuse the mind and to draw men and women down to a low level, blunting the sensibilities, degrading the desires, enfeebling the conscience, and destroying the spiritual and moral powers.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 26)
Lift up your eyes and look on the fields. They are white, ready for the harvest. What a work you could do by becoming acquainted with the students of the colleges in and around Nashville and helping them to see what is truth. Your acquaintance with the Scriptures will help you to do this work. By kind, courteous words and deeds, win your way to their hearts. Repeat to them the invitation of mercy and the sweet promises of God which offer forgiveness of sin and a kindly welcome to His love. As you work thus, the hearts of many will be moved. And never forget that a lordly manner and severe reproof have lost many a soul to Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 27)
There are many souls in perplexity, weighed down by a load of guilt. They want to be delivered from temptation. They have wandered from the springs of true happiness, and have poisoned their lives by drinking of the murky waters of transgression. They need the help of a friendly, out-stretched hand. Teach them how to reach upward, how to live so that they will gain the respect of their fellow men. Although the will has been depraved and weakened, there is hope for them in Christ. He will awaken in their hearts higher impulses and holier desires. They need words of encouragement that they may lay hold of the hope set before them in the gospel.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 28)
You feel suspicion and distrust very keenly. But you are easily influenced for the right by endearing sympathy and needed help. Your experience will be of great value to you as you work for the salvation of souls. And you will have a divine Helper close beside you. Speak words that are free from the bitterness of rebuke. Remember that often the last thread of hope has been severed by blame and condemnation. Hold out to the downcast the promises of God’s Word. They will be to them as the leaves of the tree of life. Patiently continue your efforts, until with grateful joy the trembling hand grasps the hope of redemption through Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 29)
It is those who have been tempted and whose hope was well-nigh gone, but who were saved by hearing a message of love, uncoated by rebuke, who can best understand the science of soul-saving. Under the influence of their ministry, many prodigals will return to the Father, to present themselves before Him in contrition and penitence.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 30)
He who has been brought back to the fold, whose heart is filled with love for Christ, has learned how to work for souls. He can point sinners to the Lamb of God. The acceptance of the offer of pardon has gained for him admission into the royal family. He has been accepted in the Beloved. He has given himself without reserve to God. The hand that in his weakness he held out for help has been grasped. Step by step, he follows in the path of self-denial, becoming a partaker of the divine nature. If he follows on to know the Lord, he will be changed into the same image from glory to glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 31)
In this world, in the power of the Redeemer, we may be holy. We may reveal the vigor of spiritual life. As we press heavenward, ever beholding Christ, we are changed into His likeness through the impartation of divine grace. God is able to give us grace for grace, reproducing in us the image of truth, of which Christ is the original.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 32)
My brother, do not be discouraged, for the Lord has hold of your hand, and He will hold it fast.
(17LtMs, Lt 178, 1902, 33)
Lt 179, 1902
Bollman, C. P. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 19, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 1888 1787-1798. Dear Brother Bollman,—
I have a deep interest in you. I recognize the fact that you have capabilities which, if sanctified, would enable you to be a laborer together with God. But at the present time you are not this kind of a laborer.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 1)
You need to realize that you cannot be a complete whole. There are responsibilities that others must carry. There are others whose qualifications are fully as essential as your own to the progress of the work. Every worker needs to guard himself against thinking that he is a complete whole. My brother, you should learn that wherever you are in God’s service, other minds besides yours should be brought into connection with the work. You will desire to do things that in your judgment should be done. But your will is not always to be followed. On some lines other minds may be more capable of giving wise counsel than is yours; therefore you need to counsel with your brethren. In your board meetings let the other members fully express their minds. Do not regard your own judgment as fully sufficient to decide matters without any other voice.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 2)
There is one talent in which you are greatly deficient—the talent of soul-saving. Of all sciences, the highest and the most essential is the science of soul-saving. It embraces very much. In your position of trust you need to learn more, concerning this science; for you need to exert a molding influence over every one with whom you have anything to do. But in order to do justice to this work, you must first learn of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 3)
My dear brother, I have a message to bear to you. Less of self and more of Christ would make you much more useful. You need not keep yourself within yourself, as an entity distinct from your brethren. Their various talents are not yours; but the talent that is of greatest value with God is the talent of soul-saving, and this all need to obtain.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 4)
The Lord would have you become a much more humble man, that He may converse with you. Unless in some respects you change, there will alway be difficulty. To every man God has given a work, and He requires him to do this work in the best way. My brother, your case has been opened before me, and I have been instructed to say that you need the milk of human kindness and the tender Spirit of Christ. You need to be converted through and through, else you will daily meet with great loss.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 5)
The resurrection of Christ is the life of the church. When we see a man or a woman whose heart the Saviour cannot make tender and sympathetic, we all need to cherish the love of Christ in the soul, in order that through our lives He may reveal His unutterable tenderness, gentleness, and sympathy. The Lord Jesus is ever prepared to irradiate with the glory of His presence every heart that will open to let Him in.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 6)
I speak to all who have any part to act in the work of the Nashville publishing house: Be converted. When you are converted, your tongue and your lips will be used to the glory of God. The value of the talent of speech will be fully recognized. Those in Nashville who desire to sit in heavenly places with Christ must be soundly converted in their ministry. Brethren and sisters, sweeten up. Be bright and shining lights, whatever your position. I bear this message to all the workers in the office. Christ’s presence must be manifested in your spirit, your words, your deportment.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 7)
Where there is a heart in which the light of heaven does not radiate, there is a solitude in which Christ cannot abide. By the side of every soul is an angel-presence. I have been instructed that with Christ there was given to our world all the treasures of heaven. Nothing was reserved. If man does not open the door of his heart to Christ Jesus and commune with Him, satanic agencies will commune with him.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 8)
It is to the glory of God that cheerfulness abound. If the softening, subduing influence of the grace of Christ be present, pleasant words will always be spoken. If one makes mistakes, go to the erring one alone. Speak not words of counsel with a vim, but modulate your voice. He who occupies an influential position as God’s steward should take special care not to irritate by word or act. He should speak pleasantly to every worker, and reveal no irritability or sourness of disposition.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 9)
Let all the workers in the office remember that they are to represent Christ in word and act. There is to be no sharp speaking, no fretful scolding; for angels of God are walking up and down in every room. Christ loves to commend every faithful worker, and He will do it. Every good act is registered in the book. Little mistakes may be made, but words of censure arouse feelings of retaliation, and God is dishonored.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 10)
Let every one placed in a position of trust be as much more careful how he speaks and acts, as his position is greater in responsibility than the position of his fellow workers; for those connected with the work of God can please the Master by speaking kindly only. Any word spoken thoughtlessly or inadvisedly should be retracted on the spot. If the speaker forgets to do this, or if he does not regret his thoughtlessness, some one should in the spirit of Christ remind him of his duty to apologize; for we are to remember that as Christians professing to work in unity, we must not act like sinners, whose sinful words and works, unless repented of, will condemn them.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 11)
All the workers in the office are under the supervision of God, and are expected to speak respectfully because they are in His presence They are to show love and respect, cheerfulness and courtesy, to one another, remembering that in this life they are in a school where they can learn lessons that will prepare them for promotion to the school above. It costs nothing to speak kindly, and kindness fulfils the law of Christ. By the constant practice of this virtue, habits are formed that will make beautiful characters—characters fit for entrance into the courts above. Thus men and women may become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. My brethren and sisters, will you not set a watch upon your lips, that you may speak no unpleasant words?
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 12)
Professing Christians who act like little children, speaking pettishly and showing hastiness of temper, offend God. He has paid a great price to redeem them from Satan’s power, that they might become sons and daughters of God. When they act like sinners, they are counted as sinners, and must repent and do their first works of love. Christians are to love one another as Christ has loved them. Upon the manifestation of this love hinges the world’s recognition of the truth of the gospel. It was for this that Christ prayed in the last prayer He offered. Christians must not act like unruly children. Before the world, those who claim to be God’s children must give evidence that they have left behind them the childish ways of their unconverted life.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 13)
Every human agency connected with the Lord’s work needs to appreciate the work in which he is acting a part. The work in God’s institutions is to be carried on without friction, without hasty speech, without dictatorial words. The workers are to be pure, clean, and holy in thought, in word, in act. They are to be Christ’s witnesses, testifying that they are born again.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 14)
“Wherefore laying aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby: if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious.” [1 Peter 2:1-3.] We should study this instruction. It is our privilege to grow “unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:13.] We are not to be thoughtless or careless in speech, hurting one another by unkind words.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 15)
“Wherefore also it is contained in the scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and he that believeth on Him shall not be confounded. Unto you therefore which believe He is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed, the same is made the head of the corner, and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offence, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they were appointed.” [1 Peter 2:6-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 16)
How keenly Satan is watching to see how he can gain access to the human soul! We need to inspire, as a certain lawyer inquired of Jesus while He was surrounded by a great multitude, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Christ required the answer from the questioner himself. “What is written in the law?” He said; “how readest thou?” This was an unexpected turn to the lawyer, yet he knew very well what answer to give. He said, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” Jesus said, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 17)
In the answer of the lawyer the whole duty of man is presented in a few words. On these two principles, love to God and love to man, hang all the law and the prophets. The first four of the ten commandments are summed up in the one great precept, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart.” The last six are included in the other, “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.” [Mark 12:30, 31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 18)
We are to walk by faith, not by sight. Through faith and obedience we obtain every advantage. Through faith “we all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:18.] I can testify that the righteousness of Christ entitles us to the blessings of the covenant of grace. In this life there is nothing of greater importance than preparation of character, that we may at last enter with joy into the saints’ abode on high. Why do we not improve our privilege of being saints here below?
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 19)
Those who today believe in Christ, need more than Pentecostal power, inasmuch as He has given them a large, open field in which to work. It is while living here below that we serve the Lord Jesus Christ and show His grace in our words and actions. As the representatives of His kingdom, we are to reveal His character, giving to the world an illustration of what heaven will be. We are to engage in no strife for supremacy, no bitter wrangling. We are not to manifest a selfish or contentious spirit. Our work is to reveal to the world that God’s children love one another.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 20)
Let us consider the promises assuring us that we may become sons and daughters of God. Let us study Paul’s prayer for his Colossian brethren. “For this cause we also,” he wrote, “since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness.” [Colossians 1:9-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 21)
How complete this prayer is! There is no limit to the blessings that it is our privilege to receive. We may be “filled with the knowledge of His will.” [Verse 9.] The Holy Ghost would never have inspired Paul to offer this prayer in behalf of his brethren, if it had not been possible for them to receive an answer from God in accordance with the request. Since this is so, we know that God’s will is manifested to His people as they need a clearer understanding of His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 22)
To the church at Ephesus Paul wrote: “For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named, that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God. Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end.” [Ephesians 3:14-21.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 23)
Here are brought to view the possibilities of the Christian life. How far short of reaching this standard falls the church of today! Strife, discord, pride of opinion, self-exaltation—self, self, self—all this is manifest in those who claim to be followers of the meek and lowly Jesus. When shall we awake? When shall we meet the expectations of Christ?
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 24)
I address those who are connected with the work at Nashville. Will you not reach a higher standard? Will you not, in heart and mind and purpose, be one with Christ and with one another, laboring in harmony because Christ is abiding in you? Should Christ appear among you today, how would you stand? How many would be found with garments spotted by sin, not having on the robe of Christ’s righteousness?
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 25)
I have been instructed to speak with authority to our people, to cry aloud and spare not; for there are many who are as those described in the message to the church in Sardis: “These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 26)
Among those to whom this message was sent, there were those who had heard and been convicted by the preaching of John the Baptist, but who had forsaken the faith in which they once rejoiced. There were others who had received the truth from Christ’s teaching, and who were once ardent believers, rejoicing in the faith, but who had lost their first love, and were without spiritual strength. Because they did not hold the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end, they were believing as men without faith. They quibbled about matters of no special importance which were not given by the Lord as tests, and dwelt upon their differences of opinion till these differences became as mountains, separating them from Christ and from one another, destroying unity and love.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 27)
We are in danger of falling into similar errors. Never should that which God has not given as a test be carried as was the subject of the law in Galatians. I have been instructed that the terrible experience at the Minneapolis Conference is one of the saddest chapters in the history of the believers in present truth. God forbids that the subject of the two laws should ever again be agitated as it then was. Some are not yet healed of their defection and would plunge into this subject once more. Should they do this, differences of opinion would again create division. This question must not be revived.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 28)
“These things saith He that hath the seven stars.” These words show the origin of the message. Then a plain truth is stated. “I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Verse 1.] With God, outward show weighs nothing. The outward form of religion, without the love of God in the soul, is worthless.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 29)
“Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die.” [Verse 2.] This is our work. There are many ready to die spiritually, and the Lord calls upon us to strengthen them. God’s people are to be firm to duty. They are to be bound together by the bonds of Christian fellowship, and are to be strengthened in the faith by speaking often to one another about the precious truth entrusted to them. Never are they to quarrel and condemn. They are to unite upon the importance of obedience to God’s law.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 30)
“If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.] There must be a waking up among our people. Those who abound in the love of God will not go into apostasy. They will not lose their faith in the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 31)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments, and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Verse 4.] There are today on the earth a faithful few who love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 32)
“He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment, and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life; but I will confess his name before My Father and before His angels.” [Verse 5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 33)
God sends to His church today this message: “Unto the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 14-22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 34)
My brethren and sisters, think on these things, and pray over them. Do not be strengthless, but strong in the Lord, understanding what the will of the Lord is.
(17LtMs, Lt 179, 1902, 35)
Lt 180, 1902
Kellogg, W. K. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October, 15 1902 Portions of this letter are published in HP 153. W. K. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I cannot sleep past eleven o’clock. I am burdened over your spiritual condition and the spiritual condition of your brother J. H. Kellogg. You both need to feel the deep working of the Spirit of God, that you may know that you are building upon the sure foundation. Your salvation depends on building on this foundation.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 1)
My brother, you have a work to do that you have not done. You have bound yourself up with certain societies, and this is a great hindrance to you spiritually. Do you not desire to be among the number who bear the mark of God? Will you not make the Sabbath to you all that it comprehends—the sign of obedience to God’s commands? Will you not come out from the world and be separate? The bonds with which you have bound yourself to secret societies will have to be broken if you are numbered with those who are building on the Rock Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 2)
If you will be guided by the Word of God, my brother, you will realize that you are responsible for the knowledge that you possess, and that your guilt will be proportionate to the light which it is your privilege to have, if you do not walk in this light. The degree of light given is the measure of responsibility. The path to heaven will be made plain to all who are faithful in the use of the knowledge they may obtain in regard to the future life. When has God required any one to do anything without giving him full and plain directions in regard to what He requires him to do. Look at the first act of transgression in the garden of Eden. To Adam and Eve were plainly stated the laws of Paradise, with the penalty for wilful disobedience. They disobeyed, and disobedience brought its sure result. Death entered the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 3)
Transgression is disobedience to the commands of God. Had these commands always been obeyed, there would have been no sin. The penalty of transgression is always death. Christ averted the immediate execution of the death sentence by giving His life for man. Will men accept the pardon proffered by God, and, by receiving Christ, receive justification? The Saviour is the expounder of the law. Man receives life by receiving Christ. The Saviour’s death as surety for the race opens the way for the sinner to repent and receive pardon.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 4)
This is not new light to you, Willie Kellogg. Christ said to the Pharisees, “If ye were blind, ye should have no sin, but now ye say, We see; therefore your sin remaineth.” [John 9:41.] And He said again, “This is your condemnation, that light has come into the world, and men choose darkness rather than light.” [John 3:19.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 5)
Justice requires that men shall have light, and it also requires that he who refuses to walk in the heaven-given light, the giving of which cost the death of the Son of God, must receive punishment. It is the principle of justice that the guilt of the sinner shall be proportionate to the knowledge given, but not used, or used in a wrong way. God expects human beings to walk in the light, to testify before angels and before men that they acknowledge Christ as the great propitiation for sin, and that they respect His sacrifice as their greatest blessing. To regard this sacrifice indifferently, is to abuse the mercies of the Father. Men are to accept the sacrifice, acknowledging the validity of the offering. They are under obligation to do all in their power for their salvation; for they have been bought with a price.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 6)
For time and for eternity, the sacrifice of the Son of God to save the fallen race will have a binding claim on man. If God had failed to act His part, if He had not fully revealed His will, if He had given human beings any reason for neglecting the great salvation, man might plead ignorance as a valid excuse. But He has made the way plain. He would have all men to be saved. To some is given greater light than to others. Each will be judged by the light given him. My brother, you have had great light. You will be judged by the knowledge you have gained, but have for years neglected. Had you received the truth as it is in Jesus, had you followed on to know the Lord, your light would have increased unto the perfect day. God designed that you should cherish as sacred the light given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 7)
God’s requirements are specific, and they mean all that they say. What God has done for man places on man a responsibility that he can in no wise evade. He holds a claim on every moment of your life; for at an immeasurable cost to heaven He has provided a remedy for sin. Thus He has placed at our command the resources of heaven. He has made it possible for us to have the divine attributes, and He requires that we exercise unquestioning faith in Him, and that we place all our influence on the side of Christ. He requires us to gain a knowledge of His will, that we may impart this knowledge to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 8)
The parable of the entrusted talents is a lesson of no ordinary importance. We are not our own; we have been bought with a price; and we are to consecrate to God’s service all the powers that He has entrusted to us.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 9)
My brother, God has given you talents to improve. You cannot teach the will of God in your family, because you have not accepted Christ as a personal Saviour. You are depriving your family of the service that, as priest of the household, you should give them. Yours is the privilege and duty of showing them how to work for the saving of their souls, that they may be as lights in the world, shining amidst the moral darkness. Do you realize that you are setting an example for your children and many others to follow.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 10)
God holds you responsible for the talents entrusted to you and for the light bestowed. He holds you responsible to let your light shine forth in the home and in the church. He calls upon you to sever every tie that binds you to worldly societies. The influence that a connection with these societies gives you is an influence for wrong. He who binds himself up with secret societies, places himself where he cannot obey God. The claims of these societies are opposed to God’s claim, and he cannot yield obedience to both.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 11)
Men are held responsible for the knowledge that they possess. They are placed where they have opportunity to know God’s will, if they choose, and God stands ready to give them power to practice it. If they choose, they can be witnesses for Christ. He who ignores his duty, who does not make the wisest use of his talents, must bear the consequence of his neglect.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 12)
God communicates a knowledge of His will in various ways, that we may each say, “I know what He desires me to do.” He who knew His Lord’s will, and did it not, shall be beaten with many stripes. He who had not so many opportunities to become intelligent regarding the truth, will be beaten with few stripes.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 13)
Mark the woe pronounced upon those who, having been given great light, refused to walk in God’s way. Speaking of the cities in which most of His mighty works had been done, Christ said: “Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, shalt be brought down to hell; for if the mighty works which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for thee.” [Matthew 11:21-24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 14)
To those busy towns about the Sea of Galilee, heaven’s richest blessings had been freely offered. Day after day, the Prince of life had gone in and out among them. The glory of God, which prophets and kings had longed to see, had shone upon the multitudes that thronged the Saviour’s steps. Yet they had refused the heavenly gift. And as they rejected the Son of God, so God rejected them.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 15)
My brother, God expects you to gain every day a clearer understanding of His will. This you must do if you sit with Him at last upon His throne. You are to improve your talents to the fullest extent, in accordance with the light given you. The improvement of these talents is to be carried on under the oversight of the One who has paid an infinite price for your service.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 16)
God asks for the improvement of your talents. He asks for your service and for the service of your children. He calls, “My son, give Me thine heart.” [Proverbs 23:26.] How can you refuse to give Him what He asks? “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] If you refuse to do this, you will be accounted unthankful and disobedient.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 17)
The grace of God always attends the faith which, working by love, purifies the soul from all defilement. To those who receive Him, Christ gives power to become the sons of God. He exercises a miracle-working power, which transforms character, proving the efficacy of His blood, showing that He is the Lamb of God, which takes away the sin of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 18)
“Thy mercy, O God, is in the heavens, and thy faithfulness reacheth unto the clouds. Thy righteousness is like the great mountains; thy judgments are a great deep. O Lord, thou preservest man and beast. How excellent is thy lovingkindness, O God! therefore the children of men put their trust under the shadow of thy wings. They shall be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of thy house; and thou shalt make them drink of the river of thy pleasure. For with thee is the fountain of life: in thy light we shall see light.” [Psalm 36:5-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 19)
God has prepared mercies and blessings for all who put their trust in Him. To bind up with worldlings in secret societies is a manifest distrust of God. It is like inquiring of and depending on the gods of Ekron.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 20)
“Trust in the Lord, and do good; so shalt thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed. Delight thyself also in the Lord; and He shall give thee the desires of thine heart. Commit thy way unto the Lord; trust also in Him, and He shall bring it to pass. And He shall bring forth thy righteousness as the light, and thy judgment as the noonday. Rest in the Lord, and wait patiently for Him; fret not thyself because of Him who prospereth in his way, because of the man who bringeth wicked devices to pass.” [Psalm 37:3-7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 21)
“The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.”“The meek will He guide in judgment; and the meek will He teach His way. All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies.” [Psalm 25:14, 9, 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 22)
“Trust in the Lord with all thine heart; and lean not to thine own understanding. In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths.” [Proverbs 3:5, 6.] “Thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel: I am the Lord thy God, which teacheth thee to profit, which leadeth thee by the way that thou shouldest go. O that thou hadst hearkened to My commandments! then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea.” [Isaiah 48:17, 18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 23)
“I am the Lord, and there is none else; there is no God beside Me: I girded thee, though thou hast not known Me; that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the west, that there is none beside Me. I am the Lord, and there is none else.” [Isaiah 45:5, 6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 24)
Willie Kellogg, the message I have for you is, The Lord calls upon you to make an unreserved surrender to Him whose you are by creation and by redemption. He is calling to you, saying, “Follow Me.” For your soul’s sake, exert your influence as strongly as possible on the Lord’s side. By a godly example guide your children aright. This the Lord requires of you.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 25)
My whole heart is drawn out after you with a desire to see you separate from the societies with which you have connected yourself. By uniting with these societies you bind yourself up in the same bundle with all kinds of characters. The Lord is mercifully inviting you to turn from these associations and to become acquainted with Him. “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 26)
Obedience to this call will not lead you to step in uncertainty. It is Christ that speaks. Having a knowledge of the way, you can help not only your children, guiding their feet, but you can help others—even those of the feeblest intellect whose purpose is sincere and pure—to be lifted up where they will know and understand the way of the Lord. Will you now try to make the surrender, so that you can walk securely?
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 27)
You can be honored by coming out fully on the Lord’s side, and by seeking to understand what His will is concerning you. This knowledge is not confined to learned commentators on the written Word, or to men well versed in the history of divine providences, or to men of large Christian experience. Others, also, can become God’s helping hand—the human agencies through whom He can work.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 28)
You have acted a responsible part in connection with the Sanitarium; but your work cannot bear the endorsement of God until you begin to understand more clearly your need of the Lord’s grace and power—until you follow your Saviour fully and lead your own family in the right way, that they, with you, may drink of the water of life. If you take hold of this matter earnestly, the Lord will enable you to become a man of enlarged experience. You are to use your God-given talents to bless others and to lead them in the right way. If you choose to be led, the Lord can and will lead you from self to an advanced, higher grade.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 29)
Through the words that I am writing to you, God invites you to come to Him. Fully consecrate yourself to the Lord; be wise unto the salvation of your soul. Would you then be free from all trails? No, you would not, but through trials you would be purified, made white, and tried. Trials would fit you the better to help others and to guide them in the way of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Not until after the ascension of Christ did His disciples understand the meaning of trials, of discipline, of sanctification through the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 30)
You are invited to be a laborer together with God. It is your privilege to understand much more fully the nature of Christ’s atonement in your behalf and of His kingdom after the outpouring of the Holy Spirit. Under the teaching of the Holy Spirit, precious thoughts will come to you.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 31)
O how far short we come of understanding God! The so-called greatest and most highly cultured men and women in this world are comparatively nothing more than little children, receiving paternal instruction from the Lord God of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 32)
In comparison with our heavenly Father, human beings would never have been anything but mere infants, if the Lord Jesus had not given Himself to stand at the head of humanity, to enable men and women to become sons and daughters of God. Clothing His divinity with humanity, He came to this earth and with His long human arm encircled the human race, while with His divine arm He grasped the throne of the Infinite. He has placed man on vantage ground with God, the Infinite Father. His faculties are higher than those of any human being that lives. If Christ had not become a Mediator between God and man, the highest in intelligence, the most learned, could never be anything else but mere infants. The psalmist inquires, “What is man, that Thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that Thou visitest him?” [Psalm 8:4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 34)
The greatest of great men are but mere babes in their development. All the members of the human family are God’s little children. They should ever remember their deficiency and learn of Him. God has taken in hand the members of His family in this fallen world. At infinite cost, even by the gift of His Son, He has redeemed them. Let every member of this family, who has not been born again, read carefully the third chapter of John and then humble himself under the hand of God. Those who have light should walk in the light, as Christ is in the light.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 35)
My brother, I promised your Mother to take an interest in you; and in accordance with this promise I must tell you how I look at your case. In order to work the works of God, you have something to do. Your first step is to acknowledge your faith in God’s truth for this time. I feel a great desire that you should accept Christ as your own Saviour. I ask you, Will you choose to be saved in God’s appointed way? Firmly take your stand wholly on the Lord’s side. You can reveal the excellency of our God. Hang your helpless soul on Jesus Christ. He loves you. He desires to save you.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 36)
Willie Kellogg, I earnestly entreat you to give yourself without reserve to Jesus. Whatever course your Brother John may choose to take, his choice will not excuse your non-committal position. The Saviour gave Himself as a complete sacrifice for your salvation, and He requires you to give yourself without one reservation to Him. I want you to be free, and free indeed, from Satan’s mighty power, and to lean your whole weight upon Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 180, 1902, 37)
Lt 181, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 21, 1902 Previously unpublished. My dear son Willie,—
We had a very pleasant visit with Edson. He seems to be trying his best to understand the part that he should act and to do that which he knows is for the advancement of the cause of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 1)
Not all who are connected with the work of God have a right understanding. There are those who need to walk humbly with God and to secure the precious light that is of so much consequence to themselves and to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 2)
The Lord will work if all will look to Him as their Leader. Let no one suppose that the Lord has fitted one man or two men or five men to do all the work that needs to be done. One thing is certain: God’s workers must come into right relation with the Source of their strength. They are in danger of receiving their light secondhand. The Lord Jesus can guide His people into safe paths. “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul; the testimony of the Lord is sure, making wise the simple. The statutes of the Lord are right, rejoicing the heart; the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes.” [Psalm 19:7, 8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 3)
Christ declares, “I, if I be lifted up, will draw all men unto me.” [John 12:32.] This is what He designs to accomplish for all who make Him their guide and teacher. He is the center and the source of all spiritual life. Why will not man surrender his supposed wisdom and come to the cross erected for the saving of the world? The members of the church of God are to be under the control of the One who took human nature and lived on this earth, that He might understand the temptations wherewith man is tempted and give him power to overcome. In His divine wisdom, Christ has arranged a plan for the recovery of human beings from the thralldom of sin.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 4)
The church is to be subordinate to the one central power. The members are to work under the direction of the One who humiliated Himself to man’s estate and bore the trials and temptations that come to human beings.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 5)
God demands a devotion far in advance of the present showing. He calls upon all who claim to be His disciples to lean upon Him, to look to Him for wisdom. They are to gain their efficiency and power from Him. The talents that He has entrusted to them are to be under the control of one holy power. The earthly is to blend with the heavenly.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 6)
Christ calls for unreserved consecration. What is needed now is entire surrender to God. When man’s will is given up to the will of God, the earth will be filled with the glory of God, as the waters cover the sea.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 7)
As workers, we are to blend in Christ. There is to be less individual assertion and more of Christ’s love. “My soul, wait thou only upon God, for my expectation is from Him. He only is my rock, and my salvation; He is my defence; I shall not be moved. In God is my salvation and my glory; the rock of my strength, and my refuge, is in God. Trust in Him at all times; ye people, pour out your heart before Him; God is a refuge for us. Surely men of low degree are vanity, and men of high degree are a lie; to be laid in the balance, they are altogether lighter than vanity. Trust not in oppression, and become not vain in robbery: if riches increase, set not your heart upon them. God hath spoken once; twice have I heard this; that power belongeth unto God. Also unto Thee, O Lord, belongeth mercy; for Thou renderest to every man according to his work.” [Psalm 62:5-12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 8)
I wish to say much more, but cannot now. Let every heart be softened. Then minds will be prepared to weigh all matters with wise and judicious judgment.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 9)
Yesterday I rode out about nine miles. Emma and Sara accompanied me. This ride did me good.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 10)
I wish to say, W. C. White, that unless you have clear light that you should spend some time in visiting the places that, before leaving here, you proposed to visit, I should be glad to have you return home, where we could talk over many matters in regard to future work. If you feel it your duty to go, I will not say anything to hinder you; but if nothing special calls you elsewhere, then come home. I want to prepare more books. I greatly desire to stand in my lot and place. If you attend the next General Conference, will not this take about as much time as you should spend away from home? This is all that I feel it my duty to say at the present time.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 11)
I hear but little from Marian. I have not written to her. I feel as if what we do for the people must be done soon. Night after night I have been up at twelve and one o’clock. The prayer of my burdened heart is, “Hear my cry, O God; attend unto my prayer. From the end of the earth will I cry unto Thee, when my heart is overwhelmed: lead me to the Rock that is higher than I. For Thou hast been a shelter for me, and a strong tower from the enemy.” [Psalm 61:1-3.] Yes, my trust is in the Lord; I will not fear.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 12)
I have heard nothing in regard to the meetings that you are attending in Battle Creek, excepting that sometimes in the visions of the night it seems as if I were with you; and then I always feel that we need to put our trust much more in God and much less in man.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 13)
Edson left this place last Tuesday. He is returning South by way of Battle Creek. I do not suppose that you will see him before about next Monday. I have evidence that Edson is trying to do right. We had good praying-seasons together. The Lord drew nigh by His Holy Spirit. I never desired more than now to be wholly the Lord’s; for I believe fully that we shall not have to wait long before the Lord will come from heaven to vindicate His authority and the laws of His kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 14)
I saw Mabel this morning. She says that she is doing well. May has had a severe cold, but is now much better. A few days ago, while Edson was here, May and the three youngest children took dinner with us.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 15)
I will close this letter now. I have another one almost finished, and I will add a little more to it after the Sabbath, if I can. I should be pleased to see you, but I want you always to follow your Leader, Christ Jesus. May the Lord bless His people in council, is my daily prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 16)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 17)
P. S. Do you not think it is best for you to come home without going on to visit the East and other places? However, if you see your way clear to go, then go; and I will not be tried over the matter; for I know that the Lord lives and reigns.
(17LtMs, Lt 181, 1902, 18)
Lt 182, 1902
Brethren Los Angeles, California September 20, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 250-254. + Dear brethren,—
The Lord has at no time guided in the large plans that have been laid for buildings in Los Angeles. He has given light as to how we should move, and yet movements have been made that are contrary to the light and instruction given.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 1)
The complete plan in regard to the purchase of the Hill Street property was not laid before me till my last visit to Los Angeles. I was then taken to see this property, and as I walked up the hill in front of it, I heard distinctly a voice that I well know. Had this voice said, “This is the right place for God’s people to purchase,” I should have been greatly astonished. But it said, “Encourage no settlement here of any description. God forbids. My people must get away from such surroundings. This place is as Sodom for wickedness. The place where My institutions are established must be altogether different. Leave the cities, and like Enoch come from your retirement to warn the people of the cities.”
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 2)
The words were spoken: “The divine hand is not guiding in the steps that have been taken in regard to this property. The spiritual vision of men has been darkened. Plans have been made that the Lord has not inspired.”
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 3)
I was afterward instructed that the whole matter was inspired by human wisdom. Men have followed their own wisdom, which is foolishness with God, and which, if they continue to follow it, will lead to results that they do not now see. The spiritual eyesight has been blinded.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 4)
“The light of the body is the eye. If therefore thine eye be single, the whole body shall be full of light.” [Matthew 6:22.] The Lord calls upon those in charge of His work in Southern California to have their eyes anointed with the heavenly eyesalve. This is their only safety.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 5)
I am astonished that our brethren should have thought of purchasing the property on Hill Street. It is next door to a large hotel. Had I know this, I would in no case have given my consent to the plans laid before me by Dr. Moran for its use as a restaurant and city treatment rooms. I knew nothing of the surroundings. After I had seen its situation, I knew that I could not for a moment give my consent to the establishment there of an institution of any kind.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 6)
To establish an institution for the advancement of God’s work in such a place would be contrary to the light that God has given regarding this work. Think of the annoyance to which the workers would be subjected in such a location. How long would they, with an immense hotel right beside them, be allowed to keep the Sabbath in peace? For us to establish a sanitarium there would be like Lot going into Sodom. It would be worse, because as far as the outward surroundings of Sodom were concerned, it was like the garden of Eden. But on the Hill Street property there is no spare land, and no opportunity to see the beauties of nature.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 7)
The erection of the bakery in Los Angeles was premature. The work was not ready for it. If the eyes of the brethren had been anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, they would not have done that which they have done. The erection of so large a bakery building, and the carrying forward of the work planned, meant the investment of means and skill that were not at their command.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 8)
God’s people are not to go forward blindly in the investment of means that they have not and know not where to obtain. We must show wisdom in the movements that we make. Christ has laid before us the plan upon which His work is to be conducted. Those who desire to build must first sit down and count the cost, to see whether they are able to carry the building to completion. Before they begin to carry out their plans, they must advise with wise counsellors. If one worker, failing to reason from cause to effect, is in danger of making unwise moves, his fellow workers are to speak works of wisdom to him, showing him where he is in error.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 9)
God sees the end from the beginning. He would have no buildings erected for our work except by the united judgment of the workers, and the brethren sharing the responsibilities. These are to study the situation and agree upon every point, and they are to become satisfied that their plans are in harmony with the will of the Lord. Let the councils of our people be conducted with a view to earnest, aggressive work. But let not a stone be laid in the building up of new plans until there is a complete understanding among the workers. In such matters, individual responsibility is not in the order of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 10)
Some of the movements that have been made in the work in Southern California have not been inspired by God, and these movements have left a shadow on the work. But the mistakes that have been made may work out for good if they are accepted as showing the need of all being interested in the work of God and the manner of its advancement. The work in all its branches is to be carried forward in a way that will recommend its existence.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 11)
The Lord calls upon the workers in Southern California to come into line, and to make no movements that will hinder Him in working in accordance with His own purposes. We must wait for the Lord, and learn from Him how to advance the work in Southern California. We are not to make hurried movements, but wait in patience until the Lord prepares the way before us.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 12)
I am told that Dr. Kellogg advised the brethren to go ahead and build in the city of Los Angeles. But did he not know that the Lord has given instruction in regard to the need of getting out of the cities? As far as possible, our institutions should be located away from the cities. We must have workers for these institutions, and if they are located in the city, that means that families of our people must settle near them. But it is not God’s will that His people shall settle in the cities, where there is constant turmoil and confusion. Their children should be spared this; for the whole system is demoralized by the hurry and rush and noise. The Lord desires His people to move into the country, where they can settle on the land, and raise their own fruit and vegetables, and where their children can be brought in direct contact with the works of God in nature. Take your families away from the cities, is my message.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 13)
The truth must be spoken, whether men will hear, or whether men will forbear. The cities are filled with temptation. We should plan our work in such a way as to keep our young people as far as possible from this contamination.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 14)
The cities are to be worked from outposts. Said the messenger of God, “Shall not the cities be warned? Yes; not by God’s people living in them, but by their visiting them, to warn them of what is coming upon the earth.”
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 15)
Our restaurants will have to be in the cities. In regard to these restaurants, I am instructed to say that too much of an effort is being made to have one large restaurant in a city. It would be more in the order of the Lord to have several smaller ones. He desires a work to be done for those who are served. The sowing of the seeds of truth, not the obtaining of a large number of patrons, is to be the first consideration. Numbers are no true evidence of success.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 16)
The words were spoken: “Do not flatter yourselves that because a large number come each day to the restaurant, you are making great advancement in the work. What are you doing to save souls? You gather in a large company, and then feed them at too low a price. You employ your helpers at too low a price. What encouragement have they that they are doing God’s service?”
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 17)
Our Instructor turned to the men in charge of the Los Angeles restaurant, and said, “Do you realize that your work is weighed in the balances, and found wanting? It is no evidence, because you feed a large number every day, that you are accomplishing the greatest good. Would it not be well to have a fewer number, and then work for their salvation by well-defined methods. Boast not of numbers. Where are the souls that have been led to feel an interest in present truth?”
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 18)
What of your helpers? Are they becoming indifferent in regard to the truth? If they are, and if no effort is being made to give spiritual help to them and to those who come each day for meals, the business might better be carried on by unbelievers; for this would not exert so strong an influence against the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 19)
My brethren, carry on your work in a way that will fortify souls against temptation, rather than lead them into temptation.
(17LtMs, Lt 182, 1902, 20)
Lt 183, 1902
Moran, Brother and Sister Los Angeles, California September 20, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear brother and sister Moran,—
At one time when I was in Los Angeles, you spoke to me about the advisability of serving a few regular boarders with meals on the Sabbath at the restaurant. You said that they had pleaded earnestly to be allowed to take their meals at the restaurant on the Sabbath. You say that I told you at that time that I did not see how you could do differently. But since then light has come to me that in keeping the restaurant open on the Sabbath, you were depriving yourselves and the helpers of the Sabbath. At the present time large numbers are provided with meals on the Sabbath, and the waiters have much to do on this day. The number coming to meals is large, and the Sabbath is made a day of taxing labor.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 1)
The seventh day is the Lord’s memorial. This is plainly stated in the thirty-first chapter of Exodus, and its proper observance is urged upon us. All this was presented to me, and I was shown the results of keeping our restaurants open on the Sabbath.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 2)
Can you not see that by closing the restaurant on the Sabbath, you are given opportunity to proclaim the truth? People will ask why the restaurant is closed on this day, and you can then give your reasons for keeping the Sabbath. To many, what you say will be a great mystery, but some will be interested, and to them you can give reading matter on the subject. Thus you can sow the seeds of truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 3)
We have been given a work of most solemn import—the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels’ messages. The subject of the first angel’s message is the everlasting gospel, and its burden is the warning, The end of all things is at hand. John writes, “I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come; and worship Him that made heaven and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of water.” [Revelation 14:6, 7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 4)
Today men are drawn into pleasure-loving and into worldly business. There are thousands who give no time or thought to the salvation of the soul. The time has come when the message is to sound throughout the world, “Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come.” [Verse 7.] This message is of more consequence than all else to the inhabitants of the world.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 5)
“Saying with a loud voice.” [Verse 7.] A strong, decided influence is to be exerted to arouse the idolatrous world to take heed to the message.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 6)
“And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.” [Verse 8.] Babylon symbolizes the fallen churches, and her fall denotes apostasy from God.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 7)
“And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, if any man worship the beast, and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb; and the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.” [Verses 9-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 8)
This is the warning against the beast and his image, who form a decree enforcing the worship brought to view in the thirteenth chapter of Revelation.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 9)
Then the Lord presented before John a company of people standing separate from the world; and the apostle exclaimed, “Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 10)
To us has been entrusted the work of proclaiming these messages. There is no other work of so great importance. We are to allow nothing else to absorb our attention.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 11)
It is God’s purpose that these messages shall be made known to the world. Those who are workers together with Him will do all in their power to uproot the apostasy that is so deep and widespread.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 12)
Our work is a great and solemn one. We are to know the Scriptures, that we may distinguish truth from error. It means everything to us to understand what is truth, and to receive it into our lives, and to understand what is meant by the mark of the beast, and to refuse to receive this mark.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 13)
We must take our stand firmly on the side of God’s commandment-keeping people. God will watch over His loyal people. The reward of everlasting life will be given to all who honor Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 14)
My dear brother, God holds you responsible to honor His law. You have been in a great hurry to go forward, lest your plan should not be carried out. Were these plans carried out as you wish them to be, you could not manage matters in a way that would glorify God. The Lord has instructed me that you are not qualified to carry out your devising successfully. You have run before your guide Jesus Christ, to do things yourself—things that neither you nor those connected with you can do successfully.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 15)
In making your calculations for so large a work, you were not acting under the direction of the Lord. You have taken up a work that you have not wisdom to manage. The Lord has not placed this burden upon you. The work that you have planned would absorb your time and strength, and it would bring great perplexity to you, but it would not produce the best results. These hasty movements will not bring souls to the truth, neither will they give you an increased knowledge of the work for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 16)
The Lord sent you instruction, but you did not obey it. You did not wish to accept it. In your own wisdom you made moves that blocked the way against the doing of the things that would have advanced the Lord’s cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 17)
God is our Leader, and if we look to Him, He will guide us to success. Let us not follow our own wisdom; for it is foolishness. The wisdom of God alone is unerring. Christ declares, “I am the light of the world. He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] “Thine ear shall hear a voice behind thee, saying, This is the way; walk ye in it; when ye turn to the right hand, and when ye turn to the left.” [Isaiah 30:21.] “I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go; I will guide thee with mine eye.”“The meek will He guide in judgment, and the meek will He teach His way.”“The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.” [Psalm 32:8; 25:9, 14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 18)
“Thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel: I am the Lord thy God, which teacheth thee to profit, which leadest thee by the way which thou shouldest go.” [Isaiah 48:17.] Will you not say from this time, “My Father, Thou art the guide of my youth”? [Jeremiah 3:4.] “Thou shalt guide me with Thy counsel, and afterward receive me to glory.”“This is our God forever; He will be our guide even unto death.” [Psalm 73:24; 48:14.] “In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths.” [Proverbs 3:6.]
(17LtMs, Lt 183, 1902, 19)
Lt 184, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 21, 1902 Previously unpublished. + Dear son Willie,—
Since you left us, I have not been sick, but greatly burdened. I have had a visit from Edson, but we did not talk about matters at Nashville. Before he came, I had written many things regarding the work there. Little by little the situation was laid before me. I could not spend time in visiting with Edson while he was here, so anxious was I to get ready the matters that had ben urged upon my mind, that I might send them to the council. For many nights I had not slept past twelve o’clock.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 1)
It rained nearly every day while Edson was here, and we could not go out much. Most of the time he spent in your office, writing, and I in mine. I think we rode out together once only. I was so weighed down with the burden of the matters presented to me that I had not but little time for conversation.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 2)
Edson and Emma were heartily received by the members of my family. On Sabbath morning Edson spoke at the Sanitarium. A wealthy family from the Southern states happened to be present, and they said that they received much good from the words spoken. When Emma was introduced to them, one of the women said, “White! That is the name of the speaker, is it not?” When Emma told her that it was her husband who had spoken, she grasped her hand more firmly, and said, “I am so glad to meet you. The words that I heard this morning have been a wonderful blessing to me. They did my heart good.”
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 3)
Edson said that he was much blessed while speaking. He and Emma and Sister Hall took dinner at the Sanitarium. It did Edson and Emma much good to be so heartily received.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 4)
On Sunday morning Edson spoke to the workers in the Food Factory.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 5)
Lately my mind has been drawn to the work that needs to be done for our people. Things have been revealed to me that make me afraid. In the night season I was in a meeting where One of authority gave much instruction. Among other things, he said, “Seventh-day Adventists are on losing ground in every place where they have established institutions; and the reason for this is that they have lost their first love. Let them remember from whence they are fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else God will come to them quickly, and will remove their candlestick out of his place, except they repent.” [See Revelation 2:4, 5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 6)
There has been such strife of tongues, such neglect of the work that ought to be done, that much, very much, has been lost. In the place of making centers of influence for the Lord’s work, men spend their time criticizing and condemning what others are doing. Thus they have done for years, and the saddest part of it all is that they do not realize that they are among those who have lost their first love. They think that they must make others walk in straight paths, when they themselves are constantly making crooked paths for their feet, by their unchristian course strengthening the spirit of strife and dissension.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 7)
The Lord looks upon such ones with great displeasure. The One who was instructing us, said, “It is the duty of each one to do all in his power to put down strife for the supremacy. It grieves him to see the unwise, injudicious encouragement given to those who are so ready to make unfavorable reports concerning the work of others, while they stand by as criticizers, ready to make a man an offender for a word. Unless they put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, they will be rejected by God. Let them study carefully the parable of the man who came in to the wedding supper not having on the garment provided for the guests. Let them remember that while they are watching and criticizing others, they are neglecting to put on the robe or Christ’s righteousness. They have supposed that the highest place was their right, because they could skilfully detect the mistakes made by others. Thinking of the faults of their brethren, they have forgotten their own. They have neglected to look at themselves in the divine mirror. Their building is going up without symmetry or artistic skill. They are too busily engaged in watching the work of others to build symmetrical characters for themselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 8)
Those who give themselves to the work of spreading evil reports have no desire to put on the garment of Christ’s righteousness. They may claim to have a knowledge of the truth, but the truth does not work in their lives with sanctifying power. They may seat themselves at the Lord’s table, but they have not clothed themselves with the garment of righteousness provided for them, and they are dismissed from the heavenly banquet.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 9)
I have been instructed to warn our people no longer to accuse others, but to empty their hearts of all selfishness, that in their spirit and words and acts, Christ may be revealed. God’s people are to show an appreciation for one another, esteeming others better than themselves. Then they will be prepared to help and strengthen one another, speaking words of hope and cheer, making hearts glad instead of sorrowful.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 10)
This is the message that I am bidden to give to ministers and people. They all need to feel the transforming influence of the grace of Christ. They need to receive the Holy Spirit, that they may work in Christ’s lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 11)
Let no one become so self-centered that he will fail to see that the Lord has appointed to every one a work. Let each do his best. This is all that the Lord requires of any one. Let our people read to a purpose the instruction given in the seventeenth chapter of John. The lessons of this chapter are not carried out in their daily practice. The Lord is not glorified in their lives, because they do not cherish love for one another. When their hearts are filled with the love of Christ, backbiting and criticizing will cease. No longer will Seventh-day Adventists weaken one another’s hands; for they will love one another as Christ has loved them.
(17LtMs, Lt 184, 1902, 12)
Lt 185, 1902
Lane, Sands “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 334. + Elder Sands Lane My dear brother,—
I have words to speak to you. As one who has been long in the work of God, you have grave responsibilities resting upon you. God calls upon you to take heed to yourself and to the doctrine. Will you read carefully and prayerfully the first chapter of James, from the first verse to the last? If you have a clear understanding of the Scriptures, you will make an application of the instruction contained in this chapter—an application that will lead you to see that you have a work to do to clear the King’s highway.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 1)
I urge this chapter upon your attention; for I do not want you to be weighed in the balances and found wanting.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 2)
Be not forward to condemn your brother, whose work God has again and again declared that He has accepted. When he was in danger, God warned him, and in His wisdom pointed out where and how he could improve. The Lord has not handled him roughly, but carefully and tenderly, as a gardener would handle a delicate plant in which he sees great promise and from which he knows that, by wise handling, he may receive all that he expects. The Lord did not pull this His servant up by the roots when He saw that He was not growing straight, but carefully corrected any inclination to unsightly growth. God does no bungling work. He gives every one advantages.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 3)
God connected Brother W. O. Palmer with Edson White in the Southern field, that, though varying in disposition and temperament, they might be a help and a blessing to one another. The Pharisaical religionist may sneer at this, but our heavenly Father’s thoughts are not as the thoughts of men. I thank God that they are not. Man’s thoughts must be elevated and ennobled, cleansed, purified, and sanctified, before they are in harmony with the thoughts of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 4)
In the first chapter of James we read, “My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations; knowing this, that the trial of your faith worketh patience. But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing.” [Verses 2-4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 5)
My brother, when you set yourself diligently to obey this instruction, you will see your need. You have a special line of treatment to give Sands Lane before your life pleases the Lord, before your example is a safe one for others to follow. Your character must become Christlike, else heaven will never be your home.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 6)
See that no blunders are made, no superficial work done. Make an unreserved consecration to God, or else step down from your place as a minister of the Word; for thus saith Christ, “I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Revelation 3:2.] Self figures too largely. Christ is not honored or glorified by your work. You have much of self to leave behind before you can enter the straight gate.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 7)
The Lord is thoroughly displeased with those who upbraid and condemn their brethren. They do not know whom God approves and whom He condemns. Let them, therefore, be very careful in speech, lest they discourage those whom the Lord commends and sustains. The Lord does not call His workers into His council that they may disparage their brethren. The duty of each one is to give attention to his own soul, to see that he himself is pursuing a course that will elevate and ennoble. Let him be sure that his Christian experience is such that it is a blessing to himself and to the church.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 8)
“If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.” [James 1:5-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 9)
“Blessed is the man that endureth temptation; for when he is tried he shall receive a crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him.” [Verse 12.] Wonderful are the inducements held out before those whom Christ has purchased with His blood. Those who truly love the Saviour will not yield to temptation either in thought or in action. They will not, because they are tried, speak unkind, unbrotherly words, the saying of which makes them commandment-breakers.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 10)
“Do not err, my beloved brethren.” [Verse 16.] Do not err, God says, in your estimate of My gifts. You need sanctified discernment, that you may see all things clearly.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 11)
“Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. Of His own will begat He us, with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of first fruits of His creatures.” [Verses 17, 18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 12)
Of all the works of God, man stands highest, because he is to represent God. Men and women are the members of Christ’s body, and they are to receive from one another respect and love and kindness, because they have been bought with a price, even the blood of the Son of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 13)
Never are we to lose sight of this thought. I am afraid of the men who fail to treat one another with thoughtfulness and kindness, who use their powers to weaken and depress and discourage the Lord’s servants, who, it may be, are striving in the face of great difficulties to do their appointed work, and, by mastering the difficulties, to reach success. How dare their ministering brethren ruthlessly uproot their influence by harsh, unsanctified words. How dare they wound and bruise their souls, leaving them to perish unless the Lord, in His great mercy and love, reaches out His hand, saying, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 14)
These things hurt my soul, not alone because by their wicked course of action men are injuring and discouraging their brethren, and making them faithless, but because they are placing themselves where they cannot be laborers together with God. The Lord Jesus will not co-operate with those who do this work. He wants the first fruits of His sacrifice to resemble Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 15)
Let those who are to ready to hurt the influence of the ministers engaged in the work of God, because for some reason they do not meet their ideas, remember that God looks at the heart, and by the words and actions judges whether the life is good or evil.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 16)
“Wherefore, my beloved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath; for the wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God. Wherefore lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness, and receive with meekness the engrafted word, which is able to save your souls. Be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves. For if any man be a hearer of the word, and not a doer, he is like unto a man beholding his natural face in a glass; for he beholdeth himself, and goeth his way, and straightway forgetteth what manner of man he was. But whoso looketh into the perfect law of liberty, and continueth therein, he being not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, this man shall be blessed in his deed. If any man among you seemeth to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth his own heart, this man’s religion is vain. Pure religion, and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from the world.” [James 1:19-27.]
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 17)
I call upon those who name the name of Christ to depart from all iniquity, no longer cherishing enmity against their brethren, nor speaking with unruly tongues.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 18)
The work that has been going forward in the South is a work of God’s appointment. Nashville is the place that He designed should become a center for the work in the South. Elder Kilgore needs to look closely into the divine mirror. And let him not go away and soon forget what manner of man he is. Elder Lane and the others who have seemed to be leagued together to increase the discouragements of the work that some one must do in this hard field, may be assured that the Lord did not set them to act the part of critics. Let them read the Word of God to a purpose, and act out the instruction it contains. They have something to do besides tearing to pieces the work that God has given their brethren to do.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 19)
Those who have no interest in the Southern field, who work zealously to keep from those who are trying to do something the means that ought to go to the work in that field (and in saying this I must specify Nashville); those who circulate reports that turn into other channels the means that should go to the work in Nashville, are doing that which God calls robbery. Will He not judge for these things? My brethren, look at yourselves in the divine mirror, and remember that the Lord God of Israel does not accept the zeal that you have shown in hindering instead of helping the work in Nashville. A great work is to be done in the South, but if you cannot do differently from what you have done in the past, for Christ’s sake have nothing to do with the work in Nashville and other places in the South. You do not understand what you are about. I am bidden to tell you in the name of the Lord that unless you show greater wisdom, unless you reason from cause to effect, you might better have nothing to do with the work in the South; for this work is difficult enough without being made more so by hindrances from those who are not walking in the way of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 20)
Please read the second chapter of James. God is displeased with your work. He calls for a reformation. Without delay do the work that you need to do for yourselves.
(17LtMs, Lt 185, 1902, 21)
Lt 186, 1902
White, J. E.; White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 2, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 63-66. + Dear Children Edson and Willie White,—
I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that my health is as good as it is. I have every reason to praise my heavenly Father for the clearness of thought that He has given me in regard to Bible subjects. I long to bring out these precious things so that the minds of ministers and people may, if possible, be drawn away from contention and strife to something that is nourishing to the soul—food that will give health, hopefulness, and courage. Many are now saying, “Report, and we will report it.” [Jeremiah 20:10.] Some are greedy for those things that satisfy a depraved spiritual appetite and that will ruin their religious experience, placing them outside the city of God with those who live and make a lie.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 1)
In the night season many things are passing before me. The Scriptures, full of grace and richness, are presented before me. The word of the Lord to me is: “Look on these things, and meditate on them. You may claim the rich grace of truth, which nourishes the soul. Have naught to do with controversy and dissension and strife, which bring darkness and discouragement to your soul. Truth is clear, pure, savory. Avoid all council-meetings where there is dissension, and where men will neither credit My words and obey My lessons, nor heed your counsel. Speak the truth in faith and love, leaving the result with God. The work is not yours, but the Lord’s. In all your communications, speak as one to whom the Lord has spoken. He is your authority, and He will give you His sustaining grace.”
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 2)
My sons, I would have you firmly united as brothers in the flesh and as brothers in Christian fellowship.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 3)
I have a work to do, and I am now making decisions. I must remain away from Conference meetings. I must not attend camp-meetings. The spirit of drawing apart, as the result of judging one another, has become so common, and the churches are becoming so leavened with this spirit that I have no desire to attend these meetings. After returning from them, it is often weeks before I am able to take up my neglected work.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 4)
Because those in positions of responsibility have for years left the Southern field unworked, notwithstanding the most decided testimonies urging them to take up this work; because they continue to neglect this field, and use every manner of device in trying to uproot the confidence of the people in those who have done the hardest and most self-sacrificing work in the South, I have but very little confidence that the Lord is giving these men in positions of responsibility spiritual eyesight and heavenly discernment. I am thrown into perplexity over their course; and I desire now to attend to my special work, to have no part in any of their councils and to attend no camp-meetings nigh or afar off. My mind shall not be dragged into confusion by the tendency they manifest to work directly contrary to the light that God has given me. I am done. I will preserve my God-given intelligence.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 5)
My voice has been heard in the different Conferences and at camp-meetings. I must now make a change. I cannot enter the atmosphere of strife and then have to bear testimonies that cost me much more than those to whom they are sent can imagine. When I attend the different meetings, I am compelled to deal with men standing in responsible places who I know are not exerting an influence that God can endorse. And when I bear a testimony in reference to their course of action, advantage is taken of this testimony. These men have not clear understanding. Should I say the things that I know, they would not, with their present experience, use this instruction wisely and would bring upon me inconceivable burdens.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 6)
I shall, therefore, leave them to receive word from the Bible, in which the principles upon which they should work are laid down in straight lines.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 7)
There are those who look upon themselves as the Lord’s servants, but who, as shown by the way in which the Southern work has been handled, are working away from the light that God has for years been giving. I have pity for them, but I cannot be forever pointing out for them the way of righteousness. They are brought no nearer right actions by what I say than if the words were never spoken. So long as those in responsible positions see things through a false medium, they will put a wrong construction on my work.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 8)
The light I have for our ministers is: Seek God. Stop your whisperings and your evil surmisings, instigated by Satan; and see if the love of God will not fill heart and soul. And I will go on with my writing. This is the light given me, and I shall not depart from it.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 9)
Let all keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment. Let prayer ascend to God for the Holy Spirit’s instruction. Then when it comes, look at yourselves in the great moral looking-glass, God’s Word, which will always tell you the truth. When God’s servants work as laborers together with God, out of love for Christ and the souls ready to perish, a very different atmosphere will be brought into our churches. Each man will be found in his place, recognizing the work God has put in his hands to be done for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 10)
Religion not only improves, but beautifies the disposition and the character. Christ must be blended with all our thoughts, our feelings, our affections. He must be exemplified in the minutest details of every-day service in the work that He has given us to do. When, in the place of leaning upon human understanding or conforming to worldly maxims, we sit at the feet of Jesus, eagerly drinking in His words, learning of Him, and saying, “Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?” [Acts 9:6] our natural independence, our self-confidence, our strong self-will will be exchanged for a childlike, submissive, teachable spirit. When we are in right relation to God, we shall recognize Christ’s authority to direct us and His claim to our unquestioning obedience.
(17LtMs, Lt 186, 1902, 11)
Lt 187, 1902
Brethren in the Southern Field “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 2, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in HP 237. + To my brethren in the Southern field,—
Remember that union with Christ is your strength. Remember that if you attempt to work for Christ in your own strength, you will meet with utter failure. Never forget that you are on test and trial. Light has come to you. Those who continue to cherish traits of character that God’s Word forbids, those who yield to feelings of envy and evil-surmising, must be separated from God’s work; for they will act as evil leaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 1)
Through workers who may not seem to be the most talented, the Lord will accomplish a great work, if they will rely wholly on Him and walk and work in humility. These workers, because they do not bring self-importance into their work, will be enabled to do that which more talented workers fail to do. God is just as willing now as anciently to work through human effort and to accomplish great things through weak instrumentalities. We shall not gain the victory by numbers, but by entire surrender to Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 2)
Neither evil men nor evil angels can destroy the work of God or shut His presence from His people, if, with subdued, contrite hearts, they put away their sins and in faith claim His promises. Every opposing influence, whether open or secret, may be successfully resisted, “not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Zechariah 4:6.] He who is meek and lowly in heart is our efficiency. He says to us, “Come unto me, ... and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 3)
Guard well your words. One passionate word will give Satan the advantage, wounding your own souls and turning others away from the light. Have not such words as these been spoken? My brethren, you need to be shut in, as it were, with Jesus; and, as you hold yourselves in this position, it will have a telling influence upon the people. Remember that the work in which you are engaged is not a commercial work, but a divine work.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 4)
Make an entire surrender to God of all that you have. Many charge God with being a hard master, because He claims their possessions and their service. But we can bring to God nothing that is not already His, because He has first given it to us. Everything was lost by sin. Man forfeited his title to every blessing. It is only by divine grace, through the infinite sacrifice of Christ, that we could be reinstated in the favor of God and permitted to enjoy His gifts. We are not our own. Christ has brought us with His blood; we belong to Him. All we possess, our physical and mental powers, all the blessings we daily enjoy, are delivered to us stamped with the cross of Calvary. Therefore the charge that God is a hard master, reaping where He has not sown, is false. When God calls for our gifts or our service, He is but calling for that which is His own. “All things come of Thee,” said king David, “and of thine own have we given thee.” [1 Chronicles 29:14.] Every talent lent you by God is a precious treasure to be wisely used in the service of God, extending the influence of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 5)
The sincere Christian is a doer of the Word of God. He lays up treasure in heaven, in accordance with the directions given him by Christ. Transformed by grace, his life is hid with Christ in God. His energies are employed in striving for high spiritual attainments; and all his entrusted talents are appreciated as God’s gifts, to be used to His glory. His property is prized as a means of advancing the cause of God, of enabling him to work as Christ worked for the blessing of humanity.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 6)
What a man is has greater influence that what he says. The quiet, consistent, godly life is a living epistle, known and read of all men. Holiness is not shaped from without, or put on; it radiates from within. If goodness, purity, meekness, lowliness, and integrity dwell in the heart, they will shine forth in the character; and such a character is full of power. Not the instrument, but the great Worker in whose hand the instrument is used, receives the glory. The heart, filled with the Saviour’s love, daily receives grace to impart. The life reveals the redeeming power of the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 7)
The witness borne concerning Jesus was, “Never man spake like this man.” [John 7:46.] The reason that Christ spoke as no other man spoke was that He lived as no other man lived. If He had not lived as He did, He could not have spoken as He did. His words bore with them convincing power, because they came from a heart pure and holy, burdened with love and sympathy, beneficence and truth. A man’s worth is not measured by the position of responsibility that he occupies, but by the Christlike spirit that he reveals. When the Saviour abides in the heart, the work bears the impress of the divine touch. Self does not appear. Christ is revealed as the One altogether lovely.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 8)
While the shepherds were watching their flocks on the hills of Bethlehem, angels from heaven visited them. So today while the humble worker for God is following his employment, angels stand by his side, listening to his words, noting the manner in which he does his work, to see if larger responsibilities may not be safely entrusted to his hands. If he trusts constantly in God, these angel-watchers will not allow his work to deteriorate. They will not permit it to be warped into line that will imperil the cause of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 9)
The Lord is looking upon the work that comes from the hands of His people. He will judge every piece of work, to see of what sort it is.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 10)
Pure and undefiled religion speaks for itself. It transforms the characters of all who receive it, improving their usefulness and beautifying all with which it is brought in contact. In the web of life, its golden threads of faith are interwoven with the coarsest as well as the finest material.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 11)
Soul-saving—this is the great object of our ministry. In the work of soul-saving, divine and human agencies are to combine. God has done His part, and Christian activity is now called for. God expects His people to act a part in the work of bringing the light of truth to all nations. My brethren, plead with God for power for service. Your understanding needs to be quickened and purified. You need to know that you know the real principles of the truth. You need to cherish humble faith and true godliness. Then when you meet opponents, you will not meet them in your own strength. The angel of God will stand by your side, to help you in answering the questions that may be asked you. Satan will stir up your opponents to say things hard for you to bear, in order to provoke you to speak inadvisedly; but speak no words that Satan can take advantage of. We read of Christ that He did not bring a railing accusation against Satan, when contending with him about the body of Moses. Had he done this, He would have placed Himself on the enemy’s ground. In all that you do and say, reveal the meekness of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 187, 1902, 12)
Lt 188, 1902
Cady, M. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 4, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear brother Cady,—
Without consulting you, I placed a student in the Healdsburg school. I expected to see you about this when I was in Healdsburg the week before last, but the day after going there, I was taken sick, and was obliged to keep very quiet. The next morning we returned to St. Helena. This is why I did not talk with you in regard to the student sent to school from Petaluma.
(17LtMs, Lt 188, 1902, 1)
I am not at all acquainted with this young lady. In talking with me about her, Brother and Sister Rice gave her a very high recommendation. I expected to be at Healdsburg when she reached there and intended to talk with you regarding her. But my health and work would not permit this, and therefore I did not have opportunity to arrange matters as I expected to.
(17LtMs, Lt 188, 1902, 2)
At one time I created a fund for the assistance of students from the royalties coming to me from my foreign books. Several dollars of this fund were placed in the Healdsburg school. The money was to be lent to students in need of help, with the understanding that they would replace it after they had received their education and were earning money for themselves. Thus there would always be some money to use for the same purpose.
(17LtMs, Lt 188, 1902, 3)
I wish to ask whether these terms have been fulfilled. Is the fund exhausted? Have not those helped by this fund returned the money lent them? I should be pleased to know how this money has been used. If the terms on which it was placed in the school have been fulfilled, there should still be a fund from which students such as the one sent from Petaluma could be helped. If this fund has been allowed to melt away, an injustice has been done me and the students that could be helped by it.
(17LtMs, Lt 188, 1902, 4)
In regard to the student from Petaluma, I felt at perfect liberty to send her to Healdsburg College, and I shall feel at perfect liberty to send other students, knowing of the fund that I placed in the school to help such ones. If those who drew from this fund have failed to return the money, see if they cannot now do so. If they are not in a position to do this, let the tuition of this student be paid from the proceeds brought in by the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. It was to help worthy students, as well as to lift the debt from the schools, that the gift of this book was made.
(17LtMs, Lt 188, 1902, 5)
Lt 189, 1902
Brethren in the Work of God in Europe “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 7, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 304-305; 8T 38-40. + To my brethren in responsible positions in the work of God in Europe,—
I have words to speak to you. It is time for much to be accomplished in Europe. A large work, such as has been done in America, can be done in Europe. Let sanitariums be established there; let hygienic restaurants be started. Let the light of present truth shine forth from the press. Let the work of translating our books go forward. I have been shown that in foreign countries many lights will be kindled.
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 1)
In many places in Europe the Lord’s work has not a proper showing. Help is needed in Italy, in England, and in many other countries. A larger work should be done in these places. Laborers are needed. There is talent among God’s people in Europe, and the Lord desires this talent to be employed in establishing all through this great continent centers from which the light of His truth may shine forth.
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 2)
There is a work to be done in Scandinavia. God is just as willing to work through Scandinavian believers as through American believers. We are hoping and praying that Elder Olsen will renew his courage, and grasp the hand stretched out to save him, making God his trust. He must have courage in the Lord. He must do all that he can to help his brethren and sisters in Europe. We know that the Lord will work through him.
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 3)
My brethren, bind up with the Lord God of hosts. Let Him be your fear and let Him be your dread. The time has come for His work to be enlarged. Troublous times are before us, but if we stand together in Christian fellowship, none striving for the supremacy, God will work mightily for us.
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 4)
Let us be hopeful and courageous. Despondency in God’s service is sinful and unreasonable. He knows our every necessity. He has all power. He can bestow upon his servants any measure of efficiency that their case demands. His infinite love and compassion never weary. With the majesty of Omnipotence He unites the gentleness and care of a tender shepherd. We need have no fear that He will not fulfil His promises. He is eternal truth. Never will He change the covenant that He has made with those that love Him. His promises to His church stand fast forever. He will make her an eternal excellence, a joy of many generations.
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 5)
Study the forty-first chapter of Isaiah, and strive to understand it in all its significance. God declares: “I will open rivers in the high places, and fountains in the midst of the valleys; I will make the wilderness a pool of water, and the dry land springs of water. I will plant in the wilderness the cedar, the shittah tree, and the myrtle, and the oil tree: I will set in the desert the fir tree, and the pine, and the box tree together; that they may see, and know, and consider, and understand together, that the hand of the Lord hath done this, and the Holy One of Israel hath created it.” [Verses 18-20.]
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 6)
He who has chosen Christ has joined himself to a power that no array of human wisdom or strength can overthrow. “Fear thou not; for I am with thee,” He declares: “be not dismayed; for I am thy God; I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of my righteousness.... I the Lord thy God will hold thy right hand, saying unto thee, Fear not; I will help thee.” [Verses 10, 13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 7)
“To whom then will ye liken me, or shall I be equal, saith the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things, that bringeth out their host by number; he calleth them all by names by the greatness of His might, for that He is strong in power: not one faileth. Why sayest thou, O Jacob, and speakest, O Israel, my way is hid from the Lord, and my judgment is passed over from my God? Hast thou not known, hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? there is no searching of His understanding. He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fail; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength: they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; they shall walk, and not faint.” [Isaiah 40:25-31.]
(17LtMs, Lt 189, 1902, 8)
Lt 190, 1902
Franke, E. E. NP December 11, 1902 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in Ev 126-127, 304, 509; 4MR 275-276. + Elder Franke Dear Brother,—
The large cities are to be warned, but, my brother, not all the methods that you follow in this work are right. You think that you are at liberty to spend all the money that you please to gain the attention of the people. But remember that in the Lord’s vineyard there are many, many places to be worked, and that every dollar is needed.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 1)
God is not pleased by your large outlay of means to advertise your meetings, and by the display made in other features of your work. The display is out of harmony with the principles of the Word of God. He is dishonored by your expensive preparations. At times you do that which is represented to me as the shredding of wild gourds into the pot. This display makes the truth taste too strongly of the dish. Man is exalted. The truth is not advanced, but hindered. Sensible men and women can see that the theatrical performances are not in harmony with the solemn message that you bear.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 2)
How can God be glorified when you depend for your singing on a worldly choir that sings for money? My brother, when you see these things in a right light, you will have in your meetings only sweet, simple singing, and you will ask the whole congregation to join in the song. What if among those present there are some whose voices are not so musical as the voices of others? When the singing is such that angels can unite with the singers, an impression is made on minds that singing from unsanctified lips cannot make.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 3)
I am instructed to say to you, Brother Franke, Turn square about. Do not longer shut the Spirit of God away from your meetings. Depend on the Lord. Go forward in His strength. Henceforth, place no more wild gourds in the pot, to poison the food. Bring meal, the grace of God, to counteract the element of death. Feed the flock of God with meat in due season.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 4)
Do not cherish a spirit of controversy. Little good is accomplished by denunciatory speeches. The surest way to destroy false doctrine is to preach the truth. Keep to the affirmative. Let the precious truths of the gospel kill the force of evil. Show a tender, pitiful spirit toward the erring. Come close to hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 5)
Let the believers living near the place where you are holding meetings share the burden of the work. They should feel it a duty and a privilege to help to make the meetings a success. God is pleased by efforts to set them at work. He desires every church member to labor as His helping hand, seeking by loving ministry to win souls to Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 6)
The people in Greater New York need gospel teaching. But the parade you make destroys the impressions that God desires you to leave on their minds by your presentation of truth. Christlike words and deeds have far more influence for good than all the outward show and expensive preparations that can be made. Expending money for display is not the way to get the truth before the people. It is the way to keep Christ hidden. Conduct your meetings with the solemnity befitting the importance and sacredness of the testing truths that you are presenting, praying constantly, and constantly drawing nearer to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 7)
Lift up Christ, the sin-pardoning Saviour. Bend all your efforts to proclaiming His message of forgiveness. A great work is to be done. In the future there will be many conversions. Some now in error will be preaching the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 190, 1902, 8)
Lt 191, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 6, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear son Edson,—
I have counsel for you from the Lord. I have been praying for you at the family altar and during the night season. I have been asking our heavenly Father to adjust matters to His own name’s glory. In the night hours, I have walked the floor of my room, my prayers ascending to God, that He might guide and control every one connected with the work at Nashville. God says, “If those who have allowed a wrong spirit to control them will come to Me in repentance and will confess their sins, I will hear their prayers and will pardon them. But if they do not come to Me, if they consult human agencies and allow themselves to be leavened with the leaven of human malice and evil-surmisings, they will surely be separated from My work.”“Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, not a yoke manufactured by human power. Stand free in meekness and humility and lowliness. Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 1)
This is the experience that God desires every one to obtain. In your work, you will, through humble prayer, gain strength from above. You can in faith commit your case to the Lord; for He cares for you and will judge in truth and righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 2)
“Hear the right, O Lord, attend unto my cry, give ear unto my prayer, that goeth not out of feigned lips. Let my sentence come forth from thy presence; let thine eyes behold the things that are equal. Thou hast proved mine heart; thou hast visited me in the night; thou hast tried me, and shalt find nothing; I am purposed that my mouth shall not transgress. Concerning the works of men, by the word of thy lips I have kept me from the paths of the destroyer. Hold up my goings in thy paths, that my footsteps slip not. I have called upon thee, for thou wilt hear me, O God; incline thine ear unto me, and hear my speech. Show thy lovingkindness, O thou that savest by thy right hand them which put their trust in thee from those that rise up against them. Keep me as the apple of the eye; hide me under the shadow of thy wings.” [Psalm 17:1-8.]
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 3)
Do not censure the words or the attitude of your fellow workers. Silence is your eloquence; for there are men who stand ready to misconstrue, misinterpret, and falsify. Unless the hearts of these men undergo a thorough transformation, they cannot be worked by the Holy Spirit. God has opened to me plainly the deep workings of human agencies.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 4)
Sincerity and uprightness of heart, with fervent prayer, are essential to acceptance with God. He knows every chapter, every letter, from the beginning to the end, in the experience of every soul. He searches the hearts and tries the reins of the children of men. Those who are accepted by Him must worship Him in spirit and truth and in the beauty of holiness.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 5)
My son, confidence in God is the great means of success. Believe in Christ. Live in Him. Jesus is mighty. He will give you power to resist satanic agencies. Walk humbly with God. Commune with Him, and have no angry words with men. Confidence in God is your safety. This is the grand means of security, and if you trust in Him, He will keep that which is committed to Him, and you will be carried in safety through every trial. The Lord will not leave you to the mercy of those who report evil.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 6)
Give no one occasion to misinterpret you. Treat every one kindly and respectfully, but be careful in your speech. You have been appointed by God to do His work. Keep your mind pure and clear, undefiled by any of the working of evil-doers. Stand in the strength of the Lord God of Israel. Stand fast, ever wearing the yoke of Christ, ever learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. Let not the work of the enemy discourage you. It will hinder. It hindered us in Cooranbong. There are those connected with the cause of God today who are not inspired by God. But you cannot help that. Let the peace of Christ rule in your heart, and Christ will be your shield and your salvation. Many things will be said and done that are the outworking of unconsecrated, evil hearts. Men will utter falsehoods. They will think and speak evil. But God will not permit them to bring their evil counsels to pass.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 7)
I have a word for you. Go forward in preparing books. Do the work that you are planning to do with Patriarchs and Prophets. Give it to the world illustrated. But do not try to deal with men who are not making God their Leader. Go forward! God’s time to vindicate all righteousness will come. If you make mistakes, acknowledge them.
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 8)
But you are not to admit as an error that which is not an error. God wants His servants to make straight paths for their feet. Cultivate mercy and compassion for those whose perceptions are clouded, and whose work, therefore, is of a character that God cannot endorse. Go straight forward, looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. While you are worked by Him, you can say with assurance, “All His judgments were before me, and I did not put away His statutes from me. I was also upright before Him, and I kept myself from mine iniquity. Therefore hath the Lord recompensed me according to my righteousness, according to the cleanness of my hands in His eyesight. With the merciful Thou wilt show Thyself merciful; with an upright man Thou wilt show Thyself upright; with the pure Thou wilt show Thyself pure; and with the froward Thou wilt show Thyself froward. For Thou wilt save the afflicted people; but wilt bring down high looks. For Thou wilt light my candle: the Lord God will enlighten my darkness. For by Thee I have run through a troop; and by my God have I leaped over a wall. As for God, His way is perfect; the word of the Lord is tried; He is a buckler to all those that trust in Him. For who is God save the Lord? or who is a rock save our God? It is God that girdeth me with strength, and maketh my way perfect. He maketh my feet like hinds’ feet, and setteth me upon my high places.... Thou hast also given me the shield of Thy salvation; and Thy right hand hath holden me up, and Thy gentleness hath made me great. Thou hast enlarged my steps under me, that my feet did not slide.” [Psalm 18:22-33, 35, 36.]
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 9)
This will be the experience of those who wear Christ’s yoke and learn His meekness and lowliness. This is your safety. Lean not on the arm of flesh; for if you do, you will certainly fail to fulfil the commission which God has given you, a commission that He has not withdrawn. Do not allow what men say to lead you to misrepresent your Leader. Do not trust in man. God says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 191, 1902, 10)
Lt 192, 1902
Palmer, Brother and Sister [W. O.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 1, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in UL 348. + Dear Brother and Sister W. O. Palmer,—
May the Lord greatly strengthen you physically and mentally and give you moral power. The Lord hath pardoned thy transgressions; He hath forgiven thy sins; He hath lifted upon thee the light of His countenance.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 1)
When I was in Battle Creek during the last General Conference, the instruction given me in reference to you was that you were in danger and that the Lord would have you connect with James Edson White; for you would have to pass through great trials. But a work must be done for you. Wrongs must be made right. I was instructed that whatever might be the reflections and accusations brought against you, I must encourage you and not depress and destroy you as many would surely do if left to work out their own inclination.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 2)
The word of the Lord to me was: “Instruct him as a mother would instruct her son. Leave him not to be accused and battered down. He can be an overcomer through the blood of the Lamb and the word of His testimony. Encourage him. His temperament and Edson White’s are not of the same order, but these two workers are to harmonize in My service and to help each other. Men will pass judgment, but the Lord God of Israel hath spoken.”
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 3)
My brother, I have words to say to you. The Lord has His eye upon you. Ever looking unto Jesus, you will reflect His character. By “beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord,” you will be “changed into the same image, from glory to glory”—from character to character. [2 Corinthians 3:18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 4)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul: the testimony of the Lord is sure, making wise the simple. The statutes of the Lord are right, rejoicing the heart: the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes. The fear of the Lord is clean, enduring forever: the judgments of the Lord are true and righteous altogether. More to be desired are they than gold, yea, than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb. Moreover by them is Thy servant warned: and in keeping of them there is great reward. Who can understand his errors? cleanse Thou me from secret faults. Keep back Thy servant also from presumptuous sins; let them not have dominion over me: then shall I be upright, and I shall be innocent from the great transgression. Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart, be acceptable in Thy sight, O Lord, my strength, and my Redeemer.” [Psalm 19:7-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 5)
The written Word of God is to be your lesson book. Study it; bring it into your character-building. Take no man, whatever may be his position or work, as your criterion; for all men have not the true experience that will help you. Study your Bible. Bring it into your life as spiritual food, partaking of it in order that your character may be conformed to the character of Christ. Thus you may become Christlike. Appropriating the Word, and feeding upon it, you will be a partaker of the divine nature, overcoming the corruptions that are in the world through lust. God’s written Word is a perfect Guide-book for your daily life. Your faith must rely upon a “Thus saith the Lord.” The Bible is to be the rule of your life-practice; for all who follow its teachings are made wise unto salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 6)
You cannot depend on your own righteousness. If you make the Lord your trust constantly, you will not be brought into confusion. For keeping power, trust wholly in the One who understands all your spiritual necessities. God is very pitiful. Depend on Him alone. Christ’s righteousness atones for your sins. He is making intercession in your behalf. Seek to please Him by keeping all His commandments.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 7)
The more that we, individually, are acquainted with the Bible, and the more earnestly and zealously we criticize ourselves, comparing our hearts and lives with the standard of God’s requirements, the more fully will we trust only in the Wisdom that cannot err. Through faith we will accept the promise given to those who receive Christ as their personal Saviour—the promise that to them He will give power to become sons and daughters of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 8)
My brother, keep the perfection of Christ’s character ever before you. Whatever may be the human judgment pronounced on your case, remember that God has authorized no human agent to be judge of his fellow man. Put your trust in God at all times, and you will find Him able to keep you by His almighty power. He will be an ever-present, all-sufficient defense against the strife of tongues which Satan inspires to confuse and weaken and discourage.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 9)
God does not give the slightest endorsement to the spirit of surmising evil, of making a mountain of a molehill, that men have manifested in criticizing every wrong word and act that they can discover. These men do not understand what manner of spirit they are of. They are making themselves as gods, to lift up or to cast down. God will bring them over the road of trial and show them the wickedness of their course.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 10)
The Friend of sinners knows how to help and strengthen and bless those who, having sinned, turn again unto the Lord. Those who seek God with the whole heart will find Him a present help in every time of need. He will heal the erring, instead of denouncing and crushing them. He will hear the penitential prayers and will pardon the repentant ones, doing them good according to the great riches of His grace.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 11)
Now, my brother, put your trust wholly in the Lord. Human judgment would set the erring one aside; but Christ, were He present, would say to these men who pass such judgment, “He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone.” [John 8:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 12)
All Christian gifts and graces come from the Holy Spirit. Upon different individuals the Lord bestows different gifts and measures of grace and means of influence. For the wisest of reasons, He has ordained that every man shall fill his own place. God will bless you, Brother Palmer, in doing the work that He has appointed you to do. Guard against carrying heavy responsibilities. You have been so worried in mind that life and courage have been almost crushed out of you.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 13)
Now lift up heart and soul in praise to God because He has acknowledged you as His child. He will make you His helping hand and will bless you in the work of trying to help other souls. The Holy Spirit will work every heart susceptible to its holy influence. Christ’s righteousness will go before such an one, and the glory of the Lord will be his rearward.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 14)
Brother Palmer, let your every word be guarded. Say nothing that will irritate. Let your words be few and well chosen. The Lord will strengthen and bless you in doing His will.
(17LtMs, Lt 192, 1902, 15)
Lt 193, 1902
McDearmon, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 8, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister McDearmon,—
We have enjoyed a visit from our daughter Emma. We had hoped that she could remain here through the winter; but Edson has written that he must have her with him, so we must let her go. We will not complain.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 1)
I had hoped that before this we could have a visit with you. It may be that we shall yet. We are both approaching old age.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 2)
I have made my will. Have you? If not, I would advise you to do so without delay, while in the full possession of the faculties of your mind. You will not die one day sooner for having made your will. It is some time since I made mine. I am glad that I do not have this matter to think of every day that I have an ill-turn. I advise you not to delay to give expression to your desires as to how your property shall be used after your stewardship will have been closed. If I were you, I would attend to this little matter at once; for it is the right thing for you to do. You may thereby save others much perplexity and expense. You can arrange in such a way that so long as you live, you will have the guardianship of your property.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 3)
I was sorry to hear of your sickness. I am much pleased, and very thankful to God, to know that you are still spared. I may meet you once more. At the present time my health is very good, for which I am thankful. I see very much to be grateful for. Years ago I was crippled in both my limbs, yet I can now easily go up and down the stairs, to and from my room, many times every day. I should not complain if I were a cripple; but I am not, and for this the Lord Jesus Christ shall be glorified.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 4)
We will be perfectly submissive in the hands of the Lord. We will trust in Him and rejoice in His love, for communion with Him is sweet to the Christian’s heart. Christ Jesus never changes, never disappoints us. He is the same yesterday, today, and forever.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 5)
I wish your children could be with their mother. As we view it, this would be a blessing both to you and to the children. But it is now comparatively only a moment of time before we shall meet to part no more.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 6)
My dear sister, commune with Jesus. He will bless and comfort you. He is the widow’s God and Husband. Trust Him. Surely you will continue to trust Him who has never failed you. Be of good courage in the Lord; for He comforteth you.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 7)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 193, 1902, 8)
Lt 194, 1902
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California December 7, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 251; 5Bio 194-196. + Elder Daniells Dear brother,—
I have been looking over some things written in my diary in regard to you. The Lord has opened many things before me. When you were here, you laid before me the condition of things in the publishing house at Nashville. You spoke of the terrible financial embarrassment resting on the work there and gave me the impression that the brethren did not think that anything could be done to set things in order, because Sister White would exert her influence to prevent them from doing what they thought necessary to put matters on a proper basis. Questions were asked me, and I answered them in the light of your representations. I said, “If what you say is correct, I will not stand in the way of your doing what you think ought to be done.” You said that if you could adjust matters as they would be adjusted if the difficulties existed in any other place, the work would be placed on a sound basis.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 1)
The interview was reported and written out, and a copy was given you. The night after, and for several nights following, light was given me regarding the matters of which we had talked; and a heavy burden came upon me.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 2)
While at Fresno, I was in the night season in a meeting where the room was darkened, as if a blanket of darkness had been drawn over the assembly. Some one was speaking. The voice was the voice of Elder Daniells, but the words were those of Brother E. R. Palmer. In that meeting, the Lord laid on me a heavy burden, a burden that I could not lay off. Soon after, I was asked to speak in a morning meeting, and I consented, not knowing how my mind might be led. You know the result of this meeting. My message to Brother Jones and Brother Corliss was to them a savor of life unto life.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 3)
Just as Elder Jones was leaving for Battle Creek, I sent him a message of warning, and a little while after, I received from him a letter expressing his thankfulness, accepting the testimony and declaring his determination to act upon it. He said that he had separated from that which the testimony warned him against, and that his wife was now a happy woman.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 4)
This was an encouragement to me. But the burden that had come upon me after my interview with you still rested heavily upon me. I could not rid myself of it. I could not sleep. The Lord reproved me for accepting any man’s version of matters, even Elder Daniells’, when He had already given me instruction.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 5)
I never remember feeling more pained than I did after speaking as I did in the interview with you. I had nothing to say in favor of Nashville. The Lord reproved me for this, and pointed me to those who by His appointment were laboring in Nashville. I was cited to the experience of the Lord’s people as recorded in the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth chapters of Ezra, when those who were not in harmony with God tried to hinder the work that He had said should be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 6)
That there should be an attempt to counterwork the Lord’s plans, and to hinder the good work being accomplished in Nashville; that Elder Daniells and others, notwithstanding the light that God has given, should join in this attempt, is an offense to God. He will not endorse their work, nor countenance their course of action.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 7)
A decided call will have to be made for our people to come up to the help of the Lord. The whole history of the work in the South will have to be presented to our people, to remove the false impressions made by misrepresentation.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 8)
We do not say that in the work at Nashville every thing has been done in the wisest way, but every stroke that the workers have made has been to them a lesson of instruction. They have labored with intensity and untiring zeal. Those who have done nothing to help, but everything to hinder, might better have been helping the workers, encouraging them with their prayers. All that the Lord has permitted to come upon these workers in trial and grievance was sent to correct their mistakes and to keep them from making further mistakes. These workers were untried. Who among those who have lifted their voices in questioning and recrimination and accusation would have worked any more wisely, or with more self-denial and self-sacrifice? “He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone.” [John 8:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 9)
Brother Daniells and Brother Palmer, whatever may be your future, you have made and are making mistakes. The work that you have done by leavening minds with distrust will not be easily undone. You have believed false statements made by those whose understanding was confused. Had you been placed in the position of those you criticize so severely, you would not have done so well, in many respects, as they have.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 10)
Our people in America, Brother Daniells, needed not to be inspired with a spirit of suspicion. You have listened to false reports, receiving them as truth, and reporting them as such, weakening the hands of those who have done a good work in the Southern field. The word of the Lord is, Let every mouth be silent, every word of accusation hushed. God will call men to account for the suffering they have caused His workers. My brethren, you are just as you were represented to me. A dark blanket covers your perceptive faculties, and yet you work with as much earnestness and zeal as if you were controlled by the Holy Spirit. You know not what spirit you are of.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 11)
The finishing of one duty is to be a preparation for the performance of the next. But you have neglected one duty to grasp another that the Lord has not given you. Thus your spiritual eyesight has been beclouded, as it was beclouded in Australia. The performance of your duty in harmony with the messages God sends will bring light to your souls and to the souls of others.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 12)
In all our efforts for reformation, the Word of God is to be our guide. We are ever to show a cheerful readiness to bring about the union that Christ prayed should exist among His followers.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 13)
There are those who have not felt pleased with the effort to make Nashville a center. But if they had walked in the counsel of the Lord, they would have seen that it was His will to make Nashville a center, that in this place different interests could be established and carried forward, and that the work in this city was to be a sample of the work that should be done in other places. The preliminary work that has been done in Nashville should have been done years ago.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 14)
I was bidden to call for means for the Southern field, where workers were laboring with the greatest self-denial to advance the work. But some of the money raised in response to the calls made was diverted into other channels. God saw the pressure for want of means. He marked the spirit of opposition manifested. The way in which this field has been treated is an insult to Him. Money has been kept from it that should have been used to establish a school and a sanitarium near the city of Nashville. The establishment of these institutions should now be advanced as rapidly as possible. In connection with the school, industries should be started that will provide the students with employment that will help them to be self-supporting.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 15)
The establishment of these institutions is the work now before us. Let no selfish threads be drawn into the web. Let all remember that the word of the Lord is that the cities must be worked.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 16)
At present I have no idea of attending the General Conference, wherever it may be held. But I dare not say that I will not go. If the Lord bids me attend this meeting, I will go, but if He gives me no orders, be assured that I will remain where I am free from strife and contention. I shall use my time in preparing the testimonies for publication. I must prepare for our people the instruction given me in regard to the Southern field. The Lord commands me to speak, and this I shall do. I have been instructed to bear my testimony with the decision of authority, as a messenger from the One who knows the history of the work in the Southern field from the beginning to the end.
(17LtMs, Lt 194, 1902, 17)
Lt 195, 1902
Bollman, C. P. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 8, 1902 [typed] Previously unpublished. Diary Elder C. P. Bollman My dear brother,—
During the past night I have been much exercised in mind over the past, present, and future of the work at Nashville. Words were spoken by One who understands the situation. “The past must not be repeated,” He declared.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 1)
Those who claim to be God’s children have varied dispositions. Satan will control every one whose heart is open to his temptations. If permitted, he will take possession of the mind, inspire the thoughts and words, control the spirit, and mold the character.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 2)
My brother, there is in your temperament a non-religious element that, unless constantly repressed, will strengthen your tendency to pursue a course that will hurt your soul and bruise the souls of those who differ from you.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 3)
You have every advantage for securing a harmonious development of character. Remember that you have the presence and help of Christ. In daily spiritual life our faith will be severely tried. You are in heaviness of spirit through manifold temptations. But the trial of your faith must continue. If you carry yourself as the Lord’s servant, willing to do His will, and remembering that Jesus knows your every thought and act, you will be given strength to overcome.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 4)
Christ is acquainted with the spirit you manifest. He knows every impulse of your heart, every purpose of your soul. Your every imagination is open to His inspection. Realizing this, will you not show genuine reverence for the person of Christ, in whose presence you are constantly standing? Will you not be courteous, tender, kind, and respectful to all with whom you associate? Will you not cultivate daily the traits of character that are after the divine similitude? Will you not pray to the Lord to give you an humble heart, and then in word and in spirit live your prayer? If you do this, your stubborn, unyielding disposition will be overcome in the Lord’s own way, not in a way marked out by you.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 5)
Self must die, Christ’s life must be represented in your life, else you will never sit with Him upon His throne as an overcomer. Your way, your spirit, the standard that you have set up for yourself, must be materially changed if you remain connected with God’s work and workers. You have asked the Lord to teach you how to rest in His love, how to subdue your envious, jealous spirit; but you sometimes desire Him to grant your petition in your own way. Instead of submitting to His way, by your words and your deportment you are liable to strengthen your unenviable traits of character, cherishing in your heart the spirit of evil-surmising and hatred, which grows stronger with every indulgence.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 6)
My brother, indulge this wicked spirit no longer. Brace up like a man determined to overcome. Walk in the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Lift the cross of Christ, and bear it manfully. Ask that the Holy Spirit shall convince you of sin, and give you a closer acquaintance with your objectionable traits of character, a deeper consciousness of the wickedness cherished within your heart, that you may learn to hate and despise the evil of your natural disposition. Be not discouraged at the sight of this evil, but work toward the right with all the capabilities that God has given you. No longer do the work that you have been doing, but begin to do the work that Christ did. He was always a blessing to others. There is a very marked difference between your way and Christ’s way of doing God’s service. It is best for you to work in Christ’s way. As you study His life and His character, you will improve in spirit and in address, and will be preparing to be a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King. Following in His footsteps, you will possess the sanctified courtesy, the amiability, the grace of love, of which you are now so nearly destitute.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 7)
Before entering the courts above, you will first have to enter upon a disciplinary process of softening and subduing your hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. This work will call for watchfulness and much prayer. Your spirit and your works must be reformed before you can win the reward of the overcomer. There are many Christian graces that for your present and eternal good you should cultivate.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 8)
Do not undertake to mark out the way in which the Lord shall work, but yield yourself entirely into His hands—heart, soul, mind, and strength. Make this your first business; for the Lord has instructed me to say to you that you must be converted before you can be a vessel unto honor. If you will not become thoroughly converted, if you continue to cherish the spirit that you now manifest, it would be advisable for you to separate from those with whom you are connected in the Lord’s work, because others would be injured. Until you are converted, you will be spiritually weak, and will do but little Christian labor for souls ready to perish.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 9)
You are not now fitted for the work of dealing with human minds. To every man God has given his work, according to his several ability. The talents that He bestows upon man are varied. Different men have different gifts. God requires all, whatever their gifts, to have a clear insight of the practical workings of Christianity in every line of service in which men are called to minister.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 10)
The great principles of Christian conduct that are laid down in the gospels are plain, simple, and direct. These principles are to be practiced. If every worker would heed the instruction that Christ has given to His disciples, there would be no more contention, no wicked, envious feelings, no accusation and criticism of one another’s work, no rejoicing among satanic agencies over the fact that one professed Christian has educated himself to reflect upon and to undo the work of another Christian.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 11)
God has appointed no man to be the judge of another man’s work. Every laborer is to make sure that his own work will bear the inspection of Him who judgeth every man righteously. Let those who are so zealous to accuse use their voices to minister to the needs of souls ready to perish. If they find it impossible to enter into the labors of others without taking upon themselves the burden of sitting in judgment upon their work, let them decline to assume such responsibilities. Let them rather take up some line of work that God can trust them to do and put into this work so much consecrated zeal that their efforts will be without fault.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 12)
God grant, Brother Bollman, that you may begin the work of cementing your heart with the hearts of your co-workers. Pray for the gift of the Holy Spirit. Ask of God, and He will give you His rich blessing. Tell Him that you want the Christian graces developed within your heart. Place yourself as an empty vessel before Him, to receive of His rich grace. You will have to exercise yourself unto godliness. The Lord places you where you must exercise in order to increase your development in spiritual things and to be conformed to His image.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 13)
I have a deep interest in you, in Brother W. O. Palmer, and in my son Edson White. If you humble your hearts before God, He will bless you abundantly.
(17LtMs, Lt 195, 1902, 14)
Lt 196, 1902
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 6, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in RH 01/20/03, 01/27/03. + Dear brethren and sisters,—
The New Year is just before us, and plans should be laid for earnest, persevering effort in the Master’s service. There is much to be done to advance the work of God. I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived, and that it is to be carried forward with increasing success. It is the Lord’s work, and a blessing will attend those who engage in it with earnestness and diligence.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 1)
I thank my heavenly Father for the interest that my brethren and sisters have taken in the circulation of Christ’s Object Lessons. By the sale of this book great good has been accomplished, and the work should be continued. But the efforts of our people should not be confined to this one book. The work of the Lord includes more than one line of service. Christ’s Object Lessons is to live and do its appointed work, but not all the thought and effort of God’s people is to be given to its circulation. The larger books Patriarchs and Prophets, Great Controversy, and Desire of Ages should be sold everywhere. These books contain truth for this time—truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Nothing is to hinder their sale.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 2)
The effort to circulate Christ’s Object Lessons has demonstrated what can be done in the canvassing field. This effort is a never-to-be-forgotten lesson on how to canvass in the prayerful, trustful way that brings success. Many more of our larger books might have been sold if church members had been awake to the importance of the truths that these books contain and had realized the responsibility resting on them to circulate them. My brethren and sisters, will you not now make an effort to circulate these books; and will you not bring into this effort the enthusiasm that you brought into the effort to sell Christ’s Object Lessons? In selling Christ’s Object Lessons many have learned how to handle the larger books. They have obtained an experience that has prepared them to enter the canvassing field.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 3)
Sister White is not the originator of these books. They contain the instruction that during her lifework God has been giving her. They contain the precious, comforting light that God has graciously given His servant to be given to the world. From their pages this light is to shine into the hearts of men and women, leading them to the Saviour. The Lord has declared that these books are to be scattered throughout the world. There is in them truth which to the receiver is a savor of life unto life. They are silent witnesses for God. In the past they have been the means in His hands of convicting and converting many souls. Many have read them with eager expectation and by reading them have been led to see the efficacy of Christ’s atonement and to trust in its power. They have been led to commit the keeping of their souls to their Creator, waiting and hoping for the coming of the Saviour to take His loved ones to their eternal home. In the future, these books are to make the gospel plain to many others, revealing to them the way of salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 4)
The Lord has sent His people much instruction, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Little heed is given to the Bible, and the Lord has given a lesser light to lead men and women to the greater light. O how much good would be accomplished if the books containing this light were read with a determination to carry out the principles they contain! There would be a thousandfold greater vigilance, a thousandfold more self-denial and resolute effort. And many more would now be rejoicing in the light of present truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 5)
My brethren and sisters, work earnestly to circulate these books. Put your heart into this work, and the blessing of God will be with you. Go forth in faith, praying as you go that God will prepare hearts to receive the light. Be pleasant and courteous. Show by a consistent course that you are a true Christian. Walk and work in the light of heaven, and your path will be as the path of the just, shining more and more unto the perfect day.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 6)
Take the books to business men, to teachers of the gospel, whose minds have not been called to the special truths for this time. The message is to be given “in the highways”—to men who take an active part in the world’s work, to the teachers and leaders of the people. [Matthew 22:9.] Thousands can be reached in the most simple, humble way. The most intellectual, those who are looked upon as the world’s most gifted men and women, are often refreshed by the simple words of one who loves God, and who can speak of that love as naturally as the worldling speaks of the things that interest him most deeply. Often the words well prepared and studied have but little influence. But the true, honest expression of a son or daughter of God, spoken in natural simplicity, has power to unbolt the door to hearts that have long been closed against Christ and His love.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 7)
Let no one think that he is at liberty to fold his hands and do nothing. That any one can be saved in indolence and inactivity is an utter impossibility. Think of what Christ accomplished during His earthly ministry. How earnest, how untiring, were His efforts! He allowed nothing to turn Him aside from the work given Him. Are we following in His footsteps? He gave up all to carry out God’s plan of mercy for the fallen race. In the fulfilment of the purpose of heaven, He became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. He had had no communion with sin, had known nothing of it; but He came to this world, and took upon His sinless soul the guilt of sinful man, that sinners might stand justified before God. He grappled with temptation, overcoming in our behalf. The Son of God, pure and unsullied, bore the penalty of transgression and received the stroke of death that brought deliverance to the race.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 8)
It was Christ’s joy to help those in need of help, to seek the lost, to rescue the perishing, to lift up the bowed down, to heal the sick, to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the sorrowing and the distressed. The more fully we are imbued with His spirit, the more earnestly we shall work for those around us; and the more we do for others, the greater will be our love for the work, and the greater our delight in following the Master. Our hearts will be filled with the love of God; and with earnestness and convincing power we shall speak of the crucified Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 9)
I ask those to whom the light of truth has come, What are you going to do during the year that is just opening? Will you stop to quarrel with one another, to weaken and destroy the faith of humanity in humanity; or will you devote your time to strengthening the things that remain, that are ready to die? When our people begin to do something for the Master, complaints will no longer be heard. They will be roused from the despondency that is ruining many, body and soul. As they work for others, they will have much that is helpful to speak of when they assemble to worship God. The testimonies they bear will not be dark and gloomy, but full of joy and courage. Instead of thinking and talking about the faults of their brethren and sisters, and about their own trials, they will think and talk of the love of Christ, and will strive earnestly to become more efficient workers for Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 10)
Many are sad and discouraged, weak in faith and trust. Let them do something to help some one more needy than themselves, and they will grow strong in God’s strength. Let them engage in the good work of selling our books. Thus they will help others, and they will gain an experience that will give them the assurance that they are God’s helping hand. As they plead with the Lord to help them, He will guide them to those who are seeking for the light. Christ will be close beside them, teaching them what to say and do. By comforting others, they themselves will be comforted.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 11)
I ask you, dear Christian workers, to do what you can to circulate the books that the Lord has said should be sown broadcast throughout the world. Do your best to place them in the homes of as many as possible. Think of how great a work can be done if a large number of believers will unite in an effort to place before the people, by the circulation of these books, the light that the Lord has said should be given them. Under divine guidance, go forward in the work, and look to the Lord for aid. The Holy Spirit will attend you. Angels of heaven will accompany you, preparing the way before you.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 12)
If you have neglected the sowing time, if you have allowed God-given opportunities to pass unimproved, if you have given yourself up to self-pleasing, will you not now repent, before it is forever too late, and strive to redeem the time? The obligation to use your talents in the Master’s service rests heavily upon you. Come to the Lord, and make an entire surrender of all to Him. You cannot afford to lose one day. Take up your neglected work. Put away your querulous unbelief, your envy and evil-thinking, and go to work in humble faith and with earnest prayer to the Lord to pardon you for your years of unconsecration. Ask the Lord for help. If you seek Him earnestly with the whole heart, you will find Him, and He will strengthen and bless you.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 13)
In your work you will meet with those who are fighting against appetite. Speak words that will strengthen and encourage them. Do not let Satan quench the last spark of hope in their hearts. Of the erring, trembling one struggling with evil, Christ says, “Let him come to Me;” and He places His hands underneath him, and lifts him up. [John 7:37.] The work that He did, you as His evangelists can do as you go from place to place. Labor in faith, expecting that souls will be won to Him who gave His life that men and women might stand on God’s side. Draw with God to win the drunkard and the tobacco-devotee from the habits that debase them till they are below the level of the beasts that perish.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 14)
The Lord calls for many more to engage in the canvassing work in the year 1903. For Christ’s sake, my brethren and sisters, make the most of the hours of the new year to place the precious light of present truth before the people. The Angel of the Covenant is empowering His servants to carry the truth to all parts of the world. He has sent forth His angels with the message of mercy; but as if they did not speed on their way fast enough to satisfy His heart of yearning love, He lays on every member of His church the responsibility of proclaiming this message. “Let him that heareth say come.” [Revelation 22:17.] Every member of the church is to show his loyalty by inviting the thirsty to drink of the water of life. A chain of living witnesses is to carry the invitation to the world. Will you act your part in this great work?
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 15)
Jesus is calling for many missionaries, for men and women who will consecrate themselves to God, willing to spend and be spent in His service. O can we not remember that there is a world to labor for? Shall we not move forward step by step, letting God use us as His helping hand? Shall we not place ourselves on the altar of service? Then the love of Christ will touch and transform us, making us willing to do and dare for His sake.
(17LtMs, Lt 196, 1902, 16)
Lt 197, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 9, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 629; 5MR 142. + Dear Son Willie,—
I have received your letter and was very glad to hear from you. We had received no letter from you for more than a week, and I was much troubled for fear that you might not be well. I had almost decided to telegraph to you, when we received a letter from Marian saying that she had heard from you. I was much relieved to know that you were not sick.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 1)
I wish there were among us as a people more good Christian religion. There would then be fewer board meetings, and much time and money would be saved. The lack of Bible religion necessitates much talk about what ought to be done. Did we live the words of Christ, we would be brought into such close contact with Him who is wonderful in counsel that we should know what to do to advance the work of God. When we take Christ as our pattern in character building, we shall make decided advancement; for we shall follow our Leader. Until we do this, our much talking will be of little avail. Talk is cheap.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 2)
When we are filled with a desire to be like our Saviour, when we refuse to weave self into the work that we do for the Lord, when we look away from finite counsel to the One who is too wise to err and too good to do us harm, we shall be strong in the strength of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 3)
In order to see God, we must humble ourselves. I would not depend on the judgment of men who trust to their own methods and plans. When we accept Christ’s words and Christ’s plans, we shall not place self where Christ should be. We shall not think of going beyond His plain directions. We shall shun even the shadow of self-exaltation.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 4)
God has a much higher standard for His people to reach than they have reached in the past. O, what is there that will give them a consciousness of the responsibility resting on them to be Christlike in word and act? I shall try to arouse their slumbering senses by writing, but not by speaking. The awful sense of my responsibility takes possession of me. I do not desire to feel less keenly my obligation to the higher Power. That Presence is ever with me, asserting supreme authority and taking account of the service that I render or withhold.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 5)
There is altogether too little fear and reverence and love for God, and altogether too great an enlargement of self. I am afraid. I want to be as much alone with God as I possibly can. I do not want to mingle in the large assemblies of our people. I have been shown so clearly that many are yielding to the passion to be first, the desire to occupy a high place, that I tremble for our people and wonder what course the Lord will next take with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 6)
“Thou shalt have no other gods before me.” [Exodus 20:3.] This command must be more sacredly observed if we would fulfil the grand purpose of God for us in our creation and redemption. We must rise heavenward, making God first and last and best in everything. He is our sole, supreme, and everlasting good. Before we are ready to enter His kingdom, self must be crucified. When self is made first, God is put aside, and the sweet sense of His presence and His love is lost.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 7)
God points out the path of duty, saying, “This is the way, walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] In that path lie self-denial and the cross, but it is the only path of peace and safety. I am sorry to say that many are turning their backs upon this path, and are walking in the companionship of self—a companionship that they have every reason to dread.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 8)
The divine revelation and commission given to Moses made him great. He would not cease pleading, “Show me thy glory,” and the Lord made His glory pass before him. [Exodus 33:18, 19.] Moses talked with God face to face, as a man talketh with a friend. Naturally he was diffident, slow of speech, hesitating, self-distrustful; and the sense of his inability drove him to God to plead for the people under his leadership. But he was eloquent as he pleaded with God in behalf of his people. He presented them before the Lord, saying, “O, this people have sinned a great sin, and have made them gods of gold. Yet now if thou wilt forgive this sin—; and if not, blot me, I pray thee, out of thy book which thou hast written.” [Exodus 32:31, 32.]
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 9)
Such is the sentiment of every soul upon whom is placed the responsibility of souls, and who strives to do the will of God. It was mercy that ruled in the leadership of Moses. It was mercy that spoke through the words and deeds of Christ. Not one thread of harshness was drawn into the web. To those who at this time take their position to move under the command of Christ Jesus, God will give great kindness, patience, long-suffering, gentleness, with a trusting heart. Christ bears their burdens with them. He is afflicted in all the afflictions of His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 10)
These men are to be true representatives of Christ. They are to rely constantly on His wisdom. This is necessary for the safe guidance of those whom they lead. In their work there is need of constant praying and believing, and of receiving the great gift of God’s grace, that they may have to impart to others.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 11)
That which God requires in His workers is a humble, trusting, obedient heart, and the willing service of the whole being, heart, mind, soul, and strength. Flattery is a curse to any man. Proud superiority is a curse. Increase of power is nothing. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] All the real power that man has comes through the meekness and lowliness that he has learned from Christ. Nothing can give greatness of soul save hiding the life in the pure life of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 12)
The Lord chooses men to do His work, and He keeps them in His service as called and chosen until they begin to feel a sense of self-importance and do not lean their whole weight upon the wisdom of the Master-worker. Then He leaves them to walk alone; for Christ will not glorify man. His name is to receive all the glory. When a human being is called by God to His service, his work is set before him, and great responsibilities are laid on him. These responsibilities he can bear if he learns daily to wear the yoke of Christ gracefully. “Learn of Me,” said the One who made all things; “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 13)
Every day God’s workers are to be partakers of the divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. They are men that God has chosen, and He will work through them and with them, enabling them to scatter blessings wherever they go, and to build up the work where God is building, strengthening the hands of the laborers, and discerning with clear perception who are doing something to advance the work. They are co-laborers with Christ, representing His character in goodness and compassion and tenderness and love. They have a high and holy work to do in union with the great Sin-bearer.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 14)
The stubborn and hardhearted, unless they reform, will be separated from the work. The Lord Jesus cannot accept the labors of any man who has lost his first love. He may have the capabilities essential for the work, but unless the love of Christ is burning on the altar of his heart, the want of that love will be seen in all his work, and Christ will be misrepresented.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 15)
Courage and self-reliance are essential in the work of God, but without love they are as a sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal. All along the path we travel we are to leave waymarks of the love of Christ. This love, acted out in the life, always brings a response. It causes gratitude offerings to be brought to God by those who appreciate the grace of goodness. God’s co-workers will be acknowledged as their upward and downward strokes are made in harmony with the great grace of the Saviour, who offered Himself as a sacrifice for the sinful race.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 16)
Those who are connected with God as His co-laborers can reveal greatness of soul only as they comprehend the exalted dignity of the work in which they are engaged. A true estimate of the sacredness of this work can be gained only as we behold it in the light of Christ’s compassion. He made an infinite sacrifice in order that men and women might be co-workers with the Father and the Son.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 17)
Christ expects each of His workers to do His work. This He has commanded in His word. “Follow Me,” is His call to them. He came to our world to give men an example of a pure and perfect life. He who in God’s service sacrifices all of self and selfishness finds his reward in the work of seeking to save the lost and in the joy that he feels in seeing sinners brought to the Saviour.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 18)
Those who live to serve self will soon grow weary in the service of Christ; for they want the glory themselves, and in Christ’s service, all the glory is to be given to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 19)
The Lord wants men to forget themselves in the effort to save souls. Our life is worse than a failure if we go through life without leaving waymarks of love and compassion. God will not work with a harsh, stubborn, loveless man. Such a man spoils the pattern that Christ desires His workers to reveal to the world. God’s workers, in whatever line of service they are engaged, are to bring into their efforts the goodness and benevolence and love of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 20)
God calls for light-bearers who will fill the world with the light and peace and joy that come from Christ. God will use humble men, men who will cherish a sense of their weakness, who will not think that the work of God depends on them. Such men will remember what the service of God demands from them—the propriety of speech and action that God calls for. They will reveal that Christ dwells in the heart, imparting purity to the whole being.
(17LtMs, Lt 197, 1902, 21)
Lt 198, 1902
Whitelock, T. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 14, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Whitelock,—
Today I received your letter in regard to the Potts’ Sanitarium property being offered to us now for eleven thousand dollars. I have no hesitancy in saying that I think it would be well to accept this offer and close the bargain at the price specified, provided that you are certain of an ample water supply. This is my judgment in regard to the matter. We can take more time to consider the advisability of securing additional property near by.
(17LtMs, Lt 198, 1902, 1)
I will send this letter to the post office tonight, that it may leave St. Helena tomorrow morning. If, after receiving this, you desire to wire to my son, W. C. White (who is now in Battle Creek, Michigan), in regard to the offer and my counsel to accept it, you may do so. If you can arrange with the agent to give you time to receive a letter from W. C. W. in reply to your message, before closing the bargain, I should advise you to do so; and in this case, be sure to have it plainly understood with the one with whom you are dealing, that the offer is to be held open until you can hear from the East.
(17LtMs, Lt 198, 1902, 2)
I should be highly gratified, if our people could come into possession of this property. We ought to have it to use in the Lord’s work.
(17LtMs, Lt 198, 1902, 3)
I am sending this letter without delay, so that you can make sure of securing the property. I have received a copy of the letter that W. C. White wrote to you, in regard to the prospects for organizing a company to purchase this property. Suppose you have received this letter. I will write to my son this evening. We do not want this property held by too many, nor do we want too many to settle near by. We will now make earnest efforts to raise money sufficient to purchase the place. If Brother H. W. Kellogg helps us, we shall be thankful. It is the Lord’s providence, I believe, that has given us this opportunity. I cannot write more now. Let not this chance slip. This is the property that we want.
(17LtMs, Lt 198, 1902, 4)
Remember me to your wife. With respect.
(17LtMs, Lt 198, 1902, 5)
Lt 199, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 14, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 47-48. Dear son Willie,—
I have just received from Dr. Whitelock the enclosed letter. It is in regard to the offer that has been made on the Potts’ Sanitarium. After reading it, I first thought that I would write to the doctor to close the bargain at once, but I finally decided to send his letter to you, and to ask you to telegraph to Dr. Whitelock your decision in regard to the matter.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 1)
I have no hesitation in saying that I think we should purchase the property. When it was offered for sixteen thousand dollars, I thought that we ought not to let it go; and now that it is offered for eleven thousand dollars, the lowest price ever put on it, I am sure that God’s providence is moving in the matter. I would telegraph at once, if I were you, to Dr. Whitelock to accept the offer. There should be no delay. The offer is more favorable than I expected it would be.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 2)
I have begun another letter to you, but cannot finish it today. I will send this short note out tonight, that it may leave in tomorrow morning’s mail. I enclose a copy of the letter I have written to Dr. Whitelock.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 3)
Be careful not to have too large a number in the Stock Company. It would not be best to have the property owned by too many.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 4)
If the place should be purchased, I would be glad if Henry Kellogg and his family could make their home there. And after you come home, you may perhaps think it well for us to go there for a while, taking our workers with us. Sister Hall could go and could help the Sanitarium workers to get the building ready for patients. Her experience would be of great value; for careful, economical planning will be needed. But you may think it best for us to remain at home, where we have facilities for work, and do that which needs to be done.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 5)
I cannot write much more this evening. I must go to bed; for I have been awake since eleven o’clock. Last night I found at my door your letter and a copy of Testimony No. 35. I was glad to hear from you. I hope you will guard carefully against taking cold. It made me very sad to read what you wrote about being about to talk just a little to the students while at Berrien Springs. You must not expose yourself. It is too serious a matter for you to run any risks. It pays to cherish every jot of strength that you have. Refuse to sit up late at night on Committee meetings. Give your body a fair chance, and you will then have much clearer spiritual discernment. I hope that you will be more concerned in regard to standing on vantage ground physically. “This one thing I do,” Paul said. [Philippians 3:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 6)
May God help us to move understandingly, and may He bless you, is my prayer. Good night.
(17LtMs, Lt 199, 1902, 7)
Lt 200, 1902
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 15, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 212-214; 1MR 289-290; 2MR 23; 6MR 167. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I received your good letter in due time. I meant to answer it before, but it has been necessary for me to do a large amount of writing since it came. I will mention the most important matters first. If I cannot write all that I wish to, I will leave the minor matters until another time.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 1)
In regard to your statement that Dr. Caro would come to help you in the Wahroonga Sanitarium, on certain conditions, including the privilege of serving whatever food he might desire to serve at the table, I would say that you had better not accept the services of those who will come only on condition that such terms shall be made; for the terms on which they would come are evidence that you do not want them. They would be a perplexity to you rather than a help. Any one who makes propositions of this kind would, I fear, cause you more anxiety and trouble than you could afford.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 2)
Try to secure the services of Dr. James of Ballarat, or of Dr. Braucht, or of some one else who can help you; and begin your work as soon as possible. But never allow Dr. Caro to connect with the institution with the understanding that tea, coffee, and flesh-meat will be served to the patients.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 3)
If Dr. Caro were connected with the Wahroonga Sanitarium, his influence would be exerted to launch out in such a way that you would not know how you stood financially, until embarrassments came upon you from which you could not relieve yourselves. His education and training are of such a nature that extravagance is as natural to him as is the act of breathing. His tendency is to take matters into his own hands; and I fear that you could not prevent him from doing this. There would be many difficulties to surmount as the result of extravagance, which would make of none effect the principles that Christ has given us in His life of self-denial and in His teachings.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 4)
Let us not have connected with the institution any one who would be a burden to your soul. Wait on the Lord. Not until you have sure evidence that Dr. Caro is converted, will the time come for you to make terms with him.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 5)
As regards to the flesh-meat question, I know that if such men as Dr. Caro should connect with the institution, you could not deal with this question without great worry and perplexity.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 6)
I have been instructed that there was a time when the Lord looked with great tenderness upon Dr. Caro; but our brother desired to carry out his own plans, and this made it difficult for him to work in harmony with the Lord’s way. I think that if he were sanctified and humble before God, he has qualifications that would make him a blessing. When he is converted, when he is willing to learn of Jesus and to take counsel of God, he will be able to strengthen his brethren, and to connect with the great enterprise which we have undertaken, without bringing deterioration into it.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 7)
My brother and sister, you are to labor in a judicious manner, that those with whom you are brought in contact in the Sanitarium will recognize that a sanctified spiritual atmosphere surrounds your souls. This can be, and should be. It is truth that is needed—truth that cannot be bound. The greatest necessity of your patrons is a heart willing to receive the truth. Some will decide to come to the Sanitarium as the prodigal son determined to return to his father. These souls can be judiciously labored for and saved. Truth, brought into the life-experience, is a saving power.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 8)
If connected with the institution there were some one whose principles and words did not have a saving influence, he would testify against the sanctifying power of the truth. If a work were done by the Holy Spirit in the heart of such an one, he would rise to a higher, holier standard, where he could have a transforming influence upon the unbelieving patrons.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 9)
Until Dr. Caro is converted, he would, if connected with your medical institution, undo the very work that the Lord desires to have done. In the Sanitarium there must be a judicious ministration of the Word. Dr. Caro’s influence would counteract this religious influence. God forbids this. I should be so glad if Dr. Caro’s heart, mind, and character could, by his own consent, be brought into pleasing captivity to the will of Christ Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 10)
Christ is the Creator and the Redeemer of man. He knew perfectly what example man needed to place him on the platform that Christ has laid by His self-denial and self-sacrifice. Although Commander in the heavenly courts, He humbled Himself and was found in fashion as a man. He is the great Center. What unspeakable interest circles about Him! He laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe and came to this earth as the only begotten Son of the Father, the brightness of His Father’s glory, the Lord of life. He humbled Himself, even yielding up His life, suffering an ignominious death on the cross.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 11)
Christ’s death was required in order that man might have life eternal. He died in untold agony, suffering the most shameful abuse and the most excruciating pain. In view of His infinite sacrifice, how can those who claim to be converted lift up their souls unto vanity? How can they work away from the Pattern? “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we” who receive and believe in Christ Jesus “are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.] Shame and grief and humiliation He endured, that those who are so loth to deny self and to lift the cross might have an opportunity to gain life eternal.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 12)
The one word written above the life that Christ lived in this world in behalf of the fallen race is “Salvation.” He stood at the head of humanity to save us from eternal death. He has given us a probation; for to “as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] Through the plan of salvation He placed man on vantage ground with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 13)
All this humiliation Christ chose to endure, that from His example man might learn not to exalt himself. Christ humbled Himself; and what does He say to us? “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.]
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 14)
While we were Christ’s enemies, He died for us. How fully He has expressed the love wherewith He hath loved us! While we were yet a race of rebels, He pledged His sinless life to save us! How great is the love that prompted such an infinite sacrifice! Should not the men and women who claim to be servants of Jesus Christ—yes, even sons and daughters of God—show their appreciation of the Saviour’s sacrifice by following His example? Those who will not follow the Lamb of God in self-denial and self-sacrifice for His dear sake will never be overcomers.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 15)
“Ye are My witnesses,” says Jesus. [Isaiah 43:10.] God is the author of truth. The gospel is invincible, because it is God’s Word. God has a deep interest in the final triumph of the truth. Its perpetuity is assured. The plan of salvation has been made. The terms are given. He who made an infinite sacrifice for the salvation of mankind is able to take away our sin. He has resources for making sure the perpetuity of the Word, that it shall never become weakened through vanities of human invention. The standard is to be kept elevated.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 16)
You are to stand forth in moral power. Let your light shine. Co-operate with God. Never can any soul be an overcomer, unless he wears the yoke of Christ and learns of Him His meekness and lowliness. Hear His invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Every truly new-born soul will be meek and lowly; for he has become a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King. Looking upon the weakness and follies of mankind, Christ says, “My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” And so all will find it who are willing to become as a little child in humility. Christ declares that the happiness of men consists in their willingness to co-operate with Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 17)
Ever it must be borne in mind that God has power to guide the footsteps of those who walk in the way of His commandments. The strength and efficiency is not in the human instrument, nor in any earthly circumstances, but in the arm of Him who has in His control all the means of success. Where lies the real power of a church? Not in the numbers composing it, nor in the outward appearance of the wealth of the members, but in their steadfast adherence to God’s Word. The truth, obeyed, is made the power of God unto salvation. It is not by display in dress, or furniture, or anything else, that influence is gained. The ambitious desire to hide simplicity is not in accordance with Christ’s example.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 18)
As a people we need to seek most earnestly for the energizing power of the Holy Spirit. We need to be born again. “A new heart,” Christ says, “I will give you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] He takes the things of God, and shows them to those who follow Him in meekness and lowliness.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 19)
When we were baptized “in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost,” these three great powers pledged themselves to work in our behalf as we strove to live the new life in Christ. [Matthew 28:19.] And in receiving baptism, the human agent, inspired with new purposes, pledges himself to die to the world and live in obedience to Christ. The Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost supply the power that makes him victorious in every conflict with the prince of darkness.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 20)
With the might of Omnipotence, God works to make the gospel triumphant. Can man bind the arm of Jehovah? Can he shut out the light of heaven? No, no! “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, and not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:1-4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 21)
God calls for perfection of character. Christ wants to blend our lives with His life. Let those who are determined to be Bible Christians strive lawfully for the crown of life. “Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.” [Verses 12-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 22)
I send you these words, because they are presented to me as the message of the Lord to those who are not obeying Him. Please read and study the third chapter of Colossians. It states plainly what we must do in order to leave on the minds of unbelievers an impression favorable to the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 23)
A few words more in regard to what you ought to do toward securing physicians and other helpers for the new Sanitarium. Go to the Lord and to His written Word. Do not connect with any one who will prove to be a hindrance in spiritual things. I have earnestly longed and prayed that Dr. Caro would be enlightened by the Holy Spirit, that he might see wherein he is not a laborer together with God.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 24)
I had hoped that Brother and Sister Kellar would have seen before this time that they are not obeying the Word of the Lord. It has been presented to me that were they to connect with the Sanitarium as they now are, their influence would not leave a right impression on the minds of those with whom they would be brought in contact. Their ideas regarding Christian deportment are not correct. They would not honor the Lord. They both need to be united with Christ. Until this union is formed, they could not be other than a great burden if brought into the Sanitarium. It will never do for them to be placed in connection with other workers unless they see and understand what it means to be the chosen of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 25)
I write you this because I dare not withhold it. I believe that you will understand me. I love these souls, but I know that until they are prepared properly to represent health reform, to set a right example, they should not be connected with the Sanitarium; for they would be a drawback to the success of its work. When they are prepared to meet the requirements of God, you will know it. They need a re-conversion.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 26)
We are living in a solemn and important time. The effort to build the Sanitarium has been a tremendous one, and we cannot afford to bring into connection with it those who would prove a hindrance to its work and an injury to its reputation.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 27)
In regard to flesh-meat, do not bring it into the Sanitarium. Neither tea nor coffee should be served. Caramel-cereal, made as nicely as possible, should be served in the place of these health-destroying beverages. In regard to the third meal, do not make eating but two meals compulsory. Some do best healthwise when eating three light meals, and when they are restricted to two, they feel the change severely.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 28)
You may not at first have as large a number of patients at the Sanitarium as you will later on, but do not become discouraged.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 29)
I must now say good-bye. May the Lord bless you and keep you by His power.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 30)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 200, 1902, 31)
Lt 201, 1902
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 15, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 55-62. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I have received and read your letter. I can sympathize with you in your perplexity. I wish that I could see you and talk with you. Do not suppose, from my letter, that I think you have changed in regard to economy. I think no such thing. But I know the danger of those who have not had the experience that you have had, and you will need to guard constantly against the introduction of this and that, which, though seemingly harmless, would lead to the sacrifice of principles that should ever be maintained in our restaurant work.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 1)
Recipes that are formed on the old plan of preparing food are gathered up and put into our health papers. This is not right. Only recipes for the plainest, simplest, and most wholesome food should be put into our health journals. We must not expect that those who all their life have indulged appetite will understand how to prepare food that will be at once wholesome, simple, and appetizing. This is the science that every sanitarium and health restaurant is to teach.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 2)
We are to teach the people how to prepare dishes that are wholesome and palatable. And never is a recipe to appear in our health journals that will injure our reputation as health reformers. If the patronage of our restaurants lessens because we refuse to depart from right principles, then let it lessen. We must keep the way of the Lord through evil report as well as good report.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 3)
I present these things to you in my letters to help you to cleave to the right and to discard that which we cannot bring into our sanitariums and restaurants without sacrificing principle.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 4)
I wish you could read the daily papers of this country, and notice the accounts of how men in responsible positions have dropped dead while traveling or while at some entertainment. Never have the deaths of wealthy men in high life been so frequent as of late. This is the result of a violation of nature’s laws. Cause is being followed by effect. The life-forces are extinguished by indulgence. “Heart failure,” say the physicians who attended these men at their death. Poor souls! They abused the Lord’s wonderful machinery until it could endure no longer and gave up the conflict. God does not work a miracle to keep in motion the machinery that is worn out by the abuse put upon it.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 5)
In His warning message our Saviour has told us how it will be in the end of the world. “As the days of Noah were,” He says, “so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Matthew 24:37-39.]
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 6)
Very plainly Christ saw what the condition of society would be in the future. He saw that self-indulgence would control men and women. What of the marriage relation today? Is it not perverted and defiled, made even as it was in Noah’s day? Divorce after divorce is recorded in the daily papers. This is the marriage of which Christ speaks when He says that before the flood they were “marrying and giving in marriage.” [Verse 38.]
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 7)
Before the flood there was violence in the land—heart-sickening violence. What is acted out constantly in our cities today? Men are killing women and women are killing men. Young girls fifteen or sixteen years old are killed because they refuse to be the wife of some man.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 8)
The same state of things exists today that existed before the flood, and the nearer we get to the large cities, the worse the evil is. My message is, Do not build up sanitariums in the cities. The laws of the land will become more and more oppressive, as in the days of Noah.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 9)
How long will the Lord suffer oppression of the poor that rich men may hoard wealth? These men are heaping together treasures for the last days. Their money is placed where it does no one any good. To add to their millions, they rob the poor, and the cries of the starving are no more to them than the barking of a dog. But the Lord marks every act of oppression. No cry of suffering is unheard by Him. Those who today are scheming to obtain more and more money, putting in operation plans that mean to the poor starvation, will in the last great day stand face to face with their deeds of oppression and injustice.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 10)
Those who claim to be the children of God are in no case to bind up with the labor unions that are formed or that shall be formed. This the Lord forbids. Cannot those who study the prophecies see and understand what is before us? The transgressors of the law of God have taken sides with their leader, the general of rebellion. He understands how to devise his satanic schemes and through whom to work for the carrying out of them. He is striving to lead every soul to take sides with him, and under the influence of his temptations, thousands are binding themselves up in bundles, ready to be consumed by the fires of the last day. Those who yield to his temptation become in their turn tempters, standing among the ablest of his helpers.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 11)
In the time of the harvest the Lord will say to His reapers, “Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into My barn.” [Matthew 13:30.] God has a people on the earth who will see the evil of every phase of oppression and will refuse to unite with the enemy in carrying out his plans.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 12)
My brother, we must not become too deeply involved in responsibilities of a commercial character. Thus we place ourselves where we become unfitted to do the special work that in this last time is to be carried forward. Our hearts must not be pressed beneath burdens of a financial character. We must not spend our time and energy in a work which, upon critical examination, is found to yield but little result in the salvation of souls. If the work in which you have been engaged brings a harvest of souls, this will certainly be seen. Do not allow a load of perplexing business to bind you and your family to close, hard labor in a work in which soul-saving is not the main feature. Do not incur a heavy debt in an effort to carry forward lines of work that do little to bring souls to the truth, lines of work in which the commercial interests are the main feature.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 13)
The Lord desires us to be sensible and to reason from cause to effect. Wherever a sanitarium is established, facilities are to be provided, to a greater or smaller extent, as the case may demand, for the preparation of health foods. In the future it will be impossible to transport the health foods from America. And for other reasons, it will be better to make your foods where you are, as far as possible. We are living amidst the perils of the last days, and the Lord desires His people to establish industries in the different countries. Industries should be established in connection with the Wahroonga Sanitarium, but at the present time it is impossible to define exactly what these should be. This will open before you as you advance in your work.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 14)
The Sanitarium at Wahroonga is to be furnished with help of no ordinary character. If Dr. Caro had learned the lessons that he ought to have learned after he came to Australia, he would today be where the Holy Spirit would work through him. But it is now a very doubtful question in my mind whether he should be connected with the Sanitarium. For this institution there is needed an economical, God-fearing physician, who will link up with Dr. Kress and his wife, standing with them shoulder-to-shoulder and heart-to-heart.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 15)
Dr. Caro needs a re-conversion. This he must have in order to understand his imperfections of character, and to shape his character-building after the divine similitude. Without re-conversion, he cannot please the Master.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 16)
While he was in Maitland, he took steps that greatly injured his influence, and showed him to be a man who could not be depended on. Again, in Parramatta and in Sydney, he showed that he was inclined to make a great display over nothing. He separated himself from his God when he attempted to gain recognition from the world. He had been acknowledged by God. The Lord has declared that He desired him to stand in His strength. He had an influence that if kept up to the true standard, would have made him a workman that needeth not to be ashamed. But he turned from the power of God to human recognition, and in the estimation of the men with whom he linked himself, he spoiled his influence as being a man chosen for a special work. They no longer looked upon him in the same light in which they had hitherto regarded him. His striving to be first and greatest brought him to the place where he was last of all.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 17)
God did not want Dr. Caro to mingle his small, commercial affairs with the great, grand truths that he was handling. But this is the great mistake that he made, and unless he is changed in heart, he will repeat it, if he has opportunity to gain means for his own benefit, that he may shun economy and launch out in self-gratification, to make a great display.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 18)
With regard to your work, my dear brother, I cannot specify what your duty is, but I can tell you what it is not. It is not your duty to carry so many burdens that you will lose health and courage and faith in God. Refuse to dwarf yourself by overwork. May the Lord help you to plan so wisely that you will increase in spiritual, mental, and physical power.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 19)
It is your privilege to have the higher life, even the life of God. The first chapter of Colossians says much that I would say to you. “We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you, since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and of the love which ye have to all the saints, for the hope which is laid up for you in heaven, whereof ye heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel; which is come unto you, as it is in all the world; and bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you since the day ye heard of it, and knew the grace of God in truth.... For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and long-suffering with joyfulness; giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light; who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son; in whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” [Verses 3-6, 9-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 20)
I hope, Brother and Sister Burden, that you will not place yourselves where you will be overworked. Your particular work cannot now, perhaps, be defined. But the Lord can and will designate what you shall do to bring forth fruit that will in its turn bring forth more fruit unto eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 21)
I have much more to say to you, but have not the time, being pressed with many things. I have written plainly in regard to Dr. Caro, lest, when in a strait place for help, you might link up with one who is not fitted to build up, in the Lord’s way and according to His methods, an institution that is to stand as a memorial for the truth. The Lord designs that all His institutions—sanitariums, publishing houses, and schools—shall be a means of preparing a people to stand in the day of God. We have a decided evangelistic work to do in the cities, and we must not tie our hands, so that we cannot do this work. We are to have faith in God. We are not to link up with men who would put self in front and all else in the background.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 22)
Do not think that I have given up hope for Dr. Caro. I have not; but I know that if he is placed at the head of any institution, with the experience that he now has, he will cause great confusion and perplexity. He needs to see his need of the heavenly anointing, and to humble himself before the Lord. The Sanitarium needs not his extravagant ideas. Everything about the institution is to be neat and tasteful, but no extravagance is to be shown in the furnishings.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 23)
God help us to walk and work as men and women on the border of the eternal world. Soon an awful surprise will come upon the inhabitants of this earth. Suddenly, and with power and great glory, Christ will come. Then there will be no time to prepare to meet Him. Now is the time for us to get ready. When I see my brethren walking and working as men in a dream, I feel as if I must do something to arouse them. May the Lord help me to do all my duty; for there must be no delay. We are nearing the last great conflict.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 24)
Be of good courage, and make the Lord your Counsellor. Trust in Him. Make Him first and last and best in everything. In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 201, 1902, 25)
Lt 202, 1902
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 15, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in PUR 01/15/03. My dear brethren and sisters,—
Soon the old year, with its burden of record, will have passed into eternity, and the new year will have begun. Let us gather up the treasures of the past year, and carry with us into the new year the remembrance of God’s goodness and mercy. Let us brighten the future by the thought of past blessings.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 1)
“Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] We must co-operate with the Lord Jesus. Only thus shall we be able to accomplish our part of the work. We are to hold fast to all we gain through Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 2)
O what wonderful advantages and opportunities there are for those who wear Christ’s yoke! Our troubles come because we manufacture yokes for ourselves, refusing to wear Christ’s yoke. He is our efficiency. He will give us power. Our part is to plant our feet firmly on the platform of eternal truth; then we may know that over us is the protection of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 3)
“Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.” [Romans 5:1.] To be justified means to be pardoned. To those whom God justifies He imputes Christ’s righteousness, for the Saviour has taken away our sin. We stand before the throne of God justified and sanctified. We are emptied of self, and through the sanctification of the truth Christ abides in our hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 4)
My brethren and sisters, let there be among you no accusing. This is the work of the enemy. If he can lead professing Christians to do this work, he is served as he desires to be. Let no one, by yielding to feelings of envy, weaken the hands of his brother, so that the work that might have been perfect is made imperfect.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 5)
Be careful how you carry reports. Often what you tell to others, though seeming to you to be truth, is misrepresentation. False conclusions have been formed. Thread after thread of misrepresentation has been woven into the web until the pattern is entirely false. O how many hearts are grieved and wounded because of the statements made by those who have no real knowledge that what they report is true! How much pain of heart is caused by a cruel handling of reputation! The course of those who utter the slander could be made just as dark, if made to appear in a false light. Backbiting, misrepresentation, holding up the course of a brother or a sister in such a way that it appears to the worst advantage, is the most cruel work that mortals can do.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 6)
I ask you to study carefully the eighteenth chapter of Matthew. Pray earnestly for grace, and then prepare your hearts to receive the answer to your prayer. Study Christ’s lessons on sowing and reaping. They teach us plainly that as we sow, so we must reap.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 7)
We are being tried and tested. May the Lord of heaven shut us in with Him, that the wicked one may have no power over us. The twelfth and thirteenth chapters of first Corinthians should have more weight with us.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 8)
Often, when the Lord works upon a certain man’s mind to do certain things for the advancement of His work, another man, whose mind God is not working, thinks that he can see defects. Let the inquisitive on-looker keep to his own work. The Lord, who sees the end from the beginning, will fulfil His purposes. He will unite with the one to whom He has entrusted His work and will bring about its accomplishment. He, our Elder Brother, knows just what is needed.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 9)
Christ is the great Master-worker. We are laborers together with Him. He has a right to give each one his work. And let each one be sure to do the work given him. Let us do faithfully the work that the Lord has placed in our hands. He who neglects his definite work for the work that some one else has in charge is out of place. Time is lost, confidence abused and shaken, and the work hindered. When we learn to attend closely to our own special work, the Lord will help us, and all parts of His cause will move in harmony.
(17LtMs, Lt 202, 1902, 10)
Lt 203, 1902
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 17, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 373-376. + Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth,—
I have received many letters from you, and I wish to express my thanks to you for them. I shall not be able to write much to you in this mail. I have much writing to do before General Conference, and I have come up to the time for the Australian mail unfitted for letter-writing. Sometimes my head is too weary to be taxed further.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 1)
I can but express my gratitude to God for the health that I enjoy. I have reason to be very grateful to my heavenly Father. I can go up and down stairs as quickly as any one in the house, and this exercise does not tax me in the least. I do not sleep as many hours as I should like to. Often I cannot sleep past twelve o’clock. I rise, and after building a fire in the open fireplace in my office room, I begin writing.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 2)
O how I long to see Christian character developed in our churches. How I long to see ministerial efficiency. There has been and still is the greatest danger of one man meddling with another man’s work, not from a disinterested desire to help him, but to confuse him. But the Lord has not given the one who is neglecting his own work the outlines of his brother’s work. How can he improve the methods of his fellow worker by making suggestions and criticisms that only harass and discourage? If he will attend to his own work, the Great Teacher, though unseen, will take the oversight of the work that in His wisdom He has entrusted to other hands.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 3)
Christ is the one who gives His disciples their work. Read His answer to Peter when Peter asked Him concerning the work of John. “Lord, and what shall this man do?” Peter asked. And Jesus answered, “If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? follow thou Me.” [John 21:21, 22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 4)
Today many are making the mistake that Peter made. They are so busily engaged in trying to arrange their brother’s work according to their own ideas that they neglect the work that God has placed in their hands. They lose all sense of the responsibility resting on them.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 5)
Let us remember that one man may not understand the nature of the work that the next man has to do. He is not to feel that it is his place to tear to pieces what his brother is doing. He who attempts to unravel another man’s work will find in his hands a tangle that he cannot straighten.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 6)
Let every man stand in his lot and place, doing faithfully the work given him. It is the questioning, criticizing spirit that is cherished that puts men in hard places. Let men humble their souls before God, feeling that it is a crime to criticize and condemn. Satan has his snares prepared for the feet of the one who is eager to place himself where God has not placed him.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 7)
How rapidly God’s work would move forward if when a man received a work from God, he would put his whole attention on the faithful performance of this work; and if the next man, receiving his task, would also do with humility and fidelity the work entrusted to him, perfecting it in the simplicity of true faith and by earnest prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 8)
Let men cease to complain and criticize, and do their appointed work. Let them be guided by the Lord. Then the different parts of the work of God, varied in kind, and brought together by Christ, the Master-worker, will be found to fit perfectly.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 9)
We are in danger of encouraging one another to lean upon human aid. It is only too true that man has educated himself to look to man for directions and guidance in spiritual service. Why cannot each man and each woman fill the place given them, with the realization that if they ask for directions, seeking God for help, He will give liberally and upbraid not. Then men will not lean upon men, but upon God, and from Him they would receive intelligence and keen perceptions.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 10)
There should be perfect unity among us, but this can never be until we all draw our strength from Him who can supply every need.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 11)
Let us not place man where God should be. Let God’s people expect everything from Him through Christ, believing that they will receive power from the highest source of power. Then we shall have grace to impart, because of the grace so richly given in response to the earnest, sincere prayer of faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 12)
Christ is close at hand. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] The way to the throne of grace is open. Christ will teach every one who asks for wisdom how to accomplish his work with exactitude, so that it will be in harmony with the work placed in other hands.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 13)
Let every church member depend on the strong arm that will never weaken or fail. Lean your whole weight on Christ. Build your house on the sure foundation. Go forth in the power of the grace of God, quickened and sanctified, and inspired by His precepts and promises. Go forth as heralds of the gospel. Enter into no controversy and engage in no contention. Lift up the standard of truth, yes, lift it up. We have a Leader to whom has been promised all power—power against which the energies of earth and hell cannot prevail. Remember that the best way to combat error is to present truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 14)
Let us shun profane and vain babblings, and hold forth the word of life. Do not dwell on the objections advanced by those who oppose the truth. Speak the truth in simplicity. Let no word be spoken that will wound and bruise hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 15)
“It is written”—the Word of the living God—this is your weapon. What wonderful comparisons are made in the Scriptures to describe the truth. It is “the sword of the Spirit,”“sharper than any two-edged sword.” [Ephesians 6:17; Hebrews 4:12.] It is the “sharp arrow,” by which the wicked are slain. [Psalm 45:5.] It is “the power of God unto salvation.” [Romans 1:16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 203, 1902, 16)
Lt 204, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 21, 1902 Previously unpublished. + My dear Son Willie,—
Last Sabbath I spoke to a good-sized company in the Sanitarium chapel. All the seats were filled. I spoke from (Revelation 5), bringing in the whole of the chapter. I urged those present to put away, during the week of prayer, all that had been hindering them from coming together in unity. Now, as never before, we are to seek most earnestly to make right every wrong between us and our brethren. We cannot afford to leave sins unconfessed.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 1)
In my talk I referred to (Matthew 5:23, 24) and to the second chapter of James. How many are there who have the religion presented in these Scriptures?
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 2)
On Sunday morning I spoke to the bakery workers, and at the close of my talk I asked them to kneel with me in prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 3)
During the week of prayer, meetings will be held in the bakery from six to seven o’clock every evening. I think that I shall go over occasionally and speak for a short time.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 4)
Yesterday Brother Boeker and Dr. T. J. Evans called to see me. We had a pleasant and interesting interview. I wish that you could have been present. There are many things in connection with the work in Los Angeles that call for serious consideration. The new bakery there cannot be made to pay unless more machinery is purchased, and Dr. Evans wished to know whether it would be wise to incur a further debt of thousands of dollars. I told him that he must consider this carefully. He says that he thinks there is a chance to sell the bakery building to some man in Los Angeles, an unbeliever; but he is doubtful whether they will be able to get what the building cost. The rooms above the bakery have been finished off like the rooms of a first-class hotel, and there are very few who would want to pay for expensively finished rooms built over a shop or factory. The question that the brethren in Los Angeles have now to settle is, Shall they sell the bakery building for a price below its cost, or shall they carry on the business, while all the time it is consuming means without producing any profits?
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 5)
Dr. Evans says that he has had to get Dr. Loper to take his place at Pasadena, because he is obliged to give the whole of his time to the management of the bakery work. He says that he thinks it would be best to sell the building now, before the debt on it is any heavier; and I agreed with him. If the work cannot be carried forward without a continual investment of means, with no returns, the building would better be sold.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 6)
The fact is, there is not sufficient ability among the workers in Los Angeles to carry on so large a bakery business and make it pay. If you have any advice to give on this point, please send it to us at once.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 7)
Dr. Moran has been sick and has been given three months’ leave of absence. He still holds the Hill Street property.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 8)
Dr. Evans tells me that he has been to see the Sierra Madre Villa property which is now offered for thirty thousand dollars. He thinks that it ought to be purchased, with the furniture. He says that Sister Baker and some others will buy part of the land, and that if the money coming from the sale of the bakery could be invested in this property, there would be a fair sum to start with.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 9)
I should think that it would be advisable to take advantage of so reasonable an offer. The owner is in Boston, and, wishing to remain there, desires to dispose of his property in California.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 10)
You have seen the place, and you can give advice regarding what it would be best to do. Dr. Evans and Dr. Anthony have looked the place over carefully and critically, and they think that it is an advantageous property, and that we should purchase it if the means can be secured.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 11)
I understand that Dr. Evans and his wife have been called to the St. Helena Sanitarium. To me this seems a strange move. Dr. Evans says that Dr. Loper will do well in Pasadena, but I doubt the wisdom of bringing Dr. Evans to St. Helena when there are so many openings to be filled.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 12)
I have no special news from Dr. Whitelock and do not know how matters stand regarding the purchase of the Potts’ Sanitarium. You and Brother H. W. Kellogg must arrange this matter. I wish you would consider also the advisability of purchasing the Sierra Madre property. If you have any light in regard to what should be done with reference to these places, please give it to us. May the Lord direct us, is my most earnest desire and prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 13)
Your family and mine are well. The other day Brother James bought a new cow for me. He paid fifty-five dollars for her. The man from whom he bought her was offered sixty dollars for her, but he had promised her to us, and he would not break his bargain.
(17LtMs, Lt 204, 1902, 14)
Lt 205, 1902
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 20, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I was much pleased to receive a letter from Brother J. S. Washburn a few days ago, telling me that a church building in Washington, D.C., formerly known as the Central Methodist Protestant church, has been purchased by the Second Seventh-day Adventist church of this city. A house of worship was greatly needed by our people in the section of the city where this property is situated. The purchase of this church will provide a suitable place in which witness can be borne to the truths we advocate. The building will stand as a memorial for God.
(17LtMs, Lt 205, 1902, 1)
This property must now be paid for. One payment has already been made, but a large sum must be raised to meet the other payments. We therefore ask those who have means to act as the Lord’s helping hand by doing something to help to pay for this church. Every penny given will help. If all will give what they can, the indebtedness will soon be liquidated. We believe that those who can help in this enterprise will be constrained to do so by their love for Christ. We regard the purchase of this church property as a wise step, and your co-operation in assisting the brethren there to pay for it will bring you into harmony with the beneficent purposes of the gospel.
(17LtMs, Lt 205, 1902, 2)
Let those who have means use it wisely. It is a talent lent them by the Lord to be used when called for to advance His cause. In the place of spending money for selfish pleasure, let every one deny self and lift the cross. God’s blessing will follow.
(17LtMs, Lt 205, 1902, 3)
Do you not desire to share in the privilege of paying for the house of worship in Washington, D.C.? If every one of the many believers in this country would give something, the amount given by each would scarcely be missed. Let us help our brethren in this city; for they are too poor and too few in number to bear the burden alone. Those who share in this missionary enterprise by making gifts large or small, according to their ability, will ever after feel a deeper interest in the progress of the Lord’s cause at the nation’s capital. I am sure that our people will respond to this call. And in making a gift to the Lord at the beginning of the new year, by helping to pay for this church property, they will receive rich blessing.
(17LtMs, Lt 205, 1902, 4)
Note: All gifts should be sent to Elder J. S. Washburn, 1728 Fourteenth St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
(17LtMs, Lt 205, 1902, 5)
Lt 206, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 13, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 21; 6MR 175. + Elder W. C. White My dear son,—
The Sabbath has just passed. I did not attend meeting, for I did not feel able. For some nights I have been unable to sleep past twelve o’clock. I see so many matters that must be presented to the people, and I can but pray that the Lord will work by His own power. I will not write unless my head is clear, not confused.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 1)
I realize that the first thing I ought to do is to prepare matter for the books that should be brought out; but there are other things that I must do. The attitude of some of my brethren in regard to the Southern field, and the reports that are being circulated—reports that I know to be untrue—make it necessary for me to take up this matter. I can no longer allow false impressions to be made, without saying what I know to be the truth. I shall publish in book form what I have written in regard to the work in the Southern field. I shall no longer handle this matter with the tips of my fingers. Our people shall have in book form the facts of the history of the work in the South. When this book is out, I shall know that I have done my part to undeceive minds.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 2)
I shall give the message and the instruction that has been given me in regard to the work, not as my brethren advise; for they see things with a clouded understanding. I have lost confidence in their spiritual discernment, and in their plans and methods, because the light that they are following is directly contrary to the light that the Lord has given me. If their plans are accepted, the work in the Southern field will be carried forward in a way that is contrary to the way in which the Lord has shown me it should be carried forward.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 3)
The difficulties and hindrances met with in the work in the South are a repetition of the difficulties and hindrances that we met in Cooranbong, and in every other place where the Lord has shown me that a work was to be done. There have always been those men and women who were ready to use tact and influence to fashion things after their own human judgment, repressing and hindering the work.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 4)
I shall call earnestly for means from my brethren and sisters to use where it is most needed—in the unworked cities of America and especially in the cities of the South. This field, barren and unsightly, has been shamefully neglected.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 5)
The work to be done for the colored race is a large work and calls for a large outlay of means. My heart aches as I look over the matter that has already been printed on this subject, but which upon many minds has been of no more weight than a straw. Like the priest and Levite, men have looked indifferently on a most pitiful picture and have passed by on the other side. For years this has been the record. Wealthy men not of our faith have given liberally for the establishment of schools for the colored people, and some effort has been made to educate the poorer class of whites living in the South; but our own people have put forth only a jot of the earnest effort that they should have put forth.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 6)
Sunday, December 22
Today I received your interesting letter of December 17. Thank you. I will send you a letter in the morning’s mail in regard to some things in which you will be interested. I should have written more, but for some reason my eye is troubling me, and I must guard it carefully.
(17LtMs, Lt 206, 1902, 7)
Lt 207, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 24, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear son Willie,—
On Monday morning at half past twelve, I spoke to the Sanitarium helpers. The meeting was held in the classroom, which was well filled. The Lord gave me words to speak. After I had finished speaking, I was asked to offer prayer. The Lord Jesus came graciously near and encouraged our hearts by increasing our faith. We can rely upon the promise, “Ask, and ye shall receive;” for the love that God has shown in giving His Son to die for us is an assurance that He will hear and answer our petitions. [John 16:24.] “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] And because of this, Christ’s intercession in our behalf will always prevail.
(17LtMs, Lt 207, 1902, 1)
As we knelt together in prayer, we received the assurance that the Lord was drawing sacredly near to us. After the prayer, invitation was given to all who desired to speak in witness of Christ to rise to their feet. Almost immediately, a large number of those present were standing; and testimony after testimony was borne.
(17LtMs, Lt 207, 1902, 2)
My heart was made glad to see Dr. Zelinsky rising, and to hear him bearing an excellent testimony. He has taken his stand fully with us, to accept and live the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 207, 1902, 3)
A patient at the Sanitarium, Mr. Stanton, bore a good testimony. He and his wife came to the Sanitarium some time ago. He was present when I spoke in the Sanitarium several weeks ago, and he was such pleased with the meeting. Soon after, he and his wife called to see me, and about three weeks ago his daughter called. Mr. Stanton bought fifteen copies of Steps to Christ to send to his friends. His wife and daughter have gone to San Francisco, but they expect to return to the Sanitarium. They are all very much pleased with the place.
(17LtMs, Lt 207, 1902, 4)
We are praying that this family will accept the truth. They are much interested and are searching the Bible and reading our books.
(17LtMs, Lt 207, 1902, 5)
Lt 208, 1902
Brethren in Positions of Responsibility NP December 26, 1902 [typed] This letter is published in entirety in SpM 282-293. +
Diary. The Work in the Southern Field
To my brethren in positions of responsibility,—
During the night following our interview in my house and out on the lawn under the trees, October 19, 1902, in regard to the work in the Southern field, the Lord instructed me that I had taken a wrong position.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 1)
In our morning council meeting statements were made that I need not repeat—statements showing why a successful work could not be done in Nashville, because Edson White would be sustained by his Mother. This was the tenor of the remarks made. Strong representations were made in regard to the terrible condition of things existing in the institutions at Nashville. It was stated that if I would sustain Edson White in his methods of working, nothing could be done to change the situation. The brethren put questions to me, and I spoke words in reply that gave them liberty to do in Nashville all that they would, under similar circumstances, do elsewhere. I was cut to the heart. I thought to myself, “Why should not I give them this liberty? If wrongs exist, as the brethren represent, most thorough work should be done to make these wrongs right.”
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 2)
But after I went to my room, I passed through an experience. For three nights in succession I was instructed by the Lord that I had spoken inadvisedly; that matters had not been correctly represented to me, some of the particulars not being given; and that I should not consent, merely because Edson White is my son, to allow him to be condemned, or to allow his God-given work to be hindered and wronged, as it certainly had been, and would continue to be, unless the light that the Lord had given me in regard to the work in the Southern field were used in a way altogether different from the way in which the brethren planned to use it. I was instructed that the understanding of these men had been perverted by the words of those who, prompted by a perverse spirit, understood not what they were saying. If these men had passed through the same experience that the brethren in Nashville have, not one of them would have accomplished as much as the workers there have. They would have given up, discouraged.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 3)
In connection with the Southern work, transactions have taken place that never should have been permitted. Money that was called for to use in breaking up the ground in places that have never been worked was appropriated to places where work has been carried forward for some time. It was wrong not to allow the means given for opening new fields to be used where the people supposed it would be. Every facility, every advantage, should be given to the men whom the Lord has appointed and fitted to enter new territory, men who by past experience know how to plan and devise methods for doing a work similar to the work that has already been done in several places. Every hand should be outstretched to encourage the workers and to prepare the way before them. Liberal gifts should be made in response to the calls for means to advance the great work that must be done in this field, a field where the greatest difficulties must be met and overcome.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 4)
Nashville to be Made a Center
Years ago the Spirit of the Lord moved upon the hearts of men to establish in Nashville institutions of learning to educate the colored people of the South. The Lord now desires His people to establish institutions in this center where a good work has already been done. In this place prejudice is not so easily aroused; buildings that can be utilized to advantage may be secured in which to make a beginning; workers for the colored race are protected, so that they can labor in safety; and the buildings in which they carry forward their work are not so liable to be destroyed.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 5)
Some of our brethren saw these advantages and decided to make this city a center for work in the Southern States. The Lord approved of this step. But not a few of the brethren were dissatisfied. Their ideas were not met by the decision to establish the publishing house in this city, and they selfishly endeavored to divert to other places the means that our brethren in the North had given in response to appeals—means that the donors supposed was being used in Nashville. Obstacles were thrown before the workers by our own people, making every step of the way hard and trying. O how much less difficult this work would have been, if men to whom God had given such great light had not brought in their own ideas to hinder the work!
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 6)
Notwithstanding this opposition, the Lord wrought, and the work began. A building suitable for a printing office was secured for much less than its real value, and equipped. By the time the institution was ready to be opened, an excellent class of workers had been gathered together. The Lord revealed to me that some of these needed to be carefully looked after and held by the hand of faith, lest under adverse influences they might become discouraged.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 7)
Soon the leaven of criticism and accusation was introduced among the helpers in the office. This was enough to sadden and discourage those who had made a beginning, but still they went forward. Those who have spoken disparagingly of the work that these pioneers accomplished have not spoken in accordance with God’s will; for from the light given me, I know that He who reads beneath the surface, sees that those who have gathered up reports against this work, could not have done so well, with so small an outlay of means, as have those who began by utilizing buildings already erected.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 8)
Notwithstanding the voices that were raised in favor of establishing the publishing work in some other place, the Lord gave light and encouragement to the brethren to begin in Nashville. These voices that have so often been heard on the negative side of the questions were on this occasion silenced by the reproof of the Lord, for His hand was in the work in this place from the beginning. However, these adverse influences have by no means been checked completely by the light that the Lord has been pleased to give. Some of the brethren have been as men convinced against their will and are of the same opinion still. God has wrought in the Southern field; yet if those who have received light had walked in the light, how much more might have been accomplished! How much further advanced the work would have been, if they had used their supposedly superior capabilities and shown what they could do in working a field that has never before been worked! I have much more to say in regard to the way matters in this field have been treated. In time, these things will all be seen as they are, and those who do not now understand them will then be able to reason from cause to effect.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 9)
The Lord is not pleased with the movements made by those who have opposed the work that centers in Nashville. He reads the heart of every man. Those who have opposed the clear light He gave in regard to making this place a center should have awakened to a realization of their duty to establish centers of influence by erecting memorials for God. If they had manifested a desire to do their best to help, the work would not have been so hard and trying for the laborers, some of whom, constantly criticized and accused, have nearly lost their lives on account of overwork and anxiety.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 10)
The Spirit Manifested During the First Union Conference Held in Nashville
A mistake was made in trying to finish one of the buildings in time to accommodate those who attended the Southern Union Conference held in Nashville about a year ago. In the effort to have everything convenient for those who came, those in charge labored for a time under heavy pressure, greatly taxing their physical and mental strength, and thus endangering their lives. They thought that if the building could be completed, the visiting brethren would be so favorably impressed by the good beginning made, that their fault-finding would be changed to commendation.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 11)
For one of the office rooms, a carpet was purchased, costing seventy-five cents a yard. Some office furniture, too, was secured. The purchase of these things might have been delayed, but should not be regarded as a sin. Nevertheless, small transactions of this nature were seized upon by some of the delegates and condemned. Their minds were open to received wrong impressions, they were imbued with a spirit of criticism, and they dishonored the Lord. Blinded by prejudice, they could not see that the motive was good which prompted the laborers to make these purchases. The workers in Nashville had borne the burden of much extra labor and wearing night work in order to make it possible for the meeting to be held there. They hoped that their work would be approved. They did everything that they could to accommodate and make comfortable the guests who came. But what was seen by Him who seeth in secret?—a little group of men here, another of women there, communicating to one another the leaven of criticism. If they had had the Spirit of Christ, they would have commended instead of criticizing.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 12)
It gave me much pleasure to see in the building where I had a room some of the articles of furniture that had once been in my own home in Battle Creek. I saw a sofa and a chair that formerly belonged to my husband; also some sets of furniture and other conveniences that I had given to be used where most needed. But many of those who were cared for at this meeting dishonored God by their criticisms. They gave but little encouragement to the men who had worked almost beyond human endurance in order to make them comfortable. I was on the ground. I speak the things I know. The Lord has not pronounced the judgment that those so forward to condemn have pronounced. He was not pleased with the spirit of accusation and of imagining evil where no evil existed.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 13)
Contemplated Changes
In general meetings that have been held since that time, decisions were made that should never have been made. The men who had borne the burden in the heat of the day became disappointed and confused. Changes were made that did not improve matters in the sight of Him who sees the end from the beginning.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 14)
It was thought best by some to place the management of the publishing house in the hands of new men. If at this time the Lord had not spoken and presented matters in a different light, everything would have been in the utmost confusion. As these things have been written out, I know that the thoughts of the Lord are of good, and not of evil. Not all has been done that should have been done and that would have been done if more of the brethren in the Southern field had been moved by the Spirit of God and had worked in willing co-operation with Him, filling their place by building up the work in the city which God specified should be made a center. But a good work has been done. Not one of the fault-finders could have done better.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 15)
It would have been best not to work on borrowed capital; and the brethren would not have needed to do this if all the believers had worked unitedly to one end. Just at this time the showing presented, as the result of working on borrowed capital, gives the enemy an advantage. Notwithstanding this, every square foot of room in the buildings erected is needed and will be utilized either now or in the near future. The present financial embarrassment has been magnified in such a way as to make the work hard and to leave wrong impressions on minds. It would not be surprising if souls were lost, beyond recovery, on account of these impressions. O what cannot evil surmisings and jealousies do? They are as cruel as the grave. The false reports spread by the enemy result in disunion and in efforts to tear down. The Lord desires His workers to labor in harmony, building up the interests of His cause.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 16)
In connection with our institutions in various places, there are sometimes, among a few of the brethren, one-sided secret conversations. Misunderstandings arise and multiply. Misrepresentations are made, and words are spoken in regard to dishonest work’s being done, until finally what is at first merely a supposition or a report seems to be so fully substantiated that men are led to believe a lie, and to think that they must do quick work to remedy the supposed evil. The Lord Jesus sees it all. He Himself interposes and changes the plans that have been proposed to cure these imagined evils.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 17)
Thus it was in Nashville. God forbade the brethren in responsibility to take the hasty steps that they had decided to take. He said that they were in no case to be allowed to follow such a course; for at that time they would be unable to remove the wrong impression that would be left on the minds of the people. If changes had been made in the publishing house when the brethren anticipated making them; if those who had worked faithfully had been tried, judged, and condemned according to man’s wisdom, a deep and lasting injustice would have been done to the ones misjudged.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 18)
Too many mismoves have already been made. Men are not gods. Our brethren so desirous of making changes should have remembered the instruction given to the children of Israel through the prophet Zechariah: “The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of this house; his hands shall also finish it; and thou shalt know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me unto you. For who hath despised the day of small things? for they shall rejoice, and shall see the plummet in the hand of Zerubbabel with those seven; they are the eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro through the whole earth.” [Zechariah 4:9, 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 19)
In the visions of the night I was in a meeting of the brethren in the Southern field. J. E. White was sitting far back in the room. In that company there was One of heaven’s appointment, who placed His hand on Edson’s shoulder, and led him to the front ranks, saying, “This is your place. In influence, you are to stand with your brethren. You are to have a voice in their council meetings. You are deserving of all the approval that is given to one who has carried heavy burdens in the heat of the day.” Addressing the company, the Messenger continued: “In his effort to advance the work in the South, he has made many sacrifices, and has nearly lost his life. Now he is deserving of the full confidence of all in this assembly—not that he has made no mistakes, but those who judge and condemn would, under similar circumstances, have done no better. ‘He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone.’” [John 8:7.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 20)
Although J. E. White resigned his positions of trust, this was not because he was convicted of unfaithfulness. Some, it is true, made it appear to others that this was why he offered to withdraw from official responsibility. He resigned because of the spirit, the words, and the deportment of others. There were men who were more than willing to take his place, but they would have proved that they were not fitted for carrying such responsibilities.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 21)
The matters that have been so perplexing will be adjusted by the Lord. My brethren, you are not to turn out of office the ones whose work God has accepted, even if, in your judgment, they have made some mistakes. Meddle not with matters that you do not comprehend because you have not passed over the ground. Some of you have had a wrong conception of many things. Do you not see that you are ceasing to follow in the way of the Lord? You are deviating from the path of duty appointed you. Guard well your own souls. Do the work that God has given you. Leave His appointed workers with Him. Your unconsecrated movements have placed upon others very heavy burdens and have made necessary the expenditure of much time and money in order to settle matters that would have adjusted themselves if meddlesome minds had not placed the worst possible construction upon the transactions that they could make appear in a false light.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 22)
Men do not understand how serious are the issues connected with their relation to God’s cause. When men do things crookedly, the Lord calls upon them to make them straight. My brethren, keep straight ahead. If you neglect your own work to criticize and condemn the work given some one else, much time and effort will be required to recover what you have lost. Thus trials are created that need never exist. We are simply to follow our Leader. To turn from the pathway of duty brings trial. No one can leave his place without suffering the ensuing confusion.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 23)
Opposition Against Making Nashville a Center
In a meeting presented before me for three successive nights while I was in Fresno, I saw that there was a confederacy, as it were, of men in Nashville who were united in sentiment and who were sustained by some of the brethren at Graysville. The wicked work of this confederacy was laid open before me. There are several who have never been reconciled to the plan of making Nashville a center. I could mention names, but will not do so now. The Lord knows their names, and He cannot endorse their works.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 24)
There were no good or justifiable grounds on which to work this confederacy against the establishment of the work in Nashville. The Lord bids me stand at my post against this movement. Not one of these men in opposition knows what he is doing. They have had very little experience in pioneer work in the South. They might have entered new fields years ago. They would thus have gained an experience that they do not now have. The Lord bids them stand aside, if with humbled hearts they will not come into line and acknowledge the wickedness of the raid they have tried so hard to make against the work centering in Nashville.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 25)
Who could have the courage to stand as targets for the words of criticism and condemnation hurled by those whose minds are leavened with the misrepresentations of the ones who choose to stand in opposition to God’s work in this city? If those who have confederated against the work in Nashville refuse to repent, the sooner they separate from the work in the South, the better it will be for this field. The Lord has marked every impulse that has led from cause to effect. None could have done a better work than have the laborers in Nashville.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 26)
It is truly amazing to see what gross misrepresentations can be conjured up, and what the results of these misrepresentations are. To cherish feelings of bitterness and hatred, because certain suggestions and plans have not been adopted, is not in accordance with the principles of sound reason or Christianity. How foolish it is to try to hedge about a work that God has bidden us to carry forward and sustain! These false statements have done their evil work. Those who have used the talent of speech to tear down a work that God commends have revealed that they cannot be trusted to establish missionary centers.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 27)
The assailing element is strong, but it cannot prevail. If it were to prevail, the result would be the worst chapter in the experience of our people. Notwithstanding this opposition, Nashville is being made a center. How much this effort has cost the ones whom God appointed to do this work, I cannot tell. The record is in the books of heaven, and words traced by angels cannot be perverted into a lie.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 28)
A Call to Repentance
What is the real strength of a church? Not its members; not those who are supposed to have knowledge and experience. A cultured intellect, unsanctified, is as nothingness. Why should not the truth prevail in Nashville? Shall the truth be powerless because unsanctified hearts are seeking for the supremacy? because unconsecrated tongues have given false representations? God calls for workers who will wear Christ’s yoke. “Take My yoke upon you,” the Saviour says, “and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 29)
I have a message for the laborers in the Southern field. Selfishness is seeking recognition and support. Other centers besides Nashville will be created; but make this center your rallying-point now. Take not the forthcoming council meeting to Graysville, but come right to the center of action. Then if all will humble their hearts in repentance and confession before God, He will pardon.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 30)
Those who engage in the work of uprooting things in Nashville are not led by the Spirit of God, but by another spirit. Let the opposition develop; for such things will be seen in these last days. Amidst it all, God’s work will move forward, leaving behind the elements that would block the way; for truth is truth, falsehood is falsehood. A lie is not the truth. Many misrepresentations have been in circulation; but why should the truth be blanketed? Remove the blanket. Why should not the truth prevail? Can we doubt God’s Word? What has He ever said that He has not done? Is it not written, “My word ... shall not return unto Me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing where to I sent it”? [Isaiah 55:11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 31)
Time is too short, our work too important, for any one to engage in an effort to tear down the work of another man whom God has appointed to service. My brethren, the schemes that seem so plausible to you, are not of God’s devising. Satan will instigate all that he possibly can to discourage, to draw men of talent from the work of preaching the Word, publishing the truth, and circulating our publications in the highways and in the byways. You have no time to aid the enemy in his effort to drive God’s workers out of the Southern field. This is not the work that God has given you.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 32)
In the name of the Lord I say to the men who desire to do some great thing, Please, for the sake of your spiritual life, keep your hands off the ark of God. There is One who is ever working. He will take care of His holy ark.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 33)
Wherein lies the strength of the church? In unity, in humility, in perfect adherence to the Word of the Lord. In selfish superiority, men would take the throne, as if there were no God to direct and to give power to His workers. Let those connected with our publishing houses, our school, and our medical institutions be men and women chosen of God and regenerated through His Holy Spirit. Let them seek for truth as for hidden treasure.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 34)
My brethren, many of you have left your first love. “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works.” To those who do not repent, Christ declares, “I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:5.] Put away the devisings and theories of men. No longer follow in the light of the sparks of your own kindling. Remember the words, “Except thou repent,”“I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place.”
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 35)
The Lord bids me say to those who are opposing the work centering in Nashville: Discern your spiritual condition. Return to the first love that you have left. Satan is seeking to entice all to leave their first love and to devote their God-given talents to the enemy’s service, tearing down that which the Lord desires to build up. I ask those at Nashville and at Graysville, whose names I have not mentioned, to seek the Lord while He may be found. “Call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon. For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts.” [Isaiah 55:6-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 36)
My brethren, read the seventeenth chapter of John, and see if you cannot understand that you have left your first love. Christ prayed that His disciples might be one, as He was one with the Father. “As Thou hast sent Me into the world,” He declared to the Father, “even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 18-26.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 37)
Light to Shine Forth
Light will shine upon the workers in Nashville. From this center light will shine forth in the ministry of the Word, in the publication of books large and small. We have as yet merely touched the Southern field with the tips of our fingers. “The earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” [Habakkuk 2:14.] The same Voice that at the beginning said, “Let there be light,” in these last days declares that a knowledge of God’s Word shall not be confined merely to a few places. [Genesis 1:3.] The laborers who have the missionary spirit will go forth as heralds of the morning. Christ, heaven’s Conqueror, is in the midst of you. From the experiences you are now passing through in the South, all may learn lessons. Truth and righteousness live and will continue to shine amidst the darkness of this degenerate age.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 38)
My brethren in Nashville, when any attempt is made to divert your minds from the work that the Lord has appointed you to do, let your voices ring out in accents clear and distinct. With unmistakable determination, say: “I am doing a great work and cannot come down. Why should this work cease, as it would if I were to leave it and come down to you?” [Nehemiah 6:3.] Never, never, although surrounded by those who desire to quench the last spark of life that God is keeping alive, should you consent to any such proposal.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 39)
Those whom the truth makes free are free indeed. We are not to be under bondage to any man or confederacy of men. We need the guidance of the Holy Spirit. We have followed man’s wisdom long enough. And we can avoid the consequences of following this wisdom, if we choose to follow the Lord now, just now. We need a wisdom greater than the wisdom of man to strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 40)
Words of Encouragement
To Brother W. O. Palmer I would say: Be not discouraged. When your fellow workers manifest the spirit of the enemy by saying and doing things that hurt, keep silent; for this is your strength. When you are misjudged and tantalized, remember that you are not the only one who is wounded. Christ, in the person of His saints, receives the insults that are intended for us. Look to Jesus; behold His hands and His feet pierced for your sake; say within your heart, He was wounded for my transgressions, He was bruised for my iniquities: the chastisement of my peace was upon Him; and with His stripes I am healed.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 41)
There are seasons of trouble when you can see nothing to calm and reassure, seasons when you feel helpless under the pressure of implied guilt. In the confusion, you know not which way to turn. Neither you nor Edson White should ever speak words of retaliation. Pray together. Remember the storm on the sea of Galilee. The disciples did all they could to save themselves and the ship, but their strength and skill availed them nothing. Helpless in the grasp of the tempest, they looked into one another’s faces, and could ready only discouragement and despair. Their boat was filling.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 42)
Absorbed in their efforts to save themselves, they had forgotten that Jesus was on board. Suddenly they came to their senses. They remembered at whose command they had set out to cross the sea. In Jesus was their only hope. “Master, Master!” they cried. [Luke 8:24.] There was no response to their call. Again they called; again no response. Suddenly a flash of lightning revealed Him sleeping. Arousing Him, they exclaimed, “Lord, save us; we perish! And He saith unto them, Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then He arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying, What manner of man if this, that even the winds and the sea obey Him?” [Matthew 8:25-27.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 43)
There are seasons of trouble when no human being on the earth can help us. To such a time the disciples had come, when they remembered that Jesus was on board their vessel.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 44)
Could our eyes be opened, we should behold Satan watching for an opportunity to stir up the human passions, to prompt men and women to speak words that cause the tempted one to lose vantage ground with God and to stand on the enemy’s ground, where he will be overcome by Satan’s wiles. Thus the confidence of brethren in one another is hurt and destroyed. Let every one look unto Jesus, and keep the tongue from uttering any words but those that Jesus uttered when He was tempted in all points like as we are. He always met the tempter by the words, “It is written.” This we can do in all safety. When the feelings are stirred, not one word should be uttered, even in answer to a provoking question.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 45)
There are times when those who claim to be God’s children can be very exasperating; for, inspired by Satan, they manifest a perverse, stubborn spirit, making it very hard for others who desire to do right. But let every tried and tempted one remember that the Majesty of heaven has been tempted in all points like as the members of the human family are tempted, and He knows how to succor those who are beset by the powers of darkness.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 46)
Paul, in his epistle to the Hebrews, writes: “Every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins: who can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity. And by reason hereof he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to offer for sins. And no man taketh this honor unto himself, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron. So also Christ glorified not Himself to be made an high priest; but He that said unto Him, Thou art My Son, today have I begotten Thee. As He saith also in another place, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek. Who in the days of His flesh, when He had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears unto Him that was able to save Him from death, and was heard in that He feared; though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered; and being made perfect, He became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him.” [Hebrews 5:1-9.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 47)
“Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.” [Hebrews 4:14-16.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 48)
My brethren, you need to bear in mind that you are in the presence of One who has “compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that He Himself also is compassed with infirmity.” [Hebrews 5:2.] Let all our workers in every place keep this in mind. He who puts his trust in Christ can never be severed from Him by any man. “Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] Will you believe this, even when sorely tempted by Satan to speak inadvisedly? Not a word can be spoken to arouse in another man’s mind feelings that will unbalance him, but that Christ Himself is hurt in the person of one of the members of His family.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 49)
How subtly Satan works to create disaffection and strife among brethren! Those who are so ready to criticize and condemn should study their Bibles. Christ says, “Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:54, 63.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 50)
I am instructed to send words of warning to the workers at Nashville: Look to Jesus, and not to men. We must realize the nothingness of man’s wisdom. Christ is saying to you personally: Your case is in My keeping. So long as you co-operate with Me, you are entirely safe. Your comfort, your peace, lie not in human agencies or in the confederacies you may form. Those who are willing to wear My yoke and learn of Me My meekness and lowliness, shall find rest, because they make Me their trust, their dependence. “Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils; for wherein is he to be accounted of?” [Isaiah 2:22.] Your comfort and peace lie not in seeking for the mastery or in striving for selfish advantage.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 51)
There are workers who are under the leadership of Him who is above all principalities and powers. These have peace and rest in Christ Jesus. They are not watching for defects in their fellow workers. They do not stand on Satan’s side of the controversy as accusers of their brethren, weakening and destroying the influence of God’s children.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 52)
The work to be done is the Lord’s, and He has entrusted this work to man. Our call to ministry is received from no human being. To every man God has given his work. How careful every one should be not to neglect his God-given work by devoting his mind, his tongue, his influence, to discourage another laborer of God’s appointment, and to try to break up a good work. To do this is to fight against God.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 53)
When the light of Christ’s countenance is revealed in the faces of His workers, when Christlikeness characterizes their spirit and disposition, this will be so unmistakably plain that none can help seeing that they have been with Jesus and have learned of Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 208, 1902, 54)
Lt 208a, 1902
Medical Missionary Workers “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 1902 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 109. To our Medical Missionary Workers,—
I am instructed to say that our Medical Missionary Workers have neglected many opportunities of doing good to those who need the help that Christ can give them through those who love and believe in Him. The sacredness of the medical missionary work has been destroyed by unchristlike actions and careless speech.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 1)
Some who have not understood how the medical missionary work should be conducted have not felt free to fully accept the work that has been carried forward under that name. They have not given it their sympathy and support. They have become prejudiced against such work. But when they see a harmony between name and action, when the work itself bears witness to its exalted character, many of these men will be led to regard the work with favor. They will recognize the medical missionary work as God’s helping hand to open doors for the proclamation of the gospel.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 2)
The most skilful practitioner cannot be called a medical missionary, unless he calls the attention of his patients to Jesus. The Lord calls for a manifestation of the gospel principles of truth and righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 3)
Bible truth is elevating and has a restoring influence. It is medicine for soul and body. The revelation of God’s goodness and mercy will renew health and life. It will be as the leaves of the tree of life. Strictly to heed Bible principles will do more than all else in the work of uplifting humanity.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 4)
When we make the Word of God our meat and drink, we shall be able to present it clearly to others. But while the evangelical work is important, the truth is to be forced upon no one. Many do not realize their danger, and if, because of suffering, they are brought within the sphere of our influence as medical missionaries, we must deal wisely with them, watching for the most favorable opportunities to speak to them a word in season.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 5)
Help those for whom you labor to fix their faith and hope upon Christ as a compassionate, loving Saviour. Keep the rich promises of the Word of God before their minds. The compassion and love of Christ are ever to be dwelt upon. Reveal Him as a sin-pardoning Saviour of all who will accept Him by faith. Let the sick find in Christ a Physician. He can be touched with the feelings of their infirmities. He will be the Healer of body and soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 6)
Every sick and suffering one should have this point brought plainly and distinctly before him. Show the afflicted that if they reject the Saviour, they lose everything. The Lord Jesus wants to help them. He will receive them if they believe in Him, and if they make straight paths for their feet, following Him in His life of self-denial and cross-bearing.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 7)
Christ is able to give His ministers all the help they need, when they will come to Him in faith, believing in His name, trusting in His strength. All heaven co-operates with every earnest effort put forth to arouse and give life to those who are dead in trespasses and sins. Those who do medical missionary work under the supervision of the Great Physician will establish in others confidence in the presence and efficiency of Jesus Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 8)
Christ is with His faithful workers. He is present at the sickbed, ready to save to the uttermost all who come unto Him. He has promised to be with us always as we teach others of the love of God to our world. He has died that many sons and daughters may be brought to obey God’s commandments.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 9)
The Training of Medical Missionary Workers
Unless the instructors in medical missionary work understand the principles that should govern this work, they cannot train aright the students that come to them. The students must be taught to climb the ladder of progress round by round, looking constantly to Jesus, the Author and the Finisher of our faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 10)
During their course of study, the students should receive training in practical missionary work. Our sanitariums are to work for the regeneration of the whole being. The gospel of Jesus Christ is the power of God unto salvation.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 11)
When the medical missionary work is freed from all selfishness, there will be no need for the managers to urge binding contracts upon those who wish to take up a course of training.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 12)
The grand principles upon which this work was founded are to be made prominent before the students. They should be taught that their wills must be sanctified, and that as laborers together with God, they can work as did Christ when united with His Father.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 13)
Follow Christ’s Methods
The great Teacher went about Galilee and Judea, teaching in the synagogues and healing all manner of disease among the people. He followed up His work of healing with instruction in spiritual truths.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 14)
Christ’s work was not to tear down, but to build up. His heart of love expressed His compassion for souls. He ever looked on the multitude gathered around Him with a compassion exceeding that which human minds could feel or understand. He was a man of sorrow, acquainted with grief. He was wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities. He, the sinless One, bore the chastisement that we deserved. With His stripes we are healed.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 15)
In their association with the Master, the disciples obtained a practical training for missionary work. They saw how He presented truth and how He dealt with the perplexing questions that arose in His ministry. They saw His ministry in healing the sick wherever He went; they heard Him preach the gospel to the poor. In our day, from the record of His life, all must learn His methods of working, if they would be successful medical missionary workers. With Him as our leader, we can conduct the medical missionary work aright.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 16)
The principles of the Word of God are to be followed in our sanitariums. The purpose of these institutions has been revealed by God. Their work is not to be defiled by worldly plans. Christ is to stand at their head. The work of His life is to be copied. His manner of teaching is to be followed. Those who engage in medical missionary work are to let the sick know that Christ is their Rock.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 17)
Christ the Bread of Heaven
“All that the Father giveth Me,” said Christ, “shall come to Me; and He that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. And this is the Father’s will which hath sent Me, that of all which He hath given Me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day....
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 18)
“Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us His flesh to eat? Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.” [John 6:37-39, 47-58.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 19)
These words were spoken before a large congregation. “These things said He in the synagogue, as He taught at Capernaum. Many therefore of His disciples when they heard this, said, This is a hard saying; who can hear it?” And “from that time many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with Him.” [Verses 59, 60, 66.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 20)
These words of Christ are true today. And many who have not been worked by the Holy Spirit, no more understand their import than did Christ’s disciples. Christ did not utter these words in a careless manner. He well knew that as a result of these statements, many who had been following Him would turn away, complaining, “This is a hard saying; who can hear it?” [Verse 60.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 21)
Christ’s Relation to His Disciples
Christ’s manner of teaching was unlike that of the rabbis. He did not confine His labors to any one place, neither did He follow rigid rules or methods. His great purpose was to preach to as many as possible the kingdom of God and the preparation that was necessary for entrance to that kingdom.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 22)
It was unusual to see between a teacher and his pupils such close companionship as existed between Christ and His disciples. At all times, in all places, in public and private, as He taught the multitude, by the bedside as He healed the sick, in the mountain resorts, He was closely followed by the twelve who formed an innermost circle and ministered to His necessities. What precious instruction they received! Well would it be for us to study with a teachable contrite heart the sermon on the mount.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 23)
As Christ saw the world’s need, He said, “The harvest truly is great, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He would send forth laborers into His harvest.” [Luke 10:2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 24)
Christ Himself was Lord of the harvest. He might commission a large number to go forth and become laborers. But unless their character was especially fitted, they would be unable to endure the criticisms and the contempt that their Lord had endured from Pharisees, priests, and rulers.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 25)
To the twelve, who for months had been with Him, He gave instructions, and sent them forth on a missionary tour. Not only were the people to be granted another opportunity of hearing the gospel of the kingdom, but the experience of the disciples would be broadened by making an experimental tour.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 26)
Christ did not yet send them forth permanently; for He realized that they were not yet qualified for the work. They needed a more thorough training before they would be fitted to bear the responsibilities that would rest upon them after He had left this world. They must be led step by step to follow His life of self-denial and self-sacrifice. They must become more familiar with His teachings, for they were to be witnesses of what they had seen of His works, and what they had heard from His teaching. To some was to be given the work of writing out in plain, simple language the important incidents of His life on earth and the truths brought out in His discourses.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 27)
He feared lest when He should leave them, they would be as sheep without a shepherd. No one else would give them such kind and tender counsel, no one else knew how to lead them in perilous emergencies. He understood the trials and difficulties that lay before them, the temptation to which they were subject.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 28)
They would be tempted at every step. If their labors were crowned with success, they would be in danger of becoming exalted by the praise of men and of lifting up their souls in self-esteem and self-glorification. They would be tempted to consider themselves able to carry responsibilities for which they were not fitted.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 29)
The disciples had sometimes thought themselves qualified even to advise their Master. They spoke to Him of men who, they thought, would be a credit to them if they were added to their number. There was danger that they would seek to grasp too much in their self-sufficiency, feeling that they must stand as leaders.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 30)
These same dangers beset the disciples of Christ in our day. We need the instruction that Christ gave to His disciples. Some think that they should be placed at the head of some work which has been developed by the hard labor and self-sacrifice of others, as though its success were attributable to them. Christ gave instruction to His disciples regarding these principles. When they came and asked Him, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? Jesus called a little child unto Him and set him in the midst of them.” [Matthew 18:1, 2.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 31)
Turning to His disciples He said, “Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whosoever shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 32)
“Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh! Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot offend thee, cut them off, and cast them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into the life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire. Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven. For the Son of man is come to save that which was lost. How think ye? if a man have an hundred sheep, and one of them be gone astray, doth he not leave the ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seeketh that which is gone astray? And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more of that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. Even so it is not the will of your Father which is in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish.” [Verses 3-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 33)
One man’s mind, one man’s judgment is not to be the controlling power in the work of God. Those who have not obtained characters that fit them to unite with the royal family in the courts above are no longer to rule over God’s heritage. Let every one humble himself before God.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 34)
“Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 35)
“What is man that thou art mindful of him, and the son of man, that Thou visitest him?” [Psalm 8:4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 36)
“Lord, what is man, that Thou takest knowledge of him! or the son of man, that Thou makest account of him! Man is like to vanity: his days are as a shadow that passeth away.” [Psalm 144:3, 4.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 37)
Let not men so exalt themselves as to set their opinions against God’s Word. We are but the workmanship of His hands. God has given to every man the charge to do the work of the Master faithfully, and to give due respect and honor to his fellow laborers.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 38)
It is best for man to understand that he is but finite in the sight of a holy God. He who would have his name written in the books of heaven must surmount difficulties. He must live a pure and holy life, obedient to every commandment of God. He who, while professing to follow the meek and lowly Jesus, is yet full of schemes, whereby he may exalt himself, lives a falsehood. Those actions that tend to personal exaltation are not recorded as righteousness in the books of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 39)
We should all earnestly pray for the Holy Spirit. Those who are sanctified by God will be men of faith, filled with the Holy Spirit. As a laborer with Jesus Christ, each one will carry forward his appointed work.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 40)
The Spirit of God leads no one to seek for kingly power. God cannot accept the service of one who seeks to exalt himself and thinks it necessary that all his associates be imbued with his mind. God appoints no man to act as a supreme counselor to his fellow men. He who seeks to make other minds subservient to his own is assuming power that belongs to God only.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 41)
There is but one way of entrance to the kingdom of heaven. Every one who gains admittance through the gates of Paradise must humble himself and become as a little child.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 42)
To the humble and contrite ones Christ’s prayer will be answered, “Father, I will that they also ... be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory.” [John 17:24.] Christ Himself will show them the rich glories of His kingdom. Then shall the righteous shine forth in the kingdom of their Father. Sweeter than any music that ever fell on mortal ear will be the voice of God, saying, Ye are complete in Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 43)
Shall we sacrifice a life that measures with the life of God and accept a spurious experience that will close to us the gates of the city of God? We have been given sufficient encouragement to lead us on to success in winning the crown of everlasting life. Shall we by our sinful lives charge God with folly in giving us unnecessary restrictions?
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 44)
I have a message for those professing to know the truth who are not sanctified by it. This is your day of preparation, when you may rid yourself of every unholy ambition. You need to be converted and your life transformed.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 45)
“I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God. For I say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.” [Romans 12:1-3.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 46)
This presents before us a high standard. Will you seek to reach it? or will you join affinity to the world?
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 47)
“If the firstfruit be holy, the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy, so are the branches. And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graft in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee. Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be graft in. Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear. For if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest He also spare not thee. Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in His goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off.” [Romans 11:16-22.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 48)
A great and important work is before us. Now, just now is our opportunity to purify our hearts by belief of the truth as it is in Jesus.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 49)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 50)
You have a special work to regain the love of Jesus Christ which has been lost from the heart. Self has swelled to such proportions that Christ has not been manifested in your life. He cannot own you. The church needs to be aroused to realize her moral fall, that she may repent and do the first works, lest her candlestick be removed out of its place.
(17LtMs, Lt 208a, 1902, 51)
Lt 209, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 26, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
This morning I read your last letter to me. I cannot write much in reply, because I am preparing matters for the book on the Southern field. As soon as I can get to this work, I shall make every letter written, and every appeal made, speak. The experience of the past year shows me that we have to meet in opposition men who claim to be followers of Christ, but who are unconsecrated, who have lent the enemy their talents and their ability, and who are used by him to hinder the work of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 1)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins gift about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; about all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplication for all saints.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 2)
Let us watch unto prayer, lest we become adversaries of the truth. You will have as adversaries those who are not walking and working in the truth as it is in Jesus. Be sure, my son, that your mother is not your adversary, but that she will always stand firm for truth and righteousness.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 3)
Representations have been made to me by my brethren that God has instructed me are not all truth. Brother Daniells and Brother Palmer are doing a work that God has not appointed them, and they are hurting their influence. I am wounded and grieved in spirit, but be assured that I shall not leave you to suffer from misrepresentations because you are my son. Neither will I sustain you in any wrong. Truth and righteousness must be made to appear in all their sacredness. The Lord will so order matters that the terrible misrepresentations made will work out for your good and for His glory. Be humble; be patient; speak wisely.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 4)
I ask you, my son, and I ask Brother W. O. Palmer, to leave yourselves in the hands of a wise, kind, heavenly Father. He will work in His own way. Whatever may be said in regard to your work, do not retaliate. Remember that you are working in full view of the heavenly universe. Seek Christ for wisdom to speak wisely, whatever others may say of you. This is your charge: “The servant of the Lord must not strive; but be gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves, if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth, and that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who are taken captive by him at his will.” [2 Timothy 2:24-26.]
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 5)
I ask you to take to yourselves these words of Paul to Timothy: “Continue thou in the things which thou hast learned, and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; and that from a child thou hast known the holy Scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation. All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.” [2 Timothy 3:14-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 6)
The Lord has given you precious light on the Scriptures and if you will seek Him, He will give you wisdom and grace. He has a special work for you to do in opening the Scriptures to the people, and He will make the trials that have come to you a means of glorifying His name by using them to perfect in you the work of His grace. He has not given you up to become the sport of your enemies. No, no!
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 7)
Do not become stirred up or excited by provoking words. Be calm. And where the evidence is plain that you have made mistakes, admit this. But do not place yourselves in the hands of men who are not led and controlled by the Spirit of the Lord. There are those who employ the methods of the enemy in order to show that the work of certain ones, whom God has chosen to do a special work, is all wrong. They take advantage of every circumstance to dishearten these workers, and to make them appear in a false light. If they could find anything that would prove that these workers are dishonest, they would use this as a means of spoiling the work in the Southern field, under the plea of reconstructing the work and placing it on a safe basis. These men will create confusion and perplexity. God has not given them the work they have undertaken to do in Nashville—the work of tearing down what has already been done, and reorganizing the whole work.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 8)
The Lord will work for you if you will trust in Him. Lean your whole weight on Him, but do not put your confidence or trust in men.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 9)
The Lord lives and reigns. Soon He will arise in majesty to shake terribly the earth. A special message is now to be borne—a message that will pierce the spiritual darkness, and conflict and convert souls. “Haste thee; flee for thy life,” is the call to be given to those dwelling in sin. [Genesis 19:22, 17.] We must now be terribly in earnest. We have not a moment to spend in criticism and accusation. Let men fall on their knees in prayer. And let them beware how they place their words and their plans in the place of God’s words and God’s plans. Hundreds are waiting for the warning to escape for their lives and lay hold on the hope set before them in the gospel. Far less labor is to be given to those who know the truth, and far more to those who are without God and without hope.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 10)
Let us not forget that God is in earnest with us. “Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily; therefore the hearts of the sons of men are fully set in them to do evil.” [Ecclesiastes 8:11.] But God will not always keep silence. “He that being often reproved hardeneth his neck, shall suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy.” [Proverbs 29:1.] The Lord will be true to His Word.
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 11)
There are thousands in America perishing in their sins. There are many, many cities unwarned. And looking afar off to some distant field, men are indifferently passing by most needy fields close to them. Christ says, “Go work today in My vineyard.” [Matthew 21:28.] “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages; and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor; other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors.” [John 4:35-38.]
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 12)
When will the people of God awake to the responsibility resting on them? When will they become inspired with His Spirit, and give the message of warning to those right in their sight that are ready to hear?
(17LtMs, Lt 209, 1902, 13)
Lt 210, 1902
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 26, 1902 Previously unpublished. My dear Brother A. T. Jones,—
I have been up since twelve o’clock. I wrote till four, and then lay down and slept till six.
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 1)
I do not know where to address my letter to you, but I wish to write you a few lines, telling you that I received your short letter written just before you went to Battle Creek. A few days ago I found the letter that I then began to you, unfinished and unsent. I want to tell you that your letter is of great value to me. It makes my heart glad and causes me to praise the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 2)
I thank you for writing as you did. I praise the Lord that you have accepted the Testimony that He sent you. I know that the Lord desires you to be a strong man in Him. You are a strong man in the knowledge of the Scriptures, but sometimes you speak inadvisedly, and this hurts your influence. Be very careful how you speak before the people, and be sure not to take positions that will cause you to be misunderstood. The Lord has a work for you to do; and He desires you to be wise unto eternal life.
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 3)
The following words were spoken to me for you. I was instructed that it would be by heeding these words that you would preserve your influence for good: “Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.” [Colossians 3:12-15.]
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 4)
Mark the word, “Let.” The peace of Christ will come if you will give it a place in your heart. When you give this peace a welcome, all with whom you come in contact will notice that you speak with the gentleness of Christ. Your words and manner will be pleasant. In the past your manner has been harsh, abrupt, repelling, and this has led many to doubt whether you were a Christian gentleman. In this, your example has not been pleasing to God.
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 5)
“Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 16, 17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 6)
These Scriptures contain the lesson that I am instructed you must learn by daily practice. Then you will be kind and courteous, and your deportment will ever be marked by Christian politeness to all. Your influence for good will constantly increase, and those who associate with you will say, “What hath God wrought. Elder A. T. Jones has put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him.”
(17LtMs, Lt 210, 1902, 7)
Lt 211, 1902
Lane, Sands “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 24, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 220-222. Elder Sands Lane My dear brother,—
Today I received and read your letter to me. Thank you for writing. You speak, my brother, as if I had heard all about the council meetings held in Battle Creek. But I have heard nothing at all in regard to these meetings. W. C. White has written me no particulars whatever regarding them. He has told me of his visit to Wright, and of seeing some of my old friends there. He said that while there he made his home with Brother and Sister Root, as my husband and I used to do. He said that they were as hospitable and courteous as ever, and that they made him very welcome. He wrote about his visit to Cedar Lake and Berrien Springs. He spoke about going to Nashville, and of returning to California after the meeting there, to help me with my work; but matters at Battle Creek seem to be as a sealed book.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 1)
Brethren Knox and A. T. Jones called to see me after their return from the East. They told me that it had been decided to hold the next General Conference in California, and that the brethren here thought that Sacramento would be the best place.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 2)
After they had gone, I remembered that I had not said a word to them in regard to the meetings at Battle Creek, and that they had said nothing to me in regard to them.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 3)
I have carried a heavy burden in regard to these meetings. But I shall not write about discouraging things; for by beholding we become changed.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 4)
Last Sabbath the Lord gave me strength to speak in the Sanitarium chapel. The room was well filled, with workers and patients from the Sanitarium, and with Sabbath-keepers living on the hillside. I spoke from the fifth chapter of Revelation. This chapter had been impressed on my mind, and I gave to the people what the Lord had given me.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 5)
On Sunday morning I spoke to the workers in the bakery, and at the close of my talk I prayed with them.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 6)
On Monday morning, at half past twelve, I spoke to the Sanitarium workers. The meeting was held in the classroom, which was well filled. The Lord gave me words to speak. After I had finished speaking, I was asked to offer prayer. The Lord Jesus came graciously near, and encouraged our hearts by increasing our faith. We can rely upon the promise, “Ask, and ye shall receive” [John 16:24]; for the love that God has shown in giving His Son to die for us is an assurance that He will hear and answer our petitions. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life” [John 3:16]; and because of this, Christ’s intercession in our behalf will always prevail.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 7)
As we knelt in prayer, we received the assurance that the Lord drew sacredly near to us. After the prayer, invitation was given to all who desired to speak in witness of Christ to rise to their feet. Almost immediately, a large number of those present were standing, and testimony after testimony was borne.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 8)
My heart was made glad to see Dr. Zelinsky rising, and to hear him bearing an excellent testimony. He has taken his stand fully with us, to accept and live the truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 9)
A patient at the Sanitarium, Mr. Stanton, bore a good testimony. He and his wife came to the Sanitarium some time ago. He was present when I spoke in the Sanitarium several weeks ago, and he was much pleased with the meeting. Soon after, he and his wife called to see me, and about three weeks after, his daughter called. Mr. Stanton bought fifteen copies of Steps to Christ to send to his friends. His wife and daughter have gone to San Francisco, but they expect to return to the Sanitarium. They are all very much pleased with the place.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 10)
We are praying that this family will accept the truth. They are very much interested, and are searching the Bible and reading our books.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 11)
On Tuesday I had a visit from Dr. T. J. Evans of Los Angeles, and Brother Boeker of the St. Helena Bakery. Dr. Evans wished to consult me in regard to the purchase of a certain property about twelve miles from Los Angeles. This property consists of a building of eighty rooms, furnished throughout, and seventy-five acres of orange grove. The buildings and the grounds are both in excellent order. The owner of this property has lately gone to Boston, and as he is not going to return to California, he is anxious to dispose of this property. He offers it for a very reasonable price. Could we purchase it, I think we could begin sanitarium work in it at once.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 12)
At Paradise Valley, about five miles from San Diego, there is for sale a building well adapted for sanitarium work. It was built for a sanitarium, and the owner says that the house alone cost her twenty-five thousand dollars. It is a fine, three-story structure, built on a rise of ground, and commanding a view of a beautiful valley. The rooms are large and airy, and in each room there is a marble wash stand and a wardrobe. There is about the house nothing extravagant, but from cellar to attic, it is well finished.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 13)
Besides this building, there are twenty acres of land, and the whole property is offered for eleven thousand dollars. I hope that arrangements can be made so that we can purchase it; for it is so well adapted for a sanitarium. It seems to have been kept for us in the providence of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 14)
More than a year ago light was given me that our people in Southern California must watch for opportunities to purchase such properties. I told our brethren that they would find all ready for use, and for sale at reasonable prices, just the buildings that they would need for their work. And thus it has proved. In a most remarkable manner the Lord is opening up ways for the advancement of His work in Southern California. Twenty miles from Los Angeles, at Fernando, a town of about one thousand inhabitants, our brethren found for sale two large school buildings, which had been erected for use as a college. Our brethren were extremely desirous of establishing a school in Southern California, but they had no building, and when they found these buildings, which were just what they needed, they decided that the Lord must be leading them.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 15)
The property consists of a three-story school building, a dormitory of two and a half stories, a cottage of five rooms, and ten acres of land. Our brethren paid ten thousand dollars for it. When I inquired how this price compared with the real value of the place, they told me that it was not more than one fifth of what the place was worth.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 16)
I was present at the opening of this school, and it made my heart rejoice to see the company of promising, intelligent students gathered in the chapel. I thanked the Lord for providing such convenient buildings, in which school work could be begun without delay. God is our Helper and our Leader, and in Him we trust.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 17)
The Lord is surely preparing our way. In Southern California, land is high and building expensive, and the brethren could not possibly have bought land and put up suitable buildings for ten thousand dollars.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 18)
We knew that the school must be established away from the city, and that we must have land, so that the students could have opportunity to gain a knowledge of agriculture, and opportunity also to be self-supporting. The light given me is that we are to take our children away from the congested cities, and do all in our power to prepare them for the future life. The Fernando school is situated in an orange district. On every hand are to be seen beautiful orange groves.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 19)
There was some question about the water supply, but a well has been dug, and an abundant supply of water obtained.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 20)
When the brethren wrote to me about this place, I wrote back telling them to purchase it by all means. I went to see it when I was in Southern California a few months ago, and I also visited several other places of which the brethren had been writing to me. I did not think that I should do so much pioneer work after my husband’s death; but the brethren all want me to see the places that come to their notice.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 21)
My interview with Dr. Evans was a long and important one, and I gave them the best counsel that I could. I know that the Lord blessed me in my effort to advise them.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 22)
Dr. Evans is carrying on sanitarium work in Pasadena, a suburb of Los Angeles. He has rented two floors of a large building, and has fitted up the rooms for patients. But this is only a temporary arrangement, and the building will be given up as soon as we can secure a building for permanent use.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 23)
I am weighed down by the thought that our people do not realize the responsibility resting on them to proclaim the truth in the unwarned cities of America. God says to them, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.” [Isaiah 60:1.] Why are such cities as New York left unwarned? Do not those who know the truth understand the commission of Christ? Why then do they feel no burden to add new territory to the Lord’s kingdom, to plant the standard of truth in new places? Why do they not obey the word: “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not.” [Luke 12:33.] Why do they not return to the Lord His own, to be invested in heavenly merchandise?
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 24)
Why do not our people wake up to the peril threatening the men and women in the cities of America? Why are not our churches aroused, and why is there not an earnest call made for volunteers to enter the whitening harvest-field?
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 25)
When I bear my testimony in person, I want to bear it where it will be appreciated, where it will be heeded; where I shall not be afflicted by those who are so spiritually backslidden that they make no effort to proclaim the truth for this time.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 26)
We have no time to dwell on matters that are of no importance. Our time should be given to proclaiming the last message of mercy to a guilty world. Men are needed who move under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, men who will obey the words, “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.]
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 27)
The sermons preached by some of our ministers will have to be much more appropriate, and much more to the point, than they are now, else many backsliders will carry a tame, pointless message, that lulls people to sleep. Every discourse given should be given under a sense of the awful judgment soon to fall on our world. The message of truth is to be proclaimed by lips touched with a live coal from the divine altar. Christ refers to the lifeless, purposeless messages given in our churches, when He says, “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Revelation 3:15-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 28)
Night after night I get up at twelve and one o’clock, and walk the floor in intense anguish, because of the tame messages borne by our ministers, when they have a message of life and death to bear to the people. The ministers are asleep; the lay members are asleep; and a world is perishing in sin. Where are the evangelists who can go to the South and work for the people there? Where are the men who have encouraged Elder Haskell? He and his wife are doing a noble work. Not only are they proclaiming the truth; they are training other workers to proclaim the truth in the right way. Do you not think that God requires His people to help a man who is doing as much as Elder Haskell is doing? I know how the Lord regards this matter. It would be well pleasing to Him for His people to give of their means and their sympathy to those who are working for Him in the cities of America. God has instructed me that His people are neglecting a work that is close beside them.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 29)
If our people would feel more of a burden for the men and women in our cities who have not heard the message of salvation, if they would labor for them with determined energy, they would have less time and thought to give to tearing down what has been accomplished. God is not pleased with the way that things are shaping, and unless more is done than has been done for the cities of America, ministers and people will have a heavy account to settle with the One who has appointed to every man his work.
(17LtMs, Lt 211, 1902, 30)
Lt 212, 1902
Daniells, A. G.; Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 30, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in PM 122-123. Dear Brethren A. G. Daniells and E. R. Palmer,—
I have just read a letter that came last night from Brother W. D. Salisbury, of Melbourne, Australia, in regard to the work of the Echo Publishing Company. Brother Salisbury enclosed a letter that the Echo Company had received from Brother G. W. Reaser, of South Africa, and a copy of the reply sent by the Echo Company. Brother Reaser’s letter speaks of the effort being made by Brethren Daniells and Palmer to break up the established order of things and to change the arrangements entered into between the Echo Company and the workers in South Africa.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 1)
Four or five days ago I discovered in a writing desk an envelope addressed to me. Upon opening it, I found that it contained a printed copy of the correspondence that has passed between the Echo Company and Brethren Reaser, Palmer, and others. This is the first time I had seen this correspondence, and it was by chance that I found it when I did. The letters printed in this leaflet explain matters that I had not been able to understand. In the night season transactions had passed before me that I did not fully comprehend. Suffice it to say that these are now made plain by the communications I have since read.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 2)
Several weeks ago I was instructed by the Lord that Brother E. R. Palmer was doing a work that God had not appointed him to do. This message I sent to the recent Council held in Battle Creek. Brother Daniells was not appointed of God to unite with Brother Palmer in doing such a work. These brethren have not been instructed by the Lord to leave upon the minds of the workers in South Africa the impression that the Echo Publishing Company was selfishly endeavoring to take unfair advantage of the South African brethren. Men must be very careful in regard to leaving upon the minds of their brethren the impression that the Lord’s workers in a certain place are dealing unfairly and dishonestly. Such impressions mean a great deal. When some of our brethren accuse the brethren in charge of a publishing house, a reflection is cast upon the managers of the institution.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 3)
For the past fifteen years Satan has been bringing in all that he could bring in to shake the confidence of our people in the brethren entrusted with important parts of the Lord’s work. And he has been playing this game with marked success. Things have become so entangled that a great amount of painstaking, searching work will be required to set things in order. The evil leaven of criticism will be introduced in one place after another to create suspicion and to lead men to charge one another with deception and dishonesty, when in reality the criticisms and charges are based upon a perversion of facts. False representations are cruel. The Lord endorses no such work.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 4)
I wish to say, my brethren, that in planning as you have with regard to the publishing work, you are placing yourselves where you have not been called to labor.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 5)
The Lord has not appointed you to do any such work. Your effort to change the plans that have been made, and to rearrange matters after your own plans, is not in accordance with God’s will. You do not improve matters by writing as you have written in regard to the publishing work. Your ideas are greatly perverted. The words written by Brother E. R. Palmer are inappropriate. These questions have not been left to his judgment nor to Brother Daniells’ judgment for final decision.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 6)
The plans of the Echo office in connection with its work were laid after prayerful consideration. The brethren in charge of the office adjusted their work accordingly and began to carry out the arrangements made. The Lord’s blessing rested upon their efforts.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 7)
When the Lord approves of certain plans, His word is Yea and Amen. He does not say Yea, and then say Nay. He never begins to do some good work, and immediately afterward to undo this work by ordering that something else be done that is the opposite of the first work He has begun.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 8)
Until God gives the orders, let men—whether ministers, general canvassing agents, or conference presidents—keep to their line of work. God’s word of counsel is: “Be sure your orders come from God, and not from man’s human judgment.” God lives and reigns. I am instructed to say to Brethren Daniells and Palmer: Keep your hands off the ark. You have no appointment from God to do that which you have undertaken to do in connection with the publishing work.
(17LtMs, Lt 212, 1902, 9)
Lt 213, 1902
Brethren at the St. Helena Sanitarium “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 3, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in CD 282-283; MM 283-284; Ev 149, 537, 539; 1MR 290-291. To those in positions of responsibility in the St. Helena Sanitarium,—
Last night I was instructed that changes will have to be made in the Sanitarium at St. Helena. Those connected with this institution are to remember that God wants them to meet the patients where they are. We are to be the helping hand of God in presenting the great problems of the truth for this time; and we must not attempt to interfere unnecessarily with the habits and customs of those who are in the Sanitarium as patients or guests. Many of these people come to this retired place to remain a few weeks only. To compel them, for so short a time, to change their hours for meals, is to subject them to great inconvenience. If you do this, you will find, after test and trial, that you have made a mistake. Learn what you can in regard to the habits of the patients, and do not require them to change these habits when by the change nothing special is gained.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 1)
The atmosphere of the institution should be cheerful and homelike, and as social as possible. Those who come for treatment should be made to feel at home. Abrupt changes in regard to meals will keep them in an unsettled state of mind. Feelings of discomfort will be the result of the interruption of their habits. Their minds will be disturbed, and this will bring about unnatural conditions, by which they will be robbed of the blessings that they might otherwise obtain. When it is necessary to change their habits, do this so carefully and so pleasantly that they will look upon the change as a blessing rather than a discomfort. The patients are to be provided with an abundance of wholesome, palatable food, prepared and served in so appetizing a way that they will have no temptation to desire flesh-meat. The meals may be made the means of an education in health reform. Care is to be shown in regard to the combinations of foods given to the patients. Knowledge in regard to proper food combinations is of great worth and is to be received as wisdom from God.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 2)
The hours for meals should be so arranged that the patients will feel that those in charge of the institution are working for their comfort and health. Then, when they leave the institution, they will not carry away with them the leaven of prejudice. In no case is a course to be followed that will give the patients the impression that the time of meals has been fixed by unalterable laws.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 3)
If, after dispensing with the third meal in the Sanitarium, you see by the results that this is keeping people away from the institution, your duty is plain. We must remember that while there are some who are better for eating only two meals, there are others who eat lightly at each meal, and who feel that they need something in the evening. Food enough is to be eaten to give strength to sinew and muscle. And we are to remember that it is from the food eaten that the mind gains strength. Part of the medical missionary work that our Sanitarium workers are to do is to show the value of wholesome food.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 4)
It is right that no tea, coffee, or flesh meat be served in our sanitariums. To many, this is a great change and a severe deprivation. To enforce other changes, such as a change in the number of meals a day, is likely, in the cases of some, to do more harm than good.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 5)
There are many to whom the supper hour has been the most cheerful hour of the day. Then it is that all the family, the day’s work done, have gathered round the table for social intercourse.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 6)
It is plain that two meals a day are better than three. I believe and practice this, but I have no “Thus saith the Lord” that it is wrong for some to eat the third meal. We are not to be as the Pharisees, bound about by set rules and regulations. God’s word has not specified any set hours when food should be eaten. We are to be careful not to make laws like the laws of the Pharisees or to teach for doctrine the commandments of men.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 7)
Let your regulations be so consistent that they will appeal to the reason of those even who have not been educated to see all things clearly. As you strive to introduce the renovating, transforming principles of truth into the life-practice of those who come to the Sanitarium to gain improvement in health, let them see that no arbitrary exactions are laid on them. Give them no reason to feel that they are compelled to follow a course that they do not choose.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 8)
The Prince of teachers sought access to the people by the pathway of their most familiar associations. He presented the truth in such a way that ever after it was to His hearers intertwined with their most hallowed recollections and sympathies. He taught in a way that made them feel the completeness of His identification with their interests and happiness. His instruction was so simple, His illustrations so appropriate, His words so sympathetic and so cheerful, that His hearers were charmed. He sought to avoid giving them a shock of disagreeable surprise.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 9)
Christ drew many of His illustrations and lessons from the great treasure-house of nature. He plucked a lily and pointed His hearers to its simplicity and marvelous beauty. He pointed to the grass of the field, saying, “If God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not much more clothe you.” [Matthew 6:30.] He desires us to see that the things of nature are an expression of the love of God, and that, though marred by sin, they still speak to us of the Eden-home in which Adam and Eve were placed. He desires us to be reminded by them of the time when this home shall be restored, and the earth shall be filled with the praise of the Lord.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 10)
Many words of instruction were spoken in regard to the work of the Sanitarium. I cannot now give this instruction as fully as I will try to hereafter. There is one point, however, that I wish to make plain. The instruction given to the patients in our sanitariums is not to be presented in the form of laws that must be obeyed. The word was spoken: “Everything that can be done is to be done to bring the sick and afflicted to the way of truth and righteousness. Medical missionary work is one means of doing this. We do not know how much prejudice is removed as people are brought in contact with true medical missionary workers. As physicians and nurses strive to do for the suffering the work that Christ did when He was upon this earth, the truth for this time will find access to minds and hearts.”
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 11)
The conversion of souls is the one great object to be sought for in our medical institutions. It is for this that these institutions are established. The sick and the afflicted, coming to our sanitariums, are brought within reach of the gospel workers laboring there. O what precious opportunities are thus offered to sow the seeds of truth. How careful the workers should be to avoid doing anything that will cause the truth to be misunderstood, or misrepresented, or that will arouse prejudice against it. Where we can, let us make concessions. Never are we to swerve a hair’s breadth from the principles that God has laid down for our guidance. But we are to guard against framing human tests. When it is evident that certain methods are not favorable to the work of the Sanitarium, we are not to continue to follow these methods, especially if they are not enjoined by the word of God. We are to be careful in handling even the truth, lest it taste strongly of the dish. About the keeping of the law of the Lord, there is no question. It is an unchangeable command to us. Human laws are to be held subject to change.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 12)
In order for the work of our Sanitarium to prove a success, it may be that we shall have to forgo some of our own ideas. Let us remember that in so doing, we may win from death to life, from disloyalty to loyalty, some of those coming to the institution for treatment.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 13)
The evening season of worship at our sanitariums should be conducted in a way that will give opportunity for the asking of questions.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 14)
Joseph and Mary, on their way from Jerusalem to Nazareth, found that Jesus was not with them. They searched through their company, but in vain. Returning to Jerusalem, they pursued the search. The next day, as they mingled with the worshipers in the temple, a familiar voice arrested their attention. They could not mistake it. No other voice was like His, so serious and earnest, yet so full of melody.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 15)
Jesus was sitting in the school of the rabbis, questioning the learned doctors in regard to the prophecies and the events then taking place that foretold the Messiah’s coming. His questions were suggestions of deep truths which had long been obscured. God was seeking to give light to those leaders in Israel. And He used the only means by which they could be reached. In their pride they would have scorned to admit that they could receive instruction from any one. If Jesus had appeared to be trying to teach them, they would have disdained to listen. But they flattered themselves that they were teaching Him, or at least, testing His knowledge of the Scriptures. His youthful modesty and grace disarmed their prejudice. Unconsciously their minds were opened to the Word of God, and the Holy Spirit spoke to their hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 16)
I have mentioned this to show the important place that the asking of questions fills in teaching the truth. By His Holy Spirit the Lord can make us light-receivers and light-givers. The Lord desires unbelievers to be brought in contact with His people, that they may be blessed by the increased light shining from His Word. In our dealings with those who know not the truth, we should be very careful to do nothing that will leave on their minds an impression unfavorable to the truth. We are to seize every opportunity to point sinners to Jesus, the One who takes away the sin of the world. We are to hold forth every possible inducement to draw them to Christ. In our words and manner there is to be no harshness. We are never to swerve from Bible principles, but we are never to force our customs upon those who come to our sanitariums for treatment. In all that we do or say, the dignity of the truth is to be preserved.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 17)
We are to be careful not to treat our own ideas as if they were the law of God. Let us look at this matter as it is. We are not to make rules with the idea that they are never to be changed or modified. In our sanitariums the seventh-day Sabbath is ever to be kept holy. No tea, coffee, or flesh meat is to be served, unless it is in some special case, where the patient particularly desires it, and then, these articles of food should be served to him in his room. No tests that the Bible does not require are to be brought in. Every effort should be made to win the confidence of the patients, that their hearts may be reached by the truth. The workers are to draw as near to them as they can, bringing them into the sunshine of Christ’s love.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 18)
“The wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits.” [James 3:17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 19)
***** December 25
Let no sweeping changes be made in the Sanitarium till a meeting of the California Medical Board can be held. Until there is a full understanding of what changes should be made, let things move along as smoothly as possible. Let all that is done be done wisely.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 20)
The third meal should be placed on the table for all who desire it. This meal should be simple and yet appetizing.
(17LtMs, Lt 213, 1902, 21)
Lt 214, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 31, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 225. Dear Son Edson,—
I received your letter, but could not feel at liberty to telegraph. I had written you several pages to copy, but cannot find them, after hunting in every place I can think of. I will say, I shall be able, I think, to furnish something for you, but must have clear light what to do. I do not want to move hastily at all. But I have the comfort of the Spirit of God. Now I say, just watch and pray, and trust His living Word. His hand is upon the wheel, and He will turn the vessel as He pleases.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 1)
I slept little last night. I was taken from company to company, bearing a decided testimony in regard to the men who are spoken of in Ezekiel 9. This was given me to speak upon. I also spoke upon chapter 10.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 2)
My son, move very carefully. Take Christ’s yoke, and learn of Him. He invites all who will to take His yoke. “Learn of Me,” He pleads, “for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 3)
There will be no dearth of matter to print, but there is another question [involved]. I cannot advise you to remain in Nashville with the present company associated together, who are so determined to introduce this evil leaven in the meal. We have but little time to work. The judgments of God are in our land. And there are places where your message given you of God will be received. But look to the Lord now with all your being.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 4)
After breakfast, or just at breakfast, Sara has told me the terrible news, that a telegram is received by the Sanitarium that the Battle Creek Publishing House is burned to the ground. O I am feeling so sad, because it is the—that the Lord has permitted this, because His people would not hear His warnings, and repent, and be converted, that He should heal them. Many have despised the words of warning. O how sad it is, how large the loss is, of books and furniture and facilities, we know not. May the Lord have mercy upon us, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 5)
We know not how this will affect your meeting, but we hope it will have the effect of humbling hearts, and that those who have been reproved may see that the Lord means [that] there shall be altogether a different state of things. And how far He may still signify His correcting hand is upon His people, we cannot determine; but let us all humble our hearts before God, and learn the lessons that He will teach us. We are living in a most solemn period of this earth’s history. I hope that these things will be taken to heart, and that the Lord will have mercy upon us.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 6)
Now I can write no more. I am about sick today. And what next, I ask, is coming? I will not try now to write any more, as this may change the whole features of your meeting and astonish and break many hearts.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 7)
Tell Brother Butler I have a letter nearly done [for him], but I am not able to finish [it].
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 8)
Much love, Mother.
(17LtMs, Lt 214, 1902, 9)
Lt 215, 1902
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 7, 1902 This letter is published in entirety in 11MR 208-210. Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother,—
I did not feel free to bring into the testimony I read while I was in Oakland all that had been shown me concerning your work. But I must tell you plainly that your views in regard to church discipline are not in harmony with the Word of God. You are wide of the mark. God calls upon you, my brother, to weigh your words carefully before you speak them to the congregation.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 1)
You have been given great light upon the Bible. God has helped you to make truth appear in its true bearing before the people, but this is no excuse for you to speak words that have no foundation in the word of God, words that, if carried out, would bring our churches to the place where they would need the reproof, “My house shall be called a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den of thieves.” [Matthew 21:13.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 2)
The names of those who sin and refuse to repent should not be retained on the church books, lest the saints be held accountable for their evil deeds. Those who pursue a course of transgression should be visited and labored with, and if they then refuse to repent, they should be separated from church fellowship, in accordance with the rules laid down in the Word of God.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 3)
“Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 4)
“If thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone; if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as a heathen man and a publican.” [Matthew 18:15-17.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 5)
“I wrote unto you in an epistle not to company with fornicators; yet not altogether with the fornicators of this world, or with the covetous, or with idolaters; for then must ye needs go out of the world.” [1 Corinthians 5:9, 10.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 6)
“I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ; for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith. For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness.” [Romans 1:16-18.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 7)
“Whosoever transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath both the Father and the Son. If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: for he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds.” [2 John 9-11.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 8)
Brother Jones, instruction has been given to me to the effect that you are careless in your speech, and that your words must be more carefully chosen. You must remember that you are certainly dishonoring God when you use His entrusted talent of speech, which should be consecrated and holy, in such a way that it is a stumbling block to our people. Those who refuse to hear the admonitions and warnings given by God’s faithful messengers are not to be retained in the church. They are to be disfellowshipped; for they will be as Achan in the camp of Israel—deceived and deceiving.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 9)
Who, after reading the record of Achan’s sin and punishment, can think it according to the will of God that those who do wickedly, refusing to repent, are to be retained in the church? To retain them would be an insult to the God of heaven.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 10)
Elder Jones, I am much pained by your incautious statements. You speak rashly. You are not sanctified by the truth you handle. Your spirit needs to be refined. Then Christlike words will flow from a heart imbued with the Holy Spirit. You are too self-confident, too sure that everything you say possesses a power which will obtain assent to it from those who hear.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 11)
Unless you are converted, your unguarded statements will destroy the force of the most powerful sermons you can preach; for they reveal that you are not speaking under the influence of the Holy Spirit, but that “another spirit” has taken possession of you. [2 Corinthians 11:4.] All in your words and actions that is coarse and rough, all that savors of a reckless self-confidence, greatly injures the force of the truth that you proclaim. Unless you change, your careless speech will make fruitless the most precious truths.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 12)
Speak guardedly. When your words are weighted with the Holy Spirit, when you stand where you should as a man who is proclaiming the sacred truths of the Word of God, your unsuspected weaknesses of character will not be developed as something worthy of imitation. If you keep humble before God, self will not appear. It will be unmistakably seen that Christ is abiding in the heart, sanctifying the life. Show by your careful, holy profession that you are receiving into your soul the water of life, to send it forth to others in sweet, living currents. The religion of Calvary and the gospel is a triumphant argument to the transforming power of the grace of Christ. Unless your spirit is decidedly changed, your course will greatly detract from your influence. God does not want the ways and words of A. T. Jones to be woven into your discourses. You must come to the feet of Jesus. “Learn of Me,” says the divine Teacher; “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 13)
Cover yourself with the righteousness of Christ. Let not unadvised words and actions injure your influence. Do not think that your course of action is perfect, and that no one should question it. Our people will certainly question your course unless they see that you are moving under the influence of the Holy Spirit, in all meekness and lowliness of heart. The sharp way in which you sometimes bear down on others will tell upon you. You need to be melted over by the Spirit of God. You need to cherish the gentleness of Christ.
(17LtMs, Lt 215, 1902, 14)
Lt 250, 1902
White, W. C.; White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 1, 1903.
Lt 251, 1902
Burden, Br-Sr. [J.A.] Refiled as Lt 26, 1903.
Lt 252, 1902
Burden, Br-Sr. [J.A.] Refiled as Lt 28, 1903.
Lt 253, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California January 20, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Children, Edson and Emma,—
I have been, during the night season, conversing with you both and I have words from the Lord to speak to you. How can I suppose that you are walking in all things in the counsel of the Lord unless you are walking and working in accordance with the light the Lord has been pleased to give me?
(17LtMs, Lt 253, 1902, 1)
The Lord is not pleased that you do not come into the light, to practice the light in regard to your diet. You both need to reach a higher standard upon health reform. You need to be sanctified through the truth. Your own countenance, Edson, testifies plainly against you, and when you shall observe the strictest habits in your eating and health reform, your countenance will bear a different testimony of your habits. Your ideas of what constitutes self-denial and self-sacrifice will undergo most thorough reformation.
(17LtMs, Lt 253, 1902, 2)
The Lord would have you come close to Him. You are living unhealthfully, and I speak to Emma decidedly, There is something you must do if you expect health and strength yourself, and that Edson should have a clean countenance and that the current of blood shall be clean. You can, Emma, help Edson if you will; but you both, my children, in working decidedly against the light the Lord has given me in regard to health reform, make me to feel that I cannot put confidence in you and in the judgment you may have as to how to manage my books.
(17LtMs, Lt 253, 1902, 3)
Lt 254, 1902
Daniells, A. G.; Evans, I. H. Elmshaven, St. Helena, California January 22, 1902 Previously unpublished. Brethren Daniells and Evans,—
I have a request to make at this time. I wish to have the plates of the book Steps to Christ. I think that you should grant my request to donate the same to me in consideration that you have received more than enough to remunerate you for all that you paid for the plates. Will you let me know at once in regard to this matter? What will you do for me in regard to this book? This is the only book for which I do not own the plates. Will you now respond at once and if you can do me the favor to donate the plates, do so; if not, tell me what you will do.
(17LtMs, Lt 254, 1902, 1)
I am now in very straitened circumstances. You know I have been paying that old debt on the manufacturing company’s indebtedness. There is means in the interests in Australia, but I do not want to place them in embarrassment by withdrawing it. I ask you this favor which I think you should grant me and if you feel you cannot do this, let me know at once how much I must pay for the plates. I would be pleased to hear at once upon the subject.
(17LtMs, Lt 254, 1902, 2)
I am improving. I am so very thankful to be at home where I can have good atmosphere. We have been having a gentle rain. I have not been out but once in the carriage. I am regaining my appetite and strength. The thistle greens are my principal diet—these and two cooked onions at a meal, and the zwieback. Food just begins to taste good. It is all of three months since my appetite failed. The malaria was upon me, and I have had no disposition to swallow food. I am now able to eat the thistle greens cooked, and I am glad I relish them.
(17LtMs, Lt 254, 1902, 3)
I have just returned from a ride to the business part of town. Brother James and May White and the twins accompanied me. I am gaining in strength slowly.
(17LtMs, Lt 254, 1902, 4)
Lt 255, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 28, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
I am pleased with your letters to the publishing houses. This is the spirit you are to maintain. But do not be free to speak of the great profits coming on your books. Your boat-building is not in harmony with your work. However good the motive may be, it is a venture in speculation; and as I have helped you, and all know that I have done this, there will certainly be conclusions drawn. As the people shall see your offices so nicely furnished, they do not take in the pressing call for help. They think that if less was expended it would be more in harmony with the pleas made. Now, Edson, be careful how you move. There should be working as your father and I have worked.
(17LtMs, Lt 255, 1902, 1)
Now I would say, Be cautious. You are too outspoken. You should not break out into speech as you have done to Brother Palmer against your own brother. If there is a man in all our ranks who has worked unselfishly and upon the most pure principles, it is W. C. White. I know how the Lord regards his labor. Any lack of confidence you manifest in him will not be in your favor, for he has been willing modestly and humbly to walk and work, notwithstanding he has been left in hard places, to stand alone to bear reproach—and never, never a jot of it should come on him. Yet he had no words of reproach for those who allowed him to carry the blame of their own wrongs.
(17LtMs, Lt 255, 1902, 2)
When you break out as you have done before his own mother, who knows him well, what can I suppose is the kind of spirit that works you to do this? I have been grieved to the heart. And if you and so injudicious in your speech about one who does not deserve your censure, what confidence can I have in your wise discrimination? The Lord is with W. C. White, and although he may make mistakes, they are the least of any man that I know of that lives. I know what I am talking about. He has been my counselor and to me a great blessing, and he takes my counsel. He is a man of firm principle and clear understanding, as I have reason to know.
(17LtMs, Lt 255, 1902, 3)
Now make haste slowly with your speeches. We are all making history, and I want your history to be one that God shall commend as one who is an overcomer. I do not advise you to take hold of the food business: it means so much, and you will become involved in a large outlay of means. I advise you to take hold of the book business. These book sales are dead enough.
(17LtMs, Lt 255, 1902, 4)
And I beg of you do not use my name as an influence to sustain you in any of your plans or methods. Let my name lie still if you want me to have the standing the Lord would have me to have among His people. I know you are uprooting my influence in your effort to build up your enterprise. The people are sore over the idea of the free drawing of means to help the Southern field, and when they learn (as they will learn) in regard to money laid out to build a boat, then they will consider who knew ... [remainder missing]
(17LtMs, Lt 255, 1902, 5)
Lt 256, 1902
Van Horn, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 14, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Van Horn,—
I received your letter in reference to your son. Notwithstanding you have been sorely tried, the Lord will not forsake those who put their trust in Him. He will work in your behalf. Come to Him and continue to press the case to the throne of grace, as you have done. Do everything on your part to remove the difficulty, having the diet very simple, and then say, “Lord, I have done the best I know how in seeking Thy glory.”
(17LtMs, Lt 256, 1902, 1)
You have had a long trial. Has it dimmed your Christian integrity? Has it lessened your love for God and the truth? Has it blunted the fine edge of your love for the truth? My Brother and Sister Van Horn, look the matter over carefully. Place yourselves at the feet of Jesus and say, “Oh Lord, if I have failed to sanctify myself unto Thee, soul, body, and spirit, teach me how to employ all my talents to the glory of God, physical, mental, and moral. If I have been untrue to my convictions, teach me now how to use my whole being to Thy glory. Take me as I am and teach me Thyself how to bring glory to Thy holy name.”
(17LtMs, Lt 256, 1902, 2)
Time is short. Pray and work is the great charge to parents and to children. In the conflict with spiritual foes the best work and privilege for me is to sanctify myself, ready to take up any appointed work that seems to be duty. You must keep your case before the Lord in prayer, keep up good hope, and doubt not in your heart. Keep saying, “He hath promised; He will not leave me, even me.” I will pray for you. Do not think your case hopeless. Keep your mind stayed on God, saying, “The great Healer said, ‘Ask and ye shall receive, seek and ye shall find.’” [Matthew 7:7.] Put that promise before the Master and tell Him you believe the promise—left on record for just such suffering ones as you. You must carry him, your son, in the arms of your faith.
(17LtMs, Lt 256, 1902, 3)
Thank the Lord that you have One who is caring for you all the time. Take Him at His Word. All you can do yourself is to cast your helpless soul upon Jesus Christ, because He loves you in your affliction. Put your trust in Him that careth for you. My heart will seek the Lord in your behalf, but Christ alone can do the work. Do not be discouraged. Christ can break the power of Satan and will break it, for He hath promised.
(17LtMs, Lt 256, 1902, 4)
Now my dear friend and brother, Hope thou in God. Go in the strength of that God who is behind the promise. The healthy heart, the heart that learns of Christ, believes in Christ, is sure to work for a healthy body, and may often succeed in obtaining physical health.
(17LtMs, Lt 256, 1902, 5)
Lt 257, 1902
Baker, Brother and Sister [W. L. H.] Oakland, California April 27, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Baker,—
I have a few lines to write to you. I am not able to write much. I am saving every jot and tittle of my strength for the Monday conference meeting here in Oakland. My health is improving. I have carried on my work just the same night and day throughout my sickness. Being unable to lay off the burden, I have felt compelled to write and see if relief would not come, but my head gave out. My eyes have troubled me much; but I am praying about them, and I believe the Lord will touch my head and my eyes with His healing hand. I have ventured here to attend an important meeting. The people will be in tomorrow and the meeting proper will commence. I wish to get this off on the next boat, which leaves Wednesday.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 1)
I have a matter to present to you. I agreed two years or more ago to help Maggie Hare in getting her sisters to the college at Avondale. She is now carrying the burden of a second sister and I have not yet helped her. This has left her but very little means to use for herself. I now wish you to let her sister, whom she wants to come to the school, have passage money to take her to the school, and charge the account to the school fund, which I have appropriated for this purpose in the school funds, to be used as I shall see fit in carrying students unable to pay their own expenses. If you will do this it will be a favor. You can draw from that fund.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 2)
Sister Maggie Hare is anxious to get this third sister away to Cooranbong. Then the future cost of books and outfit I will appropriate, also her tuition money. I will settle these bills. Maggie has received less wages than she should; and as it is not possible for her to pay all the expenses herself, I have come to the conclusion that if anyone is deserving of some assistance in this good work, I will cheerfully assume this responsibility. Write me that you have complied with my request. I must send this letter written with my own hand. I have not a machine to copy this.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 3)
I have had so little sleep my eyes trouble me. I should be pleased to see you and have a long talk with you, but Australia seems a great way off now. I do not think I shall ever cross the water again for Australia.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 4)
I felt very sorry in regard to Dr. Caro, that he has not tact and ability to manage a sanitarium. He is so extravagant in his use of means. And there are many things that worry me, for I fear greatly he will lose his soul through his extravagance in the outlay of means. This is a matter we all must study carefully. Now there are so many places to be worked.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 5)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 257, 1902, 6)
Lt 258, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 13, 1902 [May 3, 1902?] Previously unpublished. James Edson White,—
My son, I want you to send me a copy of all I have written you while you have been engaged in the work of the Southern field—or the letters themselves. I want a copy of all you have written me. I may have copies of many of these letters; but send me all writings that concern your labors, your encouragements and discouragements, from the commencement of your work in the field. I have light in regard to this matter and I want these matters. Send them, and I will examine them and prepare them as I can to come before the people. Much is already where I can use it, but send me experiences. Send everything you can and let me see it.
(17LtMs, Lt 258, 1902, 1)
I send you copies of articles you may use in your paper.
(17LtMs, Lt 258, 1902, 2)
Lt 259, 1902
Review and Herald At Camp Meeting, Petaluma, California June 13, 1902 Previously unpublished. Review and Herald, Battle Creek, Michigan,—
I am pained, deeply pained, to see the illustration in our church paper occupying one whole page, a heathen shrine, Egyptian musicians. Is the Lord glorified by any such strange pictures? Are heathen deities to appear as the first thing that speaks to the senses? What strange thing is this?
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 1)
Many have asked why Sister White’s articles should be placed toward the back of the paper. I said, That does not trouble me. Well, they have made many remarks upon this, but if it pleases you who handle the paper, I am not troubled. I do object to these strange pictures that take the place of these articles. If the Review had remained as it was, it would have served the cause of God just as well and better than it does in the appearance it now presents.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 2)
What will appear next? See Deuteronomy 4:1-10.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 3)
Supposing that the commandments of God should be illustrated and placed upon the first page of Review and Herald where they can speak to the people, such would be an appropriate illustration. Let such words as are of highest importance come first to the eye and teach the requirements of heaven. (Exodus 31:12-18) should appear in every paper published. (Deuteronomy 6:3-9, 20-25; 7:5-11, 24-26), should also appear.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 4)
I sincerely pray that the Lord will sharpen our spiritual senses that we shall see and understand that all such illustrations in our papers had better be cut out. I wish that front page could be where it would never appear to bear its lesson and tell its idolatrous-shrine story.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 5)
Heathen shrines and priests and dignitaries have appeared in Oakland. They have been received, and great attention has been paid to them. How many will be converted to this kind of religion? How many will be charmed by the performances they shall behold? All these acted religious performances are for the purpose of converting the church to their religious rites.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 6)
These chapters of Deuteronomy had better have a place in our papers. They mean so much to us. Chapter eight, the whole chapter, is a review. All these special things in Deuteronomy should be comprised in a small book and should be circulated everywhere, for there are but few outside those of our own faith who understand these things. I think if ever a people should bear in mind the words I have called to your attention, it should be Seventh-day Adventists. Group together the most important things and publish them in a little book. I was bidden to do this, and I shall do it very soon now.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 7)
[Study] Deuteronomy 10:12-15. I do think we are in great danger and are going more and more after worldly ambitious display. Verses 17-22. Shall the world and the nominal churches convert the Seventh-day Adventists to their ideas? We say, No. Well, then, let us act.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 8)
The rehearsal Moses gave to the people before they entered the land of Canaan included chapter 11.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 9)
I tell you there is danger of making altogether too little of what God saith. I am instructed by the Spirit of the Lord to collect these special important things and put them in a book and circulate it among our people. This I shall do now as soon as possible.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 10)
I have no pleasure in any such things coming to our people in their church paper. All this is something strange. Will we read our Bibles and will we search the Scriptures? “In them ye think ye have eternal life.” [John 5:39.] If each reader would copy the example of Christ Jesus in spirit and in love and in humility, the Lord would greatly bless His people.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 11)
The work of God is to be revived. The church is to stand forth illustrating in the highest sense the law of God in its churches. The heathen-religious shrines brought into San Francisco are some things that speak for themselves. Heathen deities are exhibited in worship, and many will be converted to heathen worship. The display is praised as grand.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 12)
The Saviour has instructed us that God’s commandment-keeping people are a distinct people. Read carefully John 16:1-15. The gospel wins its converts by the transforming effects that Christ describes thus, “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth will draw all men unto me.”John 12:32. Belief in Christ the Saviour uplifted upon the cross makes one ready to sacrifice life itself. He has a new birth. He cannot live to himself any more. He has not been created anew in Christ Jesus merely for self-enjoyment.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 13)
The sentence has gone forth from the cross: He who accepts of Jesus Christ by faith becomes a son of God. He is bought with a price and is fitting himself to do the work of Christ; for “as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name.”John 1:12. His faith places him on the side of Christ, a fitting agent to co-operate with Him. The converted soul has been bought with a price which is above every earthly estimate. The Lord Jesus has bought him and he cannot begin to yield himself to any other claimant, for he has pledged himself: “Thou shalt love the Lord with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind: and thy neighbor as thyself.”Luke 10:27.
(17LtMs, Lt 259, 1902, 14)
Lt 260, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 166. James Edson White My dear Son,—
I have been deeply exercised during our camp-meeting in Petaluma. This was a meeting that cannot fail to remove a large amount of prejudice. The attendance from outside was all that we could expect in evenings, and Sunday all that could possibly be accommodated with seats, and then many were standing on the outside. I spoke six times in the tent. Spoke in the afternoon on the two Sabbaths and in the afternoon on the two Sundays, two afternoons on weekdays, and once a short period in the afternoon besides. Seven times in all. And this is the first time I have ventured to speak to a large assembly.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 1)
One thing I am surprised to mention: the climate seemed to be more favorable for me than even at St. Helena. I slept night after night without much interruption until daylight. This is a chapter in my experience the like of which I have not had for years. My mind was not worried.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 2)
We had meetings of large importance at Oakland. A few weeks before this, intensity of labor was upon me, but the Lord gave me a most unexpected testimony to all, especially to C. H. Jones. He had sent in his resignation and was about to leave his post of responsibility—leave Oakland to connect with Dr. Willie Jones in his work at Santa Barbara. The testimony given me was, No; that this move would be injustice to Brother C. H. Jones and injustice to the work; that among all the associate workers there was not one who would improve the present showing in taking his place. Any one would have to learn how to take up one line of work after another, and there must be no hasty moves made. The suspicious, the jealous, the evil surmising would think all their suspicions were correct.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 3)
Here Brother Jones would do harm to his own influence. When he shall feel that he must have a change, let him take it and seek the Lord most earnestly and stand as it is his privilege to stand, freeing his soul from every embarrassment. Then if he feels he must withdraw, let it be at his own suggestion.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 4)
There are strait places before the work and cause in Oakland, and the Lord will greatly bless all who will keep the soul free and clear and under the Holy Spirit’s guidance.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 5)
The very same was presented to me in regard to your and Brother Palmer’s work, in connection with the publishing interest in Nashville. If you stand at your post of duty and go straight ahead, and be in union with one another, the Lord will greatly bless. All these men are being tempted and tried, but the testing fire of the promise is not to consume, but to refine and purify.
(17LtMs, Lt 260, 1902, 6)
Lt 261, 1902
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 26, 1902 Previously unpublished. [J. E. White]:
I have written you several beginnings of letters, then various matters would be placed before me—manuscripts of books to read, and many things to write. I will send you copies of things that I send out to various conferences. My general health has been remarkably good, and thank the Lord for this. I have worked continuously since coming to America.
(17LtMs, Lt 261, 1902, 1)
We are well situated in a most beautiful place. The scenery here is beautiful, but I do not think the climate is as healthful as the climate of Cooranbong, Australia. We had but little fruit last year, but this year we have had peaches and cherries—three very large cherry trees bearing. The cherries were very large cherries, but not as large as some cherries. I speak of them in comparison with those in Maine. I have had all the peaches for our family use. We gathered nice blackberries. These things are a blessing.
(17LtMs, Lt 261, 1902, 2)
I did hope I could come and see you, but could not do this. Had to give this up.
(17LtMs, Lt 261, 1902, 3)
Lt 262, 1902
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 23, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 396. Dear Children, James Edson and Emma White,—
I wish to say that your last letters have been received in regard to the five hundred dollars. Willie proposed I draw from my bank deposit, which I had been enabled to hire, the sum of five hundred dollars to relieve the situation. This was his proposition. I called for a donation Sunday afternoon, and there was nearly a hundred dollars raised. This I had specified should go to the Southern field. I have seventy-five dollars from Brother Harper, tithe money, and we thought that it would be best to send it along to the Southern field to help colored ministers.
(17LtMs, Lt 262, 1902, 1)
I have been writing matter to send away on the morrow. I am perplexed as to what to write and do not think I will write as I might write, lest advantage be taken of my words and confusion and trial come to me. I am much perplexed over the state of things. The debts continually accumulating are a load upon my soul. You know I have often charged you, Do not go into debt. I dare not be connected with this matter. If I can see any way to help, I will, but I keep very still on the Fresno camp-ground.
(17LtMs, Lt 262, 1902, 2)
Sunday afternoon I had a large audience. I had a very decided testimony, and the congregation was deeply interested. I said nothing to any one. I thought I would get in before any call was made, because there was a large number of outsiders present. I knew they would respond, and they did. That is the history of the money. I will send seventy-five dollars tithe money from Walter Harper. I want it specially applied to the colored ministers, to help them in their salaries.
(17LtMs, Lt 262, 1902, 3)
I have much to be thankful for, but I have not slept well nights—four and five hours and sometimes less. If we could have you now at our table, we have plenty of good, fresh applesauce right from the apples picked from the tree, the most beautiful, finely flavored grapes, black and white, and plenty of fresh tomatoes. Fresh corn is gone, but we can purchase some from Brother Hicks on the hill.
(17LtMs, Lt 262, 1902, 4)
But I have not one word to urge, for I would not advise you what to do. I dare not take responsibility. I must be guarded on the right hand and on the left, and be careful and move cautiously lest confidence be weakened in the message God has for me to bear.
(17LtMs, Lt 262, 1902, 5)
Lt 263, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 27, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son W. C. White,—
I have just put in Maggie’s hand a letter to you for you to use when you see the right time has come. I am pained at heart at the state of things among our people—that the Lord cannot possibly work them to let His power come upon them to do the work He commissioned His disciples to do when He said, “I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] He gave directions how they were to conduct themselves, and if they were not received they were to wipe off the dust of their feet against them and it would be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah than for that city.
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 1)
But what about those who claim to believe the truth and seem to possess a spirit just as bad as the party mentioned? Are we to see this work kept up until the last end of this earth’s history? Are messages to come to me to give to those who have been long in the work, because they do not act as wisely as they should and bring confusion and hindrance into the work? Will not the Spirit of the Lord be greatly grieved at the state of things existing among those who are leading men?
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 2)
They do not obey the Word. They act without wisdom, and I am losing confidence in them. I am afraid of their influence and shall be afraid to speak to them the things that I would like to communicate, for they will make a misuse of my testimony.
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 3)
They are not under the Holy Spirit of God. I know this to be the case, and if there is not a decided change in this kind of work that has been going on ever since I came to America, I cannot labor with success, for they will spoil my influence and set at naught all the counsels of God in my labors.
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 4)
I would rather be in a community where there are no Sabbathkeepers, for my soul is so wrung with anguish that they [leading men] will never, cannot ever, understand. They are acting like a family of children quarreling over who will have the largest apple or the largest piece. Oh, how weak it all is! And I know the Holy Spirit will not, cannot, come upon them or the work, because they are not doing the will of God. Must we see those whom I know are doing work for God counterworked by those who choose to regard things in a strange light?
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 5)
I am getting tired and sick at heart. Night after night I am bearing a testimony to the leading men who are supposed to be wise unto salvation, but who are working in an underhanded, undermining manner. They are, as was spoken by One who knows, deceived and being deceived, and they work directly contrary to the light God has given me. I have lost confidence in them and I know they have very little faith in the testimonies. They make my work exceedingly hard.
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 6)
I am now looking again toward some other country. Australia is my choice. I want to uproot and get out of the field just as soon as the Lord opens the way for my release. I have seen those claiming to believe the truth for this time, but it is mingled with self-esteem, self-exaltation, and human wisdom. God will not endorse a work of this kind.
(17LtMs, Lt 263, 1902, 7)
Lt 264, 1902
White, W. C. St. Helena, California November, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
These are the first lines my pen has traced to you. My health is some better. Yesterday I read and copied some things from my diary, and there are still several pages that were placed in my diary while I was at Fresno. I am now going to get this matter off as soon as possible.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 1)
Edson came to St. Helena Tuesday night, but I have had no visit with him yet, and as he leaves here next Sunday, I cannot see as I can have any time with him. He will not talk of anything that transpired. Just after I put my writing in the hands of Maggie, Edson, who has been writing in the office, called me and put in my hands figures and statements. So nothing that you have received has been committed to me from himself or Emma. They will not talk things over, and I do not wish them to. I have had the matter made plain to me, and I now send, in addition to that which is already sent, the matter which I hope will relieve the situation.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 2)
I hope you will receive my first letter. I was so burdened I could not but suffer to think—after having the matter of the Southern field, and Nashville in particular, presented before me—that I should be led to think that I should consent to any living power’s taking matters in hand in regard to the work to be done in Nashville. They had no hand in the matter. They have no kind of estimation of the value of the work done and the burdens that have been carried from the first entrance into the Southern field up to the present time. Thousands of dollars have been expended in work to open new fields that have, as was presented to me, not nearly an approach to the showing that has been accomplished in the Southern field. As the matter is now before me, I shall not rest until I have it all out.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 3)
The light I have now is that I shall collect all that has been presented to me in regard to the Southern field and put it in a book. And this must be done now, as the impression that has gone forth is a great setback to the work. It must be met. I have read such a mass of matter that is now collected—good, better, best.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 4)
And then to have the enemy use our own people to interpose and say and do things to hinder the work, and to think I consented that I would do nothing to hinder them, but let them do as they thought best! It just rolled on me such a load that before Edson came here, I cried over the matter like a child. I felt so ashamed of myself. I confessed to my Saviour that I would never, never make such a promise again and would work diligently to up-build and not tear down. Your family are all well.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 5)
I would say, since writing that first letter, Edson came and it was night. I just sat up long enough to see him. My letter went in the noon train. I have written more fully of matters from the diary written in Fresno. I could write only a little at a time.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 6)
Emma looks very poor. She will spend some weeks with me because Edson wants her to get built up. Both seem cheerful. Emma seemed so pleased to meet us all and to see Lucinda Hall.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 7)
I have received two letters—from Dr. Evans and from Whitelock. I will send them to you. It is about the repetition of yours after the Sabbath. I will write to Dr. Moran and to the two doctors.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 8)
Our grapes all spoiled. We had three days of rain. The prunes were all housed—two tons to be stored and kept. They are now in the shop. Two stoves are going day and night, and we think they are all right. I have not been in the carriage for some time.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 9)
I do hope that which I send you will be received all right. Anything you think best not to hand out you can retain. The light has been given me in a very marked manner that there is allowed so large an amount of gossiping and accusing of the brethren, which places us on Satan’s side of the line. I have been shown that this kind of base material is brought and laid on the foundation stone as a precious commodity, but it will be consumed, and if the actors are saved at all, it will be as by fire. They will be refined and purified by fiery afflictions until they shall see their errors and repent and be converted. Afflictions and sorrow and loss they cannot escape. Then is it not wise for us as God’s people to stop garnering up the rubbish of falsehood, of misrepresentation, which grows as it is passed from one to the other and does great damage to the work?
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 10)
I have been having a marked experience in light given that what our people need is the Holy Spirit of God to cleanse away the defilement of unkind rubbish of talk and passing judgment. Until this is done, all the counsels that we may have will prove a detriment. Unless they are a savor of life unto life, they will be a savor of death unto death. The lips need to have the living coal placed upon them to cleanse away the self-assured conversation which hurts souls and is spoiling the work of God. It is the strange fire that many are handling, and Christ’s words to them in the 13th chapter of John, and in the 14th and 15th and 17th chapters, are not heeded.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 11)
I was instructed to say that our people are losing in spirituality, for they do not believe many of the messages of truth for this time and the testimonies of the Spirit of God. There is more confidence in their own tongues’ wisdom than in earnest, intercessory prayer. If we pray in faith, if we wrestle with God as did Daniel in behalf of himself and the Israel of God, we shall be kept by the power of God from our own foolish conversation. We need now to have the Holy Spirit’s power, which will clothe us with Christ’s righteousness and give us heavenly wisdom that we shall sit with Christ in heavenly places. If ever we are as a people to become elevated, cleansed, and purified, to reach the highest standard, we must now seek Him with heart and soul and voice, with fasting and prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 12)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 264, 1902, 13)
Lt 265, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 30, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
I have been taken with a dizzy spell. I have been trying to consider how I shall write to you. I cannot decide anything hastily or consent to take on me any burden that I am not so clearly impressed of the Lord to do. I will consider these matters. Many matters of this character are so perplexing that they stop digestion and then gas accumulates; and if I do anything with complete clearness—as I did on the occasion of that interview, the counsel in my home with me that evening—the after work is of a character to endanger my life. I am to be always waiting to see my way clearly by illustrations or [light] of some character to make me sure I have a “Thus saith the Lord.” I will not be able to answer your letter just yet, but I will, when my head is relieved, tell you if I can.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 1)
But these letters I am receiving from the Echo office—one last evening, one of same character had been on the secretary in the sitting room for some weeks and I never knew of it. Clarence tells me they are the same. These matters contained in letters make me great suffering of mind to consider. I must reason from cause to effect. And if the same spirit is continued that has been, then it would not be a wise thing to continue in the work with the same parties and unchanged elements of characters, because there will be no sweet union, but contention and strife, and your heart is in sorrow so much.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 2)
Let us get out of the spiritual, malarious atmosphere and give the field up to them to work it as they please. It is best not to stay and become a target for them, and they bear all the responsibility, because when evil surmising and envies and jealousies exist there is strife and every evil work. It is no use, unless the converting power of God works upon human hearts. Let those who will counter [with] all their evil surmising and who will act out that which Satan suggests have the field to themselves. The Lord is very much displeased with this kind of work. It is Satan’s working to keep everything in a most discouraging state.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 3)
I know something about the Southern field. I shall get out a book in regard to it as soon as I can, and then when the whole facts are brought out just as they are, these misrepresentations will appear as they are. Then if any want to entertain their evil conceptions, I am clear. But things cannot be rushed. What saith the Lord? not, What saith men? But how much better would it be for all to humble their hearts before God.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 4)
I cannot think and plan, and know not really what to do. To do anything is a task, and to keep still is a task. But I shall do my best. I am praying and trusting, and the Lord will give me His keeping power if it is for His name’s glory.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 5)
The Lord bless you.
(17LtMs, Lt 265, 1902, 6)
Lt 266, 1902
White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 15, 1902 Previously unpublished. My dear Daughter Emma White,—
We have received two communications from you; the one dated the 12th received in noon mail. Oh Emma, we have not ceased to offer up our petitions at the family altar for the keeping power of God to be realized on this journey. This time of the year is certainly a precarious time for traveling, and the many accidents that are reported can but cause us anxiety for our friends who travel. And their traveling alone seems to make it still more serious. When I have thought the matter over I have said, The Lord will keep Emma.
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 1)
I am so glad for every letter received, and we pray most earnestly for you and your mother who has been true and faithful. Your mother and I are outliving our appointed period in age. Oh I wish we could see the wickedness of the wicked coming to an end. We need not expect to pass along without trials, but if we keep our hearts in trusting faith we shall have peace. “If ye be reproached for the name of Christ, happy are ye.” Trials, troubles, and hot trials must not discourage. “Beloved, think it not strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened unto you: but rejoice, inasmuch as ye are partakers of Christ’s sufferings; that, when his glory shall be revealed, ye may be glad also with exceeding joy. If ye be reproached for the name of Christ, happy are ye; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part he is evil spoken of, but on your part he is glorified.” [1 Peter 4:12-14.]
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 2)
All trials and troubles and annoying things are permitted. Even our Lord Jesus, the Majesty of heaven, suffered being tempted. May the Lord greatly encourage and strengthen you, both mother and daughter, is my prayer. We want to be ripening up for the future eternal life. Be strong in the Lord always. May the Lord give you, Emma, a very pleasant visit and may you be returned to your home in Nashville, and may the Lord strengthen and bless and keep you by His power, is my prayer.
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 3)
It seems a little odd to have only five members in our family. Sister Nelson is gone, but we get along nicely and have all we eat made palatable, and we are sure we shall survive the fulfillment of the three months and save quite a little sum of money to help Jessie through her student’s course.
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 4)
We have received from Whitelock a letter stating that he had just received an offer of the Potts estate for the sanitarium. They offer to dispose of the property in Paradise Valley locality for the least they have ever offered it, eleven thousand, if the bargain is closed without much delay. I wrote for their guarantee they would take it. Mrs. Potts declares the property has cost her eighty thousand, that is, the land and building and improvements. So when you and Edson visit us again, maybe we shall make a trip down there.
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 5)
In love.
(17LtMs, Lt 266, 1902, 6)
Lt 267, 1902
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 17, 1902 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie C. White,—
I have been up since quarter after one o’clock. It is now five o’clock.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 1)
Edson purposed to start this morning for Nashville. He did not care to stop at Battle Creek. But in the night season, the matter was presented to me that it was his privilege to be present at that meeting; again he was represented as bearing testimony in that meeting. I told him this morning it was best for him to go, and he will go through Battle Creek and stop a couple of days. I hope opportunity may be given him to correct some statements and present them in truth.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 2)
Edson was invited to speak at the Sanitarium and all seemed interested and pleased. There was a family from the South that are wealthy people who are delighted with the place, and an excellent impression was made upon their minds. They spoke upon the discourse, said they never heard anything like it before. Edson has been greatly blessed on the Sabbath in speaking. He also spoke before the workers in the Food Factory. I hope the blessing of the Lord will go with him. He has not talked with me in regard to difficulties. We have had no time.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 3)
I have been getting out matter from my diaries and have been having it copied in regard to the position to be taken in the work and how it is to be carried. There is much yet to be coming from my books that will be copied. I have now decided to put into a book to circulate among our people the history of the work, for stories have been circulated that place matters concerning the work in the field in a highly exaggerated light. It has been represented to me that hands were outspread to take up means that hearts have been stirred to give, and appropriate the same as has been done in the past to keep up the misappropriation. I shall now try to get out this matter that all may understand that God’s purpose is not after the will and ways of men. I am enabled to send this matter and have much more to come, written months back. I would like to be with you but this cannot be.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 4)
We have had but little time together, but I am very glad for this visit from Edson. We missed you very much and I did want you to be here, but Edson will meet you in Battle Creek. And may the Lord bless the meeting is my prayer. Emma stays with me a few weeks. I hope and pray the Lord will bless you abundantly in your councils.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 5)
May and the children were here to dinner. Sunday was Emma’s birthday. We had a pleasant time together.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 6)
Oh, I hope that the burden I have carried will cease soon. I want that report of the conversation here to be placed in your hand, for I am instructed to recall it, for it was not the will of the Lord I should stand in any such position. Elder Daniells has a copy, and I must have it; please to do this errand for me. I told Brother Clarence not to put the copy in his hands until I looked it over thoroughly.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 7)
I am thankful for the good meeting you are having. May the Lord let His blessing come to you all abundantly is my prayer. I hope you will keep well.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 8)
In much love.
(17LtMs, Lt 267, 1902, 9)
Lt 268, 1902
Wilber, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 20, 1902 Previously unpublished. Mr. Wilber,—
We received a box of fine, nice oranges from you. We thank you for your kindness in this act. We appreciate your favor. The oranges are of most excellent flavor. Again, receive my thanks for this present.
(17LtMs, Lt 268, 1902, 1)
Mrs. Wilber,—
I know not, my sister, if we have met you in our travels. My last journey across the Rocky Mountains east to New York City, South Lancaster, Massachusetts, and Nashville, Tennessee, was most trying to me. Speaking in halls heated by coal furnaces was especially trying; then there was the heavy snowstorm and the bitterly cold weather. November worked unfavorably for me, and I became sick; returned home from the conference in Nashville, Tennessee, sick. Thank the Lord I am improving and gaining strength slowly. The Lord is very merciful to me. I praise His holy name.
(17LtMs, Lt 268, 1902, 2)
There is no place like home. I should always prefer the quietude of home rather than travel. Christ lived not to please Himself, and we must follow the example of our Saviour, live not to please ourselves. I must bear the message that the Lord has given me. But He does not require any one of us to be presumptuous.
(17LtMs, Lt 268, 1902, 3)
Ten years I have lived in Australia, a more mild and even climate. St. Helena is more like the climate in Australia, but the climate there is much more even than in California. We had a nice little place which would produce all kinds of vegetables, fruit trees of every kind—oranges, lemons, etc. We enjoyed the atmosphere in Cooranbong, New South Wales, much better than the atmosphere here. But this atmosphere is much to be preferred than the Eastern states in winter. I am pleased with our home here but have not remained in it but a short period of time since crossing the broad waters of the Pacific Ocean. The Lord has graciously spared our lives in all our travels. Often there have been wrecks just before us, detaining us several hours, but no harm came to us.
(17LtMs, Lt 268, 1902, 4)
Lt 269, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. St. Helena, California February [25?], 1902 Not sent. Previously unpublished. Doctor Kellogg Dear Brother,—
I wish to express to you my great sorrow that the Sanitarium is burned. I wish to say we are all praying for you, and we believe the Lord will teach you what is best for you to do. We have the consolation in the fact that there was in the destruction of human life but one. We feel afflicted over the thought of that one. When I consider, I know that the angels of God were presiding and that the horror which might have been in such a calamity was prevented.
(17LtMs, Lt 269, 1902, 1)
We feel dazed and know not what to say. But to see the providence of God in the saving of the lives of the patients is the working of the Lord’s power, and we will praise Him.
(17LtMs, Lt 269, 1902, 2)
The Lord is pleased when we do not bemoan the calamities that look discouraging, but will recognize the good hand of the Lord in all that He has done. The question will now be to watch the indications of providence in the matter of rebuilding on the old site, buildings not enormous and costly, but better adapted to the work. This will be your snare.
(17LtMs, Lt 269, 1902, 3)
Lt 270, 1902
Kellogg, J. H. Elmshaven, St. Helena, CA January 15, 1902 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Dr. Kellogg Dear Brother:
There are tests before you and your indomitable desire will be to make a great show. All the cautions and warnings given you will not be heeded and will not restrain you. The Lord is good to you and merciful, but beware lest He shall turn His face from you because you choose to follow your own wisdom, a course He has not given you but has forbidden you to desire and to follow. All your documents you suppose needful in the controlling of your brethren, to bind them to your terms, create dissension in the place of love.
(17LtMs, Lt 270, 1902, 1)
Your brethren have no more confidence in you than you have in them and this will be brought around. For years you have been presented to me as oft under temptations and you have swerved away from truth in order to do works that will exalt J. H. Kellogg. Your works will become more and more objectionable to God until He will say, “He is joined to his idols, let him alone.” [See Hosea 4:17.] You can choose if you will to be wholly the Lord’s. The words were spoken: Isaiah 8:9-22.
(17LtMs, Lt 270, 1902, 2)
Lt 271, 1902
Arthur, Judge Jesse NP Circa 1902 Previously unpublished. Not sent. My brother, Judge Arthur,
I have a very deep interest in your soul’s salvation. I am to have no controversy with Dr. Kellogg. Therefore, I cannot converse with him. Without having controversy in regard to your own course of action, knowing your trials and temptations, I would say to you, It is a solemn matter to die, but it is a far more solemn matter with us to live the life of the righteous.
(17LtMs, Lt 271, 1902, 1)
In this our day, many have convictions in regard to divine things. They are not now decidedly to be Christians, but they do have some strong convictions, and we are coming in contact with these souls continually. Can those who claim to be Christians suppose and take it for granted that they are [Christians], [while] gathering up a mass of hay, wood, and stubble? Such make a profession of Christ, but they are not clear, distinct, decided Christians for time and for eternity. Their influence is not decidedly and thoroughly Christlike. The great heart center is not converted unto Christ for Him to transform the character.
(17LtMs, Lt 271, 1902, 2)
Hasn’t each man and woman a personality? The Lord is desirous that this impressible kind [of person] shall have the safest kind of an experience that will be to his own present and future eternal profit. He must realize that [he] then needs a deep and most thorough work. The proof must be in the man, in his manner of speaking, in his manner [of] handling religious things which are sacred. Great things are to appear as the result of the Holy Spirit’s working upon the soul.
(17LtMs, Lt 271, 1902, 3)
Paul the Apostle, addressing the Romans as men having the Spirit of God dwelling in them, adds, “If any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his.”Romans 8:9. Christ’s people are to be peculiarly considered as one with Christ. Christ has a people He denominated in a most clear, remarkable manner. He calls them peculiar, His own, to do willingly whatsoever He would tell them to do—[people] whom He has chosen from the foundation of the world, and they become wedded with Christ. He has chosen them, denominated them for Himself, redeemed them from among men; and if they continue in their devoted service, He has communion with them. [They have] separated from worldlings to keep close beside Christ to learn that everything is to be done to the glory of God. They are specially good and cultured by the impartation of Christ’s grace. All those who are really Christ’s are denominated as coming out from the world and being separate from the world and are named as His disciples. [They are] ever to feel like docile children to hear the words of truth and obey them because they are truth. One with Christ, they are learners.
(17LtMs, Lt 271, 1902, 4)
I address those who claim to have learned of Christ. God grant that this may be the true Christ-knowledge they receive from Him. From Him, His followers know the things He teaches them, and this teaching from Christ they receive as genuine knowledge.
(17LtMs, Lt 271, 1902, 5)